Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D08-316 - FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER - SHELLFIDELITY INVESTOR CTR 304 STRANDER BL D08 -316 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 304 STRANDER BL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: Name: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER Address: 304 STRANDER BL , TUKVVILA WA Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Phone: Contact Person: Name: JOSH KIMMEL Address: 1601 WILSHIRE BL,14 FLOOR , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Phone: 310 893-4761 Contractor: Name: B N BUILDERS INC Address: 2601 4 AV STE 350 , SEATTLE WA 98121 Phone: 206 718 -0960 Contractor License No: BNBUII*990K3 doc: IBC -10/06 Cityef Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us DEVELOPMENT PERMIT DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW SHELL CONSTRUCTION ON STAND ALONE BUILDING (SEE PW08 -117 FOR PUBLIC WORKS APPROVAL OF INFRASTRUCTURE) * *continued on next page ** Permit Number: D08 -316 Issue Date: 09/09/2008 Permit Expires On: 03/08/2009 Expiration Date: 09/12/2009 Value of Construction: $729,344.00 Fees Collected: $9,129.00 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: 11-B Occupancy per IBC: 8 D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City o410Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Permit Number: D08 -316 Issue Date: 09/09/2008 Permit Expires On: 03/08/2009 Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: oel[vei (9s I hereby certify that I have read and ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complie • ' , whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the pe ormanceof work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: Date: /1 Print Name: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. doc: IBC -10/06 t1 J7t)t / s l-4 l a D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: Suite No: Tenant: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** doc: Cond -10/06 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 304 STRANDER BL TUKW FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: D08 -316 ISSUED 06/06/2008 09/09/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431 - 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be required. 6: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 7: Installation of high- strength bolts shall be periodically inspected in accordance with AISC specifications. 8: The special inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. 9: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 10: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 11: Truss shop drawings shall be provided with the shipment of trusses delivered to the job site. Truss shop drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a Washington State Professional Engineer. Shop drawings shall be maintained on the site and available to the building inspector for inspection purposes. 12: Insulating materials, where exposed as installed in buildings of any type of construction, shall have a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke development index of not more than 450. Where facings are installed in concealed spaces in buildings of Type III, IV, or V construction, the flame spread and smoke - developed limitations do not apply to facings, that are installed behind and in substantial contact with the unexposed surface of the ceiling, wall or floor finish. 13: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 14: Notify the City of Tukwila Building Division prior to placing any concrete. This procedure is in addition to any requirements for special inspection. D08 -316 Printed: 09-09 -2008 15: Masonry construction shall be special inspected. 16: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 17: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 18: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 19: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 20: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 21: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 22: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 23: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 24: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 25: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 26: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 27: No point in a building may exceed the maximum exit access travel distance listed in Chapter 10, section 1015, Table 1015.1 of the International Fire Code and International Building Code. 28: Doors shall swing in direction of egress travel where serving an occupant load of 50 or more persons or a Group H occupancy. (IFC 1008.1.2) 29: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. ( C 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) doc: Cond -10/06 D08 - 316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 30: The path of egress travel along a means of egress shall not be interrupted by any building element other than a means of egress component as specified in this chapter. Obstructions shall not be placed in the required width of a means of egress except projections permitted by this chapter. The required capacity of the means of egress system shall not be diminished along the path of egress travel (IFC 1003.6) 31: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 32: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 33: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (1FC 1008.1.8.1) 34: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 35: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 36: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 37: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 38: Fire doors shall be maintained in operative condition at all times, including complete closure and latching of the assembly. (IFC 1019.1.1) 39: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 40: Aisles in nonsprinklered buildings shall be a minimum of 96 inches (2438 mm) wide. (IFC 2306.9.1.2) 41: An approved automatic fire sprinkler extinguishing system is required for this project. (City Ordinance #2050) 42: Fire hydrants are required as detailed in City Ordinance #2052. 43: U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2050) doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 44: Maintain a 4 foot clear space around the sprinkler riser(s) for emergency access. (NFPA 25) (City Ordinance #2050) 45: When subject to vehicular damage, protective guard posts or curbs are required around all gas meters, electrical transformers, sprinkler valves and hydrants. Posts and curbs are to be painted yellow. (City Ordinance #2052) 46: All sprinkler system plans, calculations and the contractors Materials and Test Certificates submitted to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau must be stamped with the appropriate level of competency seal. (WAC 212 -80) 47: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinlder systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinlder systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers Kemper or any other representative designated and/or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #2050) 48: All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised. (City Ordinance #2050) 49: All exterior components of sprinkler systems should be painted RED. This includes: Post indicator valves (PIV), outside stem and yoke (OSY), wall indicator valves (WIV), and Fire Department connection (FDC). (City Ordinance #2050) 50: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 51: All control, drain, and test connection valves shall be provided with permanently marked weather -proof metal or rigid plastic identification signs. The signs shall be secured with corrosion - resistant wire, chain or other approved means. (NFPA 13- 6.7.4.1, 6.7.4.2) 52: Calculated sprinlder systems shall be designed with a 10 PSI cushion for low reservoir allowed. (City Ordinance #2050) 53: All new underground piping shall be hydrostatically tested. Test pressure shall be not less than 200 psi for 2 hours. The amount of leakage at the joints shall not exceed 2 quarts per hour per 100 gaskets or joints. Contact Greg Villanueva, Utilities Inspector, Public Works Department, at (206) 433 -0179 to make an appointment. (NFPA 13- 10.10.2.2.1, 10.10.2.2.2, 10.10.2.2.3, 10.10.2.2.4) 54: Fire detection, alarm and extinguishing systems shall be maintained in an operative condition at all times, and shall be replaced or repaired where defective. Non - required fire protection systems and equipment shall be inspected, tested and maintained or removed. (IFC 901.6) 55: A supply of spare sprinklers (never fewer than 6) shall be maintained on the premises so that any sprinklers that have operated or been damaged in any way can be promptly replaced. These sprinklers shall correspond to the types and temperature ratings of the sprinklers in the property. The sprinklers shall be kept in a cabinet located where the temperature to which they are subjected will at no time exceed 100 degrees F. A special sprinkler wrench shall also be provided and kept in the cabinet to be used in the removal and installation of sprinklers. (NFPA 13- 6.2.9.1, 6.2.9.2, 6.2.9.3, 6.2.9.6) 56: Escutcheon plates used with a recessed or flush -type sprinlder shall be part of a listed sprinlder assembly. (NFPA 13- 6.2.7.2) 57: The fire department connection (FDC) shall have a downward angle bend between 22.5 and 45 degrees, with a 5 -inch Storz fitting(s) and Knox FDC locking Storz cap. (NFPA 13- 6.8.3) (City Ordinance #2050) 58: Sprinkler systems shall be maintained in an operative condition at all times. Sprinkler systems and their component parts (including hose stations and standpipes) shall be inspected and tested at a frequency set forth in tables 5.1 and 6.1 of NFPA 25. A copy of inspection, test and maintenance records shall be forwarded to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 doc: Cond -10/06 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 59: When the sprinkler riser is located inside a room, the door to the room shall have a sign with one -inch letters which reads "Sprinkler Riser ". (NFPA 13) 60: Hydrants shall not be closer than 4 feet to any fixed object (e.g., fences, parking, building, etc.), with the exception of hydrant guard posts. Guard posts shall be installed around hydrants not protected by curbs, so as to help prevent motor vehicles from contacting the hydrant. The guard posts shall be either steel pipe (minimum 4" diameter) filled with concrete or concrete (minimum 8" diameter). Posts shall be 3 feet from the center of the hydrant and shall not be in direct line with any discharge ports. Posts shall be 6 feet long; 3 -3 1/2 feet shall be buried. Painted finish shall be the same color as for the applicable hydrants. The 4 -foot circumference around the hydrant will be a level surface. (City Ordinance #2052) 61: The height of fire department connections (FDC's) shall be 36 to 48 inches above grade. 62: Fire department connections (FDC's) shall be oriented in the direction of fire apparatus access, have a 4 foot clear space in front and to the sides of the connection, be appropriately signed and protected from potential vehicular damage. 63: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 64: An approved manual fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities' Act (I.B.C.), N.F.P.A. 72 and the City of Tukwila Ordinance #2051. 65: The installation of wiring and equipment shall be in accordance with N.F.P.A. 70, Article 760, Fire Protective Signaling Systems. (NFPA 72- 1.3.3) 66: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 67: Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke detectors. (City Ordinance #2051) 68: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 69: Remote alarm annunciation indication is required if the control panel is not visible from the main entrance. (City Ordinance #2051) 70: When the control panel is located inside a room, the door to the room shall have a sign with one -inch letters which reads "Fire Alarm" or "Fire Alarm Control ". (City Ordinance #2051) 71: Call the Tukwila Fire Department at 206/575 -4407 for approval of any system shut down. Have job site address, name and the Tukwila Fire Department Job Number available to confirm shut down approval. (City Ordinance #2051) 72: Key box - When access to or within a structure or an area is unduly difficult because of secured openings or where immediate access is necessary for life- saving or fire - fighting purposes, the Chief may require a key box to be installed in an accessible location. The key box shall be a type approved by the Chief and shall contain keys to gain necessary access as required by the Chief. (IFC 506.1) 73: Fire alarm systems shall be maintained in an operative condition at all times. Fire alarm systems and their component parts shall be inspected and tested per manufacturer's specifications and N.F.P.A. 72 at a minimum frequency of every twelve months. A copy of inspection, test and maintenance records shall be forwarded to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. (NFPA 72 (10.2.1.1)) (City Ordinance #2051) 74: Dedicated fire alarm system circuit breaker(s) shall be equipped with a mechanical lockout device. (NFPA 72 D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 (4.4.1.4.2.1)) • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 75: Fire Department lock boxes shall be provided for access to all fire alarm panels and sprinkler risers. The appropriate key(s) for access shall be placed in the lockbox. Lockbox order forms must be obtained from the Tukwila Fire Department. The lockbox should be mounted so that it is readily visible and not over 60 inches high. (City Ordinance #2051) 76: The reset code for the fire alarm panel or keypad shall be 1- 2- 3 -4 -5. The reset code shall not be changed without approval of the Fire Marshal. The reset code should be permanently posted at the keypad. (City Ordinance #2051) 77: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 78: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 79: An aisle to and working space shall be provided for each electrical panel. An aisle width not less than 24 inches shall provide access to the panel and 30 inches of working space shall be provided directly in front of the panel. (NEC 110.26(A) thru F(2)) 80: Each circuit breaker shall be legibly marked to indicate it's purpose. (NEC 110 -22) 81: Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly installed. (IFC 703.1) 82: Walls of corridors serving an occupant load of 30 or more shall be of not less than one -hour fire resistive construction and the ceilings shall not be less than that required for a one -hour fire resistive floor or roof system. (IBC 708.1(4)) (IBC 1016.1 Table 1016.1)) 83: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 84: Every building shall be accessible to Fire Department apparatus by way of access roadways with all- weather driving surface of not less than 20' wide and 13'6" vertical clearance. Access roads in excess of 150' shall be provided width an approved turn- around area. Access shall be within 150' of all portions of the buildings. (City Ordinance #2047) 85: All required hydrants and surface access roads shall be installed and made serviceable prior to and during the time of construction. (IFC 503.1, 508.1) 86: Fire hydrants shall conform to American Water Works Association specifications C- 502 -54; it shall be compression type, equipped with two 2 -1/2" N.S.T. hose ports and one 5" Storz pumper discharge port, and shall have a 1 -1/4" Pentagon open -lift operating nut. (City Ordinance #2052) 87: Fire department connections (FDC's) shall be located within 50 feet of a fire hydrant. 88: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 89: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 90: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 0700. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 doc: Cond -10/06 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us (206)575 -4407. 91: ** *PLANNING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * * ** 92: Planning final required. 93: Building and site must match design review approved plans L08 -007. SM * *continued on next page ** • D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: / L/ —�' Date: 9 /9 G D g Print Name: doc: Cond -10/06 p ON1L D08 -316 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 Name: Mailing Address: E -Mail Address: Company Name: Company Name: C .-7-.).5 /e--�' (J E -Mail Address: Pr `n' , flw-z CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http: / /www. ci. tukwila. wa. u r U 8 1�c' ! /r� i Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: Mailing Address: 13 - e , - ) sL ) 77)i r-c/ /VL Contact Person: C -/ n e i. err et y-- ENGINEER OF RECORD - All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record Company Name: 7) K" C-7-7 h e Mailing Address: 7c ,1 ,S7 rcee 'O Contact Person: E -Mail Address: p:\Apptication+`-.Fomis- Applications On Line'3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -21106 bh Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 636 4 /2e , — UOjc) Site Address: 0 r / Sfrei -•- d I tr k z,- ,` A , z 9 gig/Suite Number: Floor: Tenant Name: ( // 1 rh ✓e;;i-ry-- Property Owners Owners Name: Mailing Address: //46/ AL YS ,4; re- /E/t-d /i . g/ I CO s ,- City A New Tenant: 0' Yes ❑ .. No State CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issue L�'1�7IMMIAXIMLltUL-r Day Telephone: 37S = e -` 2,2 ILSAIN • 4-,c5 7 / � 1 & City , State 14.,,4- Zip 9s-1 S t.J r GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION • . g Piping Information for Mechanical (pg 4 ) for Plumbing and Gas. Pi to g (Pg Mailing Address: Zip City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: State 714 A- State 9 Oo.y„S Zip ARCHITECT OF RECORD All plans must be wet stamped by Architect of Recor /3 City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Zip City State Day Telephone: K 75- 2-21_ Fax Number: 6/7 - 3 `t!S � zZ/ - (9.4 Zip sss/ Page 1 01'6 1 . 1 T.. 1 t_7 1 r , +• :.... ,. 1,. ,.,.,< :Existing . . `• t ' InteriorReinodel <LI''j N.i Addition to � f A Yt I t \. 4 }~ xisting ,; ,Structure,..,. Vt - .t•'11 1 t ' :New • +• 1 ''Sd's Type of t o l . J r strct er Cpn ; +� ;` -IBCv s, i �• Tyne Of,'-''1'. .• 4.1.1.4 v k- ,Y i4 1 Occupancy per'• - :.IBCI . "rFloor n r i, s ) ` �y �7 ��Y� l�1! - V� 1 9 P41L. - 7/ 24u IL- B "'Floor.'t }..( .1 h ,l , ..r• • y ..4,.,i. % �". .1 t..f 4?'lti:' '1 r ^: �p {' '',":' r5i' >:�' 3' 166 .','. ) , !•.•• ,. Floors 5. ` thru Thol i ' s- ?S4.LY�A ""��. ��h 1 kr{ :Y � , ?d +} g. Baseme f A - i r 5 1 Stnic ►cce�ss ture *' 'Cited Garage 1 ''` ; ., n c t °'t - Detached Garage 1,A.tta ... it ;; l t' ; , • 'DetachediarCport: -,v. a'. ,` '` , 'sr. ',v fovered Deck `'1': ;,: - ,\ :''''; �.. <. FY tua , .1i. 6)i:v.KLr y.:,,.w n,Y' A! ' :, •': ,:;..;:`: B1JILDI?4G PERMIT INFO% ION :4;106,4314367Q Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): �L'W �/ ie // C 77s irkGl7 / t tm s 2� alex•, het; /dir Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes 0.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building 'Areas in SquareFootage Below ` r .:i. f it - -! '.i '''itt.. lr, Snip t:.�.0r tt,'1�;.,; .f .ii<�'i,k, ..{.'{. 9. ", •,..:.a s>. PA PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: Lid Sprinklers ❑e' Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes 12" No If •'yes attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 - 1/2 "x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System - For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q:'ApplicationsWForms-Applications (h Lineu -2005 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2005 bh Page 2 of b PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFORMATION — .206 -433 -0179 Scope of Work cplease provide detailed information): h e—.c) 5/ T a ._ — She // Gen d b �, id fr Water District ❑ ... Tukwila ... Water District #125 ❑ ... Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate • Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System – For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size – 22" x 34 ") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right -of -way Non Right -of -way ❑ ...Total Cut cubic yards ❑ ...Total Fill cubic yards ❑ ... Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size.. ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer ❑ ... Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: City Day Telephone: City State State Zip Zip Q: \Applicatioas\FomvrApplications On Line3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1- 800 -424 -5555 ❑ ... ValVue ❑ .. Renton ❑ ... Sewer Availability Provided . Abandon Septic Tank . Curb Cut . Pavement Cut . Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Highline ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use – Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ... Hold Harmless – (SAO) ❑ ... Hold Harmless – (ROW) ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ .. Channelization ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding WO # WO # WO # ❑ ... Deduct Water Meter Size Private Private Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Unit Type: Qty Boiler /Compressor: Qty Fumace<100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM c2N Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnace >100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30 -50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig /Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator — Comm /Ind MECHANICAL PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: 7 be- He 4'-h-, Mailing Address: City State Zip Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ 7e , d Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Are e-t) -S h e /l Use: Residential: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ Commercial: New ....17 Replacement .... ❑ Fuel Type: Electric Er Gas....❑ Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q9Applications\Fomu- Applications On Line•3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 4 of 6 Print Name: PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING 0 ER 11 AUTHORIZED Signature: l C / /� Th `Pp 2 Mailing Address: 6-33 S c M Tree -, / 4 Date: Day Telephone: eve — .5 2 — 6 67/ T kw; /4 1 4-)n- Fi? City State Zip Date Application Accepted: tp Date Application Expires: Staff Initials: , - n i Q:\Applicatians\Fomu- Applications On Line.3 -2006 - Permit Application.doe Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 6 of 6 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 304 STRANDER BL TUKW Suite No: Applicant: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER Receipt No.: Initials: User ID: Payee: (inn: RArstint -OR R08 -03279 JEM 1165 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method MARK AND TRACEY HILLIARD Payment Check City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Descriptio 11489 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000/345.830 RECEIPT Amount 60.00 Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: Payment Amount: $60.00 Payment Date: 09/17/2008 01:40 PM Balance: $0.00 Current Pmts 60.00 Total: $60.00 D08 -316 ISSUED 06/06/2008 09/09/2008 7443 ')9 /.l? 1707 T •5C 0 I y �. Printarl• 09- 17 -9f108 Receipt No.: R08 -03199 Payee: BNBUILDERS, INC ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description doc: Receiot -06 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www. ci. tukwila. wa. us Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08 -316 Address: 304 STRANDER BL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 06/06/2008 Applicant: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER Issue Date: Initials: JEM Payment Date: 09/09/2008 12:33 PM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 36392 5,397.38 BUILDING - NONRES 000/322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/386.904 RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts Payment Amount: $5,397.38 5,392.88 4.50 Total: $5,397.38 7171 09/09 9707 TN AL 29'7-32 Printed: 09 -09 -2008 Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08 -316 Address: 304 STRANDER BL TUBW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 06/06/2008 Applicant: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER Issue Date: Receipt No.: R08 -01977 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: GENSLER • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 10136159 3,731.62 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description PLAN CHECK - NONRES RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 3,731.62 Total: $3,731.62 Payment Amount: $3,731.62 Payment Date: 06/06/2008 11:09 AM Balance: $7,872.38 3348 06/06 9711 TOTAL 4239.00 11 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 06 -06 -2008 COMMENTS: 11 JIJC1,.‘ L\5t \11 r';, Ce rrPtz, 1 J -c- "t-\ vi..,,N \ts ‘;. \k..a -, 01, 4 TI.) rl . - 4\ \t.6 N ' P}\ \ * N - v C Lf.) I I t L t rr kit L EN 1>F.■NL: r‘■l\∎i d 0“..._ Z L.0. - S∎_, i 0(.1.\• l 2)y Y. r \t1AS\ (..n. Date Wanted: Li - -7` aq / t - 3 \Lo -C 021- -∎ S 1 L� . .L_C1NNOJ OC:. .. t(\1 AL Lzr�; CosZl OL- '( - T i] \m`( _ L` ;` 1 - Z'S % tsl;_, o 1j • Phone No: Project: fllidAll Type of Inspection: . Vi 141 1 ii i,1 I \ v Address: o i-t -hvi ti ?i v 1 Date Ca led: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: Li - -7` aq / a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431- INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 3l, PERMIT NO. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Inspecto OiCv‘ IAA (Date: q ` 1 7 ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: COM NFENTS: -6 £e e ;v4 /14/561 f,,L 8 j 1-- i 7 I) 9 //1/ a. - l 7 - a S . 4ia/q /r■.q•t/ 4 4 •/ 7 1-, - „m4, /t/ Tv v / //' ,r)q . / 12.- - id TQ i r - > j/ ! / /?‘111. ...Ck;e► MI - 4 R,r/f/ . At 4 mac)1 %Algv. /pm' � /.(/ei' =0 1,,,,L1 a...,” /,), ___Dvsz, by i i, _ AJ /1 ! - %// .- V 4I 0114/11/ id I - 7 iy/ 4 Pe,,,' IC Roym /-A 47.1,44' ¢- i / J? /de • Date Wanted: 2- ^ - S 09 Projects. k--%c( Q \, Type _ o Inspection: �— i k 1/41 A l Address: 3 01-1 ST R A Z Date Called: . Special Instructions: • Date Wanted: 2- ^ - S 09 a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: II bob -3+(, INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 8- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (70)431 -3 pproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Z Date: c32. 2 5 - - a � .00 REI•SPECTION EE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. paid at 6300 Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: -- FICA-1 ti -( -Liars,- d / Type of Inspection: LAgd KJ e_ Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: 1 .. oq z- Date Wanted: 2-- °9 p.m. Requester: Phone No: 2D -qc 1^g4 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit b0, L• 1 I SPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspedtor: A Date: Z T $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: Date: Project: i c": 1, 4) . 7_ Type of Inspection: Address: !„ _ <� 64. Date Called: Special Instructions: . Date Wanted: 2 -... 22 . m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 INSPECTION NO. COMMENTS: P , ,h ,` tr >/ 1 2') /J . - P J, r��. pL r� ,4-7.0.07 3).,‘ U ; , !JL (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. crv ), f 1 ,9 7 , i f 3 .1 0 e f,g1 121949 49 11/44 ; rres 4.60.1,4e.e44_ 4 .c0 d /407ize, 15 lie /1p' El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project: a� Type of Inspection: Address: . 301/ S 7.474A/ 8L.- Date Called: Special Instructions: 4= . ' Date Wanted: / — 34 ._. e p.m. Requester: Phone No : r o1 4/q/- % 96 9 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 ,GY :3/6. PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 c 50,0 k'► Apptoved; er applicable codes. COMMENTS:' Corrections required prior to approval. r _ ❑ $60.00 ' EINSPECTION E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • r ., COMMENTS: 0 (OA 1(SINevi+hI . 11 f 1z / -p p J f/ Pe.r. �i' .im L4i+a✓ tz.QAZ4u Date Called: ,.) c.I2 itu(- ) - A pvico Requester: Phone No �J� 2a(, - ici1-c►6`'ib 3 f C/J A 11 I I.iSLlt 4.t 1 fps � (kM I S�ti 1`P vAi i — ' oy � e Li) � r7 i i4 l l" e*,,, a/ e 1 n ,r0 Pa( i- t'dvt1,( Le t4Q,/ -Cva,.. , i zykizeriki Project: '1 75 -k-i 1 C( Type of Inspection: tl) 1 11r Address: 3 0 1 SIR 4"J X O Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a 121 i la i n p� Requester: Phone No �J� 2a(, - ici1-c►6`'ib INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. J 1( . CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION ia- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ig Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. p Receipt No.: J O REINSPECTION EE REQUIi ED. Prior to inspection, fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Date: YG'iyc.f ilr k�ibtr+e "'dSi�Ylnll�'M�MM1111Y i ��r�. - Project: II Type of Ins ection: Address: 30 S 7i2 4,uD5 2 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date W anted: 17 3 () / p.m. Requester: Phone No: .2 3 —7 32 -7?3? INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit b0F3 INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 7 A7 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p I O4- Jf7 DceK ` APP e 1 Receipt No.: 'Date: Date: /f- I3 e q EINS ECTION F E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be p I. -t 6300 Southcenter Blvd:, Site 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Pro'ect: �; , (, 'r�J'ITUr (eti�r Type of Inspection „ t t4 ( s 5k-6 .- ' /2 Address: 4 3 (' �, Date Called: i Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: ZS-3 - 21( -rl ' Z. Ei Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. D -3 10 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 COMMENTS: r2/0 4/Z-40 ale Corrections required prior to approval. El o#E $60.0INSPECTION'FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: !Date: COMMENTS: Type of I pection: i VST AV ( A JA{ 3A i. /// Special Instructions: (--, , r Gu e. es u ,- G S e N- _ 7 c ( S f C F E I � � 1- 3 A Gst\f - (--f:._, . - i p. ' , A 1 A Probe :, 4 • Type of I pection: i Address: 3oQ S Mo A- J-/' Date Called: /// Special Instructions: Date Wanted: '`m p. Requester: Phone No: t INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 Approved per applicable codes. 1 lnspectq ' : PERMIT NO. El Corrections required prior to approval. I Date: 1 -6 ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REOUI ED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: 4. 64 , Type of Inspectio \ Address: ....5770.6.1.,,.. .4 ate Called: Specia Instructions: Date Wanted: / Q C� F ,� / `Q90 P.m. Requester:, Phone No: .Z cj — 7 3 2 - - 3 / INSPECTION NO. CITk OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 El Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION. RECORD Retain a with permit I l i ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. Inspecto r El $60.00 REINSPE TION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 1 Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: -..) A , Type of Inspection: f pA ioV r t n 6 T - k;'uc 4 11 c -- 4p0R40 -0 1 . Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 10 1 1 6 � O e • m • p.m. Requester: rk) \f fi C(c' ‘ai■TzkK le - f'Azs'7w41 .. AN t ceArn 11.16 Nei a+rof iJ j r is— Il p PPte• Q _ \ . Pro (: r -- 1` It _ /. es Type of Inspection: f pA ioV AdIres : '1 ST 8 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 10 1 1 6 � O e • m • p.m. Requester: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. C x.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 1 Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: I-, de f 1 1 ( / N v ' s 487 Typ of Inspection: c- ( c) e. Address: 5o cf s1 MAlOi e Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wante I U f il. j a.m. •m: Requester. Phone No: 31 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: J - (c3 .s r:e7 ( ) G d1* Date: IU- ! h- c.) REINSPECTION ICE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be )60.00 aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Sui 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: +, Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: /y 10' 2 •0 / Cgi .. I Address: 3e ti 574 om 4en Suite #: ✓&Lys . Contact Person: , S:44fie, Special Instructions: i Occupancy Type: Phone No.: .Needs Shift Inspection: .�. .. Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Mood"& Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER . Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with- Vern* CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT poi- I(09 _Ore- ' _ PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East Tukwila Wa. 98188 _ 206 -575 -4407 ri Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: x 2-141 zre i ' :r. 2i "1 (4J ) a 5 i 1% Pi i VZ ©iV . $ i rM I r / f? A9 e ti- / ahem S : 1.91 [, 1 1Y __ Inspector: s;1 I Date: J/z ra Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e ity of TukwilaiFinance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • Wesifiefrf Westfield LLC Southcenter 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 802 -6010 Facsimile: (206) 246 -7043 February 26, 2009 Bob Benedicto City of Tukwila Building Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA. 98188 RE: Fidelity Financial Center — Roof Certification Bob; Attached for your reference is the roof certification from Firestone Building Products. The roof system was installed by Crow Roofing and Sheet Metal, Inc. If you have any questions I am available to review your concerns. Sincerely, Westfield LLC Patrick Burns Director of Construction Copy: Phil Chamberlain, Westfield LLC Jim Dunaway — City of Tukwila Building Dept. Page 1 of 1 Do 8-3 pit GLivED crr OF TUKWIIA FEB 26 2009 PERMIT CENTER Varestone WILDING PRODUCTS Building Name: Fidelity Investor Center Building Address: (Only needs to be completed if different from PIN): Firestone Contractor (Firm Name): Crow Roofing & S /M, Inc. Contractor's Representative: Tien Rash Inspection Date: 2 -17 -09 Firestone Technical Representative: Ron Asbury 1.) ® Apply Seam Edge Treatment / Sealant Per Detail: WHERE MISSING. 2.) ❑ Repair "Fishmouth" Or wrinkle & Strip in Seam: 3.) ❑ Strip in Scant / Flashing: ❑ Where No scam edge treatment was applied. ❑ Which has Less then minimum required lap. ❑ Where Quick Prime was not applied properly or is inadequate. ❑ Seam tape not properly placed in scam. ❑ Overheated or damaged membrane. ❑ Improper/ Inadequate weld(s) occur. 4.) ❑ Install "T" John Patches Pcr Detail: 5.) ❑ Strip in sca with: ❑ Excessive/ Insufficient bleed out. ❑ Feathered lap edges. ❑ Improper Adhesion. 6.) ❑ Batten / Scant Plate misplaced in Scant. (Contact Firestone Roof Solutions) 7.) ❑ Install `T" Joint Patches at Tape Laps: BASE TIE -INS / CORNERS 8.) ❑ Install Base Tic -in and Flash Per Detail: 9.) ❑ Apply Joint Cover to Vertical Seant Per Detail: 10.) ❑ Cut Out and Repair `Bridging' II.) ❑ Retlash Outside Corner Per Detail: 12.) ❑ Refash Inside Confer Per Detail: TERMINATIONS 13.) ❑ Install (Horiz. ❑ / Vert. 0) Termination. ❑ Install Countertlashing Per Firestone Specifications. 14.) ❑ Fasten Flashing Per Detail: 15.) ❑ Apply Waterblock At: 16.) ❑ Apply Additional Sealant to top of Termination Bar. 17.) ❑ Add Additional Fasteners to 'I' -Bar to Provide Continuous Compression. ❑ SPECIAL. CONSIDERATION: 36.) Additional Repair(s): APPLY TPO -GP SEALANT AT QUICK SEAM FLASHING AT PERIMETER, Owners Representative at inspection: 1111 REPAIRS FOR WARRANTY Complete Repairs; Sign, And Return Within 60 Days Of Inspection FBPCO No.: DB1759 11 Firestone License / Registration No.:04453 Ph: 1 800 - 428 - 4511 (ern): 53242 Requested Inspection: (E)1 02n 03 Q _ th [ linterim ❑Audit [Other: *It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure the repair is completed per current policy, including, repairs caused by other (CBO). System Type: TPO- Adhered mil. .060 No Repairs Required ® The Following Repairs Must Be Completed Within 60 Days Of The Inspection. Leaks Reported: NO PRIOR TO MAKING REPAIRS ALL SURFACES MUST BE. CLEANED WITH SOAP AN WATER, RINSED AND DRIED, THEN FOLLOW PROPER SPLICING PROCEDURES. SEAMS PENETRATIONS • 18.) ❑ Re -task Pipe Per Detail: 19.) ❑ Install / Reflash Penetration Pocket Per Detail: 20.) ❑ Remove And Replace Soft Pourable Scaler. 21.) ❑ Add Additional Pourable Scaler To Shed Water. DRAINS & SCUPPERS 22.) ❑ Repair Drain / Scupper: 23.) ❑ Drains: ❑ Rcplacc broken drain bolt ❑ Install missing drain bolt/ clamp ❑ Strip in scam within 18" of drain ❑ Install scrccn basket ❑ Replace missing/ broken clamping ring ❑ Install 3' x 3' modified target patch ❑ Tighten loose drain bolt ❑ Install 4' x 4' target patch ❑ Unplug drain ❑ Install watcrblock ❑ Install lead ❑ Install roof mastic MISCELLANEOUS 24.) ❑ Install Additional Fasteners Per Specifications. ❑ Insulation ❑ 'Termination Bar ❑ Base Tie -hi ❑ Drain Bar ❑ In Scant ❑ Around Penetrations 25.) ❑ Fill Void In Insulation And Repair l'er Firestone Specifications. 26.) ® Repair Damaged Membrane /Flashing: I LOCATION. 27.) ❑ Locate And Repair Leaks. (Rcinspection may be necessary) 28.) ❑ Install Protective Layer Under Wood Sleeper/ Paver. 29.) ❑ Redistribute/ Add Ballast To Provide Proper Coverage. 30.) ❑ Install Walkway Pad / Paver At Roof Access. 31.) ® Submit Roof Drawing Showing All Scams And Penetrations. 32.) ❑ Remove Debris From Root: 33.) ❑ Repair Unfuscd Membrane. 34.) ❑ Probe / Re -Probe All Work. 35.) ❑ Install necessary sheet metal. coping, counterfashings and /or metal per detail. UPON COMPLE:IION OF REPAIRS, REINSI'ECI'ION BY FIRESTONE Is NOT Necessary At This Time ❑ IS Necessary ❑ Field Deviation ❑ Sq. Footage of Roof Appears to differ front PIN ROOF ACCESSIBILITY ® YES ONO The above repairs were complete in accordance with Firestone's Specification's on: By: And the roof system now conforms with F' estonc sp • icat details, and installation requirements. Applicators Signature: Title (Authorized Officer Or Agent): C4,m.„Aor m Please sign and return a printed copy to yowl "ional Technical oordinator, by mail or fax. If no repairs are required, it is not necessary to return this form to Firestone. Mail or Fax To: Firestone Building Products Field Services: 250 West 96" Street. Indianapolis, IN 46260 Fax To: 1- 317 - 575 -7227 I i UPPER ROOF PLAN Vl¢M CI 909' AW.AYIB[e.o-.e1 �z eac tic Awns :wag % /'� !t 1 /1 t.G ` E f 2 3� / 1� n 5.40.+.4 W.f. wail . WM t ScnW c Branch 1J'.�/ - L f' �,� •�•n mC.mK rar cu; ca 1 \ j wawa s[ ¢cros m uraaor. 1W lk. Wu slut. _ „ Y _ .:.. ........._.:._......_.._....... ..: eiSa:4 +xa AAni �.. 931871 , _ —� ! V(a VARrG OS 1.001.06..10C Sri . M .1 . ..ee , ! "C* ., - F .,,. • • . 1 ii, ©ce.P e;af BOA. 1 ... -4,- 1,00-034' ^G` l I � . � O c 9• r . Ai 3N 9 —{-- I 1 ' _ lY p /' 1 1 • 2 LOWER ROOF PLAN WALL W „Y Jlw -! • m... 1; 11 1 ._ 1I I f I r . . I - I Jo L: I __ L _... _•J i t SHEET NOTES GENERAL NOTES F%deff,y Gensler I�— Graa.N. C - aYC[ MA. [t 7C ..Fa[e:. TOM n J. A02.02 Crow Roofing & Sheet Metal, Inc. 9500 Aurora Avenue N. Seattle, WA 98103 -3219 Phone 206 -525 -5155 Fax 206 - 525 -5169 www.crowroofing. corn Date: Feb. 20, 2009 3- pages To: Firestone Building Products Attn: Ron Asbury Fax (317) 853 -3136 From: Tim Rash Re: Inspection Report & Roof Plan for Fidelity Investments FBPCO #DB1759 SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. GEOTECHNICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS December 15, 2008 Mr. Pat Burns Westfield Corporation, Inc. 633 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: FINAL REPORT ON CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION, FIDELITY BANK AT WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER, TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Dear Mr. Burns: D - U p This letter presents our final report on geotechnical construction observation activities for the new Fidelity Bank building located at Westfield Southcenter, Tukwila, Washington. Our services for this project included observation and evaluation of the following activities: ■ Driven grout pile installation ■ Structural backfill placement and compaction The results of our observations are presented in our field activity reports dated May 30 through September 19, 2008..In summary, all foundation piles were evaluated and found to be competent for bearing. Our field reports document structural fill materials evaluated and approved in utility trenches, below the building floor slab, and alongside the pile grade beams. The structural fill placement we observed was accomplished in an acceptable manner. In our opinion, the geotechnical- related work that we observed at the project site substantially complies with our recommendations and with approved plans and permit requirements. 400 NORTH 34TH STREET • SUITE 100 P.U. BOX 300303 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98103 206.632.8020 FAX 206695.6777 TDD: 1.800.833.6388 www.shannonwilson.com A.;RA 01(l1iAOr r, oHIUA MISSOUHI OREGON 44ASI III- U I ON 21 -1- 20762 -002 t Mr. Pat Burns Westfield Corporation, Inc. December 15, 2008 Page 2 Please contact us at 206 - 632 -8020 if you have any questions. Sincerely, SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Jeremy N .utkovich Engineer JNB:MWP /jnb 21- I - 20762 - 002- I3.doc 'wpi LKD Martin W. Page, P.E., L.E.G. Associate c: Mark Ronish, BN Builders (sent via e-mail) Kraz & ASSOCIATES, INC. December 8, 2008 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION City of Tukwila Attn: Building Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila, WA 98188 RE: Final Letter Fidelity Investments 304 Strander Blvd. Tukwila, WA To Whom It May Concern: • Reinforced Concrete • Reinforcing Masonry • Non - Destructive Examination - VT • Structural Steel Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: Westfieled Corp, Inc. LeMessurier Consultants Attn: Peter Cheever, Engineer pcheever @lemessurier.com With Offices Serving The Western United States 922 — Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, WA 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 KA No. 066 -08140 Permit No. D08 -161 Permit NNep,(18 °3ily6 - (RECEIVED DEC 10 2008 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT In accordance with your request and authorization, we have performed special testing and inspection services for the above referenced project. The special inspections for this project were: To the best of our knowledge, all work which has been tested and/or inspected has been found to be in general accordance with the approved plans and specifications, engineering revisions, and Chapter 17 of the 2006 International Building Code. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. FILE COPY n l !l r� y ...\ Permit mft No I I ' fp l ar review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt o+ approved Field Command conditions is admowiedged: rt c` pk �trg � A . 04 p \ y e P TV c ) A w �• � ea k Oe `a � to aevia�o de add NV d CW m ay VI September 3, 2008 By Dave Larson City of Tukwila Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Fidelity Seattle Branch — Door hardware Address: 304 Strander Blvd. Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Larson: Linda Mori ty enclosure In response to your comments regarding the front entran door hardware we present the following solution, which comp ies with section 1008.1.8.3 Locks and Latches of the Washington State Building Code: • The main entrance door will be locked with a double cylinder and Adams Rite deadlock #MS -1850 with a Kawneer exit indicator. In addition one inch tall lettering will be applied to the frame of the door stating: "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED." • The rear egress door will be locked with a Schlage mortise lockset, model# LV- 9080P -02A which will allow free egress from the building at all times without any special knowledge or effort. For your convenience attached are product cut - sheets of the aforementioned hardware. Should you have any further questions or need additional information regarding this matter, please feel free contact us. Thank you for your assistance in this matter. Very truly yours, REVISION NO Date: 6 1/ 1 7 /0 8, City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 7768 Q08- 311 Kt CODE APPROVED SEP 16 2008 City Of Tukwila IISION REGISTERED ARCHITECT INDA ORIA STATE OF WASHINGTON RECEIVED SEP 10 PERMIT CENTER . Sketch Number SK -07 Project Description Prepared by FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER; SEATTLE, WA DOOR HARDWARE REVISION PER BUILDING DEPT. Drawing Scale BAT m 2007 Gensler N/A Project Number Issue/Rev Date 11.5039.163 01 09/03/08 Gensler Boston One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Massachusetts 02108 Tel: 617.619.5700 DOOR SCHEDULE (ASSEMBLY IDOOR HDWR SET FRAME FIRE RATING REMARKS NUMBER TYPE DIMENSIONS MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH DETAILS WIDTH HEIGHT INK HEAD JAMB SILL 101 - 3'-O' 8' -T 1 -3/4' AL/GL PT. AL PL - - - - • 102 - 3'-0' 8' -T 1 -3/4' AL /GL Pt AL 103 - 3'-O' 8' -T 1 -3/4' AL/GL Pt AL T r r r r HARDWARE SETS HARDWARE SET 1 (EXTERIOR ENTRY DOOR - DOOR 101) 4 STANDARD BUTT HINGES, KAWNEER 1 CONCEALED CLOSER, KAWNEER SAM II 1 DEADLOCK, ADAMS RITE 1AS -1850 1 KAWNEER EXIT INDICATOR 1 KAWNEER DOUBLE CYLINDER 2 PUSH/PULL, ROCKWOOD MEGATEK, RM 3311, 4' -0' CTC 1 HALF - SADDLE THRESHOLD, NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS 1350 ALUM. 1 BOTTOM SWEEP, KAWNEER SAM 11 NOTE 1' TALL BLACK LETTERS 10 BE APPLIED ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF THE FRAME ABOVE THE DOOR STATING 'THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED.' HARDWARE SET 2 (INTERIOR VESTIBULE DOOR - DOOR 102) 4 STANDARD BUTT HINGES, KAWNEER 1 CONCEALED CLOSER, KAWNEER SAM II 1 FLOOR STOPS, TRIMCO 7280 2 PUSH/PULL, ROCKWOOD MEGATEK RM 3311, 4' -0' CTC 1 THRESHHOL0 KAWNEER STANDARD 1 BOTTOM SWb, KAWNEER SAM II HARDWARE SET 3 (REAR EXIT DOOR - DOOR 103) 4 STANDARD BUTT HINGES, KAWNEER 1 CONCEALED CLOSER, KAWNEER SAM II 1 LOCKSET, SCHLAGE LV -9080P 02A 1 FLOOR STOPS, TRIMCO 7280 1 HALF - SADDLE THRESHOLD, NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS f350 ALUM. 1 : •TTOM 33', KAWN22* SAM II • . Sketch Number SK -07 Project Description Prepared by FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER; SEATTLE, WA DOOR HARDWARE REVISION PER BUILDING DEPT. Drawing Scale BAT m 2007 Gensler N/A Project Number Issue/Rev Date 11.5039.163 01 09/03/08 Gensler Boston One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Massachusetts 02108 Tel: 617.619.5700 TWO POINT HARDWARE LOCKS /LATCHES ADAMS RITE MS -1850 DEADLOCK Description: This deadlock incorporates an aluminum faceplate and five ply laminated steel bolt with 1 -3/8" (34.9) standard throw. For special conditions, a 13/16" (20.5) throw is available. All vulnerable lock parts are designed to resist sawing attempts. The lock accepts any standard 1 -5/32" (29.4) mortised cylinder or thumbtum (with MS cam). Badcset (center line of face plate to center line of cylinder) is 1 -1 /8" on all doors. Application: Standard lock used in the active leaf of a pair of doors or on a single door. It may be converted to two point or three point locking. THREE POINT KAWNEER AN.,COAGOMPA Y FIDELITY - MAIN ENTRANCE LOCK 9/3/08 i ADAMS RITE MS -1850 -050 Description: All features and components, with the exception of the hook bolt, are the same as the MS 1850 deadlock. The hook bolt is of the same construction but has a hook shape to provide additional security against the door prying attempts. Application: This hook bolt lock is an optional lock recommended for extra security on pairs of doors. When the hook bolt is thrown It engages the inactive leaf strike cutout in a manner that resists attempts to pry or pull apart the door stiles. On pairs of doors the proper strike cutout is provided when the hook bolt lock is specified. 2 AND 3 POINT LOCKS Two Point: In addition to the deadbolt lock point of the MS 1850, additional security is obtained for pairs of doors with the use of a threshold bolt. The normal turn of the cylinder key simultaneously drops a hardened steel hexbolt into the threshold and provides the second lock point. Three Point: The third locking point is obtained by adding a header bolt to the above described MS lock and threshold bolt. The header bolt is placed in the top stile of the inactive leaf. The throw of the MS bolt in the inactive leaf strike cutout triggers engagement of the header bolt KAWNEER FLUSH BOLT Description: A standard pair of doors includes top and bottom flush bolts in the inactive leaf. The flush bolts provide two inactive leaf "lock" points in addition to the active leaf which locks into the inactive leaf. They are flush mounted In the nose of the door stile and are finished to match. JUNE, 2008 EC 97903 -18 KAWNEER CONTROLLER® LOCKING SYSTEM US PATENT NO. 4,283,882 CANADIAN PATENT NO. 1,144,581 TOTAL CONTROL of paired entrances is now possible. The CONTROLLER provides uncompromised egress thru both door leaves with one stage unlocking, but offers the convenience of two stage locking. LIFE SAFETY is an Important consideration in the selection of entrance door hardware. If an entrance with flush bolts has not been completely unlocked, life safety considerations could be compromised in an emergency situation.Thls is one reason why manual flush bolts are prohibited by building codes'. SECURITY of the entrance is enhanced by three point locking using the CONTROLLER mechanism in conjunction with the Adams Rite maximum security lock. Flush bolt locking jeopardizes security, as the door leaves can be pried apart allowing access to the flush boll release levers. Unlike flush bolts, the CONTROLLER is manually engaged with access through the M.S. lock strike cut out. It is then secured by the 1-3/8" (34.9) throw, five ply laminated steel bolt of the M.S. lock. TWO STAGE LOCKING provides ease of operation not commonly found with standard three point locks. The CONTROLLER allows easy alignment of the inactive door leaf, followed by normal engagement of the M.S. lock. ONE STAGE UNLOCKING is done with the turn of a key which retracts the M.S. lock bolt. The CONTROLLER mechanism is then free and will allow both door leaves to swing open. APPLICATION: On paired entrances where exit devices are not required and manual flush bolts are prohibited by building codes ". FORCED ENTRY for stringent Dade County forced entry requirements specify CONTROLLER FE which include reinforced rods. The following building codes, with some qualifications, prohibit the use of manual flush bolts on exits doors needed to handle the occupant load of the building. Uniform Building code- International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) Standard Building Code- Southern Building Code Congress International, Inc. (SBCCI) Basic Building Code- Building Officials and Code Administrators, Inc. (BOCA). FIDELITY - MAIN ENTRANCE LOCK 9/3/08 JUNE, 2008 EC 97903 -18 ADAMS RITE 4590 LATCH PADDLE DEVICE Description: The escutcheon is 4" (101.6) high by 1- 11/32" (34.1) wide. Total width of paddle and housing is 5- 7/16" (137.9). Neutral projection of the paddle from the door face is 2-5/16" (58.6). Application: Designed for use with the 4510 latch or MS +1890lock/latch. A latched entrance can be opened by pushing or pulling the paddle in the direction of the door swing. kawneer.corn EXIT INDICATOR Description: The zinc alloy indicator escutcheon is 1 -3/8" (34.9) x 2 -5/8" (66.7) and 3/8" (9.5) projection from the door face. It is finished with silver epoxy and clear enamel. The sign has black lettering on an aluminum background. Application: This device is optional for use with the deadbolt (MS 1850) or hook bolt (MS 1850 -050) to indicate the lock position; open or locked. In some local building safety codes, this device allows the use of a deadlock in lieu of a panic exit device. 4565 LEVER LONG UP ADAMS RITE 4510 DEAD LATCH Description: Cylinder key operation from the exterior or lever handle interior operation retracts the spring loaded latch bolt. Deactivation or "dogging" is achieved with a reverse turn of the cylinder key. An auxiliary bolt deadlocks the latch bolt to prevent unwarranted biding" orcaseknife entry. Lever handle 4560, 3-1/2" (88.9) is standard. An optional 4565, 1 -1/2" (38.1) handle or 4590 latch paddle may be used. Backset is 1 -1/8" for all doors. Application: This device offers flexibility of traffic control during and after business hours. The device can be "dogged" or retracted for free traffic flow during business hours or locked on the exterior after hours. When locked, egress from the building is accomplished by depressing the lever handle. The latch lock does not provide the security of deadbolt type locks because of the shorter throw. ADAMS RITE STANDARD LATCH STRIKES Description/Application: A flat strike is jamb mounted for single acting butt hung or offset pivot doors. The elongated lip strike is jamb mounted for center hung single acting doors. A pair of doors requires the radiused strike mounted on the inactive leaf stile. The strike plates are satin buffed stainless steel. FLAT ADAMS RITE MS +1890 DEADLOCK/LATCH COMBINATION Description: The lock features two lock points In one lock housing. The upper hookbolt portion is activated or thrown with the turn of a cylinder key. The lower latchlock portion is spring lever or paddle actuated. The hookbolt is designed to resist sawing or prying attempts. A standard cylinder diameter of 1- 5132" (29.4) and MS Cam are required for the hookbolt. The standard 4565 handle, 1 -1/2" (38.1) long is used with the latch lock. Latch paddle 4590 as described below may also be used with the latch lock. Application: Provides deadlock security after hours and selective traffic control during or just after business hours. Both lock points can be retracted for free traffic flow. Retracting the hookbolt and activating the latch lock will permit exit-only traffic. The device is applicable to single or pairs of doors. RADI USED ARDWARE LOCKS /LATCHES ADAMS RITE 7130 ELECTRIC STRIKE Description /Application: The 7130 Series electric strike is designed for use with the 4510 latch lock to allow remote traffic/door control. it operates on 24V AC or 12V DC and is UL listed. For proper operation the anticipated duty, intermittent (std.) or continuous, should be specified. May be jamb mounted for single door or mounted in inactive leaf for pair of doors. C (J� US <KAWNEER wv A.A. CO•ntwr HARDWARE LOCKS /LATCHES CYLINDER GUARD Description/Application: The cylinder guard is a collar designed to protect the vulnerable soft cylinder. Its hardened steel material and tapered shape offers poor grip for prying or twisting attempts. The guard is held in place with a hardened steel retainer plate for additional security. For use with the Adams Rite MS 1850, 1850-050, +1890, or 4510 locks and latches. KAWNEER FIDELITY - MAIN ENTRANCE LOCK 9/3/08 i KAWNEER LOCK CYLINDERS Description: Kawneer standard cylinders are 5 pin - mortised with a diameter of 1 -5132" (29.4). As shown in the illustration, the cylinders are key operated , thumbturn operated or blank. Keyed alike cylinders are available to meet various keying schemes. The cylinder scalps and thumbturns are finished to match the door. THUMBTURN JUNE, 2008 EC 97903 -18 k .co„ L- Series Commercial Levers I FIDELITY - REAR EXIT DOOR LOCK 9/3/08 I Lever Designs and Finishes 01 Material: Forged brass and cast stainless steel Finishes: 605, 606, 609, 610, 619, 625, 626, 629, 630 02 T Material: Forged brass i— and cast stainless steel Finishes:605, 606,609, 610, 619, 625, 626, 629, 6..- 630 03 : Material: Forged brass, bronze and cast stain- less steel Finishes: 605, 606, 609, 610, 611, 612, 413, 616,'619, 625, 626, ' r- 629,630; 05 Material - Forged bra ss, bronze and cast stain less steel Finishes: 605, 606, 609.610, 619,`625, 626,629,630 High Performance Meets High Style Bright and brushed finishes in brass, bronze, chromium, stainless steel and more. Knobs or levers. Sleek sophistication or classic elegance. The L- Series collection offers the choices you need - and a few that might surprise you. 1 FIDELITY - REAR EXIT DOOR LOCK 9/3/08 Lock series — L = standard LV =vandlgard 0 dummy trim without lock case 9 = functions with lock case 0 = no deadbolt 1 =dummy trim 4 = with deadbolt Stopworks functions by turn -piece Auxiliary guarded latch Latchbolt with anti - friction Product identification LILY 9 4 5 3 ..' P Symbol Key i ll Cylinder Ai Outside knob . lir or lever 4 inside knob or lever Thurnbturn 1 Thumbturn cylinder 20 Lock Functions Lock Components Deadbolt IMMO i OONarotsuns Under Su ffix 6 -pin full face mortise cylinder with Schlage logo* less full-face cylinder concealed mortise cylinder less concealed cylinder full -size interchangeable core with Schlage logo ss full size interchangeable core full-size interchangeablecore less Schlage logo full-size construction core D` =SFIC less core BOC = disposableSF)f GD = Everest patented SFIC construction SFIC SFIC = Small Format (l3este style) Interchangeable Core To orderless Schlage logo, specify lock "with K510 -612 faceplate. LV Vandlgard® function; allows exterior lever to rotate freely dow while rema securely locked. In a daubte door appticationwhere the dummy will be used as the strike order 10 -0qt Armored Front Strike separately. Coin turn Solid spindle Two -piece spindle Emergency turn piece Occupancy indicator Lock Functions Schlage ANSI L9050 F04 LV9050 Office and Inner Entry Lock Latchbolt retracted by knob/lever from either side unless -- outside is made inoperative by key outside or by turning inside thumbtum. When outside is locked, latchbolt is retracted by key outside or by knob/lever inside. Outside knob/lever remains locked until thumbturn is returned to vertical or unlocked by key. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt W hen door is closed. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress. L9056 LV9056 19050 With Automatic Unlocking Latchbolt retracted by knob/tever from either side �— unless outside is made inoperative by key outside or by rotating inside thumbturn. Outside knob/lever unlocked by key outside or thumbtum. Rotating inside knob/lever simultaneously retracts latchbolt and unlocks outside knob /lever. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbott when door is closed. Inside lever; is always free for immediate egress. (Previously X111 -7761 F05 FIDELITY - REAR EXIT DOOR LOCK 9/3/08 I Single Cylinder Non- Deadbolt Functions ANS 1 L9080 LV9080 Storeroom Lock Latchboltretracted by key outside or by knob/lever inside. Outside knob /lever always' inoperative. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt when door is closed. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress. 22 L9070 LV9070 Classroom Lock Latchbott retracted by knob/lever from either side unless outside is locked by key. Unlocked from outside by key. Inside knob/lever always free for immediate exit. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt when door is closed. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress. L9076 F06 LV9076 Classroom Holdback Lock Latchbolt retracted by knob/lever from either side unless outside is locked by key. When locked, latchbott retracted by key outside or knob /lever inside. Auxiliary latch deadlocks tatchboltwhen door is closed. Depress inside knob/lever and turn key 360° for holdback feature. Inside lever is aiuw3wc fro, fnr immacir bfu sinretee LV9080EL Electrically Locked (Fall Sa Outside knob/lever continuously locked by 24VAC or DC. r , Latchbolt retracted by key Outside or by knob/leverinside. Switch or power failure allows outside knob/lever to retract latchbott. Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbott when door is closed. Inside knob/lever always free for immediate exit. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress. Schlage I L9O80EU tli LV908OEU Electrically Unlocked (Fail Secure) Outside knob/lever unlocked by 24VAC or DC. Latchbolt retracted by keyoutside or knob /lever Inside. -- Auxitiarylatch deadlocks latchbolt when door is closed. Inside knob/lever always free for immediate exit. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress. L9080EL -RX lie L9080EU -RX Request to Exit IRXI Electrified Lock as L9080ELand L9080EU functions. In addition, a micro switch positioned inside the lock case monitors -R. the retractor crank, and is actuated when rotation of the inside, or outside knob /lever rotates the retractor hub. The switch signals the use of that opening to security systems, allowing a non - disruptive means of immediate egress. Specify per L283 -059 for normally closed contacts (default). Specify L283 -125 for normally open contacts. Inside lever is always free for immediate egress. (Previously XL11 -8071 Project Info Project Address Fidelity Investments Date 6/2/2008 Allowed Area - let floor 304 Strander Blvd. For Building Department Use / E t9 LE COPY r 7200.0 . 10800.0 Takwila, WA Applicant Name: ROE Engineers Applicant Address: 70 Fargo street, Suite 800 Boston, MA Applicant Phone: 617 - 345 -9885 Project Description -1 New Building ❑ Addition II Alteration ' ` plans lndu requirements,,.,. „y,,,) r• c Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controlsend commissioning Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive 0 Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Malysis • -- • - ,• ^ ; ' (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA sp clearly on plans .) _, . • _ - %' , _ Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the Iightin . - ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) • Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft " Area in ft Allowed Area - let floor Retail Banking 1.50 7200.0 . 10800.0 65.0 -CODE REVIEWED COMPLIANCE APPROVED FOR rroposea Llgnling vvattage Location (floor/room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Elec. Closet Surface mtd. Wraparound 1 65.0 65.0 -CODE REVIEWED COMPLIANCE APPROVED FOR SEP - 3 008 ity Of Tu ila I BUILDING DIVISION . Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 65.0 Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage *" From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Revised July 2007 otal Allowed Watts 10800.0 Notes: 1. For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. 2. For proposed Watts/Fixture, use manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not simply the lamp wattage) and other criteria as specified in Section 1530. For hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. For track lighting, list the greater of actual luminaire wattage or length of track multiplied by 50, or as applicable, the wattage of current limiting devices or of the transformer. 3. List all fixtures. For exempt lighting, note section and exception number, and leave Watts /Fixture blank. b o3 31 RECEIVED JUN 0 6 2008 PERMIT CENTER csrel vr. r -• • Use' LPA` (Wlsf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments', restaurants/bare 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail', retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia", assembly spaces" 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic.. 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 . Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group I -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 - Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ", storage areas 0.5 Hotel banquet/conference/exhibition hail'• 2.0 Workshops 1.4 Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Parking garages 0.2 Laundries 1.2 Libraries' 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies' (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 _ Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: Q Warehouses, storage areas or ai storage hangers QOther Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type Is "Other" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures In the space is not limited by Code. Clearly Indicate these spaces on plans. If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: (Section 1521) Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector or louvers, c) 5-60 watt T -1, T -2, T-4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Interior Lighting Summary (back) LTG -INT 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 -1 Unit Li Power Allowance (LPA Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W/ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window, provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three -quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w/ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED, tungsten halogen, fluorescent, or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face area (access side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Project Address Minimum Insulation R- values Roofs Over Attic 1895.0 — 6328.0 X 100- =., 29.9% t Date 7/22/2008 All Other Roofs Tukwila, WA 98188 21.0 Opaque Walls' For Building Department Use COPY 10.0 Below Grade Walls Floors Over Unconditioned Space Fidelity Investor Center Slabs -on -Grade Applicant Address: 10.0 Radiant Floors Applicant Phone: Maximum U- factors Opaque Doors Vertical Glazing 0.550 Overhead Glazing Maximum SHGC (or SC) VerticaVOverhead Glazing I 0.450 Project Info Project Address 304 strander Boulevard Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values ..ar^ ^ f' ed^-fD ENV -UA -1. (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 1895.0 — 6328.0 X 100- =., 29.9% t Date 7/22/2008 0 yes Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying Q no assembly below. Tukwila, WA 98188 Check here if using semi - heated path and if project meets all requirements for semi - heated spaces 0 yes no as defined in section 1310. Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat. Only wall insulation requirement is reduced (2006 change). Only available in prescriptive path. For Building Department Use COPY Applicant Name: Fidelity Investor Center F 1aE Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: /4 - ... -_—Ea 1111 — Space Heat Type Q Electric resistance 0 All other (see over for definitions) Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade walls may be included in the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are insulated to the level required for opaque walls. Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values ..ar^ ^ f' ed^-fD ENV -UA -1. (rough opening) Gross Exterior (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 1895.0 — 6328.0 X 100- =., 29.9% t Concrete/Masonry Option 0 yes Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying Q no assembly below. Semi- Heated Path Check here if using semi - heated path and if project meets all requirements for semi - heated spaces 0 yes no as defined in section 1310. Requires other fuel heating and qualifying thermostat. Only wall insulation requirement is reduced (2006 change). Only available in prescriptive path. Envelope Summary Climate Zone 1 ENV -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Description Compliance Option Notes: CORRECTION 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form New Building ❑ Addition ❑ Prescriptive El Component Petformarice ` -r ;tcn[ > b §te: - 1. Assemblies with metal framing must comply with overall U- factors I (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) -'-, , ttr)algsis • Wall Description (including insulation R -val bO& 31(0 f.i3 PAU. ❑ Alteration ❑ Change of Use suoject tD C*'_ 'v r • Opaque Concrete /Masonry Wall Requirements Wall Maximum U- factor is 0.15 (R5.7 continuous ins) CMU block walls with insulated cores comply Revised July 2007 If project qualifies for Concrete /Masonry Option, list walls with HC z 9.0 Btu /ft below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 10 -9 in the Code. U- factor RECEIVEr JUL 30 2008 PERMIT CENTEI Concrete/Masonry Option* Wall Heat Capacity (HC) Assembly Description Assy.Tag HC" Area (sf) HC x Area Totals Area weighted HC: divide total of (HC x area) by Total Area 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms ♦--N NoJ All Insulation Installed? Mass Walf Criteria OK? (below ) Yes AG Mass Wall Insulation Req Mass Wall U0.15 /R5.7ci CMU Block ins. Cores Wood Frame R19 Metal Framed R19 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Envelope Summary (b'ack) Climate Zone 1 ENV -SUM Decision Flowchart for Prescriptive Option Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for the optional Prescriptive Option. If not, either the Component Performance or Systems Analysis Options must be used. 1302 Space Heat Type: For the purpose of determining building envelope C requirements, the following two categories comprise all space heating types: START Other: All other space heating systems1ncluding gas; solid fuel,bil, and propane space heating systems and those systems listed In the exception to electric resistance. (continued at right) Below Grd Wall (ext) R -10 Below Grd Wall (0th) R -19 Roof Over Attic R -30 All Other Roof R -21 Raised Floor R -19 Slab -On -Grade R -10 Radiant Floor R -10 Opaque Door U -0.60 [ Yes Ye Glazing Vert OH Area % UVal UVal SHGC 0-30% 0.55 0.70 0.45 30-45% 0.45 0.60 0.40 >45% Not Allowed No Yes Glazing Criteria Met? N Electric o Resistance Heat? Yes Component Performance Systems Analysis, or EnvStd Required Electric Resistance: Space heating systems which use electric resistance elements as the primary heating system Including baseboard, radiant, and forced air units where the total electric resistance heat capacity exceeds 1.0 W/tt' of the gross conditioned floor area. Exception: Heat pumps and terminal electric resistance heating in variable air volume distribution systems. Yes Ye Glazing Criteria Met? Glazing Vert OH Area % UVal UVal SHGC 0 -30% 0.40 0.60 0.40 >30 Not Allowed Prescriptive Yes Path Allowed s All Insulation Installed? Wood R -10 R -19 R -38 R -30 R -30 R -10 R -10 U-0.60 Metal R -10 U -0.062 Below Grd Wall (ext) Below Grd Wall (0th) Roof Over Attic U -0.031 All Other Roof U -0.034 U -0.029 R -10 R -10 Raised Floor Slab -On -Grade Radiant Floor Opa ue Door U-0 Yes N Yes— No Yes V AG Mass Wall Insulation Req Mass Wall U0.15 /R5.7c1 CMU Block Ins. Cores Wood Frame R19 Metal Framed U0.062 Revised July 2007 o No-* 'If the area weighted heat capacity (HC) of the total above grade wall is a minimum of 9.0, the Concrete Masonry Option may be used. * *For framed walls, assume HC =1.0 unless calculations are provided; for all other walls, use Section 1009. Project Address 304 Strander Boulevard Date 7/22/2008 Space Heat Type 0 Electric resistance 0 All other For Building Department Use Glazing Area as % gross exterior wall area 29.9% Prop. I 45.0% Max.Target Concrete/Masonry Option 0 Yes Q No Notes: If glazing area exceeds maximum allowed in Table, then calculate adjusted areas on back (over). Building Component List components by assembly ID & page # Proposed UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Target UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Vertical L Glazing U= 0.380 Plan ID BP -1 oL -1, A09.00 / A09.01 U= 0.800 Plan ID S3 (Door 101, 103) U= Plan ID 13P -1 (Windows at DOI) U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.380 1841.0 699.6 0.800 54.0 43.2 0.550 1895.0 1042.3 Glazing % Electric Resist. Other Heating 0 -30% 0.40 0.55 >30 -45% see note above 0.45 I Overhead Glazing Over Attics U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.700 Glazing % Electric Resist. Other Heating 0 -30% 0.6 0.7 >30 -45% see note above 0.6 I Oth.Roofs U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.700 Opaque Doors U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: 0.600 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.60 0.60 b -IUv JOAO cinnu R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.036 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.031 0.036 Other Roofs R=21.0 Plan ID #5 - 1/A02.02 R =10.0 Plan ID #7 - i /A09. o0 R= Plan ID: 0.040 7120.5 284.8 0.078 91.0 7.1 0.046 7211.5 331.7 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.034 0.046 Opaque Walls* R= 19.0 Plan ID MP -1, A09.00 / A09.01 R= 10.0 Plan ID B& -1, A09.00 / A09.01 R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: "Note: sum of Target Areas here should equal 0.094 1847.0 173.6 0.077 2586.0 199.1 Target Opaque Wall Area (see back) 0.109 1847.0 201.3 0.109 2586.0 281.9 Electric Resist. Other Heating Frame -Wd 0.062 0.062 Frame -Mtl 0.062 0.109 Mass Wall ++ 0.15 0.15 ++ see mass wall Criteria DIIcM apei0 MMAG R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: Note: if insulated to levels required for opaque walls, list above with opaque walls Electric Resist. Other Heating Int Ins 0.062 0.062 Ext Ins 0.07 0.07 rluuu Over I Inrflnri R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.056 Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.029 0.056 1uc apei6 -I In -flP.IC R =10.0 Plan ID Ao2.00 R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: 0.540 7187.0 3881.0 0.540 7187.0 3881.0 Electric Resist. Other Heating F =0.54 F =0.54 (see Table 13 -1 for radiant floor values) *For CMU walls, indicate core insulation material. Totals) 20726.5 5288.4 Totals) 20726.5 5738.2 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms To comply: 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Envelope UA Calculations Climate Zone 1 ENV -UA 1) Proposed Total UA shall not exceed Target Total UA. Revised July 2007 OG= Proposed SHGC SHGC' x Area (A) = SHGC x A SHGC VGm 1895.0 ID :SF -1 storefront ID: SF -1 Storefront - Doors 101, 103 ID: ID: ID: ID: r G,. 7211.5 0.450 4433.0 I Glazing List components by assembly ID & page # Proposed SHGC SHGC' x Area (A) = SHGC x A SHGC Target SHGC x Area (A) = SHGC x A 6wzeI9 ID :SF -1 storefront ID: SF -1 Storefront - Doors 101, 103 ID: ID: ID: ID: 0.350 0.350 1841.0 644.4 54.0 18.9 0.450 1895.0 852.8 Glazing % 0 -30% >30-45% Electric Resist. Other Heating 0.4 0.45 not allowed 0.4 'Note: Manufacturer's SC may be used in lieu of SHGC. Totals' 1895.0 663.3 Totals' 1895.0 852.8 Climate Zone 1 ENV -SHGC 2008 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms For compliance: Proposed total SHGC x A shall not exceed Target total SHGC x A NOTE: Since 1997 SHGC compliance for vertical and overhead glazing is allowed to be calculated together. Target Area Adjustment Calculations If the total amount of glazing area as a % of gross exterior wall area (calculated on ENV -SUM1) exceeds the maximum allowed in Table 13 -1, then this calculation must be submitted Use the resulting areas in the Target UA and SHGC calculations above. Glazing Area Opaque Area Gross Exterior Wall Area ( 45.0% I 1J - I �0 _ 2897. 6 6328.0 I )( 2847.6 Roofs over Attics Other Roofs Walls' 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Corn •liance Form Proposed Areas: Numbered values are used in calculations below. Roofs over Attics Other Roofs Walls Max Glazing Area (Table 13 -1) Target OG Area in Roofs over Attics lesser 2847.6 Max OG Remaining 2847.6 I — Maximum Target Glazing Area Target OG Area in Other Roofs lesser 2847.6 Target VG Area = I 1895. I Proposed OG Area Target OG AreaW Target O•a•ue Area Proposed Opaque Area Proposed VG Area Target VG Area Target Opaque Area I 4433.0 I+ I 1895.0 I— I 1895.0 I= I 4433.0 I Note: If there is more than one type of wall, the Target VG Area may be distributed among them, and separate Target Opaque Areas found. If the Target Areas tar Opaque Walls listed on the front must equal the total calculated here. Target values in shaded boxes are used in the applicable Target UA calculations on the front. Target VG Area and Total Target OG Area are also used in the applicable Target SHGC calculations above. Revised July 2007 Note: OG = overhead glazing VG = vertical glazing For Target OG's, the lesser values are used both here and below. I Target Areas OK I Building Permit Plans Checklis�,t 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms ENV -CHK Revised July 2007 Project Address 304 Strander Boulevard (Date 7/22/2008 The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301 -1314) 1301 Scope Unconditioned spaces identified on plans if allowed yea 1302 Space heat type: Other If "Other", indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed H01.01 n.a. 1310.2 Semi - heated spaces Semi - heated spaces identified on plans if allowed 1311 Insulation yea 1311.1 Insul. installation !Indicate densities and clearances A00.31 / Specs yea 1311.2 Roof /ceiling insul. Indicate R -value on roof sections for attics and other roofs; Indicate clearances for attic insulation; Indicate baffles it eave vents installed; Indicate face stapling of faced batts yes 1311.3 Wall insulation Indicate R -value on wall sections; Indicate face stapling of faced batts; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate loose -fill core insulation for masonry walls as necess; Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls if masonry option is used F73; A00.31 Specs n.a. 1311.4 Floor insulation Indicate R -value on floor sections; Indicate substantial contact with surface; Indicate supports not more than 24" o.c.; Indicate that insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents yea 1311.5 Slab -on -grade floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 24' from top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected A09.20- A09.26 n.a. 1311.6 Radiant floor Indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36" from the top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate insulation also under entire slab where req'd. by Official yes 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of glazing area (including both vertical vertical and overhead) as percent of gross wall area A09 .00, A09 . 01 yes 1312.1 U- factors Indicate glazing and door U- factors on glazing and door schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary); Indicate if values are NFRC or default, if values are default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwldth, low -e coatings, gas fillings A00.31 Specs yea 1312.2 SHGC & SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary) A00.31 Specs 1313 Moisture control yes 1313.1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders on warm side Al2.10- Al2.22, Specs yes 1313.2 Roof /ceiling vap.ret. Indicate vapor retarder on roof section; Indicate vap. retard. with sealed seams for non -wood struc. Al2.10- Al2.22, Specs yes 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section Al2.10- Al2.22, Specs yes 1313.4 Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on floor section 2/A09.20 Specs n.a. 1313.5 Crawl space vap. ret. Indicate six mil black polyethylene overlapped 12" on ground 1314 Air leakage yes 1314.1 Bldg. envel. sealing Indicate sealing, caulking, gasketing, and weatherstripping Al2.10- Al2.22, yes 1314.2 Glazing/door sealing Indicate weatherstripping Al2.00- Al2.21, Specs n.a. 1314.3 Assemb. as ducts Indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing yes 1314.4 Recessed Lighting Fixturt Indicate IC rating, ASTM E283 certification, and gasketing or caulking to ceiling 801. o1 - 501.02 PRESCRIPTIVE/COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320 -23 or 1330 -34) 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 2) Proposed Total Area shall equal Target Total Area. lf "no" is shown for any question, provide explanation: 2006 Washin ton State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form yea Envelope Sum. Form Completed and attached. Provide component performance worksheet if necessary 2006 Washin• ton State Nonresidential Ener Code Compliance Form Building Permit Plans Ch • EN -C 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Envelope - General Requirement 1311 Insulation 1311.1 Installation Requirements: All insulation materials shall be installed according to the manufacturer's instructions to achieve proper densities, maintain clearances and maintain uniform R- values. To the maximum extent possible, insulation shall extend over the full component area to the intended R- value. 1311.2 Roof /Ceiling Insulation: Open - blown or poured loose -fill insulation may be used in attic spaces where the slope of the ceiling is not more than 3/12 and there is at least 30 inches of clear distance from the top of the bottom chord of the truss or ceiling joist to the underside of the sheathing at the roof ridge. When eave vents are installed, baffling of the vent openings shall be provided so as to deflect the incoming air above the surface of the insulation. Where lighting fixtures are recessed into a suspended or exposed grid ceiling, the roof /ceiling assembly shall be insulated in a location other than directly on the suspended ceiling. EXCEPTION: Type IC rated recessed lighting fixtures. Where installed in wood framing, faced batt insulation shall be face stapled. 1311.3 Wall Insulation: Exterior wall cavities isolated during framing shall be fully insulated to the levels of the surrounding walls. When installed in wood framing, faced batt insulation shall be face stapled. Above grade exterior insulation shall be protected. 1311.4 Floor Insulation: Floor insulation shall be installed in a permanent manner in substantial contact with the surface being insulated. Insulation supports shall be installed so spacing is not more than 24 inches on center. Installed insulation shall not block the airflow through foundation vents. 1311.5 Slab - On - Grade Floor: Slab -on -grade insulation installed inside the foundation wall shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 24 inches or to the top of the footing, whichever is less. Insulation installed outside the foundation shall extend downward a minimum of 24 inches or to the frost line, whichever is greater. Above grade insulation shall be protected. EXCEPTION: For monolithic slabs, the insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab to the bottom of the footing. 1311.6 Radiant Floors (on or below grade): Slab - on- grade insulation shall extend downward from the top of the slab a minimum distance of 36 inches or downward to the top of the footing and horizontal for an aggregate of not less than 36 inches. If required by the building official where soil conditions warrant such insulation, the entire area of a radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the soil. Where a soil gas control system is provided below the radiant floor, which results in increased convective flow below the radiant floor, the radiant floor shall be thermally isolated from the sub - floor gravel layer. 1312 Glazing and Doors 1312.1 Standard Procedure for Determination of Glazing and Door U - Factors: U- factors for glazing and doors shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with Standard RS -31 by a certified independent agency licensed by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC). Compliance shall be based on the Residential or the Nonresidential Model Size. Product samples used for U- factor determinations shall be production line units or representative of units as purchased by the consumer or contractor. Unlabeled glazing and doors shall be assigned the default U- factor in Table 10 -6. 1312.2 Solar Heat Gain Coefficient and Shading Coefficient: Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC), shall be determined, certified and labeled in accordance with the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) Standard by a certified, independent agency, licensed by the NFRC. EXCEPTION: Shading coefficients (SC) shall be an acceptable alternate for compliance with solar heat gain coefficient requirements. Shading coefficients for glazing shall be taken from Chapter 31 of Standard RS -1 or from the manufacturer's test data. 1313 Moisture Control 1313.1 Vapor Retarders: Vapor retarders shall be installed on the warm side (in winter) of insulation as required by this section. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarder installed with not more than 1/3 of the nominal R -value between it and the conditioned space. 1313.2 Roof /Ceiling Assemblies: Roof /ceiling assemblies where the ventilation space above the insulation is less than an average of 12 inches shall be provided with a vapor retarder. (For enclosed attics and enclosed rafter spaces, see Section 1203.2 of the International Building Code.) Roof /ceiling assemblies without a vented airspace, allowed only where neither the roof deck nor the roof structure are made of wood, shall provide a continuous vapor retarder with taped seams. EXCEPTION: Vapor retarders need not be provided where all of the insulation is installed between the roof membrane and the structural roof deck. 1313.3 Walls: Walls separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder. 1313.4 Floors: Floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned space shall be provided with a vapor retarder. 1313.5 Crawlspaces: A ground cover of six mil (0.006 inch thick) black polyethylene or approved equal shall be laid over the ground within crawlspaces. The ground cover shall be overlapped 12 inches minimum at the joints and shall extend to the foundation wall. EXCEPTION: The ground cover may be omitted in crawl spaces if the crawlspace has a concrete slab floor with a minimum thickness of 3 -1/2 inches. 1314 Air Leakage 1314.1 Building Envelope: The requirements of this section shall apply to building elements separating conditioned from unconditioned spaces. Exterior joints around windows and door frames, openings between walls and foundation, between walls and roof and wall panels; openings at penetrations of utility services through walls, floors and roofs; and all other openings in the building envelope shall be sealed, caulked, gasketed or weatherstripped to limit air leakage. 1314.2 Glazing and Doors: Doors and operable glazing separating conditioned from unconditioned space shall be weatherstripped. Fixed windows shall be tight fitting with glass retained by stops with sealant or caulking all around. EXCEPTION: Openings that are required to be fire resistant. 1314.3 Building Assemblies Used as Ducts or Plenums: Building assemblies used as ducts or plenums shall be sealed, caulked and gasketed to limit air leakage. 1314.4 Recessed Lighting Fixtures: When installed in the building envelope, recessed lighting fixtures shall by Type IC rated, and certified under ASTM E283 to have no more than 2.0 cfm air movement from the conditioned space to the ceiling cavity. The lighting fixture shall be tested at 75 Pascals or 1.57 Ibs /ft pressure difference and have a label attached, showing compliance with this test method. Recessed lighting fixtures shall be installed with a gasket or caulk between the fixture and ceiling to prevent air leakage. Panel Thickness, Inches U- factor 3 1/2 0.071 5 1/2 0.048 7 1/4 0.037 9 1/4 0.030 11 1 /4 0.025 Stress Skin Panel NOTE: R -value of expanded polystyrene: R -3.85 per inch Framing: 6% Spline: 8% No thermal bridging between interior and exterior splines Metal Stud Walls: The nominal R-valucs in Table 10 -5A may be used for purposes of calculating metal stud wall section U- factors in lieu of the ASHRAE zone calculation method as provided in Chapter 25 of Standard RS -1. TABLE 10 -5A DEFAULT U- FACTORS FOR OVERALL ASSEMBLY METAL STUD WALLS, EFFECTIVE R- VALUES FOR METAL FRAMING AND CAVITY ONLY, AND DEFAULT METAL BUILDING U- FACTORS OVERALL ASSEMBLY U- FACTORS FOR METAL STUD WALLS Metal Framing 16" o.c. 24" o.c R -Value of Continuous Foam Board Insulation R -0 (none) R -1 R -2 R -3 R -4 R -5 R -6 R -7 R -8 R -9 R -10 R -0 (none) R -1 R -2 R -3 R -4 R -5 R -6 R -7 R -8 R -9 R -10 R -0 U -0.352 U -0.260 U -0.207 U -0.171 U -0.146 U -0.128 U -0.113 U -0.102 U -0.092 U -0.084 (U0.07) 0.338 0.253 0.202 0.168 0.144 0.126 0.112 0.100 0.091 0.084 0.077 R -11 U -0.132 U -0.117 U -0.105 U -0.095 U -0.087 U -0.080 U -0.074 U -0.069 U -0.064 U -0.060 U -0.057 0.116 0.104 0.094 0.086 0.079 0.073 0.068 0.064 0.060 0.057 0.054 Cavity Insulation R -13 U -0.124 U -0.111 U -0.100 U -0.091 U -0.083 U -0.077 U -0.071 U -0.066 U -0.062 U -0.059 U -0.055 0.108 0.098 0.089 0.082 0.075 0.070 0.066 Q.062 0.058 0.055. 0.052 _ R -15 U -0.118 U -0.106 U -0.096 U -0.087 U -0.080 U -0.074 U -0.069 U -0.065 U -0.061 U -0.057 U -0.054 0.102 0.092 0.084 0.078 0.072 0.067 0.063 0.059 0.056 0.053 0.050 R -19 U -0.109 U -0.099 U -0.090 U -0.082 U -0.076 U -0.071 U -0.066 U -0.062 U -0.058 U -0.055 U -0.052 CO .094 0.086 0.079 0.073 0.068 0.064 0.060 0.057 0.054 , 0.051 0.048 R -21 U -0.106 U -0.096 U -0.087 U -0.080 U -0.074 U -0.069 U -0.065 U -0.061 U -0.057 U -0.054 U-0.051 0.090 0.083 0.077 0.071 0.066 0.062 0.059 0.055 0.052 0.050 0.048 MP -1 Walls Metal Panel Canopy @ Vestibule BK -1 Masonry Walls 2006 Edition Door Type No Glazing Single Glazing Double Glazing with 1/4 in. Airspace Double Glazing with 1/2 in. Airspace Double Glazing with a =0.10, 1 /2 in. Argon SWINGING DOORS (Rough opening - 38 tn. x 82 in.) Slab Doors Wood slab in wood frame 0.46 6% glazing (22 in. x 8 in. lite) - 0.48 0.47 0.46 0.44 25% glazing (22 in. x 36 in. lite) - 0.58 0.48 0.46 0.42 45% glazing (22 in. x 64 in. lite) - 0.69 0.49 0.46 0.39 More than 50% glazing Use Table 10 -6A Insulated steel slab with wood edge in wood frame 0.16 6% glazing (22 in. x 8 in. lite) - 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.18 25% glazing (22 in. x 36 in. lite) -- 0.39 0.28 0.26 0.23 - - 0.58 0.38 0.35 0.26 45% glazing (22 in. x 64 in. lite) More than 50% glazing Use Table 10 -6A Foam insulated steel slab with metal edge in steel frame 0.37 6% glazing (22 in. x 8 in. lite) -- 0.44 0.42 0.41 0.39 25% glazing (22 in. x 36 in. lite) - 0.55 0.50 0.48 0.44 45% glazing (22 in. x 64 in. lite) - 0.71 0.59 0.56 0.48 More than 50% glazing Use Table 10 -6A Cardboard honeycomb slab with metal edge in steel frame 0.61 Style and Rail Doors Sliding glass doors/French doors Use Table 10 -6A Site - Assembled Style and Rail Doors Aluminum in aluminum frame .- 1.32 0.99 0.93 0.79 Aluminum in aluminum frame with thermal break .- 1.13 0.80 0.74 0.63 REVOLVING DOORS (Rough opening - 82 in. x 84 in.) Aluminum in aluminum frame Open - 1.32 - - - Closed - 0.65 - - - SECTIONAL OVERHEAD DOORS (Nominal -10 ft x 10 ft) Uninsulated steel (nominal U= 1.15)` 1.15 - - - - Insulated steel (nominal U= 0.11)` 0.24 - - - - Insulated steel with thermal break (nominal U= 0.08)` 0.13 - - - - WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE TABLE 10 -6C GROUP R OCCUPANCY: DEFAULT U- FACTORS FOR DOORS a. Thermally broken sill (add 0.03 for non - thermally broken sil ) b. Non - thermally broken sill c. Nominal U- factors are through the center of the insulated panel before consideration of thermal bridges around the edges of the door section and due to the frame. 78 TRICAD® \I( 451/451T CHARTS THERMAL CHARTS COG U- factor 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.40 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.20 < KAWNEER 7 ? N. 4 N Project Specific U-factor Example Calculation Example Glass U- factor = 0.42 Btu /hr•ft °F Total Daylight Opening = 3(5' x 7') + 3(5' x 2') = 135ft Total Projected Area = (Total Daylight Opening + Total Area of Framing System) = 15' -8" x 9' -6" = 148.83ft Percent of Glass rn = (Total Daylight Opening _ Total Projected Area) = (135_ 148.83)100 = 91% System U- factor vs Percent of Glass Area co co Percent of Glass Based on 91% glass and center of glass (COG) U- factor of 0.42 System U- factor is equal to 0.49 Btu/hr x ft x °F 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 00 0.49 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 JULY, 2007 EC 97903 -09 kawneer.com System U-factor (BTU/hr•ft2.°F) 1 1 .I, x 0 , Orsow 78 TRICAD® \I( 451/451T CHARTS THERMAL CHARTS COG U- factor 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.40 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.20 < KAWNEER 7 ? N. 4 N Project Specific U-factor Example Calculation Example Glass U- factor = 0.42 Btu /hr•ft °F Total Daylight Opening = 3(5' x 7') + 3(5' x 2') = 135ft Total Projected Area = (Total Daylight Opening + Total Area of Framing System) = 15' -8" x 9' -6" = 148.83ft Percent of Glass rn = (Total Daylight Opening _ Total Projected Area) = (135_ 148.83)100 = 91% System U- factor vs Percent of Glass Area co co Percent of Glass Based on 91% glass and center of glass (COG) U- factor of 0.42 System U- factor is equal to 0.49 Btu/hr x ft x °F 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 00 0.49 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 JULY, 2007 EC 97903 -09 kawneer.com System U-factor (BTU/hr•ft2.°F) JULY, 2007 EC 97903 -09 kawneer.com COG U- factor 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.40 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.20 o TRIFAB® VG 451T (FRONT) System U- factor vs Percent of Glass Area rn co co Percent of Glass = Vision Area/Total Area (Total Daylight Opening / Projected Area) TRIFAB® VG 451T n Notes for System U- Factor, SHGC and VT charts: For glass values that are not listed, linear interpolation is permitted. Glass properties are based on center of glass values and are obtained from your glass supplier. THERMAL CHARTS CHARTS 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.80 0.75 0.70 .-. U- 0.65 aL 0.60 E f ^ CO 'es V � 6 d 0.35 N 85 r( KAWNEER AN Alf OA COMPANY _.....10)...0 ;. " -- .110A1 ■iSige i ...WM'aillillilli MP"' JULY, 2007 EC 97903 -09 kawneer.com COG U- factor 0.48 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.40 0.38 0.36 0.34 0.32 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.20 o TRIFAB® VG 451T (FRONT) System U- factor vs Percent of Glass Area rn co co Percent of Glass = Vision Area/Total Area (Total Daylight Opening / Projected Area) TRIFAB® VG 451T n Notes for System U- Factor, SHGC and VT charts: For glass values that are not listed, linear interpolation is permitted. Glass properties are based on center of glass values and are obtained from your glass supplier. THERMAL CHARTS CHARTS 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.80 0.75 0.70 .-. U- 0.65 aL 0.60 E f ^ CO 'es V � 6 d 0.35 N 85 r( KAWNEER AN Alf OA COMPANY 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0 .65•►.. �•• -• �' . +'. ~• ..�. �• �.. 0.60 -- .. _ 0.55 +. ........... 0.50 '- -• +. _.._ '' - _.. D.45- •. ..... .._.... •" �..�. �.. D.40 • +••_..._..�...� ..�.. _ D .35- D.30 .._. .. .... ........._......... �..�..�...�..�..�..�.. .� D.25- .. -. ...._ 0.20 86 TRIFAB® VG 451T CHARTS <KAWNEER AN ALCOA COMPANY THERMAL CHARTS TRIFAB® VG 451T (FRONT) System Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) vs Percent of Vision Area COG SHGC 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 COG Mom •• rn c 0 Vision Area /Total Area ( %) 0 0 System Visible Transmittance (VT) vs Percent of Vsion Area o 0 rn o o Vision Area /Total Area ( %) 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 . 0 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0 0.90 0.85 0.80 0.75 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 JULY, 2007 EC 97903 -09 kawneer.com Make -Up Sheet Solarscreen Low -E (VE) Insulating Glass VE 1 -2M Make -up: 1_ 2 3 4 ^ - j Notes: t 1/4" (6mm) clear VE -2M #2 1/2" (13.2mm) airspace 1/4" (6mm) clear Product VE 1 =2M Transmittance Visible Light 70% Solar Energy 33% Ultra - Violet* 10% Reflectance Visible Light- Exterior 11% Visible Light - Interior 12% Solar Energy 31% ASHRAE U -Value Winter Nighttime 0.29 Btu /(hr x sqft x °F) Summer Daytime 0.26 Btu/(hr x sgfttx 'F) European U -Value 1.5 Shading Coefficient 0.44 Relative Heat Gain 91 Btu/hr x sqft Solar Factor (SHGC) 0.38 LSG 1.85 • Ultra- violet defined as 300 to 380 nanometers (nm) Page 1 of 2 Priniihit} pAge I Email this page Recipient Ema Sender Email (Subject http:// www. viracon.com/rnakeupsheet.php ?id =512 7/21/2008 Project Info ProjAddres.Fi Investments Date 6/2/2008 304 Strander Blvd. For Building Department Use RL E Ct PI! rrn y t o^ OL Takwila, 9nk Name: RIM Engineers Appl. Name 70 Fargo Street, Suite 800 Boston, M1 Appl. Phone 617 -345 -9885 ® Project Description J New ❑ Addition ❑ Alteration ❑ Plans Included requfremenfs:- .. - Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controlsrark cdmmissioriing Compliance Option Q Lighting Power Allowanc 0 Systems Analysis ` . ' ■ Building Grounds (luminaires > 100 Watts) ❑ Efficacy > 60 Iumens/W ❑ ,Controlled by motion Sensor ❑ Exemption (list) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ❑ No changes are being made to the lighting ❑ Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Canopies and Overhangs Front Entrance 1.25 W/ft2 350.0 437.5 Canopies and Overhangs Rear Entrance 1.25 W/ft2 18.0 22.5 I kit . `1JTf1Ai r1 Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Front 6" Dovnlight 4 65.0 260.0 Rear 6" Downlight 1 65.0 65.0 I kit . `1JTf1Ai r1 Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Front 6" Dovnlight 4 65.0 260.0 Rear 6" Downlight 1 65.0 65.0 I kit . `1JTf1Ai r1 Exterior Lighting Summary LTG -EXT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattai;e Non - Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft p (If) or # 01 trimeter items Sao WAS 008 ity Of Tut ila Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Non - Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Non - Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Proposed Watts may not exceed Allowed Watts for Category Revised July 2007 Total Allowed Watts 460.0 Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -wired ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. �00-3t{o Total Proposed yl( " -- - F0' A NCE APPROVED RECEIVED 06 2008 PERMIT CENTEI- Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans,Checklist LTG -CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Add Fidelity Investments Date 6/2/2008 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513 yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations E02 .01 n.a. 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations n.a. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans a. a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans a. a. 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location yes (a) timer w/backup Indicate location E02.01 n.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location n.a. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability) Indicate size of zone on plans E02.01 a. a. 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yes 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign E01.01 LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture n. a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n.a. 1511 Elec motor efficiency MECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) n. a. I 1540 (Transformers 'Indicate size and efficiency I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: Project Info Project Address 304 Strander Blvd. Date 6/2/2008 Seattle, WA 98189 For Building Department Use Applicant Name: RDE Engineers Applicant Address: 70 Fargo St, Boston, WA 02210 Applicant Phone: 617_345 -9885 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form SOS- 31(0 Project Summary PRJ -SUM .aiLUY[V t- LODE COMPLIANCE APPROV StP - 1008 L- BUIL ty Of U kIrila ® SIGN Revised July 2007 COPY Perrn tS G�Oe 7nZ '117...71.. r ---4 • ,• , RECEIVED JUN 06 2008 ,'ERMIT CENTER Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity Btu /h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV Location RTU -1 York DH150E24Q4TAA3 161000 5000 ECONO 10.00 10.70 ROOF RTU -2 York DH150E24Q4TAA3 161000 5000 ECONO 10.00 10.70 ROOF 375 0.50 1/8 hp cF Rooftop Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No. CFM SP' HP /BHP Flow Control Location of Service EF -1 Cook 90R15DH 375 0.50 1/8 hp CF Rooftop BF -2 Cook 90R15DH 375 0.50 1/8 hp CF Rooftop EF -3 Cook 90R15D11 375 0.50 1/8 hp cF Rooftop Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No. Capacity Btu /h Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency` Applicant Name: RDS Engineers Applicant Address: 70 Fargo St, Boston, MA 02210 Applicant Phone: 617 -345 -9885 Project Info Project Address 304 Strander Blvd. Date 6/2/2008 Seattle, WA 98188 For Building Dept. Use Applicant Name: RDS Engineers Applicant Address: 70 Fargo St, Boston, MA 02210 Applicant Phone: 617 -345 -9885 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical Summary MECH -SUM 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features. ❑ Includes Plans Include documentation requiring compliance with commissioning requirements, Section 1416. 'If available. 2 As tested according to Table 14 -1A through 14 -1G. 3 If required. ` COP, HSPF Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). Revised July 2007 (2) 12.5 ton variable volume rooftop units with variable frequency drive with 100% economizer provided for base building contract. Compliance Option Q Simple System Q Complex System Q Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex systems.) Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below. System Description See Section 1421 for full description of Simple System qualifications. If Heating /Cooling or Cooling Only: Constant vol? LI Split system? Air cooled? 4 Packaged sys? <20,000 Btuh? Economizer included? J If Heating Only: J <5000 cfm? <70% outside air? Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used. Heating Only 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form otal C. •. wo economize <240,000 Btuh or 10%? Reference Section 1421 Yes — Yes* HeatingfCooling or Cooling Only Yes Yes Reference Section 1423 Simple System Allowed (section 1420) Yes Yes Complex Systems Refer to MECH -COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project. Mechanical - Complex Systems Checklist 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms MECH -COMP Revised July 2007 Project Address 304 atraader Elva. Date 6/2/2008 The following additional information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reference for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH - CHK checklist for additional system requirements). This information must be on the plans since this is the official record of the permit Having this information in separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable alternative. For Building Department Use Applicability (yes, no, n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans 1432.2.1 Air system reset Indicate automatic reset 1432.2.2 Hydronic System Indicate automatic reset, cooling tower, & heat pump loop valves 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption and demonstrate 10% higher efficiency for equipment with out economizer. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations if 1433 Exception 2 is utilized 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans 1435 Simul. htg. & clg. Indicate that simultaneous heating and cooling is prohibited, unless use of exception is justified 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations 1437 Elec. motor effic. MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency 1438 Variable flow sys. Indicate variable flow on fan and pump schedules 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate uncooled and unheated make -up air 1439.2 Fume Hoods Indicate VAV, unheated/uncooled or heat rec. makeup Start Here • Section 1411.1 Equipment Efficiency Shall Meet Tables 14 -1A through 14 -1G Yes • 1411.1 Intermittent Ignition Device & Power Venting or Damper. If input 2 225,000 Btuh then 1412.6 Modulating or Staged Combustion Controls Required 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form no is circ for any question, provide explanation: Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the indicated Code sections for more complete information on the requirements. as/Oil Fumac input 2 225,000 tuh or Gas /O' Hea Any Fuel Furnac input 2 225,000 Btuh? apacity of H Heating System > 00,000 Btuh Section 1432.22 Hot Water Supply Temperature Reset Required Yes • 1411.1 0.75% Maximum Jacket Loss Yes • Section 1431.1 Calculations of Total On -Site Energy Input & Ouput Required (continued on back) Section 1432.2.1 Supply Air Reset Controls Required Yes No 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Mechanical ;Complex Systems; (back) MECH -COMP 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 0% Air Econ Provided? Section 1413 Water Cooled w /Water Econo? otal Clg Capacity W Water Econo 500 Tons'' otor IncL t qpmt. Covr'd by Tbl 14-1A-14- 1G? EER 10% Better than Code tat Cap. cono <=480,00 Btuh or 20% of otal Cap.' Section 1436 50% Effective Heat Recovery Required Yes Yes Yes Yes No Application Involves Variable Flow? No No- Yeses Multi-speed Motor in Multi- eed system Yes--10. Yes Yes Yes Section 1435 Zone Controls Must Reduce Supply Air Quantity Before Reheating/Recooling No No-110 Yes-O. Yes Yes ystem or Zon w/ Simultaneous Htg. & Clg.? No No DONE • Yes-11. Section 1439.1 No Heating or Cooling for at Least 50% of Make -up Air Yes Section 1433 Economizer Required Section 1437 Motors Must Meet Efficiencies In Table 14 -4 Section 1438 Variable Flow Devices Required Section 14392 One Required: a. 50% VAV Exhaust & Make -up b. 75% Direct Makeup w/ Tempering Only c. Heat Recovery per 1436 d. Constant Volume w/ < 50f pm Face Velocity Yes Revised July 2007 Program of Special Tests and Inspections For compliance with Chapter 17 of the International Building Code FL , r r: COPY Project: Fideli Investments • on EDFOR E COMPLIANCE VED - 3 2008 Location: Seattle Washin Owner: Owner's Address: Architect of Record: Gensler Structural Engineer of Record (SER): LeMessurier Consultants, This program of special tests and inspection is submitted as a condition for issuance of the building permit in accordance with Chapter 17 of the International Building Code. The following firms, agencies, or individuals (hereinafter referred to collectively as agents) except for the Geotechnical Engineer, will perform the tests and inspections under the direction of the SER. (The Geotechnical Engineer is responsible for directing the testing and inspection of controlled structural fill and in -situ bearing stratum for footings. Abbreviation Agent SER Structural Engineer of Record listed above AR Architect of Record listed above OIAF Owner's Inspection Agency - Field OIAP Owner's Inspection Agency - Plant GE Geotechnical Engineer FQP Fabricator's Quality Control Program CQP Contractor's Quality Control Program NR Not Required NA Not Applicable The abbreviations will be used on the attached pages to identify which agent is performing the particular tests or inspections. Inspections and tests defined by these documents relate to work of permanent construction only. Temporary work or construction procedures such as shoring, scaffolding, trench supports, safety rails and nets, etc., are not included. LeMessurier Consultants Page 1 __City Of Tukwila L ECM APR 7 2008 DI REID MIDDLETON RECEIVE D APR 01 2008 PERMIT GENIE-, LeM File No. 28009 SION The following categories of special tests and inspections, if checked, are included in the program for special tests and inspections for this project. The specific tests and inspections required for each checked category are listed on the page noted opposite the category. Category ® Steel Construction Cast -in -place Concrete Construction ❑ Precast Concrete Construction ❑ Masonry Construction ❑ Wood Construction ❑ In -situ Bearing Strata for Footings The following items of construction, if checked, are specified in the plans or specifications on a performance basis. Their structural design will be reviewed by the SER and their construction is included in the Program for Tests and Inspections on the attached sheets: ® Curtain Walls ❑ Precast Concrete Components ❑ Post - tensioning Steel Structural Steel Connections The following items are excluded from this Program of Special Tests and Inspections, since they are designed by other structural engineers not under the control of the SER, and the SER was not retained to provide performance specifications for their design. Said structural engineers must provide a Program of Special Tests and Inspections for their respective designs. Lightgage Metal Framing Curtain Walls Prepared by the Structural Engineer of Record: Name: Peter J. Cheever, P.E. Please print�j/ / Signature: Firm: LeMessurier Consultants Date: March 18, 2008 Page Category Page 3 Controlled Structural Fill (Prepared Fill) 5 4 ® Pile Foundations 6 ❑ Pier Foundations ❑ Curtain Walls (Wall Panels & Veneers) ❑ Light Gage Metal Framing ❑ Spray Fireproofing ❑ Metal Buildings ❑ ❑ ❑ EXPinES 67-lG- Registration Seal LeMessurier Consultants Page 2 LeM File No. 28009 Item Agent Scope 1. Fabricator Certification/ Quality Control Procedures (1705.2) SER OIAP Review each Fabricator's quality control procedures. 2. Fabricator Inspection (1705.3) FQP Inspect in -plant fabrication. 3. Material Certification OIAP,SER Review for conformance to the specifications. 4. Bolting - Shop Bolting - Field FQP OIAF, CQP Test and inspect bolted connections. Verify bolt size and grade. Test sample HS bolts. Test and inspect bolted connections. Verify bolt size and grade. Test sample HS bolts. 5. Welding - Shop Welding - Field FQP OIAF, CQP Check welder qualifications. Inspect fillet welds and test full and partial penetration shop welds. (Seismic per 1705.3.3.2) Check welder qualifications. Inspect fillet welds and test full and partial penetration field welds. (Seismic per 1705.3.3.2) 6. Structural framing, details and assemblies OIAP, FQP, OIAF Inspect for size, grade of steel, camber, installation and connection details. 7. Open Web Steel Joists OIAF, CQP Inspect for size, placement, bridging, bearing and connection to structure. Visually inspect all welds of a minimum of 5% of the joists, randomly selected. 8. Metal Decking OIAF, CQP Verify gage, width, and type. Inspect placement, laps, welds, sidelap attachment and screws or other mechanical fasteners. Check welder qualifications. 9. Corrosion Protection OIAP, FQP, OIAF, CQP Inspect galvanized surfaces. Check galvanizing certificates. Inspect surface preparation, paint thickness. Inspect paint damage. 10. Anchor Bolts OIAF, CQP Inspect size, type, geometry, projection, washers, nuts, nut engagement, tightness. 11. Other Schedule of Special Tests and Inspections Steel Construction 1704.3 ( See 1704.3.1 for exception LeMessurier Consultants Project: Fidelity - Seattle, Washington Page 3 LeM File No. 28009 Item Agent Scope 1. Mix Design ACI 318 Chapter 5 SER Review mix designs. 2. Materials Certification SER Review materials, admixtures, curing methods. 3. Batching Plant CQP Review Plant quality control procedures and batching and mixing methods. 4. Reinforcement Installation OIAF, CQP Inspect reinforcing for grade size, quantity, location, condition, cover, supports. Inspect mechanical splices and grouted dowels. 5. Formwork Geometry OIAF, CQP Inspect form dimensions, tightness. Inspect surfaces and tie type and layout for architectural concrete. 6. Concrete Placement OIAF Observe concrete placement, consolidation, finishing. Verify cold - weather and hot - weather procedures. Perform slump, density and air - content tests at point of discharge. Prepare strength test cylinders. Review mix designations, time of batching, water added in field. 7. Evaluation of Concrete Strength OIAF Concrete cylinders. Perform verification testing as directed. 8. Curing and Protection OIAF, CQP Observe methods of moisture retention, concrete temperature, form removal. 9. Other Schedule of Special Tests and Inspections Cast -in -Place Concrete Construction 1704.4 Project: Fidelity - Seattle, Washington Note: Above not applicable to non - structural slabs on ground, minor footings (1705.4). LeMessurier Consultants Page 4 LeM File No. 28009 Item Agent Scope 1. Fill Material OIAF or GE Test material for conformance to specifications or geotechnical report. Perform laboratory compaction tests in accordance with the specifications to determine optimum water content and maximum dry density. 2. Installation of controlled structural fill (1704.7.1 and .2) OIAF or GE Provide full -time inspection of the installation, in accordance with the specifications and IBC 1704.7.1 and .2. 3. Density of fill (1704.7.3) OIAF or GE Perform field density tests of the in -place fill in accordance with the specifications and IBC 1704.7.3. 4. Other Schedule of Special Tests and Inspections Controlled Structural Fill (Prepared Fill) 1704.7.2 Project: Fidelity - Seattle, Washington LeMessurier Consultants Page 5 LeM File No. 28009 Item Agent Scope 1. Pile material (1808) GE Inspect documents identifying pile material and certifying grade of material for conformance to the Contract Documents, and the at the identification is maintained from the point of manufacture to the point of delivery to the site. 2. Pile material tests (1808) GE If Item 1 is unsatisfactory, test material for conformance to the Contract Documents. 3. Pile installation (1809) GE SER Perform full -time inspection of installation. Maintain accurate records for each pile as required in IBC 1808. Record final location of each pile in plan and forward to SER. Review as -built pile locations. Provide corrective information as required. 4. Cast -in -place concrete and reinforcing steel components of piles GE OIAF Perform structural tests and inspections as listed under category Cast - in - Place Concrete Construction. 5. Other Schedule of Special Tests and inspections Pile Foundations 1704.8 Project: Fidelity - Seattle, Washington Pile caps and grade beams included under C.I.P. Concrete Section. PJC:pw S: \users\PWalsh\2008\28009 Tst- Insp- IBC(PJC).wpd LeMessurier Consultants Page 6 LeM File No. 28009 • 4 LeMessurier Consultants Prepared for: Gensler One Beacon Street, 3rd Floor Boston , MA 02108 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, Washington I EXPIRES 7// €42000 March 19, 2008 FLE COPY RECEIVED APR 01 2008 PERMIT CENTER rr,-.0,712 Plo. LeM File No. 28009 r • • - - • - .• . k.. . .7. n . . FOUNDATION DESIGN CALCULATIONS -- REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPUANCE APPRoVED EP - 3 2008 7 2Ing J Prepared by: LeMessurier Consultants 675 Massachusetts Avenue Cambridge, MA 02139 Tel. 617-868-1200 DDB-5g. P . . LeMessurier Consultants INDEX Page No. Code Review 1 - 10 Column Loads Gravity 11 - 13 Lateral Loads 14 - 21 Foundation Design Pile Foundation F -1 Grade Beams F -2, F -3 Structural Slab -on -Grade F -4 Pilecaps F -5 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By /C r l Date 5 — ( o -0 File No. Z l3oo c7 Sheet No. Gopj PE1gt1 -1 Subject T r L/ 4E CO PE gE✓(EA/ - 10C 2L (49 (poi = CONS w_riaiJ f79Ct4 Mcx.t r s = p) (,J otLA7 1HE L-& ,Q 0 D - r,Jh.;1 ,, ! .: - = CoNt:o•JT.A Ell "IIVACT Lives i ok i 4.`titfCflorJ( (f90?- 100 2_ Roar L!'v L.aw (1103,11) 1(003. ( . 3 Koof Stlovi ( ()A o 6gow/J ' rJOv. cA , P o FLAT - Coo F S,J AA) LU u , pf-- °SrVot\J Expa5c412e X12 Gc o 51\1oW L o IVMr'au-'Oif _6 fACr , T • The: McrzR, Ct I0D3. 1.4 1Nt ry p ,,per' t 1)477 • r3A5tc W ►Up Sp—n (3 -5Ec y4ST) o WIND tn•tt'oPTA Jce f .cTZ2 • ()CCU VArLG-`( CATE.c off- -Y • I07 -tJAL Pgt354 C© Fi of o,JT • CompaNt - r ANo 0- Apf/N67 P -t6 P4 - ° 5 t:rvuc 01A p oRrArvcr✓ FA cry 1 , L ° 0 Cct4 N / ' t r J c y C i' C o g'/ ° MMPPc-D 58 L Po'k Acc. 55 45/ - ° St (LASS - 4PQ1 ✓. C C°LT c 5ps dpi e 515 ?i C PP:' A/ 7 agy - e i3A5t( n'I lc Fiwc -C ;a,T?i �t 5Y, r'1S pc.2514N) 941;4 V- , Os • Kr =�P AJ moo .) r<icict.20 • A nMA t_Yst. r c ti s 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By Aim/ Date h 0 File No. Sheet No. 1 Subject fl 0e1.11Y Roo 1 lC\ P Lo(: .r goo : RooF / fV4 7 = g psr J7{ Cg-1 _ r75 3 ! C G4 - 4- P.se CErLlrvt7 ■6 Ps F b0; 1 = ZO p5F 1Zocifil 4i r = 21 PRoiE c nOV 1A -;mot) S (r FLoog : 5 51A6 0/i 6g, = l 5 P5F 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By 4/ Y Date �rl -c� File No. Sheet No. Subject Floe i, lf ?". 5 rTt 11009 Lo At Il003?, frirq t FD( 1.1v. L- vA - r›5 C i - P,1 C tPD - q. I ° &FFIL6 LO C,$E.E`.d AND Fig -r rboo ! ab = / i7SF Vim? : g6 FLoD; -- /oO()f �5 Llv boa Fes► 11QD • B. 2 ML! -Wick_ W -E i-i OF Pvl AWOL"( (Mac') ') SN R F.•E 11-lat s€7) 20`/0 `r) f - 4 i'lf' cr. 1 (0o4., 7 Re -ne J irJ 1 1 vr L042S • P. At A 403-, 11_ k oor 1.,0115 °o2D(NP Y FIAT, P1iz-HE) AND C vi) )ooF ,5 - .o 'SE 13 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By N U� Date File No. Sheet No. s how — / Subject r D,;1..., 5./t Roos CHAPn ; ,A /CE, '- - 05 I317" NoT L-CCS 6 I? o .l,.12 5n J O tAJ L 0 ft t/ S J r -( 1 4.3 Fl-AT goo :/Vvjfv LoA c ? f - 0 , Cc 4i " (I,DY14(, 01 `Zu f'Sh") Ii( ` 2 o t 14 E_ 2 APs Ce = /. ( YAlni ce;n - 6. 1 oizy 5, P4g'7iA%cf C� = /.0 (` '3c q / o ( CA- TROP -y 1 , - r? 1.r 7-4) (r ow LoWE:.K jai 1.2 © ` � L `2._; MECHSCa�N D li -o{` Cam) '4t R wIND< 'N 1( \)S9WA- 4 VgI r 1./ ZZ ff , 2S -ff k z Q.4 13 Pr 4(1.1 fr) 2 % I+ lkd° D.43 (122) 13 ...(2.0 00 (. 5 k { ( � 22 �� l/ a h � h� W= .4-kt).- l.2 4,5 it d = hd?l ` (Ii)() 2( F 0 ) 20 F r CJ 5 I, likAtki 1N S f la =2orst Ii = ft - - , = t t - �a•f3{ )'= o,i3P0 i i oPel- 1 rcF- kb=_Fs =l,_= I.2 13 K - 1. I ft P 17 PSF I7 f xo,=tom 3 ,t J. 5( 12 4$ 0 . 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By Ne Date -f i —os File No. Sheet No. Subject I Dcl -CTY '5t A. - i T - Igo h - SploJVi L c, L). Co Mi 1 V '-l` (9- :) L 2 U' VdING WF\,zV t)v-if i WIND =' (� 1° P;F U 4 g C- CO Ai 2-1 Ps 6'4 2Y fd = 4,8 .f4- y - o,4�3(5� % - ( i ) y d , { WIND F— ( s ) Q - /� - is-c 2s kair 1,1 W = 4 ± rf CAr'JOP`( i3eT' T}! 1 f eh I3 - rr' • v I' (i.at -� L I ` 4 CA JO -! , i /0, 47' J — If EL 1 (LP') v lc " (0.2 -I•L - (-r- hcT,,, - 5 1i.1 - lot rte, % WIND uJA pr 1O42 (cs, Lj• tid^ i1I loll 4.. � 171 WIND E-- (o.o(p` .c-- a , • Lgsvvittzfi c- Lgswtclzff l = q(v. +t 1d (26 —I.s 3.1Zft W- k(. 11.4 -sf+ ar- 4dr 3•(2x(7 : - 5% `'5 - r" . r 3 12. 4- X 1 2 .) l 31,5 r5f 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By /!/0 Date -1 —4J File No. 20°0 Sheet No. A) OA) - 3 Subject ! _a I (0& SNP; cO4;,- eo,w jow Roof tit/ 4 r I � I 0 6 1,9c14:00I-4- 1 L o f+ \1\1\ Np -* W 414 pdr lkof 0.4-? r - / - 2. o ff . °. = 2 fif- 11',/ ' 4k c = 4 3 , 1 - 14. -11— v�` � � fl2.(e) 2 ht g. /IA 11. Per 46 ! � - 1 + ( V T -.2C— 3.4 = 65' 4S FsF l /0.15 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Date Subject F o Lt fy 5 6-Af -! Lc File No. 20009 1u7oq : vonro L o 4 DS cHA -PreJ- (0; ASS 7 -0 6 _ 4. Mis -(Go I - 51>viP1-t FlEp f (p. 1-. z DESIG PRoc - PO46 I. 8A 5 I c V b, 4 - V= 85 1MPN (nc (0-') 2. ( frW o zr ANC-G FAe { 5. 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm JP kci /!7 1l-tfp exPc5+ -.'e6 PTi4.m c. c4 LW? , (o. 2. 1 MA(rI \IJ i) -fvg.co sy 1 15 " /2530 - (l. oy1,41 (1 15: /25 � / 0 ( 7-) 12 () FI t fr tzt1 (0-2_ � r 45 - Il �"P$F(m +X. SI. VNci - 1 V II.� +_ io(40.1) \J 16 ( I ' - II " ; POsi U. a) (p . 1/, / I NT NAL. PI°e4i-(kc c Er uU4k - xkt 6C p 0 15 ( CLoscr) K 41 L.Q II\J4 Sheet No. WIN() — Lo- ft IL wA t c. r li = ll.s p5F av6 s' lS I p a3A5 t c jh oo F 501 cfl o.J = `l (a P5r fV ou t75 - 19. PSF Nom- v ov b WA ct.5 = l3, 8 ( e - .. P:///cL /i1C, J 21 � � c;�lo� 1 � 2. T� m c L IitSL I/. S PSG /c 1.A,/fr.e ,e ::.4/ - R5 l f-4 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers BY N n . D ate File No. 2Sca 'l Sheet No. Subject r p / i-L-1 I ! sVaY'L I,MTS CKA lz_ It M t( 6 I . I MA PP P ACcat.Wiswori L25 (4.2 5&C 1 /1 - E: 1.9-24 C,ED c',t RE(o2 -b 6, Op 56c. 5/7 ��o� I a S5 = 0.453 (I, 4 L 5r-r C cf: sc -? E (rtt r :jc: -T I1, 4, i -) flAX _ cof°iirli r. I�if�t�itl, , cc LEV-A7rbki 5 M - Fg5s = (I, 474) - (, 25z 0,1 (Ss? 1, Z 5 5/7E C ter: M - r\rs i = 2 +(O,4 5) FV= 2. 4 ( S1 i OA 5rr><e Avis 1!. 4, `. DE5t N SP C .L. PA-RA ile1 5 135 -?S 2 ((.282 } O. 3 3 S - 241.141 -- IMPoZ - A McC ( 2 /WO OCCA41 rIcy CATE4o 1/ 1/. S. I I Mp FA-a o curPA Lc4 (I= E /5/v: ( c DE-A) Co/ 'TAP GG I I. (D, I : CA- ore Y I7 usE `l 3 LE I l,�.Z : Cper 1 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By Ne.A1 Date ( File No. 215005 Sheet No. Subject L�k-1 Qt. AKL-L. Loft v. God 12. 2 51T-4 c•7► t L SY k - yvi EL Ct)or� .J i2 - I 13 5141 alrJy E(Z Y✓jC (� `✓1 4-. bR o ( NA gy ST&a_ A., c o.) - 02 i C+'': - L--'r (3RA c.eD FgA - 5 RP/!'L MvotFtCAi7Ol FACIDi R = 3.25 12.8 LQt)iv .9- CAt L. Tom" 1 (4g V Cs VU = 6.2-to 3 ( w� C5 = Sps - - 0.2( C L-% T ) L0 ) T hn £. b2 (ZSo-� Tr- = o. '124 6--= b, o2. (T 12.8 -7 t ALL ,1 C 1 1 4 X o. s 25 Ft ( i P at Mir St tom ) 11' la ( f << Z2 -1s) C l = I,4(0,72 ) - O. i4 C5 = S Cz --_ o, � 81 c� = 1. (>7 3 2 0.21p7) ,/ o 2210 • ) I2. � • 2 SFr c-nvC Suers t tc Vi i1 / W ( PTA l- PE-A1) /DAV) 13)Aui- k L \/ .vUPJ lo ij6 &(i 0 WA % 10 P5r BOO ( 81. 1 X Ialo. 1')( 25Q5r) l 2 Ro = ? (2ql)v (6) - 5� Y7? " d x 3') to (6x1 )) +(1,6x / fi (3e - 4 (5 Al + -- (4x4v) - (zsxt.$) . 31+ is t22 () 241n t 11g t 1 Io Sb P (12-V.;) F (0 I 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Date File No. 250 ` f Sheet No. 505011 Subject 0 LZf7Y �} .1 (t. l✓ 12 , 2 ri yr, - - 5 L : . / . 4 , 1 c VA.. it H7 i r Ck{ 2(�i2 + 2(52`)69') 3 -+ L924 ° qca -4 patIt 142 10K rr M1 01(90-110 2(1V )K 2 • 7 5 `! -� �. 61.6 ` x 2 ..?"5 -{- a 51 4 �- 4 � j 1 �c ► -�C� + C/x75' t (.5- /,5) ox' s ); (ge.,x /.s -I (i. / q-(41) i,5 1 52 °. r 4414- 71 t Cis (2 - 1 3O 1 (9z- METAL { ` 1 sCq l) (4)() 1-(6 20 8 /100)(iove5f ) 2, \tn io‘K+ 2 — \• C5VV= 0,2(9 �- 3L6 2 ' 7 4 - 1 3 % 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Fidelity Seattle, WA Engineer: NCN Date: 39525.0 Job #: 28009.0 Area High Roof ft I 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 A A.3 410.0 265.0 A.7 35.0 245.0 B 310.0 735.0 410.0 C 490.0 795.0 445.0 D 490.0 800.0 445.0 E 320.0 505.0 110.0 285.0 F F.2 Dead Load (High Roof) 20.0 PSF kips II 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 A A.3 9.0 6.0 A.7 1.0 5.0 B 7.0 15.0 9.0 C 10.0 16.0 9.0 D 10.0 16.0 9.0 E 7.0 11.0 3.0 6.0 F F.2 Live Load (High Roof) 20.0 PSF kips II 1.0 1.1 1.2 1A 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 A A.3 9.0 6.0 A.7 1.0 5.0 B 7.0 15.0 9.0 C 10.0 16.0 9.0 D 10.0 16.0 9.0 E 7.0 11.0 3.0 6.0 F F.2 Dead Load ATVs & POSTS kips 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 A 2.0 A.3 1.0 A.7 3.0 B 1.0 C 2.0 D 3.0 1.0 E 3.0 F F.2 Area Low Roof ft I 1.0 1.1 1.2 A 30.0 A.3 A.7 10.0 10.0 B 40.0 C 65.0 D 50.0 E F F.2 Dead Load (Low Roof) kips A A.3 A.7 B C D E F F.2 Live Load kips A A.3 A.7 B C D E F F.2 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 Live Load( Low Roof) kips I 1.0 A 1.0 A.3 A.7 1.0 B C D E F F.2 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 DRIFT & POSTS 1.0 1.1 1.2 2.0 3.0 1.0 1.0 4.0 20.0 PSF 1.2 1.4 20.0 PSF 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.6 70.0 40.0 120.0 2.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 2.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 70.0 90.0 90.0 60.0 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 3.0 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 3.0 1.0 8.0 1.0 2.0 1.0 8.0 1.0 120.0 1.2D +1.6L kips A A.3 A.7 B C D E F F.2 1.2 1.6 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.4 3.0 3.1 9.2 5.6 2.8 34.0 16.8 15.2 16.8 24.0 35.2 42.0 56.4 51.2 59.2 19.6 9.6 36.4 8.4 26.8 26.8 26.8 14.0 22.4 8.4 LeMessuraer Consultants Structural Engineers Kopf 0 V � I5, Zs ' / 0 1S V j'- (1.S. 4-.2- Ace4.' J► . V `/ -y% e 57,+8 ' {?g -2 K-7//at) - 13, t0 .4 g5K_ ` C yam" - (06'. w O V 15R-2- By NUJ Subject rip y r, Date V i3K 52,25 -� r File No. Loq, 419' 1 �� ,,--z 2.4- •. im, j - n414- OI O4� =5_Zvi ,• J -t E h-,ol r i - 11'1 $g-- vBQ_z. _ �� (Z11 44 . 25.5 V- (0 4.4{P. . !¢ 17, o 3• T J26 - 6Ve-r5f- 01-H', - 'tC; ( TAB 12 .� -1 AL 2 Sheet No. goDE oA 4 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Date File No. Sheet No. Fc0E Vit Subject poi: DWI 4 A A. irvi ?LI ACc lElr i.11/'_ ` bizso JAL ✓lO 1J! �IN1A Y, I,2SAVU, J ig z _2 �x = Crf S-x Co{ ? (17-1,L � 12.2- I) T-I.0 g 0,98T /, o b. 2 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm .�tt�_ LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By A/ Date ?� - M - 08 File No. Z� 00 C I Sheet No. Subject i O L i p 5e. l - (' u_ o` 9, S3' Lck L L I. D 2. D �c 4. D- aq 5, pi- o. +E) - O. - + r/v 4. 0.4 ►�t. t r j�. 3-55 1600 ' (. 3 i Z Z '3 `B lc. - -- -14 x(5,7 ' 'l/S ec j(pc ,Q = 9 f3.3 I yti� x4 U it ►z - q . 5 g 21 4-- T - T " (piz fir' Y w , 412 -►g `N = vos ` 6w1 �a� r J91t' - ' c ,�-s 1 1 P" - A ; i; l)( . 05 -- t. 4 t' 1 (0 7 L G 5 2 k- j thin" 1 ": ig(5.g5 �.Y X10 PI= C ie s' V -LFfz : ZZ(S`�s)-123- Pl el8 DV-tFT 3 14.5 ( 5.?. ) = 6r{-; ft-1- 42.02,t4-- t'+ Zs, fl 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Job Title Client Software licensed to lem FI DUCT^✓ l5e7r1W Reactions Print Time/Date: 19/03/2008 14:32 Job No G c ° ( Part Ref By STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 File BR -1.std Sheet No 1 Patch - Mar -08 Chd Rev Datefrnw 19-Mar-2008 14:31 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node LJC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip'ft) MY (kip ft) MZ (kip ft) 1 1:D 0.000 13.011 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S -0.000 9.515 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W 0.000 -3.599 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ 0.000 - 29.419 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 13.011 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S -0.000 22.526 0.000 0.000. 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S -0.000 20.147 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:D +0.7E 0.000 -7.582 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:D -0.7E -0.000 33.604 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:D +0.525E +( 0.000 4.702 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:D- 0.525E +0 - 0.000. 35.116 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W 0.000 4.208 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W -0.000 11.405 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.6D +0.7E 0.000 - 12.787 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.6D -0.7E -0.000 28.400 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 1:D -0.000 6.034 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S 0.000 4.380 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W -8.000 3.599 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ - 65.400 29.419 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D -0.000 6.034 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S -0.000 10.414 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S -0.000 9.319 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:D +0.7E - 45.780 26.627 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:D -0.7E 45.780 - 14.559 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:D +0.525E +( - 34.335 24.764 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:D- 0.525E +0 34.335 -6.345 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -8.000 7.219 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W 8.000 0.022 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.6D +0.7E - 45.780 24.214 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.6D -0.7E 45.780 - 16.973 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Job Title Client Software licensed to lem FI DUCT^✓ l5e7r1W Reactions Print Time/Date: 19/03/2008 14:32 Job No G c ° ( Part Ref By STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 File BR -1.std Sheet No 1 Patch - Mar -08 Chd Rev Datefrnw 19-Mar-2008 14:31 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By WAJ Dale File No. 2g .0o Sheet No. Subject pi 2(T( 7 FLE 12/I , J " f ig:, 44 W, I1.5f5F 14)( (?q- ) h'ZZ.o W o, z ta,2 - O. 4; 4144 2 ( d , 2 F X 22. n -) = /9. ' -4 -- ' WI _ (t), 2. x1 /,z.} MZ So, 2 1' 1 im(Z t000 0;53') \\N1V x14 Z = eta. it/4 oi'►N = 20 (44. 0 r - 20 125i ( 4 4-0-p. T-5 0 )F(4 14 F- >')((3. (e2 6;- ) 0. 9 27 tozc[4--) ' 0, 5 3 voi rJ er E L'1 [7t 21 • f 'z 97 : LL= O. 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Software licensed to lem Job Title Client Job No Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By Date13 -Mar -08 Chd File BR -2.std Datenme 19 -Mar -2008 12:05 Reactions S AX t4Pu T = H14 Print Time /Date: 19/03/2008 12:05 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node LJC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip ft) MY (kip ft) MZ (kip ft) 1 1:D 0.000 2.297 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S -0.000 2.710 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W -3.100 -2.157 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ - 25.500 - 17.745 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 2.297 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D+S 0.000 5.007 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S 0.000 4.329 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:D +0.7E - 17.850 - 10.125 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:D -0.7E 17.850 14.718 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:D +0.525E +( - 13.387 -4.987 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:D- 0.525E +0 13.387 13.510 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -3.100 -0.779 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W 3.100 3.535 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.6D +0.7E - 17.850 - 11.043 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.6D -0.7E 17.850 13.799 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 1:D 0.000 1.747 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S 0.000 2.160 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W 0.000 2.157 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ 0.000 17.745 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 1.747 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S 0.000 3.907 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S 0.000 3.367 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:D +0.7E 0.000 14.168 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:D -0.7E -0.000 - 10.675 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:D +0.525E +( 0.000 12.683 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:D -0.525E +0 -0.000 -6.057 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W 0.000 3.205 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W -0.000 -1.109 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.6D +0.7E 0.000 13.469 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.6D -0.7E -0.000 - 11.373 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to lem Job Title Client Job No Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By Date13 -Mar -08 Chd File BR -2.std Datenme 19 -Mar -2008 12:05 Reactions S AX t4Pu T = H14 Print Time /Date: 19/03/2008 12:05 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers PL.= 20(4Z5 pi, = v=6 fog! = 1-.3 " .3 L ? 42,6) - 5 *o51 ' 43 \if c -2° 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm By NO ON Date Subject File No. 2 ,^.(2 1/ B « f4 ')( ' ) Sheet No. ?z 4. q- 2 a r-ur Lt.,- 2.34- - 5' - d. e 1- �r 192P4 /e-20' P j' - 1-.2 12t- - Z -o K /5 - 4.1 EF Job Title Client Software licensed to lem 1Dc --rr SUTTEE Reactions Print Time/Date: 19/03/2008 17:05 MACvWu -E w 7, Job No Zf'oo1 Part Ref By File STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 BR -3.std Sheet No 1 Date12- Mar -08 Chd Rev Date/Time 19-Mar-2008 17:04 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node UC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip MY (kip ft) MZ (kip - ft) 1 1:D -0.000 16.159 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S -0.000 13.675 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W 0.000 -3.584 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ 0.000 - 70.784 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D -0.000 16.159 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S -0.000 29.834 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S -0.000 26.415 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:D +0.7E 0.000 - 33.390 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:D -0.7E -0.000 65.707 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:D +0.525E +( 0.000 - 10.747 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:D- 0.525E +0 -0.000 62.893 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -0.000 6.111 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W -0.000 13.279 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.6D +0.7E 0.000 - 39.854 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.6D -0.7E -0.000 59.244 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 1:D -0.000 16.465 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S -0.000 14.825 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W -4.000 3.584 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ - 79.000 70.784 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D -0.000 16.465 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S -0.000 31.290 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S -0.000 27.584 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:D +0.7E - 55.300 66.014 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:D -0.7E 55.300 - 33.084 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:D +0.525E +( - 41.475 64.745 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:D- 0.525E +0 41.475 - 10.319 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -4.000 13.463 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W 4.000 6.295 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.6D +0.7E - 55.300 59.428 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.6D -0.7E 55.300 •- 39.670 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Job Title Client Software licensed to lem 1Dc --rr SUTTEE Reactions Print Time/Date: 19/03/2008 17:05 MACvWu -E w 7, Job No Zf'oo1 Part Ref By File STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 BR -3.std Sheet No 1 Date12- Mar -08 Chd Rev Date/Time 19-Mar-2008 17:04 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers PA: 2" / /,?4, By 1 /.Y TR ''?" • 7/fr- C. • 6-/ / 4' ' /604; 4;e /ex: rvo /7 11;ot, C./ 41:.= c j.fi ..? G.' . revre4z - A 0,7,6) = 3 Li Voo 6 t le- t °AC) (>4 r- 15 Lt._ = 36) Lc> 4 - 34.,Svc jC5 5 5 - *3`346°) / L t`- ' 1, C.) 5 5 L.1=1'9 I G 01) Czq a. 7 P AI /Li Co f) : • ) - e2C) , e 1 E› '7 c? 121 i3e c4iu favot..Jc-)i z `7. . 15Y 72 -' , D1_ roo 3Y, '( v z •,e 2 P L1/ /uorL.r . SmCi //Lib' A oil 0 - i 7nf , 7 7 5 'T; 52_ . 5 3 =1 5 4- `7 5 s 7 .5"-/ , 5 ?' 2 r=" /Z PI le 5 1? r , f et e„... " e-r .(^ C-3 C,/,,„ L.,J z4 L ir / 14 56 = /0 A.- zoo (/' Gr. t. /0 2.5 Fr,Ct Subject . F/DZ.; ■C-00-) 41 516*-..i Date 0 3 - 12 -a 54 (2- File No. e 00S (,:c. 0 +- L.-T 7 5 r .75 C- C 5 tc- • to/6 Sheet No. F 1 30 by 38 blocks at .25 inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By / v c Date 3- 15 -as File No. 2 S oc Sheet No. Subject J6.-4 r. 5 1 l ie- ✓ .- �a�H p-5 - /' /, / `G ; rf A � c - r / = a ��. ' �.' ,a . 9 t rc.. h .- . ( . 1 . - / 6 1 r c . 2/ , 10 / 3 . 2 p A an 2 ( • I C - • 3. I i . R f s ! . v F - o r a c l a ' . P . 4 4 : 1 4 4 " 5 /4-4L0. a Go•.27•c0G.-5 rh 5 e / /. .Py j c., "r. =y', -S eG T•4 G- -- ! d .r:¢r,5fo. -' .54./ -4 Cfe�,r :1, ....t.; L 1 C r •/; -5 5 / f3G' /I.-c- G /rirti-17 4r /.3 .5A-vic l.cla- 'l -_Fa • i )0 . - 2. KG1 u ti) f /':j t'N:.k':: r er.:, / /: I: .'.. = t 0' / /ve -A' =7 .-,.r . 7 / /U P . . ._ . » [? r[a l„ - 7_ C- - f r .r 2- C1 Y1Z .s. , 5, . _ - t,1t l( '� 5 7 1 /iF;.'r S1% /}Cf.c: ._ /. . p o w _ I" ?%° ; 5 , .,:r Z 3/ G 5 F4'i /4/ �- r Z L" 3/a -0 2 CM/as 71x2 2(r I ? " y`:/kPcv- -`° uSL IZ" G✓/o W ,' 3e 6 rt? 7413ti. t3L' .64//Qf ? 2cU .'ic.417 7 (�LYZ G Lev r 2 L Pc72_ F =12a5T " eRA 13E WI 54 F ' .: tOL�})/l- ✓ + - S / P / L G CA 5 ! - G P Z X 2 1 ) G/` CG ir4. L : f J e--/ IV/ $ 54.4 o-' 6 / 01: a/s✓ r a/a j ; j6 6, aa, 5T?VY>1G 1= G 5 \[ o � Z - ‘5 Z C. L 1-0 / rr ?vL / /- L'; J G / / a / G 4 ' R ",e4f z. r ry /> /C-nL X 121 :126* /_} /1- i ) 2 u # 3 ? $A` To i f ) /'J /J /. r/'')1" /,t-Y /l'L / /21C't J - r Y .(t./1.P -- 2 �G� Av�tli AY;t,4�_ A/uCaaGrert ^ /z�/c v „ ” 7" l 3 " = � v L. ? 1402.-0 = 1,13 a - u; #S " = fig ". � /6.e's 30 by 38 blocks at .25 inches • ✓ LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By Date 0 3 -) -O 8 Subject /- IG GYZ/atoL•; 5L-TAY" / tf l/JF Lo v6L-5 T 57', iD ro LS /zy ( /, /y 100 7- ie. /, VP' So-o 3.E. USL- c �FE wr�Li. j A 9 : x jok 32 •- 2, 5G Uc/ •Yr /3 = /2/ /'5r• !Scr52. /C) O 5Z v 2rO 5 (1 91 - . ° r Y 109) Y lok IS _ . 25' " /FG • 4 / 4 / / /`' G oaoo = / 3GaE, • TYP (L11L s- /P4 /41, _ //x 2 2 2 22 /. 19 /o . 25 00 X /0 x 3 Zr /, L /`/ 1 .'7 /H a 5/i 2- 8 • 5 T/,e/Zu P 5 3e-6 " 5w ' -T +7/2LrLT! <w 51 /3 ,'zTh f 4J _ /. ` /K /oo -= /, 7X oc. - 3 l0 ,J5r- l:D 5 01 L-7 14Q.) ST12 / r 2 /, / 3 /o - 6 C, 2 PI- r" / > 1 1 4 `tc S r � � = 2 0 � - 2 , / z - _ 2 5 3 /.v r 'T/72/'cV2 5 /4s./ Nee , 65? Z5 : /6 ``/ C otiu ni.ti r2 w/, 77,' C./5 G-/ N ' TL j ( c e c �or4 /" n/U: —1.5% • Po S = . 35 ) (2.53 = 5.9 c of U I> :.' 5 )r? /p /vr = .&06 cr e ye oo A5 =.eve, Z =,5 0 5 . 6 - 2 LivYL27ts Zo (G. 22- //. oov5 /,B /. .5. ,tcr /3 Go L sr2 //0 = •75--,7 ,e/ /23 4 . /L3 - /7,_ /v r u T 7 Le.0 . ` /i I(;' IP) (.! 6640 C,6 t/ e6e,6r;o3G = e ,1 #Se7 ") *- 6e /o.5" b /^) Z C IP c , O o3( /-�S � FG CoL 5 Tr21 •'7 #- 5e / V ) ) Ye9 File No. 2 Sao Sheet No. F - � 30 by 38 blocks at .25 inches • • LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By R Date 3 - /2 -os File No. 2 r ce, Sheet No. Subject / —. j c. l ea - - / -ou.n .J = :'a ., De S .� + ^ J S /� .n L7 r �.J e De s i5 p- - / !- r /✓L'G . ? 5x /17 0 . 75. 2 - !`}'O Cr.•L 5r /i lr= , 7 5 v /90- /// - "c' ,_ / , 7 , , ,, z _ e USG J ' c / ° -c..:3 C /<‘... /`/ Z 39$ _ . o0 8 ■ / c:: :Ply 4 ,'c E l ,JZYG =- .5G "Vr= - / " •6•> r/?,, - ,‘.3 253 ir sg c- 57 )1"; = .75Y t5 -. /!/ xt5e6. * Ca //5 _ / 1f5 -f _ 33L C -_.. , 00 6,7 A ti rN� / V , 6 p / //! Z C/ L - SIC / )? 1c :_ 5 /�i>,.. : 7,75 _ Z G o/ Z5 - , 3 /OYLo Y Zo.25 /e 3/ �, = . a 5,f 3/8 Zp7 Y 24,1 // Cl = e. " c O L/ /0 ) 5 = . 3 5-i 3 t /1/ !C // _ //,t T i I r Gar 5 V e--e S y=o re_ 51mPL)C /r'1 4/ (G L - 20 2 U SL" !O Cc v > +n r- 57-)z f [� 7 /'6 1 Z ,. 5 K _ _ >o. 7 g •P`/ /// l . 2 •7 v L / Ve-rSf L /ne C ao hl,� /f - j , /6 e /o,S LG"e. A/c 5 7(fCeG.5 P cJS /-5e/2 /A /7 /C.,, Pc.$ tt 6 /Z /t ‘e fl L - T3oT7 ADP 13 /4re.S = /f9 - - = 8 sr11 •- v 5 .c /e/KGoy(Z_ _ 5_..5 �n A p p 5 G ro P / 7 _ ,i ?rat - 5L) Pc- 't r,'i / / GC C4/ T - o /2 /C G' rC olX .,% = l / /h = yob � „ 3 /Z Lv1/�� 2 arcs -i 2 —J,J CA r 3 4-7 �312/a USA / P / CL` c +d" rtt<: / /t/ 0� Y�C — l _ o r2t.2);.. Tv O/. I2 R O G' F L &K rI, - A , it �3 30 r 3 0 = /cam 11 -1- Z / 4 T - Y` �j , o /G As—, /1 e.e /7 Js ; ze SA 4 l T C� 30 by 38 blocks at .25 inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By Date 3- /2 -0 e File No. Z>:oa S Sheet No. � Subject. // IGG- CA 7' M / - '2- ct. PP L.i..- r 3P 1[. 3 v 5 r b -1 ZJ c 0., r- - z_ v c. r zi vv = ."''feG- -- icI� ' 5.4 Y 6lc.7 g-/Phr-4 :/ 7 - `7 v . i es ,qua 2_ c= - /, 5 x / - r S `` S I )2 I S 0 r /mo , 7$ 3o x 9 (a 7 )ocl 30 •1 ox 1.7$ =z-63 A 5 ,o034•X 3v Z e / = 2 -, - 278 P5E £ ' 0 / i t „L `- , $Q 7 - USG I LLG JoK 2��2 -- / 7 #G zo 3 4-5e 6." o lc .0o3c. 30 by 38 blocks at .25 inches LeMessurier Consultants Prepared for: Gensler One Beacon Street, 3rd Floor Boston , MA 02108 Fr FIDELITY fNVESTlS. Settle Branch 304`Strander= Blvd.' .. Seattle, Washington Z -- LeM File No. 28009 UPDATED LATERAL LOAD DESIGN CALCULATIONS EXPIRES 9/ // l0 a 1 May 6, 2008 REVIEWED.FOR CODECC . , A q P y ,,, ,��_...�:.. ►� I I I . MAY 2 i 2008 L Prepared by: LeMessurier Consultants 675 Massachusetts Avenue Cambridge, MA 02139 Tel. 617- 868 -1200 DOS j LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers goof put VFiateifri iTiT 4 . .a V43K-Z 1 .. 0q.e0 - I k V e tt4(0 1' '• ) i I9-3 q Die. -1 ..•-• 3 ../ it. -- 4 ------ , \11 16/ 01 1243 4.2.. • A etrAll?r, 1 V J v- e 7.1-8 I. rpm 13, (o7.417 ) tr: - Tete- 06'.4 0.1-10 ?" \ 495,4-r 1512-E.: V-:,25_. 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm By File No. /VW D TMI 0 - lite te100 43 1 Subject. 6 .1 117 - jU 4t0 o1 4i PA, 1 vorvi R- 7 k (0/ 44 At t VAI4k Over51-r600 1 -6 1ci 0( 1AOLx, 12.2 - A5L2L Sheet No. 1 oof:PIA111wim- 1: 16e-1 tr, 4 - lam LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers sy Not,) Date File No. -- 3'"e ) ZM001 Sheet No. 2 Subject Fipi' r/y S 7 Tru goof: kFEj 2-AC M (2, d.4, 3 MPL.- f 'roo 6F.. A cc ocAi L 7lt ,l-O/'vA , Morvictir _ 0.31 to Z - +07 > 3, 4 W 5E - - A4 = 3. 0 !.2(0.t4Z) A x= / ccret_ J 5wra ' 0.31(0 I v► / C -- 0.2 0.141 2 z I s Pt,1a, M iT p 9 � ` -> 4. f- 4( o`- 4, f4- Mme = Or - Ax•M .0 s . 3eo -f - -- -= II4v 1' -ft tArrk = 114 n -F -4 I to. 4 (e q.% 5 - q . 4 16- L I(e,42 02.Y- 4Z .' E I Let 4 t - - 3(e. o �w- Mir-acc I3pAt -f= 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Date File No. Sheet No. Subject n L G t't �'eT7 l L� Gottf O /, /, +o. I4 -dos >+ O. Qc 1 o./' -(o.e ))D + 0. - (i133)QE 3. (O, -- D.►4 4 b1-Q tPi- -C � � = 2. 1, O -F O.!05-5D5' D+ 6. 52.5 - G?L D, 5 , v t 0, 105(0, DF D + . 0, 2 (I, 33)& .. t 0:76 1.12p 4- (o.g0JQc O,48D-'- L, 4-_c : /, o9D + 0,1-QC 4 0.7-65 0)4 - 0:1 =asXD + o, �-- pQ 0,4431)+ 10, 1 (0,1? -U,1q �o, )1)+ 0 lL1, 7 73 )Ck OVe12 `-2T 0471' -o � o ()Y///,%os 1. (/10 t 0,1 � n5)D4 b, -..5, ,(L (,iZp k L 4�E 2. (/I D, f 5f) 3) 0 f Vi 5 z5_Q. 0 ti✓ l of 7g i o N / Ito 4 Qu- c -2 rat Co N v /v5 d, 75 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By AIc/ Date File No. {2 .13 °Oct Sheet No g I Subject 4 51:1A L. 512-1 1 °14- Ao. mativeitaze- 1 2 1z - 4 - e• t MK-1 t- 1-i5s x ex Y BRACE... C-1 ` 'g F 1,t)Ap C _14 4 0 )0 Z I 4 ' 2 4- / IP. 1 V 2 PCZ, - t - (.. 01, a 9 (e t fi,..(0,0) - (// > / , o (Al Pc mc q cot- 5-nz-0-401 ;5 PK' 1016 Vp 0.4.0 • 1,0 I GO/MMott/ p/ . PK= :11 yr/a( Mal/i • 14-2 1 ( -- --> Pg- ‘; / 6 h- 7 /a e - los -f • V —2 15. (p te- __c c; FL Mc 1 7 '1 .1aL 0 . 2 ei 2 — V c 12- I j 1/ Al) at4eS Gtc lie e-eAJAY, Je - O/3 m / 0 .3 /12,c4 0,14- 6,11- viz/ 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Software licensed to lem Job Title 5 A'11 Client Job No Zar)49 7 Sheet No Rev Pert Ref By Date1 -Mar -08 Chd File BR -1 (omega factor- 2.0),I Datemme 04- Apr -2008 11:22 Reactions WO( kil,Pu No D- I Novi Z. Print Time/Date: 041042008 1124 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip ft) MY (kip MZ (kip - ft) 1 8 :1.12D +1.4E 0.000 - 26.679 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E -0.000 69.044 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.090 +1.05 0.000 -4.935 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E -0.000 66.858 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E 0.000 - 38.784 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E -0.000 56.940 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 8:1.12D +1.4E - 106.400 78.923 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E 106.400 - 16.800 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.090 +1.05 - 79.800 82.483 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 79.800 10.690 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.480 +1.4E - 106.400 61.174 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 106.400 - 34.550 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to lem Job Title 5 A'11 Client Job No Zar)49 7 Sheet No Rev Pert Ref By Date1 -Mar -08 Chd File BR -1 (omega factor- 2.0),I Datemme 04- Apr -2008 11:22 Reactions WO( kil,Pu No D- I Novi Z. Print Time/Date: 041042008 1124 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By AIN D File No. '2-0C Sheet No Subject P e,gAce. r 04 CA:',Its'S, 5R- viAc 114M&. f:1 L 2 q . 19 /f 1(e1 M i k - Rsso (,9 x 1 /2_ (0 - 42 0,(0 01 +5. 4 - r----fr F12- 2 - F'..:• Fr 0, G91 I-8(0,06) atoll) I. 01 c i r - I- - 14< 2.23 CAL I 8 . — ?(ZTh 2e e svq. 76 .t4-2 ain/-1,0/ PefAed,942 j 4z .17-120- 260- O. Pla Feku i •, • CoM 6-Of" 1 0 PJ C4-tcrx_ aVtJQIf rfrowiz -0-0 (OAP CIftj VIACI :14614A150 (P2./ t4 L tip c 1- ff, r z_ c Mix tqc,tri 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Software licensed to lem Job Title Fi12 el.' T - 7 Client Job No 2O( Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By °aw13- Mar-08 Chd Flea BR -2 (omega factor =2.0).jDat 01 -Apr -2008 16:02 Reactions &` M� x. LAN Ff - 4 25 N0 Z Print Tlme/Date: 03/04/20081125 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node LJC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip - ft) MY (kip MZ (kip - ft) 1 8:1.12D +1.4E - 50.400 - 32.822 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E 50.400 38.831 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 - 37.800 - 21.914 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 37.800 31.826 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D+1.4E - 50.400 - 34.539 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 50.400 37.114 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 8:1.12D +1.4E -0.000 38.574 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E • 0.000 - 33.080 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 -0.000 31.973 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.090-1.05E 0.000 - 21.767 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E -0.000 37.004 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 0.000 - 34.650 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to lem Job Title Fi12 el.' T - 7 Client Job No 2O( Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By °aw13- Mar-08 Chd Flea BR -2 (omega factor =2.0).jDat 01 -Apr -2008 16:02 Reactions &` M� x. LAN Ff - 4 25 N0 Z Print Tlme/Date: 03/04/20081125 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers A t CH ( -- SS (t •LAh M &M4 �l /D 1: 5 lam. 1 ;' , � 12% . 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm /4 G ! t< iv.16 \k 4P/ti ,i By \J / Subject f=p Y 4 t 5c " 1 v 6 x(ox5 / ! C) O' 4 { XUAVL c Date God a4 - H�j 14.8. v �,.p'r�- - 6�. ; O. I- 7 G /5C: j n 7, 0, 6: 21 > o, 1 S O 60/t 4,i 04 6451_, s File No. Z1 rs/TE Sheet No. 1312-3 Software licensed to lem Job Title DEL SCAT-TIE _ Qient Reactions R _, MixWPir= -- o No i NoR 2 Job No Part Ref By Print Time/Date: 04/04/2008 13:04 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Sheet No 1 Date 12- Mar -08 Chd File BR -3 (omega factor= 2.0),I Date/Time 04-Apr -2008 12:58 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip MY (kip ft) MZ (klp ft) 1 8:1.12D +1.4E 0.000 - 78.132 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E 0.000 120.063 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.090+1.05 0.000 - 42.881 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 0.000 105.765 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E 0.000 - 90.112 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 0.000 108.083 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 8:1.12D +1.4E - 110.600 118.623 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E 110.600 - 79.572 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 - 82.950 104.341 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 82.950 - 44.305 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E - 110.600 107.466 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 110.600 - 90.729 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to lem Job Title DEL SCAT-TIE _ Qient Reactions R _, MixWPir= -- o No i NoR 2 Job No Part Ref By Print Time/Date: 04/04/2008 13:04 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Sheet No 1 Date 12- Mar -08 Chd File BR -3 (omega factor= 2.0),I Date/Time 04-Apr -2008 12:58 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 38 by 48 blocks at 6 mm '(‘ ivy 1 � . (/,p)( 3 lnA 3 r n, 7.z1ivi yet- 1,20 4 z q3 �S = 1 3 ,6 ( -1, 3 i 1/0 Date 1 8 Subject Q = 2.0 L6.3AP CAst GoNcee_v ai-f Vc `) - � Uvca x 4 7-,2_I V /f zfi 0)(243,04,12:N1 = : 2(01 7 Z d _ 88 (11. 1 : (e /o ► z ) q. ; - 15, tp J � = JILL- = 0,tp `r 0, 2 Pc W4.,4 File No. LOO .y f d.3 7-, 225 ��- roLor- 25. S x I Z 2 _vv du- 2v c r ) l0 /, C = t2 - -a. K ! 72 „ z5 - ...r? ' 574 ? r . (1a - 1 -0.41 ) A 2 - :off, . .(1'4 , = . -� (7�4�- F S 5 21 Q 1v1 -16-' z , � Z @ �' 16 -� Pc t74 Vc- I r - 9 � a. 15g.- W 19--" q- ;x:102 1 0 q 4,1(49 2-00 60621A 12 J. `+ z t� �v -z OU W I q - x 4-8 v - 4 - S . 9- r: . /, / A ? j 1..� 1 l y/ z. 4*. '7 t . 22 ,/ lu— - ao (z)oz°N 4 . z5.3 -5 -�i nZia,i j 3�3, ✓ j C ,o) (Z2_-)r 12-) 1 9 76. ;8E0 C "l, 1 . 4 40 110.8 s / 1)4,i)--;- 6,45 ? D, Z vo (�� G U ` 0;4518 2 , c j , 5 1\1\,:__J.10 s� It " p� � �. �: �) - bl F-w5 <� Zl --- 1.23 ; A Ij', 0 r 3 Vr - 111r 3 L ,22 (1,0}(20 �� % 3 43, (t9 'llig- ✓ rx zI -.n- 111 1,:x ILO Pr-. -I- Mr-. Pc q O.l.p (74) = d, 16 -4 0 + '5' _ 0, qc `I 141 Sheet No. w A ? 2B, 5, • = 225 . 7 a :✓ Of-, v 7i) LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers MP: : • Cot /, / 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm r*A.) 6,6 . F4 UN 0 A)T106.t.,-) L 2 ( ILL; 3:-.31").8 Pn.1.-L A/Nv Subject ff12 16.7.t. - rrit Date 5 MAX ,Wu FT :7: 0, +8 17 Lie(a04-213.5.) File No. MOO' 00 ( / • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Sheet No. L-OAP/ kg • Pi GE 0A — 7 43 0 ; tUKNET) IP '.• :[ ! MAY 2i 8 2008 j j -43 : le-- ; 60 4 1 -F) 57.2 BR -2 64.0 D -1.1 D-2 A -1.4 47.3 C -2 _._ - 2.9 v ,. -15.8 -15.8 67.4 131.7 49.7 44.0 117.8 161.8 64.8 91.7 48.9 35.9 37.8 80.2 63.2 151.4 66.9 121.3 118.9 81.3 151.2 72.4 131.7 93.1 68.7 129.5 61.4 116.3 77.7 52.0 45.9 45.2 67.7 72.4 27.2 76.0 54.7 46.5 54.3 55.6 12.1 12.2 26.5 52.6 BR -2 57.1 D -1.1 D-2 A -1.4 45.0 C -2 _._ _.. 2.9 -6.2 ,. -15.8 -15.8 67.4 131.7 49.7 44.0 105.1 161.8 51.6 87.0 30.8 33.8 33.8 71.8 39.5 124.8 41.8 110.1 105.7 50.5 124.5 45.1 119.5 84.6 42.9 108.2 38.4 105.7 69.8 32.7 29.0 28.6 59.8 65.9 21.7 69.7 50.8 43.1 50.3 53.9 10.9 12.5 25.3 BR -1 BR -2 BR -3 D -1.1 D-2 A -1.4 A -1.8 C -2 B -2 -8.0 2.9 -6.2 -8.6 -15.8 -15.8 67.4 131.7 49.7 44.0 159.1 161.8 LeMessurier Consultants Fidelity Seattle. WA Engineer: NCN Date: 05127/08 Job #: 28009.001 Pile Load Cases 1.12 D kips A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D.5 E E.9 F F.2 Pile Loads 1.12 1.0 1.09D+0.75L+0.755 kips A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D.5 E E9 F F.2 at Braces KI Max Comp. Max U lift 1.1 1.1 1.09 1.4 0.75 1. 1.45 5 1. 8 1.8 22 30 31 . 16101 1 414 13101 I Bar Mark I Release Code: PILE REINFORCING x47 BENDIN 9x2 #7 X 60' CENTERS (9 PILING ONLY) LAPPED IN FIELD TO MAKE 115' STARTING DOWN 18' FROM HOOKS #6 #4 #3 Sizel 60' 91'2'12 177'1'/2° otal len 4101 • 47x1 #4 MK SPIRAL TOP 8'2 • P4 PO Type 'A' 47x6 MK 6101 V'S TYPICAL #6 :; ki I 47x1 MK 3101 SPIRALS BOTTOM 49'4 59' 'B' #3 :1 'C' i PILING REI \E1 :; TYP IF 47 .I ti :; ■ : :I IG DETAILS. r ►; • 01 C '' .I :; Ph lA GI 2y " 4 - ' .13 . 021 4 K '1Fr I poi 0 EXTRA TURNS T&B 43 84I 1 5 -15 -08 FOR APPROVAL NO. DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION 8 1 2 71 49 • 'K' ADDISON CONSTRUCTION SUPPLY, INC. 6201 SOUTH ADAMS PHONE: (253) 474 -- 07711/ FAX: (253) 475 -7120 -: 1 Y1 g L l ivitioloo0h 8 '11 8 " ' CONTR• OEWITT CONSTRUCTION J00 FIDELM BANK LAC. TUKWILA, WA - DWG. DESCR. PILING REINFORCING x47 'R' DATE 15/05/08 JOB NO. DV/G. NO. SK 1 DRAWN MARK SCALE NTS GRADE 60 ASV A615 LAP 1 TURN SPIRALS LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By Date Subject. rtr r# AAKvkva. 4 .°L.Af. C 2 4 00 3 3 12 tc.) /J /L .)1--/ • • 0 ". . — . e N c. ---- ?o/c • 30e" N 6, , 5 , 1 IbC-)-(tra, tN01-1 &Iv') t.) P 4 1 ) 3 , 2- 5 -"" I R c 7 5, AJ 4e_ r4., 1 7 / 791( S' 236 IL A57".V Fl 6 it 55 K, -- 75-9S .3 he c 214 --- -41( 5;17; v 5;3' 45 2Y I A A A. A Ai y LI- /V 71 . • , 27 C . » 5 11 v? es•J z P1 (L cyir t :‘ , c- - : 5 • : : 71t ;51' e -e ? - •■••■•■•■•••,.... OIC 4 o ; File No. e.— dt9 Sheet No. 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By Date 5-- j -dam File No. Sheet No. z Subject /mac TY S r`TG.t, PC - 2_ �� Z 6," rr . T 1 5 • N6 G.. Y ', 5 . , ` 13 eep Nc 6 . ..�..:_.- x 1 K : 79 ?6,cro 4 (.; i . E 4 8 5 ..5 Evo tut t94-:.19 76 •,t EO 1 *- ac- /VA; e I,1 e. 1,1-5".x 3 d e.v , cr � °' ) 7t '` ty . = 2 4/ Ci4 f ! c� IC, 74- „ e e Nc. b e5.0. i �r :1 X r 64/ . x I c Z, 5 .y.? G /rG •0 2, 5 got 7 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches LeMessurier Consultants Prepared for: Gensler One Beacon Street, 3rd Floor Boston , MA 02108 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, Washington PC'._ "p r LeM File No. 2b09 STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS EXPIRES 7// l0 /20/0 July 16, 2008 . • ,any REVIEWED FoR CODECOMPLIANCE APPROVED= ; : SEP - -3 2008 City Of Tukuvila B ILDIN DIVISION JUL 1 7 2008 REID MIDDLETON, INC. Prepared by: LeMessurier Consultants 675 Massachusetts Avenue Cambridge, MA 02139 Tel. 617- 868 -1200 pot, -5/6 - :' LeMessurier Consultants INDEX Page No. Code Review 1 - 11 Column Loads Gravity 12 - 16 Lateral Loads 17 - 31 Member Design Deck 32 Joists 33 - 34 Beams 35 - 49 Canopies 50 - 55 Hip Roof 56 Foundation Design Foundation Loads Fl - F2 Pile Foundation F -1 Grade Beams F -2, F -3 Structural Slab -on -Grade F -4 Pilecaps F -5 Anchor Bolts A -1, A -2 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Cove / V / : 1.13c 2DoLo Y NUJ Date -(D -O Subject ( 1- / t r Flle No. 2600 C r NO, = COr1.9l 1/1Ctr f..l PVC r N Pt GA'r.:. ItO(A I' I f _oo WO 14A D Wit FV -1 Ef HoOl•I. 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm - coNC em - 124- P ° Llvc Lea % 45 pcicnoN Itg0 {- •r') Rocaf Litfj L0/1i2 libo4 11, Sheet No. GOP p-e-ne. �1 -r lip 02 ( • 3 g oon 91 0 0 L(Al) - e 6Rof,d. /1> 51t OV) r. .Gl.. _ :p9 t c i �tT - 12co F }i i MI LOA , Pr tv o tAi c.- 'os'b, a;✓ o 5ttiot l Lo -: (wIPn1 F; crier' J: FAGY og. , C • (3A5tC 10.09 SN n (3-5e c- • GCGU FArJUt' CA P=..'( • wi t%) U '. Pr:SGc i .e' • /,JT 7--tJAL 1 P-E75G1I Co oFri c-t rJT • CowiPoNt. N7. A-ND C-APOI/J I f p 0 3. I. 5 - F f , p ' G % ( a r t ) P A- ' T 7 ° % t5 i0 ( C I AA po g-7 li tocC ° o cc-(. l N C -r /1= f<'& t r, o •( ° MM'f o 5P 6M-AL - ,120;c6 ACC. SS 45 ° S i Ci-AsS vc— RA L P6170f'i E Co6f rCf -QvT5 7p5• ? -t o 50511 P�riG e6 - • 016 tC � L 1 5/1/11.0 i a1.4c ;' 4 rf \f (. 5 ; it i.S - pc r7f I G f... -'T • 't7 �P0Alce f401 21 C. #1170 'J l' y I103. I.4- Wt r/ c) 1c- r.t PKr/ LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers ROD 1 D p LoA 25 g Pool-110C. ; 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm kooF/f '/4 — 8 ps i- pe &Krtve = 2 1 S TC !_ - 4 - P5 rz 2oP5F rV C/A 4' 1—rGtt - PRaecrioN a r% Date b —D Subject f 1// sir / 1 Flle No. I -BOO L, Sheet No. PEND — l aoe, 5' 5LA otU 6a.4-26 = (05P5f LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By �/ /1! Date 7 -v�� File No. Zeno Sheet No. Subject F1 0,e...1, I Ty 5eA, ,_, UQD1 : LIVE Lv14t � lQ O �t UIV i 1=v n/1 I,I V t oTr (T q3 L -C 1 1, o :7, I 6FF1 GG = LO 13Bl — a. AND F1l -ST FI-' ( . 1 ,0 0 4?-1. cc zS . I Do PSF • : g,V - 1 11- rig-ST fft -0 0'2, /00 «5 U0b 3 B. 2 M AGN i,u --( • W Cmi -1 i of MA (A lac O ' 1 f, Lt,0! %1 fc q _;t l.rat;C R6 -1 fr\f nve Lohl;2S IIoo T, II /Zoo: to 4p5 5 °Dizal'J /\2Y FL-A1 t PIS 7 AND WOO) 1`.00F 2_0 Ps ay 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Date 5-1 File No. 6')0r/, : , Subject r' p ./ v-- 1/ ste:j (\J UPv'n -51'1o0 • L OA2S 4. Z C 17ot 1vp �i� /r? `/U L ✓'(� " Y-0 i< I FL/ ( f OO, ,= / /VOW 1-0 A 1 I lia oy, C r a? ee Ct:T: 0,- I+ 1 J 2_0 (; p d /7, 7 Sheet No. "No rn —2o": 1f✓ / ) 4, 4- 5L. 0 19 op Roo I: 5 N 0 vii , TJ _ c�� , o\,( z.0 / 2 7 - , 4, z (,ot.j) 14 oor: .; r_ o f A. rF i ci i2 C� -for c4- % /, a C5 = l,- U (0 5tie 0 d Ai Fr c 2c) q 1 5Na'Al Boil( L r7D rep (AN ji (, -Q6. OF 5A l 0, 4Pf W U, 4(2o 17S11 - - - )(f8f- 1)=114 ,-F -ft LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Poi F o /iV z oWc :%' Arvi A /4/ 145‹. 0116144 _ _ 45:-';J:11.,: _ hdG [ y = - q .. 4 1, I) - ,�- !,E J/f ke---C PP. Pr :Off ' (2' ' /? / /! -1 t - M W 5' 41 4 c 44444E f 44 , - Akltri° /4,1` o ��G/;5G B y NcA Subject to tA d 1 . I , (!,: Pi! p� ; 20((-7 t'5' \f - / .r=1- (/✓1 aJ O d`J:^ a r ,t' Z s - Date File No. 2 8001,o,f "5;4 E5 k$ o P4 .574z . _„ (4, 24 0 1. fF Sheet No. �i1V.3✓�l ° 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm e LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers i. =l- JjZfFiS DS/ 400F A TD A. 3 O1J L' wlNJ DIN A 9 j7� r ate►- e • 1oP'( :7 t 2. 0 N LY wi /V P W41 -0 I -ufT 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Subject n ay 5 7l- t -r Wm/ h / // 914= e4 vi. G( /, /47, 25 - /9737 o� = hoti ib f i5F Date File No. 9o(: Sheet No. NO(/t1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers RI1Dq WINp c . 0 4.-as aH /Prr - (0 , /150e 7- -0G> to. f MEn-!o 1 — Sim Flo P oc6pa., 6. 4. 2 PE I 4.N PXOc �.- I. 13A WI r. t � � V' la, 5, V 8J MPH (FT( (o - 1 2. 110 P6 e-f A►,,c.0 (0. 5 . /,0 (06a 0 ,n aC 1 . . EX ?0 = Cft'l 4 ( - c. b : K I'o;�.t.i?� 4 - , 14 06 40p 65 r-re-C 74 0‘. c.-De "FTG(e -air t . � j FI C = 7 (0 2 - /, 0 (t - i l' -11 " j Ex Post . lo. 4, 2. I MAIN - P_cE SI�r -r 5 r�r•f p 5 ° K7-1- Ps 30 1 K� + ' /to r"o i ll- trtg.E -2 (0. 11 I A/T y-tfAL PKGe446 C46' `PtIC4crf t f C /k56 38 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm X 0.15 ( €141L01T).14) C r' ;2 UwS ; If• - P5FCA I (3 :,‹ loco. Ji W 1 J) Date Subject pi 0E44 S Flle No. 20oa1 Sheet No. WI ICJ 1 t0--1 = (I. o)(,,0)(1.o )(195 0) 7 p � p�3 0A5 V- WAA L P0 /l • - P5F avj P45 v 15 (' tZ-ooF 5140norJ = `j (o P5F -b -r;n., _ 19,3 f5F Nag_ t5k!6S 13,8 f-... P /z -P//) -, i 2/ - c -&rjo/ U 1,c -i, O 1?,0 s � .. 451% tc LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm By AI n I Date Subject � E A- T., Flle No. tact ' l Sheet No. sal )4lc ti: /1see I t o L` 5m i C !_n r•-I CJ 6'J1 on c I V/t t 14 If I • MASS &v ACtel -e 2A = ,1,25 (o, SEC' irl�E "C.c�: e) SS ' I.424 -r c- S, ' 6.9) CAD UGC , (r ct,1'.. E) --? S� - 0,21-I 6 4, l 5(16 C t /c S: E CC a rE (;r-; R.L ii. 4, IfPJt'lS%C/) MM/tX `i'I/`Jr'lli' '&f!C1:1 t cz:.:111 c' ,111 L'-,T L. ��7Pot/SC �CC z �1cv�) /�ft'2 /lr`U1L7�1 S fq ©, � SM Fv's j = Z 4 (0,4 ,f3 1,17.1ef 2, ( S,z � nrtCr_n =a II, 4, 4 P - tc r.l 'F'E rI2AL 4 CC.2Ez,t r Im'V 1 ►vi t °tom " 5vs - ? s - 2_ (1.7.5 23) 85L; 3 3 SDI _ ' M, I.IfI j) --- 0, c1 S / MPa2t7 rJt-6 t exvi oCGt4 PAR! cy CA 4 orz f " 11,6 I M Po - 17% c4 FA 12 T = D C 6 ccumNc' C!" tt,o y 1 E15114 t c pE % AJ ' .—./ TAD G ' I l , lo I : GA-r , oPLY P Use D - Lc it, z p • w LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers j T,W --(i -d L :Yi o, i 7�TL 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm -� C5 = 5 p, _ By k/(ri v Subject 12.2- 5 i,I ci KGr POI \lc r' M cW f Ft C A-rl of -) rAc » , i` = 3.25 0,3131 0 a ( I.0 Date f i Q -/ rr Ski 'T�rZ. - ,07i e ,I 2.2 - ( g bui a_v ' c PrzA-w1g 3 rcio -� & {)(N 5ftz c /v &Elrr;41;C ;L- w I2.8 EQ 1)I VA 1, I}J (kfl J2 L / -C o c >2q Flle No. 26005 V- CsIV - 6.2(03(0) C = Sps T 0, E355-3 - 0.203 To , (�- 1 1`1 = 0.D2(25i4 = O. 224 Ct ` D. 02 ("Wci& 12.8-2 , A1,4. orN� X - o. err = 2S F4- (VP 6F MEC I. c EeN) 1 (Fl 6 22 - Is L 79 ' - t3g/t Ce'O f�A stiW5 Sheet No. LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers \vl-e7 13011 —P1NC N v \.i goof /`T A f S 12 -4-, 2 'r �-�?U 5 14T N 1145T7L 'f 2 4-N L.-/A'L /o p5f A- 3 �-a 5,1 o f � /o — rn t -► == ikr.Fl5cPAF 0 ao/ 1.017p g--7 — ( 572,0 f k 5 1CgAJA .... ' r lA PAsr ( I ) w METAL v4IL_ i' = ) )< (Q5) t C/o P5 s 44A W = x1.5 l- id ' {�. > I 6u -171 t 1' v\J L 1. /`; v' -: :; /\ C/0 PIO 5 PI CST 005 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm ey N O/\I Subject �t ', a •�) -- , (s( Z.5) - (� s = 5 4 ;& 7:� - 17,05 - K(0, t.- Z'+2' y ( xi. 75�� �� ate. 1 01) `�) -(f. 2t 2 - 2--t- 1\�O,� " 1 ( i tz o, 5-x `k 4 43 >' 2 -51 - 'L o 2 {'t- t 1 42o Ft-7- (7F) I'-- 6, 4x 0 — � X2 - ')j` J48 �t X / . 6 l` x1.�) t 7Tg;_a (1 - (72 -› ( 4// zs)7 �-7 y ( - 7- cr -0,1- x / ) — 74.75-y /, z s) e (e _ f f 4 -F, ` z- /0 fF - l - �t �x2 .59 (Ss i' ) t (3- 5`xr`) 21 i - x en - /7, s-4 Zsi z S /s) � S. 3 .� r . i . 5.)(6 ./4(e)F 0 0 i f I - ` y 3 - / 5 _ ) / 4 ( 4 z . 5 TVA (2 24 fh- Lu IOF F. ) 10(I.'X 5.5 - I - 0.5 ' (?►v . = J - ( 4 - . / 5 ) ( 4 ) 63( 32 roo ' A.r<%�= — (71 x `1 (q j «7q (g') - 7 19 (04 f =r- ( 193 f.') (: O 4- WI 20 « T16 � ' � M roF Aft?- (j x 65 (31- x 4v ) - 4-IA 8 -K2. (4'721 e -14 )( 1 tew) Date 14 File NNoo. jj L-Zoo f, oaf Sheet No. 5 Yt4 J - 5t '.7vrru 'MUl O0•E aopiN — 4 J 5r pcl,KiAl 2. i %%r s Ez_ /oPY/ .1113, f l0. l= LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By ti °it j Date — OS File No. 2 t co g1 DD Sheet No. c 2 Subject r f2� 7Y X6-7 ir�J T?G5i 4A..1 12, i-.2 C9iir. f45e(A AjzcA: .-__ e: --f.- a, `x3') -r i - 5 / - ( id 1F) 6 - to. ?..5 v ) .I- 001. _4 t = 216,-v-.2 -r-i- J - -- fp-rA t._= � 6 � o8, q -rr (/`o F V V- 5 1 ao v t - L L -I- 7-,5) + 2 -7-2 X12. -.1 . /a 3 ./- /5. I 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurler Consultants Fidelity Seat0e. WA Engineer. NCN Date: 05/08/08 Job #. 28009.001 Area k A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D3 B F..9 F 9.2 High Roof Dead Load (Hi h Roof) kip A A3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 DS B E9 F 9.2 Live Load (High Root) kiy. A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D 13.2 D.4 D.5 B E9 F F2 1.4 20.0 25.0 1.5 PSF 1.6 PSF 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 410.0 265.0 210.0 260.0 735.0 410.0 410.0 795.0 445.0 405.0 800.0 445.0 205.0 0.0 200.0 270.0 135.0 135.0 165.0 95.0 LeMessurler Consultants Fidelity Seat0e. WA Engineer. NCN Date: 05/08/08 Job #. 28009.001 Area k A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D3 B F..9 F 9.2 High Roof Dead Load (Hi h Roof) kip A A3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 DS B E9 F 9.2 Live Load (High Root) kiy. A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D 13.2 D.4 D.5 B E9 F F2 1.4 20.0 25.0 1.5 PSF 1.6 PSF 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 11.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 19.0 11.0 11.0 20.0 12.0 11.0 20.0 12.0 6.0 0.0 5.0 7.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 3.0 LeMessurler Consultants Fidelity Seat0e. WA Engineer. NCN Date: 05/08/08 Job #. 28009.001 Area k A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D3 B F..9 F 9.2 High Roof Dead Load (Hi h Roof) kip A A3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 DS B E9 F 9.2 Live Load (High Root) kiy. A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D 13.2 D.4 D.5 B E9 F F2 1.4 20.0 25.0 1.5 PSF 1.6 PSF 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 9.0 6.0 5.0 6.0 15.0 9.0 9.0 16.0 9.0 9.0 16.0 9.0 5.0 4.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 2.0 LeMessurler Consultants Fidelity Seat0e. WA Engineer. NCN Date: 05/08/08 Job #. 28009.001 Area k A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D3 B F..9 F 9.2 High Roof Dead Load (Hi h Roof) kip A A3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 DS B E9 F 9.2 Live Load (High Root) kiy. A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D 13.2 D.4 D.5 B E9 F F2 1.4 20.0 25.0 1.5 PSF 1.6 PSF 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 30.0 70.0 - 40.0 70.0 10.0 10.0 40.0 65.0 45.0 20.0 25.0 50.0 125.0 120.0 30.0 50.0 50.0 1.0 2.0 - 1.0 20 1.0 1.0 1.0 20 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 20 1.0 20 1.0 1.0 1.0 20 2.0 1.0 1.0 20 4.0 3.0 1.0 20 2.0 Area Low Roof h A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 DS E E.9 F F2 Dead Load (Low Roof) kips A A3 A5 A.7 B C D D2 D.4 D5 E E.9 F F.2 Live Load Low Roof) kips A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D.5 E 2.9 F F.2 1.45 20.0 25.0 PSF PSF 1.6 1.8 1.8 20 20 20 22 22 22 24 24 24 26 26 26 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 2.0 - 26.5 20.6 3.4 1.5 3.0 1.2 5.3 6.0 2.7 72 4.8 2.9 es 5.6 2.6 6.5 1.0 5.2 4.6 7.0 2.3 2.9 3.9 6.1 11.8 25.0 - 26.5 20.6 54.1 42.6 17.1 18.7 38.2 66.2 55.0 56.3 66.0 59.3 47.0 59.1 53.0 37.4 27.2 34.0 36.9 282 23.4 27.4 27.5 6.1 11.8 11.0 - - - 13.2 5.7 40.9 20.1 8.0 15.4 28.2 71.2 36.6 42.1 66.9 39.6 27A 63.6 36.2 293 1.6 19.5 19.0 24.7 14.0 15.2 12.8 2.0 4.5 9.2 - - - 5.6 2.8 50.8 26.9 12.4 23.4 39.9 775 43.4 57.8 69.9 46.0 46.4 78.2 442 43.5 1.6 26.6 28.6 44.3 23.7 25.8 23.6 4.4 4.4 Dead Load kip3 A A3 .A.5 A.7 B C D D2 D.4 DS E E.9 F F2 12D+1. L kips A A3 AS A7 B C D Di D.4 D.5 E E.9 F F.2 D L kips A A3 A5 A.7 B C D Di D.4 D.5 E E.9 F F2 lops A A3 A5 A.7 B C D Di D.4 D5 E E.9 F F2 10 1 .0 A1Us, Posts & Facade 1. 1.2 1.5 15 1 1.5 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 22 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 25 2.6 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1 8.0 11.2 - 4.7 20.8 19.4 93 25.2 4.0 6.5 13.8 33.0 40.0 35.0 18.9 21.4 42.8 40.0 38.0 20.5 14.4 36.0 32.3 32.0 17.9 13.1 26.9 23.6 23.2 126 11.1 8.1 11.0 7.0 6.0 7.2 4.2 2.0 5.1 2.5 22.0 24.5 19.6 39.7 46.1 35.1 27.5 13.1 11S 25.9 35.3 45.2 373 433 38.1 45.1 45.2 40.3 47.4 28S 38.3 375 343 41.4 24.9 29.2 25.9 255 26.2 24.8 19.4 25.3 17.2 15.1 173 20.6 9.7 5.1 10.8 2.0 7.1 3.8 3.0 1.9 6.4 12.2 6 -7 7.7 6.9 7.1 11.3 63 9.2 3.4 11.7 4.6 Live Load kips A A3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 DA D.5 E E.9 F P2 U Foundation D kips A A3 A5 A.7 B C D D2 D.4 D.5 E.9 F F2 Foundation L kips A A3 A.5 A.7 B C D D2 D.4 DS E E.9 F F2 Posts 1.45 1.5 1.6 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 22 2.4 2.4 2.4 26 26 26 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 3.1 57.2 BR -2 64.0 D -1.1 D -2 A -1.4 47.3 C -2 B -2 -8.0 2.9 -6.2 -8.6 -15.8 -15.8 67.4 131.7 49.7 44.0 117.8 161.8 64.8 91.7 48.9 35.9 37.8 80.2 63.2 151.4 66.9 121.3 118.9 81.3 151.2 72.4 131.7 93.1 68.7 129.5 61.4 116.3 77.7 52.0 45.9 45.2 67.7 72.4 27.2 76.0 54.7 46.5 54.3 55.6 12.1 12.2 26.5 52.6 BR -2 57.1 D -1.1 D -2 A -1.4 45.0 C -2 B -2 -8.0 2.9 -6.2 -8.6 -15.8 -15.8 67.4 131.7 49.7 44.0 105.1 161.8 51.6 87.0 30.8 33.8 33.8 71.8 39.5 124.8 41.8 110.1 105.7 50.5 124.5 45.1 119.5 84.6 42.9 108.2 38.4 105.7 69.8 32.7 29.0 28.6 59.8 65.9 21.7 69.7 50.8 43.1 50.3 53.9 10.9 12.5 25.3 BR -1 BR -2 BR -3 D -1.1 D -2 A -1.4 A -1.8 C -2 B -2 -8.0 2.9 -6.2 -8.6 -15.8 -15.8 67.4 131.7 49.7 44.0 159.1 161.8 LeMessurier Consultants Fidelity Seattle, WA Engineer. NCN Date: 05/27/08 Job #: 28009.001 Pile Load Cases 1.12 D kips A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D.5 E E.9 F F.2 Pile Loads at Braces 10 1.09D +0.75L +0.75S kips A A.3 A.5 A.7 B C D D.2 D.4 D.5 E E.9 F F.2 1.12 Kies Max U.lift Max Corn. 14 1.09 0.75 1.5 1.8 1.8 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.1 3.1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By goo( Fli,A O/-pi//, ET \fr 94% 7 : O. go 4- 14.a: Subject t_77.;-/ , . 1 e7.0-1-1,L77- RJ t Date O I 0 a 5-7 A 0 Z ; Aor= Yryi 41-x 1. 2_ gV S re?' 0044 k-/ 10, (0 4 cA■f3 c A 0 ,-t z .E.31-0 . vn___._ 6 0, 0 t 41-; 1 3 < 0, ( 00 o fi- Mta• ( 1210 c1iffr7Ce 2C IA Add, 00. difri pr - b*; f.!. ?-( 0 42_K- bq, File No. 7 4e0)1701L) (2 . 8 ,4-, 5 :; ---6 ( 0, (1)+1 1. 2(10.1' AN 0 \I oAI 1 ' I Ver,-/ - azti--( iq-,11 )- 20, e 2_ _ 11- , 42_ bei,11-v 1 2 . i 04 2 -.- 1'7 , 42_ — Sheet No. P 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By N Date F -29- 08 Flle No. Z-60 Sheet No. subject �...., 176 c r (S uppiccup kP /k : _. A)6 gig/firG 41)141\iDA - 100 f4Cr b z. ) [ 3 Log-p Gorvif505 o fp ./ 4 tis )-F- 0. P&c /,v f o.r1 - (0, ))D n. 2. 1.Dfi c�,1o F5p5) p+ 6. 5 - 2:5 — e Q6- + 0, .4 .( 3 - /, v t 0, /p (0, -- -5 - ) D + 0, y 25 (l, 3)0c t 0,70 (0.0 -0.14 D + 0 p Z � p5 = -a 85: 1.12D+o33.1Ql- 3 0.44:3 fl 4-- 0 , C �i l Q,. OW .i a, - ! - (L7G'5 II , OVOYLG «Gf1il' FA o �. v (�j fat yJ CNW 1?oAs) L c / o I. (l,o 0,I4 1.I2.0 --- L1 . (jaoro,/ ;p5)p 1° 0,525 ,..04 = +0,1 - /oWp -f 1,0 - �, (o /to .- 0.I4 — Q , 4b r7 A- [, 4-. c 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 5g I alVicrUJ by/towe W.Ek Nop1 ,e= 39.61` > \i/ /(/ /77/6/ U.N1F91 : U, - 1.� V5• ( - POO (21.4 moo P� =� �pz - -- - .0 By ,. po pe 2- D x__ 7_ 0 8 (635`)e 2ly) 12q (! "� 17 1 t---( ^ 2- L�- 'L5 3.. / 2 ,v� p� 20 (`52c Lc- _ f : {= 65 "2-(e Flle No. 2 8■09, 00/ _— ) LL = 2.05 ; S') o, f 1- 20 YSr 5, 5') a./ mow% o(p ��� (q,5 0,21 -(.r kn " (�r. 0.0 la D = 20 r.F(%` j o. Aks �-&-f LLB E- k -.1v10 vL i?, 51A / Sheet No. Or- SubJect WM/0 -5 �C = (D 17 , 42 - 00, (r2. 19 eyGF ) = 4- 1-.0K-f,:1- /. Q'° -9'Q (�— ) r �) " le- (-64 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By RN Date ?� - ° 8 File No. 2 5arq.00 l Sheet No. f✓f Subject F r ✓Gti(► i L / c fl Lt i - ter / V P 13MCR CA R 0 )24- fxtcro 1 � to4 GA a`.: P �U Or/2 /t tIcY , p, p l- -(�?Y 1 /2 (/ 5 = .7. I y / (o. / 21#1 I'-L- - ` /, 00.7`) /6. L, - p� l i -'5 = _2 eAVN/EIT2ribil �/l ICCU DIAL y'/I L►'�� { i �� L/1 3q X!' 1 = (01.1p 16127.._ - 'z 2, cot3K i Pr? 1 O. loto 70 ,2 72 / / t. btn 2 ✓ 1 9 4- f' r, — OVO- 9 -, fAcr0' el(., 1.,(7/1 /ZS E ; /30 F .6c ve- r7CA] e (/ ege UgX,f, /82_ F'- = 4; - 1-1/4 . ; P � : r /1 4.8 `j / 3. s i \ c 7 =' _ max ' bj� i_11 1.0ift 55(p'' K -F --IL .R ._..►Z /. (a ;! IA 38, f-r , LQ` 9,21 L; Mme • -�� i'-'1- = ( .:f (25; � - XI 4 B(o V- 2 nt _ (Z7.106Y25. ). 57 /0".f- o �c f_l r.0)( ¢ 0)ci`z-) - loo 1 04 = /o. B pp. - nz-y 1 /Sdx8x s / 8 q 5 , 3 = -( ./ _ D, 5q FC 1' 5.f 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessuroer Consultants Structural Engineers V\ - oPpAcTep gme/F. I. Y10.-12//1/67. . � = z. vu r.1 C - / L . �.1 C t , L c <, E: ( L{ = 28. Lr . Cb o C= o h o M Mc' jci f r 6 in ! fv On T-)V 1639 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm t 0,0 °I8 c, ( \ 9 - Date 5-23 - Flle No. Z�oc��t subject / L I7 5 EAT-. Sheet No. T' 2;v/ It 0,o1 r 0.o 41 01n 1102111 -� s�, p Fre 1 ��1ot f1 ,(piv1 �j.a��✓ �o � t ' / Z, � 97x12"-) 0.48 Iiflot Of to ,; t -f i— _g/ ;; �� 7 Jif, Fcc = 12, 4-0 x. J . e 4 - 2 .3 Ks Software licensed to Iem Job Title I Fi V - rry 5E7t 11 LC Client Job No z ' / Sheet No File BR -1 updated framing (p 1 Rev Part Ref By Date, 1-Mar-08 Chd Date/Time 28- May- 2008 11:29 Reactions M kX U p i rr ! to g p amod4 ieau. 0,18 0, '3((i, 7 E) Now I (0 i,() Ups = r- 0 (8,( ,4-28,x} + 4;1(0.7 ,x - 3 ( o ,q) _ 1- 3 0 POOez. ( 1,9QG•! fr r 4D(2.2.ts vl " ?2!(A15 '?( al?) v'- - WO( MOP: NOgE 1,em-9 ttt,ct'viFr4 /,121 -0.q51 - 0,q ":40.,7 X Tbt'1No'vnoi\) i.-o/ t:,; eP-2 - or E 1L € 9 I,/ - • 11 = 019-2 r , 2)y. RezCcc:()ol \i l2, l? 4 OC A56 :7 - d :y f2:22f•fc;f 0AJ N 2 : 1,o49 (o/vf 0� 1 0 91) t0," (o, q/-5E) A 5+ e'• al. / a9(22.1s+ 5 t °. 3(0,0 -� Oa - / - g(. ?. . I (2�, Print Time/Data: 28/05/2008 12:12 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip ft) MY (kip ft) MZ (kip - ft) 1 1:D 0.000 8.631 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S 0.000 6.371 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W 0.000 -3.662 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ -0.000 - 36.903 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 8.631 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S 0.000 15.002 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.755 0.000 13.410 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:1.12D +0.931 -0.000 - 24.689 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D- 0.931E 0.000 44.024 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +0.7E -0.000 - 11.645 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -0.7E• 0.000 39.700 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W 0.000 1.517 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W -0.000 8.841 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +.931 -0.000 • - 30.214 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -0.931 0.000 38.500 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 1:D 0.000 22,150 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S -0.000 27:691 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W -8.000 3.662 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ - 80.620 (15. 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 22.150 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 • 6:D +S 0.000 49.841 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S 0.000 42.918 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:1.12D+0.931 - 75.057 59.164 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D- 0.931E 75.057 -9.549 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +0.7E - 56.434 ( '/I 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -0.7E- 56.434 17.695 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -8.000 16.952 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W 8.000 9.628 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +,931 - 75.057 44.988 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -0.931 75.057 - 23.725 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to Iem Job Title I Fi V - rry 5E7t 11 LC Client Job No z ' / Sheet No File BR -1 updated framing (p 1 Rev Part Ref By Date, 1-Mar-08 Chd Date/Time 28- May- 2008 11:29 Reactions M kX U p i rr ! to g p amod4 ieau. 0,18 0, '3((i, 7 E) Now I (0 i,() Ups = r- 0 (8,( ,4-28,x} + 4;1(0.7 ,x - 3 ( o ,q) _ 1- 3 0 POOez. ( 1,9QG•! fr r 4D(2.2.ts vl " ?2!(A15 '?( al?) v'- - WO( MOP: NOgE 1,em-9 ttt,ct'viFr4 /,121 -0.q51 - 0,q ":40.,7 X Tbt'1No'vnoi\) i.-o/ t:,; eP-2 - or E 1L € 9 I,/ - • 11 = 019-2 r , 2)y. RezCcc:()ol \i l2, l? 4 OC A56 :7 - d :y f2:22f•fc;f 0AJ N 2 : 1,o49 (o/vf 0� 1 0 91) t0," (o, q/-5E) A 5+ e'• al. / a9(22.1s+ 5 t °. 3(0,0 -� Oa - / - g(. ?. . I (2�, Print Time/Data: 28/05/2008 12:12 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Software licensed to lem Job Tills 6 Client Job No X0 7 Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By Date1 1-Mar-08 Chd File BR -1 updated framing (or I D etemme 27 -May -2008 14:04 Reactions Ilk Pr2/07E0 AM /TtJ C -a = 2.0 NoPcI MAKfriP647 -- 44, L¢ M cAMe = (01. 4K- Niox 2 : MVMAX v.Pc4.Fr - 1 - I. M.Ax emo ? : 6 -Ncit-torz-Dt- } l Print Time/Date: 27105/2008 14:04 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node LJC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip - ft) MY (kip"ft) MZ (kip ft) 1 8:1.12D +1.4E -0.000 - 41.997 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 ,8 :1':120` -1 4E''' ` _ '.: :'0.000 ; < ; r:i 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 -0.000 - 24.561 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 0.000 52.934 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E - 0.000 - 47.521 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 0.000 55.807 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 8:1.12D +1.4E - 112.868 76.472 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E 112.868 - 26.856 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 :.10:1;090 +1 . 414.651 °;'::.83.660 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 84.651 6.164 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E - 112.868 62.296 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 112.868 - 41.032 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to lem Job Tills 6 Client Job No X0 7 Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By Date1 1-Mar-08 Chd File BR -1 updated framing (or I D etemme 27 -May -2008 14:04 Reactions Ilk Pr2/07E0 AM /TtJ C -a = 2.0 NoPcI MAKfriP647 -- 44, L¢ M cAMe = (01. 4K- Niox 2 : MVMAX v.Pc4.Fr - 1 - I. M.Ax emo ? : 6 -Ncit-torz-Dt- } l Print Time/Date: 27105/2008 14:04 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers N6 ne l I\10 (2G 1 P, P. P, 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm BY /1/ `r Subject Date D F!D2.1Y S -rim File No. 2000 q, bo l 11 . y-t� Sheet No. 2 20 -c4 DI-- 20 r5F(2&) = 0. 510 L�= (2/2- 4- tof- f40) 1• "3 `P, 7L = '7) Vsf(1: 4- Ff)( (az. ) -Q, 3 2 F - r /0 {57F f" I4 rsr q)(l• (025) - 0.18 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers // Date Subject 1:7149q417K File No. S009 W P.O/rWP £2Ar OH- PrA 1 0 vi g-ELUNPAN6Y f Cf3i I p LoA.:0 (//o)(Z4x (z_) 1+5 Sheet No. -• 2_ fisc x, v.? a f- 0, (91- / V` /, 1 .9 a- ite :Aat41. FA - 2 - 142 i t2-115 6 F r< g: t, a)( / 5') ifoc ec_ ii- ?a- O.F1- 1,0 ( 0/01\WC:C.T100 &Her"— ; OtteW-9 .9[A-67 19 K (e(0, ks6 ± 71 coNNE. wm A-4161_ -F4-cro're- 2 t-o71 ()A \1\114)(4 I (toyDzAa-) /77 EP bct ; 5 cl — I It = (110-yr2 4 )21s )0 4 1 - • f ifi = P- o( 5 , t3. Mg —11. WIAKO /13, 401- 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Prz_ 0 1 2-, Pc_ 717:7_ Ilk° L& p.( \ 6.48 /0 ) \Nliitic 41404 No ef/21t, MAW :7 W; Y 0'. I 4. I, 0 -- Pc. RC- Pim Software licensed to tern Job Title '1 00- 11? rrTL Client Job No L o o'7 Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By Date13 -Mar -08 Chd File BR -2 (p factor= 1.33).std I Date/Time 27- May -2008 15:57 Coi-wMJ BY 2 - ( 2 i ) Reactions MAX iij,1Fr 0, 9.8G±.0,r3/ (o.- sE) - G OAD d°441 IR1/t174 " Nape / r= 0, 43( Z, "T-r- 2459 t 0,931 0,1t7x °11,5) NO9c r_.(A -1, (tebt o, (2, 5+ N. rat} o, g ? TI CD. -1 ,1 X l +5 NS. CO t4Ax Dom, 1, (0t Lo/tJ9 COM Mf(r 6 /k-i 009 ' 00119, 1 (2 '247 69 O,5,i(oO5k- 24, No 2.. Cvc (' f iz (251- (q, (21) - o.ga( 24.5) rvi4NPArior' Ldk15 @A- -116 = PA 114 !/ -z 176 I2.l34. OF Asc 7 -- 6 - 2- ro 120 1 0P 1 4 4' 0 14-- 1 Print Time/Date: 27/05/200815:58 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip - ft) MY (kip MZ (kip 1 1:D 0.000 2.698 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S -0.000 2.930 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W -3.100 -2.223 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ - 38.300 - 27.469 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 2.698 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S 0.000 5.628 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S 0.000 4.896 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:1.120 +0.931 - 35.657 - 22.551 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 _, 9:1.12D- 0.931E 35.657 7 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +0.7E - 26.810 - 14.089 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -0.7E- 26.810 24.221 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -3.100 -0.604 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W 3.100 3.842 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +.931 - 35.657 i 2 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -0.931 35.657 26.869 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 1:D -0.000 2.458 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S 0.000 2.340 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W -0.000 2.223 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ -0.000 27.469 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D -0.000 2.458 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S -0.000 4.798 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7 :D+0.75S -0.000 4.213 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:1.12D +0.931 -0.000 ( ' 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D- 0.931E 0.000 - 22.820 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +0.7E -0.000 23.663 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -0.7E- 0.000 - 14.911 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -0.000 3.698 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W 0.000 -0.748 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +.931 -0.000 : 26.754 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -0.931 0.000 C - 24.39' 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to tern Job Title '1 00- 11? rrTL Client Job No L o o'7 Sheet No 1 Rev Part Ref By Date13 -Mar -08 Chd File BR -2 (p factor= 1.33).std I Date/Time 27- May -2008 15:57 Coi-wMJ BY 2 - ( 2 i ) Reactions MAX iij,1Fr 0, 9.8G±.0,r3/ (o.- sE) - G OAD d°441 IR1/t174 " Nape / r= 0, 43( Z, "T-r- 2459 t 0,931 0,1t7x °11,5) NO9c r_.(A -1, (tebt o, (2, 5+ N. rat} o, g ? TI CD. -1 ,1 X l +5 NS. CO t4Ax Dom, 1, (0t Lo/tJ9 COM Mf(r 6 /k-i 009 ' 00119, 1 (2 '247 69 O,5,i(oO5k- 24, No 2.. Cvc (' f iz (251- (q, (21) - o.ga( 24.5) rvi4NPArior' Ldk15 @A- -116 = PA 114 !/ -z 176 I2.l34. OF Asc 7 -- 6 - 2- ro 120 1 0P 1 4 4' 0 14-- 1 Print Time/Date: 27/05/200815:58 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 A . • Software licensed to fern Job Title F elo Client Job No Sheet No Part Ref By Date13- Mar -08 Chd File BR -2 (omega factor =2.0). 1 Rev Date/Time 09- May -2008 15:13 Reactions B R. - 2 aP Mg ( °) MA X, 6 t ,'� 4L N : NI t4pbif"r:-- M A A k. eiog4P 4I.. . Print Time/Date: 09/05/2008 15:14 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node UC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip - ft) MY (kip ft) MZ (kip'ft) 1 8:1.12D +1.4E - 53.620 - 35.434 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 .9,:- 2D 11y4Ee ° E r E;33' 62Un : 4 1479' 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 - 40.215 - 23.704 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 40.215 33.981 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E - 53.620 - 37.161 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 53.620 39.752 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 81 1QD +41 4E wticr0 ;`(1 4:1 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D -1.4E 0.000 - 35.703 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 -0.000 33.277 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 0.000 - 24.408 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E -0.000 39.637 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 0.000 - 37.276 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 A . • Software licensed to fern Job Title F elo Client Job No Sheet No Part Ref By Date13- Mar -08 Chd File BR -2 (omega factor =2.0). 1 Rev Date/Time 09- May -2008 15:13 Reactions B R. - 2 aP Mg ( °) MA X, 6 t ,'� 4L N : NI t4pbif"r:-- M A A k. eiog4P 4I.. . Print Time/Date: 09/05/2008 15:14 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm 2d , B (A (�. A w) 1.-PA �/C-� Pt Pz A/0 Date Subject D GurY E S 11.0 V NP =cq 71r- File No. 2 oo / Sheet No. - ' 20(426 = 8.1' +-z. g - Il.3g- �� Zs ( , (- = 17.5 _Nopc2- ��// / ! Z - . (- LL = 1-5 9, 14: 23. 3 gm pc- D P5F ( r) = 0. z t k - L - ( l,- 1 F- ( ') - 0.0 4 2. vc- = D� ° 20 t r'(iy f1-' -1- 1q t R j - O. =f 5 1,1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By A/ Date 5 0 File No. / 2-f30 CI 6 7 Sheet No. '‘.?? Subject nce 1;R -.3 4Ppero Voiiff=E pi A-6, m..eiwp,t-- gotiormiticy F7'1: c- f-2 e. "A.-12 2 'y r qc9A clyiax)?) Noif /49.,/,, 1-is5tox(oxc; 2S.5",eo /0175 4.02vIMM p. Ciksc, a/6 Hccf,x If a c 191f. - 9,q Ito,' 1-L (1 \(il = j912_ 9'2-- 149 A.-MPA'Fiev q/ =z - r , o = 120 1-/-- 0,11 /, 0 / 15 p 0v172a-mcg71 F4-c7 4041) •7'5e.c 904 f4CIA0a. 19 - 1+6 U ± rcb rov- MY, 1 77- 1 13ek,itiA tAt- tzeRO] Movg: - 2, 04-p IN IS x-51) r)( iv, ni =: (1, V a L - 5 I 1 Prc 3, 4' e ,•3 6 e ,c 0 in A , ' 71 1 - ..3 - ip z- F&c2- r O. '30 0, s 2:4 , 1 Vvi .( -= 0, '” 414 -e,4 2 / qp 1 (h0)07-xt2-) O.L./,0 .?•._ 0 - O. 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Ov Software licensed to lem Job 710e "Ft p7- 1,ter`t ; Client Job No 2E oo Part Sheet No Rev 1 Ref By Date12- Mar -08 Chd File BR 3 (p f 1.33).std I Date/Tlme 27 -May -2008 16:21 Coom Reactions V5-Ec7 (2�1�•4 LYE r 2E% Zepucou0 ir MAx VA,p1,4 OmeriftiAnotti - 6. 0Di - - 0, g 31( 0 tqgxE) No9E 1 (c (ii&I r45 2(,lPt45-Z -1- ggI71(01--45-X_479, .- I I■oac 2 (b, - e. v11 = 0,4b 21.1401-4slz -0. 15.23 k)( CAMP. +0,7(0,q6E) al-5S--0-1 L 1\101S 6o6'u /, °1(21,0 - 45,2 } - 0, ?(o,i5x- O +6,16(24,0- fi a,75 ''' `(40)= )/5- 9.11✓..J No 2- cowl ,ID /(2I , 1,1-4 .G- - 1(of7 x Coo ) +-018560(7-) x 177`10) - - 11 9 1 Print Tlme/Date: 27/05/2008 1622 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node UC FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip MY (kip MZ (kip 1 1:D 0.000 21.537 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S -0.000 27.049 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W -4.000 -3.466 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ - 79.000 - 68.453 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 21.537 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D +S 0.000 48.586 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S 0.000 41.824 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:1.12D +0.931 - 73.549 - 39.609 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D- 0.931E 73.549 87.851 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +0.7E - 55.300 -4.155 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 --=-, 11:1.09D-0.7E 55.300 90.327 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W -4.000 9.456 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W 4.000 16.388 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +.931 - 73.549 - 53.393 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -0.931 73.549 74.068 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 1:D 0.000 21.620 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2:S 0.000 30.668 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 3:W 0.000 3.466 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 4:EQ 0.000 68.453 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 5:D 0.000 21.620 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 6:D+S 0.000 52.288 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 7:D +0.75S 0.000 44.621 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 8:1.12D +0.931 0.000 87.945 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D-0.931E -0.000 - 39.516 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 --'%? 10:1.09D +0.7E 0.000 94.485 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -0.7E- -0.000 -2.884 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 12:0.6D +W 0.000 16.438 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 13:0.6D -W -0.000 9.506 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +.931 0.000 74.108 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -0.931 -0.000 - 53.353 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to lem Job 710e "Ft p7- 1,ter`t ; Client Job No 2E oo Part Sheet No Rev 1 Ref By Date12- Mar -08 Chd File BR 3 (p f 1.33).std I Date/Tlme 27 -May -2008 16:21 Coom Reactions V5-Ec7 (2�1�•4 LYE r 2E% Zepucou0 ir MAx VA,p1,4 OmeriftiAnotti - 6. 0Di - - 0, g 31( 0 tqgxE) No9E 1 (c (ii&I r45 2(,lPt45-Z -1- ggI71(01--45-X_479, .- I I■oac 2 (b, - e. v11 = 0,4b 21.1401-4slz -0. 15.23 k)( CAMP. +0,7(0,q6E) al-5S--0-1 L 1\101S 6o6'u /, °1(21,0 - 45,2 } - 0, ?(o,i5x- O +6,16(24,0- fi a,75 ''' `(40)= )/5- 9.11✓..J No 2- cowl ,ID /(2I , 1,1-4 .G- - 1(of7 x Coo ) +-018560(7-) x 177`10) - - 11 9 1 Print Tlme/Date: 27/05/2008 1622 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Software licensed to lem Job Title Client Job No Pert Sheet No File BR -3 (omega factor =2,0). 1 'Rev Ref By Datel2- Mar -08 Chd Datemme 09- May -2008 16:04 / 7 i ) Reactions No CC Z: (to Print Time/Date: 09/05200616:13 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Moment Node L/C FX (kip) FY (kip) FZ (kip) MX (kip MY (klp"ft) MZ (kip 1 8:1.12D +1.4E - 110.600 - 71.714 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 ;.9 1:12D =1 %4E ':br 0r10 60Q' 1119 956 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 - 82.950 - 28.114 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E 82.950 115.638 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E - 110.600 - 85.497 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E 110.600 106.173 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 2 :•81 12© § 'i V.0 0 taf20i050. 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 9:1.12D- 1.4E -0.000 - 71.620 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 10:1.09D +1.05 0.000 118.443 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 11:1.09D -1.05E -0.000 - 25.309 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 14:0.48D +1.4E 0.000 106.213 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 15:0.48D -1.4E -0.000 - 85.457 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Software licensed to lem Job Title Client Job No Pert Sheet No File BR -3 (omega factor =2,0). 1 'Rev Ref By Datel2- Mar -08 Chd Datemme 09- May -2008 16:04 / 7 i ) Reactions No CC Z: (to Print Time/Date: 09/05200616:13 STAAD.Pro for Windows 20.07.02.15 Print Run 1 of 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By N Date —12-0 File No. Sheet No. Zt3ooq v - I Subject bvf P' K- CRC ` IVii Vim 20 C/• s Poi _ ` -la 7771i ;ii -?'J r 17 1 \-' r Z) 175E Q Val-410 iv I?5r gy m' X, '456r WIND - F51-'4 '11 a.,‘ _ f /75,F :- /4 (7 s �H 110" 2 Z C� AG L C /� L1 i i —cD lti/i(Lc � err "' /r taX. - 5 „ - Tl j g66 •p4 4 1 ( /c4o) V-eAD r 2 O Pc ?F 'V rwim q , rP -5 3 75 �. Nov,) 1.6; 17 1 WtNic , 1%•1-, Z2F1 1-0W 1 E P L' MI% PAN 41-blr - 1.Prs 5Pm\- TD7 s vrG _ /25F 140 V5 r : 1/0; <-- 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessureer Consultants Structural Engineers (4) T o1 - 7 - 5 g�Tv N0 2. A= (7,s `)0 1igl.rf V'ih e7(` mo' = P iN_ = :(4, / ('5 x(v' - - 9L-r +4, 1.(0/ 1&r- S q I �� 4- fi Co , — (9 — 47 f j - I fl ( ; 11 * r ) IY1RX - 11(1 . 10 r J 4 f -' '3, i (oq- Date Subject AP 1 E 14412 Coj e pc- 1. r © 2. D t G L - r� 0 4 3. 17 t o.75 L� ; t.= 1- 2'9: 1- 2'9: f� 5 -- 4o ft Loy D IA/ YVIR,X *i'lo W (o f -I- a S- 9 .. 03 f d: `t`i Lie, 4-10.4-' 6 b, O up:6 pv \ I. Of�l�'[ I2e'r (3) _ 'i( PLF AZ `f LL' 25 ( (e 11 7 191-C= q VL- 20 17 ! (t4 -1-) — I2o P /- + /72LF /35 p1 , y;(01-1 ( 5• 7 32-1 l'LF MMQ ` l , •° 5(p. (Q IL - 0— x 12; n - to +q ,2- v- -1 frt 22 k--I b T - i t0 PLE 1-el I z.uv- ^ I -7 - 2- (a QCs v✓ = File No. =014 j vi V - 5 z4, rr (4') " qte Pt-F- 1-L Z� P5F(4`) , — /QO%'e.../. Sheet No. 1 51 — 1 T D(, = P,F( ./- /rpcf .. qq / • (1/, = 2 _ ; (2 - it) 2 1 12-1=- 3- 024- ik _ (*IY4) " 124 -0 2- ' - PGr W - Psr - = .7 Pa 1-4, - 1'r_ -4 . 0 s -> M- = D0o 14-11v, �, - -L - �� - ? -S. z 4 4 ilbr : 1 - / 15 KC-S 2 M= ?� � 1, ✓ ��r V = 4o re? 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers kPMT P a `i - i1Noz4 {mrtx -tvj+2 &f knit P = 1 7 a Psi (5;=1 : j ' 1 94.1 LL -'? .j ( tT'L A-fyi t- - Co 95r (S. ?V 0 2 0 2gri,F(5. ) , 1 s Pt-r j7Ir % Pry' 6, 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm tt - 2-4 (45 f P'-F P 2-0 t , %F ' « 1- `)1 f 71 - /' v py`r p er _4 . PI Date Flle No. 9.0x";! / Subject Fi L fly 5&1 " r/ zE )2A/ Sheet No. JUlcr . — 2 Mwia -Y-< 41. w -.r4- x12 -= lq (5-a L L CS' ( W+- 4 , 2 1 1 7 5r x C , ' 5 - = 2 W- 71 " - c32 Pt-F pc-c= 4 . t t'c,r_ r 5 5 7:7! M= �1a,�71�- �fk l2. 4�jlg -,v �j= 4.9 3 142:=4,/,55 6 4 - 47 et: A- lo. °te �0t� –cp. /o o 1 GHQ J26 - ( - MA I( ! a" I` /Z" 13 C,A. E,4LV /84 Grp 4,r A'r r MkX 5Novvr,0Av 24- Pi . — 41 105f': WuN2 = 1q PSf 11 /,17.01 ` '7i ‘ -r /an✓ DV H/ri c-i LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By /v m Date File No. Sheet No. Subject FQ c-t ! ( `ieAl(l --E g 6:. li~ Lc;= 4.1 L( f■I. f, / a Z ?l@ ( = Z� i P� A-� ��. L . / Af- t-We / 4 7 / 4,7 ' - 1 @I Iz, = o�. -. o, Izz � - 11 Lt - - - 2. C9 1 0L — LC = (D.1 0/4 19 :DC. =2 F = 0L .2.2 t(,= 5 6". on/ 6 P Pt_ = 1, (p P p L..- 2. A. 3 — A3 P O. / - 7 PL= /o" LL- 2.4 �Z L . 5 , 0 14- P DL Lc 4, ,F( 4 4 - -i - 3z Iz2 =1. 11 DLL 3, / n L f✓L �. LL = ? 2 RZ pL = Lit 3. Z. 4 ✓L_ '_ /8 1/ + 4 tt- 2 to 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers oF= 6r i )NGA NJ 2.4 PT v c� Pt�1 Pze3r,s /\ ,Q = 3T-, 5 ` fi q p a � pi z- Pr 121- - S P 2 P(- 2 , b S 4 P��24 1.1„ -- 5.'L P, Pc •-- a Lc = 4. IA- = 4. 006; Z p r �t \Li ?, € ' ® f -( r11 Pc- t' c 1 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm B 1-iW r S (hgi - 00 P A 6 LL- LL Nc 2 &E7144 Nru \ re /7 f21 0(7 7 0 t Pr PC= 2,5 Lb 2 7-,I NW Subject f,;::i P� PC =' /, o g. � Q f �Ir /9 4 - /.e' 1 nc lrf .1'7.4 ° r- I- Date fat pi.-- ./ I. I File No. /900% D0/ pr.= /( - 1 +10 4 1. ! 3. 8 r LL 4,2.4- 2. t 2.( = `7 q . v-- 2. `1 7./ 1 12r✓= 2, 3 5', pL / s Sheet No. LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers I-t it (2oa /42-4 c_64: r s- ,ft i4, s' (r T �[�, ?L - o .4 i OL- 1. o M_= 7. 1\ vi t LLB ( f By J Date /� O ki Subject F - 1 6 t' r Flle No. eaoq.•e �l Sheet No. }{IP °r — �� 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers per 1,049.5 H /17 LE -2-5 /N-i3 0-01- S E — / 1 / .; p - 2 /, a. S, z t" C 7 a -/,/ qtr LCr= Co. po',r 6 4.3 I, I pc_ 1..L 2. to e -z 17 . L� = ►1, "7 - 2 PL-s; 41gK- Li- - 11_, ?z__ c- 2 nc. 1, 3-i- l $ = 2. 8 e L(.= + 3. 7. (o - ?_ L 1 : ;• /, 3 1 - 1- 1, 0 = r 0 t c LL- - 3.4+ 3, 2 -- 3.1-r A ,3 - 1,5 )L 1 -tc " -- LL% to r3 D � Z C b c- L< — c 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Date File No. 8 Subject S t Sheet No. 7 PL= /•/fio.� �L- 2, 8+ /dam AI A:* -1. I Ij -•- 0. L1 I.?,� LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Date 6 --1, —o File No. 2>. o o / Sheet No. / Subject /+ �lr i �'1Cx(1(aa z- • Ptet:9 Pt 96 X r_ - 38,51} a / L 'L5 ( ; /Zs �r E e4 / /ylpt Tx¢c -5 UL ^ Zo( 5') _ /oo fL-J sla ta7J ' ?L.: p2 4 I 6.0 10 rr S. t,l, C:1 ) = 1+1- 0 c. 20 ( C. 7 _ /1,5- e64, RZ , /s/L lig 17L `/ -C (q-• 'j -r%) - / 5 eAlo '" etklei— () 13-x'+1 b1t:; 6 v (gyp. lkep 6 risrs c&!a, r {2 2 7 , t.( rc_ ?o C • 5) /t �Gr "' / �- f3. (� 4 j . / 0 , 3/ L - I I 1 14- e/o b g'x re, 7-ZP (h ¢ 111■11.13x • 4, 1-v 2S'(S) ^ /Zs PZ 5 S UL= t-O( 5) = /vv 1z.r 1 e) oV f e i 1 . Mmotx r'• WWU )( 1 1 .0 :. , I W /5x40T 5= X1 Mm�� -131: k• --r-� %1,0 114144- 0 4- MI/may = . q1,10 F-L qtL r ¢r \\I\"?( 54" 0 '6 x qt //4 3 iwf 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By A/(/! V Date File No, 1-80011, 001 Sheet No. p kit'1— Z Subject erI 9 eeve5 14 I\ J •l 1/11 - . 1 x = A- per-_, = C4- ekl eA-Le 0,5___1_1----V (l e 9 Il w 3.4le- 1 e.. 'Fig ITC- 1-`o lc- 4/ GL, -" 25 Ls = I25^ PLF V 9(, = 'La ( s) _ /on Pm 1- i- = '0*. 94: I 5 w - 66 PGF 6 - / z Z 14- It= 9, » ,'. a 6_ (1- ,v Z4P5CI�. --y , il it>1,IIy p 5 5 O ft , 25 1 17 11, o' Ai 1 (1 / 5v - S 1 7 . , Z ? = (O. q e - (- - 7, S,-/-0-3'a 1441PLIT_ Mvn6t = P i k . r z -- q', 4 Pc, = Za( -r F ) .,--- /1& pt- S 't (zEti.- I Rix (2-- -~ cog, t I h -- / ',, cio r- Pt = //, /g Svc _ r r -l" " v eel 0 = axe &r — // In 4 1INiN.111 1 -I= I1 io 5)( 12' iif, Yt e 1 , 1. 5 L-� 1 ;45 = /6 P&r QL= Zo + 25) PZ = 1. I. Aeti4- sw = IP5" F 0 0 1 - 2¢ I;F(2.2) - 5 PLr 1 g4 e5''r(4"). 9 t tki ) _ 3 v MAX 153. tx. = 20 (S',) ' // = (p' PrF iu /o, 73e- g e l ( 40.0 1 2E1? = 4O37I/11 -1 i= /off la + = /17111 €4( ( lb 5 ( Moutc in , - y _ (4 - l a0 =1, 27 qg. 3 f M wm.c= / t,,(0 ,Cr k = ? x /67 t'4 61. s-i, 3 :!"'x,- r 8 4b i✓ 1 ,5011/1 = f8,51/1 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Vipto 6- AL-ON buve 3 : 00y- vv--1 p 4 e 12 ts e Ztp, 1/4/10 : 04. /4 BY AM O lt ei\-lex-•-oA, e rrn / - 0, go a' 619 IA= 57). 5 et, = 0. ( ,v, 56 to 57 in 4- , %/I; Date IF I le No. 5-/9 -0 2-61t9 ?, 00 1 V 4.5 4 0, 05 1 ° 4\Ai 1 Iv'V= \NU (4. 9) e fr 1zg - 3 6P t'it y,Lxtz,_&,,44 3Y4—' ( Pe' 6 ')( 0 . - 1 1 P 9 k rWeVJ 5 c /a ir Sheet No. D64 — Subject 1,21,1-17Y z 44 - - C - 1 - 4 a. 2 0 44 3e) • ( ro / la xiz) _7- /8 Z,-7 ey.) 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Dv/A1 777 r/:9::�2- /GoAJC LING /1,; g. LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers f. Pt 1 1/ 4, 0 _ /9, 42' Ocia = a. f -t-oN6I L C cxT i 0(2_- Jag h (P DL% 20 (9 y) 1vV = T = boo- P - r - 2 - 3° 4+ i4 r /a/ ib . i v v.... 51(.0,7_ Xlg..1)( �� q�- xr�}� �3 l'/ 1197,11 n b f» - 1 4 (/e t °. roe-- �== a - n-E - � Jt= HAVE . SA'P 4 G= 1.- 0A-911k A ri / y ` j.. f3 I tea ., l f` 6:1171. Ik01\1 / f Ne L l CA11 !1P12- 2T >~ " 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm P 17.0b, / °.' L' = fz e 15,233 = 9 15 4- Pte 4. 1 = 12, ?2@ q.1-1 , .IS 2 = G (oi5v`- y N �rllJ (9 - RJ :- Date 5 —0 8 Subject W(3x W Flle No. Mont =' )v,lp r-t_ (�j = .981_2_ 1 i l�T:a y _ - 1 77 a het Moor )(0 - - 7 2 - e / 0 'Lt ti 1 £ 43/ Sheet No. yx� = - -t %7xr 2,7,5103 5 57,(oik3 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Subject NcW Date File No. L5c oo/ 1I�Q' �� CG p6 t16- , Sheet No. 'gam rv1 R.IPp ATP C A / S tits toe- (ajaze.M C LI N15 p P 6.? 4 q' - 9, . ?� �- b: -s- '10.2 per p , _ Pz- �. 6 l ; to7 t 5. f 31 11 _ 17 , fry ,e = Zb.3 - t-5 - 11.1 l i" 3IO10 .6'7110 ©r q, kWIa.�� 210 � �- LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 1/11 P OBI 1•225 . ` 2 ^, v •1 -0(aa oaNg"NJ tL 3 r • e%.'i :1_; 1,rti�0,l Ps_ ?' 0 ° �( a7 (a0 = O. (.p 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm /V a Subject � p, [ 2 / _ " 2 . 0 6 5 , =j-' �- // t.2c.5 e �w . 45D PUi Data 5 -22 6 Flle No Z000g oci/ t Sx p (.4.5` �G. Pe 10,6 - 3. Pte? I S.a . cJ, 1 5w --- 5 (e_F :13( Ito t� I1+ v, 4-- Sheet No. / (4° 4c lZ_ /8. NAV - 11 0 \a . " - _ yV.e , s(o -30gcagy31 =x = i f 5 7. 4 1vii : "sue -C r 8 o / ? . 4- rIU < .1- . 5)(P-FA - (5 ;2.x rq - f_4•61 Y1 3 r r . ` 5-10 f t LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers l/t Pokreo A 1� L' N r P2 L-I ,J to Div -ter 1,8 { 4 4 I. 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm A CA Subject 1 f tjj e *qL-' 1 0e;9'"= \ T) 570/ Date r (Q vi 5(1,z_'' 12.1 -3o41-(2T& r)( v,��) File No. '2— QD1 4/ ∎ x 4-o ZS (,ast) 3% i rbi- Sw / n rL *- I. I ;; I..1- - ma( -trove =-44 c L ►/; , 1, ,, Sheet No. >S•M_ r2 ? 1 'f 2 -. 8 , I w - 55. t5 -f- 5.- er 21. a ?, 4 . PAVVAC . f j 1, I lc- :34) T x a ; z r ' 4 2 _ 5 . o D r #i `ms`s 14 OO.I� r,. 11,119 - t -'0 ivy/�� -- 61 .F�,C`� � (��i.� 3gNJilDOn'�u.�7 ) / ` 2 I n ,- `� �t q Op o 7�h1 fi�� 2i y� V \II4x.22z1 1.'1� i� "i + �• 1��(n 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers HIVE /7 wrAsv? a 0 ,c0 ,t 0 "No0 • Subject Date 6(a ogx/12'22 W- t ef - ) N 0, 1/21,7 q= (/0 11/;' )4. ( 0 .0 File No. V50, e_01 Fpo,t7Y 5e Sheet No. PL- k vv,f,..!: (0 L3 )' 4 ,, (:4. e j \IVV 3) (5 -- x.__ 13,01 A. 4, \i/e Y--(-(,e001--,--,1 / 2.1 -2. /', , ,e izi 13 9v= 9 i'/F.3 kPZ 4aela (43 Ob• 14 ?0 /"Ok9S A-LANI 6, A e // /12- ± - 2-- - 1 - (0.0 - pc-Fy 12 2 e 06 -t- 0.05 02-, 2-1 -1- 2-7 — e_ — ft) 1 3 S Of 'LC; 1 r...) O. 8(p 14 - ?g- 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers \Nth 4o 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Subject A/c 41.1 Date / ?I@ z.s5,' = 4.32 File No. -//t/6- / 4, (s. (v - x')(26 2a + /a++ ) 0.27 �r- ,d oe (VP /213 iv - . ,I prz..13i r , 8 , 5 _,, V j w = (/ #2 1 )(t5 - 4- 2Ot ivr /_ M //o ° 0, CO 4 I vi M y v X ' 44 l e /fy, 1x 4 21 +i•h 4 ( o Tx = (0121: - -a. Sheet No. LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By \I CIM Da e OS File No is of) Sheet No. 1 Subject n" IAD( zTfl 130\MS kT -170() (A i4J /O- W 3)c I 13 Nti p. 5 -11- ' 1 0/ 1110 2.5 F. s) /*5 0.7-15 Mt/ f .) { 0,OP j 0.4)(5 ) 370.-6 W.,e. , s 5 it /2 ci op 9 )( 0, 4, ( 0 ,t 7' LthQ e rar eoi \IVA 19, ..e Pt e 2- (j7 - ) A ----- 5, 5 ) IN ( 110 - 21104 rEP \) A. (0,41)4 1 t ` e4 \IJS)clo (utp A9 '/to i ‘17 0 (Jot NW( (Q. 7 /141(11?" -. 3,2_ - , / x Fc-a , 2_.. — Pz; A 12-` 8" 2-- 17-5T" 2 '7o "Ac - 0 5 4. :: I NI fvc-T wo / z(I72) *(9 1251: //, \kJ bxIB -r 96,21- totzg/ a .2 Alt .1 s p '3. 40e- e D1-triz Dv 1 V-IP2F(t 601 ( 2 /-1;"- - 120-\ 24- P5F ( ( ` , (o F(4 4 ?t-F ( v70. ' 31, 8 vv t'''e('" ' — /0 19/,F i _L 2,5 P 9 04 4'44 A 13/. c 01 12— 1 6 e4e0 --/ -s 2.1.-..,--(?(.2 =--. (0/0 /04 titiifi',4.6 . 1 17;c- isli. i'llel- \NI 1 ?WI i-.0.41,2S t -1 IV 5 C (iv ie "4"P . 5 - ; 0 1 A 5 4 -. f ' .ii'll (4 '=- 14 A Pi-rel lt e (o. 51 1 ----- 12. t ( I A 2 - 5 f VL- 9-0(4;t6 65 ' PLF Pr-- - - VK ..7,5')--, 54 af P . 4.6' 14 e // */:= 0 LL-75(4-.7)-7i)---. /0 P2. ,-- 24(1) = • \\11(16I,X ' i;.1 q K --et - xe.4 - 5-7(.? il t ` ri s f(0. 2 1-- g,a,949~,do, ?„-) II y7 2 7 1'14 e.Y)q 01 0( 7,0 I 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers - 90 E3i3 .ci By eAJ '1 01-1-0 1 1 4 i2'-n/i , 4 , 67 / Ft- . r , ' 1 2 :1 I VI r3 p , o, - - - -r-- , e 0, 5 ' \l, 41 * \ 1- zz.! ) t \ 1 ----- •”- ,042 -- -- - - 0 - -7 (oil Date (o -- 00 File No. 1.0ooei Sheet No. - ' Subject (2E 1. !too -rot2 pi Ai r.0\- t1 1-01)-6 2. 1 p-p to/vor:::}\3 c) = co 19;F-- (0.5 P4...F Co - 5') 1 : 4( q'k-7l / 5 sv 96 Pt_r Orso O i 6 ( 40 t e.E. A-- Mnitoc - 4449 it 0 (y) N\YY1R.X,' 519,7 ItiYi • 5 / 1 .* 97, 10-11 -Qh e /0Y-- 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers lAPOKfa 1-010ii' 9A -s j951c, 1%/1- 2 .SK . f_.‘ , 01 ., t - T - 2/i 0 --- et 6AME - A P A -7-2. F 31 "N MI Date 5 -2s-0E File No. Z-b00 ijgrli GA66 CH61(-- AT LAIN goof: 2.5142 3 5ift 4i-o" o.c mid -is • p sO,o.tm o • 91 1 --- 2. qta pir 1P1 1 v: 2.1lp 7 s 3 t 7I( (0 — 11 " frt. SO " (- 0 % 7 ft-F - 1,011\ tA„N„) To-r v 2 -4o 1 6 2 6- : esu / Iva Sheet No. -cH Subject fiNalY - te - 18 ,01-6 e - Toisis i(--0" 0.e Hid MA-kotaL- s' wio vv r 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 0. 17/v, 5M1' /1/ /op & - Z (,c / -/ foe /o X % HS5 NOOK 7 ' I;Sf0.IOK ftrn x(°X l !. 5ca 10 h 10 K. ' 7a 55 loxlOx 1 / z o n 1 1\/ 2 .5 a nL— 20 PSG ( VZ. � 8..q 11) 2 �- 4. 2, 0 Om�12-10 p5 OA-nippy O (?Cr 0 i2 .i9 )( t3 ==; 0 1C- 106 P 5;0 K fi a. 1= s- -e Date 8 _Subject / P /- /'Ty / A fl 1 M P 1- = (K-)( 4 9 1 -- r-f- .(p (41-(p K -5r) File No. Lboo s ( . ! 2 ) ( l Z 2,to - f4. _ 2.34 "'l t I� (z 44"'• ° ' ( 0 , (o )II. ";1L5i q, 9 1L r F -t--. 'j 7 W 4g%t? 1 - xter ? 1 g . = (2 4 '-")r (p,(nit- vt��6j1,3:v—x1 : --: L Ae . (z o)(0. ;/p ` /1 gel. x. I z-) X � � `` �� -(�• 'la f375 x '7 � 7 (zg000)( o . 1 iv, /9 Sheet No. Cif - Po Iz 1. I. 2 A 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm l2. LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Byy/lt Date 5 -0 6 File No. Sheet No. CAtJO -Z Subject / ) j (-11 AVYrK LIVE; / OffEr,K, 1 I5E , io slit e(JopT a‹' -. �'- i NapY f suarAi AirYttt f = f p fl N= 22. �'f x �7 , L MX s oI*:: 00 0 ce Iy .%0c) 0. jv? z C.) {!,_-(5 (0); to ,e0, 1 , 4,Sr p15 . r rf 15X.1 5. . k b.(11' -)q7 I? AGK- Add PG. -- 40 psF(J. :t- 2.00 �f .. �, fro; 1,6e0 71 (O t Q x Yz)(22.g x1Z- /WO /�/�'1 O, of -57 09S tOx hk-%2 :L5c . '11 iv,A 6,r7 1,13 E I7 1el IA4 as' E$b 0,08 X g .2 4e7;5 Uv12? v u5. Q 400 ' 0, 4 ie ft, v,- raieky en1r t i, t y • T - , 5(o. osx1 /, j Z2. f5x j2� .- ` (a, MA" (V►C v x 1 d fir. =2' 1, 5= 9 861 d = o• r (0G- _. 6 /"78 c OtA cieg opt;i (,wvivi 4 trig • I, B $ r =, f;' t 25 - 5. I Ivi ied 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers reONT FP-4 i /1 5 kfroiV6- NA] F - v2-te v 1 £ 14-,v,L- i 0,7 egit0;10r2:5) • C? o e 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm /1 1.0 wetJ Subject ope 9.e .71z fi't.'"1- 4 1 1 , 7 v) O eF(0 ik 110,w- /4 a, 34. ik, )2z4 126'104 "; 2 (€) -1-z3 5 M ot I q. pi k — Z Date 0 12 2-0 wovcr 1,b0.6 = L o / 4 1:c f 1 0-1= O.. - + 0 0 5 4. . 1 S, 0 f 1 -.1 0, 12 I --rim 7 0 . _ • ieyc iv? 2 5 (0, . S , - % 1 o 1- w o 1--t- Kett 2, Lo I 10 — 0 , 0 TS P-LF ee(,, / 0 / 144 I Hss te?,. ipx 1 File No. 2,800 M ty_e_ (0, fi e .10 Sheet No. C11 0 P . e 43 MED LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers CA 0 I. IJ 0i/rilat s -. :•*(6'..0V - 5 4 'o Od iv -O 0.2 q \i\lto x 12, 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm Date 4 7- Zs- Subject n2•Y-14--iy 0 (1 roTrp;40) _WILL ( ,26 - 1 1 6z, File No. 1,6o01 Sheet No. 6 --() t 0.2 0, N a 1°5 (a ■VI c)( 44:atr; f 5 \NU ----- \j 1ZCI N\J re).: - --- ....., O . 0 k IA y a x 1 :- 3: • --,\ , 925zi,C4 ' O. eZ-Ii ,, 5K, '" I. 72 4 I al' LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 41 IIE, i4 VW) - 5F Q IX /L kkox m- 0,4-5x I "z k e2y P t✓ :Tao a. 7)1 coL13PFEI N17 By V►v Subject 1 vcvmr 4 .el gv 0. e &i a o 4 --I+, ct o6o)(0,3 GNr•- 1-1'S t a x 00 `3, rod Mhna.X (a. -z (II.S) = 6•61 6 144- Lj:t /_61 *�` o•�, `h� &Rct{- Co_ L PrvIctn 1 s 4-, Q. 92e 1 S a,o1,2,14,c A( !In 0,751 - o. z- (o.1 v 4 4 7-76r2 t oac9 Co .'n ) LI\WO 40 r Date Flle No. VO P- u rw( 8,6bl -11,4) (44 ) 0 . s 1. 2 Sheet No. 57 8 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers HI P meivtor,- BY N ) Subject Fl Se.A.riLe. P2-16 vri6Q,", e' F e 1V11(1 r- '4 ik1 .9, 9270 ill := Date c 1) - 1 , Zt 1 ( 1 1 ,( 1 9 - = 21 KV NA ro cc-- = File No. 2.„5 cl Tx e-eqc--- Lp 0, (°!3 C 41%11 0. 0 4 123i %0(4 .1 - lot Sheet No. VO? V - bbt ----- 5s) P&F f cif o,(Fr q. f 19,0 613K53: 15,5 xi2- -- 9/1-14-ffr vcx 2J (i/ P5f W-1 1931 — (/o pg.) 64--A.) I OF 545' 14P1-UT .247 64- irygGs( r82Y -51?_7b wit5k4 o , 0470 112--Y1MIMa Tc_ V cRox... 0 Gm W0\4 ikF3 (1?- ) vivoc3 1 eq pin/4.v • 38 by 48 blocks at 5 mm 5 ii, L/ p 49 P LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers PV4-isic A - /t6 e- L2 F- 3. / e- 3, A, S - 3 0-3, 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches ' S • . 6 45 ; • I ' Subject / 62114 viEkutzt...t J. ateAOLIr • /0 7.5 f /c9 -t z 755,5 Mer = • / - 2 ";,5 e- 5 .5 .5.z5x /6 3, 75 1,3 /1 3 tZ._ 13,75e,5 5 /9 6- be3 .14.Q> / &L -1 3 . 7 ga' elm_ a! 5 Pro, 'ix • 5 I .b 5 t 9,5 p/o9e.6L ` I 5 7.5 Set 13e /. 5,1 eGLe, 5caL.1..z. /0 5 1 5 i2) Date File No. /epees - 8 ,) 1 e--14) eco 2.•3 3 2. Sheet 5 Sheet No. Pi pIJ Q.AP /2 2. a , /1:5 25 /9,6 L. 3 3& 2i s ti ht . .• - Ph olytor '2='5. ZE3.5 -71 ■• , ............ ,, :.,63•5 2,3 11•1 2,3 1S s, r s ec 9 e.,..5.: a c.) 6--'-' 1 3 .. 7 1 i 13 , t ,,,i - Tyr t.:; - -- , ...i.;:? • ' ).- 2., 3 /7,2: i i 7,6 1 1 • /, 3 ' 6,k 7 ' 2 - ,3 '15,.:41.i.... 43 .' 6c...( - 5 - 2: I _ c., 3 5 ••••••• — 2,$ 15,3 1/ // 2,3 /0,&■ 2,5 RIP •1". 1- 415N r 5 -L. a, 3 .'t 'Be4, ,5 H 543 e. 4/4, 1 5 /2-6 a. aG,ai Ci• V v - iC 12 ( • ' 7 - .5 ). L. 3 4/4 /7,3 I . 4 / 17 t / ■ LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By ) . Date 5 —5' - (:).s:'; File No. a ce,c) 9 ,c.it. Sheet No. /:.---- - • Subject -.)l. /? , :7i.,, . . z- , ...:r ,,......,+... o .G. OL.e.,.),•?;•...L.. ' ,I S .. . .VI-70i2. 1 c-P+7 613-0 •r- • • • - r oc/ - • 4. • ..) .... % . 6.-EAC>t..-F 01-4- - • . D.Le..tesn 1.L.c /elc7 Pc. - PC-••i• '" Pt LE , ej.zho a ' -I • • • a- - . • 17:)X4 t-- . /WY-12.1C_ Ve., 44_ L--.-, . 2_ VP/ e_ 24,5 • .„ z1/C) J-etar- 14 P' 2. Zie-/ ).• , 5 0, 7 _ 2_05 24 5 - 3 - 3 . • / -,, 9 Y1• 1.--9•04- .4. P3, 7 4r-4.5 5.5 / 5 .5 F /6.b w 2.3' Y3,3 . 18, , A.3 - 3 0 5, (,•-: + 1 /e / f) 38 3k.ot> qo = /9,3 Q . 5 . 9, 7 I. • 98C. 7 — z, 2 35., / Y,/ . 3 . _..1 , : 0 /■-,,-r a.- 5 4 lloy / 0 - 9 6 ... t ,,c 20E35 • :26. a'e- ‘ ..3‘` s3,7 zo 15,7,5, v75 p. 447 • 2_ , 3 1 . 4, 41, 1 /6.6-#./6Y/O /6,c, .3.5 ii7.5 ` 3 , ! 5 2- 2%5 //, ..............._. ._. , 4 /5,2. 9° • 13 a . i . _ _ • .vo. SP • vo C- 2_ . .. . ., — — vc i 5 , 2.. 93 2 'A° • 1 — — e. a 2 .5' $ F. • g 2 , 3 -- i 5.2. ! 37,5 27,5 1 4.5", / 32.3 • 33 V2, a 3G, ____ 46,5 .___ ..._. — A. 5 1 _ . -_- • /8v/V ••=2..5 2- 2. - 5. I a. 3 I i 2 ' 3 i 2 , 3 0 1 — — i — I — ________ ._____. . — - , 33 '' 2/, 4/ ., ?....ft. 4 /2, e, A- 3 ( • 0 – i # 5 i ----i 58, — A./3,i +-20,5 ■c; _-.• z c, th Si:- .26,9 , ..., 1 4,0 ..,, n z..-.e._ — A... . 3 4 . — — A ...7-3 .z_ a• 3, Z.- 2.3 1 ' 2.3' 25.6 • Y. 2 3. 2_ • — /A z..32cos 37— 30 )3, ) 7, 7.- C.- z `I i ! — — _ 5,, ,6. . G/ A = 3 6'cv A L 13 Z ''' re 471- 2.,3 xlati 0 2. 3 0 •5,3 • . • 13 1-- .. 1 • • 1 . ii Ertto(045 'MIS- SLAM aut."1. 1 4 . J ... _. • AtAD. • NO COLUMIO 7.2. z,31 5 . ' I , • / 9 Z6 as 33 If t; .te 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers P/42' ""//.)4 .7 Re 1 G - .) t. /9--/‘ `"( • ik).1;.:- th.ne• r d 0 Z . pz- CAT a K. C 13 - 3 L1. 1 2�o- 0, lc- ricaOlc C,Olq 36.5Y: 1 5 w 5 5 Pt.u5 61,.. ot)&2- TurzealAR Ptia. 1-cp4o e-vm-1 V LErt: 1,) 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches flt- re- ibt C.0 C • /-1 CO e.,Dr . 6 1) 7 - 3 f- r- .s A te, , 7 5 L.-- r I Lit .r2sA) tc _ 0 1- .151.t-• 5 2 - "751< L I :5 4- p 01 ei /.? Re-, '6) ,u� ar N4/- r C - 2- I 2.- IS gi rag a ), - C e.c.-.1L• Per- 3 /1 5 . C - 3 C., /„,..„ L.,„J /0 le 0 I 5 F /, 7 3 . /0'; 2, 5 I 5 t. •-• By Date I 1:W6'N/of '•-• • • • ' en?, -- 11. • •• • Subject . F I t. .}71.ritt • I • • eock I 7 7_, te • PVI. vc_r pap-, 12 i , '3 cnqu raj..cIf t 2 '7. . 7 'I. ;- • sy- 100 --- 3Y, 5 7/2- 2_5' - a - 7 1E - e. • kc • 1 LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers Ac= / aw,dov/i.p•- /ses„". /?e 40 i re, rr, a.��r 3/ j -02. CNnP7.'7. 2{V F o mac. 21. / b / 3 . 2 P/a rztt_ 2 f , 3. 5/4") Le_ 13 c- c6-77.4.1"u.S /,r L �. Ti g►�,c.f(C5 f Grus,s -Sec. .�, o/, .+?�� s/n, s �f/�� - C /G w- 5 �a c r as a cL.a5t;t r /Lr'S SNflUL- 13Ll 0 0e o UpJ) rte" AT A 5,4 '�� . Y)e r ry �;?c� l // ' /�'Gf Srnr} r Q ra ,17/ 64 r t,r� c. 2 - 1 7 THUS 4 0416 , cy ,S T ,a % ;Fw D re) Nt ( r 2�.�1K►? 15 - /l e o m 'U$L /Z P02 GLee r By 0 Date 3- 15- / Subject / -7 /� I /�e' /i 4 .7 Ec.. I 'e - / : C,t�nrJA 44^ 47 5 /fn /24,4 /4 5 A f I ' ,, File No. e, 00 sr/ s P'1c /,uo c 8', r= w 2 7 5 r I2 a-. l3' G 5 idAq /°/ " s.rrrel up = / •r1C/r.,IC 7 2." 7rlh L'tv e)r'IC/tiG a 14 # 3 6 � G 121 1aif cyl nt 5 - R [:1�rLr F12a5T /)I7'/"// 2 = =o" t3�J r3!<t4 rn-S 54 /+-, f:': V) riPTI +. A- S P /GL CA/?S Ju)2 4-A5-9 cd c. rRu rfc J 7 Sheet No. 2U� , VG&12 7r> c -/ r// . " fJ2. �Di .'M ' 5G A /3 rao� ore O1 ; orr. ro/✓ . �evc )o✓Jme LEv S l"� r at 2 /.S l . / t- / 0 ou vx o G5V ,J / 3' e 5 3oora 21, 5. 4- 1 5 rnr4 ►' c, // r D &ye n7rav r I- 6W r r r3 'P4- ir• tF ry)icn n./3I 1 / 3 / } rh tj / - .. . ' V re P /J /vr.I /3 eo r7'orri n t >re. T /A vee' ,rr6G/2ee /796 •. r e.A.P - 2�� . Artct+crzn6G - 4 /_ 12114- p,4 c 3 r, - CvL" 1402_17 ` L I y z j J 3 dm_ U$ L #$ 0 . I .I O /6ef.'5 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers By / 7 Date a3 -12 - o8 Flle No. &Co Sheet No. Subject / je /i 7 Je4 ouv� is . e5 /, n . GRA0L j3k i 41 RL --NF LovG�s T !✓�_ /D x ` /•' / r /ou{ /,7. /o4) ,- /.Yr so-o �- 3,E 5 L/5 wYa i /x Z� r 33 Er? lc / 6073 A 5 '.va x IJ 3'L-'- 2 , 54 1,'") ?A .5/X .5Z , A 50 b 5 151 /09) Y)ox , Z5tnZ /FG . 4 // 4 46 G0000 ` At3e.t. y 5 TY (CAL_ 5' R/41‘) = 22 / _ 4 /1 , 22 / ?Li / b No 27 0IaLf -T/ccv 5/4/3 R2.1 ID ro L 11 / / 00 5 lc 37 /, ` / ` , / /' 12_ /n1• A/6 U [s�c� /d ✓ar.� pecc Se (/515 396 f. = _mom k:, 119 L zz_ = , o0ti5 .85 lrJ,, _ /. ` /� /oo /,7K /oc. = 3 /o psr= sr>2Ip = .2/,`/ K 310 = 6626 Pt- i= - I, 414 S /'il� = 2 0 = 2 6 % �� = G: 6 Z 5 3 mn x r / v r r n l oy2 $/ ? / J / v /, e /, 5 . A Cr / 3, 6.3, Z. txG = ,6 5x Z53- /6 4 cdr_ grit //5 _ • 75Y,I-6y /Z 3 cotiu"4/ sr/e /,' 4 7W /v = " /1 . /L3 /7._ /Fe / — v . ,Q �� a G, o S " s t.�ter3 - - . e tei , J �, 00 Z.5- A s _.00 se 6Kr.Z' =, / " Z /,cam ce7 " > / II C v /e cl Co p J 7 Lv 4. 2 S L • 2. L y' /2/ace lN dt 7' 5 T/enwns /4 3e-6 r i2tr -.r l G-5 /' &c.„1 n9L7140D e./ c42.C. Gore.- / " Pnrrc 35/ /34,e stin/aoa > y!o� C.c L. Inj o0 36 AS" ,z6 / � PO5 = .3 -5x 253. = 8.5 Col - Trtria _ .15) e.3—.‘'` 5e /'/ re Ye-9' col.u,eini 57/21; z /O -o /Yr 66 40 C,6 ! = ( ,. - 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers / d 5 f�7 0 ..� �• T r' f e - j7 t✓�� — !O� 7o9 = .617 //5r /1/3 .20'7 ' •75x h'1 0 . ?Sx 253 erya // if c.T 3 3 e_ / Z use,- c. C = . c //. 9 •m36 P05 = .35Y 51 /1/ Ic ra✓ e _ DG 5I,r' ,63x 253 33L I=oYZ 5)rp c- /C /r"1 VSLS U f Lr ADP R'1i5 = /a 6 re' By gc Subject /. 5e. a l 9/ - / ou h rJ � 7, � 51 . r5.5 p e.J" = o l lr / /n t Ill I /fOLl� s Date 3 -/2 -68 floe? AS- .6647�12rro C./dL21c T N r4 nIGYL 5 / = 2 2, 7 5 z •` /.o, Z5 - /,[ 3'/o yzo Y ZS - 3/8 rc/ . �ILra .6. 5x 318 - .2o7' vsv'- fo CcLu ri.1 c.,, L s rr l'= . 7 51.. 1 Io - I<c� /`/. Z 3 c_ o g t ro3b 4)- izy6 ,rfoln ct5e6� Cot_ STA.) ' .75x I5g. _ 4t Ce. t 111 I • v�L N o /G. X., L I r / >w� 5 S i iri i �r,.- a 4 v er S e tt.•. .41; 5/ S Su e+nP"'c/ - Z lhe C 3 Tru.•s ver /��� &5e , 6 e /0, 1...c," A45 ? K• 5 e 6 X- 6 e. -9 (2a 5 2- /,/T ZGK, Pc-5 '' 6 e lZ AL 6e // L =)cr (3 rrortA To 1" L -bL y C.14L)ZlJ - 5, 9 L ` !a r G - A- DI? 5 6 To/' R - „swrz -i io+2_ SU »Pe, e` / L/E/ c'i 2 7 "/' G� /�ort. /47 /n . /+/ 2=rr1 /3G Iv/G.-sou- 2 x� � a .13rz/4c c= 5 C.15 / Z fo P /c..c= c R& NI Pc - I _ /tee, Re-A F •ti �l tLr t qF� a„ �ii.� ST4 / L J eR r - '/Po , 9e /u Lo VIZ. O )C if" • File No. 2 800 ie �G. ,olc3 /a5 grn�c- / ,uoSS / � _ 59 1 n Sheet No. - t. rim ,G� .,. 30 r o - /, c I h y ,6 G re-3 �2v r 7 `/ 2_ 5e-7,.5 4 -1/" 3 = 35 Q9 Z/5. s/+ ‘ 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers 1 S (b tr / .06116. FtiGL• .5 Y C,er 7 g- / r`7 vs' AUG L r= _ /. 5 >< /cc..) =1 se S I.1 a?— ` J 50 K (. 7S = Z-c 3 _ °" e �r� 1, Yy / = 6 3 I S 0 r /crno •75 s 30><z9 (a76_)o9130 0 .9 c+� A s = ,c)o34,N 3 a / By Date 3- /2 - r 3 /' 3 1 78 / 9 " - C g - File 9 File No. Zeoa g aY ,OGy ' "2� 056 5= ,52 - 05(r 5- Sheet No. F .S Subject I, .0O3 p IC 30 by 38 blocks at .25 inches LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers It)Ax.42a,. r &fir) 66.7.0~4/7 .. J/6 4/411:tfrii:;,v‘ 3, o 7 . c , 3. 3 • 5 od 7 0 V, a, e A , ----- 30 N c. b A ,u A Aid, D ,5 Z. 2— 0, 5, • 5, z. ou P ( 1 ) NT, • 93 -- A 7 5 , Pr,' r i g - 7 5 BY A 1/ A 5 e_ 7-- = ..791 23 IL A7) F 5 61e_5 5 K 75-9s 110 - 2.7 Z. 5 N6 --- „c A I )9 2 - 1 ( \ri;; v 6 /6 t r C. or:" C P -a_ - /, r e 1'1 LI: C/At :4 ?: If' 2- Cr i C - " .7 T,_1 k e - " ' r • (1)t- 'IOLA' Urlin at. / : • .••• el. -- - ... - - „...-- - ''''' 1? , . .--- ---.., ,....../.. .. ) , .. .:" _....0! . . )". . ....-r. i 9 Date 5 -Oa Flle No. e_a ea, Sheet No. A I Subject. F /Ma-) 7 RYI # le tor 'Vh --- 27Z. _5 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches h. V • LeMessurier Consultants Structural Engineers NicNoa z. /3cYv7 ewi ip PC - 5 -�r 2— S PACT NG- /* r' C 2_ 6 ,r r� y Le "'- 17, 3" 3 p.5', . , 2 Nib = zY 3° 1V. 6 USrr • PC. - 3,5'n 30 by 38 blocks at .25 Inches f By 3° 66 `,- I ' " Subject /I'L -ZJ - SL C_O .C/! Q Tt,> K1 tr u mid rep r 8. . N cb9 1, 5 ►,S jL t 7 ( . 3 .9 6 , I vA 17r 5, )7, - 5, a . 5 LP - .7 * , 3 x „ / 2to "` r nn Date 5—Z3 • 1; =2 , f- . 7 ✓ File No. Sao x 17,3 2CP di., 1 x 173 ,K 1,25 )c- CA Tie Y w/n��V/ » Ad Y + ■ 6 co Y ZSxgcitg r 5 2, 5 , lc ? 90,7 Sheet No. • 8 if boB4t FLECopy Geotechnical Report Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington July 3, 2007 r . r .. _.. , ,t...,. , ,.1 RECEIVED APR 012008 PERMIT CENTER RWEDEFGR ODE. COMPLIANCE APPROW- r - SEP - 3 2008 City Of Tukwila ILDING DIVISION Submitted To: Mr. Joshua Kimmel Westfield Corporation, Inc. 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, 14 Floor Los Angeles, California 90025 By: Shannon & Wilson, Inc. 400 N 34 Street, Suite 100 Seattle, Washington 98103 21 -1- 20762 -001 J. 21-1-20762-001- R I .doc/wp/LKD •1 r• TABLE OF CONTENTS SHANNON EIWILSON, INC. Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 3.0 Sg13,SU,REACE EXPLORATION 2 4.0 LABORATORY TESTING 2 5.0 . _ GEOLOGY—.• 2 6.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3 7.0 ENGINEERING CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4 7.1 General 4 7.2 Seismic Design Considerations 5 7.2.1 Ground Motions 5 7.2.2 Earthquake- induced Geologic Hazards 6 7.3 Deep Foundations 7 7.3.1 Pile Design Requirements 7 7.3.2 Axial Pile Capacities 7 7.3.3 Previous Test Pile Program 8 7.3.4 Estimated Settlements of Pile Foundations 9 7.3.5 Lateral Resistance 9 7.4 Floor Slabs 9 7.5 Backfill Material, Placement, and Compaction 10 8.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 11 8.1 Site Grading, Excavation, and Temporary Cut Slopes 11 8.1.1 Site Grading 11 8.1.2 Excavations 12 8.2 Steel Pipe Pile Installation 13 8.2.1 Pile- driving Equipment 13 8.2.2 Pile - driving Conditions 13 8.2.3 Monitoring Pile Driving 13 8.2.4 Vibrations and Noise Levels 14 8.3 Wet Weather Earthwork 14 8.4 Construction Observation 15 9.0 LIMITATIONS 15 10.0 REFERENCES 17 21 -1- 20762 -001 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.) Figure No. Appendix 21 -1- 20762 - 001- RI.doc/wp/LKD LIST OF FIGURES 1 Vicinity Map 2 Site and Exploration Plan 3 Estimated Axial Capacity, 14- inch -diam. Steel Pipe Pile 4 Estimated Axial Capacity, 18- inch -diam. Steel Pipe Pile 5 Lateral Resistance Analyses, 14 -in- diameter Steel Pipe Pile 6 Lateral Resistance Analyses, 18 -in- diameter Steel Pipe Pile LIST OF APPENDICES A Subsurface Explorations B Laboratory Test Procedures and Results C Liquefaction Potential D Important Information About Your Geotechnical Report 11 SHANNON iWILSON. INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FIDELITY BANK TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.0 INTRODUCTION SHANNON FiWILSON, INC. This report presents the results of subsurface explorations and geotechnical engineering studies for the proposed Fidelity Bank building near Southcenter Mall in Tukwila, Washington. Our geotechnical studies are to evaluate the subsurface conditions and formulate geotechnical engineering recommendations for use in the design and construction of the proposed project. Our geotechnical scope of services included: ► Drilling and sampling one soil boring. ► Conducting one cone penetration test. ► Performing geotechnical laboratory testing. ► Conducting engineering and seismic analyses. ► Preparing this geotechnical report. We provided our services in general accordance with our proposal dated June 7, 2007, which was authorized by Mr. Joshua Kimmel on June 9, 2007. 2.0 SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION The proposed Fidelity Bank is located east of the intersection of Strander Boulevard and Southcenter Parkway, as shown in the Vicinity Map, Figure 1. The proposed project site is within the parking lot on the south side of Southcenter Mall. The site is flat, at an approximate elevation of 30 feet. The proposed building footprint contains a gravel pad that is at about the same level as the surrounding parking lot. Between 1959 and 1962, the project site was filled to the approximate existing ground surface with soils excavated from the upland slopes to the west. These fill materials were about 15 feet thick and were placed without systematic compaction or compaction quality control. The Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2, shows the approximate location of the proposed building. We understand that the proposed building will be a one -story bank, although the 21-1-20762-001-RI .doc/wp/LKD 1 21 -1- 20762 -001 4 building has not yet been designed. When the building structural design has been completed, we should review the building loads to ensure that our recommendations are still applicable. We characterize the subsurface conditions across the building site based on one new soil boring, two previous soil borings, and one cone penetration test (CPT). Figure 2 shows the approximate locations of the borings and CPT. An engineer from Shannon & Wilson, Inc. determined these locations by measuring from existing features and transposing from existing site plans. The boring locations and elevations should be considered approximate. Appendix A, Subsurface Explorations, describes the methodology and procedures used for locating, drilling, and sampling the explorations. Figures A -2 through A -4 in Appendix A show the exploration logs. 21-1-20762-00 -R I.dodwp/LKD 3.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION 4.0 LABORATORY TESTING 2 We performed geotechnical laboratory tests on selected samples retrieved from the borings and used these tests to determine soil index and engineering properties. An experienced technician or engineer conducted the tests in the Shannon & Wilson soils laboratory. The soil tests included visual classification, natural water content, and fines content. Appendix B, Laboratory Test Procedures and Results, describes the test methods and summarizes the test results. The boring logs in Appendix A also show the natural water content and fines contents. 5.0 GEOLOGY SHANNON &WILSON, INC. The project site is located in the central portion of the Puget Sound Lowland (Lowland), an elongated topographic and structural depression bordered by the Cascade Mountains on the east and the Olympic Mountains on the west. The Lowland is characterized by low, rolling relief with some deeply cut ravines. In general, the ground surface elevation is within 500 feet of sea level. Glacial and nonglacial sediments filled the Lowland to significant depths during the Pleistocene Epoch, although bedrock outcrops in several locations throughout the area, including the ridge approximately one mile north of the project site. Elsewhere, the rock is deeply buried by Pleistocene and Holocene sediments. The depth to bedrock below the project site is not known. 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON VVILSON, INC. Geologists generally agree that at least four major glacial events occurred in the Puget Sound during the Pleistocene Epoch. These glaciations originated in the Coastal Mountains and the Vancouver Range of British Columbia, and advanced as far south as about halfway between Olympia and Centralia (about 80 miles south of Seattle). The Pleistocene stratigraphic record in the central portion of the Lowland is a complex sequence of glacially derived and interglacial sediments. Erosion of certain deposits, as well as local deposition of colluvial and alluvial sediments, complicates the geologic story. The project site is located in the Green River Valley, in what used to be a floodplain prior to human modification of one of the source tributaries (White River) at the turn of the century. Prehistorically, the site was an active tidal flat and marine estuary at the mouth of the Green/White Rivers. During the most recent glacial event, Vashon Drift soils comprised of silt, sand, and gravel were deposited across the area. Many of the glacial deposits were overridden by the advancing glaciers and consolidated under very high loads. Following the recession of the glacial ice from the Lowland, the ground rebounded and the sea level rose. Rebound ceased about 9,000 years ago, but sea level continued to rise until about 5,000 years ago. Post - glacial erosion and fluvial processes in the Green River Valley have removed and reworked the glacial deposits. As the delta of the Green/White Rivers advanced toward the Puget Sound, the delta deposited unconsolidated estuarine soils (silt and clay) and lahar runout sediments (sand) over the dense, glacial material. A lahar flow is a gravity -driven mixture of sediment and water that originates from a volcano (Mount Rainier in this case). Lahar flows can deposit sediments many miles from the point of origin. There have been several lahar flows in the Kent and Duwamish Valleys (including the project site) over the past 5,000 years (Zehfuss et al., 2003). 6.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Based on the soils encountered during the subsurface explorations, the site is underlain by a sequence of fill material, estuarine sediments, and alluvial sand and gravel. The surface fill layer is approximately 15 feet thick and generally consists of medium dense, silty sand and gravel. The fill overlies a deposit of estuarine sediments consisting of very soft to soft silt and clay with numerous organic particles and discontinuous layers of fibrous peat. The peat layers are generally less than 1 foot thick and are often mixed with clayey silt. We also encountered 21 -1. 20762 -001 -R 1. doc/wplLKD 3 21 -1- 20762 -001 1 7.1 General 21 -1- 20762- 00I- R1.doc /wp/LKD SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. discontinuous lenses and layers of loose to medium dense sand within the thicker estuarine deposit. The sand layers, likely lahar runout deposits, vary from clean to silty and are discontinuous across the site. Alluvial sediments, which consist of layers of silty sand, gravelly sand, and sandy gravel, underlie the estuarine deposit. These soils are dense to very dense and would be an adequate bearing layer for deep foundations. In explorations FB -1 and CPT -1, the bearing layer is present at a depth of 100 feet, and becomes dense to very dense below 115 feet. However, in borings CF -1 and RB -1, the bearing layer is only 63 to 68 feet deep. Based on these explorations and our pile- driving experience at the adjacent Southcenter Mall Expansion, the bearing layer is likely shallower toward the western portion of the site. 7.0 ENGINEERING CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The soils at the project site consist of uncompacted fill over highly variable estuarine and compressible native soils. Glacially consolidated soils located below the estuarine deposits will provide adequate support for the proposed structure. To reach these deep deposits, we recommend using deep foundations. The adjacent Southcenter Expansion Project has used three types of deep foundations: proprietary driven -grout piles, augercast concrete piles, and driven steel pipe piles. Driven -grout and augercast piles can be installed to depths of about 90 feet. We recommend using driven steel pipe piles to support the proposed building. The bearing depth for the piles at the Fidelity Bank site will be approximately 115 to 125 feet on the east side of the site. Because the bearing layer is likely shallower under the west side of the site, piles on the west side of the site likely will be 10 to 20 feet shorter than those on the east. The following paragraphs present our recommendations for deep foundations, as well as seismic design, floor slabs, and earthwork. 21 -1- 20762 -001 7.2 Seismic Design Considerations 7.2.1 Ground Motions SHANNON &WILSON. INC. The project is located in a moderately active seismic region. While the region has historically experienced moderate to large earthquakes (i.e., April 13, 1949, magnitude 7.1 Olympia Earthquake; April 29, 1965, magnitude 6.5 Seattle- Tacoma Earthquake; and February 28, 2001, magnitude 6.8 Nisqually Earthquake), geologic evidence suggests that larger earthquakes have occurred in the prehistoric past and will occur in the future (e.g., magnitude 8.5 to 9.0 Cascadia Subduction Zone Interplate events, magnitude 7.5 Seattle Fault events). We understand that the project will comply with the 2003 International Building Code (IBC, 2003). IBC 2003 requires that building design consider regional seismicity. Structures must be designed for earthquake ground motions with a 2 percent chance of being exceeded in 50 years (2,500 -year recurrence). Seismological input and site soil response factors determine IBC 2003 seismic design forces. The IBC seismological inputs are short-period spectral acceleration, Ss, and spectral acceleration at the 1- second period, S1, shown in Figure 1615 in the code. Ss and S are for a maximum considered earthquake, which correspond to ground motions with a 2 percent probability of exceedance in 50 years, or about a 2,500 -year return period (with a deterministic maximum cap in some regions). The mapped spectral response acceleration (SRA) values, Ss and Si, at the project site are 1.347 gravity (g) and 0.464g, respectively. Please note that the SRA values for the IBC 2003 are from ground motion hazard studies completed by the United States Geological Survey (USGS) in 1996. If IBC 2006 is used, then the latest (2002) version of the USGS SRA maps should be used. At the project site, the 2002 SRA values, Ss and S1, are 1.424g and 0.488g, respectively. The difference between the 1996 and 2002 SRA values is around 5 percent. In our opinion, a 5 percent difference in the ground motion level would not affect geotechnical design. The site classification determines the site soil response factors. Our liquefaction hazard calculations, discussed in Section 7.2.2, indicate that scattered zones of the subsurface soils are potentially liquefiable. Potentially liquefiable soils generally correspond to site class SF. However, because of the limited extent of potentially liquefiable soils, it is our opinion that a site class SE adequately characterizes the site subsurface conditions. 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R I .doc/wp/LKD 5 21 -1- 20762 -001 4 Based on the site classification and spectral acceleration values, we recommend a site coefficient, F of 0.9 and a site coefficient, F,,, of 2.4. We assume that the proposed structure will have a period less than 0.5 second; IBC 2003 does not require a site - specific ground response evaluation for structures with periods less than 0.5 second. We have considered the effects of limited liquefaction on site stability, foundation capacity, and settlement, and present our conclusions in the following sections. 7.2.2 Earthquake - induced Geologic Hazards SHANNON FiWILSON. INC. Earthquake- induced geologic hazards that may affect a site include landsliding, fault rupture, settlement, and liquefaction and associated effects (such as loss of shear strength, bearing capacity failures, loss of lateral support, ground oscillation, and lateral spreading). Because of the flat site topography and the discontinuous liquefiable soils, we consider the risk of landsliding at this site to be low. The potential for fault rupture is also low. The nearest mapped fault (Johnson et al., 1999) is the southernmost strand of the east - west - trending Seattle Fault Zone. The Seattle Fault Zone is approximately 2Y2 to 4 miles wide (north - south). The project site is located about 6 miles south of the southernmost strand. Evidence of Holocene rupture (i.e., movement within the last 10,000 years) has not been reported along the southernmost strand of the Seattle Fault. Liquefaction and related effects pose the most significant earthquake - induced geologic hazard at the site. We calculated factors of safety (FSs) against liquefaction for boring Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N- values. We used design earthquake ground motions and empirical procedures established by the National Center for Earthquake Engineering Research (NCEER)- 97- 0022 (Youd and Idriss, 1997) to calculate the FSs. We computed the FSs with IBC 2003 site class E parameters and a 0.34g peak ground acceleration (PGA) from a magnitude 7.0 source, located 7.3 kilometers away. The PGA represents the ground motion with a 2 percent likelihood of exceedance in 50 years, reduced as allowed by IBC 2003. Appendix C describes the liquefaction calculation methods and plots FSs versus depth. Some cohesionless and low- cohesion soils at the site are susceptible to liquefaction. Most of the liquefaction -prone soils are thin sand layers that are either discontinuous laterally or display widely varying fines contents. So, localized liquefaction is more likely than widespread liquefaction. Lateral spreading is not likely. Historically, soil liquefaction within about 30 feet 2 1 -1- 20762 -001 -R l . do c/w p/LK D 6 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON &WILSON, INC. of the ground surface has caused most liquefaction damage. More uncertainty exists in estimating liquefaction potential in deeper soils (i.e., 60 feet or greater). We estimated post - liquefaction settlement using the methods of Tokimatsu and Seed (1987). We based our calculations on the FSs against liquefaction and estimates of relative density (using correlations with corrected SPT blow counts). Based on these calculations, we expect post - liquefaction settlement of up to 20 inches under the site. These values should be considered estimates of post - earthquake ground behavior. Significant settlement variability, i.e., differential settlement, should be expected. The design of the proposed structure should consider liquefaction at the site. For example, utility connections to the structure should be flexible. We expect piles in liquefied areas to experience downdrag forces following a design-level earthquake. Downdrag is additional vertical shear stress along the length of a pile. This additional stress is caused by post - liquefaction settlement of soils above a liquefied layer. Downdrag forces at this site would be of relatively short duration. In our opinion, pile foundations could be adequately designed and installed to withstand downdrag forces while maintaining an adequate FS against excessive settlements. We further discuss pile capacities and downdrag forces in Sections 7.3.2 and 7.3.4. 7.3 Deep Foundations 7.3.1 Pile Design Requirements In our opinion, the proposed building should be supported on closed -end steel pipe piles. We have performed analyses for 14- and 18- inch - diameter piles. Other pile diameters may appropriate and should be evaluated after the project structural engineer has determined the proposed building column loads. We should be contacted to assist the structural engineer in determining the optimum pile type, size, and depth for the anticipated column loads. 7.3.2 Axial Pile Capacities We analyzed pile capacities using an in -house computer program. We analyzed a single - pile case and did not consider group effects. The computer program determines allowable axial compressive capacity by summing allowable skin friction along the side of the pile and allowable end bearing at its tip. To determine allowable skin friction and end - bearing values, we applied an FS of 2 to the ultimate values. Figures 3 and 4 plot pile tip depth (penetration) versus 2 I -1- 20762 -001 -R I . doc/wp/LKD 7 21 -1- 20762 -001 4 SHANNON iWILSON. INC. allowable compressive and ultimate uplift capacity for 14- and 18- inch - diameter piles, respectively. Based on the results of our analyses, it is our opinion that static loading conditions control deep foundation design. During a design-level earthquake, the sand layers surrounding some piles could liquefy to depths of about 50 to 60 feet, resulting in a temporary loss of skin friction. However, our pile capacity analyses assume that the fill material and estuarine deposits do not contribute significant skin friction resistance; therefore, loss of shear strength in these soils would not significantly reduce the allowable capacity of the piles. Post - earthquake settlements in liquefied soils could induce downdrag loads on piles on the order of 30 to 50 kips. Because the piles would be installed to develop allowable capacities with a FS of at least 2.0, a temporary downdrag load of 50 kips would not reduce the FS below an acceptable value for the design-level earthquake, in our opinion. In our opinion, temporary downdrag loads could increase loads transferred to the tip of the pile, resulting in more end - bearing resistance. This could cause settlements up to `/ inch. We do not expect subsurface soils to settle and develop significant downdrag loads on pile foundations during static conditions because of the long settlement period (40 years) the site fills have already experienced. We recommend that piles be spaced no closer than three pile diameters (measured center - to- center) from either new or existing piles. We also recommend that piles bear in the medium dense to very dense, alluvial sand layer that underlies the estuarine deposits. We anticipate that the bearing depth for the.piles will be approximately 115 to 125 feet. We recommend that our firm perform wave equation analyses to determine pile driving criteria for the pile diameter and capacity selected by the structural engineer, and the pile driving hammer selected by the contractor. 7.3.3 Previous Test Pile Program We observed installation and testing of six, 18- inch - diameter, closed -end steel pipe piles for the Southcenter Expansion project in 2005, as well as several hundred production piles. Robert Miner Dynamic Testing (RMDT) conducted a dynamic pile- driving analysis during test pile driving. A Shannon & Wilson field engineer observed end -of- driving conditions for the test 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R l .doc/wp/LKD 8 21 -1- 20762 -001 piles. Pile driving analyzer (PDA) measurements were performed for the piles when they reached a driving resistance that met the preliminary driving criteria. Based on the results of our analyses, the test pile program, and our continued observation of pile driving activities for the Southcenter Expansion project, it is our opinion that 18 -inch steel pipe piles could be installed to develop allowable capacities between 250 and 450 kips. In our opinion, 14- inch - diameter steel pipe piles could also be considered to support for the Fidelity Bank building. 7.3.4 Estimated Settlements of Pile Foundations Based on the subsurface conditions encountered in the explorations, estimated pile design loads, and installation techniques, the piles would experience relatively minor settlements upon loading. We estimate total pile settlements, including elastic strain, of steel pipe piles would be less than '/ inch. Because of the granular nature of the bearing soils, these settlements would be primarily elastic and would occur as the load is applied. No long -term settlements are anticipated. As discussed earlier, post - liquefaction ground settlements caused by a design -level earthquake could cause piles to settle up to an additional '/ inch. 73.5 Lateral Resistance We used the computer program LPILE Version 5.0 (Reese and Wang, 2004) to analyze 14- and 18- inch - diameter steel pipe pile embedded to a depth of 125 feet. Based on loads we have encountered for similarly -sized buildings, we analyzed the piles for an axial load of 215 kips and a lateral load of 22 kips. We analyzed both free- and fixed -head conditions. Figures 5 and 6 present deflection, moment, and shear force versus depth along the piles, as predicted by the LPILE analysis. For both pile diameters, we anticipate less than 1/2 inch lateral deflection under our assumed loads. We recommend that the project structural engineer review the results presented in Figures 5 and 6 and contact us if additional analyses are warranted. 7.4 Floor Slabs 2 1 -1. 20762 -00I -R 1.doc/wp/LK D 9 SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. A slab -on -grade could be considered as a floor slab for the proposed building. The magnitude of slab -on -grade settlement will depend on the amount of new fill that will be placed on the site to achieve the floor slab elevation of the proposed building. If the floor elevation is at or lower than the previous ground elevation at the site, the slab -on -grade would likely settle less than `/ -inch under static conditions. In this case, the slab -on -grade would not experience long -term 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON FIWILSON. INC. settlements because of the long settlement period (over 40 years) and preloading the underlying soils have already experienced. If the floor elevation is significantly higher than the previous ground elevation at the site, additional settlements should be expected. Prior to slab -on -grade construction, we recommend that the Contractor proof -roll and compact the subgrade surface in accordance with our recommendations in Section 8.1.2. The Contractor should excavate any loose or soft zones detected during the compaction process and replace these areas with structural fill. For a rigid concrete slab built on compacted, very dense surfacing, we recommend using a modulus of subgrade reaction of 200 pounds per cubic inch (pci). Following a design -level earthquake (2,500 -year return period), a slab -on -grade could experience up to 20 inches of liquefaction- induced settlement, as discussed in Section 7.2.2. Differential settlements over a 20 -foot span could be 50 to 75 percent of the total settlement. A structurally - supported slab could be considered to mitigate liquefaction - induced settlements. Floor slabs -on -grade should be placed over a 4 -inch (minimum) thick layer of capillary break gravel and a 6 -mil (minimum) plastic sheet vapor barrier. Capillary break gravel should have a maximum particle size of 1/4 inch and less than 3 percent fines passing the No. 200 sieve. The capillary break should be compacted to a dense condition with at least two passes of a vibrating plate compactor. 7.5 Backfill Material, Placement, and Compaction All fill placed beneath areas to be paved or against below -grade walls (building or retaining walls) or other foundation elements should consist of structural fill. Structural fill should be placed on subgrade material that has been proof - rolled to a dense, unyielding condition. Structural fill should meet the Washington State Department of Transportation specification for Gravel Borrow (Section 9 -03.14 [1]) but should have a maximum particle size of about 3 inches. During wet weather or wet conditions, the fill should not contain more than about 5 percent fines (material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve) by weight, based on the minus 3 / -inch soil fraction. Structural fill should not contain organics or deleterious material. It should be placed in horizontal lifts and compacted to at least 95 percent of its Modified Proctor maximum dry density (American Society for Testing and Materials [ASTM] D 1557, Method C or D), and should be deemed to be in a dense and unyielding condition. The thickness of loose lifts should 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R I .do /wp/LKD 10 21 -1- 20762 -001 8.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 8.1 Site Grading, Excavation, and Temporary Cut Slopes 8.1.1 Site Grading SHANNON eiWILSON. INC. not exceed 8 inches for heavy equipment compactors or 4 inches for hand- operated compactors. In landscaping areas, the backfill should be compacted to at least 90 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. All utility trenches beneath flexible asphalt pavements and sidewalks also should be backfilled with Gravel Borrow; however, it should have a maximum diameter of 2 inches and should not have more than 5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve (wet sieve analysis, ASTM D 1140). Any fines should be nonplastic. The trench backfill should be placed in lifts not exceeding 4 inches if compacted with hand - operated equipment, or 8 inches if compacted with heavy equipment. Each lift should be compacted to a dense, unyielding condition and to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557) 18 inches or more below the pavement and/or sidewalk subgrade. We recommend a minimum cover over utilities of 2 feet from the crown of the pipes or conduits to the top of the pavement subgrade. Catch basins, utility vaults, and other structures installed flush with the pavement should be designed and constructed to transfer wheel loads to the base of the structure. Subgrade preparation for new utilities should follow the same general procedures outlined for structural fill placement. In our opinion, most of the fill soil at the site consists of silty sand with 20 to 40 percent fines. It is not suitable for reuse as structural fill unless the moisture content could be modified by scarification during warm, dry weather or lime/cement treatment. In general, we recommend that the on -site fill not be reused as structural fill because the silt content is high and this soil is moisture sensitive. For safe working conditions and prevention of ground loss, excavation slopes should be the responsibility of the Contractor, who will be at the job site to observe and control the work. All current and applicable safety regulations regarding excavation slopes and shoring should be followed. Although we did not detect the presence of soil contaminants in our borings, the contractor would need to be prepared to segregate any soils suspected of containing contaminants. We should be notified immediately if contaminated soils are encountered or suspected during excavations. 21 -1. 20762 -001- R1.doc/wp/LKD 11 21 -1- 20762 -001 4 b 8.1.2 Excavations SHANNON &WILSON. INC. Excavations could be accomplished with conventional excavating equipment, such as a dozer, front -end loader, or backhoe. For planning purposes, we recommend that temporary, unsupported, open -cut slopes be no steeper than 1.5 Horizontal to 1 Vertical (1.5H:1V) in the near- surface fill soils. Flatter cut slopes could be required where loose soils or seepage zones are encountered. We recommend that all exposed cut slopes be protected with a waterproof covering during periods of wet weather to reduce sloughing and erosion. At this time, we are not aware of any need for temporary shoring or underpinning If temporary shoring or underpinning is needed to support cuts adjacent to existing buildings, for example, then we should be notified so that additional analyses could be performed. Excavated material (or stockpiles of construction materials or equipment) should not be placed closer to the edge of any excavation than the depth of the excavation, unless the excavation is shored and such materials are accounted for as a surcharge load on the shoring system. Site grading to prepare for slab -on -grade structures should include the following: ► Remove material from the building footprint to establish the required subgrade elevation. ► Compact the exposed upper 1.5 feet of soil with heavy, vibrating -drum rollers (or equivalent) to at least 95 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557) under the observation of a field representative from Shannon & Wilson. ► Remove any soft/loose zones noted during rolling and replace those areas with structural fill material constructed in accordance with the recommendations presented in Section 7.5. A geotechnical engineer from our firm should observe mitigation of soft/loose zones. ► Place densely compacted, free - draining, well - graded, imported sand and crushed gravel or clean, crushed rock fill in the upper 18 inches beneath the slab elevation to increase the modulus of the subgrade, if required. If it is used to provide a capillary break layer, the upper 6 inches of the imported fill should have less than 3 percent fines (based on the minus 3 / -inch fraction) and should have a maximum size of 4 inches. Compact all structural fill to at least 95 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. ► Install a vapor barrier under slabs of heated spaces. The design civil engineer should determine if sand between the vapor barrier and the concrete slab is required for concrete curing. 21-1-20762-001-RI .doc/wp/LKD 12 21 -1- 20762 -001 8.2 Steel Pipe Pile Installation 8.2.1 Pile- driving Equipment 8.2.3 Monitoring Pile Driving SHANNON f;WILSON, INC. The Contractor should design, construct, and maintain all pile - driving equipment in a manner suitable for this project. If, in the opinion of the owner, the driving equipment is inadequate or deficient, the owner should direct the Contractor to remove it from the job site. The Contractor should pay all costs for remobilizing, removing, or replacing such equipment. The Contractor should furnish the manufacturer's specifications and catalog for the proposed driving hammer. 8.2.2 Pile- driving Conditions In our opinion, pile installation for the proposed building would encounter moderate driving conditions in the upper fill materials; easy driving conditions in the soft, clayey silt deposits; and moderate to hard driving conditions in the bearing sand layer. The soft silt layers could cause misfire of diesel hammers because of the minimal driving resistance. We recommend that the Contractor use a hammer that allows variable energy settings to drive the piles. Shannon & Wilson personnel should observe and evaluate all pile driving by making a continuous driving record of each pile. For this purpose, the Contractor should be required to mark the pile in 1 -foot increments. During restrike, additional 1 -inch increments between the 1 -foot marks would be required. The pile- driving record would include hammer stroke (diesel hammers), blows per foot, time, date, reasons for delays, and other pertinent information. In addition, the record would include tip elevation, specified criteria, and the initials of inspectors making final acceptance of the pile. The pile- driving records should be reviewed on a daily basis. It is difficult to visually estimate the energy delivered by diesel hammers. During construction, we recommend that the Saximeter, developed by Pile Dynamic, Inc., be used to record blow counts and stroke length that would correlate to driving energy. Use of the Saximeter during pile driving can verify that the hammer is developing enough energy to achieve the required axial capacity. 21 -1- 20762 - 001.101. doc/wp/LKD 13 21 -1- 20762 -001 4 8.2.4 Vibrations and Noise Levels While we believe the risk for this project is low, some potential exists for damage to existing nearby buried utilities because of vibrations caused by pile - driving operations. If new piles are within 10 feet of existing sensitive buried utilities, we should be retained to develop and implement pile - driving vibration criteria for those existing structures and utilities. The criteria should consider the type and frequency of the vibrations, the structural design and existing condition of the structure. 8.3 Wet Weather Earthwork SHANNON &WILSON, INC. In this area, wet weather generally begins in October and continues through about May, although rainy periods could occur at any time of the year. Earthwork performed during the wet weather months would cost more and take longer to complete. Groundwater levels could also be higher during the rainy season. Groundwater and surface water runoff could enter into site excavations and would need to be intercepted by drainage ditches or trench drains, or otherwise removed. The soils at the site generally contain enough silt to produce an unstable mixture when wet. Such soils are susceptible to softening when wet. Standing water on the soil surface, along with construction activity, would result in disturbance and an unstable bearing surface that could require overexcavation. The following recommendations are applicable for pile caps, general excavation, floor slabs, or pavements: ► If there is to be traffic over the exposed subgrade, the subgrade should be protected from disturbance. A lean concrete pad, about 2 or 3 inches thick (a "rat slab" or "mud slab "), could be placed immediately following excavation on the undisturbed soils. This could be done, as needed, to protect the exposed soils and act as a working surface. Overexcavation could be needed to accommodate this lean concrete pad. ► The ground surface in the construction area should be sloped and sealed with a smooth - drum roller to promote rapid runoff of precipitation, to prevent surface water from flowing into excavations, and to prevent ponding of water. ► Construction should be observed on a full -time basis by Shannon & Wilson personnel to determine that all unsuitable materials are removed, suitable drainage is achieved, and appropriate bearing surface results. ► Covering work areas with plastic and/or sloping, ditching, pumping from sumps, and other dewatering measures should be employed as necessary to permit proper completion of the work. 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R I.dadwp/LKD 14 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON 6VVILSON. INC. The above recommendations apply for all weather conditions but are most important for wet weather earthwork. They should be incorporated into the contract specifications for foundation and pavement construction. 8.4 Construction Observation We recommend that Shannon & Wilson review those portions of the plans and specifications that pertain to foundations and earthwork to determine if they are consistent with our recommendations. We also recommend we observe the geotechnical aspects of construction, particularly the test pile program, pavement subgrade preparation, drainage, foundation installation, and backfill. This observation will allow us to verify the subsurface conditions as they are exposed during construction and to determine that the work is accomplished in accordance with our recommendations. 9.0 LIMITATIONS The analyses, conclusions, and recommendations contained in this report are based on site conditions as they presently exist, and further assume that the explorations are representative of the subsurface conditions at the Tukwila Fidelity Bank project; that is, the subsurface conditions everywhere are not significantly different from those disclosed by the explorations. Within the limitations of the scope, schedule, and budget, the analyses, conclusions, and recommendations presented in this report were prepared in accordance with generally accepted professional geotechnical engineering principles and practice in this area at the time this report was prepared. We make no other warranty, either express or implied. Our conclusions and recommendations are based on our understanding of the project as described in this report and the site conditions as interpreted from the explorations. If, during final design and construction, subsurface conditions different from those encountered in the field explorations are observed or appear to be present during pile installation, we should be advised at once so that we could review these conditions and reconsider our recommendations where necessary. If there is substantial lapse of time between the submission of this report and the start of work at the site, or if conditions have changed because of natural forces or construction operations at or adjacent to the site, we recommend that this report be reviewed to determine the applicability of the conclusions and recommendations concerning the changed conditions or the time Lapse. 2} -1-20762-001-RI .doUwp/LKD 15 21 -1- 20762 -001 1 4 We recommend that we review those portions of the plans and specifications pertaining to deep foundation installation, drainage, and earthwork to determine if they are consistent with our recommendations. This report was prepared for the exclusive use of Westfield Corporation, Inc., its structural engineer, and other members of the design team. It should be made available to prospective contractors for information on factual data only, and not as a warranty of subsurface conditions such as those interpreted from the exploration logs and presented in the discussions of subsurface conditions included in this report. Unanticipated soil conditions are commonly encountered and cannot fully be determined by merely by taking soil samples from a limited number of soil borings. Such unexpected conditions frequently require that additional expenditures be made to attain properly constructed projects. Therefore, some contingency fund is recommended to accommodate such potential extra costs. The scope of our geotechnical services did not include any environmental assessment or evaluation regarding the presence or absence of hazardous or toxic materials in the soil, surface water, groundwater, or air, on or below the site, or any evaluation or disposal of contaminated soils or groundwater should any be encountered, except as noted in this report. Shannon & Wilson, Inc. has prepared a document, "Important Information About Your Geotechnical Report," to assist you and others in understanding the use and limitations of our reports. This document is included in this report as Appendix D. SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Jere : utkovich Geot • hnical Engineer JNB:MWP:TMG /jnb 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R 1.doc/wp/LKD 16 ' EXPIRES: 04121 1 Martin W. Page, P.E., L.E.G. Associate SHANNON foWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 10.0 REFERENCES SHANNON &WILSON. INC. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), 1993, Guide for design of pavement structures. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 2001, Annual book of standards, Construction, v. 4.08, Soil and rock (I): D 420 — D 4914: West Conshohocken, Pa. International Building Code, 2003, International Code Council, 2003. Johnson, S.Y., Dadisman, S.V., Childs, J.R., and Stanley, W.D., 1999, Active tectonics of the Seattle fault and Central Puget Sound, Washington — implications for earthquake hazards in Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 111, no. 7, p. 1042 -1053, July. Reese, L.C., and Wang, S.T., 2004, Documentation of computer program LPILE Version 5.0: Austin, Tex., Ensoft, Inc. Tokimatsu, K., and Seed, H.B., 1987, Evaluation of settlements in sands due to earthquake shaking: Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, v. 113, no. 8, p. 861 -878. Youd, T.L., and Idriss, I.M., 1997, Proceedings of the NCEER Workshop on evaluation of liquefaction resistance of soils: NCEER technical report NCEER -97 -0022, December 31. Zehfuss, P.H., Atwater, B.F., Valiance, J.W., Brenniman, H., and Brown, T.A., 2003, Holocene lahars and their by- products along the historical path of the White River between Mount Rainier and Seattle: Geological Society of America Field Guide 4, p. 209 -223. 21-1-20762-001 -R l .doc/wp/LKD 17 21 -1 -20762 -001 4 0 N E co 0 1/4 1/2 Scale in Miles 1 NOTE Reproduced with permission granted by THOMAS BROS. MAPSe. This map is copyrighted by Rand McNally R.L. 06 -S -27. It is unlawful to copy or reproduce all or any part thereof, whether for personal use or resale, without permission. All rights reserved. June 2007 Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington VICINITY MAP SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical end Environmental Consultants 21- 1- 20762 -001 FIG. 1 4 FB-1 CF-1, RB-5 CPT-1 1 1 1 1 1 kr =sr* cr$1315 O EVA VE MOM in= MO 1101512 O =CM O WNW LEGEND Current Boring Designation and Approximate Location Previous Boring Designation and Approximate Location 0 Cone Penetration Test Designation and Approximate Location ISM] 55.1:1 EWI CCM VW{ W74 INCM MCI MSC 4.22 .1147 0 0 •O•41..-5.9 =•••2 11 1 111 1 Existing Parking Garage CF-1 EB k )(Di RB-5 Proposed Cheesecake Factory Restaurant 1 P 1 Strander Blvd. g 0 1 C 0 0 0f gwri_z!= ci.k 4 I Scale in Feet 60 120 NOTE Base map adapted from "FIDELITY.dwg" provided by client 6-12-07. Z I Z J 1 t PROPOSED FIDE 1 BANK BUILDItiG Mall Entrance N N L ) 11H •■••■■ sittis ales Yin • ••••• Riga ••■7 Wenn 001•• AI= agrai. O MAIM 10•70 01.101a •■••• •MWAS .3151 .11.• MINX PAIR alt•• 51171. • Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington SITE AND EXPLORATION PLAN June 2007 21-1-20762-001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants FIG. 2 Medium dense, silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly (FILL) Loose silty fine SAND Soft, fine sandy SILT, discontinuous PEAT layers Med. dense slightly silty, fine to med. SAND Med. Stiff, fine sandy SILT Very soft to soft silty CLAY / clayey SILT with organics Medium dense to very dense, slightly silty to silty SAND with gravel and sandy silt Milcap6p(v2)- 6/2112007 -S I EEL FB-1 STATIC 14in.xis GENERALIZED SOIL PROFILE (FB -1 and CPT -1) 32' 16' 9' c -13' d w 21' -28' -68' -98' 20 40 .2 60 x W 0. w 0 0. In W 80 0 . 100 120 3. Calculations assume static loading conditions with settlement. 4. Calculations assume ground water at elevation of 16 feet (16 feet below existing ground surface). ESTIMATED AXIAL PILE CAPACITY (kips) NOTES 1. Allowable compressive capacity is a summation of allowable skin friction and mobilized end bearing. 2. Allowable skin friction and end bearing are obtained by applying a factor of safety (FS) of 2.0 to the estimated ultimate values. - - - Ultimate Uplift Resistance Allowable Total Capacity • 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington ESTIMATED AXIAL CAPACITY 14 -IN -DIAM. STEEL PIPE PILE June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. 3 Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants Medium dense, silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly (FILL) Loose silty fine SAND Soft, tine sandy SILT, discontinuous PEAT layers Med. dense slightly silty, fine to med. SAND Med. Stiff, fine sandy SILT Very soft to soft silty CLAY / clayey SILT with organics Medium dense to very dense, slightly silty to silty SAND with gravel and sandy silt pdcap6p(v2)-6/27/2007STEEL F8-1 STATIC 16in.xls GENERALIZED SOIL PROFILE (FB -1 and CPT -1) 3Z 16' 9 ' cu 22 -13' -21' -28' -68' -98' 20 40 , a? 60 2 W a _ I— J 80 100 120 • • ESTIMATED AXIAL PILE CAPACITY (kips) • • • 5 • • 0 50 100 150 NOTES 1. Allowable compressive capacity is a summation of allowable skin friction and mobilized end bearing. 2. Allowable skin friction and end bearing are obtained by applying a factor of safety (FS) of 2.0 to the estimated ultimate values. 3. Calculations assume static loading conditions with settlement. 4. Calculations assume ground water at elevation of 16 feet (16 feet below existing ground surface). - - Ultimate Uplift Resistance Allowable Total Capacity • • • 200 250 300 350 400 Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington ESTIMATED AXIAL CAPACITY 18 -IN -DIAM. STEEL PIPE PILE June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. 4 Geotedtnical and Environmental Consultants LPILE Summary.xls - 6/27,2007 jnb ..t 0 15.5' 28' 45' 53' 60' 100' (71 GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE PROFILE Fill Loose Sand Soft Silt Med. Dense Sand Med. Stiff Silt Soft Clay 0 10 20 30 40 ci) ..e 50 60 70 80 90 100 Deflection (in) NOTES 1. The lateral resistance analyses were performed using the computer program LPILE Version 5.0 (Reese and Wang, 2004). 2. Loads assumed to be applied at top of pile are as follows: Lateral Load = 22.0 kips Moment = 0 kips-ft Axial Load = 215.0 kips 3. Analyses assume the following pile properties: Area Moment of Modulus of Length (in2) Inertia (1n4) Elasticity (ksi) (ft) 21.2 484.0 29,000.0 125.0 -0.10 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 -100 -50 0 50 100 -20.0 -10.0 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 0 10 20 30 40 2 50 ti. 60 70 80 90 100 Moment (kips Shear (kips) Free-Head Condition Fixed-Head Condition 4. Groundwater level assumed at depth of 15.5 feet. 5. Analyses assume either fixed- or free-head condition at top of pile. 6. Analyses assume pile group spacing of at least 3 pile diameters. Analyses do not consider group effect. 9-77. 2 o. 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington LATERAL RESISTANCE ANALYSES 14-IN-DIAMETER STEEL PIPE PILE June 2007 21-1-20762-001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechntcal and Environmental Consultants FIG. 5 0 15.5' 28' 45' 53' 60' 100' LPILE Summary.xls - 6/27/2007 GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE PROFILE Fill Loose Sand Soft Silt Med. Dense Sand Med. Stiff Silt Soft Clay 27.5 1,053.0 •••■••• 6 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Deflection (In) -0.10 0.00 0.10 0.20 0 NOTES 1. The lateral resistance analyses were performed using the computer program LPILews, Version 5.0 (Reese and Wang, 2004). 2. Loads assumed to be applied at top of pile are as follows: Lateral Load = 22.0 kips Moment =0 kips-ft Axial Load = 215.0 klps 3. Analyses assume the following pile properties: Area Moment of Modulus of Length (in2) Inertia (1n4) Elasticity (ksi) (ft) 29,000.0 125.0 0.30 0.40 -100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Moment (k(ps -50 0 50 100 Free-Head Condition -Fixed-Head Condition 4. Groundwater level assumed at depth of 15.5 feet. 5. Analyses assume either fixed- or free-head condition at top of pile. 8. Analyses assume pile group spacing of at least 3 pile diameters. Analyses do not consider group effect. June 2007 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Shear (kips) Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 LATERAL RESISTANCE ANALYSES 18-IN-DIAMETER STEEL PIPE PILE 21-1-20762-001 FIG. 6 Jnb APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS SHANNON &WILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page A.1 CURRENT SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS A -1 A.2 PREVIOUS SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS A -1 A.3 SOIL SAMPLING A -1 A.4 REFERENCES A -2 Figure No. 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R I - AA.doc/w p/LKD LIST OF FIGURES A -1 Soil Classification and Log Key (2 sheets) A -2 Log of Boring FB -1 (2 sheets) A -3 Log of Boring CF -1 (February 2007) A -4 Log of Boring RB -5 (November 2004) A -5 Cone Penetration Test Plot CPT -1 A -i SHANNON iWILSON. INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS A.1 CURRENT SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS SHANNON FiWILSON. INC. We performed one soil boring, designated FB -1, for the Fidelity Bank project on June 15, 2007. The location of the soil boring is shown in the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. A representative from our firm determined the location by taping from existing site features. The log for the soil boring is presented as Figure A -2. Gregory Drilling, Inc., under subcontract to Shannon & Wilson, Inc., drilled soil boring FB -1 using a CME 85 truck - mounted drill rig and mud - rotary drilling techniques. The mud -rotary method consists of drilling the subsurface soils and removing the cuttings by circulation of a bentonite/water mix drilling mud. A settling tank at the ground surface collected the cuttings while the mud was recirculated into the boring. Gregory Drilling, Inc. transferred all cuttings into drums and disposed of them. One cone penetration test (CPT) was completed by Northwest Cone Exploration under subcontract to Shannon and Wilson, Inc. on June 27, 2007. The test, designated CPT -1, was used to evaluate the subsurface conditions and evaluate the depth of a suitable bearing layer. The results are plotted as Figure A -5. A.2 PREVIOUS SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS We evaluated subsurface information from previous explorations to supplement geotechnical information derived from the recent boring. Our firm previously performed two soil borings in the project vicinity in 2004 and 2007. Section A.4 references these studies. The soil boring designations and locations are shown in the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. The logs for these soil borings are presented as Figures A -3 through A -4. A.3 SOIL SAMPLING A Shannon & Wilson, Inc. representative observed previous and current drilling operations. Our representative collected soil samples and prepared a log for each boring. During the explorations, disturbed (split- spoon) samples were retrieved from the borings at 21/2- to 5 -foot 21 -1- 20762- OOI -RI- AA.doc/wp /LKD A -1 21 -1- 20762 -001 depth intervals. Retrieved samples were field screened for the potential presence of contamination. Field screening methods included visual and olfactory observations. To obtain disturbed soil samples, Standard Penetration Tests (SPTs) were performed in general accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation: D 1586, Test Method for Penetration Test and Split - Barrel Sampling of Soils (ASTM, 2002). The SPT consists of driving a 2 -inch outside - diameter (O.D.) split -spoon sampler a total distance of 18 inches below the bottom of the drilled hole with a 140 -pound hammer falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to cause the last 12 inches of penetration is termed the Standard Penetration Resistance (N- value). When the resistance exceeded 50 blows for 6 inches or less penetration, the test was terminated and the number of blows and the corresponding penetration were recorded. The Standard Penetration Resistance values are plotted on the boring logs presented in Appendix A. These values provide a means for evaluating the relative density of granular soils and the relative consistency (stiffness) of cohesive soils. SPT samples were classified in the field and recorded on the logs by our field representative. Samples were placed in airtight jars and returned to our laboratory for testing. A.4 REFERENCES American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 2002, 2002 Annual book of standards, construction: West Conshohocken, Pa., volume 04.08 Soil and Rock. Shannon & Wilson, Inc., 1975, Report of soil engineering, Rainier National Bank, Tukwila, Washington: Shannon & Wilson, Inc., Seattle, Wash., report no. W- 2888 -01, July. Shannon & Wilson, Inc., 2005, Geotechnical report, Westfield Shoppingtown Southcenter Expansion, Tukwila, Washington: Shannon & Wilson, Inc., Seattle, Wash., report no. 21 -1 -20189 -004, September. 21-1-20762-001-RI-AA. doc/wp/LKD A -2 SHANNON FiWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 DESCRIPTION SIEVE NUMBER AND /OR SIZE FINES < #200 (0.08 mm) SAND* - Fine - Medium - Coarse #200 to #40 (0.08 to 0.4 mm) #40 to #10 (0.4 to 2 mm) #10 to #4 (2 to 5 mm) GRAVEL' - Fine - Coarse #4 to 3/4 inch (5 to 19 mm) 3/4 to 3 inches (19 to 76 mm) COBBLES 3 to 12 inches (76 to 305 mm) BOULDERS > 12 inches (305 mm) COARSE - GRAINED SOILS FINE- GRAINED SOILS N, SPT, BLOWS /FT. RELATIVE DENSITY N, SPT, RELATIVE BLOWS/FT. CONSISTENCY 0 - 4 4 -10 10 - 30 30 - 50 Over 50 Very loose Loose Medium dense Dense Very dense Under 2 2 - 4 4 - 8 8 - 15 15 - 30 Over 30 Very soft Soft Medium stiff Stiff Very stiff Hard c. N 0 z a O Shannon & Wilson, Inc. (S &IM, uses a soil classification system modified from the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). Elements of the USCS and other definitions are provided on this and the following page. Soil descriptions are based on visual- manual procedures (ASTM D 2488 -93) unless otherwise noted. SMW CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL CONSTITUENTS • MAJOR constituents compose more than 50 percent, by weight, of the soil. Major consituents are capitalized (i.e., SAND). • Minor constituents compose 12 to 50 percent of the soil and precede the major constituents (Le., silty SAND). Minor constituents preceded by "slightly" compose 5 to 12 percent of the soil (i.e., slightly silty SAND). • Trace constituents compose 0 to 5 percent of the soil (i.e., slightly silty SAND, trace of gravel). MOISTURE CONTENT DEFINITIONS Dry Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch Moist Damp but no visible water Wet Visible free water, from below water table ABBREVIATIONS ATD Elev. ft FeO MgO HSA ID in Ibs Mon. N NA NP OD OVA PID ppm PVC SS SPT USC WLI At Time of Drilling Elevation feet Iron Oxide Magnesium Oxide Hollow Stem Auger Inside Diameter inches pounds Monument cover Blows for last two 6 -inch increments Not applicable or not available Non plastic Outside diarneter Organic vapor analyzer Photo - ionization detector parts per million Polyvinyl Chloride Split spoon sampler Standard penetration test Unified soil classification Water level indicator GRAIN SIZE DEFINITION Unless otherwise noted, sand and gravel, when present, range from fine to coarse in grain size. RELATIVE DENSITY / CONSISTENCY WELL AND OTHER SYMBOLS Bent. Cement Grout Bentonite Grout Bentonite Chips Silica Sand PVC Screen II Vibrating Wire I ii Surface Cement Asphalt or Cap Slough Bedrock Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND LOG KEY June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants FIG. A -1 Sheet 1 of 2 UNIFIED S©IL4CLASSEFICATION-SYSTEM (USCS).. . (From AS`_IfM D :2487 -98' &2488 -93) u _ MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP /GRAPHIC SYMBOL TYPICAL DESCRIPTION COARSE- GRAINED SOILS (more than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve) Gravels (more than 50% of coarse fraction retained on No. 4 sieve) Clean Gravels (less than 5% fines) GW .1 s • '' • ' Well - graded gravels, gravels, graverisanc rrllxtures,llt fines. GP • e O a 13° ' 0 0, . _ Poorly graded gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines Gravels Wlth Fines (more than 12% fines ) GM Silty gravels, gravel- sand -silt mixtures GC Clayey gravels, gravel- sand -clay mixtures Sands (50% or more of coarse fraction passes the No. 4 sieve) Clean Sands (less than 5% fines) SW Well-graded sands, ravel) ll We r gravelly sands, little or no fines S Poorly graded sand, gravelly sands, little or no fines S ands with Fines (more than 12% fines) SM Silty sands, sand -silt mixtures SC Clayey sands, sand -clay mixtures FINE - GRAINED SOILS (50% or more passes the No. 200 sieve) Silts and Clays (liquid limit less than 50) Inorganic ML Inorganic silts of low to medium plasticity, rock flour. sandy silts, gravelly silts, or clayey silts with slight Plasticity CL inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays Organic OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity Silts and Clays (liquid limit 50 or more) Inorganic MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sands or silty soils, elastic silt CH Inorganic clays or medium to high p sandy fat clay, or gravelly fat y Organic OH Organic days of medium to high plasticity, organic silts ORGANIC SOILS Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor PT rwd r ✓ v vwd./ Peat, humus, swamp soils with high orga content (see ASTM D 4427) NOTE: No. 4 size = 5 mm; No. 200 size = 0.075 mm NOTES 1. Dual symbols (symbols separated by a hyphen, i.e., SP - SM, slightly silty fine SAND) are used for soils with between 5% and 12% fines or when the liquid limit and plasticity index values plot in the CL -ML area of the plasticity chart. . 2. Borderline symbols (symbols separated by a slash, i.e., CL7ML, silty CLAY /clayey SILT; GW /SW, sandy GRAVEL/gravelly SAND) Indicate that the soil may fall into one of two possible basic groups. Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND LOG KEY June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. Al - Geotechnlcal and Erniranmental Consultants Sheet 2 of 2 f Total Depth: 106.5 R. Nor Method: Mud Rotary Hole Diam.: 6 in. Top Elevation: - 32 k. Ea: Company: Gregory Rod Diam.: 2 Vert. Datum: Station: Equipment Truck Hammer Type: Automatic Horiz. Datum: Offset Other Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION Refer to the report text for a proper understanding of the subsurface materials and dn7ling methods. The stratification lines indicated below represent the approximate boundaries between material types. and the transition may be gradual. Depth, ft. Symbol saldweg '4 ;de �a ;eM punoJD PENETRATION RESISTANCE (blows/foot) • Hammer WL & Drop: 140 lbs / 30 inches 0 20 40 60 Medium dense, gray, silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly; moist; (Fill) SC /SM. 15.5 23.0 45.0 53.0 0 Ojo II 1 s= s= y =. 1 1 11 15 o 20 25 30 .. .. .. .. . . . . �. O Loose, gray to black, silty fine SAND; wet; scattered fine roots and wood particles; SM. • Soft, gray to purple -gray, fine sandy SILT; wet; thinly bedded with a trace of fine roots, seam of stiff PEAT at 35.0 feet; ML. . • C • 40 45 50 55 • Medium dense, black, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND; wet; finely bedded with scattered silt seams; SP -SM. O . • Medium stiff, gray, fine sandy SILT; wet; finely bedded; ML. CONTINUED NEXT SHEET . : • < 0 20 40 60 EL GEND • Sample Not Recovered V Ground Water Level ATD 0 % Fines ( <0.075mm) 1 Standard Penetration Test • % Water Content Plastic Limit 1—•---I Liquid Limit Natural Water Content NOTES Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington LOG OF BORING FB -1 June 2007 21-1-20762-001 1. Refer to KEY for explanation of symbols, codes, abbreviations and definitions. 2. Groundwater level, if Indicated above, is for the date specified and may vary. 3. USCS designation is based on visual- manual classification and selected lab testing. 4. The hole location was measured using a cloth tape from existing site features and should be considered aooroximate. SHANNON 84 WILSON INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Cons FIG. A -2 Sheet 1 of 2 ti Total Depth: 106.5 ft. Not Method: Mud Rotary Hole Diam.: 6 in. Top Elevation: - 32 ft. Ea: Company: Gregory Rod Diam.: 2 Vert. Datum: Station: Equipment: Truck Hammer Type: Automatic Horiz. Datum: Off; Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION I I *4 ' 4idaa Symbol I Samples Ground Water Depth, ft. PENETRATION RESISTANCE (blows/foot) 0 20 40 60 Very soft to soft, gray to dark gray, silty CLAY; b bu ° 1 � 1 e1 W 1 2 1 gg .. .... .. . .. • 1 . 8 WOW* • A • • WOR Very loose to loose, gray, silty fine SAND; wet; z • BOTTOM OF BORING 1 Total Depth: 86.5 ft. Nor Method: Mud Rotary Hole Diam.: 6 in. Top Elevation: - 30 ft. Eas Company: Boart Longyear Rod Diam.: 2 -inch Vert. Datum: Station: Equipment: Truck Rig Hammer TypeRope and Cathead Horiz. Datum: Off; Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION Refer to the report text for a proper understanding of the subsurface materials and drilling methods. The stratification lines indicated below represent the approximate boundaries between material types, and the transition may be gradual. 'tpdao Symbol s aidw e s Ground Water Depth, ft. PENETRATION RESISTANCE (blows/foot) • Hammer Wt. & Drop: 140 Ibs / 30 inches 0 20 40 60 Medium dense to dense, Tight brown to gray, slightly sandy, silty GRAVEL; moist GP. P Q O Q 2= 41 5= 8= 71 a= s= 101 ti 12= 131 15= n= None Observed During Drilling O o o O o Medium dense, gray, silty, fine to medium SAND, trace of gravel; moist; stratified, scattered oxidized zones; (Alluvium) SP. O Medium stiff, brown -gray, slightly sandy LILT, trace of wood fragments; moist thinly bedded; (Alluvium) ML. Medium dense, black, silty, fine SAN moist; finely bedded; (Alluvium) SM. p Stiff, brown to gray, fine sandy SILT; ;t interbedded with wood and organics; (Alluvium) ML/PT. Medium dense, gray to black, slightly silty to silty, fine to medium SAND; moist; bedded; (Alluvium) SP- SM/SM. S Very soft to medium stiff, Tight to darts y, silty CLAY /clayey SILT; moist massive; (Alluvium) CH /MH. Weight of -Rod> Welght- Of:Rods . Dense to very dense, dark gray, silty : to medium SAND; moist faintly bedded scattered shell fragments trace of gravel at 85 feet; (Alluvium) SM. 70 4 BOTTOM OF BORING COMPLETED 2/7/2007 0 20 40 60 LEGEND • Sample Not Recovered 0 % Fines (<0.075mm) 1 Standard Penetration Test • % Water Content Plastic Limit 1—•- -1 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content NOTES Cheesecake Factory Tukwila, Washington LOG OF BORING CF -1 February 2007 21 - 1 - 20693 - 001 1. Refer to KEY for explanation of symbols. codes, abbreviations and definitions. 2. Groundwater level. if indicated above. is for the date specified and may vary. 3. USCS designation is based on visual- manual classification and selected lab testing. 4. The hole location was measured using a cloth tape from existing site features and , . . • ,,, , - r . ... ..'(Hate._ SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants FIG. A -3 • a m 0 a co r0 m 0 W ca ce 0 1— a Total Depth: 83 ft. Northing: Method: Hole Diem.: Top Elevation: - 28 ft. Ea Company: Rod Diam.: Vert. Datum: Station: Equipment: Hammer Type: Horiz. Datum: Of Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION D Depth, ft. logwis saldwes 1 Ground Water Depth, ft. PENETRATION RESISTANCE (blowslfoot) 0 20 40 60 - / 3 -inch asphalt concrete; 9 -inch compacted r 1 1.0 '!!, .' ' '_ 10 . - ;,0/2"° Medium dense to dense /very stiff, gray to Tight : . - . • = Loose, brownish -gray, slightly gravelly, silty ' \Very soft, gray, clayey SILT; moist; ML. r 2 Loose to medium dense, dark gray, clean to 1 . • .. . .•. Medium stiff, brown to dark gray, silty 1 . . O • Medium dense, dark gray, fine to medium . Very loose /soft, dark gray, varved, very fine to • Very soft to soft, gray to dark gray, silty 1 . :• . Medium dense to very dense, gray, slightly silty . ..... .:! . ... . . .:.; . ., .. - BOTTOM OF BORING 6 0 20 40 60 LEGEND • Sample Not Recovered $Z Ground Water Level ATD E Environmental Sample Obtained 1 Standard Penetration Test Plastic Limit 1-11)--1 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content i i NOTES L Westfield Shoppingtown Southcenter Expansion Tukwila, Washington LOG OF BORING RB -5 1. Refer to KEY for explanation of symbols, codes, abbreviations and definitions. ti z 69 • Y- 20 Depth ii0 (ft) l0 100 120 Shannon & Wilson Inc. Tip Resistance Qc TSF 0 0 -� L J 'Soil behavk r type and SPT based on data from UBC -1983 Operator. Nowak Sounding: CPT -01 Cone Used: DSG1015 Friction Ratio Pore Pressure Soil Behavior Type SPT N' Fs/Qc ( %) Pw PSI Zone: UBC -1983 60% Hammer 300 0 4 -20 140 0 12 0 120 1 -- - r T, CPT Datemme: 6/27/2007 10:54:05 AM Location: Fidelity Job Number: 21 -1- 20762 -001 - an I I I I I I I I I I -111 1 1 1 1 1 I I I ; I 1 I 1 II 11 J _ 1 . 1 1 1 1 11 Ar (71 . I 1I I I I Maximum Depth = 119.75 feet Depth Increment = 0.164 feet r�'.1 1 sensitive fine grained • 4 silty day to clay • 7 silty sand to sandy silt • 10 gravelly sand to sand 1 2 organic material • 5 clayey silt to silty clay ' 8 sand to silty sand • 11 very stiff fine grained (') • 3 clay • 6 sandy silt to clayey silt • 9 sand • 12 sand to dayey sand (') Northwest Cone Exploration FfG. ,4 -5 APPENDIX B LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS SHANNON FiWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 • q 21 -1- 20762 - 001- RI- AB.doc/wp /LKD APPENDIX B LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page B.1 INTRODUCTION B -1 B.2 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION B -1 B.3 WATER CONTENT DETERMINATION B -1 B.4 FINES CONTENT B -2 B -i SHANNON FlWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 B.1 INTRODUCTION APPENDIX B LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS This appendix contains descriptions of the procedures and the results of laboratory tests performed on the soil samples obtained from the field exploration for the Fidelity Bank project in Tukwila, Washington. We tested the samples to determine the basic index properties and the engineering characteristics of the soils within the project site. B.2 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION SHANNON 6WILSON. INC. The Shannon & Wilson, Inc. laboratory in Seattle, Washington, conducted the testing during June 2007. Laboratory testing consisted of visual classification on all soil samples, natural moisture content determination on all soil samples, and fines content on four soil samples. Each of the soil samples recovered from the borings was visually reclassified in our laboratory using a system based on the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation: D 2487, Standard Test Method for Classification of Soil for Engineering Purposes, and ASTM Designation: D 2488, Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedure). These ASTM standards use the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). The USCS is described in Figure A -1. The visual classification made using this system allows for convenient and consistent comparison of soils from widespread geographic areas. The individual sample classifications have been incorporated into the soil descriptions on the boring logs presented in Figures A -2 through A -4. B.3 WATER CONTENT DETERMINATION The natural water content of 20 soil samples recovered from the field explorations were determined in general accordance with ASTM Designation: D 2216, Standard Method of Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures. Comparison of natural water content of a soil with its index properties can be useful in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 2002, 2002 Annual book of standards, Construction v. 04.08, Soil and rock (I): D 420 — D 5779: West Conshohocken, Pa. 21 -1 -20762 -00 1 -R I -A B.doc/wp /LKD B -1 21 -1- 20762 -001 • v characterizing soil unit weight, consistency, compressibility, and strength. Water content is plotted on the boring logs presented in Appendix A. B.4 FINES CONTENT 21 -1. 20762 - 001 -R1- AB.doc/wp/LKD B-2 SHANNON &WILSON. INC. Fines content determinations were performed on selected samples of granular soils in general accordance with ASTM D 422, Standard Method for Particle -Size Analysis of Soils. Fines contents are plotted on the boring logs presented in Appendix A. Fines contents are used to assist in classifying soils and to provide correlation with soil properties, including permeability, capillarity, susceptibility to liquefaction, and sensitivity to moisture. 21 -1- 20762 -001 APPENDIX C LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL SHANNON FiWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 Figure No. 21-1-20762-001-RI -AC.doc/wp/LKD APPENDIX C LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Page C.1 LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL C -1 C.2 REFERENCE C -1 LIST OF FIGURES C -1 Results of Liquefaction Analyses, Boring FB -1 C -2 Results of Liquefaction Analyses, Boring CF -1 C -3 Results of Liquefaction Analyses, Boring RB -5 C -i SHANNON &WILSON. INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 C.1 LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL C.2 REFERENCE APPENDIX C LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. Liquefaction potential of the subsurface soils was estimated using the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N- values for samples obtained in the borings and their measured fines content. The factor of safety (FS) against liquefaction was determined for each SPT based on Seed's simplified empirical procedure and in accordance with National Center for Earthquake Engineering Research (NCEER) technical report NCEER -97 -0022 (Youd and Idriss, 1997). FSs were calculated for ground motions consistent with the recommended design ground motions (i.e., earthquake magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g). The calculated FSs for each boring are plotted in Figures C -1 through C -3. Youd, T.L., and Idriss, I.M., 1997, Proceedings of the NCEER Workshop on evaluation of liquefaction resistance of soils: NCEER technical report NCEER -97 -0022, December 31. 21 -1 -20762 -001- RI- AC.doc/wp /LKD C-1 21 -1- 20762 -001 Med. dense silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly; Fill (SC /SM) Loose silty fine SAND (SM) Soft fine sandy SILT (ML) Med. Dense, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND (SP -SM) Soft fine sandy SILT (ML) Very soft to soft silty CLAY (CH) • '6282007- LIQUEF FB- 1.xls- author SUBSURFACE PROFILE (Based on Boring FB -1) 10 20 w 30 w 0 LL oc co G 0 40 0 a so 60 70 00 0.0 NOTES: 0.1 0.2 0.2 1. Reference: Youd, T.L. and Idriss, I.M., 2001, Liquefaction Resistance of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996 NCEER and 1998 NCEER/ NSF Workshops on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils. 2. The analysis was performed for an earthquake with a magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g. 3. The liquefaction resistance of a soil is dependent on its density and fines content. The fines content was estimated based on selected grain -size analyses and engineering judgement. FACTOR -OF- SAFETY AGAINST LIQUEFACTION (FS) • • 0.4 00 00 07 08 08 1.0 11 12 1.3 • • • • • Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington 4 15 • RESULTS OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSES BORING FB -1 June 21 -1- 20762 -001 N2007 gp ' eofe onns�uf 1 . FIG. C - Med. dense to dense, slightly sandy silty GRAVEL; Fill (GP) Med. dense silty SAND (SM) Med. stiff slightly sandy SILT (ML) Med. dense slightly silty fine SAND (SP- SM) Stiff fine sandy SILT (SM) Med. dense fine to medium SAND (SP) Very soft silty CLAY /clayey SILT (CH/MH) Dense to very dense fine to medium SAND (SM) 6!28/2007- LIQUEF CF- 1.xis- author SUBSURFACE PROFILE (Based on Boring CF -1) 0 0.0 0.1 02 0.3 04 0.5 00 0. , 10 20 m w 30 w v rn z O 40 cc 150 00 70 ao NOTES: FACTOR-OF-SAFETY AGAINST LIQUEFACTION (FS) • 1. Reference: Youd, T.L. and Idriss, I.M., 2001, Liquefaction Resistance of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996 NCEER and 1998 NCEER/ NSF Workshops on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils. 2. The analysis was performed for an earthquake with a magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g. 3. The liquefaction resistance of a soil is dependent on its density and fines content. The fines content was estimated based on selected grain -size analyses and engineering judgement. 0.7 0.0 0.9 1.5 1 1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 • • • Cheesecake Factory Tukwila, Washington • • RESULTS OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSES BORING CF -1 June 2007 21 -1- 20693 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. C -2 Geotechnicat and Environmental Consultants Med. Dense to dense, v. stiff, silty SAND; Fill, (SM) Loose, brown -gray, slightly gravelly, silty SAND; (SM) V. soft. gray, clayey SILT; (ML) Loose to med. Dense, dark gray, slightly silty, very fine SAND; (SP -SM) Med stiff, brown to dark gray, silty CLAY and dayey SILT, numerous organics; MUCL Medium dense, dark gray, fine to medium SAND; (SP) Med. Dense, dark gray, varved fine silty SAND /sandy SILT; (SM/ML) Very soft to soft, gray to dark gray silty CLAY and clayey SILT; (MI-I/CH) 1 6/26/2007- LIQUEF RB- 5.x15 - author SUBSURFACE PROFILE (Based on Boring RB -5) 0 10• 20 T.% w w 0 LL 0 rn z 0 w CO X F- a w 0 30 40 50 00 • NOTES: 0.0 0.1 02 03 0.4 0.5 on FACTOR-OF-SAFETY AGAINST LIQUEFACTION (FS) • • 1. Reference: Youd, T.L. and Idriss, I.M., 2001, Liquefaction Resistance of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996 NCEER and 1998 NCEER/ NSF Workshops on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils. 2. The analysis was performed for an earthquake with a magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g. 3. The liquefaction resistance of a soil is dependent on its density and fines content. The fines content was estimated based on selected grain -size analyses and engineering judgement. 0.7 0.0 0.9 1.0 • • Westfield Shoppingtown Southcenter Expansion Tukwila, Washington 12 1.3 1.4 1.5 • • • RESULTS OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSES BORING RB -5 June 2007 21 -1- 20189 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. C -3 Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants APPENDIX D IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR GEOTECHNICAL REPORT - .. • SHANNON &WILSON, INC. ti.." •r31 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Inmental Consultants 1* Attachment to and part of Report 21 -1- 20762 -001 Date: July 3, 2007 To: Mr. Joshua Kimmel Westfield Corporation, Inc. IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR GEOTECHNICAL /ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT CONSULTING SERVICES ARE PERFORMED FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES AND FOR SPECIFIC CLIENTS. Consultants prepare reports to meet the specific needs of specific individuals. A report prepared for a civil engineer may not be adequate for a construction contractor or even another civil engineer. Unless indicated otherwise, your consultant prepared your report expressly for you and expressly for the purposes you indicated. No one other than you should apply this report for its intended purpose without first corerring with the consultant. No party should apply this report for any purpose other than that originally contemplated without first con erring with the consultant. THE CONSULTANTS REPORT IS BASED ON PROJECT - SPECIFIC FACTORS. A geotechnical/environmental report is based on a subsurface exploration plan designed to consider a unique set of project - specific factors. Depending on the project, these may include: the general nature of the structure and property involved; its size and configuration; its historical use and practice; the location of the structure on the site and its orientation; other improvements such as access roads, parking lots, and underground utilities; and the additional risk created by scope -of- service limitations imposed by the client. To help avoid costly problems, ask the consultant to evaluate how any factors that change subsequent to the date of the report may affect the recommendations. Unless your consultant indicates otherwise, your report should not be used: (1) when the nature of the proposed project is changed (for example, if an office building will be erected instead of a parking garage, or if a refrigerated warehouse will be built instead of an unrcfrigerated one, or chemicals are discovered on or near the site); (2) when the size, elevation, or configuration of the proposed project is altered; (3) when the location or orientation of the proposed project is modified; (4) when there is a change of ownership; or (5) for application to an adjacent site. Consultants cannot accept responsibility for problems that may occur if they are not consulted after factors which were considered in the development of the report have changed. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS CAN CHANGE. Subsurface conditions may be affected as a result of natural processes or human activity. Because a geotechnicalenvironmental report is based on conditions that existed at the time of subsurface exploration, construction decisions should not be based on a report whose adequacy may have been affected by time. Ask the consultant to advise if additional tests are desirable before construction starts; for example, groundwater conditions commonly vary seasonally. Construction operations at or adjacent to the site and natural events such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctuations may also affect subsurface conditions and, thus, the continuing adequacy of a geotechnical/environmental report. The consultant should be kept apprised of any such events, and should be consulted to determine if additional tests are necessary. MOST RECOMMENDATIONS ARE PROFESSIONAL JUDGMENTS. Site exploration and testing identifies actual surface and subsurface conditions only at those points where samples are taken. The data were extrapolated by your consultant, who then applied judgment to render an opinion about overall subsurface conditions. The actual interface between materials may be far more gradual or abrupt than your report indicates. Actual conditions in areas not sampled may differ from thole predicted in your report. While nothing can be done to prevent such situations, you and your consultant can work together to help reduce their impacts. Retaining your consultant to observe subsurface construction operations can be particularly beneficial in this respect. Page l of 2 1/2007 A REPORTS CONCLUSIONS ARE PRELIMINARY. THE CONSULTANTS REPORT IS SUBJECT TO MISINTERPRETATION. READ RESPONSIBILITY CLAUSES CLOSELY. ssu1i ption that conditions revealed through selective exploratory sampling are indicative of actual conditions throughout a site. Actual-su`bsurface conditions can be discerned only during earthwork; therefore, you should retain your consultant to observe actual conditions and to provide conclusions. Only the consultant who prepared the report is fully familiar with the background information needed to determine whether or not the report's recommendations based on those conclusions are valid and whether or not the contractor is abiding by applicable recommendations. The consultant who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or liability for the adequacy of the report's recommendations if another party is retained to observe construction. Costly problems can occur when other design professionals develop their plans based on misinterpretation of a geotechnical/environmental report. To help avoid these problems, the consultant should be retained to work with other project design professionals to explain relevant geotechnical, geological, hydrogeological, and environmental findings, and to review the adequacy of their plans and specifications relative to these issues. Final boring logs developed by the consultant are based upon interpretation of field logs (assembled by site personnel), field test results, and laboratory and/or office evaluation of field samples and data. Only final boring logs and data are customarily included in geotechnical/environmental reports. These final logs should not, under any circumstances, be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings, because drafters may commit errors or omissions in the transfer process. To reduce the likelihood of boring log or monitoring well misinterpretation, contractors should be given ready access to the complete geotechnical engineering /environmental report prepared or authorized for their use. If access is provided only to the report prepared for you, you should advise contractors of the report's limitations, assuming that a contractor was not one of the specific persons for whom the report was prepared, and that developing construction cost estimates was not one of the specific purposes for which it was prepared. While a contractor may gain important knowledge from a report prepared for another party, the contractor should discuss the report with your consultant and perform the additional or alternative work believed necessary to obtain the data specifically appropriate for construction cost estimating purposes. Some clients hold the mistaken impression that simply disclaiming responsibility for the accuracy of subsurface information always insulates them from attendant liability. Providing the best available information to contractors helps prevent costly construction problems and the adversarial attitudes that aggravate them to a disproportionate scale. Because geotechnical/environmental engineering is based extensively on judgment and opinion, it is far less exact than other design disciplines. This situation has resulted in wholly unwarranted claims being lodged against consultants. To help prevent this problem, consultants have developed a number of clauses for use in their contracts, reports and other documents. These responsibility clauses are not exculpatory clauses designed to transfer the consultant's liabilities to other parties; rather, they are definitive clauses that identify where the consultant's responsibilities begin and end. Their use helps all parties involved recognize their individual responsibilities and take appropriate action. Some of these definitive clauses are likely to appear in your report, and you are encouraged to read them closely. Your consultant will be pleased to give full and frank answers to your questions. Page 2 of 2 1/2007 REID MIDDLETON tOS 31b r FIE COPY Fidelity Investor Center REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP - 3 2008 (b/ City Of Tukwila B 'ILDIN DIVISION RECEIVED JUN 0 6 2008 PERMIT CENTER Seattle,-WA Prepared by Gensler One Beacon Street Boston, MA 02108 617 619 5700 <f6176195701 06/02/08 Issued for Permit and Construction Project Number 11.5039.163 Gensler 11.5039.163 SPECIFICATIONS GROUP General Requirements Subgroup DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY 01260 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 0126 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) 01290 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01310 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01420 REFERENCES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01700 EXECUTION 01731 CUTTING AND PATCHING 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Facility Construction Subgroup DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03300 CAST- IN - PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04 — MASONRY 04720 CAST STONE 04810 UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05 - METALS 05100 STRUCTURt-YLSTE,....FRAIV ING 05200 STEEL JOIST FRAMING 05300 STEEL DECKING • `' • 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FAI3RIC"AFIO1'4S [SectionTitle] Copyright 2008 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 'Division Section Title e r d ' 00000_table of contents -1 • •1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07111 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07131 SELF - ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING 07210 THERMAL INSULATION 07421 METAL WALL PANEL 074.30 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 07540 TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING 07610 SHEET METAL ROOFING 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07710 ROOF SPECIALTIES 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES 07920 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08111 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 082;11 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 084-11 ALUMINUM - FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 08800 GLAZING DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09290 GYPSUM BOARD 09912 EXTERIOR PAINTING 09913 INTERIOR PAINTING DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10440 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 10520 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS_ NOT APPLICABLE DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NGT APPLICABLE DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE [SectionTitle] Copyright 2008 Gensler 00002 table of contents -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA Facility Services Subgroup DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING 15300 FIRE PROTECTION 15400 PLUMBING 15500 HEATING, VENTILATION, AND AIR CONDITIONING DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL 16000 ELECTRICAL APPENDIX APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT APPENDIX B PROGRAM OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS [SectionTitle] Copyright 2008 Gensler 00002_table of contents -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 00700 — GENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL 1.1 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Gensler Document GCi which incorporates and amends AIA Document A201, 1987 Edition, hereinafter referred to as General Conditions, are hereby made a part of this Specification. 1.2 The Contractor is hereby specifically directed, as a condition of the Contract, to acquaint himself with the Articles contained therein, and to notify and apprise all Subcontractors and any other parties to the Contract of, and bind them to, its conditions. 1.3 No contractual adjustments shall be due as a result of failure on the part of the Contractor, Subcontractors or other parties to the Contract to fully acquaint themselves with the General Conditions. 1.4 The General Conditions of the Contract may be amended by Supplementary Conditions. 1.5 The provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions when included and Division 1, General Requirements, apply to the Work specified in each Section of the Specifications. 1.6 Where conflicts occur concerning the Architect's duties and responsibilities between the General Conditions and the Agreement between the Owner and Architect, the Agreement shall take precedence. 1.7 If not otherwise included in the Owner Contractor Agreement or specifically included in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall obtain the Owner's insurance requirements prior to submitting a bid. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 00700 Custom/11 -01/bac GENERAL CONDITIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 00700 -1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (GCi) Table of Contents Article 1- General Provisions 1.1 Basic Definitions 1.2 Execution, Correlation, Intent 1.3 Ownership and Use of Architect's Documents and Data 1.4 Capitalization 1.5 Interpretation Article 2. Owner 2.1 Definition 2.2 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.2.1 Financial Arrangements 2.2.2 Surveys and Other Information 2.2.3 Permits 2.2.4 Information Promptly Furnished 2.2.5 Copies of Drawings, Specifications 2.2.6 Other Duties and Responsibilities 2.3 Owner's Right to Stop the Work 2.4 Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work Article 3 - Contractor 3.1 Definition 3.2 Review of Contract Documents & Field Conditions by Owner 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures 3.3.1 Supervise and Direct 3.3.2 Responsible for Acts and Omissions 3.3.3 Not Relieved from Obligations by Architect, tests, etc. 3.3.4 Inspection of Work Performed 3.4 Labor and Materials 3.4.1 Pay 3.4.2 Discipline 3.4.3 Substitution Requests 3.4.4 Substitutions 3.5 Warranty 3.6 Taxes 3.7 Permits, Fees, Notices 3.7.1 Permits 3.7.2 Notices, Laws 3.7.3 Contract Documents, Codes, etc. 3.7.4 Responsibility for Non - Conformance 3.8 Allowances 3.9 Superintendent Gondar GCi - 063000f 3.10 Contractor's Construction Schedules 3.11 Documents and Samples at Site 3.12 Submittals 3.13 Use of Site 3.14 Cutting and Patching 3.15 Cleaning Up 3.16 Access to the Work 3.17 Royalties and Patents 3.18 I ndemnification 3.19 Year 2000 3.20 Design/Build Article 4 - Administration of the Contract 4.1 Architect 4.2 Architect's Administration of the Contract Article 6 - Subcontractors 5.1 Definitions 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts 5.3 Subcontractural Relations 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts Article 6 - Consbuction By Owner or By Separate Contractors 6.1 Owner's Right to Perform Construction and Award Separate Contracts 6.2 Mutual Responsibility 6.3 Owner's Right to Clean Up Gensler 4.2.1 Architect's Role 4.2.2 Site Visits 4.2.3 Limitations of Architect's Responsibilities 4.2.4 Communications 4.2.5 Certificates for Payment 4.2.6 Rejection, Testing or Inspection 4.2.7 Submittal Review 4.2.8 Change Orders and Directives 4.2.9 Substantial Completion, Warranties 4.2.10 Project Representatives 4.2.11 Interpretations 4.2.12 Consistency of Interpretations 4.2.13 Aesthetic or Visual Effect 4.3 Claims and Disputes 4.4 Resolution of Claims and Disputes 4.5 Dispute Resolution Table of Contents, Page I of 2 (GCi, Table of Contents, continued) Article 7 - Changes In the Work 7.1 Changes 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 Change Orders Construction Change Directives Minor Changes in the Work Change Order Requests Article 0 - Time 8.1 Definitions 8.1.1 Contract Time 8.1.2 Date of Commencement 8.1.3 Date of Substantial Completion 8.1.4 Calendar Day 8.2 Progress and Completion 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time Article 9 - Payments and Completion 9.1 Contract Sum 9.2 Schedule of Values 9.3 Applications for Payments 9.4 Certificates for Payment 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.6 Progress Payments 9.7 Failure of Payment 9.8 Substantial Completion 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.1(1 Final Completion and Payment Article 10 - Protection of Persons and Property 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs 10.1.1 Contractor Responsibilities 10.1.2 Hazardous Materials 10.1.3 Manufacturers' Certifications 10.1.4 Indemnification 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property 10.:; Emergencies Table of Contents, Page 2 of 2 Article 11- insurance and Bonds 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner's Liability Insurance 11.3 Property lnsurance 11.4 Performance Bond and Payment Bond Article 12 - Uncovering and Correction of the Work 12.1 Uncovering Work 12.2 Correction of Work 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Article 13 - fMscellaneous Provisions 13.1 Governing Law 13.2 Successors and Assigns 13.3 Written Notices 13.4 Rights and Remedies 13.5 Tests and Inspections 13.6 Interest 13.7 Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period Article 14 - Termination or Suspension of the Contract 14.1 Termination by Contractor 14.2 Termination By Owner for Cause 14.3 Suspension By Owner for Convenience 14.4 Termination By Owner for Convenience Note: Italics in the text of GCi indicates text added to AIA A201, 1987; a backslash (\) indicates text deleted from AIA A201, 1987. aanskf GCi - 063000f GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (GCI) Article 1 - General Provisions 1.1 Basic Definitions 1.1.1 The Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, schedules, addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (l) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by Architect. When executed as part of the Agreement„ bond forms are part of the Contract Documents. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contmct Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements (advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, Contractor's bid or portions of addenda relating to bidding requirements). 11.1 The Contract. The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction (hereinafter the Contract). The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between Architect and Contractor or any other person or entity (2) between Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor or (3) between any persons or entities other than Owner and Contractor. Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of Architect's duties. 1.1.3 The Work The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of Project. Notwithstanding the inclusion of "Services" in the meaning of Work, Architect shall have no responsibility for or control over the means, methods or sequences of construction, as set forth in Subparagraph 4.2.3. Nor shall such definition of "Work" be construed to extend the responsibilities or services of Architect beyond those set forth in Owner /Architect Agreement. 1.1.4 Project Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by Owner or by separate contractors. LLS The Drawings. The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. 1.1.6 The Specifications. The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. 1.1.7 Protect Manual. Project Manual is the volume which may be assembled for the Work and which may include the bidding requirements, sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. I.L8 Other Definitions. .1 "Equal", "accepted equal", and "approved equal" shall mean as accepted, in writing, by Architect as being of equivalent quality, utility, and appearance. .2 "By Owner" refers to work which will be performed by Owner or his/her agents at Owner's cost. Gensler GCi - 063000f Gensler .3 By others" refers to work which is not a part of the Contract. .4 "Furnish" shall mean supply only, do not install. . 5 "Install" means install only, do not furnish. Al "Provide" means furnish and install. . 7 The term as required" shall mean as required by regulatory bodies, by referenced standards, by existing conditions, by generally accepted construction practice, or by the Contract Documents. .8 1 The term "Client" may be used synonymously with the term "Owner ". 1.2 Execution, Correlation And intent 1.2.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by Owner and Contractor as provided in the Agreement. If either Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents, Architect shall assist in identifying such unsigned Documents upon request. 1.2.2 Execution of the Contract by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. Additionally, Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the information contained in the Contract Documents is adequate and sufficient for completion of the Work subject to the provisions of Subparagraph 3.2.1. 1.2.3 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by Contractor shall be required 1 to the extent 1 inferable from them as being necessary for a contractor experienced and expert in this type of construction to produce the intended results. 1.2.4 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. The inclusion, for convenience in pricing, bidding, permit application, construction or other purposes, of documents prepared by entities other than Architect or its consultants with documents prepared by Architect or its consultants shall not imply that Architect has reviewed, approved or is responsible for their accuracy or completeness. 1.2.5 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well -known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.2.6 Conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents shall be resolved in the following order of priority: . 1 Amendments and revisions (such as Change Orders) of later date take precedence over those of earlier date; .2 the Agreement; Al the Supplementary Conditions; . 4 the General Conditions; .8 Drawings and Specifications; Drawings govern Specifications for quantity and location. Specifications govern Drawings for quality and performance. In the event of ambiguity or conflicts, the greater quantity and the better quality shall govern. 1.3 Ownersidp And Use Of Arddtect's Drawings, Specifications And Other Documents end Date Page 1of18 1.3.1 The Drawings, Specifications and other documents (collectively "Documents") and any computer tapes, disks or CAD files (collectively "Data') prepared by Architect and its consultants and agents are instruments of \ service through which the Work to be executed by Contractor is described. Contractor may retain one contract record set. Nei1ier Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the \ Documents andi9r Data, and Architect shall be deemed the author of \ them and shall retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including any copyrights embodied therein. All copies of the \ Documents and/or Data, except Contractor's record set, shall be returned or suitably accounted for to Architect, on request, upon completion of the Work. The \ Documents and/or Data and copies thereof furnished to Contractor, are for use solely with respect to this Project. They are not to be used by Contractor or any Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work with nut the specific written consent of Owner and Architect. Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub - subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are granted a limited license to use and reproduce applicable portions of the \ Documents and /or Data appropriate to and for use in the execution of their Woe's under the Contract Documents. All copies made under this license shall bear the statutory copyright notice, if any, shown on \ them. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in dem ation of Architect's copyright or other reserved rights. In the event of any unauthorized use, reuse, or modification to Documents and /or Data by Comractor, any lower tier contractor or material supplier, or other person or entity under Contractor's direct or indirect employ, Contractor agrees to inde.nnifir, defend and hold Owner, Architect, their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and consultants harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, suits, demands, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and all legal expenses and fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, accruing to or resulting from any and all persons, firms, or any other legal entities on account of any damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, injuries or death or economic losses arising out of I) such unauthorized use, reuse, or modification of Documents, 2) any transfer, use, reuse or modification of any Data provided by Architect to Contractor or others, except where Architect is found to be solely liable as between the parties hereto as well as between any other persons, firms or other legal entities for such damages or losses by a court or forum of competent jurisdiction. 1.$ Architect shall be compensated for any Data agreed in writing to be released. .1 The transfer of Data is not and shall not be deemed as a sale. The Data are instruments of professional service, and as such, Architect makes no representations or warranties, expressed or implied, of its merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to its q..tality, adequacy, completeness or sufficiency as to any results to be or it tended to be achieved as to its use. .2 Contractor's use of the Data shall be limited as set forth by Architect. Contractor agrees that the Data shall not be used for any other purpose or transferred to others without Architect's prior written consent. (a) For the purpose of this Agreement, Contractor has permission to transfer the Data to its Subcontractors, Suppliers and Consultants on Project ( "Others') for their use in preparation of shop drawing submittals and other services on Project, under their Agreements with Contractor. Contractor agrees to obligate the Others in writing to be bound to the terms of this Agreement as if the Others were Contractor in this Agreement. (b) Contractor is obligated to verify all dimensions indicated on the Data. Contractor agrees to obligate the Others to verify all dimensions indicated on the Data. (c) Architect does not represent that all information contained in the Data is complete, noting that there could be subsequent charges to the Data. Furthermore, items shown in the Data may not be to scale. Page 2 of 18 .3 Contractor acknowledges that anomalies and errors can be introduced into the Data when it is transferred or used in an incompatible computer environment. Further, Contractor acknowledges and solely accepts the risks associated with and/or the responsibility for any damages to hardware, software or computer systems or networks related to any use of the Data. The Data is being furnished "as is ". Contractor hereby releases Architect from any damages or losses of any kind, including, but not limited to, damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, death, or economic losses, or any consequential, special, indirect or incidental damages, arising out of the transfer or use of the Data. .4 Contractor and the Others are responsible for modifying their computer systems to properly use the Data. Architect shall have no duty to modify or update the Data and Architect reserves the right to retain an archival copy of the Data delivered to Contractor which shall be referred to and shall be conclusive proof and govern in all disputes over the form or content of the Data furnished to Contractor. .8 If Contractor fails to perform or observe any of the terms herein stated, Architect may demand and Contractor shall immediately return the Data and any copies thereof. 1.4 Capitalization. Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles and identified references to Paragraphs, Subparagraphs and Clauses in the document or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects or other body. 1.5 Interpretation. in the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. Article 2 - Owner 2.1 Definition 2.1.1 Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The term "Owner" means Owner or Owner's authorized representative. 2.1.2 Owner upon reasonable written request shall furnish to Contractor in writing a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which Project is located, Owner's interest therein at the time of execution of the Agreement and, within five days after any change, information of such change in title, recorded or unrecorded. 2.2 Information And Services Regtdred Of Owner 2.2.1 Owner shall, at the request of Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement \ famish to Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill Owner's obligations under the Contract. 2.2.2 Owner shall furnish surveys or other required information describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of Project, and a legal description of the site. 243 Except for permits and fees which are the responsibility of Contractor under the Contract Documents, Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 2.2A Information or services under Owner's control shall be furnished by Owner with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in orderly progress of the Work. 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor will be furnished, free of charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Ososise GC' - 063000f Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work. Additional copies shall be furnished at cost. 21.8 The foregoing are in addition to other duties and responsibilities of Owner enumerated herein and especially those in respect to Article 6 (Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors), Article 9 (Payments and Completion) and Article 11 (Insurance and Bonds). 2.3 Owner's Right To Stop The Work. If Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or \ fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, Owner, by written order signed personally or by an agent specifically so empowered by Owner in writing, may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3. 2.4 Owner's RI ON To Carry Out The Work. If Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven -day period after receipt of written notice from Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, 1 Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. 1 Owner may offset from payments then or thereafter due Contractor the cost of correcting such deficiencies, including compensation for Architect's additional services and expenses made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. \ If payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Article 3 - Contractor 3.1 Definition. Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is refereed to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The tens "Contractor" means Contractor or Contractor's authorized representative. 3.2 Review Of Contract Documents And Field Conditions By Contractor 3.2.1 Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with the information furnished by Owner pursuant to Subparagraph 2.2.2 and shall at once report to Architect errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered or any variance from applicable laws, codes or regulations. Contractor shall 1 be liable 1 for damage resulting from \ Contractor's failure to report such discovery or its performance of any construction activity fit knows or should have known of such error, inconsistency, omission or violation. 3.2.2 Contractor shall, sufficiently in advance of undertaking the Work, take field measurements and verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents. \ Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to Architect at once. If Contractor performs any construction activity which involves an error, inconsistency or omission which Contractor knew of or should reasonably have known of without notice to Architect, Contractor shall assume responsibility for such performance and shall bear all costs of correction. 3.2.3 Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and submittals \ pursuant to Paragraph 3.12. 32.4 Prior to starting the Work and with sufficient lead time to avoid any job schedule impacts, Contractor shall review any specified construction and installation procedures and shall advise Architect prior to commencing related activities if any such procedures would result in finished Work that would not be in conformance with the intent of the Contract Documents, 3.3 Supervision And Construction Procedures 6anNr GCi - 063000f 3.3.1 Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using Contractor's best skill and attention. Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures including safety programs and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract 3.3.2 Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for acts and omissions of Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities directly or indirectly employed by them performing portions of the Work under a contract with Contractor. 3.3.3 Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents nor shall Contractor's liability be diminished either by activities or duties of Architect in Architect's administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than Contractor. 3.3.4 Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed under this Contract, as well as existing conditions, to determine that such \ are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. 3.4 labor And Materials 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall in a timely manner so as to not delay the progress of the Work provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 8.4.2 Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among Contractor's employees and other persons carrying out the Contract Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them. 3.42 Where substitutions of materials or equipment is permitted by the Contract, request for such substitution shall be made in a timely manner in full compliance with Contract requirements. 3A.4 In making a request for substitution, Contractor represents that .1 Contractor has investigated the proposed substitution and has determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified, including warranties. .2 that the cost data presented with the request for substitution is complete and includes all costs of labor, materials, equipment, profits and overhead as well as any costs required to adapt and/or coordinate the substitution with adjacent or existing construction. 3.5 Warranty. Contractor warrants to Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contact will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the Work will be free from defects \ and that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, shall be considered defective. Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, modifications not executed by Contactor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear under normal usage. If required by Owner or Architect, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence including certifications when requested as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. 3.6 Taxes. Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. 3.7 Permits, Fees And Notices 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution Page 3of18 and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. 3.7.2 Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. 5.7:8 h is not Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations. However, if Contractor observes or should have observed as an experienced contractor that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith, Contractor shall promptly notify Architect and Owner in writing, and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. 3.7.S If Contractor performs Work \ which it knows or in the ordinary course of business as an experienced contractor should have known it to be contrary to laws, statutes, ordinances, building codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to Architect and Owner, Contractor shall assu:,ne full responsibility for such Work and shall bear the attributable cost:.. 3.8 Allowances 3.8 :L Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as Owner may direct, but Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities against which Contractor makes reasonable objection. 5.8:2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: .1 materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected promptly by Owner to avoid delay in the Work; .2 allowances shall cover the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .3 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for sated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum and not in th e allowances; .4 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the cllowances under Clause 3.8.2.2 and (2) changes in Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.3. 3.9 Superintendent. Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall be approved by Owner and shall not be replaced without Owner's prior approval. The superintendent shall be familiar with the job site, the Contract Documents, and all applicable rules, regulations and requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction over the Work or the site. The superintendent shall represent Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on \ request in each case, and as set forth in Subparagraph 4.2.4. 3.1(1 Contractor's Construction Schedules 5191 Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for Owner's and Architect's information a Contractor's consruction schedule for the Work. \ Such schedule shall be a computer generated critical path method (CP* schedule showing at a minimum, .1 the early and late start time for each major construction activity; Paget of 18 .2 all "critical path" activities and their duration; .3 late order dates for all long lead time materials and equipment; .4 critical owner decision dates. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. 3.10.2 Contractor shall, in consultation with Architect, prepare and keep current, for Architect's approval, a schedule of required submittals which is coordinated with Contractor's construction schedule and allows Architect reasonable time to review submittals. 3.10.3 Contractor shall conform to the most recent schedules. 3.10.4 Failure of Contractor to submit or keep current the construction schedule and submittals schedule as required by the conditions of the Work, shall be grounds for withholding of payments due Contractor by Owner, until such schedules are provided. 5.11 Documents And Samples At lire Site. Contractor shall maintain at the site for Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, as well as one copy of the approved permit set, in good order and marked currently to record changes and selections made during construction, and in addition reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to Architect and shall be delivered to Architect for submittal to Owner upon completion of the Work. 512 Subndttals 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub - subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples furnished by Contractor which illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The purpose of submittals is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required the way that Contractor proposes to conform to the \ visual and aesthetic design concept expressed in Architect's Drawings and Specifications. Review by Architect is subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. 5128 Contractor shall review, approve and submit to Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall provide Submittals to Architect with reasonable promptness and \ in accordance with the approved submittal schedule as set forth in Subparagraph 3.10.2, so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of Owner or of separate contractors, and Contractor shall highlight all changes to the Contract Documents and/or previous submittals. Submittals made by Contractor which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by Architect without action. 3.12.6 Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been \ reviewed and returned by Architect. Such Work shall be in accordance with reviewed submittals. If more than one of Architect's or its consultant's submittal review stamps appears on a Submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon shall apply. Signature on a submittal review stamp by Architect or a consultant does not imply that it has reviewed work not within its professional discipline or scope of services. OsosNr GCi - 063000f 3.12.7 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, Contractor represents that Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. Incomplete, uncoordinated or incorrect Shop Drawings and other submittals shall be returned to Contractor, who shall be held responsible for all time delays and extra costs of review or handling by Architect or Owner, because of such submittals being incomplete, uncoordinated or incorrect. 812.8 Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations or omissions from requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless Contractor has specifically informed Architect in writing of such deviation or omission at the time of submittal and Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation or omission. Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by Architect's \ review or action thereon. 3.12.9 Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals. 3.12.10 1 Submittals shall not be used as a substitution for Change Orders or other procedures required by the Contract Documents, and shall not constitute approval or authorization for change in the Contract Documents, which change may be made only through an approved Change Order or Directive in accordance with Subparagraph 7.1. 81211 When 1 certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents, Architect and Owner shall be entitled to rely upon the authenticity, accuracy and completeness of such calculations and certifications. 3.13 Use Of Site. Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment For purposes of this provision, "site" shall include all existing structures. 814 Cutting And Patching 3.14.1 Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. 3.14.2 Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation, \ except with written consent of Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from Owner or a separate contractor Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. 3.15 Cles iing Up 3.15.1 Contractor shall at all times keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from and about Project waste materials, rubbish, Contractor's tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials. 3.15.2 If Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor. 818 Access To Wok. Contractor shall provide Owner and Architect access to all portions of the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. 3.17 Royalties And Patents. Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a Ganda GCi - 063000f particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents. However, if Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a patent, Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to Architect. 3.18 htdonmmva lon 8.18.1 \ Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold \ Owner, Architect, 1, their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and consultants \ harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, suits, demands, \ losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attomeys' fees, and all legal expenses, and fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, accruing to or resulting from any and all persons, firms or any other legal entities on account of any damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, injuries or death or economic losses arising out of 1 performance of the Work, 1 whether caused in whole or in part by 1 the performance or nonperformance of Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claims, liabilities, suits, demands, l losses, damages, costs, or expenses 1 are caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder to the extent such has been finally adjudicated. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity \ that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Pamgmph 3.18. The above indemnification shall survive completion or termination of the Work 818.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers' 1 compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 818.8 The obligations of Contractor under this Paragraph 3.18 shall not extend to the extent of proven liability of Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them arising out of (1) the preparation or approval of maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or specifications, or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or instructions by Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them provided such giving or failure to give is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 819 Year 2000. 5.19.1 To the extent that equipment, systems, components or assemblies ("Equipment) that incorporate or rely upon electronic date- dependent hardware or software are specified or indicated in the Contract Documents by propriety information, performance criteria, or both, Contractor shall immediately notify Architect if . 1 Any such Equipment is not designed to be used during or after the calendar year 2000 AD or that any such Equipment will not operate during each such time period without error relating to date data, specifically including any error relating to, or the product of date data which represents or references different centuries or more than one century. . 2 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Contractor agrees to notify Architect in writing if any such Equipment: (a) Will abnormally end or provide invalid or incorrect results as a result of date data, specifically including date data which represents or references different centuries or more than one century; (b) Has not been designed to ensure year 2000 compatibility, including, but not limited to, date -data century recognition, calculations which accommodate same century and multi - century formulas and date values, and date -data interface values that reflect the century; or (c) Does not include Year 2000" Capabilities ". For the purposes of this Section, Year 2000 Capabilities" means the Equipment: Page 5 of 18 • Will correctly process date- related -data outside the range 1900 - 1999 in any level of electronic hardware or software Mending, but not limited to, application programs, files, and databases; • Will manage and manipulate data involving dates, inclyding single- century formulas and multi- century formulas, and will not cause an abnormally ending scenario or generate incorrect values or invalid results involving such dates; and • Provides that all date related user interface func;'ionalities and data fields include the indication of century, and • Provides that all date- related data interface func'ionalities include the indication of century. $111.2 Contractor shall: . 1 Immediately notify Architect if any Equipment is not Year 200(' Compliant; and, . 2 Warrant to Architect and Owner in writing that all Equipment in Project includes Year 2000 Capabilities; and, . 3 By including appropriate language in each of its agreements with subcontractors and suppliers, require each to warrant to Contractor in writing that all Equipment installed or supplied by that subcgntractor or supplier includes Year 2000 Capabilities. 120 DBSJgn/Bu//d. The owner's, architect's and contractor's roles relative to Design /Build work are different than when the architect, the architect's consultants and /or the owner's other consultants provide services using the traditional design- bid -build process. Design/Build is a process in which a person or entity, typically the .,ontractor or its subcontractors, is responsible under a single contract for designing and constructing certain building systems based on gcidelines (often called performance criteria) prepared by the owner or i's design professionals. Often the construction documents will indicate that a particular building system (for example, the fire protection or mechanical system) will be Design/Build, however, it is not uncommon for such decisions to be made during construction. $211.1 If Contractor provides and /or retains its subcontractors or others to provide Design/Build Work for specified portions of the Project, Contractor shall be responsible directly to Owner for the design technical adequacy, accuracy, installation and performance of those portions of the project including but not limited to: (1) preparing engineering and other drawings and specifications for all components of such portions of the Project, (2) complying with Project requirements and :pace limitations, (3) coordinating and interfacing with other trades and consultants, and (9) obtaining approvals from authorities having jurisdiction over Project. owner's other design professionals (or Coniractor and /or its subcontractor(s) design professionals) shall be the Prof ssional(s) of Record for such Design/Build portions of the Project. $211.2 Architect and its consultants shall have no responsibility for the a'esign, technical adequacy or accuracy, installation or performance of any such portion(s) of the Project including but not limited to reviewing such designs and /or work and /or certifying payment applications for such. Architect's services in connection with any Design /Build portion(s) of the Project shall be limited to checking such designs for general conformance to major space limitations and the visual and aesthetic design concept as expressed in the Architect's and its ,; onsultants' Drawings and Specifications. Such checking by Architect and /or its consultants of more than two proposals for a Design/Build portion of the Project shall be compensated as Additional Services. 1111;5 When the Contract Documents or authorities having jurisdiction over the Project require certificates or statements of performance characteristics of materials, systems or equipment, or professional seals, calculations, or other certificates or statements regarding such Design /Build portions of the Project, Contractor shall provide them, and Owner and Architect will be entitled to rely on them to establish that the Design/Build portion(s) of the Project, including, but rot limited to the designs, materials, systems, equipment, installation and performance of such work will meet the guidelines and performance criteria required by the Architect's and its consultants' Drawings and Specifications. Paged of 18 Article 4 - Administration of the Contract 4.1 Arddtect 4.11 Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is refereed to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The tenn "Architect" means Architect or Architect's authorized representative. 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of Architect as set forth in the Agreement between Owner and Architect and the Contract Documents shall not be restricted or modified or extended without written consent of Owner \ and Architect. \ Should there be inconsistencies between the descriptions of Architect's services in the Owner /Contractor Contract and the Owner /Architect Agreement, those in the Owner /Architect Agreement shall govern.. Architect will not perform services in connection with, and will have no responsibility for any portions of the Work or project for which documents are provided by others, whether or not such documents are bound together with the Architect's Drawings, Specifications and other documents. 4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of Architect, Owner shall appoint an architect \ whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former architect. 4.2 Arddtect's Administration Of The Contract 4.21 \ Architect will advise and consult with Owner and will assist Owner with administration of the Contract for Construction, as described in Owner- Architect Agreement. Architect will have authority to act on behalf of Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written instrument in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. 4.2.2 Architect will visit the site at intervals \ necessary in the judgment of Architect or as otherwise agreed by Owner and Architect in writing to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work completed and to determine in general if the Worts \ completed is \ in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on -site observations as an architect, Architect will keep Owner informed of the progress and quality of the Work. \ 42.3 Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences or procedures, fabrication, procurement, shipment, delivery, receipt or installation or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely Contractor's responsibility as provided in Paragraph 3.3 or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Architect will not be responsible for Contractor's, Subcontractors', suppliers' or any other person's or entity's schedules or failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Architect will not have control over or charge of \ acts or omissions of Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or of any other persons or entities performing or supplying portions of the Work. Architect's duties shall not extend to the receipt, inspection and acceptance on behalf of Owner or Contractor of materials, furniture, furnishings and equipment at the time of their delivery to the premises or installation. Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of Architect in Architect's administration of the Contract for Construction, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than Contractor. If Architect recommends procedures, either directly or by reference to standards or manufacturers' recommendations, Contractor shall adopt such recommendations as its own, or inform Architect if exception is taken to such procedures, and may utilize or propose alternative procedures that Contractor will warrant as fulfilling the intent of the Contract Documents. Ooesisr GCi - 063000f 4.2.4 Conamodcatlons Facilitating Contract AchnhdstratIon. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, Owner and Contractor shall 1 communicate through Architect. Communications by and with Architect's consultants shall be through Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through Contractor. \ Should any direct communication become necessary, copies of the communication shall be promptly forwarded to the proper parry or parties as set forth in this Subparagraph. 4.5.6 Based on Architect's observations, and 1 Contractor's Applications for Payment, Architect will review and make recommendations to Owner regarding the amounts due Contractor 1 on Architect's Certificates for Payment forms. \ 4.2.8 Architect will have authority to recommend to Owner that Owner reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, Architect will have authority to recommend to Owner that Owner require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3 whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of Architect nor a decision 1 either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of Architect to Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees or other persons or entities performing or supplying portions of the Work. 4.2.7 Subndttals. l Architect will review and 1 take \appropriate action upon \ those Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents ( "Submittals'), but only for the limited purpose of checking for general conformance with \ the visual and aesthetic design concept as expressed in \ Architect's Drawings and Specifications. 1 Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the 1 construction of the Owner, Contractor or separate contractors, while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate review in accordance with the approved Submittal Schedule. Architect's ability to schedule and perform timely Submittal reviews is dependent on Contractor providing Submittals in accordance with Contractor's approved Submittal Schedule. Architect's reviews and actions l on such Submittals shall not constitute approvals and I are not conducted for the following purposes, 1 all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor, as required by the Contract Documents: checking for deviations between the Shop Drawings and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and field conditions; checking for errors and omission; determining substantiating or confirming the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities; substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, approving safety precautions, approving any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, \ procedures or fabrications; performing the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner and in conformance with all requirements of the Contract Documents; and coordinating the Work of the trades. Architect's review and action on a specific item shall not constitute approval of an assembly of which \ such item is a component. ; or approval of a color or finish sample (or of that item as delivered and installed) if it does not conform to the Contract Documents. Architect's approval of a color or finish sample for an item shall not constitute approval for that item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract Documents. \ Architect's review 1 and action on such submittals shall not relieve \ Contractor of its obligations under Paragraphs 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. 4.2.8 Architect may prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4. 4.2.9 Architect will conduct 1 field reviews of the Work as set forth in Paragraph 9.8 to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion, will receive and forward to Owner for Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract Documents and assembled by Contractor, and will issue a final Certificate for Payment as set forth in Paragraph 9.10.1 The handling by Architect of warranties, maintenance manuals or similar documents shall Arms. GCi - 063000f not diminish or transfer to Architect any responsibthnes or liabilities required by the Contract Documents of Contractor or other entities or persons performing or supplying the Work 4.5.10 If Owner and Architect agree, Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out Architect's responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such Project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. 4.2.11 Architect will 1 provide written or graphic interpretations concerning 1 the requirements of the Contract Documents \ with reasonable promptness as necessary or upon request of Owner or Contractor. \ Architect will not be liable for interpretations rendered in good faith. 4.2.12 Architect's interpretations \ will be consistent with Architect's intent 1 as expressed in, or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents 1. 4.5.18 Architect's decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect or visual design effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and Architect shall not be liable for interpretations so rendered. 4.3 Claims and Disputes 4.8.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms, payment of money, extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. 4.3.2 Referral to Areldtect. Claims, including those alleging an error or omission by Architect, may be referred initially to Architect for action as provided in Paragraph 4.4. If Architect agrees to hear such claims, Architect shall be entitled to additional Compensation for services to be rendered. 1 4.3.3 limo Midis on Ctahns. Claims by either party must be made within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. Claims must be made by written notice. An additional Claim made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered unless submitted in a timely manner. 4.8.4 Contlmditg Contract Peifomranco. Pending final resolution of a Claim \ or dispute unless otherwise agreed in writing, Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 4.8.8 Waiver of Claims. Final Payment. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by Owner except those arising from: .1 liens, Claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; or .8 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 4.3.8 Calms for Concealed or Unitaown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, and if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement as to how to proceed, then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after fust observance of the conditions. Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in Page 7 of 18 Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Con ract Time, or both. If Architect finds that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, Architect shall so notify Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such notice must be made within 21 days after Architect has given notice of the decision. If Owner and Contractor cannot agre; on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the adjustment may be referred to Architect for initial determination, subject to furtl er proceedings pursuant to Paragraph 4.4. 4.3.7 Claims for Additional Cost If Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arisuag under Paragraph 10.3. If Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to (1) a written interpretation from Architect, (2) an order by Owner to stop the Work where Contractor was not at fault, (3) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by ithchitect, (4) failure of payment by Owner, (5) termination of the Contract by Owner, (6) Owner's suspension or (7) other reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with the procedure established herein. 4.3.3 Claims for Additional Time 4.8:8.1 If Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Tines, written notice as provided herein shall be given. Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. Claim for delay may only be made if the delay adversely affects the critical path of Contractor's schedule and adversely affects a portion of the Work that must be completed as scheduled to avoid delay to the final completion of ths Work as a whole. 4.32.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time and could not have been reasonably anticipated, and that weather conditions had an adverse effec t on the critical path of Contractor's schedule for construction. 4.8.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act c r omission of the other party, of any of the other party's employees or agents, or of others for whose acts such party is legally liable, written notice of su ch injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after first observance. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. \ 4.4 Resolution Of Claims And Disputes 4.4:L Architect may at Architects sole discretion review Claims and take one irr more of the following preliminary actions within ten days of receipt of a Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2) submit a schedule to the parties indicating when Architect expects to take action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest a compromise. Architect may also, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. 4.42 If a Claim has been resolved and Architect was involved in the Resclution of Claim as set forth in Subparagraph 4.4.1, Architect will prep.t a or obtain appropriate documentation. 4.43 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim shall, within ten days after Architect's preliminary response, take one or more of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by Architect, (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify Architect that the initial Claim stands. 4.4,4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by Architect, Architect will notify the parties in writing that Architect's Page '3 of 18 decision will be made within seven days. \ Upon expiration of such time period, Architect will render to the parties Architect's written decision relative to the Claim, including any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. If there is a surety and there appears to be a possibility of a Contractor's default, Architect may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. 4.5 Dispute Resolution. Precedent to any other legal action, claims, disputes or other matters in question between the parties to this Agreement arising out of or relating to this Agreement or breach thereof shall be subject to good faith mediation under the auspices of a recognized, neutral third party professional mediation service, or other mediation method acceptable to both parties. The cost of the mediation service shall be borne equally by the parties. 4.5.1 Attorneys' /Fear Prevailing Pisa . Should any proceeding be commenced between the parties to this Agreement seeking to enforce any of its provisions, the prevailing party in such proceeding shall be entitled, in addition to such other relief as may be granted, to a reasonable sum for attorneys' fees and all legal expenses and fees incurred through appeal, which shall be determined by the court or forum in such proceeding or in a separate action brought for that purpose. For the purpose of this provision, 'prevailing party": shall include a party which dismisses an action for recovery hereunder in exchange for payment of the sum alleged due. performance of the covenants alleged breached, or consideration substantially equal to the relief sought in the action or proceeding. Article 5 - Subcontractors 5.1 Definitions 611 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with Contractor to perform a portion of the Work. \ The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 5.1.2 A Sub - subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work. \ The tens "Sub- subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub- subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub- subcontractor. 52 Award Of Subcontracts And Other Contracts For Portions 01 The Work 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, Contractor, \ within five days after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to Owner through Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. Architect will promptly reply to Contractor in writing stating whether or not Owner \ has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. Failure of Owner or Architect to reply \ in a timely manner shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. Notwithstanding Owner's right to investigate the suitability of any listed Subcontractor or material supplier, Owner shall have no duty to do so. 5.2.2 Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom Owner \ has made reasonable and timely objection. Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom Contractor has made reasonable objection. 5.2.3 If Owner \ has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by Contractor, Contractor shall propose another to whom Owner \ has no reasonable objection. The Contract Sum shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued. However, no increase in the Contract Sum shall be allowed for such change unless Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. Gensler GCi - 063000f 5.2.4 Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if Owner \ makes reasonable objection to such change. 5.3 Subcontracted Relations 5.3.1 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against Contractor that Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against Owner. Where appropriate, Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub - subcontractors. Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub - subcontractors. 5.3.2 Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to waive any right the Subcontractor may have against Owner for damage caused by fire or other perils which may be covered by property insurance available to Subcontractor. 5.4 Contingent Assignment Of Subcontracts 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by Contractor to Owner provided that: . 1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by Owner \ and only for those subcontract agreements which Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor in writing; and . 2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. Article 6 - Construction by Owner or by Separate Contractors 6.1 Owner's Right To Perform Construction And To Award Separate Contracts 6.1.1 Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to Project with Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of Project or other construction or operations on the site \ . If Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by Owner, Contractor shall make such Claim as provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean Contractor who executes each separate Owner- Contractor Agreement. 6.1.3 Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and Owner in reviewing their and Owner's construction schedules when directed to do so. Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule and Contract Sum deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by Contractor, separate contractors and Owner until subsequently revised. I:WOW GC' - O63000f 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when Owner performs construction or operations related to Project with Owner's own forces, Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract 1. 6.2 Mutual Responsibility 6.2.1 Contractor shall afford Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall connect and coordinate Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. 6.2.2 if part of Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by Owner or a separate contractor, Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and resuhs. Failure of Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that Owner's or separate contractors' completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. 6.2.3 Costs caused by delays or by improperly timed activities or defective construction shall be bome by the party responsible therefor. 6.2.4 Contractor shall promptly remedy damage \ caused by Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of Owner or separate contractors \ . 6..2.6 Claims and other disputes and matters in question between Contractor and a separate contractor shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 4.3 provided the separate contractor has reciprocal obligations. 6.2.6 Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for Contractor in Paragraph 3.14. 6.3 Owner's Rlit To Clean Up. If a dispute arises among Contractor, separate contractors and Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish as described in Paragraph 3.15, Owner may clean up and allocate the cost among those responsible \ . Article 7 - Changes in the Work 7.1 changes 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement \ between Owner and Contractor \ ; a Construction Change Directive \ may be issued by Owner or Architect and may or may not be agreed to by Contractor, an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by Architect alone. 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. 7.1.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. Page 9 of 18 7.2 Change Orders A Change Order is a written instnmrent prepared by Architect and signed by Owner and Contractor \ stating their agreement upon all of the folio wing: . 1 a change in the Work; . 2 the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum, if any; and .3 the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. 7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Subparagraph 7.3.3. T.8 Construction Change Directives 7.8:1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by Architect and signed by Owner, \ directing a change in the Work and stating a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. 7.3a A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms ofa Change Order. 7.3.3 If the construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following meth ods: . 1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supp orted by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; . 2 unit prices stated in the contract Documents or subsequently agrad upon; .3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 as provided in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 7.81{ Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise Architect of Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided m the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. 7.8.13 A Construction Change Directive signed by Contractor indicates the agreement of Contractor therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Oder. 7.3.4 If Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit. In such case, and also wider Clause 7.3.3.3, Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Subparagraph 7.3.6 shall be limited to the following: . 1 costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers' or workmen's compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from Contractor or others; Page 10 of 18 .4 costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and .8 additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. T.3.7 Pending final determination of cost to Owner, amounts not in dispute may be included in Applications for Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. 7A Minor Changes hr The Worh. Architect will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on Owner and Contractor. Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly. 7.5 Qhsnge Order Requests 7.5.1 Owner may propose Changes in the Work by issuing supplementary instructions to Contractor describing the Change and requesting from Contractor the submission of a Change Order Request. Where time does not permit the processing of a Change Order prior to commencing the Work, Contractor shall, upon written order from Owner, proceed with the Work while concurrently proceeding with preparation and submission ofa Change Order Request. 7.61 Within five days of receipt of supplemental instructions or a written order to proceed with a Change in the Work Contractor shall provide to Owner and Architect a preliminary estimate of any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time for such Change in the Work. In no more than fifteen days thereafter, Contractor shall submit a Change Order Request to Owner and Architect indicating the requested adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time, if any, justified with an itemization of all costs of labor, materials, supplies. equipment and reasonable overhead and profit. Any request for an extension of time shall be justified by reference to the then current construction schedule. If no Change Order Request is submitted by Contractor within twenty days of initial Owner request for same, it shall be conclusively presumed that the Change proposed in the supplementary instructions to Contractor will not result in an increase in the Contract Sum or in the Contract Time and that Contractor will perform the Work without any such increase. If Contractor is unable to submit the above information within the specified time limit it shall notify Owner and Architect in writing, setting forth for Owner's approval a date by which it will submit the information as well as a schedule for the performance of the Change in the Work. 7.62 Upon Owner's acceptance of a Change Order Request, Architect shall prepare a Change Order for execution by Owner and Contractor adjusting the Contract Sum and Contract Time. 7.5.4 In the event that Owner and Contractor do not agree on an adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time, Owner may nevertheless issue a Directive ordering that the change proceed pending such an agreement, and that the adjustment in Contract Sum shall be based on an accounting of reasonable expenditures or savings on labor, materials and equipment as well as reasonable overhead and profit, and Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Changes in the Work. 7.5.5 No Change in the Work shall be the basis of an addition to the Contract Sum or a change in the Contract Time unless such Change has been authorized by a Change Order executed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Changes in the Work may be made without notice to Contractor's sureties and absence of such notice shall not relieve such sureties of any of their obligations to Owner. OensNr GCi - 063000f Article 8 - Time 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. The date shall not be postponed by the failure to act of Contractor or of persons or entities for whom Contractor is responsible. 8.1.8 The date of Substantial Completion 1 shall be as defined in Paragraph 9.8. 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. 8.2 Progress And Completion 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. 8.2.2 Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11, the Bidding Requirements and the Contract Documents, to be furnished by Contractor. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. Unless the date of commencement is established by a notice to proceed given by Owner, Contractor shall notify Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages, mechanic's liens and other security interests. 8.2.3 Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.3 Delays And Extensions Of Time 8.8.1 If Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an act or neglect of Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by Owner \ then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as 1 may be determined. A time extension shall be Contractor's sole remedy and there shall be no compensation for any such delays other than those resulting from the active interference of Architect, Owner or their employees or agents. 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 8.8.8 This Paragraph 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. Article 9 - Payments and Completion 9.1 Contract ikon. The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. 9.2 Schedule Of Values. /f a Schedule of Values is not appended to Owner Contractor Agreement, then before the first Application for Payment, Contractor shall submit to Architect and Owner a schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work, prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by Architect or Owner, shall be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. AMntIur GCi - 063000f 9.3 Applications For Payment 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, Contractor shall submit to Architect an itemized Application for Payment for operations completed in accordance with the schedule of values. Such application shall be notarized, 1 and supported by such data substantiating Contractor's right to payment as Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers, lien waivers and releases, and reflecting retainage 1 provided for elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 9.8.1.1 Such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders. 9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment of amounts Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier because of a dispute or other reason. 9.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by Contractor with procedures satisfactory to Owner to establish Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect Owner's interest, and shall include applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. 9.3.3 Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment. Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from Owner shall, \ be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. 9.4 Certificates For Payment 9.4.1 Architect will, within seven days after receipt of Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue to Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to Contractor, for such amount as Architect recommends is properly due, or notify Contractor and Owner in writing of Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. 9.4.2 The issuance of Architect's Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation \ to Owner, based on Architect's observations at the site as provided in Subparagraph 4.2.2 and the data comprising Contractor's Application for Payment, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of Architect's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to i a review of the Work for general conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by Architect. 1 However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Work is without defects or that Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences or procedures or other items set forth in Subparagraph 4.2.3, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by Owner to substantiate Contractor's right to payment or (4) ascertained how or for what purpose Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum Further, Architect shall not be obligated to issue any Certificate for Payment covering work by Design/Build contractors or subcontractors, Page 11 of 18 work by Owner's separate contractors, or other work for which Architect is not providing full services. 9.5 Decisions To Withhold Certification 9.5.1 Architect may \ withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner, if in Architect's opinion the representations to Owner required by Subparagraph 9.4.2 cannot be made. If Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, Architect will notify Contractor and Owner as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1. If Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which Architect is able to make such representations to Owner. Architect \ because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in Architect's opinion to protect Owner from loss because of: .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; . 3 failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Sulx:ontractors or for labor, materials or equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to Owner or another contractor, .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed with in the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; . 7 \ failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or . 8 rejection or non - acceptance of any Work by any governmental agency having jurisdiction. 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certi 6cation will be made for amounts previously withheld. 9.8 Progress Payments 9.6:L After Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, Owner shall make; payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify Architect. Payments may be made by check jointly payable to Contractor, its Subcontractor or supplier and any applicable labor union trust fund. 9.8.2 Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from Owner, out of the amount paid to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work, the amount to which said Subc ontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub - subcontractors in siniii ar manner. 9.8.;2 Architect or Owner may, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts appli ed for by Contractor and action taken thereon by Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. 9.8.4 Neither Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be requ led by law. 9.8J5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to th at provided in Subparagraphs 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. 9.6.4 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of Project by Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Woe( not in accordance with the Contract Documents. Page 12 of 18 9.7 Failure Of Payment. If Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of Contractor, within seven days after receipt of Contractor's Application for Payment, or if Owner does not pay Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by Architect or awarded by \ a court or forum of competent jurisdiction, then Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of Contractor's reasonable costs of shut -down, delay and startup, which shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7. 9.8 Substantial Completion 9.81 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents and all required final inspections and permits, including the certificate of occupancy, if required, have been obtained so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. subject only to completion of minor items ('punch list'). 9.8.2 When Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit to Architect a comprehensive list (punch list) of items to be completed or corrected. Contractor shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the list. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Upon receipt of Contractors list, Architect will make a field review to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If Architect's field review discloses any item, whether or not included on Contractors list, which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, before Architect \ issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by Architect. Contractor shall then submit a request for another field review by Architect to determine Substantial Completion. If upon this subsequent review, Contractor has not yet completed the Work, and father field reviews by Architect are required, Contractor shall be responsible to Owner for any additional cost to Owner of further reviews by Architect. When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. In the absence of such certificate, the date of Substantial Completion shall be in accordance with Subparagraph 9.8.1. 9.8.3 Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and upon application by Contractor and issuance of a certificate by Architect, Owner shall make payment, reflecting adjustment in retainage, if any, for such Work or portion thereof as provided in the Contract Documents. 9.9 Partial Occupancy Or Use 9.91 Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Subparagraph 11.3.11 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to Architect as provided under Gensler GCi - 063000f Subparagraph 9.8.2. Consent of Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between Owner and Contractor \ . 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents, nor shall it start the guarantee or warranty period. 9.10 Fbtal Completion And Final Payment 9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final field review and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, Architect will promptly make such field review and, when Architect fords the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of Architect's knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of Architect's observations and field reviews, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due Contractor and noted in said final Certificate is due and payable. \ 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until Contractor submits to Architect and Owner (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment, is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner, (3) a written statement that Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment and (5), if required by Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by Owner, Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, Contractor shall refund to Owner all money that Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. 810.8 lf, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed tluough no fault of Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, \ Owner shall, upon application by Contractor and certification by Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or conected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions goveming final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by Owner as provided in Subparagraph 4.3.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the retainage attributable to any unfinished Work be less than 150% of the cost to complete the Work as estimated by Architect. 810.4 Acceptance of final payment by Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. Such waivers shall be in addition to the waiver described in Subparagraph 4.3.5. ®..nisi GCi - 063000f Article 10 - Protection of Persons and Property 10.1 Safety Precautions And Programs 10.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. 10.1.2 Unless the Agreement specifically provides otherwise, in the event Contractor at any time encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), lead - based paints or any other potentially toxic or hazardous contaminants, materials, pollutants which for the purpose of this Article 10 means solid, liquid, gaseous, or thermal irritant or contaminant, including smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals and wastes ( "Hazardous Substance "),1: .1 If the Hazardous Substance is not incident to Work on the site, Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to Owner in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of Owner and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other Hazardous Substance and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of \ Hazardous Substance, or when it has been rendered hannless. l .2 If the Hazardous Substance is introduced incident to the Work, Contractor shall immediately notify Owner in writing and reach an understanding with Owner as to how Contractor will, at its expense, take action as required to contain and remove or render harmless the Hazardous Substance. Contractor shall promptly report the progress and all actions taken to Owner in writing. 10.L3 Prior to commencement of the Work, Contractor shall require manufacturers of all materials and equipment for the Work to provide certifications, warranties or statements that such materials or equipment (1) are free of injurious amounts of Hazardous Substances or (2) contains specific amounts of Hazardous Substances and recommendations regarding handling of such. Such certifications, warranties or statements shall be in writing in a form acceptable to Owner, and shall be forwarded by Contractor to Owner. If the manufacturer states that a material or equipment contains injurious amounts of Hazardous Substances, Owner shall be afforded adequate and timely opportunity to order that other materials be substituted without causing delay to Project. Contractor agrees to indemn(, defend and hold Owner, Architect, their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and consultants (for the purpose of this Subparagraph 10.1.3, individually and collectively "Indemnitee(s)" respectively) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, suits, demands, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and all legal expenses and fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, accruing to or resulting from any and all persons, firms or any other legal entities on account of any damages or losses to property or persons, , but not limited to, injuries or death or economic losses arising out of portions of the Work which contain, utilize, generate, or emit injurious amounts of Hazardous Substances or Hazardous Substances not rendered harmless, whenever occurring, except that Contractor shall have no duty to indemnify an Indemnitee that is found to be solely liable as between the parties hereto as well as between any other persons, firms or any other legal entities for such damages or losses by a court or forum of competent jurisdiction. 10.1.4 \ Owner shall indemnify defend and hold 1 Contractor, Architect, ` their officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and consultants \ (for the purpose of this Subparagraph 10.1.4, individually and collectively "Indemnitee(s)" respectively) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, suits, demands, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees, and all legal expenses and fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, accruing to or resulting from any and all persons, firms or any other legal entities on account of any damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, injuries or death or economic losses arising out of \ performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact \ there exists asbestos, lead - based paint or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB) or other Hazardous Substances \ that have not been rendered harmless, except where the Indemnitee is found Page 13 of 18 to be solely liable as between the parties hereto as well as between any other persons, firms or any other legal entities for such damages or losses by a court or forum of competent jurisdiction. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this !lubparagraph 10.1.4. 102; Safety Of Persons And Propedy 10.9.1 Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; 2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of Contractor or Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub- subcontractors; .8 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not desifpated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of consruction; and .4 the completed Work within or adjacent to existing facilities including furnishings, equipment and personal property. 10.9.2 Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or Toss. 10.9:8 Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other wamings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. 10.9'A When use or storage of explosives or other Hazardous Substances or eq uipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. 10.1.5 Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and Toss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Clauses 10.2.1.2, 10.2.1.3 and 10.2.1.4 caused in whole or in part by Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub - subamtractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which Contractor is responsible, \ except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of Contractor. The foregoing obligations of Contractor are in addition to Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 10.1.6 Contractor shall designate a responsible member of Contractor's organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by Contractor in writing to Owner. \ 102.7 Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its safety. 10.8 Emergencies 10.8'1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, Contractor shall act, at Contractor's discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7. Article 11 - Insurance and Bonds Page 14 of 18 11.1 Contractors Liability insurance 1LL1 Unless otherwise provided for in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents or otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor, Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which Project is located such insurance as will protect Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such policies, except worker's compensation, shall be endorsed to name Owner and Architect as additional insureds. . 1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to employment of such person by Contractor, or (2) by another person; .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom; . 8 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; and . 7 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.18. 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Bidding Requirements, Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims -made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the Work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment. 11.1.8 Copies of policies or Certificates of Insurance acceptable to Owner shall be filed with Owner prior to commencement of the Work. These Certificates and the insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be modified, canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are required to remain in force after fmal payment and are reasonably available, an additional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Subparagraph 9.10.2. Information conceming reduction of coverage shall be furnished by Contractor with reasonable promptness. \ 1LL4 If Contractor fails to secure and maintain the required insurance, Owner shall have the right (but not the obligation) to secure same in the name and for the account of Contractor, in which event Contractor shall pay the cost thereof and shall furnish upon demand all information that may be required in connection therewith. 11.2 Owner's Liability insurance. Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining Owner's usual liability insurance. Optionally, Owner may purchase and maintain other insurance for self protection against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract. Contractor shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining this optional Owner's liability insurance unless specifically required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. 11.8 Properly insurance Gander GCi - 063000f 1L&1 Unless otherwise \ required in the Bidding Requirements, or in Owner /Contractor Agreement, Supplementary Conditions, or Special Conditions, Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business m the ,jurisdiction m which Project is located, property insurance in the amount of the initial Contract Sum as well as subsequent modifications thereto for the entire Work at the site on a replacement cost basis without voluntary deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.10 or until no person or entity other than Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.3 to be covered, whichever is earlier. This insurance shall include interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work. 71.8.!1 Property insurance shall be on an all -risk policy form and shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, falsework, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. Coverage for other perils shall not be required unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or Bidding Requirements. Such policies shall be endorsed to name Owner and Architect as additional insureds. 11.3.1.2 If Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, Owner shall so inform Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. Contractor may then effect insurance which will protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to Owner. If Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying Contractor, then Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles and such deductibles are identified in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, Contractor shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. If Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts, Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered because of such increased or voluntary deductibles. If deductibles are not identified in the Contract Documents, Owner shall pay costs not covered because of deductibles. lL8.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, this property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site after written approval of Owner at the value established in the approval, and also portions of the Work in transit It shall not, however, cover Contractor's equipment, machinery or tools. 11.3.2 Boller and Maeldnery Insurance. Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by Owner, this insurance shall include interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the Work, and Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. 11.3.3 Loss of Use Insurance. Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure Owner against loss of use of Owner's property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. Owner waives all rights of action against Contractor for loss of use of Owner's property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused, to the extent Owner's insurance covers such losses. 1.1.3.4 If Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or for other special hazards be included in the property insurance policy, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. 11.8.6 If during Project construction period Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, adjoining or adjacent to the site by property insurance Gensler GC i - 063000f under policies separate from those insuring Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring Project during the construction period, if permitted by Insurer, and to the extent covered for any losses, Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other perils covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. 11.8.8 Before an exposure to loss may occur, Owner shall file with Contractor a certificate of insurance or copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each policy or certificate shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to Contractor. 11.3.7 Walvers of Subrogation. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by Owner as fiduciary, Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of Architect, Architect's consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub- subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. 11.3.8 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by Owner as fiduciary and made payable to Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Subparagraph 11.3.10. Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub - subcontractors in similar manner. 11.3.9 if required in writing by a party in interest, Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may mach, or in accordance with \ a legal judgment or award \ . if after such loss no other special agreement is made, replacement of damaged property shall be covered by appropriate Change Order or Change Directive. 11.3.10 Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers 1. 11.3.11 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. Owner and Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. 11.4 Performance Bond And Payment Bond 11.4.1 Owner shall have the right to require Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. Page 15 of 18 11.412 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall peen Lit a copy to be made. Article 12 - Uncovering and Correction of Work 12.1. Uncovering Of Work 127.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, or to requirements of any public authority having jurisdiction over the Work, it must, if required in writing by Architect or Owner, be uncovered for Arch itect's or Owner's or public authority's observation and be replaced at Contractor's expense and without change in the Contract Time. 127.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which Architect or its Con; ultants have not specifically requested to observe prior to its being covered, or which any public authority requires being observed or inspected prior to covering, Architect or Owner may request to see such Wok and it shall be uncovered by Contractor. if such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be charged to Owner. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, Contractor shall pay such costs unless the condition was caused by Owner or a separate contractor in which event Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. 129, Correction Of Work 12.2:1 Contractor shall promptly correct defective Work \ or Work failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether obseved before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Contractor shall bear costs of correcting such \ Work, including additional testing and inspections and compensation for Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby. 12.2.2 If, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof, or after the date for commencement of wammties established under Subparagraph 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Worl: is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice firm Owner to do so unless Owner has previously given Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. This period of one year shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the Work. This obligation under this Subparagraph 12.2.2 shall survive acceptance of the Work under the Contract and termination of the Contract. Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. 12.2'.8 Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by Contractor nor accepted by Owner. 12.2.4 If Contractor fails to proceed with the correction of nonconforming Wort: within \ seven days of notice by Owner or Architect, and thereafter fails to diligently continue such correction until completed, Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4. If Contractor does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work within \ the time period set forth herein, Owner may remove it and store the salvable materials or equipment at Contractor's expense. If Contractor does not pay costs of such removal and storage within ten days after written notice, Owner may upon ten additional days' written notice sell such materials and equipment at auction or at private sale and shall account for the proceeds thereof, after deducting costs and damages that should have been borne by Contractor, including compensation for Architect's and Owner's services and expenses made necessary thereby. If such proceeds of sale do not cover costs which Contactor should have bome, the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the defic iency. If payments then or thereafter due Contractor are not sufficient to co ver such amount, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. 12.2.6 Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of Owner or Page 16 of 18 separate contractors caused by Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1226 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the time period of one year as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor's liability with respect to Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 12.3 Acceptance Of Nonconfonning Work. If Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. Article 13 - Miscellaneous Provisions 1.3.1 Governing Law. The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where Project is located. 13.2 Succors And Assigns. Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, Owner may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to its lender. if any. and Contractor agrees, if requested, to enter into agreement with such lender pursuant to which Contractor will complete the Work in accordance with Owner Contractor Agreement and any agreed -upon modification or changes thereto. 18.8 Written Notice. Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. 23.4 Rights And Remedies 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 18.4.2 No action or failure to act by Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 13.5 Tests And Inspections 1.3.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided, Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. Contractor shall give Architect and all other appropriate persons or agencies timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so \ they may observe such procedures. Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. Contractor shall pay for all retesting required under applicable laws and regulations. Oueslsr GCi - 063000f 13.6.2 If Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, Architect will, upon written authorization from Owner, instruct Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to Owner, and Contractor shall give timely notice to Architect and other appropriate persons or agencies of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so 1 they may observe such procedures. Owner shall bear such costs except as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3. 13.6.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraphs 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for Architect's services and expenses. 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by Contractor and promptly delivered to Architect. 13.6.5 If Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. 18.5.6 Tests or inspections 1 shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. 13.6 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where Project is located. 13.7 Commencement Of Statutory Umltatlon Period 13.7.1 As between Owner and Contractor. . 1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to nm and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; . 2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment; and . 3 After Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by Contractor pursuant to any warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5, the date of any couection of the Work or failure to correct the Work by Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual commission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by Contractor or Owner, whichever occurs last. Article 14 - Termination or Suspension of the Contract 1.4.1 Tennlnadon By Contracts 14.1.1 Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 days after actual commencement of construction through no act or fault of Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub- subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with Contractor, for any of the following reasons: .1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction; 9.ndsr GCi - 063000f . 2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, making material unavailable; . 3 because Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or . 4 if repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions by Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365 -day period, whichever is less. 1 14.1.2 If one of the above reasons exists, Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment for Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery, including reasonable overhead and profit \ . 14.2.3 if the Work is stopped for a period of 60 days through no act or fault of Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with Contractor because Owner has persistently failed to fulfill Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.2. 14.2 Tatrmbratlon By Owner For Cause 14.21 Owner may terminate the Contract if Contractor: . 1 unreasonably \ refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; . 2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between Contractor and the Subcontractors; .3 1 disregards laws, ordinances, or rules, regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, Owner, \ without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of Owner and after giving Contractor and Contractor's surety, if any, seven days' written notice, may terminate employment of Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: . 1 take possession of the site and of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by Contractor; and .2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; . 3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method Owner may deem expedient. 14.23 When Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds all costs to Owner of finishing the Work, including, without limitation, compensation for Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, other consultants, and attorneys and other legal costs, such excess shall be paid to Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner 1 . This obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. 14.3 Suspension By Owner For Convenience 14.3.1 Owner may, without cause, order Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as Owner may determine. Page 17 of 18 14. L2 An adjustment shall be made for any reasonable increases in the cost to Contractor of performance of the Contract, including a reasonable profit on the increased cost of performance, \ resulting from suspension, delay or interruption in excess of thirty days. Such increase in Contractor's profit or fee shall be calculated by multiplying the profit or fee which Contractor would otherwise earn upon completion of the Work by a fraction, the numerator of which is the increased cost of performance and the denominator of which is the Contract Sum prior to such suspension, delay or interruption. No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1. that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which Contractor is responsible; or 2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of this Contract. 1444 t reanimation By Owner For convenience 14.4.1 Owner may at any time, without notice to the sureties, terminate the .employment of Contractor for the convenience of Owner, for any reas9n and without respect to whether Contractor is then in default under the Contract Documents. In the event of such termination for convenience, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Contract Documents to the contrary, Contractor shall receive, as its entire and sole compensation under this Agreement, its actual, necessary and reasonable Cost of the Work through the date of termination, as determined by audit of Contractor's records, plus a reasonable profit or fee calculated by multiplying the profit or fee which Contractor would have otherwise earned upon completing the Work by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Cost of the Work performed through the date of t rmination and the denominator of which is the Contract Sum, together with reasonable actual costs of termination. Provided, however, that such fee or profit shall not exceed the fee or profit Contractor would have earned had Contractor completed the Work. Upon such termination, Contractor shall assign to Owner and Owner shall assume responsibility for obligations accruing after the date of such assignment under agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers entered into by Contractor in order to perform the Work. Contractor shall make its records available at reasonable time and places for Owner's audit. In the event any termination of Contractor for default under the Contract is later determined to have been improper, the termination shall be automatically converted to a termination for convenience and the Contract shall be limited in its recovery strictly to the compensation provided for above. Paw 18 of 18 Gondar GCi - 063000f Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section addresses: 1. Work covered by Contract Documents. 2. Special insurance. 3. Owner furnished products. B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to all Sections. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all. C. Conflicts or discrepancies among the Contract Documents shall be resolved in the following order of priority: SUMMARY Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Amendments and revisions (such as Change Orders) of later date take precedence over those of earlier date; 2. the Agreement; 3. the Supplementary Conditions; 4. The General Conditions; 5. Drawings and Specifications; Drawings govem Specifications for quantity and location. Specifications govern Drawings for quality and performance. In the event of ambiguity or conflicts, the greater quantity and the better quality shall govern. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Complete core and shell and construction of investor center for Fidelity Investments 1. Project Location: Westfield South Center Strandler Blvd. Tukwila, WA. 2. Tenant: Fidelity Investments 1.3 SPECIAL INSURANCE A. Contractor's Commercial General Liability insurance shall contain no exclusion that would deny coverage for any claim arising out of or contributed to by any fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens. If such exclusion exists and cannot be removed by endorsement, Contractor shall submit proof of coverage for fungus, mildew, mold, or resulting allergens under a Pollution Legal Liability or Contractor's Pollution Liability policy. 01100 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.4 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, and without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract. 1.5 OWNER - FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. The Work includes providing support systems to receive Owner's equipment. 1.7 TAXES SUMMARY Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Owner will arrange for and deliver Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to Contractor. 2. Owner will arrange and pay for delivery of Owner - furnished items according to Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. After delivery, Owner will inspect delivered items for damage. Contractor shall be present for and assist in Owner's inspection. 4. If Owner - furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange for replacement. 5. Owner will arrange for manufacturer's field services and for delivery of manufacturer's warranties to Contractor. 6. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner - furnished products. Using Owner - furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner - furnished items in Contractor's Construction Schedule. 7. Contractor shall review Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples and return them noting discrepancies or anticipated problems in use of product. Examples of discrepancies or problems include, but are not limited to, coordination issues. 8. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner - furnished items at Project site. 9. Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner - furnished items from damage during storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements. 10. If Owner - furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall repair or replace them. 1.6 PERMITS A. Contractor shall secure and pay for all permits and governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required. B. If required by governmental authority, Owner will make application for permits and licenses using forms obtained and prepared by the Contractor and with all costs paid by the Contractor. A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes for the Work or portions thereof provided by the Contractor, that are legally enacted at the time Bids are received, whether or not yet effective. 01100 -2 Gensler 11.5039.163 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 01 1 00/9 -98 /ttt SUMMARY Copyright 2008 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 01100 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01101 - REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 REQUEST(S) FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) A. General: A Request for Interpretation (RFI) is a Contractor initiated, Architect formatted, written instrument related to the execution of the Work that is addressed to the Architect. The RFI shall be used by the Contractor as the means to ask questions related to the Work; subject to the conditions contained within this article. 1. An RFI which fails to conform to the requirements stated herein, (for example, is incomplete or contains numerous errors) shall be returned to the Contractor for its completion/rectification without benefit of the Architect's response, in addition, no adjustments for Contract Time or Contract Sum shall be granted for an RFI failing to conforn► to the requirements stated herein. 2. The Owner reserves the right to assess the Contractor for the cost (based on time and materials) of an RFI response performed by the Architect, and any of it's consultants, which is deemed by the Owner and the Architect as being frivolous or unnecessary (for example, the subject of the RFI is addressed in the Contract Documents). Such RFI's shall be removed from the RFI log. 3. Each RFI shall be submitted with such promptness as to cause no delay in the Contractor's own work and in that of any subcontractor. No adjustments of Contract Time or Contract Sum will be granted because of failure to have an RFI submitted with sufficient time to allow for the orderly processing of a response by the Architect. B. Authorship: 1. Prior to the commencement of the RFI process, the Contractor shall designate a full time "RFI Manager" whose duties shall include the responsibility for enforcing the Request for Interpretation provisions of this article, to maintain an up -to -date log of all RFI's, advise the Architect, in writing, of the status and disposition of all RFI's at the progress meetings, and be a member of the Contractor's staff. The RFI Manager shall be experienced in administration and supervision of building construction of the type indicated on the contract documents including mechanical and electrical work. 2. Each RFI shall originate solely from the Contractor's RFI Manager. An RFI submitted to the Architect by an entity, or individual, other than the RFI Manager shall be returned to the Contractor. C. Prohibitions: RFI's shall not be used for the following: 1. To solicit consideration by the Architect of a "substitution." 2. To request an adjustment of the Contract time. If the Contractor believes that the response received from the Architect to any RFI warrants adjustment to the Contract time it shall immediately advise the Architect, in writing, upon receipt of the Architect's response. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) Copyright 2008 Gensler 01101 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3. To request an adjustment of the Contract sum. If the Contractor believes that the response received from the Architect to any RFI warrants adjustment of the Contract sum it shall immediately advise the Architect, in writing, upon receipt of the Architect's response. 4. To solicit comment clarification(s) of any required submittal or shop drawing review that was transmitted by the Architect to the Contractor. 5. RFI's shall not be used to transfer coordination responsibility from the Contractor to the Owner or the Architect. D. Procedure: 1. Be Contractor shall submit all RFI's on the form supplied by the Architect. 2. Each blank on the RFI form shall be filled in. 3. Each RFI shall be typewritten and shall be forwarded to the Architect in triplicate. Each RFI shall address one subject. 4. Each RFI shall contain specific reference to the drawing number(s), detail number(s), schedule type(s), bulletin number(s), specification section(s) and paragraph number(s), or other related document(s) which is (are) pertinent to the Contractor's question. The date of each referenced drawing number, bulletin, specification section or other related document shall be identified. In preparing each RFI verify the applicable dimension(s), field conditions, drawing requirements (small through large scale details), and/or specification section requirements pertaining thereto. Prior to submission of the RFI coordinate the nature of the inquiry with the requirements of other sections or trades as related thereto and responses to previous RFI's. Where supplementary sketches are required to clarify an inquiry the Contractor shall attach supplementary sketches, at large scale, illustrative of the inquiry. Sketches shall include sufficient detail, materials, dimensions, thicknesses, assembly, attachments, relation to adjoining work, structural grid references, and all other pertinent data and information for the Architect to make an informed response. a. The Contractor is encouraged to suggest solution(s) to its inquiries, if applicable. Should the Contractor's solution(s) have an impact on Contract Sum or Contract time it shall be so stated within the RFI. 5. Each RFI shall be dated and sequentially numbered. 6. Each RFI shall be reviewed, and signed, by the RFI Manager prior to transmitting to the Architect. 7. Duration of RFI Response Upon Receipt: 5 business days. PART 2 - PART 2 PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - PART 3 EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01101 01100/9 -98 /ttt REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) Copyright 2008 Gensler 01101 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA Request For Interpretation Project To Attention From issued by Subject Distribution Effect on Schedule Effect en Cost Reply Reply Needed by REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION (RFI'S) Copyright 2008 Gensler RFI Number Date Project Number Drawing Sheet/ Location Det This Is page Problem, Cause and Proposed Solution (attach sketches as necessary) Signature Date Spedfcatlons Page Number 6RFI 1 of E111. 5039. 1631dmumentadont5 _dwsyKapmlSp.lrudr spe..lmued for permit at romnOfi0602 nere_spea ri0S0602bt.doc One Beacon Street Boston Massachusat 2108 Gensler 01101 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01260 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect may issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on form included at end of Part 3. 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner - Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 5 days unless otherwise provided in the General Conditions after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. b. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and fmish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. B. Contractor- Initiated Proposals (Change Order Requests): If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 3. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01260 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 4. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. C. Proposal Request Form: Use Gensler "Bulletin," selecting, Architect's Request for Contractor's Proposal ". 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on Gensler "Change Order" form included at end of Part 3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01260 01250/9 -98 /m CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01260 -2 Bulletin Number Protect Date Project Location Architect's Project Number Owner /Client To Address City Attachments Requested by ❑ Architect ❑ Owner ❑ Contractor ❑ Other (specify): Issued by Gensler by Date Signed Issued by Owner by Date Signed ❑ Required; Please return signed copy to Gensler ❑ Not Required Accepted by Contractor by ❑ Required; Please return signed copy to Gensler Distribution Instructions / Description / References / Dates Begin text here ... clwrklformrbpeu \bl bullerindot BL_080703 ❑ Not Required Prepared by Gensler by Date Signed File This 1s page 6BL Attention State Date Signed Zip Code Gensler 1 of Delivered via: ❑ Messenger ❑ Nand carried ❑ Facsimile ❑ Express ❑ Pick -up ❑ Einall Address ❑ Mali ❑ UPS ❑ Website Address This Bulletin Conveys to Contractor (Check one of the following five choices.): ❑ Archltect's Authorization for Minor Changes Architect recommends modifications to the Work as described below. ❑ Architect's Clarification / Supplemental Instructions (Use this Bulletin form in place of Architect} Supplementallnrtructions form.) Contractor shall carry out the Work in accordance with the following supplemental instructions. ❑ Architect's Confirmation of a Field Order (Use this Bulletin form in place of a Field Order form.) This confirms Architect's verbal instructions to (individual's name) on (date) , as described below. Note: The above three choices are each subject to the following terms: The change(s), clarification(s) and /or confirmation(s) described below is /are issued in accordance with the Contract Documents, without change in Contract Sum and /or Time. ❑ Architect's Request for Contractor's Proposal (Use this Bulletin form in place of an Estimate Request form.) Please submit an itemized proposal for changes in the Contract Sum and /or Time for proposed modifications to the Contract Documents described herein. Submit proposal within days or notify the Architect in writing ofthe date on which you anticipate submitting your proposal. This is not a Change Order or a Construction Change Directive or a direction to proceed with the Work described in the proposed modifications. ❑ Other: As described below. Change Order Number Project Date Project Location Protect Number Owner /Client File This Is page 6C0 Contractor Contractor's Request / Quotation Number / Date Change to Contract Sum: Change to Contract Time: Original Contract Amount Revised Contract ❑ See Change Order Summary for Revised Total Contract Amount and Time Reason for Change Requested by Recommended for Approval By Date Signed by Gensler. by Approved for Owner/Client By Date Signed Approved for Contractor By Date Signed Approved for Tenant By Date Signed (If applicable) The above Change Order to the contract shall be effective upon signature by all applicable parties, in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract. The Contract Amount refers to the Contract Sum or guaranteed Maximum Cost in the Contract. Distribution Description / References / Costs / Dates Begin text here .. . •::\work forms\speo \co changeorder.dor '0_080703 $ Amount $ Gensler 1 of Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01290 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. (Field) Review: Architect's visits to the site at intervals necessary in the judgment of Architect to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work completed and to determine in general if the Work completed is in accordance with the Contract Documents. Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: 2. Submit the Schedule of Values at earliest possible date but before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. 3. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: 4. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: PAYMENT PROCEDURES Copynght 2008 Gensler a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. c. Contractor's Construction Schedule. a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. c. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. 01290 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PAYMENT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value. 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one - hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 5. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. a. Break down principal subcontract amounts into separate labor and materials items. Breakdown of subcontractor's schedule of values must be true and accurate. 6. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 7. Provide a separate line item in the Schedule of Values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. Include evidence of insurance or bonded warehousing if required. 8. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 9. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work -in -place may be shown either as separate line items in the Schedule of Values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 10. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Review: 1. Prior to the 25 day of each month, furnish the Architect with a draft (pencil) copy of the Application for Payment. 2. On the 25 day of each month, the Owner, the Architect and the Contractor shall meet to review the draft (pencil) copy of the application and Certificate for payment. Questions resulting from this review shall be answered by the Contractor and clarified prior to 01290 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA receipt of the final copy of the Application and Certificate for Payment that is to be submitted to the Architect on the 1 day of the following month. 3. Upon receipt of the final Application and Certificate for Payment and other documentation as required by the Architect including the updated Schedule of Values and the updated Construction Schedule, the Architect shall review the documents received to determine if they correspond to the agreements reached during the draft (pencil) copy review. Upon completion of the Architect's review, the Architect shall revise and execute the Applications and Certificate for Payment to correspond to the agreements reached and forward the executed copies to the Owner. 4. In taking action on the contractor's Application and Certificate for Payment, the Architect will rely on the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by the contractor and will not be deemed to represent that he has made audits of the supporting data. 5. Payment will not be made for materials and equipment stored off the site, except at the Owner's discretion and prior approval. When the Application and Certificate for Payment includes material or equipment stored off -site, the Application shall be accompanied by a statement certifying: a. Description of the item(s) being stored. b. Location of the bonded warehouse(s) where materials or equipment is being stored. c. Affidavit of Storage. d. Certificate of Insurance. e. Bill of sale made to Owner stating there will be no additional cost for transportation and delivery of the item(s) being stored. f. Statement certifying that item or any part thereof will not be installed in any construction other than work under this Contract. C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Incomplete applications will be returned without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit notarized waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each item. PAYMENT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01290 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Delays: Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of mechanic's lien for construction period covered by the application. a. Submit final Application for Payment with or proceeded by final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, executed in a manner acceptable to Owner. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors, principal suppliers and fabricators. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list. 5. Submittals Schedule (preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 10. Report of preconstruction conference. 11. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 12. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance coverage(s). 13. Performance and payment bonds. 14. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements, including, but not limited to: PAYMENT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Transmittal of required Project Record Documents to Owner. b. Evidence of completion of demonstration and training. 01290 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims" and AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 5. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 6. Evidence that claims have been settled. 7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 8. Final, liquidated damages settlement statement. 9. Occupancy permits and similar approvals or certifications by governing authorities and franchised services, assuring Owner's full access and use of completed work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01290 01290/9- 98 /ttt PAYMENT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01290 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare and submit Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01310 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL A. General: In addition to Project superintendent, provide other administrative and supervisory personnel as required for proper performance of the Work. 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Record minutes in writing. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within 3 days of the meeting. 4. Notification: Inform participants 3 days prior to meetings not regularly scheduled. B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect. Hold the conference at a convenient location. Conduct the meeting to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. C. Preinstallation Conferences and Meetings: Conduct a preinstallation conferences and meetings at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01310 01310/9 -98 /ttt PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01310 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor, but is a jointly owned, expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 2. Free float is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without adversely affecting the early start of the following activity. 3. Total float is the measure of leeway in starting or completing an activity without adversely affecting the planned Project completion date. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals Schedule: Within 30 days after the execution of the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor submit to the Architect and Owner copies of the submittals schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit, for the Owner's and Architect's information, copies of the Contractor's Construction Schedule, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period. C. Field Condition Reports: Submit copies at time of discovery of differing conditions. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01320 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE A. Preparation: Submit, for Architect's approval, concurrently with the Contractor's Construction Schedule a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include the following information: 1. Anticipated date of Architect's receipt of submittal. 2. Number of business days allowed for Architect's review of submittal. 3. Specification Section to which submittal relates. 4. Subcontractor, fabricator or supplier responsible for preparing the submittal. 5. Provide blank columns for actual date of submittal, re- submittal, and final - review status. 6. Systems Submittals: Identify submittals for systems such as fire alarms, and sprinklers, on the transmittal and act upon the system singularly as a combined submittal. B. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Procedures: Comply with procedures contained in AGC's "Construction Planning & Scheduling." B. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of Final Completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Include selection process activities for finishes and products specified by allowances or specified to be selected during the CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01320 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA sample review process. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than five (5) days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. 5. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Deliveries. g. Installation. h. Tests and inspections. i. Adjusting. j. Startup and placement into final use and operation. E. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and Final Completion. F. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time - impact analysis to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. 2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Immediately after being awarded the Contract, prepare and submit, for the Owners and Architect's information, a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt - chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule. The schedule shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for the expeditious and practical execution of the Work. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01320 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Allow a minimum of 10 working days for processing (from date Architect receives submittal until date he sends it back) and sufficient time for proper handling, review, fabrication and delivery. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 2.4 REPORTS A. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare a detailed report. Submit with a request for information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity. 4. Give Owner and Architect a minimum of one week's notice of all anticipated revisions to the project schedule. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 01320 01320/9-98/M CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01320 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. 1.2 DEFINITION S A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities. C. Processing Time: Promptly submit Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples in accordance with the accepted schedule, as to cause no delay in the Work. Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 working days for initial submittal review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Delaying submittals to facilitate coordination between submittals shall not constitute a delay of the Work nor shall it be the basis for an extension of time. 01330 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Concurrent Review: Concurrent review is a submittal that requires review by more than one design discipline. Where concurrent review of submittals by Architect's consultants, Owner, or other parties is required, submittal schedule shall reflect concurrent review. 3. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. 4. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 5. Number of days for processing each resubmittal shall be the same as the initial review submittal. 6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 5 inches by 6 inches on label or beside title block to record Architect's review markings. 3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Project name b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Unique identifier, including revision number. Submittals shall be numbered consecutively and the numbering system shall be retained throughout all revisions. i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Other necessary identification. E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. F. Resubmission: Unless corrected copies are required for fmal submittal due to Architect's observance of noncompliance with provisions of the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. 2. Additional copies submitted for maintenance manuals will not be marked with action taken and will be returned. G. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. 1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on 01330 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal. 2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. H. Transmittal Form: Execute the attached form with each submittal. I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect in connection with construction. K. Substitution requests are not allowed in the form of submittals. Substitution requests must be made in accordance with Division 01 Section, "Product Requirements." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Clearly mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory - installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. j. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. k. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. 1. Application of testing agency labels and seals. 01330 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA m. Notation of coordination requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project - specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. 1. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 2. Number of Copies: a. Submit three blue- or black -line prints. Architect will retain two prints; remainder will be returned. D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 2. Samples for Verification: Submit full -size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. 3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. 4. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01330 -4 Goneler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of samples that show the range of variations. b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. 5. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 6. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 7. Systems Submittals: Identify submittals for systems such as fire alarms, on the transmittal and act upon the system singularly as a combined submittal. If resubmission is required, resubmit entire system submittal. 8. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. E. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." F. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." C. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01330 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements. E. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names. 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. F. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." G. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. H. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. I. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory- authorized service representative's tests and inspections. J. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, coordinated, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01330 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each properly executed submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will reject and return submittals not complying with requirements. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: 1. No Exceptions Taken. No further review of Submittal required. 2. Make Corrections as Noted. Incorporate corrections in Work; resubmittal is not required. If Contractor cannot comply with corrections as noted, revise to respond to exceptions and resubmit. 3. Revise as Noted and Resubmit. Revise as noted & resubmit for further review. 4. Resubmit Properly. Submittal not reviewed because it does not contain Contractor's signature indicating its review and approval, and/or is not in proper condition for review. Resubmit. 5. Not Reviewed. Submittal is not required by Contract Documents. 6. Received for Client's Record Only. Submittal not reviewed. C. Informational Submittals: Architect may review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded or returned marked "Not Reviewed." END OF SECTION 01330 01330/9 -98 /ttt SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01330 -7 Data Waiver Entity Requesting Data ( "Transferee ") Project Project Number Client Date dxldsv_darai aivcr.dm Input Principal or Managing Principal's name here Transferee Contact Name File Gensler Authorization by Date Signed Transferee Authorizatlon Date Signed by Thls 1s page 1C Gensler 1 of 1 Transferee has asked "Gensler" to provide copies of certain Documents and /or CAD data files ( "Data") prepared by Gensler for the Project. Gensler agrees to provide Transferee with the requested Data, under the terms of this CAD Agreement ( "Agreement "). 1. The transfer of the Data is not and shall not be deemed a sale. The Data are instruments of service. Gensler shall be deemed the Data's author and shall retain all proprietary rights, including any copyrights, embodied therein. 2. Transferee may transfer the Data to its Contractors, Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Consultants (collectively "Others "), provided Transferee requires the Others to be bound by this Agreement as if they were the Transferee in this Agreement. Transferee and Others may use the Data only for purposes related to the Project. 3. The Data are furnished "as is ". Gensler makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, of the Data's merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, with respect to the Data's quality, adequacy, completeness, or sufficiency, or as to any results to be achieved by the Data's use or the Data's conformance with as -built conditions. 4. Transferee acknowledges that anomalies and errors may occur when the Data is transferred electronically or used in an incompatible computer environment. Transferee solely accepts the risks associated with, and the responsibility for, any damages to hardware, software, computer systems, or networks related to the Data's transfer or use. Gensler shall have no responsibility to provide software or training to allow Transferee to use the Data. 5. Gensler shall have no duty to modify or update the Data. Gensler may retain an archival copy of the Data, which shall be conclusive proof and govern in any dispute over the Data's form or content. 6. Transferee agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Gensler, its officers, directors, shareholders, employees, agents, and consultants harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, suits, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and all legal expenses and fees incurred through appeal, and all interest thereon, accruing to or resulting from any and all persons, firms or any other legal entities on account of any damages or losses to property or persons, including, but not limited to, injuries, death or economic losses, arising out of Transferee's or Others' use, reuse, transfer, or modification of the Data, except where a court or forum of competent jurisdiction determines that Gensler is solely liable for such damages or losses. 7. If Transferee fails to perform or observe any of the terms of this Agreement, Gensler may demand, and Transferee immediately shall return, the Data and any copies thereof. 8. This Agreement shall be governed by the law of the location of Gensler's office identified ar the bottom of this Data Waiver. 9. In any legal proceeding to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of defense. 10. Unless otherwise explicitly agreed to in writing by the parties, this Agreement shall govern any and all future data transfers to Transferee by Gensler. Advancement of Construction Technology Project: TRANSMITTAL To (Contractor): A From (Subcontractor): Qty. Reference / Number ❑ Submitted for review and approval ❑ Resubmitted for review and approval ❑ Complies with contract requirements ❑ Will be available to meet construction schedule ❑ A/E review time included in construction schedule Other remarks on above submission: TRANSMITTAL To (A/E): B From (Contractor): ❑ Approved ❑ Approved as noted Other remarks on above submission: TRANSMITTAL To (Contractor): C ❑ Approved ❑ Approved as noted ❑ Not subject to review ❑ No action required ❑ Revise / Resubmit ❑ Rejected / Resubmit ❑ Approved as noted / Resubmit Other remarks on above submission: D Copies: ❑ Owner Title / Description / Manufacturer From (A/E): ❑ Other TRANSMITTAL To (Subcontractor): From (Contractor): ❑ Consultants ❑ Copyright 1996, Construction Specifications Institute, 106 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -1791 Date: Date: Submittal No. By: ❑ Resubmission Attn: Date Rec'd by Contractor: Page of ❑ Revise / Resubmit ❑ Rejected / Resubmit. Attn: Date Recd by A/E: ❑ Provide file copy with corrections identified ❑ Sepia copies only resumed ❑ Point -by -point comparative data required to complete approval process SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL A/E Project Number: Spec. Section Title and Paragraph / Drawing Detail Reference ❑ Substitution involved - Substitution request attached ❑ If substitution involved, submission includes point -by -point comparative data or preliminary details ❑ Items included in submission will be ordered immediately upon receipt of approval ❑ One copy retained by sender By: Date Trnsmt'd by Contractor: ❑ One copy retained by sender By: Date Trnsmt'd by A/E: ❑ Submission Incomplete / Resubmit ❑ One copy retained by sender Attn: Date Recd by Contractor: By: Date Tmsmt'd by Contractor: ❑ One copy retained by sender September 1996 CSI Form 12.IA SUBMITTAL REVIEW A NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN. B MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. Resubmittal not required unless Contractor cannot comply with corrections noted. C REVISE AS NOTED AND RESUBMIT. D RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed for reasons noted. E NOT REVIEWED. Submittal not required by Contract Documents. F RECEIVED FOR CLIENT'S RECORD ONLY. Submittal not reviewed. Gensler has reviewed this Submittal, but only for the purpose of checking for conformance with the design intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Gensler's action on a specific item does not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component, nor of an item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for checking for deviations between this Submittal and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and field conditions; for determining or substantiating the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities; for substantiating instructions tor installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by Contractor; for construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences, procedures, and fabrication processes; for errors and omissions in Submittals; for coordination of the Work of the trades, safety precautions and performing the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner and in conformance with the Contract Documents. If more than one submittal review stamp appears on this Submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon apply. Signature of a submittal review stamp by Gensler or a consultant does not imply that it has reviewed work not within its professional discipline or scope of services. By Project No. Date Submittal No. SUBMITTAL REVIEW A NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN. B MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. Resubmittal not required unless Contractor cannot comply with corrections noted. C REVISE AS NOTED AND RESUBMIT. D RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed for reasons noted. E NOT REVIEWED. Submittal not required by Contract Documents. F RECEIVED FOR CLIENT'S RECORD ONLY. Submittal not reviewed. Gensler has reviewed this Submittal, but only for the purpose of checking for conformance with the design intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Gensler's action on a specific item does not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component, nor of an item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for checking for deviations between this Submittal and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and field conditions; for determining or substantiating the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities; for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by Contractor; tor construction means, methods. techniques, schedules, sequences, procedures, and fabrication processes; for errors and omissions in Submittals; for coordination of the Work of the trades, safety precautions and performing the Work in a sate and satisfactory manner and in conformance with the Contract Documents. If more than one submittal review stamp appears on this Submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon apply. Signature of a submittal review stamp by Gensler or a consultant does not imply that it has reviewed work not within its professional discipline or scope of services. By Date ` Project No. Submittal No. SUBMITTAL REVIEW A NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN. B MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. Resubmittal not required unless Contractor cannot comply with corrections noted. C REVISE AS NOTED AND RESUBMR. D RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed for reasons noted. E NOT REVIEWED. Submittal not required by Contract Documents. F RECEIVED FOR CLIENT'S RECORD ONLY. Submittal not reviewed. Gensler has reviewed this Submittal, but only for the purpose of checking for conformance with the design intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Gensler's action on a specific item does not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component, nor of an item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for checking for deviations between this Submittal and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and field conditions; for determining or substantiating the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities; for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by Contractor; for construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences, procedures, and fabrication processes; for errors and omissions in Submittals; for coordination of the Work of the trades, safety precautions and performing the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner and in conformance with the Contract Documents. If more than one submittal review stamp appears on this Submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon apply. Signature of a submittal review stamp by Gensler or a consultant does not imply that it has reviewed work not within its professional discipline or scope of services. By Project No. Date Submittal No. SUBMITTAL REVIEW A NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN. B MAKE CORRECTIONS AS NOTED. Resubmittal not required unless Contractor cannot comply with corrections noted. C REVISE AS NOTED AND RESUBMIT. D RESUBMIT PROPERLY. Submittal not reviewed for reasons noted. E NOT REVIEWED. Submittal not required by Contract Documents. F RECEIVED FOR CLIENT'S RECORD ONLY. Submittal not reviewed. Gensler has reviewed this Submittal, but only for the purpose of checking for conformance with the design intent expressed in the Contract Documents. Gensler's action on a specific item does not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component, nor of an item as delivered and installed if it does not conform to the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for checking for deviations between this Submittal and differing information or conditions in the Contract Documents and field conditions; for determining or substantiating the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities; for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems designed by Contractor; for construction means, methods, techniques, schedules, sequences, procedures, and fabrication processes; for errors and omissions in Submittals; for coordination of the Work of the trades, safety precautions and performing the Work in a safe and satisfactory manner and in conformance with the Contract Documents. If more than one submittal review stamp appears on this Submittal, the most stringent action and notations thereon apply. Signature of a submittal review stamp by Gensler or a consultant does not imply that it has reviewed work not within its professional discipline or scope of services. By Date ` Project No. Submittal No. Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality - control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality- control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality - control services required by Architect, Owner, Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 2. Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 3. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Quality- Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements. B. Quality - Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager. C. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01400 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. C. Testing Agency and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced and expert in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Factory- Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01400 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. C. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. D. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Specialists: Certain sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and similar regulations governing the Work, nor interfere with local trade -union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. H. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Fabricate and install test assemblies using installers who will perform the same tasks for Project. d. When testing is complete, remove assemblies; do not reuse materials on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- assurance service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01400 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality- control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality - control services. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality- control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality - control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct. 6. Provide quality assurance and control services required due to changes in the Work proposed by or made by the Contractor. 7. Provide quality control services for Work done contrary to the Contract Documents, without prior notice, when so specified, or without proper supervision. 8. Overtime expenses and schedule delays accruing as a result of executing quality control services shall be the Contactor's responsibility and shall not be charged to the Owner. B. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner. 1. Testing agency will notify Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality - control service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory - authorized service representative to inspect field- assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality - control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents. Architect retains the right to require the use of a different testing agency for retesting ad reinspecting. 01400 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality - control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. 6. Attend Project progress meetings as requested by Architect. F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality - control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field -curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies or arranging for pick -up of test samples after normal business hours.. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality- assurance and quality control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality - control services required by the Contract Documents. Submit schedule with Contractor's Construction Schedule as specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, Construction Manager, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01400 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality- control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality - control services. END OF SECTION 01400 01400/9- 98/bac QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01400 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. "Approved ": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Directed ": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." C. "Indicated ": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." D. "Regulations ": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. E. "Furnish ": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. F. "Install ": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. G. "Provide ": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. H. "Installer ": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub - subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers shall be experienced in the operation they are engaged to perform. "Experienced ": Unless otherwise specified in the technical sections when used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. J. "Project Site ": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings. K. "As Required ": As required by regulatory bodies, by referenced standards, by existing conditions, by generally accepted construction practice or by the Contract Documents. In the event of ambiguity or conflicts, the most stringent requirements shall apply. REFERENCES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01420 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA L. "By Others" refers to work that is not a part of the Contract. M. "N.I.C.: "Not in Contract" means the work or the item indicated is not a part of the Contract and will be provided by the Owner. 1.2 STANDARDS, REGULATIONS AND CODES A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated. C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum.. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from Access Board www.access-board.gov CFR FS Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office www. access. gpo. gov /nara/cfr Federal Specification Available from General Services Administration www.fss.gsa.gov /pub /fed - specs. cfm (800) 872 -2253 (202) 272 -5434 (888) 293-6498 (202) 512-1530 (202) 619 -8925 E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (202) 862 -5100 www.aluminum.org AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737 -0202 www.aabchq.com REFERENCES 01420 -2 Copynglit 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303 -5664 www.aamanet.org ADC Air Diffusion Council (312) 201 -0101 www.flexibleduct.org AGA American Gas Association (202) 824 -7000 www.aga.org AHA American Hardboard Association (847) 934 -8800 www, ahardbd.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (202) 626 -7300 www.e- architect.com AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644 -2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670 -2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452 -7100 www.steel.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394 -0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293 -8020 www.ansi.org APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565 -6600 www.apawood.org ARI Air- Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524 -8800 www.ari.org ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527 -4723 Air- Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (404) 636 -8400 ASME ASME International (800) 843 -2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (212) 591 -7722 International) www.asme.org ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers (773) 693 -2773 www.aspe.org:8080 ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835 -3040 www.asse - plumbing.org ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (610) 832 -9585 www.astm.org REFERENCES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01420 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA AWCI AWCI International (Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industries International) www.awci.org (703) 534 -8300 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449 -8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733 -0600 AWPA American Wood - Preservers' Association (817) 326 -6300 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443 -9353 www.aws.org (305) 443 -9353 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297 -2122 www.buildershardware.com CDA Copper Development Association Inc. (800) 232 -3282 www.copper.org (212) 251 -7200 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584 -1919 www.cisca.org CPA Composite Panel Association (301) 670 -0604 (Formerly: National Particleboard Association) www.pbmdf.com CRI Carpet & Rug Institute (The) (800) 882 -8846 www.carpet - rug.com (706) 278 -3176 DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222 -2010 www.dhi.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907 -7500 www.eia.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289 -5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271 -0208 (Formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association) www.glasswebsite.com/gana HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435 -2900 www.hpva.org IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419 -7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (212) 248 -5000 www.iesna.org REFERENCES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01420 -4 Goneler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association (847) 480 -9138 www.maplefloor.org MIA Marble Institute of America (614) 228 -6194 www.marble-institute.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332 -0405 www.naamm.org NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977 -3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657 -3110 www.necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829 -6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841 -3200 www.nema.org NFPA National Fire Protection Association (800) 344 -3555 www.nfpa.org (617) 770 -3000 NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526 -5016 www.nofma.org NPA National Particleboard Association (See CPA) NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association, Inc. (800) 323 -9736 www.ntma.com (703) 779 -1022 NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (See WDMA) PDCA Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332 -7322 www.pdca.com (703) 359 -0826 SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899 -0010 www.steeldoor.org SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646 -2234 www.sgcc.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803 -2980 National Association www.smacna.org SPIB REFERENCES Copyright 2008 Gensler Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434 -2611 www.spib.org 01420 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (800) 837 -8303 www.sspc.org (412) 281 -2331 TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646 -8453 www.tileusa.com TIA Telecommunications Industry Association (703) 907 -7700 www.tiaonline.org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (800) 704 -4050 www.ul.com (847) 272 -8800 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283 -1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639 -0651 WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224 -3930 www.wwpa.org F. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638 -2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504 -0990 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482 -2000 www.doc.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (202) 693 -1999 www.osha.gov PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01420 01420/1 1- 00 /ttt REFERENCES 01420 -6 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. B. Toilet, Water, and Drinking Water Facilities: The Contractor shall make arrangements with the Landlord or Property Manager for use of the existing toilet, water, and drinking water facilities. C. Ventilation arid Humidity Control: Provide adequate ventilation in enclosed areas throughout construction period required to: facilitate progress of Work; to protect Work and products against dampness and heat; to prevent moisture condensation on surfaces; to provide suitable ambient temperatures for installation and curing of finish materials; to provide adequate ventilating; to meet health regulations for safe working environment; and, to prevent hazardous accumulations of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors or gases in areas occupied during construction. Provide local exhaust ventilating to prevent harmful dispersal of hazardous substances into atmosphere of occupied areas. Dispose of exhaust materials in manner that will not result in harmful exposure to persons or property. Provide ventilating operations at all times personnel occupy an area, when subject to hazardous accumulations of harmful elements. Continue operation of ventilating system for as long as required after cessation of Work to assure removal of harmful elements. 1. In the event that the Owner accepts the Contractor's use of the permanent ventilation and air conditioning systems for the balance of the Work, provide and maintain temporary filters to adequately filter air being distributed through the ductwork and air handling units to the supply outlets; disposable filter shall be placed in front of all exhaust registers to keep construction dirt out of exhaust duct work. D. Electric Power and Lighting Service: 1. Arrange with local electric utility for temporary electric service to the site. Provide all installation and equipment for temporary lighting and power. The electrical service shall be of adequate capacity for all construction tools and equipment without overloading the temporary facilities. a. Provide power distribution throughout the site as required to facilitate construction operations. Terminations shall be provided for each voltage supply complete with circuit breakers, disconnect switches and other electrical devices as required to protect the power supply system. b. A temporary lighting system shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the Contractor as required to satisfy the minimum requirements of security and safety. Provide general illumination for the entire project. Provide increased levels of illumination where the work is being installed. 2. All temporary equipment and wiring for power and lighting shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of the governing codes and regulations, the NEC, NEMA, and OSHA standards. All temporary power and lighting shall be maintained to give safe working conditions, continuous service, and so as not to pose a threat to the Owner's property. Modify and extend temporary power and lighting systems as the Work progress requires. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01500 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period. Long distance calls shall be paid for by the party making the call. A pay phone is not acceptable. 3.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORT FACILITIES AND PROTECTION A. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: No Project identification, signs or advertisements will be permitted on the project site. B. Construction Aids: Provide all items, such as lifting devices, all scaffolding, staging, platforms, runways, ladders; and all temporary flooring, as required by the various trades for the proper execution of the Work. Provide such construction aids with proper guys, bracing, guards, railings and other safety devices as required by the governing authorities and OSHA. C. Elevator and Loading Dock Usage: The Contractor shall make all arrangements with the Landlord or Property Manager for the use of elevators as required for transporting material and workmen to the work areas and for the disposal of rubbish and waste materials. D. Security: Provide and maintain provisions for closing and locking the site to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. E. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. F. Temporary Fire Protection: Throughout the site, during construction, provide for fire protection and fire prevention in accordance with all applicable Federal, state and local codes and regulations. 3.4 TERMINATION AND REMOVAL A. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Remove and dispose of temporary filters and thoroughly clean the interior of the air handling units and ductwork prior to acceptance of the Work. Provide all new filters in heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems. 2. Replace all lamps of the permanent lighting system, to comply with the Contract Documents, at no cost to the Owner. 3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01500 01500/9 -98 /ttt TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01500 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls. 1. Provide and maintain all temporary facilities and controls necessary for the performance of the Work. Locate and install all temporary facilities and controls where acceptable to the local authorities having jurisdiction and utility owner and remove same and terminate, in a manner suitable to the local authorities having jurisdiction and utility owner, at completion of Work or when otherwise directed. Unless otherwise specified, pay all costs associated with the use, provision, and maintenance of, temporary facilities and controls including power, water, and fuel (if any) consumed until Substantial Completion. 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Use of Permanent Utilities: When each permanent utility is operational, it may be used for construction purposes, if acceptable, in writing, by the Owner. The written request for permission for use of the system from the Owner shall include, as a minimum, the conditions and reasons for use and provisions for and effect on equipment warranties. In the event that the Owner accepts the Contractors use of the permanent utility for the balance of the Work, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for it, and shall pay all costs for operation, power, restoration and maintenance of same. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01500 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements for the selection of products for use in the Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and product substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. B. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents as proposed by Contractor. C. Basis -of- Design Product Specification: Where a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in- service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of other named manufacturers. D. Manufacturer's Warranty: A written warranty authored by the manufacturer of its furnished product whose provisions are conveyed by manufacturer directly to Owner. E. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for Owner. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use form provided at end of Section. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Statement indicating why specified material or product cannot be provided. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. 01600 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, product material content, product manufacture, weight, size, durability, service life, maintenance, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. g. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. h. Research/evaluation reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. i. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. j. Time value to be added to, or subtracted from, the Contract time of Completion. k. Benefit(s) to the Owner. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution. Substitution requests, if any, shall be submitted so as to allow a reasonable time for their consideration and shall not be justification for delay of the Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: All bids shall be based on the products required in the Contract Documents. B. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, product selected shall be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01600 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 7. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather- protection requirements for storage. 8. Protect stored products from damage. B. Storage: Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project - specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: Forms are included with the Specifications. Prepare a written document using appropriate form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 03 through 49 Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: Unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide products of both quality and type that have been used successfully in similar situations on equal quality projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's. 6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 01600 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following: 1. Product: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Product" name a single product and manufacturer, provide the product named. 2. Manufacturer /Source: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturer" or "Source" name single manufacturers or sources, provide a product by the manufacturer or from the source named that complies with requirements. 3. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. 4. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. 5. Basis of Design Products: Where paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Basis of Design Product(s)" are included. Provide either the specified product or a comparable product. Drawings and specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. 6. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches satisfactorily. END OF SECTION 01600 01600/9- 98 /ttt PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Copyright 2008 Gensler a. If no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily and complies with other specified requirements, comply with provisions of the Contract Documents on "substitutions" for selection of a matching product. 7. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements. C. Substitutions: Substitutions will be considered only under one of the following conditions: 1. That the specified product is not available due to lockout, strike, bankruptcy, product discontinuance, Acts of God, and that the proposed product will match or exceed the quality of the specified product while either providing the Owner with a cost savings or expediting the Work. 2. When a warranty of performance is specified and, in the judgment of the Contractor, the specified product will not provide the desired performance. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 01600 -4 Substitution Request Project Date Project Location Project Number General Contractor Rie Prepared by Thls Is page We certify that the following product is equal or superior to the specified product in appearance, durability, performance, and in every other respect, and we hereby submit it for your consideration as a substitute for the specified item for the above - mentioned project: 1. Specified Item Section 2. Proposed Substitution 3. Reason for Substitution 4. Costs (Provide a complete breakdown of costs, including the cost amount to be DEDUCTED from the Contract Sum if the proposed substitution is accepted. Indude documentation for both materials and labor.) e. Schedule (Describe substitution's affect on construction schedule) 8. Supporting Data • Cutsheets: Attach complete technical data, Including laboratory tests, If applicable. • Installation: Include complete Information on changes to Drawings and /or Specifications describing the steps that the proposed substitution will require for its proper Installation. • Samples: Submit with request all necessary samples and substantiating data clearly marked to prove equal quality and performance to that which is specified. 7. Ust ways In which the substitution affects dimensions shown on Drawings. 8. Ust affects of proposed substitution on other trades 9. Ust ways in which proposed substitution will be affected by applicable code requirements and agency approval 10. List differences between proposed substitution and specified Item 11. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified Items are: ❑ Same ❑ Different Explain 12. Ust Information on availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials 13. Certification of, and Assumption of Uability for, Equivalent Performance The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality of the proposed substitution is equivalent or superior to the specified item and is in full compliance with the Contract Documents and applicable regulatory requirements. Supplier Signature Telephone No. Date Signature must be by person authorized to legally bind his /her firm to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. General Contractor Signature Telephone No. Date c: lwarkliormr4peaSsr_rubniiucionrcquat.dot SR_080703 6S 1 of Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. EXECUTION Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. General: The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents shall be laid out solely by the Contractor. Provide and pay for all construction layout work required for the Project. Under no circumstances will the Architect assume any responsibilities for laying out the Work. 1. Verify all dimensions shown on the drawings. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. Notify the Architect in writing of any discrepancies found before proceeding or continuing with the Work. B. Construction Layout: During the progress of the Work establish additional bench marks, reference lines and reference points and levels at each floor and as otherwise necessary for the guidance and information of each trade and for the field verification of specified construction 01700 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction tolerances. Calculate and measure required dimensions within indicated tolerances. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint -use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. Building Shell Seattle, WA or recognized C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. EXECUTION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01700 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. 3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start and test equipment and operating components to confinn proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and or broken glass or reflective surfaces. EXECUTION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01700 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA END OF SECTION 01700 01700/9-98/ttt EXECUTION Copyright 2008 Gensler 01700 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching, and selective demolition. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work. C. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site, unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. D. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse. E. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare them for reuse, and reinstall them where indicated. F. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Activity Schedule: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of alteration and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's, Landlord's or Property Manager's, and other tenants' on -site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Locations of proposed dust- and noise - control temporary partitions and means of egress, including for other tenants affected by selective demolition operations. 6. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. 7. Means of protection for items to remain and items in paths of ingress and egress, for the removal of waste from building. CUTTING AND PATCHING Copyright 2008 Gensler 01731 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load - carrying capacity or load- deflection ratio. B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. C. Visual Requirements: Do not alter, cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not alter, cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the aesthetic qualities of the site. Remove and replace construction that has been altered, cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of the site immediately adjacent to area where cutting, demolition and patching work is to be prosecuted. Conduct cutting, demolition, and patching work so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Patching Materials: Use patching materials identical to existing materials and which visually match existing adjacent surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with the Landlord's or Property Manager's Lease requirements, tenant work letter, and the building rules and requirements for using and protecting elevators, stairs, walkways, loading docks, building entries, and other building facilities during cutting and patching operations. B. Temporary Partitions: Erect dustproof partitions to limit spread of dust and dirt during cutting and demolition work. Mop hard surfaced floors, and vacuum carpeted areas, to eliminate tracked dust, cutting, and demolition debris. Dust off ceiling and wall surfaces indicated to remain in areas where cutting and demolition operations have occurred. C. Cover and protect fixtures, furnishings, and equipment that are not to be removed in areas where cutting and demolition operations are to be prosecuted. CUTTING AND PATCHING Copyright 2008 Gensler 01731 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Do not close or obstruct walkways, passageways, or stairways. Do not store or place materials in passageways, stairs, or other means of egress. Conduct cutting and demolition operations with minimum traffic interference. E. Provide adequate fire protection in accordance with local fire department requirements. F. Existing Utilities and Services: Before starting work relating to existing utilities and services (electrical, plumbing, HVAC, gas, fire protection, telephone, etc.) that will temporarily discontinue or disrupt service to the existing building, or Owner occupied spaces, notify the Architect, Owner, and Landlord or Property Manager. 1. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Architect, Owner, and Landlord or Property Manager, and obtain the Owner's and Landlord's or Property Manager's approval in writing before proceeding with this aspect of the Work. G. Drilling and Cutting: Before starting work relating to drilling and the cutting of structural members, notify the Architect, Owner, and Landlord or Property Manager. Prior to drilling and cutting of existing structural concrete members locate reinforcing using non - destructive methods, notify the Architect, Owner, and the Landlord or Property Manager where drilling and cutting operations will sever or cut into a portion of the existing reinforcing. 1. Provide at least 72 hours' notice to Architect, Owner, and Landlord or Property Manager, and obtain the Owner's and Landlord's or Property Manager's approval in writing before proceeding with this aspect of the Work. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching and demolition work. Proceed with cutting and patching and demolition work at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. 2. Remove all debris as the cutting and demolition work progresses in a manner that will prevent spillage or damage to adjacent surfaces, areas in the building, and to the Owner occupied portions of the existing tenant space. Do not allow debris to accumulate on -site. Transport debris off Owner's property and legally dispose of it. 3. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, removed materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site. B. Cutting and Demolition Work: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. CUTTING AND PATCHING Copyright 2008 Gensler 01731 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Cut off projecting anchorage and attachment items as required to properly provide for patching and repair of the respective finishes. 4. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond -core drill. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services and Utilities: Cut off ducts, pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, or plug and seal remaining portion of ducts, pipe or conduit to provide a watertight closure after cutting. 6. Removed and Salvaged Items: Remove and transport items to storage area designated by Owner unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 7. Removed and Reinstalled Items: Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. 8. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. 2. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, apply primer and intermediate paint coats over the patch and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 3. Ceilings: Patch, and repair, existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance. D. Workmanship: If a wall, or ceiling that has been patched is to be painted, the final 2 coats of paint shall be applied to the entire wall, corner to corner, or the entire ceiling wall to wall. END OF SECTION 01731 01731/9 -98 /m CUTTING AND PATCHING Copyright 2008 Gensler 01731 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, final certifications, and similar documents. 3. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 4. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, and similar final record information. 5. Submit test /adjust/balance records. 6. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 7. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment. 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01770 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black -line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be readily identified and recorded later, and the locations of those items that need to be located for servicing. b. Accurately record information in a readily understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. d. Mark record prints completely and accurately. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01770 -2 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA e. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. f. Note Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. C. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Clearly mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, and Product Data, where applicable. D. Record Product Data: Submit one copy of each Product Data submittal. Mark one set to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, where applicable. E. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections such as tests and inspections, and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating the operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include operation and maintenance data required in individual Specification Sections and as follows: 1. Operation Data: a. Emergency instructions and procedures. b. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions, including operating standards. c. Operating procedures, including startup, shutdown, seasonal, and weekend operations. d. Description of controls and sequence of operations. e. Piping diagrams. f. Noise and vibration adjustments. g. Effective energy utilization. 2. Maintenance Data: CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Manufacturer's information, including list of spare parts. 01770 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.7 WARRANTIES b. Name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier. c. Maintenance procedures. d. Maintenance and service schedules for preventive and routine maintenance. e. Maintenance record forms. f. Sources of spare parts and maintenance materials. g. Copies of maintenance service agreements. h. Copies of warranties and bonds. i. Cleaning. j. Control sequence. k. Fuels, lubricants, tool, and other related items. 1. Identification systems. B. Organize operation and maintenance manuals into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind and index data in heavy -duty, 3 -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, with pocket inside the covers to receive folded oversized sheets. Identify each binder on front and spine with the printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project name, and subject matter of contents. A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties for designated portions of the Work. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste - removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01770 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA a. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. b. Clean exposed hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. c. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including plenums, shafts, and similar spaces. d. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. e. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. f. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. g. Remove labels that are not meant to be permanent. h. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over or remove "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. i. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. j. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. k. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. 1. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. m. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction. n. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in lighting fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. o. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01770 01170/9- 98 /ttt CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Copyright 2008 Gensler 01770 -5 Certificate of Substantial Completion Contract Date Date of Substantial Completion Date of Substantial Completion Is applicable to Punch List ❑ Attached The Work, or designated portion thereof shall include: Begin text here ... Architect Dv/nor/Client Contractor Gensler c1work1formeapeattc _cenotsubsnntiakomp.dot Project Project Number Project Location Date Issued Owner / Client Rio Contractor This is page ❑ Entire Protect ❑ Designated Portion of Project, as described below The Work performed under the Contract for Construction has been reviewed and found, to Architects best knowledge, information and belief, to be substantially complete as of the Date of Substantial Completion entered above. The Date of Substantial Completion is the date when the Work, or designated portion thereof, is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents (including any approved change Orders) and all required final inspections and permits have been obtained so Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use, subject only to completion of minor items (Punch List). A list of items to be completed or corrected and the dace(s) when such items are to be completed (Punch List) may be attached hereto or transmitted separately. This Certificate of Substantial Completion, or omission of any item from the Punch List shall not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect shall not be responsible for any omission from, or other discrepancy on, the Punch List. Contractor agrees to complete or correct the items listed on the Punch List within days of the above date of Substantial Completion. Warranties required under the Contract Documents shall commence on the Date of Substantial Completion, except for Punch List items and other incomplete work, warranties for which shall commence on the date such work is satisfactorily completed, unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner and Contractor. The Owner and Contractor shall fulfill and transfer responsibilities with regard to insurance, utilities, maintenance, damage, security, surety, and the like, in accordance with the Contract Documents or other written agreement between them. The Architect has conducted no tests for, and made no determination of the presence or lack of asbestos or other hazardous or toxic substances or pollutants. The Basic Services of the Architect shall end 30 days after the Date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise stated in the Owner /Architect Agreement or agreed in writing. By By By 6SC 1 of ❑ Transmitted Separately ❑ None Date Signed Date Signed Date Signed Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 301 -99 "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS ", WHICH SHALL BE THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY THE SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS BELOW. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Labor, materials, equipment, services and transportation required to complete cast -in -place concrete work shown on the Drawings, as specified herein, or both. B. Extent of cast -in -place concrete work is shown on drawings, including schedules, notes and details showing sizes and locations of members and their reinforcing. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Section 02200, Earthwork B. Section 05100, Structural Steel C. Section 05300, Steel Deck 1.04 REFERENCES A. Perform work in accordance with Codes and Specifications noted below: 1. IBC 2006. 2. "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete" (ACI 318 -05). 3. "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" (ACI 301 -99). 4. "Detailing Manual" (ACI SP -66), 1994. 5. "Manual of Standard Practice" (CRSI MSP -1 -96) CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Copyright 2004 Gensler 03300 - 1 Gensler June 2, 2008 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction 6. "Manual of Concrete Practice 1997" Volumes 1 through Recommended Practices referenced in this Section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS Fidelity Investments Seattle, WA 5, ACI for Standards and 7. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards referenced in this Section. A. Shop drawings for fabrication, bending and placement of reinforcement. Comply with ACI SP -66 "Detailing Manual ". B. Concrete mix design including test cylinder breaks and statistical data as supporting information and in accordance with AC1 301. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE CONSTITUENTS (See Chapter 2, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Use cement conforming to ASTM C150 for Type I or II. B. Use aggregate conforming to ASTM C33. C. Use water reducing admixture (ASTM C494 Type A) in all concrete. D. Use air entraining admixture (ASTM C260) in all concrete exposed to the weather. E. Do not use admixtures containing more than .05% chloride ions. 2.02 PROPORTIONING (See Chapter 3, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Use concrete strengths as shown on the drawings. B. Concrete shall be proportioned by either previous field experience or trial mixtures method based on supporting evidence in accordance with ACI 301. Use concrete with 4 inches (± one inch) slump. 2.03 FORMWORK (See Chapters 4 & 5, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Do not use earth cuts as forms without the permission of the Architect. B. For surfaces not exposed to view, use panel forms or 5/8 inch sound exterior grade plywood. C. For exposed concrete surfaces, use new Class 1 B -B High Density Overlaid Plyform, exterior grade, not less than 5/8 inch thick and conforming to U.S. Product Standard P -1 -83. D. Form Ties: Use factory- fabricated, removable or snap -off galvanized steel ties that will not spall concrete upon removal. 2.04 REINFORCEMENT (See Chapter 5, ACI 301 -99 and below) CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Copyright 2004 Gensler 03300 - 2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Use ASTM A706 reinforcing bars of sizes and grades as shown on the drawings. Do not use plain bars. B. Use ASTM A185 welded wire fabric of sizes as shown on the Drawings. C. Weld reinforcing only where specifically called for on Drawings. Comply with AWS D1.4. 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A. Curing Compounds 1. Where concrete will remain untreated, use Mastercure (MasterBuilders), Super Rez Seal (Euclid), Dress & Seal #30 (L &M) or equivalent. 2. Where concrete will be covered by adhered coatings, use dissipating resin type, such as Kurez I)R (Euclid), 3100 (W.R. Meadows), Cure Resin (L &M) or equivalent. B. Non -Shrink Grout: Use Masterflow 928, Euco -NS, Five Star Grout or equivalent. C. Expansion Bolts: Use Molly Parabolt, Kwikbolt, RedHead Wedge Anchor or equivalent. See drawings for spacing, diameter and embedment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE (See Chapter 7, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Use only ready -mixed concrete. 3.02 PLACING (See Chapter 8, ACI 301 -99) A. Do not place concrete in water or on frozen ground. B. Place in 18 inch lifts and vibrate thoroughly. 3.03 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS (See Chapter 9 and 13, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Fill tie holes. Patch surface defects, except that where patching is structurally or aesthetically not acceptable, remove the defective concrete. The standard of acceptability shall be the photographs shown with paragraphs 7.6 and 7.7 of ACI 309R -87 "Guide for Consolidation of Concrete ". 3.04 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES (See Chapter 13, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Surfaces not exposed to view - rough form finish. B. Surfaces exposed to view - as cast smooth form finish. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Copyright 2004 Gensler 03300 - 3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. All concrete within and at the building with surfaces exposed to view shall be considered Architectural Concrete for tolerance, formwork and finish purposes. 3.05 SLABS (See Chapter 11, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Prepare subgrade for slabs on grade in accordance with the additional requirements of Section 02200 - Earthwork. B. Locate and detail joints in slabs on grade as shown on the drawings. C. Steel trowel slabs except where other finishes are shown on the drawings. D. Provide a 15 mil polyethylene vapor barrier under slabs on grade. E. Slabs shall be flat planes. Floor levelness shall not exceed 3/16" below a 10' long straightedge. (Class A Surface Finish Tolerance) 3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION (See Chapter 12, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Accomplish curing by ponding, continuous sprinkling, absorptive mats or fabric kept continuously wet, or curing compound. B. Comply with ACI 305 "Hot Weather Concreting" and ACI 306 "Cold Weather Concreting" when air temperatures are expected to rise above 80° F. or fall below 40° F. within 24 hours after concrete is placed. 3.07 REMOVAL OF FORMWORK, SHORING AND RESHORING (Chap. 4, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. Contractor shall be responsible for proper removal of formwork, shoring and reshoring. 3.08 TESTING, EVALUATION & ACCEPTANCE (Chap. 16, 17 & 18, ACI 301 -99 and below) A. A Testing Agency will be selected by the Architect and paid for by the Owner except for services of Section 16.5 of ACI 301, which will be paid by the Contractor. B. The Testing Agency will inspect batching, mixing, and delivery operations, sample concrete at point of placement and perform required tests, in accordance with the IBC 2006 Structural Tests and Special Inspections requirements.. CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Copyright 2004 Gensler END OF SECTION 03300 - 4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 04720 - CAST STONE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1. SUMMARY CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler A. This Section includes architectural cast stone. B. Scope - All labor, materials and equipment to provide the Cast Stone shown on archi- tectural drawings and as described in this specification. 1. Manufacturer shall furnish Cast Stone covered by this specification. 2. Installing contractor shall unload, store, furnish all anchors, set, patch, clean and seal the Cast Stone as required. 1.2. REFERENCES A. ACI 318 — Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. B. ASTM A 185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, for Concrete. C. ASTM A 615/A 615M - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Reinforced Concrete. D. ASTM C 33 — Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. E. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. F. ASTM C 173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volume Method. G. ASTM C 231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method. H. ASTM C 260 - Standard Specification for Air - Entrained Admixtures for Concrete. I. ASTM C 270 - Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry. J. ASTM C 426 — Standard Test Method for Linear Shrinkage of Concrete Masonry Units K. ASTM C 494/C 494M - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. L. ASTM C 618 — Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. M. ASTM C 666 — Standard Test Method for Resistance of Concrete to Rapid Freezing and Thawing. N. ASTM C 979 - Standard Specification for Coloring Pigments for Integrally Pigmented Concrete. O. ASTM C 989 — Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete. 04720 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA P. ASTM C 1194 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Architectural Cast Stone. Q. ASTM C 1195 - Standard Test Method for Absorption of Architectural Cast Stone. R. ASTM C 1364 - Standard Specification for Architectural Cast Stone. S. ASTM D 2244 — Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from In- strumentally Measured Color Coordinates. T. Cast Stone Institute Technical Manual (Current Edition) 1.3. DEFINITIONS A. Cast Stone - a refined architectural concrete building unit manufactured to simulate natural cut stone, used in unit masonry applications. 1.5. SUBMITTALS CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Dry Cast Concrete Products — manufactured from zero slump concrete. a. Vibrant Dry Tamp (VDT) casting method: Vibratory ramming of earth moist, zero- slump concrete against a rigid mold until it is densely com- pacted. A. Comply with Section 01330 — Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit product data for cast stone units. Include dimensions of individ- ual components. C. Samples: Submit samples of cast stone units for each color and texture of cast stone required. Submit pieces of the Cast Stone that are representative of the general range of finish and color proposed to be furnished for the project. D. Colored Mortar Samples: Submit mortar samples for each mortar color required. E. Test results: Submit manufacturers test results of Cast Stone previously made by the manufacturer. F. Shop Drawings: Submit manufacturers shop drawings including dimensions, profiles, cross - sections, reinforcement, exposed faces, arrangement of joints, anchoring meth- ods, anchors, annotation of stone types and their location. G. Qualification Data: Submit qualification data of cast stone manufacturer. Include lists of projects completed within the last 3 years with names and addresses of architects, owners, and contractors. 1.6. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing cast stone units similar to those indicated for this Project, as determined by the Architect, 04720 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler and with a 5 year record of successful in- service performance. Manufacturer shall be a producing member of the Cast Stone Institute. B. Manufacturer shall have sufficient plant facilities to produce the shapes, quanti- ties and size of Cast Stone required in accordance with the project schedule. B. Standards: Comply with the requirements of the Cast Stone Institute Technical Man- ual and the project specifications. Where a conflict may occur, the contract documents shall prevail. C. Mock -ups: Provide full size unit(s) for use in construction of sample wall. The ap- proved mock -up shall become the standard for appearance and workmanship for the project. ARCHITECTURAL CAST STONE A. Comply with ASTM C 1364 B. Physical properties: Provide the following: 1. Compressive Strength - ASTM C 1194: 6,500 psi (45 Mpa) minimum for products at 28 days. 2. Absorption - ASTM C 1195: 6% maximum by the cold water method, or 10% maximum by the boiling method for products at 28 days. 3. Air Content — ASTM C173 or C 231, for wet cast product shall be 4 -8% for units exposed to freeze -thaw environments. Air entrainment is not required for VDT products. 4. Freeze -thaw — ASTM C 1364: The CPWL shall be less than 5% after 300 cycles of freezing and thawing. 5. Linear Shrinkage — ASTM C 426: Shrinkage shall not exceed 0.065 %. C. Job site testing — One (1) sample from production units may be selected at random from the field for each 500 cubic feet (14 m 3) delivered to the job site. 1. Three (3) field cut cube specimens from each of these samples shall have an aver- age minimum compressive strength of not less than 85% with no single specimen testing less than 75% of design strength as allowed by ACI 318. 2. Three (3) field cut cube specimens from each of these samples shall have an aver- age maximum cold -water absorption of 6 %. 3. Field specimens shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C 1194 and C 1195. 2.2. RAW MATERIALS A. Portland cement — Type I or Type III, white and/or grey, ASTM C 150. B. Coarse aggregates - Granite, quartz or limestone, ASTM C 33, except for gradation, and are optional for the VDT casting method. C. Fine aggregates - Manufactured or natural sands, ASTM C 33, except for gradation. 04720 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.3. COLOR AND FINISH CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler D. Colors - Inorganic iron oxide pigments, ASTM C 979 except that carbon black pig- ments shall not be used. E. Admixtures- Comply with the following: 1. ASTM C 260 for air - entraining admixtures. 2. ASTM C 494/C 495M Types A - G for water reducing, retarding, accelerating and high range admixtures. 3. Other admixtures: integral water repellents and other chemicals, for which no ASTM Standard exists, shall be previously established as suitable for use in con- crete by proven field performance or through laboratory testing. 4. ASTM C 618 mineral admixtures of dark and variable colors shall not be used in surfaces intended to be exposed to view. 5. ASTM C 989 granulated blast furnace slag may be used to improve physical prop- erties. Tests are required to verify these features. F. Water — Potable G. Reinforcing bars: 1. ASTM A 615/A 615M. Grade 40 or 60 steel galvanized or epoxy coated when cover is less than 1.5 in. (37 mm). 2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185 where applicable for wet cast units. H. All anchors, dowels and other anchoring devices and shims shall be standard building stone anchors commercially available in a non - corrosive material such as zinc plated, galvanized steel, brass, or stainless steel Type 302 or 304. A. Match sample on file in architect's office. B. All surfaces intended to be exposed to view shall have a fine - grained texture similar to natural stone, with no air voids in excess of 1/32 in. (0 8 mm) and the density of such voids shall be less than 3 occurrences per any I in? (25 mm and not obvious under di- rect daylight illumination at a 5 ft (1.5m) distance. C. Units shall exhibit a texture approximately equal to the approved sample when viewed under direct daylight illumination at a 10 ft (3 m) distance. 1. ASTM D 2244 permissible variation in color between units of comparable age sub- jected to similar weathering exposure. a. Total color difference — not greater than 6 units. b.Total hue difference — not greater than 2 units. D. Minor chipping resulting from shipment and delivery shall not be grounds for rejection. Minor chips shall not be obvious under direct daylight illumination from a 20 -ft (6 m) distance. E. The occurrence of crazing or efflorescence shall not constitute a cause for rejection. F. Remove cement film, if required, from exposed surfaces prior to packaging for shipment. 04720 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.4. REINFORCING CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler A. Reinforce the units as required by the drawings and for safe handling and structural stress. B. Minimum reinforcing shall be 0.25 percent of the cross section area. C. Reinforcement shall be noncorrosive where faces exposed to weather are covered with less than 1.5 in. (38 mm) of concrete material. All reinforcement shall have minimum coverage of twice the diameter of the bars. D. Panels, soffits and similar stones greater than 24 in. (600 mm) in one direction shall be reinforced in that direction. Units less than 24 in. (600 mm) in both their length and width dimension shall be non - reinforced unless otherwise specified. E. Welded wire fabric reinforcing shall not be used in dry cast products. 2.5. CURING A. Cure units in a warm curing chamber approximately 100 °F (37.8 °C) at 95 percent rela- tive humidity for approximately 12 hours, or cure in a 95 percent moist environment at a minimum 70 °F (21.1 °C) for 16 hours after casting. Additional yard curing at 95 per- cent relative humidity shall be 350 degree -days (i.e. 7 days @ 50 °F (10 °C) or 5 days @ 70 °F (21 °C)) prior to shipping. Form cured units shall be protected from moisture evaporation with curing blankets or curing compounds after casting. 2.6. MANUFACTURING TOLERANCES A. Cross section dimensions shall not deviate by more than ±1 /8 in. (3 mm) from ap- proved dimensions. B. Length of units shall not deviate by more than length/ 360 or ±1/8 in. (3 mm), which- ever is greater, not to exceed ±1 /4 in. (6 mm). 1. Maximum length of any unit shall not exceed 15 times the average thickness of such unit unless otherwise agreed by the manufacturer. C. Warp, bow or twist of units shall not exceed length/ 360 or ±1 /8 in. (3 mm), whichever is greater. D. Location of dowel holes, anchor slots, flashing grooves, false joints and similar features — On formed sides of unit, 1/8 in. (3 mm), on unformed sides of unit, 3/8 in. (9 mm) maxinium deviation. 2.7. PRODUCTION QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing. 1.Test compressive strength and absorption from specimens selected at random from plant production. 04720 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.8. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Mark production units with the identification marks as shown on the shop drawings. B. Package units and protect them from staining or damage during shipping and storage. C. Provide an itemized list of product to support the bill of lading. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION A. Installing contractor shall check Cast Stone materials for fit and finish prior to installa- tion. Do not set unacceptable units. 3.2. SETTING TOLERANCES A. Comply with Cast Stone Institute Technical Manual. B. Set stones 1/8 in. (3 mm) or less, within the plane of adjacent units. C. Joints, plus - 1/16 in. (1.5 mm), minus - 1/8 in. (3 mm). 3.3. JOINTING A. Joint size: CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler 2. Samples shall be taken and tested from every 500 (14 m cubic feet of product produced. 3. Perform tests in accordance ASTM C 1194 and C 1195. 4. New and existing mix designs shall be tested for strength and absorption compli- ance prior to producing units. 1. At stone/brick joints 3/8 in. (9.5 cm). 2. At stone /stone joints in vertical position 3/8" 3. Stone /stone joints exposed on top 3/8 in. B. Joint materials: 1. Mortar, Type S, ASTM C 207. 2. Use a full bed of mortar at all bed joints. 3. Flush vertical joints full with mortar. 4. Leave all joints with exposed tops or under relieving angles open for sealant. 5. Leave head joints in copings and projecting components open for sealant. C. Location of joints: 1. As shown on shop drawings. 2. At control and expansion joints unless otherwise shown. 04720 -6 Geissler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide expansion, control, and pressure- relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated. CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler 1.Sealing joints is specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2. Keep joints free of mortar and other rigid materials. 3.4. SETTING A. Drench units with clean water prior to setting. B. Fill dowel holes and anchor slots completely with mortar or non -shrink grout. C. Set units in full bed of mortar, unless otherwise detailed. D. Rake mortar joints 3/4 in. (18 mm) in. for pointing. E. Remove excess mortar from unit faces immediately after setting. F. Tuck point unit joints to a slight concave profile. 3.5. JOINT PROTECTION A. Comply with requirements of Division 7 "Joint Sealants." B. Prime ends of units, insert properly sized backing rod and install required sealant. 3.6. REPAIR AND CLEANING A. Repair chips with touchup materials furnished by manufacturer. B. Saturate units to be cleaned prior to applying an approved masonry cleaner. D. Consult with manufacturer for appropriate cleaners. E. Remove and replace stained and otherwise damaged units and units not matching ap- proved Samples. Cast stone may be repaired if methods and results are approved by Architect. F. Replace units in a manner that results in cast stone matching approved samples, and showing no evidence of replacement. G. In- Progress Cleaning: Clean cast stone as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. H. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed cast stone as follows: 04720 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA END OF SECTION 04720 CAST STONE Copyright 2008 Gensler 1.Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Clean cast stone after completion of pointing and sealing using clean water and stiff bristle fiber brushes. Do not use wire brushes, acid type cleaning agents, cleaning agents containing caustic compounds or abrasives, or other materials that could damage cast stone or surrounding materials. 04720 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 04810 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Face brick. 2. Concrete Masonry Units B. See Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for furnishing steel lintels installed in unit masonry assemblies. C. See Division 5 Section "Cold Formed Metal Framing" for furnishing steel stud framing installed in unit masonry assemblies. D. See Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for furnishing manufactured reglets installed in masonry joints for metal flashing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each masonry unit, accessory, and other manufactured product indicated. B. Samples: Showing the full range of colors and textures available for exposed masonry units and colored mortars. C. Material Certificates: For each type of masonry unit required. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on each type of unit required per test method indicated. 1. Clay Masonry Units: ASTM C 67. 2. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 140. .Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality RequirBmt>&dts'a ltn .for typical exterior wall] in sizes approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) long by 48 inches (1200 mm) high by full thickness. 2. Clean one -half of exposed faces of panels with masonry cleaner indicated. 3. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather - resistant membrane. 4. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04810 -1 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA a. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. b. Include a sealant - filled joint at least 16 inches (400 mm) long in exterior wall mockup. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Cold- Weather Requirements: Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold - weather construction requirements in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602. B. Hot- Weather Requirements: When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F, or 90 deg F with a wind velocity greater than 8 mph, do not spread mortar beds more than 48 inches ahead of masonry. Set masonry units within one minute of spreading mortar. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the products specified. a. Refer to Drawings B. Face Brick: ASTM C 216, Grade SW, Type FBS. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: 4400- psi - minimum, average net -area compressive strength. 2. Initial Rate of Absorption: Less than 20 g/30 sq. in. (20 g/194 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. 3. Efflorescence: When tested per ASTM C 67 and brick is rated "not effloresced." 4. Size: refer to drawings C. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: 2800 -psi- (19.3 -MPa -) minimum, average net -area compressive strength. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 3. Type: II, nonmoisture - controlled units. 4. Special Shapes: Provide for lintels, corners, jambs, sash, control joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. D. Concrete Building Brick: ASTM C 55. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 04810 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Unit Compressive Strength: 2500 -psi- (17.3 -MPa -) minimum, average net -area compressive strength. 2. Weight Classification: Normal weight. 3. Type: II, nonmoisture- controlled units. E. Brick, General: 1. Provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished for ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose unfinished brick surfaces. Provide special shapes for applications requiring brick of size, form, color, and texture on exposed surfaces that cannot be produced by sawing. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold- weather construction. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Pigmented Mortar: Packaged blend made from portland cement and lime or mortar cement and mortar pigment, all complying with specified requirements, as required to produce the color indicated. 1. Colored Mortar Cement: a. Products: 1) Lafarge North America Inc.; LaFarge Mortar Cement. 2. Colored Portland Cement -Lime Mix: a. Products: 1) Glen -Gery Corporation; Color Mortar Blend. 2) Lafarge North America Inc.; Eaglebond Portland & Lime Blend. 3) Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Custom Color Portland/Lime Cement. 3. Color: To be selected by architect from manufacturer's standard colors. D. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144; except for joints less than 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18 -mm) sieve. E. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. F. Cold- Weather Admixture: Not allowed. G. Water: Potable. UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 04810 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.3 REINFORCING A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M; ASTM A 616 /A 616M, including Supplement 1; or ASTM A 617/A 617M, Grade 60 (Grade 400). B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement: ASTM A 951; mill galvanized, carbon -steel wire for interior walls and hot -dip galvanized, carbon -steel wire for exterior walls. 1. Wire Size for Side Rods: W2.8 or 0.188 -inch diameter for 3/8 to 1/2 inch joints. 2. Wire Size for Cross Rods: W2.8 or 0.188 -inch diameter for 3/8 to 1/2 inch joints. 3. Single -Wythe Masonry: Use either ladder or truss type with single pair of side rods and cross rods spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. a. Adjustable (2- piece) type with single pair of side rods and cross ties spaced not more than 16 inches (407 mm) o.c. for embedment in backup wythe and with separate adjustable veneer ties engaging the cross ties. Use where horizontal joints of facing wythe do not align with those of backup wythe or where facing wythe is of different material than backup wythe. 2.4 TIES AND ANCHORS A. Materials, General: As follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Galvanized Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B -2 coating for exterior walls and Class 1 coating for interior walls. B. Bent Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches wide, made from 3/16 -inch- diameter, galvanized steel wire. C. Adjustable Masonry- Veneer Anchors: Provide 2 -piece assemblies that allow vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to wall, for attachment over sheathing to metal studs, and that are capable of withstanding a 100 -lbf (445 - N) load in both tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch (1.3 mm). 1. Screw- Attached, Masonry - Veneer Anchors: Units with triangular wire tie and rib - stiffened, sheet metal anchor section with screw holes top and bottom and with raised rib - stiffened strap stamped into center to provide a slot for connection of wire tie. a. Products: 1) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; X -Seal with X -Seal Tape. 2. Seismic Masonry- Veneer Anchors if required by code: Units with rib - stiffened, sheet metal anchor section with screw holes top and bottom and with raised rib- stiffened strap stamped into center to provide a slot for a connector section designed to engage a continuous wire embedded in the veneer mortar joint. a. Products: UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 04810 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Products: UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 1) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; X- Seal - Seismiclip with X -Seal Tape. 3. Steel Drill Screws for Steel Studs: ASTM C 954 except with hex washer head and ► n GL neoprene washer, No. 10 diameter by length required. a. Organic polymer coating with salt -spray resistance to red rust of more than 800 hours per ASTM B117. b. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Dril -Flex, Elco Industries, Inc. 2) Teks Maxiseal, ITW- Buildex. 2.5 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Rubberized - Asphalt Flashing: Manufacturer's standard composite flashing product consisting of a pliable and highly adhesive rubberized- asphalt compound, bonded to a high- density, cross - laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of 0.030 inch and installed with metal drip edge. a. Dur- O -Wal, Inc.; Dur -O- Barrier. b. Grace, W. R. & Co., Construction Products Division; Perm -A- Barrier Wall Flashing. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Textroflash. d. Polytite Manufacturing Corp.; Poly- Barrier Self - Adhering Wall Flashing. 2. Metal Drip Edges: Extending at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2 inch out from face of wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed to form a drip. a. Material: Stainless steel, 0.0156 inch thick. B. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by the flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; formulated from PVC. B. Bond - Breaker Strips: Asphalt- saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). C. Plastic Weep HoleNent: One - piece, flexible extrusion made from UV- resistant polypropylene copolymer, designed to fill head joint with outside face held back 1/8 inch (3 mm) from exterior face of masonry, in color selected from manufacturer's standard. 04810 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Plastic Weep HoleNent: Cell Vent; Dur- O -Wal, Inc. D. Cavity Drainage Material: Free - draining mesh; made from polyethylene strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity. Provide strips deep enough to fill entire depth of wall cavity. 1. Products: a. Advanced Building Products, Inc.; Mortar Break. b. CavClear; CavClear Masonry Mat. c. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net. 2.7 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard - strength cleaner designed for removing mortar /grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. Products: a. Cleaners for Red and Light- Colored Brick Not Subject to Metallic Staining with Mortar Not Subject to Bleaching: 2.8 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES 1) Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; 202 New Masonry Detergent. 2) ProSoCo, Inc.; Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent. b. Cleaners for Red and Dark - Colored Brick Not Subject to Metallic Staining: UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 1) Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; 200 Lime Soly. 2) ProSoCo., Inc.; Sure Klean No. 101 Lime Solvent. c. Cleaners for Brick Subject to Metallic Staining: 1) Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; 202V Vana -Stop. 2) ProSoCo, Inc.; Sure Klean Vana Trol. A. General: Do not use admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270 BIA MI, Proportion Specification. 1. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portland cement, mortar cement, and lime. 2. For masonry below grade, in contact with earth, and where indicated, use Type S. 3. For exterior, above - grade, load- bearing and non -load- bearing walls and parapet walls; for exterior veneer walls; for interior load - bearing walls; for interior non - load - bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type S. 04810 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476. 1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 5 of ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. 2. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Brick Tests: For each type and grade of brick indicated, units will be tested according to ASTM C 67. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cut masonry units with motor -driven saws. Allow units cut with water - cooled saws to dry before placing, unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges'concealed. B. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. C. Comply with Iolerances in ACI 530.1 /ASCE 6/TMS 602 and the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as exposed lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nor 1/2 inch (12 mm) maximum. 3.2 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less- than - half -size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Lay exposed masonry in bond pattern indicated; do not use units with less than nominal 4 -inch (100 -mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Built -in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections of the Specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built -in items. 3.3 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 04810 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Lay solid brick -size masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints. 1. At cavity walls, bevel beds away from cavity, to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than the joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CAVITIES A. Keep cavities clean of mortar droppings and other materials during construction. 1. Use wood strips temporarily placed in cavity to collect mortar droppings. As work progresses, remove strips, clean off mortar droppings, and, replace in cavity. + • 1 ,. et �e55 �- �n s1 k e- w) cE 8I r- 1 re.) 0 — ccz. M e-c o r� , � 124e. \M t 4 c . 3.5 1- MASONRY JOINT REINFORCEMENT MQ5ct 1Y1 ✓n S , C.., o CS b, C- • A. Provide continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicate Install with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches. B. Provide continuity at corners and wall intersections by using prefabricated "L" and "T" sections. 3.6 ANCHORING MASONRY A. Anchor masonry veneers to wall framing with masonry- veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements: 1. Provide not less than 2 inches of air space between back of masonry veneer and face of sheathing. 2. Fasten each anchor section through sheathing to wall framing with two metal fasteners of type indicated. 3. Embed tie sections and connector sections and continuous wire in masonry joints. 4. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically and 16 inches o.c. horizontally with not less than 1 anchor for each 1.77 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches, around perimeter. 3.7 LINTELS A. Provide masonry lintels where shown. 3.8 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, AND VENTS UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 04810 -8 Geeeler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. 1. Extend flashing 4 inches at ends and turn flashing up not less than 2 inches to form an end dam. B. Install weep holes in the head joints in exterior wythes of the first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing. 1. Use rectangular plastic weep hole /vent to form weep holes. 2. Space weep holes as indicated on the Drawings or at 24" on center maximum . 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality - control testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change Orders. 1. Mortar: Properties will be tested per ASTM C 780. 2. Grout: Sampled and tested for compressive strength per ASTM C 1019. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean unit masonry by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints, as work progresses. B. After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one -half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. 2. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8 -2 applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. END OF SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 04810 -9 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 05100 STRUCTURAL STEEL A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide all labor, materials, equipment and services required to perform all work of this Section as shown on the Drawings and/or herein specified. B. Extent of structural steel work is shown on drawings, including schedules, notes and details to show size and location of members, typical connections, and type of steel required. C. Structural steel is that work defined in AISC "Code of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Section 05200, Steel Joists C. Section 05300, Steel Deck D. Section 05500, Miscellaneous and Ornamental Metals E. Section 09900, Painting 1.04 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS A. Comply with provisions of following codes and standards except as otherwise specified: 1. IBC 2006. 2. "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings ", American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC 341 -05). STRUCTURAL STEEL Copyright 2004 Gensler 05100 - 1 Gensler 11.5039.163 June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3. "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges ", American Institute for Steel Construction, (AISC) 2000, except as modified herein by deletion of the following sentences: Paragraph 4.4: "These drawings shall be returned to the Fabricator within fourteen (14) calendar days." 4. "Structural Welding Code - Steel" AWS D1.1 -04, American Welding Society. 5. "Painting Manual, Vol. 1, Good Painting Practice" and "Painting Manual, Vol. 2, Systems and Specifications ", Steel Structures Painting Council. 6. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards referenced in this Section. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings prepared under supervision of a registered professional engineer, including complete details, diagrams showing relationship of components assembled in their correct position and relationship to each other, and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members procedures and diagrams. Design connections for loads and strengths shown on drawings. B. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed by others. C. Acceptance of work in shop shall not prevent final rejection of work at job site, even after erection, if work is found to be defective in any way. D. Fabricator Certification: Submit written Certification of Compliance with IBC 2006, paragraph 1704.2.2, prior to starting fabrication and at completion of fabrication. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel: ASTM A992. B. Anchor bolts: common bolts and nuts: ASTM F1554. C. High- strength bolts: nuts and washers: ASTM A325 heavy head, bearing type, with threads excluded from shear plane. D. Steel pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B. STRUCTURAL STEEL Copyright 2004 Gensler 05100 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. F. Filler Metal for Welding: E70XX low hydrogen. G. Bedding mortar: Factory premixed type D non - metallic non- shrink grout conforming to CRD -C621. Follow manufacturer's instructions. H. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide as required for the work or as called for on the drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Except as otherwise indicated on Drawings or specified herein, fabricate structural steel in accordance with "Reference Specifications" in this Section. B. Bolted Connections: Beams shall have framed or seated connections using 3/4 inch diameter (min.) bolts in accordance with requirements of AISC "Manual of Steel Construction" and Contract Documents. Do not use one sided or other eccentric connections, except in isolated cases where approval of Architect is obtained. C. Welded Construction: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Groove Welds: Provide complete penetration welds unless noted otherwise on Drawings. 2. Fillet Welds: Where weld symbol is not shown or not dimensioned, provide continuous fillet welds all around and on both sides as required. Size welds by Table J2.4 of AISC specification. D. Oxygen Cutting: Use only mechanically- guided torch for manual oxygen cutting; unguided torch may be used provided cut is not within 1/4 inch of finished dimension and final removal is completed by chipping or grinding to produce surface quality equal to base metal edges. Use of oxygen -cut holes for bolted connections will not be permitted; components prepared in this manner will be rejected. E. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing, and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final shop drawings. STRUCTURAL STEEL Copyright 2004 Gensler 05100 - 3 Gensler 11.5039.163 3.02 SHOP PAINTING June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Unless otherwise specified or noted, all structural steel shall receive one shop coat of rust - inhibiting primer paint, compatible with finish paint. Prepare surface in accordance with SSPC -SP3, Power Tool Cleaning, except steel exposed to view shall be cleaned to SSPC- 6. B. The following shall not be painted: 1. Surfaces to receive metal deck. 2. Contact surfaces of high strength bolted connections. 3. Steel to be encased in concrete. 4. Surfaces within 2 inches of field welds. 5. Machine finished surfaces (e.g., bearing surfaces of columns and column base plates). Protect against corrosion by use of approved rust- inhibiting coating that can be easily removed prior to erection or which has characteristics that make removal unnecessary prior to erection. 3.03 GALVANIZING A. Galvanize masonry lintels and relieving angles, exposed mechanical equipment dunnage beams and steel so designated on drawings. 3.04 ERECTION A. Except as otherwise indicated on Drawings or specified herein, erect structural steel in accordance with "Reference Specifications" in this Section. B. Errors in shop fabrication or deformations resulting from handling and/or transportation that prevent proper assembly and fitting of parts shall be reported immediately to Architect for approval of method of correction. Approved corrections shall be made at no cost to Owner. C. Anchor Bolts: Furnish anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in -place work. 1. Furnish templates and other devices as necessary for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. D. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates: STRUCTURAL STEEL Copyright 2004 Gensler 05100 - 4 Gensler 11.5039.163 June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces. Clean bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 2. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on wedges or other adjusting devices. 3. Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims, but if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. 4. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure. 3.05 QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner will engage an independent testing and inspection agency to inspect high - strength bolted connections and welded connections, and to perform tests and prepare test reports. B. Testing agency shall conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether test specimens comply with requirements, and specifically state any deviations therefrom. C. Provide access for testing agency to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. D. Testing Agency may inspect structural steel at plant before shipment; however, Architect reserves right, at any time before final acceptance, to reject material not complying with specified requirements. E. Correct deficiencies in structural steel work which inspections and laboratory test reports have indicated to be not in compliance with requirements. Perform additional tests, at Contractor's expense, as may be necessary to reconfirm any noncompliance of original work, and as may be necessary to show compliance of corrected work. F. Sampling and testing for quality control by the Owner's testing agency may include the following, as directed by the Architect. 1. Bolted Connections: Inspect in accordance with AISC Specifications. 2. Welding: Inspect and test during erection of structural steel as follows: STRUCTURAL STEEL Copyright 2004 Gensler a. Certify welders and conduct inspections and tests as required. Record types and locations of defects found in work. Record work required and performed 05100 -5 Gensler 11.5039.163 STRUCTURAL STEEL Copyright 2004 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA to correct deficiencies. b. Perform visual inspection of all welds. c. Perform tests of welds as follows: 100 percent of complete and partial penetration groove welds, multi -pass fillet welds, and single -pass fillet welds > 5/16 "shall be tested. Inspection procedures listed are to be used at testing agency's option. i) Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not acceptable. ii) Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94 and ASTM E142; minimum quality level "2 -2T ". iii) Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. END OF SECTION 05100 - 6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED SECTION 05200 OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS A. Provide structural design, labor, materials, equipment, services and transportation required to complete steel joist work shown on Drawings, as specified herein, or both, including but not limited to items noted below. 1. Furnishing and placing steel joists, bridging, headers, and accessories including shop paint, temporary bracing, chord extensions, and bolted or welded connections and anchors. 2. Unless specifically excluded, furnishing and installation of any other items of work indicated on the drawings, specified, or obviously needed to make work of this Section complete. B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 03300, Cast -In -Place Concrete 2. Section 05100, Structural Steel 3. Section 05300, Steel Deck 4. Section 07100, Roofing 1.03 STANDARDS A. Except as otherwise specified herein, perform work in accordance with specifications noted below, including latest editions of applicable specifications, codes, and standards cited therein, and latest applicable addenda and supplements. Copies of these items shall be kept available in shop and field. 1. IBC 2006. OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS Copyright 2004 Gensler 05200 - 1 Gensler 11.5039.163 OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS Copyright 2004 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K- Series, (SJI K- 1.1 -05) 3. Standard Specifications for Longspan Steel Joists, LH- Series and Deep Longspan Steel Joists, DLH- Series, (SJI LH /DLH- 1.1 -05) 4. Standard Specifications for Joist Girders, (SJI JG- 1.1 -05). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit to Architect, in accordance with requirements of Section 01300, detailed Shop Drawings, including erection drawings and schedules. 1. Shop drawings shall consist of erection plans and detail drawings and shall indicate joist type, number, sizes, spacing, end bearing details, bridging, cross - bracing, connections, sizes of all welds, headers, anchoring, bearing plates, painting and all other details of fabrication and erection. 2. Shop Drawings shall conform to the requirements of IBC 2006 Section 2206.4. 3. Architect's checking is only a review for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the information given in the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for: confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. 4. Do not proceed with fabrication of material or performance of work until corresponding item on Shop Drawing has been reviewed by Architect. B. Submit certification and test reports by an independent testing agency that joist design conforms to requirements of SJI and IBC 2006, Section 2206.5. C. Submit certified mill test reports covering chemical and physical properties of steel used in joists. Test reports shall not be more than six months old. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 STEEL JOISTS A. Steel joists shall be Open Web Steel Joist sizes as shown on the drawings and shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the SJI "Standard Specifications" and criteria listed herein. 05200 - 2 Gensler 11.5039.163 June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Joint connections and splices shall be made by attaching the members to one another by arc welding only. C. Roof joists and their anchorages shall be designed to resist a minimum net uplift of 15 pounds per square foot. D. Provide extended top chords where indicated. E. Provide ceiling extensions or extended bottom chords to support ceilings where required. 2.02 BRIDGING A. Bridging shall consist of horizontal members supplemented by diagonal members as indicated on the drawings. 2.03 FINISH A. Interior and mild environments: 1. After fabrication, clean all surfaces to meet all requirements of SSPC -SP3 and apply shop primer fully complying with SJI standards for priming, or SSPC -Paint 15, Type 1, and compatible with low- to medium- density (16 - 25 pcf) spray -on fireproofing. 2. Where joists are scheduled to be permanently exposed to view, all mill scale, weld splatter and other surface imperfections shall be removed prior to painting. All welds shall be neatly finished. 3. The coverage rate of shop paint per coat shall provide dry film thickness of two (2) mils, minimum. B. Exterior and high- humidity environments: 1. After fabrication, clean all surfaces to meet all requirements of SSPC -SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning, and apply shop primer paint of "Tnemec 594 ", "Dupont 62ZF" (80% zinc -rich), "Keeler & Long 9700 ", or an approved performance equal, and compatible with low- to medium - density spray -on fireproofing. 2. Where joists are scheduled to be permanently exposed to view, all mill scale, weld splatter and other surface imperfections shall be removed prior to painting. All welds shall be neatly finished. 3. The coverage rate of shop paint per coat shall provide dry film thickness of 3 to 3.5 mils, minimum. OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS Copynght 2004 Gensler 05200 - 3 Gensler 11.5039.163 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Joists shall be installed in strict accordance with SJI "Standard Specification ". Each joist resting on steel supports shall be welded to the support with two welds, each at least one inch long. B. For attachments to joists, make field welds parallel to the chord direction, not across. Do not drill holes in members of the joist. 3.02 INSPECTION A. Examine work prepared by other trades to receive work of this Section and report to the Contractor for correction any defects affecting installation. Commencement of work shall be construed as complete acceptance of preparatory work by others. 3.03 HANDLING, STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS A. Handle, transport and stock all joists carefully to prevent deformation or damage. Store all joists carefully on wood blocking and prevent any spattering of dirt. Such accumulations shall be carefully removed prior to erection. 3.04 INSPECTION, TESTING AND QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection and testing of steel joist work may be performed by an independent Testing Agency, under a separate contract with the Owner. Materials and workmanship shall be subjected to inspection and testing in mill, shop and/or field by Testing Agency and shall be subjected to periodic observation by the Architect. Such inspection and testing shall not relieve Contractor of his responsibility to provide his own inspection, testing, and quality control as necessary to furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Notify Architect and Testing Agency prior to start of any fabrication, erection, or any other phases of work so as to afford them reasonable opportunity to inspect work. C. Any material or workmanship which is rejected by Architect and/or Testing Agency in shop or field shall be replaced promptly by Contractor to satisfaction of the Architect, and at no expense to Owner. D. Acceptance of work in shop shall not prevent final rejection of work at job site, even after erection, if work is found to be defective in any way. 3.05 QUALIFICATIONS OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS Copyright 2004 Gensler 05200 - 4 Gensler 11.5039.163 June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Qualification of welding procedures and operations shall be as prescribed in "Standard Qualification Procedures" of the American Welding Society for flare bevel, flare vee and fillet type welds. B. Provide certification that welders to be employed in the work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within the previous 12 months or have been continuously employed at welding since last certified. C. Manufacturer of open web steel joists shall be a member of the Steel Joist Institute. OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS Copyright 2004 Gensler END OF SECTION 05200 - 5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 05300 A. The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in Table of Contents, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED STEEL DECK A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, services and transportation required to complete work of this Section as shown on the Drawings and herein specified. B. Extent of steel deck work is shown on drawings, including schedules, notes and details showing depth, gage, type, direction and location of deck and typical connections. C. Steel deck is that work defined in SDI 30, "Code of Recommended Standard Practice for Composite Deck, Form Deck, and Roof Deck Construction ". 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to the work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 03300, Cast -in -Place Concrete 2. Section 05100, Structural Steel 3. Section 05200, Open Web Steel Joists 4. Section 05500, Miscellaneous Metals 5. Section 09900, Painting 1.04 REFERENCES A. Except as otherwise specified herein, perform work in accordance with specifications noted below, including latest editions of applicable specifications, codes, and standards cited therein, and latest applicable addenda and supplements. Keep copies of these items available in shop and field. STEEL DECK Copyright 2004 Gensler 1. IBC 2006. 05300 - 1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. AISI "North American Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members ", including 2004 Supplement, (NAS -01). 3. AWS D1.1 -2004, Structural Welding Code - Steel. 4. AWS D1.3 -98, Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel. 5. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards referenced in this Section. 6. "Painting Manual, Vol. 1, Good Painting Practice" and "Painting Manual, Vol. 2, Systems and Specifications ", Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Shop Drawings: Submit to Architect prior to fabrication shop drawings prepared under supervision of a registered professional engineer, including complete details, diagrams showing relationship of components assembled in their correct position and relationship to each other. 3. Diaphragm Affidavit: Submit evidence that supplied deck has the diaphragm capacities in accordance with SDI Tables for gage and fastener pattern specified. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel Deck Roof Units: galvanized steel units conforming to the gage and height shown on the drawings and one of the following or an equivalent approved by the Architect: 1. Type BW by Wheeling Corrugating Company 2. Type P -3615 by Canam Steel. 3. Type P -3606 by Canam Steel. B. Sheet metal accessories: ASTM A526, commercial quality, galvanized, 18 gage minimum: 1. Sump pans for roof drains. 2. Metal closure - screeds around perimeters. 3. Closure plates at columns and beams, at changes in direction and at any other gap. STEEL DECK Copyright 2004 Gensler 2. Steel Deck Catalog: Submit manufacturer's literature showing allowable loads and spans, and fire rating, if required, for specified deck. 05300 - 2 Gensler 11.5039.163 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. General: Form deck units in lengths to span 3 or more supports, with flush, telescoped or nested 2" laps at ends and interlocking or nested side laps, unless otherwise indicated. 3.02 INSTALLATION June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. General: Install deck units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and final shop drawings, and as specified herein. B. Place deck units on supporting steel framework and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting members before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. C. Do not use floor deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently secured. D. Fastening Deck Units: 1. Use welding only to fasten deck. 2. Welded. Fasteners: a. Fasten roof deck units to steel supporting members by not less than 5/8" diameter fusion welds or elongated welds of equal strength, spaced not more than 6" o.c. b. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. c. Use welding washers where recommended by deck manufacturer. d. Mechanically fasten side laps of adjacent deck units between supports at intervals not exceeding 1 ' -0 ". Use button punching or No. 10 screws. E. Cutting and Fitting: Cut and neatly fit deck unit and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking, as shown. F. Reinforcement at Openings: Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength, continuity of decking and support of other work shown. G. Hanger Slots or Clips: Provide UL approved punched hanger slots between cells or flutes of lower element where floor deck units are to receive hangers for support of ceiling construction, air ducts, diffusers, or lighting fixtures. H. Roof Sump Pans: Place over openings provided in roof decking surface. Space welds not more STEEL DECK Copyright 2004 Gensler 05300 - 3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investments 11.5039.163 Issue for Building Permit and Construction Seattle, WA than 12" o.c. with at least one weld at each corner. Cut opening in roof sump bottom to accommodate drain size indicated. I. Closure Strips: Provide metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of roof decking, and in voids between decking and other construction. Weld into position to provide a complete decking installation. J. Touch -up galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. The Owner will employ a Testing Agency to perform tests and to submit test reports. B. Testing for quality control shall be in accordance with IBC 2006, Structural Tests and Special Inspections requirements.. STEEL DECK Copyright 2004 Gensler 1. Deck gage and layout 2. Welding of deck to supporting steel 3. Side lap fastening. END OF SECTION 05300 - 4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 05400 — COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes cold formed metal framing. B. Related Sections 1. Division 04 Section Unit Masonry 2. Division 06 Section: Sheathing 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide cold formed metal framing meeting or exceeding the following performance requirements: 1. Structural Properties: a. Wind Loads: The cold formed metal framing work, including veneer, shall be designed, fabricated and installed to withstand the maximum inward and outward wind pressures as required by the minimum requirements of local building codes. 1) Refer to requirements on structural drawings b. Deflection Limitations: 1) Deflections: Base calculations for the following deflections upon the combination of maximum direct wind loads, building deflections, thermal stresses, and erection tolerances. a) The deflection of any framing member in a direction normal to the plane of the wall when subjected to the full code required wind loads specified above shall not exceed 1/720 of its clear span. B. Thermal Movements: Fabricate the cold formed metal framing work to accommodate for such expansion and contraction of component materials, and supporting elements, as will be caused by surface temperatures ranging from -5 to +180 deg F ( -20.5 to +82 deg C), without causing buckling, failure of joint sealants, sheathing failures, undue stress on metal members and fasteners, weld failures, failure of doors or other operating units to function properly, reduction of performance, and other detrimental effects. 1. Dimensions shown on Drawings are based on an assumed design temperature of +70 deg F ( +21 deg C). Fabrication and erection procedures shall take into account the ambient temperature range at the time of the respective operations. C. Building Frame Movement: Design, fabricate and install cold formed metal framing to withstand building movements including thermal movements, loading deflections, shrinkage, COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING Copyright 2008 Gensler 05400 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA creep and similar movements. Thermal movements shall be as specified above. Building frame deflections, shrinkage, creep and other movements are available from the structural engineer. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data for each type of cold - formed metal framing product and accessory indicated. Submit simultaneously with Division 04 Sections pertaining to unit masonry and Division 04 Sections pertaining to sheathing. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings of cold formed metal framing work. Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold - formed metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing, strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment to adjoining Work. Plans and elevations shall be submitted at not less than 1/8" = 1' -0" scale, details of sections and connections shall be shown at not less than 1 -1/2" = 1' -0" scale. 1. Shop drawings shall be fully coordinated, and submitted simultaneously with shop drawing submittals required under Division 04 Sections pertaining to unit masonry and Division 06 Section pertaining to sheathing. C. Structural Calculations: Submit, for information only, copies of structural calculations indicating complete compliance with the specified performance requirements. Calculations shall be prepared, signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer registered in the state wherein the work is to be erected. 1. Structural Calculations shall be fully coordinated, and submitted simultaneously with unit masonry shop drawing and sheathing submittals. D. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed cold - formed metal framing on a minimum of 3 projects similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project in the last 10 years which have a record of successful in- service performance. B. Mill certificates signed by steel sheet producer indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including uncoated steel thickness, yield strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, ductility, and galvanized - coating thickness. C. Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following standards below, where standards conflict the more stringent shall apply: 1. AISI Specifications: Comply with AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" and the following for calculating structural characteristics of cold - formed metal framing: a. CCFSS Technical Bulletin: "AISI Specification Provisions for Screw Connections." COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING Copyright 2008 Gensler 05400 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel." 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect cold - formed metal framing from moisture, soiling, corrosion, deformation (bending, denting, and twisting), and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. Store cold - formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows: 1. Grade: 33 unless higher grade is required to suit performance requirements. 2. Coating: G90. 2.2 EXTERIOR WALL FRAMING A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: Minimum 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm) unless greater thickness is required to suit performance criteria. 2. Flange Width: 1 -5/8 inches (41 mm). B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, of web depths indicated, unpunched, with unstiffened (straight) flanges, complying with ASTM C 955, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: Matching steel studs. 2. Flange Width: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm). C. Single Deflection Track: Manufacturer's single, deep -leg, U- shaped steel track; unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, of web depth to contain studs while allowing free vertical movement, with flanges designed to support horizontal and lateral loads, and as follows: 1. Minimum Uncoated -Steel Thickness: As required to suit performance requirements. 2. Flange Width: Size to accommodate deflection of primary structure. Primary structure deflections are available from the structural engineer. 3. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure. Primary structure deflections are available from the structural engineer. 2.3 FRAMING ACCESSORIES COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING Copyright 2008 Gensler 05400 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Fabricate steel - framing accessories of the same material and finish used for framing members, with a minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa). B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless otherwise indicated, as follows: 1. Supplementary framing. 2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking. 3. Web stiffeners. 4. End clips. 5. Gusset plates. 6. Stud kickers, knee braces, and girts. 7. Hole reinforcing plates. 8. Backer plates. 2.4 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 123. B. Expansion Anchors: Comply with FS FF -S -325 with group, type, class best suited for application indicated. Provide expansion anchors in diameter, and length as required to suit performance requirements. Fabricate from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure,' a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion - resistant- coated, self - drilling, self - threading steel drill screws, low - profile hex washer head. Provide screw type and size as required to suit performance requirements and as required for specific condition and materials being joined. D. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content primer paint complying with SSPC -Paint 20, DOD -P- 21035, or ASTM A 780. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING Copyright 2008 Gensler 05400 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Provide the sizes, gage and spacing of cold - formed metal framing indicated and as required by the performance requirements. Install cold - formed metal framing according to ASTM C 1007, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Install cold-formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and with connections securely fastened, according to manufacturer's written recommendations and requirements in this Section. 1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut. 2. Fasten cold- formed metal framing members by welding in accordance with the framing manufacturers instructions and the structural design calculations. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. C. Install framing members in one -piece lengths. Splices in framing members will not be permitted. D. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's standard punched openings. E. Erection Tolerances: Install cold - formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet (1:960) and spaced so as to permit the proper attachment of cladding systems. 3.4 EXTERIOR WALL INSTALLATION A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely anchor to supporting structure as indicated. Provide fasteners at all corners and ends of tracks. B. Set studs plumb and fasten both flanges of studs to bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs 16 inches (406 mm) o.c. unless closer spacing is required by structural calculations. Provide studs at each side of openings, not more than 2 inches (50 mm) from abutting walls, and frame all inside and outside corners with three studs. C. Isolate non - load- bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of vertical loads while providing lateral support. 1. Install single deep -leg deflection tracks and anchor to building structure. 2. Connect vertical deflection clips to bypassing and infill studs and anchor to primary building structure. D. Install horizontal bridging in curtain -wall studs, sized and spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings and calculations. Fasten at each stud intersection. 1. Top Bridging for Single Deflection Track: Install row of horizontal bridging within 12 inches (300 mm) of single deflection track unless otherwise required by the shop drawings and calculations. Install a combination of flat, taut, steel sheet straps of width and thickness indicated and stud or stud -track solid blocking of width and thickness COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING Copyright 2008 Gensler 05400 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA matching studs. Fasten flat straps to stud flanges and secure solid blocking to stud webs or flanges. 2. Install supplementary framing and connections, including studs, stud kickers, web stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, for the attachment of subsequent cladding materials and as required to provide a complete and stable curtain- wall - framing system. 3.5 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install flashings as indicated in accordance with Division 07 Section `Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.' 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated and installed cold - formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Provide protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure cold - formed metal framing is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 05400 COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING Copyright 2008 Gensler 05400 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal fabrications. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Exterior Metal Fabrications: All exterior metal fabrications shall be fabricated and installed to prevent buckling, opening up of joints and overstressing of welds and fasteners caused by a maximum change (range) in ambient temperature of 120 deg F and a maximum surface temperature of +180 deg F. 1. Dimensions shown on Drawings are based on an assumed ambient design temperature of +70 deg F. Make all necessary adjustments and provisions for concealed expansion. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings and Templates: Submit shop drawings detailing the fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Submit templates for layout of each metal fabrication. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data, for information only, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator /Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project for a minimum of 5 years, with a record of successful in- service performance, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the work. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." 2. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.5 STORAGE, DELIVERY AND HANDLING METAL FABRICATIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 05500 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Store metal fabrications in a dry, well - ventilated, weather -tight place. Deliver and handle so as to prevent any type of damage to the fabricated work. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Steel Tubing: Cold- formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500, or hot formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 501. C. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40) minimum, unless otherwise indicated or required to satisfy the performance requirements; finish as follows: 1. Black finish, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated. D. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 -2 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.3 PAINT A. Shop Primer for Interior Ferrous Metal: Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT -P -664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field- applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint for re- galvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC -Paint 20. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc - plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36. D. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3 (ASME B18.6.7M). E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M). F. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ASME B18.6.1. G. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME B18.22.1 (ASME B18.22M). H. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME B18.21.1 (ASME B18.21.2M). Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material for Interior Anchors: Carbon -steel components zinc - plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5. 2. Material for Exterior Fasteners: Alloy Group 1 or 2 stainless -steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M) and nuts complying with ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M). J. Toggle Bolts: FS FF -B -588, tumble -wing type, class and style as needed. 2.5 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory- packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. METAL FABRICATIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 05500 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.6 CONCRETE FILL A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Composed of ASTM C150 Type I Portland cement, ASTM C33 sand and coarse aggregates and potable water to produce a low slump mix suitable for placement. Grade coarse aggregate from 1/8" with at least 95 % passing a 3/8" sieve and not more than 10% passing a No. 8 sieve. :Fill shall be proportioned to provide a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 M:Pa). 2.7 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 1. Welded connections may be used where bolted connections are shown. B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Weld corners and seams continuously along entire line of contact to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices and fasteners to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. I. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. J. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat -head METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 -4 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. Make up threaded connections tight so that threads are entirely concealed. K. Hot dip galvanize all exterior ferrous metal fabrications embedded in concrete. Hot dip galvanize all other items where specified or shown. 1. Exterior ferrous metal fabrications are defined as those items which are indicated to be installed in areas exposed to conditions which are not controlled by the building heating and cooling systems. 2. Interior ferrous metal fabrications are defined as those items which are indicated to be installed in areas exposed to conditions which are controlled by the building heating and cooling systems. 2.8 STEEL LADDER A. General: Fabricate ladder for locations shown, with dimensions, spacings, details, and anchorages as indicated. 1. Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated. B. Siderails: Continuous, 3/8- by -2 -1/2 -inch steel flat bars, with eased edges, spaced 16 inches apart. C. Bar Rungs: 3/4 -inch- diameter steel bars, spaced 12 inches o.c. D. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails; plug -weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. E. Support ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded or bolted steel brackets. Size brackets to support design loads specified in ANSI A14.3. F. Prime paint ladder. 2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. B. Galvanize exterior plates after fabrication; prime paint interior plates after fabrication. 2.10 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose structural -steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. C. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to one - twelfth of clear span, but not less than 8 inches (200 mm), unless otherwise indicated. METAL FABRICATIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 05500 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. Prime paint loose steel lintels located in interior walls. 2.11 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports indicated and as necessary to complete the Work and which are not a part of the structural framework, including but not limited to framing and supports for overhead lobby door frames, and tube framing for partial height walls, mechanical and electrical equipment. B. Fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports at exterior locations; prime paint miscellaneous framing and supports at interior locations. 2.12 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors, welded to trim, for embedding in concrete or masonry construction, spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from each end, 6 inches (150 mm) from corners, and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim; prime paint interior miscellaneous steel trim. 2.13 PIPE BOLLARDS A. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. B. Galvanize bollards after fabrication. C. Bollard Sleeves: Pre - manufactured protective sleeves that fit over pipe bollards and which are fabricated from materials which are untraviolet resistant, antistatic, and durable to extreme temperatures. Each sleeve shall have a smooth surface with 2 one half inch wide red colored horizontal reflective strips recessed into the sleeve at the rounded top end of the sleeve. The sleeve shall be provided to suit bollard pipe diameter(s) and length(s) indicated. Furnish each sleeve with installation kit. Provide bollard sleeve in manufacturers standard gray color. D. 1. Post Guard; Encore (available through Robert Liles Parking Lot Servies (903) 566 -5499 voice /(866)821 -0552 fax) METAL FABRICATIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 05500 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. 2. Ideal Shield; Bumper Post Sleeve, French Gray G39- 7589 -M. Contact Denny Andrews (313) 842 -7290 x.229 voice/ (313) 842 -7860 fax, dandrews@idealshield.com www.idealshield.com 2.14 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.15 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces by removing oil, grease, and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC -SP 1 "Solvent Cleaning," followed with the SSPC surface - preparation specifications listed below and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications. Surface preparation shall be done after fabrication and immediately prior to shop painting. Apply shop coat of paint within 4 hours after cleaning and before rust bloom occurs. 1. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Apply a minimum of one coat of shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be field welded, and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC- PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Dry Film Thickness of Primer: 2.5 to 3.0 mils, dry film thickness. Apply paint thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces, free from holidays and pinholes, in accordance with manufacturers directions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through- bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. Drill holes for bolts to the exact diameter of the bolt. Provide screws threaded full length to the screw head. METAL FABRICATIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 05500 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into masonry, or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings, if any. 3.3 SETTING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean masonry bearing surfaces of bond - reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. 1. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.4 INSTALLING PIPE BOLLARDS A. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. 1. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface. 2. Slide bollard sleeve over each bollard and secure in accordance with bollard sleeve manufacturer instructions. METAL FABRICATIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 05500 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop - painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 -mil (0.05 -mm) dry film thickness. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Copyright 2008 Gensler 05500 -9 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes miscellaneous carpentry. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit data for wood - preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. Submit data for fire - retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials, both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures when tested according to ASTM D 5516 and ASTM D 5664. 3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, submit statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 4. Submit copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B. Research/Evaluation Reports: Submit research/evaluation reports that are acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction and that show compliance with building code in effect for preservative - treated wood and fire - retardant - treated wood. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility for Fire Retardant Treated Wood: Obtain each type of fire retardant treated product from one source for both treatment and fire retardant formulation. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Deliver gypsum sheathing materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum sheathing MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Copyright 2008 Gensler 06105 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA flat to prevent sagging. Handle gypsum sheathing to prevent damage to edges, ends, and surfaces. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Installation of gypsum sheathing materials shall be in strict accordance with the written recommendations of gypsum sheathing materials manufacturer. 1.6 PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Pre - Installation Conference: Prior to the start of the miscellaneous carpentry work, and at the Contractor's direction, meet at the site and review the installation procedures and required coordination with other work. Meeting shall include Contractor, Owner's representatives, metal window and curtain wall installer, light gage steel framing installer, flashing subcontractor, sealant installer, the Portland cement (stucco) plaster installer, as well as any other subcontractors or material technical service representatives whose work, or products, must be coordinated with the miscellaneous carpentry work. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of lumber grading agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S. 4. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2- inch nominal thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wood Panels (Plywood): 1. Plywood: Comply with DOC PS 1. 2. Factory mark panels with APA trademark evidencing compliance with grade requirements. 2.2 WOOD - PRESERVATIVE - TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: Pressure treat above ground items with waterborne preservatives to comply with AWPA C2 (lumber) and AWPA C9 (plywood) for retention, penetration, and other requirements applicable to the species, product, treatment and condition of use specified and indicated. MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Copyright 2008 Gensler 06105 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Preservative Chemicals: Chromated copper arsenate (CCA). B. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent for lumber and 15 percent for plywood. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of the SPIB. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, plywood sheathing, and similar members in connection with roofing and flashing. 2. Wood blocking and similar concealed members in contact with concrete. 3. Treatment Level: Using CCA chemicals for Southern Pine the required preservative retention shall be 0.40 lbs. /cubic foot. E. Complete fabrication of items to be treated prior to treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces to comply with AWPA M4. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood after drying and discard damaged or defective pieces. 2.3 FIRE - RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire - retardant - treated materials are indicated, provide materials that comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). Identify fire- retardant- treated wood with appropriate classification marking of UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. The selected treatment shall produce the following properties under conditions present after installation: B. Use: 1. No reduction takes place in bending strength, stiffness and fastener holding capacities below values published by manufacturer of chemical formulation that are based on tests by a qualified independent testing laboratory of treated wood products identical to those indicated for this Project under elevated temperature and humidity conditions simulating installed conditions. 2. No other form of degradation occurs due to acid hydrolysis or other causes related to manufacture and treatment. 3. Metal fasteners do not corrode. 1. Exterior Type: Use for exterior locations where indicated. 2. Interior Type (Typical): Type A High Temperature (HT). 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including rooftop equipment bases, support curbs, blocking, cants, and nailers. B. Fabricate miscellaneous lumber from dimensional lumber of sizes indicated and into shapes shown. MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Copyright 2008 Gensler 06105 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. For items of dimension lumber size, provide SPIB No. 2 or better grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content. 2.5 GYPSUM SHEATHING, FASTENERS, AND GYPSUM SHEATHING JOINT MATERIALS A. General: 1/2" thick gypsum sheathing board exceeding the requirements of ASTM C 1177 and ASTM C 79 and consisting of a water resistant silicone treated gypsum core, surfaced with inorganic glass mats on face and back, partially or completely embedded in core, topcoated with an alkali resistant surface coating, unsurfaced square edges. Board shall be resistant to wicking, moisture penetration, and delamination caused by surface water exposure and resistant to warping, rippling, buckling and sagging. 1. Product and Manufacturer: Dens -Glass Gold Exterior Sheathing; Georgia - Pacific Corp. B. Sheathing Fasteners: ASTM C 954, fine threaded, steel drilling and tapping screws, Type S -12, bugle head type, fluted tip, a minimum of 1 -1/4 inches long, with organic - polymer coating or other corrosion- protective coating and specifically manufactured to attach sheathing to metal framing from 0.033 to 0.112" thick. C. Joint Sealant: Product compatible with gypsum sheathing recommended by manufacturer of sheathing for use indicated and specified. 1. Product and Manufacturer: Dow Corning 795 Building Sealant. D. Water Resistive Barrier: Two layers of No. 30 asphalt felt, complying with ASTM D 226 for Type 1 felt with flashing per International Building Code 1405.3. 1. Product and Manufacturers: a. F'ortifiber Building Systems Group, Fernly NV, Los Angeles CA b. Hal Industries, Surrey British Colombia c. Davis wire, Irwindale CA E. Roofing Mastic: Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert-type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. F. Flexible Flashings and Installation Accessories: 1. Flexible Flashing Material: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable, self healing, adhesive rubberized- asphalt compound, bonded to a high- density, cross - laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch. a. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Perm -A- Barrier Wall Flashing. b. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O -Wal Division; Dur -O- Barrier -44. c. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 82 Rubberized - Asphalt Thru-Wall Flashing. d. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Textroflash. MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Copyright 2008 Gensler 06105 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Adhesives and Primers for Flexible Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 2.6 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment, Wall Hung Equipment and Furniture, Backing Panels: APA Exposure 1, C -D Plugged, fire- retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2 inch thick. B. Plywood Sheathing: APA Rated Plywood Sheathing, Exposure 1 Durability Classification, 32/16 span index, preservative treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 15/32" inch thick; square edged. C. Water Resistive Barrier: Two layers of No. 30 asphalt felt, complying with ASTM D 226 for Type 1 felt with flashing per International Building Code 1405.3 Flashing. 1. Product and Manufacturers: 2.7 FASTENERS a. Fortifiber Building Systems Group, Fern ly NV, Los Angeles CA b. Hal Industries, Surrey British Colombia c. Davis wire, Irwindale CA D. Self Adhering Sheet Waterproofing — refer to section 07131 A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power -Driven Fasteners: CABO NER -272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.. F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Copyright 2008 Gensler 06105 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Material: Carbon -steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Discard units of material with defects that impair quality of carpentry and that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports for attaching other construction. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative- treated lumber. D. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated and according to applicable codes and recognized standards. E. Use fasteners of appropriate type and length. Install members without splitting wood; predrill when required. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, CANT, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attachment of adjacent work. Form to shapes indicated or required and cut as required for true line and level of work to be attached to it. Coordinate location of adjacent work. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Countersink bolts and nuts flush with surfaces. 3.3 GYPSUM SHEATHING A. General: Install gypsum sheathing board according to manufacturer's instructions, ASTM C 1280, and GA -253 "Application of Gypsum Sheathing" where conflicts arise the more stringent shall be required. B. Install gypsum sheathing board, gold side facing building exterior, with long lengths oriented parallel to grade. Locate edge joints parallel to and with vertical orientations on cold formed steel stud flanges. Stagger intermediate end joints of adjacent lengths of sheathing board. Install cold formed steel stud blocking where end joints do not bear against steel stud flanges. Butt boards together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16" of open space between panels. Do not force into place. Begin fastening from center of sheathing board and proceed toward edges and corners. Fasten gypsum sheathing board to perimeter framing and to each stud with sheathing fasteners, located a minimum of 3/8 inch from ends and edges of board units, as follows: MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Copyright 2008 Gensler 06105 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Space fasteners not more than 8 inches apart around perimeter at edge and end supports and 8 inches apart at intermediate (field) supports. 2. Sheathing fasteners shall be applied with a positive clutch electric power driven screwdriver equipped with an adjustable screw depth control head and a phillips bit. Apply pressure on surface of sheathing board adjacent to fasteners being driven to ensure that sheathing will be secured tightly to supporting framing. Drive fasteners to bear tight against and flush with surface of sheathing. Do not countersink. Drive fastener with shank perpendicular to face of board. C. Provide joint treatment in accordance with the sheathing manufacturers instructions at inside and outside corners, board to board butt joints, board field perimeters where sheathing butts to steel angles and channels (if any), and at penetrations. 1. Apply approximately a 3/8 -inch bead of silicone joint sealant along joints, corners, board to board butt joints, field perimeters and penetrations along their entire surface with a trowel. 2. Apply silicone joint sealant with a trowel to each exposed fastener head so that fastener heads are completely covered. D. Metal Flashings: Install stainless steel flashings as shown, or if not shown as indicated, and as specified in accordance with Section 07620 SHEET METAL FLASHINGS AND TRIM. E. Flexible Flashing Installation: Install flexible flashing around all penetrations in gypsum sheathing, at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, at expansion and control joint accessories, and where indicated. Install flexible flashing as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Penetrations (Openings): At penetrations in gypsum sheathed walls indicated to receive brick masonry units, adhere and extend flexible flashing from each of the four inside corners of the four stud flanges framing the opening, around the 4 outside corners of each opening, and across face of sheathing at least 8 inches; with outer edge on face of sheathing to be subsequently covered with at least a 4 inches lap of building felt. a. Flexible flashing shall be applied in one continuous length at the bottom horizontal framing member first. The length shall be precut to extend 8 inches beyond each vertical jamb opening. b. A single continuous length a flexible flashing shall then be applied to each of the vertical jambs fully lapping the extended ends of the bottom horizontal flashing length. The length shall be precut to extend 8 inches beyond each top and bottom horizontal opening. c. A single continuous length of flexible flashing shall then be applied at the top horizontal framing member fully lapping the extended ends of the vertical jamb flashing lengths. The length shall be precut to extend 8 inches beyond each vertical jamb opening. 2. Expansion and Control Joint Accessories: Behind brick masonry units accessories, and prior to their attachment through gypsum sheathing to the cold formed metal framing components, adhere a continuous length of 6" wide flexible flashing across the face of the gypsum sheathing. Lap ends of flashing a minimum of 4 ". F. Building Felt Installation: MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY 06105 -7 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Cover vertical sheathing with two layers of asphalt - saturated organic felt horizontally with the upper layer lapped over the lower layer not less than 2 inches and 6 inches at endlaps where vertical joints occur; fasten to sheathing with stainless steel staples. Stagger vertical laps between layers. 2. Cover metal and flexible flashings with 4 -inch overlap. 3. Seal end laps of felts with roofing mastic. Seal all felts to flexible flashings at window perimeters and other penetrations with roofing mastic to prevent water from wrapping the edge of the felts and migrate to the unprotected face of the gypsum sheathing. 4. Building felt shall be free from holes and breaks other than those created by fasteners required to attach the felt. 3.4 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential & Commercial," and local utility company requirements, if any, for plywood backing panel applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Plywood Backing Panels: Secure to wall using proper fastening devices for substrates encountered spaced 12" o.c. maximum at perimeter Y2" from corners and three rows of 3 fasteners each in the backing panel field. Countersink fasteners flush with plywood surface. Butt adjacent panels without lapping. 2. Plywood Sheathing Application: Cover sheathing support framing with plywood sheathing and fasten to supports with power driven, winged reamer screw fasteners spaced 6" o.c. along supported panel edges and 12" o.c. for intermediate supports. END OF SECTION 06105 MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY Copyright 2008 Gensler 06105 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07111 — BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes bituminous dampproofing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data for each product indicated. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING A. Cold- Applied, Cut -Back (Solvent -Based) Asphalt Dampproofing: Provide products complying with the following: 1. Trowel Coats: ASTM D 4586, Type I. B. Cold- Applied, Emulsified- Asphalt Dampproofing: Provide products complying with the following: 1. Trowel Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type II, Class 1. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Emulsified- Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as recommended by manufacturer. B. Asphalt- Coated Glass Fabric: ASTM D 1668, Type I. C. Protection Course, Asphalt -Board Type: Premolded, .1/8 -inch- (3 -mm -) thick, multi -ply, semirigid board consisting of a mineral - stabilized asphalt core sandwiched between layers of asphalt - saturated felt, and faced on 1 side with polyethylene film. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to work; fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond breakers if any, as recommended by prime material manufacturer. BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07111 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Apply dampproofing to footings and foundation walls from finished -grade line to top of footing, extend over top of footing, and down a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) over outside face of footing. 1. Extend 12 inches (300 mm) onto intersecting walls and footings, but do not extend onto surfaces exposed to view when Project is completed. 2. Install flashings and corner protection stripping at internal and external corners, changes in plane, construction joints, cracks, and where shown as "reinforced," by embedding an 8 -inch- (200 -mm -) wide strip of asphalt- coated glass fabric in a heavy coat of dampproofing. Dampproofing coat required for embedding fabric is in addition to other coats required. C. Apply dampproofing to provide continuous plane of protection on interior face of above grade, exterior concrete and walls unless walls are indicated to receive direct application of paint. D. Provide cold - applied, cut -back or asphalt dampproofing, as specified in subsequent articles for substrates indicated, within the following limitations: 1. Use cold - applied, cut -back asphalt dampproofing only on exterior surfaces of building. 3.2 COLD - APPLIED, CUT -BACK ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING A. On Concrete Foundations and Parged Masonry Foundation Walls: Apply two brush or spray coats at not less than 1.25 gal. /100 sq. ft. (0.5 L /sq. m) for first coat and 1 gal. /100 sq. ft. (0.4 L /sq. m) for second coat, or one trowel coat at not less than 4 gal. /100 sq. ft. (1.6 L /sq. m). B. On Unparged Masonry Foundation Walls: Apply primer and one trowel coat at not less than 4 gal. /100 sq. ft. (1.6 L /sq. m). C. On Backs of Concrete Retaining Walls: Apply one brush or spray coat at not less than 1.25 gal. / 100 sq. ft. (0.5 L /sq. m). D. On Exterior Face of Inner Wythe of Cavity Walls: Apply primer and one brush or spray coat at not less than 1 gal. /100 sq. ft. (0.4 L /sq. m). 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION COURSE A. Where indicated, install protection course over completed- and -cured dampproofing. Comply with dampproofing material manufacturer's written recommendations for attaching protection course. Support protection course with spot application of trowel -grade mastic where not otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 07111 07115/02 -00 /ttt BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07111 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07131— SELF - ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes self - adhering, rubberized- asphalt sheet waterproofing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data including manufacturer's written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating substrate, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties of waterproofing. B. Shop Drawings: Include details for substrate joints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and outside corners, tie -ins with adjoining waterproofing, and other termination conditions. C. Qualification Data: For Installer. D. Product test reports. E. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. Do not apply waterproofing to a damp or wet substrate. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace waterproofing material that does not comply with requirements or that does not remain watertight for period of five years after date of Substantial Completion. SELF - ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07131 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RUBBERIZED - ASPHALT SHEET WATERPROOFING A. Rubberized - Asphalt Sheet: 60 -mil- (1.5 -mm -) thick, self - adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils (1.4 mm) of ntbberized asphalt laminated to a 4 -mil- (0.10 -mm -) thick, polyethylene film with release liner on adhesive sideand formulated for application with primer or surface conditioner that complies with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. American Hydrotech, Inc.; VM 75. b. Cetco; Envirosheet. c. Grace, W. R. & Co.; Bituthene. d. Monsey Bakor; Elasto -Seal 2000. 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Primer: Liquid primer recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. B. Surface Conditioner: Liquid, waterborne surface conditioner recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. C. Liquid Membrane: Elastomeric, two component, liquid, cold fluid applied, trowel grade or low viscosity. D. Substrate Patching Membrane: Low - viscosity, two- component, asphalt - modified coating. E. Mastic, Adhesives, and Tape: Liquid mastic and adhesives, and adhesive tapes recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. F. Metal Termination Bars: Aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch (25 by 3 mm) thick, predrilled at 9 -inch (225 -mm) centers. G. Protection Course: Semirigid sheets of fiberglass or mineral- reinforced - asphaltic core, pressure laminated between 2 asphalt - saturated fibrous liners and nominal thickness 1 /4 inch (6 nun). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust -free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application. B. Remove fins, ridges, mortar, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate pockets, holes, and other voids. SELF - ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07131 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Prepare, fill, prime, and treat joints and cracks in substrates. Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258. D. Bridge and cover isolation joints, expansion joints, and discontinuous deck -to -wall and deck - to -deck joints with overlapping sheet strips. 1. Invert and loosely lay first sheet strip over center of joint. Firmly adhere second sheet strip to first and overlap to substrate. E. Corners: Prepare, prime, and treat inside and outside corners according to ASTM D 6135. F. Prepare, treat, and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through waterproofing and at drains and protrusions according to ASTM D 6135. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Install self - adhering sheets according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in ASTM D 6135. B. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow to dry. C. Apply and firmly adhere sheets over area to receive waterproofing. Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 2 -1 /2 -inch- (64 -mm -) minimum lap widths and end laps. Overlap and seal seams and stagger end laps to ensure watertight installation. D. Apply continuous sheets over sheet strips bridging substrate cracks, construction, and contraction joints. E. Seal exposed edges of sheets at terminations not concealed by metal counterflashings or ending in reglets with mastic or sealant. F. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with requirements. Slit and flatten fishmouths and blisters. Patch with sheets extending 6 inches (150 min) beyond repaired areas in all directions. G. Correct deficiencies in or remove sheet waterproofing that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings. H. Install protection course with butted joints over waterproofing membrane before starting subsequent construction operations. 3.3 MOLDED -SHEET DRAINAGE PANEL INSTALLATION A. Place and secure molded -sheet drainage panels according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use adhesives or mechanical fasteners that do not penetrate waterproofing. Lap edges and ends of geotextile to maintain continuity. Protect installed molded -sheet drainage panels during subsequent construction. SELF - ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07131 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3.4 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Do not permit foot or vehicular traffic on unprotected horizontal membrane. B. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. C. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07131 07131/1 1 -99 /ttt SELF - ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07131 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07210 — THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concealed building insulation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Product test reports. C. Research/evaluation reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface - burning characteristics and other methods indicated with product, by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standardsand, for preformed units, in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. B. Extruded - Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type IV, 1.60 lb /cu. ft. (26 kg/cu. m), with maximum flame - spread and smoke - developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively. C. Mineral -fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool: 1. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame - spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. THERMAL INSULATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 07210 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.2 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. B. Installation of General Building Insulation: Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. 1. Install mineral -fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 2. For metal- framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches (2438 mm) support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. 3. Install board insulation in storefront construction where indicated on Drawings according to storefront manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Stuff glass - fiber, loose -fill insulation into miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where shown. Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb /cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m). END OF SECTION 07210 07210/11-99/M THERMAL INSULATION Copyright 2008 Gensler 07210 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07421 - METAL WALL PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Concealed - fastener, lap -seam metal wall panels at roof equipment screen. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design metal wall panel assembly, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Structural Performance: Provide metal wall panel assemblies capable of withstanding the effects the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592: 1. Wind Loads: Determine loads based on the following minimum design wind pressures: a. Refer to Structural drawings. 2. Deflection Limits: Metal wall panel assemblies shall withstand wind loads with horizontal deflections no greater than 1/240 of the span. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation layouts of metal wall panels; details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory-, shop- and field - assembled work. C. Samples: For each type of exposed finish required. D. Delegated - Design Submittal: For metal wall panel assembly indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. E. Coordination Drawings: Exterior elevations drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and wall- mounted items. F. Product test reports. METAL WALL PANELS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07421 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA G. Maintenance data. H. Warranties: Samples of special warranties. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide metal wall panels identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal wall panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal wall panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory- applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Finish Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers A. Centria, 1005 Beaver Grade Road, Moon Township, PA as basis of design. 2.2 PANEL MATERIALS A. Exterior metal wall panel system shall be Concept Series 620 as manufactured by CENTRIA. B. Metallic - Coated Steel Sheet: Restricted flatness steel sheet metallic coated by the hot -dip process and prepainted by the coil- coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) coating designation; structural quality. 2. Surface: Smooth, flat finish. 3. Exposed Coil- Coated Finish: METAL WALL PANELS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07421 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Panel Sealants: a. 2 -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. 4. Concealed Finish: Manufacturer's standard white or light - colored acrylic or polyester backer finish. 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure - sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing; 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and 1/8 inch (3 min) thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920 as recommended in writing by metal wall panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl- Rubber - Based, Solvent - Release Sealant: ASTM C 1311. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING A. Miscellaneous Metal Framing, General: ASTM C 645, cold - formed metallic- coated steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120) hot -dip galvanized or coating with equivalent corrosion resistance unless otherwise indicated. B. Subgirts: Manufacturer's standard C- or Z- shaped sections, 0.064 -inch (1.63 -rmn) nominal thickness. C. Zee Clips: 0.079 -inch (2.01 -mm) nominal thickness. D. Base or Sill Channels: 0.079 -inch (2.01-mm) nominal thickness. E. Hat - Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: 1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements. 2. Depth: As indicated. F. Cold - Rolled Furring Channels: Minimum 1 /2 -inch- (13 -mm -) wide flange. 1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements. 2. Depth: As indicated. 3. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with 0.040 -inch (1.02 - mm) nominal thickness. 4. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 -inch- (1.57 - min -) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048 -inch- (1.22 -mm -) diameter wire. G. Z- Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches (32 mm), wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22 mm), and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. 1. Nominal Thickness: As required to meet performance requirements. METAL WALL PANELS 07421 -3 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Panel Fasteners: Self- tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self - locking rivets and bolts, end - welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of metal wall panels by means of plastic caps or factory- applied coating. Provide EPDM, PVC, or neoprene sealing washers. 2.5 CONCEALED- FASTENER, LAP -SEAM METAL WALL PANELS 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same metal as metal wall panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed -cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin -foam or closed -cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1 -inch- (25 -mm -) thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. B. Flashing and Trim: Formed from 0.018 -inch (0.46 -mm) minimum thickness, zinc- coated (galvanized) steel sheet or aluminum -zinc alloy- coated steel sheet prepainted with coil coating. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, corners, endwalls, framed openings, rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal wall panels. 2.7 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate and finish metal wall panels and accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and with joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals. C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. D. Fabricate metal wall panel joints with factory- installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a tight seal and prevent metal -to -metal contact, and that will minimize noise from movements within panel assembly. METAL WALL PANELS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07421 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Miscellaneous Framing: Install subgirts, base angles, sills, furring, and other miscellaneous wall panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C 754 and metal wall panel manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.2 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. Lap -Seam Metal Wall Panels: Fasten metal wall panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line. 2. Provide metal- backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal wall panels. 3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer. 4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 5. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of metal wall panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 6. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather -side surface of fastenings on end laps; on side laps of nesting -type panels; on side laps of corrugated nesting -type, ribbed, or fluted panels; and elsewhere as needed to make panels weathertight. 7. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6 -inch (152 -mm) end lap, sealed with butyl - rubber sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. B. Zee Clips: Provide Zee clips of size indicated or, if not indicated, as required to act as standoff from subgirts for thickness of insulation indicated. Attach to subgirts with fasteners. 3.3 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. METAL WALL PANELS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07421 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal wall panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. After metal wall panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. END OF SECTION 07421 METAL WALL PANELS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07421 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07430 - COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum faced composite panels with mounting system, including anchorages, shims, furring, fasteners, gaskets and sealants, related flashing adapters, and masking as required for a complete watertight installation. 2. Parapet coping, soffits, sills, border, and filler items indicated as integral components of the panel system indicated on the drawings as ACM. 3. Supports, devices, and attachments. 4. Caulking of intermediate and perimeter joints. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AAMA 2605 - Specification for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. B. ASTM B117 - Standard Test Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing. C. ASTM B209 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate. D. ASTM D822 - Standard Practice for Conducting Tests on Paint and Related Coatings and Materials using Filtered Open -Flame Carbon -Arc Light and Water Exposure Apparatus. E. ASTM D 1308 - Standard Test Method for Effect of Household Chemicals on Clear and Pigmented Organic Finishes. F. ASTM D2244 - Standard Test Method for Calculation of Color Differences from Instrumentally Measured Color Coordinates. G. ASTM D2247 - Standard Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity. H. ASTM D2794 - Standard Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact). I. ASTM D3359 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test. J. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. K. ASTM E 162 - Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. L. ASTM E 283 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen. COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -1 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA M. ASTM E330 - Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. N. ASTM E331 - Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Engineer and fabricate panels providing a watertight and structurally sound wall panel system that allows no uncontrolled water penetration on the inside face of the panel system as determined by ASTM E331. Systems not utilizing a construction sealant at the panel joints (i.e., Dry System) shall provide a means of concealed drainage with baffles and weeps for water which may accumulate in members of the system. B. Design units under direct supervision of a Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the state in which the project is located. C. Design units to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members and clearances of intended openings. D. Design and size components to withstand seismic loads and sway displacement as calculated in accordance with criteria indicated on the structural drawings. E. Design component connections to accommodate building movement and thermal movement. Provide adjustment to accommodate misalignment of structure without unit distortion or damage. F. Drainage: Provide positive drainage to exterior for moisture entering or condensation occurring within panel system. G. Vapor Retarder: Provide continuity of vapor retarder at building enclosure elements in conjunction with vapor retarders specified. H. Air Seal: Provide continuity of air barrier seal at building enclosure elements in conjunction with air seal materials specified. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate layout, configuration, unit identification marks, connection details, support items, dimensions, openings, edge details and relationship to adjacent components. 2. Indicate locations for blocking and imbedded items. B. Samples: Submit 12" square samples of the panel finished as specified. C. Documents showing product compliance with applicable building codes. These documents shall include documents such as appropriate Evaluation Reports and/or test reports supporting the use of the product. COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -2 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator /installer: Company approved by the panel manufacturer, and having a minimum of five years satisfactory experience installing panels made by the specified manufacturer. 1.6 PRE - INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. Convene a pre - installation conference one week prior to commencing work of this Section. 1.7 HANDLING A. Protect and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Protect units from staining, denting or oil canning. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Fabricate to profiles indicated. B. Exterior sheet: Pre - coated stock; fabricated to prevent oil- canning. Internal and external comers: same material as face of panels. C. Provide trim, closures, pieces, caps and flashings as required for a finished watertight application. Provide gaskets as required to prevent reactions with dissimilar materials. 2.2 PANELS A. Composite Panels: 1. Refer to drawings B. Thickness: 4mm (0.157 "). C. Product Test Performance: 1. Composite Panels shall be capable of withstanding building movements and weather exposures based on the specified performance requirements. 2. Wind Load: a. Panels shall be designed to withstand the Design Wind Load specified in Section 08911 Glazed Aluminum Curtain Wall. b. Normal to the plane of the wall between supports, deflection of the secured perimeter framing members shall not exceed L/175 or 3/4 ", whichever is less. c. Normal to the plane of the wall, the maximum panel deflection shall not exceed L /90 of the full span. COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -3 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA d. Maximum anchor deflection shall not exceed 1/16 ". e. At 1-1/2 times design pressure, permanent deflections of framing members shall not exceed L /100 of span length and components shall not experience failure or gross permanent distortion. At connection points of framing members to anchors, permanent set shall not exceed 1/16 ". 3. Air/WaterPerformance: a. Air Infiltration - When tested in accordance with ASTM E283, air infiltration at 1.57 psf must not exceed 0.06 cfn/ft of wall area. b. Water Infiltration - Water infiltration is defined as uncontrolled water leakage through the exterior face of the assembly. Systems not using a construction sealant at the panel joints (i.e., Dry Systems) shall be designed to drain any water leakage occurring at the joints. No water infiltration shall occur in any system under a differential static pressure of 6.24 psf after 15 minutes of exposure in accordance with ASTM E331. c. Bond integrity (simulating resistance to panel delamination): No adhesive failure of the bond between the core and skin or cohesive failure of the core itself below the following values. 1) Bond Strength: 214 psi (Vertical Pull) 2) Peel Strength: 115 N mm/mm (22.5 in lb. /in.) as manufactured 3) 115 N mm/mm (22.5 in lb. /in.) after 8 hours in water at 200 4) 115 N mm/mm (22.5 in lb. /in.) after 21 days soaking in water at 70 4. Fire Perfonnance: a. ASTM E84: Flame Spread 0, Smoke Developed O. b. ASTM E162: No surface flaming. D. Finishes: 1. Coil coated KYNAR 500 or HYLAR 5000 based polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin in conformance with the following general requirements of AAMA 2605. a. Colors: Refer to drawings. b. Coating Thickness: 1.0 mil (±0.2 mil). c. Hardness: F minimum using Eagle Turquoise Pencil. d. Impact: 1) Test Method: ASTM D2794; Gardner Variable Impact Tester with 5/8" mandrel. 2) Coating shall withstand reverse impact of 1.5" /pounds per mil substrate thickness. 3) Coating shall adhere tightly to metal when subjected to #600 Scotch Tape pick -off test. 4) Slight minute cracking permissible. No removal of film to substrate. COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -4 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA e. Adhesion: 1) Test Method: ASTM D3359. 2) Coating shall not pick off when subjected to an 11" x 11" x 1/16" grid and taped with #600 Scotch Tape. f. Humidity Resistance: 1) Test Method: ASTM D2247. 2) No formation of blisters when subjected to condensing water fog at 100% relative humidity and 100 ° F for 3000 hours. Salt Spray Resistance: 1) Test Method: ASTM B117; expose coating system to 3000 hours, using 5% NaCI solution. 2) Corrosion creepage from scribe line: 1/16" max. (1.6mm) 3) Minimum blister rating of 8 within the test specimen field. h. Weather Exposure: 1) Outdoor: Five year exposure at 45 angle facing south Florida exposure. Maximum color change of 5 Delta E units as calculated in accordance with ASTM D2244. Maximum chalk rating of 8, with no checking, crazing or adhesion loss. 2) Accelerated: ASTM D822, 5000 hours in Atlas Type Weatherometer; using cycle of 102 minutes light and 18 minutes diminished light and demineralized water. No checking, crazing, adhesion loss or objectionable color change or chalking. g. Chemical Resistance: 1) ASTM D1308 utilizing 10% Muriatic Acid for an exposure time of 15 minutes. 2) ASTM D1308 utilizing 20% Sulfuric Acid for an exposure time of 18 hours. 3) No loss of adhesion or gloss and no color change. E. Composition: Two sheets of aluminum sandwiching a solid core of extruded thermoplastic material formed in a continuous process with no glues or adhesives between dissimilar materials. The core material shall be free of voids and/or air spaces and not contain foamed insulation material. Products laminated sheet by sheet in a batch process using glues or adhesives between materials shall not be acceptable. F. Aluminum Face Sheets: 1. Thickness: 0.50mm (0.0197 "), minimum. a. Alloy: 3105 -H14, or AA3003 Painted material. G. Panel Weight: 1. 3mm (0 118 "): 0.92 lbs. /ft COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -5 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. 4mm (0.157 "): 1.12 lbs. /ft 3. 6mm (0.236 "): 1.59 lbs. /ft H. Tolerances: 1. Panel Bow: Maximum 0.5% of panel dimension in width and length. 2. Panel Dimensions: Field fabrication shall be allowed where necessary, but shall be kept to an absolute minimum. All fabrication shall be done under controlled shop conditions when possible. 3. Panel lines, breaks, and angles shall be sharp, true, and surfaces free from warp and buckle. 4. Maximum deviation from panel flatness shall be 1/8" in 5'0" panel in any direction for assembled units (non - accumulative). I. System Characteristics: 1. System must provide a wet seal (caulked) routed and returned sealed reveal joint unless otherwise indicated on drawings. If a wet seal is used, the sealant type shall be specified in Joint Sealers Section and with foamed type backer rod as indicated on drawings. 2. System must not have any visible fasteners, telegraphing or fastening on the panel faces or any other compromise of a neat and flat appearance. 3. System shall comply with the applicable provisions of the "Metal Curtain Wall, Window, Storefront, and Entrance Guide Specifications Manual" by AAMA. 4. Fabricate panel system to dimension, size, and profile indicated on the drawings based on a design temperature of 70 5. Fabricate panel system so that no restraints can be placed on the panel which might result in compressive skin stresses. The installation detailing shall be such that the panels remain flat regardless of temperature change and at all times remain air and water tight. 6. The finish side of the panel shall have a removable plastic film applied prior to fabrication which shall remain on the panel during fabrication, shipping, and erection to protect the surface from damage. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Extrusions, forined members, sheet, and plate shall conform with ASTM B209 and the recommendations of the manufacturer. B. Panel stiffeners, if required, shall be structurally fastened or restrained at the ends and shall be secured to the rear face of the composite panel with silicone of sufficient size and strength to maintain panel flatness. Stiffener material and/or finish shall be compatible with the silicone. C. Sealants and gaskets within the panel system shall be as per manufacturer's standards to meet performance requirements. COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -6 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Fabricate flashing materials from 0.030" minimum thickness aluminum sheet painted to match the adjacent curtain wall/panel system where exposed. Provide a lap strap under the flashing at abutted conditions and seal lapped surfaces with a full bed of non - hardening sealant. E. Fasteners (concealed/exposed, non - corrosive /concealed and exposed, non - corrosive): Fasteners as recommended by panel manufacturer. Do not expose fasteners except where unavoidable and then match finish of adjoining metal. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that building structure, anchors, devices, and openings are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Surfaces to receive panels shall be even, smooth, sound, clean, dry and free from defects detrimental to work. Notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Verify that building structure, anchors, devices, and openings are ready to receive work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide for erection procedures and induced loads during erection. Maintain temporary bracing in place until final support is provided. B. Provide necessary hoisting equipment. 3.3 ERECTION A. Erect units without damage to shape or finish. Replace or repair damaged panels. B. Erect members level and plumb within allowable tolerances. C. Align and maintain uniform horizontal and vertical joints, as erection progresses. D. When members require adjustment beyond design or tolerance criteria, discontinue affected work; advise Architect. E. Fasten units in place. Use concealed fastening systems. F. Seal and place gaskets to prevent weather penetration. Maintain neat appearance. COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -7 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA G. Attachment system shall allow for the free and noiseless vertical and horizontal thermal movement due to expansion and contraction for a material temperature range of -5 ° F to +180 ° F. Buckling of panels, opening of joints, undue stress on fasteners, failure of sealants or any other detrimental effects due to thermal movement will not be permitted. Fabrication, assembly, and erection procedure shall account for the ambient temperature at the time of the respective operation. H. Panels shall be erected in accordance with an approved set of shop drawings. I. Anchor panels securely per engineering recommendations and in accordance with approved shop drawings to allow for necessary thermal movement and structural support. J. Conform to panel fabricator's instructions for installation of concealed fasteners. K. Do not install component parts which are observed to be defective, including warped, bowed, dented, abraised, and broken members. L. Do not cut, trim, weld, or braze component parts during erection in a manner which would damage the finish, decrease strength, or result in visual imperfection or a failure in performance. Return component parts which require alteration to shop for refabrication, if possible, or for replacement with new parts. M. Separate dissimilar metals and use gasketed fasteners where needed to eliminate the possibility of galvanic action. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plane of Location: 1/4" in 10' and 3/8" in 100', non - cumulative. B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment Between Two Connecting Units: 1/4 ". C. Joint Tolerance: Plus or minus 1 /4 ". 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Remove and replace panels damaged beyond repair as a direct result of the panel installation. After installation, panel repair and replacement shall become the responsibility of the General Contractor. B. Adjust units so that joint dimensions are within tolerances. C. Remove masking (if used) as soon as possible after installation. Masking intentionally left in place after panel installation on an elevation shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Make sure weep holes and drainage channels are unobstructed and free of dirt and sealants. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect units from damage. END OF SECTION 07430 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SYSTEMS 07430 -8 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes thermoplastic membrane roofing. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing membrane manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Roofing System Design: Provide a membrane roofing system that is identical to systems that have been successfully tested by a qualified testing and inspecting agency to resist uplift pressure specific to the geographic location of the building as required by the building code authorities having jurisdiction and calculated according to ASCE 7. D. FMG Listing: Provide roofing membrane, base flashings, and component materials that comply with requirements in FMG 4450 and FMG 4470 as part of a membrane roofing system and that are listed in FMG's "Approval Guide" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FMG markings. 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A -90 minimum classification unless higher classification is required for the geographic location of the building by the building code authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Hail Resistance: SH. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Review of Roofing: Before purchasing and delivering roofing materials to the project site, submit written statement signed by the Contractor and roofmg installer, stating that the Contract Documents have been reviewed with a qualified representative of the manufacturer of the primary roofing materials, and that the manufacturer has not indicated any further precautions or additional requirements to be fulfilled in connection with the use of the selected materials on this project and that the selected materials, conditions and details are not in conflict with the manufacturers warranty. Distribute one copy of statement to the manufacturer. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copynght 2008 Gensler 07540 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Product Data: Submit product data for each type of product indicated. C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for the roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Insulation and tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Insulation fastening patterns. D. Installer Certificates: Submit installer certificates signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system. E. Product Test Reports: Submit product test reports based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for components of roofing system. F. Research/Evaluation Reports: Submit research/evaluation reports for components of membrane roofing system as required by authorities having jurisdiction. G. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data for roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. H. Warranties: Submit special warranties specified in this Section. I. Inspection Report: Submit copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing installation. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer (Roofer), recognized and approved by the roofing manufacturer, who has completed a minimum of three (3) roofing applications over the last five years which were similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for the project — as determined by the Architect — and which have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance. Include major items of roofing related work (i.e. flashing and roofing) in the roofing installer's scope of work (herein referred to as "roofing work ") for undivided responsibility. The Installer shall maintain a full -time supervisor /foreman who is on job site during times that roofing work is in progress and who is experienced in installing roofing systems similar to type and scope required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system from roofing membrane manufacturer. C. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07540 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Exterior Fire -Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated. D. Preinstallation Conference: As soon as possible after award of roofing work, but no later than 2 weeks before the installation of the roofing system, meet with Installer (Roofer), installers of substrate construction, such as decks, and other work adjoining roof system including penetrating work and rooftop units, Owner, and representatives of other entities directly concemed with roofing system performance, including Owner's property insurer (if any). 1. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to roofing work, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: a. Tour representative areas of roofing substrates (decks), inspect and discuss condition of substrate, substrate pretreatment, roof slope, drainage, system application, curing periods, flashing details, roof drains, curbs, penetrations, and other preparatory work performed by other trades. b. Review roofing system requirements: drawings, specifications, and other contract documents. c. Review required submittals, both complete and incomplete. d. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions. e. Discuss roofing system protection requirements for construction period extending beyond roofing installation. 2. Record discussion and furnish copy of recorded discussions to each participant. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. C. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. D. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. E. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07540 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leaks. 1. Special warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing membrane accessories, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate board, walkway products and other components of membrane roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.9 MANUFACTURERS INSPECTION A. The Contractor shall provide for the manufacturer of the roofing to inspect, test and report all work pertaining thereto. The Contractor shall arrange for the manufacturer to perform the above duties on a continuous basis throughout the roofing work as recommended by the manufacturer. The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out all recommendations of the manufacturer to ensure a total and complete installation of the roofing work. The issuance of the manufacturer's final inspection report shall be made prior to the acceptance of the work by the Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Fabric - Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin Sheet: Uniform, flexible sheet formed from a thermoplastic polyolefin, internally fabric or scrim reinforced, and as follows: 1. Manufacturer: a. Firestone Building Products Company. 2. Product: a. Firestone: UltraPly TPO Scrim Reinforced Thermoplastic Roofing System. 3. Thickness: 60 mils (1.5 mm), nominal. 4. Exposed Face Color: White. 5. Physical Properties: a. Breaking Strength: 225 lbf (1 kN); ASTM D 751, grab method. b. Elongation at Break: 15 percent; ASTM D 751. c. Tearing Strength: 55 lbf (245 N) minimum; ASTM D 751, Procedure B. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07540 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA d. Brittleness Point: Minus 22 deg F (30 deg C). e. Ozone Resistance: No cracks after sample, wrapped around a 3 -inch- (75 -mm -) diameter mandrel, is exposed for 166 hours to a temperature of 104 deg F (40 deg C) and an ozone level of 100 pphm (100 mPa); ASTM D 1149. f. Resistance to Heat Aging: 90 percent minimum retention of breaking strength, elongation at break, and tearing strength after 166 hours at 240 deg F (116 deg C); ASTM D 573. g. Water Absorption: Less than 4 percent mass change after 166 hours' immersion at 158 deg F (70 deg C); ASTM D 471. h. Linear Dimension Change: Plus or minus 2 percent; ASTM D 1204. 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. 1. Liquid -type auxiliary materials shall meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard unreinforced thermoplastic polyolefin sheet flashing, 55 mils (1.4 mm) thick, minimum, of same color as sheet membrane. C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard solvent -based bonding adhesive for membrane, and solvent -based bonding adhesive for base flashings. D. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard predrilled stainless -steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch (25 by 3 mm) thick; with anchors. E. Fasteners: Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion - resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. F. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, termination reglets, cover strips, and other accessories. 2.3 ROOF INSULATION A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type I, Class 1 aluminum foil facer on both major surfaces. 1. Manufacturer: Firestone Building Products Company. B. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory- tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches (1:48), unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07540 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.4 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. B. Fasteners: Factory- coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion - resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. C. Cold Fluid - Applied Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard cold fluid - applied adhesive formulated to adhere roof insulation to substrate. D. Cover Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass -mat, water - resistant gypsum substrate, 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens- Deck" by Georgia - Pacific Corporation. 2.5 WALKWAYS A. Flexible Walkways: Factory- formed, nonporous, heavy -duty, solid - rubber, slip - resisting, surface - textured walkway pads or rolls, approximately 3/16 inch (5 mm) thick, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. Walkways will be located around all RTUs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. The wood shall be attached in a manner that will resist a minimum force of 200 lbs. Per foot in any direction. 3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck comply with requirements in Division 5 Section "Steel Deck." 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07540 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.3 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D. Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches (50 mm) or greater, install 2 or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm) with insulation. I. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch (6 mm) of nailers, projections, and penetrations. G. Mechanically Fastened and Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure first layer of insulation to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board -type roof insulation to deck type. 1. Fasten first layer of insulation according to requirements in FMG's "Approval Guide" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Install subsequent layers of insulation in a cold fluid - applied adhesive. H. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Stagger joints from joints in insulation below a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to roof deck. 1. Fasten according to requirements in FMG's "Approval Guide" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 3.4 ADHERED ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07540 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Install roofing membrane over area to receive roofing according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing membrane and allow to relax before installing. B. Start installation of roofing membrane in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Accurately align roofing membrane and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply solvent -based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of roofing membrane at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing roofing membrane. Do not apply bonding adhesive to splice area of roofing membrane. E. Mechanically or adhesively fasten roofing membrane securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. F. Apply roofing membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing membrane, and hot -air weld side and end laps of roofing membrane according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of roofing membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing membrane that does not meet requirements. H. Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck drain flange at deck drains and securely seal roofing membrane in place with clamping ring. 3.5 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply solvent -based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field- formed inside and outside corners with sheet flashing. D. Clean seam areas and overlap and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. 3.6 WALKWAY [NSTALLATION THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07540 -8 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Flexible Walkways: Install walkway products in locations indicated. Adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform roof tests and inspections and to prepare test reports. B. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion and submit report to Architect. C. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where test results or inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.8 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07540 THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07540 -9 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07610 - SHEET METAL ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Custom fabricated Standing -seam metal roofing, 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show installation layout of sheet metal roofing, including plans, elevations, expansion joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field- assembled work. 1. Include details for forming, joining, and securing sheet metal roofing, including pattern of seams, termination points, fixed points, expansion joints, roof penetrations, edge conditions, special conditions, connections to adjoining work, and details of accessory items. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified. D. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans drawn to scale with coordinated details for penetrations and roof - mounted items. E. Portable Roll - Forming Equipment Certificate: Issued by UL for equipment manufacturer's portable roll - forming equipment capable of producing panels that comply with UL requirements. F. Product test reports. G. Maintenance data. H. Warranties: Sample of special warranties. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Roll- Formed Sheet Metal Roofing Fabricator Qualifications: Fabricator authorized by portable roll - forming equipment manufacturer to fabricate and install sheet metal roofing units required for this Project, and who maintains current UL certification of its portable roll - forming equipment. B. UL- Certified, Portable Roll- Forming Equipment: UL- certified, portable roll - forming equipment capable of producing roofing panels for sheet metal roofing assemblies that comply SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA with UL 580 for Class 60 wind- uplift resistance. Maintain UL certification of portable roll - forming equipment for duration of sheet metal roofing work. C. Sheet Metal Roofing Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" unless more stringent requirements are specified or shown on Drawings. D. Copper Roofing Standard: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. E. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical roof area and eave, including fascia, and soffit as shown on Drawings; approximately 48 inches (1200 mm) square by full thickness, including attachments, underlayment, and accessories. F. Preinstallation Conference. Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Warranty form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace components of sheet metal roofing that fail in materials or workmanship within Five years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal roofing that shows evidence of deterioration of factory- applied finishes within 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOFING SHEET METALS A. Standing seam metal roofing: 1. Thin Seam Standing Seam Roof System manufactured by Fabral 33449 Hempland Road Lancaster PA. 2. Berridge Curved Tee Standing Seam Roof Panels manufactured by Berridge Manufacturing Company 1720 Maury Street Houston, Texas 800 231 8127 3. Petersen Aluminum Company Snap on Panels Petersen Aluminum Company 1005 Tonne Road Elk Grove Village, IL 800 722 7150 4. McElroy Metal Medallion 1 System, McElroy Metal 1500Hamilton Road Bossier City, LA 71111 800 562 3576 B. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required. SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Thickness: 0.032 inch (0.81 min) unless otherwise indicated. 2. Surface: Smooth, flat. 3. Factory Prime Coating: Where painting after installation is indicated, pretreat with white or light- colored, factory- applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat; minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil (0.005 mm). 4. Exposed Coil - Coated Finish: a. Two -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. b. Three -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. c. Siliconized Polyester: Epoxy primer and silicone- modified, polyester - enamel topcoat. 5. Color: Match Kawneer "Dove Gray ". 2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Self - Adhering, High - Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 to 40 mils (0.76 to 1.0 mm) thick, consisting of slip - resisting polyethylene -film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS- modified asphalt adhesive, with release -paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F (116 deg C). 2. Low - Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F (29 deg C). B. Slip Sheet: Building paper, 3 -lb /100 sq. ft. (0.16- kg /sq. m) minimum, rosin sized. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for a complete roofing system and as recommended by primary sheet metal manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. B. Snap -On Seams: Provide snap -on seams integrated with panel -edge profile as recommended by portable roll - forming equipment manufacturer to produce sheet metal roofing assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind - uplift resistance classification specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular- threaded nails, self- tapping screws, self - locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. General: SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal roofing using plastic caps or factory- applied coating. 07610 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA b. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self - drilling screws, gasketed, with hex -washer head. c. Blind Fasteners: High - strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. D. Sealant Tape: Pressure - sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 min) wide and 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick. E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polymer sealant; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal roofing and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single- component, solvent - release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Sheet Metal Accessories: Provide components required for a complete sheet metal roofing assembly including trim, copings, fasciae, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, metal closures, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of sheet metal roofmg unless otherwise indicated. I. Cleats: For mechanically seaming into joints and formed from the following materials: 2.5 FABRICATION a. Aluminum Roofing: 0.025 -inch- (0.64 -mm -) thick stainless steel. 2. Clips: Minimum 0.062 -inch- (1.59 -mm -) thick, stainless -steel panel clips designed to withstand negative -load requirements. 3. Flashing and Trim: Formed from same material and finish as sheet metal roofing, minimum thickness matching the sheet metal roofmg. B. Roof Curbs: Fabricated from same material and finish as sheet metal roofing, minimum thickness matching the sheet metal roofing; with bottom of skirt profiled to match roof panel profiles; with weatherproof top box and integral full- length cricket. Fabricate curb subframing of nominal 0.062 -inch- (1.59 -mm -) thick, angle -, C -, or Z- shaped galvanized steel or stainless - steel sheet. Fabricate curb and subframing to withstand indicated loads of size and height indicated. Coordinate dimensions with rough -in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. 1. Insulate curbs with 1 -inch- (25 -min -) thick, rigid insulation. 2. Install wood nailers at tops of curbs. A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal roofing to comply with details shown and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA dimensions (panel width and seam height), geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of installation indicated. Fabricate sheet metal roofing and accessories at the shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Flat -Seam Roofing: Form flat -seam panels from metal sheets 20 by 28 inches (510 by 710 mm) with 112 -inch (13 -mm) notched and folded edges. 2. Standing -Seam Roofing: Form standing -seam panels with finished seam height of 1 inch (25 mm). B. General: Fabricate roll - formed sheet metal roofing panels with UL- certified, portable roll - forming equipment capable of producing roofing panels for sheet metal roofing assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind - uplift resistance classification specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. Fabricate roll - formed sheet metal according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown. C. Form exposed sheet metal work to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line and levels indicated; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 1. Form and fabricate sheets, seams, strips, cleats, valleys, ridges, edge treatments, integral flashings, and other components of metal roofing to profiles, patterns, and drainage arrangements shown on Drawings and as required for leakproof construction. D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying self - adhering sheet underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator of sheet metal roofing or manufacturers of the metals in contact. E. Sheet Metal Accessories: Custom fabricate flashings and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Examine solid roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that tops of fasteners are flush with surface. 3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment on roof sheathing under sheet metal roofing. Use adhesive for temporary anchorage. Apply at locations indicated on Drawings, in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches (50 mm). B. Self - Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self - adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free, on roof sheathing under sheet metal roofing. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer rather than nails for installing SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA underlayment at low temperatures. Apply over entire roof, in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches (150 mm) staggered 24 inches (600 mm) between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3 -1/2 inches (90 mm). Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. C. Apply slip sheet before installing sheet metal roofing. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal roofing and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Install fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for a complete roofing system and as recommended by fabricator for sheet metal roofing. 1. Field cutting of sheet metal roofing by torch is not permitted. 2. Provide metal closures at peaks rake edges rake walls eaves and each side of ridge and hip caps. 3. Flash and seal sheet metal roofing with closure strips at eaves, rakes, and perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self - tapping screws. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Predrill panels for fasteners. 5. Install ridge and hip caps as sheet metal roofing work proceeds. 6. Locate roofing splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger roofing splices and end laps to avoid a four -panel lap splice condition. 7. Install sealant tape where indicated. 8. Lap metal flashing over sheet metal roofing to allow moisture to run over and off the material. B. Thermal Movement. Rigidly fasten metal roof panels to structure at only one location for each panel. Allow remainder of panel to move freely for thermal expansion and contraction. 1. Point of Fixity: Fasten each panel along a single line of fixing located at center of panel length. 2. Avoid attaching accessories through roof panels in a manner that will inhibit thermal movement. C. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate metal decking not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull -out resistance. D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying self - adhering sheet underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by SMACNA. 1. Coat back side of uncoated aluminum sheet metal roofing with bituminous coating where roofing will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3.4 CUSTOM - FABRICATED SHEET METAL ROOFING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate and install work with lines and corners of exposed units true and accurate. Form exposed faces flat and free of buckles, excessive waves, and avoidable tool marks, considering temper and reflectivity of metal. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. Fold back sheet metal to form a hem on concealed side of exposed edges unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install cleats to hold sheet metal panels in position. Attach each cleat with two fasteners to prevent rotation. 2. Fasten cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. Bend tabs over fastener head. 3. Provide expansion -type cleats and clips for roof panels that exceed 30 feet (9.1 in) in length. B. Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction. For roofing with 3:12 slopes or less, use cleats at transverse seams. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." C. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre -tin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1 -1/2 inches (38 min), except reduce pre - tinning where pre - tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not solder aluminum sheet. 2. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3. Stainless -Steel Roofing: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for stainless steel and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization. 4. Copper Roofing: Tin edges of uncoated copper sheets, using solder for copper. D. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where indicated and where necessary for strength. E. Standing -Seam Roofing: Attach standing -seam metal panels to substrate with cleats, double fastened at .1 2 inches (305 mm) o.c. Install panels reaching from eave to ridge before moving to adjacent panels. Before panels are interlocked, apply continuous bead of sealant to top of flange of lower panel. Lock standing seams by folding over twice so cleat and panel edges are completely engaged. 1. Lock each panel to panel below with sealed transverse seam. 2. Loose -lock panels at eave edges to continuous cleats and flanges at roof edge at gutters. 3. Leave seams upright after locking at ridges and hips. 3.5 ON -SITE, ROLL - FORMED SHEET METAL ROOFING INSTALLATION A. General: Install on -site, roll - formed sheet metal roofing fabricated from UL- certified equipment to comply with equipment manufacturer's written instructions for UL wind - uplift resistance class indicated. Provide sheet metal roofing of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise restricted by on -site or shipping limitations. SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Standing -Seam Sheet Metal Roofing: Fasten sheet metal roofing to supports with concealed clips at each standing -seam joint at location, at spacing, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer of portable roll - forming equipment. 1. Install clips to substrate with self - tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in equipment manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Before panels are joined, apply continuous bead of sealant to top of flange of lower panel. 4. Snap -On Seam: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking and completely engaging field- applied sealant. 5. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer - approved motorized seamer tool so cleat, sheet metal roofing, and field- applied sealant are completely engaged. C. Batten -Seam Sheet Metal Roofing: Fasten sheet metal roofing to supports with concealed clips at each batten -seam joint at location, at spacing, and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer of portable roll - forming equipment. 1. Install clips to substrate with self - drilling fasteners. 2. After panels are in place and before batten cap is installed, apply continuous bead of sealant to top of flange of each panel. 3. Apply snap -on batten caps to sheet metal roofing seams, fully engaged to provide weathertight joints. D. Seal joints as shown and as required for watertight construction. For roofing with 3:12 slopes or less, use cleats at transverse seams. 1. Where sealant - filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch (25 mm) into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F (4 and 2.1 deg C), set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant - type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg C). 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.6 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete sheet metal roofing assembly including trim, copings, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, metal closures, closure strips, and similar items. 2. Install accessories integral to sheet metal roofing that are specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" to comply with that Section's requirements. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal roofing is installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. END OF SECTION 07610 SHEET METAL ROOFING Copyright 2008 Gensler 07610 -9 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07620 — SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Manufactured reglets. 2. Formed low -slope roof flashing and trim. 3. Formed wall flashing and trim. 4. Formed equipment support flashing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts, profiles, shapes, seams, dimensions, and details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim. C. Samples: For each exposed finish and for joint sealants. D. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer for each combination of joint substrate, primer, backing, and sealant. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Sealant Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Use sealant manufacturer's standard test methods to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler 07620 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.2 SHEET METALS A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM 13 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3004, 3105, or 5005, Temper suitable for forming and structural performance required, but not less than H14, finished as follows: 1. Mill Finish: Standard one -side bright. 2. Alclad Finish: Metallurgically bonded surfacing to both sides. 3. Factory Prime Coating: Factory- applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat. 4. Siliconized- Polyester Coating: Epoxy primer and silicone - modified, polyester - enamel topcoat. a. Color: Match Architect's samples. 5. High - Performance Organic Finish: Three -coat, thermocured system containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 2604. a. Color: As indicated by manufacturer's designations Match Architect's samples. 6. Clear Anodic Finish: Class II, AA- M12C22A31, complying with AAMA 611. B. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304, No. 4 finish. C. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper - bearing lead sheet. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. B. Felt Underlayment: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt- saturated organic felt, nonperforated. 1. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized paper, minimum 3 lb /100 sq. ft. (0.16 kg/sq. m). C. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self - tapping screws, self - locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Nails for Copper Sheet: Copper or hardware bronze, 0.109 inch (2.8 mm) minimum and not less than 7/8 inch (22 mm) long, barbed with large head. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal by means of plastic caps or factory- applied coating. 3. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self - drilling screws, gasketed, with hex washer head. 4. Blind Fasteners: High - strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets. D. Sealing Tape: Pressure - sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealing tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler 07620 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920 and Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants ", elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single- component, solvent - release butyl rubber sealant, polyisobutylene plasticized, heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. G. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two -part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam - cementing compound. H. Bituminous Coating: Cold - applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil (0.4 -mm) dry film thickness per coat. 2.4 REGLETS A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile indicated, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory- mitered and - welded corners and junctions. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cheney Flashing Company, Inc. b. Fry Reglet Corporation. c. Heckmann Building Products Inc. d. Hickman, W. P. Company. e. Keystone Flashing Company, Inc. f. Sandell Manufacturing Company, Inc. 2. Material: Aluminum, 0.024 inch (0.6 mm) thick. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 2. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat - lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. C. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler 07620 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in the Work cannot be used, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed -to -view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal, and in thickness not less than that of metal being secured. 2.6 LOW -SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop) and Fascia Caps: Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch- (2400 -mm- ) long, but not exceeding 10 -foot- (3 -m -) long, sections. Furnish with 6 -inch- (150 -mm -) wide joint cover plates. B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch- (2400 -mm -) long, but not exceeding 10 -foot- (3 -m -) long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, seal, and solder or weld watertight. 1. Fabricate copings from the following material: a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch (1.2 mm) thick. C. Roof and Roof to Wall Transition Expansion -Joint Cover: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Aluminum: 0.050 inch (1.2 mm) thick. D. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 3-1. Aluminum: 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick. E. Counterflashing and Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following material: Aluminum: 0.0320 inch (0.8 mm) thick. F. Roof - Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Lead: 4.0 1b/sq. ft. (1.6 min thick), hard tempered. G. Roof -Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Lead: 4.0 lb /sq. ft. (1.6 corn thick), hard tempered. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler 07620 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.7 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Fabricate through wall head, sill, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2 -inch- (50 -mm -) high end dams. Fabricate from the following material: 3•-1. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch (0.8 min) thick. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following material: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.0187 inch (0.5 mm) thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. D. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. F. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches (300 mm) apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler 07620 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1 -49. 1. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at 16 -inch (400 -mm) centers. C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in FMG Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1 -49. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleats anchored to substrate at 16 -inch (400 -mm) centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with screw fasteners and washers at 18 -inch (450 -mm) centers. D. Expansion -Joint Covers: Install expansion -joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap joints a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) in direction of water flow. E. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close- fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Install stainless -steel draw band and tighten. F. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Secure in a waterproof manner. Extend counterflashing 4 inches (100 mm) over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm) and bed with elastomeric sealant. G. Roof - Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof - penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Turn lead flashing down inside vent piping, being careful not to block vent piping with flashing. 2. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead flashing on vent piping. 3.4 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall- opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Openings Flashing in Frame Construction: Install continuous through wall head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches (100 mm) beyond wall openings. C. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member. D. Clean exposed metal surfaces for uniform oxidation and weather exposure; neutralize flux materials; clean off excess solder and sealants; and remove strippable films, if any. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler 07620 -7 Ge11slor 11.5039.163 END OF SECTION 07620 07620/11-00/M SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 07620 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07710 — ROOF SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Copings. 2. Fasciae. 3. Gravel stops. 4. Gutters and downspouts. 5. Reglets and counterflashing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper as recommended by manufacturer for intended use and finish indicated with not less than the strength and durability characteristics of alloy and temper indicated. 1. Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), 6063 -T5 alloy and temper. 2. Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). ROOF SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Coated- Finish Sheet: Alloy 5005 -H14, with minimum thickness of 0.050 inch (1.2 mm), unless otherwise indicated. b. Mill- Finish Sheet: Alloy 3003 -H14, with minimum thickness of 0.040 inch (1.0 mm), unless otherwise indicated. c. Clear Anodic Finish: Class II coating complying with AAMA 611. d. Color Anodic Finish: Class II complying with AAMA 611. 1) Color: As selected from full range of industry colors and densities. e. High - Performance Organic Coating Finish: Fluoropolymer three -coat system with fluoropolymer coats containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; meeting or exceeding AAMA 2604. 07710 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1) Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 (Z275) commercial steel; minimum 0.034 inch (0.85 min) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Factory Priming for Field - Painted Finish: Prime with SSPC -Paint 20 zinc -rich primer. 2. Baked- Enamel Finish: Manufacturer's standard two -coat, thermocured finish. a. Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range. C. Coil- Coated Galvanized Steel Sheet: Galvanized steel sheet prepainted with high - performance organic coating by coil- coating process with coating complying with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. High - Performance Organic Coating: Fluoropolymer two -coat system with fluoropolymer coat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; meeting or exceeding AAMA 2604. 2.2 COPINGS a. Color and Gloss: As selected from manufacturer's full range. A. General: Of metal and in shapes and sizes indicated, with shop- fabricated corners. Include anchor plates formed from at least 0.028 -inch- (0.7 -rnm -) thick, galvanized steel sheet; cleats or similar attachment devices to allow exposed covers to move independently of the roof and wall construction; concealed splice plates; and trim and other accessories indicated or required for complete installation, with no exposed fasteners. B. Extruded - Aluminum Copings: Minimum 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Architectural Products Co. C. Formed - Aluminum Copings: Minimum 0.063 inch (1.6 rnm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ROOF SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. ABC Seamless, Inc. b. Architectural Products Co. c. ATAS International, Inc. d. Cheney Flashing Company. e. Hickman, W. P. Co. f. Merchant and Evans, Inc. g. Metal -Era, Inc. h. MM Systems Corp. i. Petersen Aluminum Corp. j. Southern Aluminum Finishing Co. 07710 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Coil- Coated Galvanized Steel Copings: Minimum 0.034 inch (0.85 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2.3 FASCIAE ROOF SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. ATAS International, Inc. b. Hickman, W. P. Co. c. Merchant and Evans, Inc. d. Metal -Era, Inc. e. Petersen Aluminum Corp. A. General: Of metal and in shapes and sizes indicated, with shop- mitered and - welded corners. Include water dams formed from at least 0.028 -inch- (0.7 -mm -) thick, galvanized steel sheet; anchor plates; cleats or similar attachment devices; concealed splice plates; and trim and other accessories required for complete installation, with no exposed fasteners. 1. Scuppers: Designed and manufactured for use with fasciae and of same material. a. Type: Manufacturer's standard. B. Extruded - Aluminum Fasciae: Minimum 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Architectural Products Co. b. Hickman, W. P. Co. c. MM Systems Corp. C. Formed - Aluminum Fasciae: Minimum 0.050 inch (1.3 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABC Seamless, Inc. b. Architectural Products Co. c. ATAS International, Inc. d. Cheney Flashing Company. e. Hickman, W. P. Co. f. Merchant and Evans, Inc. g. Metal -Era, Inc. h. MM Systems Corp. i. Petersen Aluminum Corp. j. Southern Aluminum Finishing Co. D. Coil - Coated Galvanized Steel Fasciae: Minimum 0.034 inch (0.85 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 07710 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA G. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm) of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. H. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1 -1/4 inches (32 mm) for nails and not less than 3/4 inch (19 mm) for wood screws. 1. Galvanized or Prepainted, Metallic- Coated Steel: Use stainless -steel fasteners. 2. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless -steel fasteners. 3. Copper: Use copper or stainless -steel fasteners. 4. Stainless Steel: Use stainless -steel fasteners. I. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 and Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." J. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pretin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) except where pretanned surface would show in finished Work. 1. Do not solder prepainted, metallic- coated steel and sheet. 3.2 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. B. Downspouts: Join sections with 1 -1/2 -inch (38 -mm) telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely .1 inch (25 mm) away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. in between. C. Parapet Scuppers: Install scuppers where indicated through parapet. Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. D. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall with elevation of conductor head rim 1 inch (25 mm) below scupper discharge. 3.3 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Copyright 2008 Gensler 07620 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2.4 GRAVEL STOPS a. ATAS International, Inc. b. Hickman, W. P. Hickman Co. c. Merchant and Evans, Inc. d. Metal -Era, Inc. e. Petersen Aluminum Corp. A. General: Of metal and in shapes and sizes indicated, with shop- mitered and - welded corners. Include water dams formed from at least 0.028 -inch- (0.7 -mm -) thick, galvanized steel sheet; anchor plates; cleats or other attachment devices; concealed splice plates; and trim and other accessories indicated or required for complete installation, with no exposed fasteners. 1. Scuppers: Designed and manufactured for use with gravel stops and of same material. a. Type: Manufacturer's standard. B. Extruded - Aluminum Gravel Stops: Minimum 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: C. Formed - Aluminum Gravel Stops: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. D. Coil- Coated Galvanized Steel Gravel Stops: Minimum 0.034 inch (0.85 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. a. Architectural Products Co. b. Hickman, W. P. Co. c. MM Systems Corp. d. Petersen Aluminum Corp. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ROOF SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. ABC Seamless, Inc. b. Architectural Products Co. c. ATAS International, Inc. d. Cheney Flashing Company. e. Hickman, W. P. Co. f. Merchant and Evans, Inc. g. Metal -Era, Inc. h. MM Systems Corp. i. Petersen Aluminum Corp. j. Southern Aluminum Finishing Co. 07710 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ATAS International, Inc. b. Hickman, W. P. Co. c. Merchant and Evans, Inc. d. Metal -Era, Inc. e. Petersen Aluminum Corp. 2.5 GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS A. General: Of metal and in shapes and sizes indicated, with mitered and welded corners. Include steel straps formed from at least 0.028 -inch- (0.7 -inm -) thick, galvanized steel sheet; hangers or other attachment devices; screens; end plates; and trim and other accessories indicated or required for complete installation. 1. Additional Features: Provide items below fabricated from same metal as gutters and downspouts. a. Downspout starters (fascia sump) with downspout starter hole. b. Flow- through gravel stop with perforated vertical leg. c. Leaf guard with hold -down clips. B. Extruded - Aluminum Gutters and Downspouts: Minimum 0.060 inch (1.5 inm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Architectural Products Co. C. Formed - Aluminum Gutters and Downspouts: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABC Seamless, Inc. b. Architectural Products Co. c. ATAS International, Inc. d. Cheney Flashing Company. e. Hickman, W. P. Co. f. Merchant and Evans, Inc. g. Metal -Era, Inc. h. MM Systems Corp. i. Petersen Aluminum Corp. j. Southern Aluminum Finishing Co. D. Coil- Coated Galvanized Gutters and Downspouts: Minimum 0.034 inch (0.85 min) thick, unless otherwise indicated. ROOF SPECIALTIES 07710 -5 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ATAS International, Inc. b. Hickman, W. P. Hickman Co. c. Merchant and Evans, Inc. d. Metal -Era, Inc. e. Petersen Aluminum Corp. 2.6 REGLETS AND COUNTERFLASHING A. General: Of type, metal, and profile indicated, compatible with flashing. Form to securely interlock with counterflashing. B. Surface - Mounted Type: With slotted holes for fastening to substrate, neoprene or other suitable weatherproofing washers, and channel for sealant at top edge. C. Stucco Type: With upturned fastening flange and extension leg of length to match thickness of applied finish materials. D. Concrete Type: With temporary closure tape to keep reglet free of concrete materials, special fasteners for attaching reglet to concrete forms, and guides to ensure alignment of reglet section ends. E. Masonry Type: With offset top flange for embedment in masonry mortar joint. F. Flexible Flashing Retainer: With resilient plastic or rubber accessory to secure flexible flashing in reglet where clearance does not permit use of standard metal counterflashing or where Drawings show reglet without metal counterflashing. G. Counterflashing Wind - Restraint Clips: For installation before counterflashing to prevent wind uplift of counterflashing's lower edge. H. Counterflashing: Fabricated from same metal as reglets and compatible with flashing system installed. I. Aluminum Reglets: 0.024 inch (0.6 mm) thick. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ROOF SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Fry Reglet Corporation. b. Hickman, W. P. Co. c. Keystone Flashing Company. d. MM Systems Corp. J. Galvanized Steel Reglets: 0.022 inch (0.55 mm) thick. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 07710 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA K. Coil - Coated Galvanized Steel Reglets: 0.022 inch (0.55 mrn) thick. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. Exposed Fasteners: Stainless steel, nonmagnetic, of manufacturer's standard type and size for product and application indicated. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. B. Concealed Fasteners: Same metal as item fastened or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20, high- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel. D. Asphalt Mastic: SSPC -Paint 12, solvent -type asphalt mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15 -mil (0.4-min) dry film thickness per coat. E. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. F. Foam - Rubber Seal: Manufacturer's standard foam. G. Adhesives: Type recommended by manufacturer for substrate and Project conditions, and formulated to withstand minimum 60- lbf /sq. ft. (2.9 -kPa) wind- uplift force. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. Cheney Flashing Company. b. Fry Reglet Corporation. c. Hickman, W. P. Co. a. Cheney Flashing Company. b. Fry Reglet Corporation. c. Hickman, W. P. Co. A. Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and similar surfaces to receive roof edge system specified. Install blocking, cleats, water dams, and other anchoring and attachment accessories and devices required. B. Coordinate installation of products with installation of roof deck and other substrates, vapor retarders, roofing insulation, roofing membrane, flashing, and wall construction, as required to ensure that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor products securely to structural substrates to withstand lateral and thermal stresses and inward and outward loading pressures. ROOF SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 07710 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Isolation: Where metal surfaces of units contact dissimilar metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, apply asphalt mastic on concealed metal surfaces or provide other permanent separation as recommended in writing by manufacturer. D. Expansion Provisions: Install running lengths to allow controlled expansion for movement of metal components in relation not only to one another but also to adjoining dissimilar materials, including flashing and roofing membrane materials, in a manner sufficient to prevent water leakage, deformation, or damage. E. Immediately after installation, clean exposed metal surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. END OF SECTION 07710 07710/11- 99/bac ROOF SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 07710-8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07720 — ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof curbs. 2. Equipment supports. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. C. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and roof - mounted items. D. Samples: For each exposed finish. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. 2. NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installing units. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: 1. Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) for alclad alloy 3005H25 or alloy and temper required to suit forming operations, with mill finish, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M) alloy 6063 -T52 or alloy and temper required to suit structural and finish requirements, with mill finish, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M with G90 (Z275); commercial steel, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Structural Quality: Grade 40 (Grade 275), where indicated or as required for strength. ROOF ACCESSORIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 07720 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy- Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792/A 792M with Class AZ -50 (AZ -150) coating, structural quality, Grade 40 (Grade 275), or as required for strength. D. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1 -1 /2 inches (38 mm) thick. E. Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. 1. Provide nonremovable fastener heads. F. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, or PVC; or flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork. G. Bituminous Coating: SSPC -Paint 12, solvent -type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur and containing no asbestos fibers, compounded for 15 -mil (0.4 -mm) dry film thickness per coating. H. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. I. Elastomeric Sealant: Recommended by unit manufacturer that is compatible with joint surfaces; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25. J. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, nonasbestos, fibrated asphalt cement designed for trowel application or other adhesive compatible with roofing system. 2.2 ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AES Industries, Inc. 2. Colony Custom Curbs. 3. Commodity Products Company, Inc. 4. Conn -Fab Sales, Inc. 5. Curbs Plus, Inc. 6. Custom Curb, Inc. 7. Gieske Custom Metal Fabricators. 8. Goeller Enterprises. 9. LMCurbs. 10. Loren Cook Company. 11. Metallic Products Corporation. 12. Pate Co. (The). 13. Roof Products & Systems Corp. 14. ThyCurb, Inc. 15. Uni -Curb, Inc. 16. Vent Products Co., Inc. ROOF ACCESSORIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 07720 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. General: Units capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction to be supported. Coordinate dimensions with equipment to be supported. 1. Provide preservative - treated wood nailers at tops of units and formed flange at perimeter bottom for mounting to roof. 2. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 3. Fabricate units to minimum height of 8 inches (200 min), unless otherwise indicated. 4. Where slope of roof deck exceeds 1/4 inch per foot (1:48), fabricate support units with height tapered to match slope to level tops of units. C. Manufactured Roof Curbs: 1. Fabrication: Unless otherwise indicated or required for strength, fabricate units from minimum 0.0747 -inch- (1.9 -mm -) thick, structural- quality, hot -dip galvanized or aluminum -zinc alloy- coated steel sheet; factory primed and prepared for painting with welded or sealed mechanical corner joints. 2. Fabrication: Unless otherwise indicated or required for strength, fabricate units from minimum 0.063 -inch- (1.6 -mm -) thick, sheet aluminum with welded corner joints. 3. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard rigid or semirigid insulation where indicated. 4. Cants: Formed cants and base profile coordinated with roof insulation thickness. D. Equipment Supports: Capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction to be supported. Coordinate dimensions with equipment to be supported. 1. Fabrication: Unless otherwise indicated or required for strength, fabricate units from minimum 0.0747 -inch- (1.9 -mm -) thick, structural - quality, hot -dip galvanized or aluminum -zinc alloy- coated steel sheet; factory primed and prepared for painting with welded or sealed mechanical corner joints. 2. Fabrication: Unless otherwise indicated or required for strength, fabricate units from minimum 0.063 -inch- (1.6 -mm -) thick, sheet aluminum with welded corner joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Coordinate installation of roof accessories with installation of roof deck, roof insulation, flashing, roofing membranes, penetrations, equipment, and other construction to ensure that combined elements are waterproof and weathertight. Anchor roof accessories securely to supporting structural substrates so they are capable of withstanding lateral and thermal stresses, and inward and outward loading pressures. B. Install roof accessory items according to construction details in NRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual," unless otherwise indicated, ROOF ACCESSORIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 07720 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Separation: Separate metal from incompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, by coating concealed surfaces, at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or providing other permanent separation. D. Flange Seals: Unless otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roofing cement to form seal. E. Cap Flashing: Where required as component of accessory, install cap flashing to provide waterproof overlap with roofing or roof flashing (as counterflashing). Seal overlap with thick bead of mastic sealant. F. Operational Units: Test - operate units with operable components. Clean and lubricate joints and hardware. Adjust for proper operation. G. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. END OF SECTION 07720 07720/ 11- 99/bac ROOF ACCESSORIES Copyrigh1.2008 Gensler 07720 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 07920 — JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications: 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: 2. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: B. Single Subcontract Responsibilities: Refer to Division 08 Section "Aluminum- Framed Entrances and Storefronts," for requirements applicable to single subcontract responsibility. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data for each joint - sealant product indicated and the following: 1. Written certification from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated as verified through manufacturers in -house testing laboratory. 2. Laboratory and field test results confirming compatibility and/or adhesion for specific materials proposed for application. B. Samples: Submit samples of each type and color of exposed joint sealant required. Provide fully cured joint sealant samples in 3/4 -inch (19 -mm -) wide joints formed between two 12 -inch (300 -mm -) long strips of materials to be sealed. C. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Warranties: Submit specified warranties. JOINT SEALANTS Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Perimeter joints between exterior materials and frames of doors and windows. b. Other joints as indicated. a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. c. Other joints as indicated. 07920 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Exposed sealant work (sealants used for air and weatherseals which are external to curtain wall systems at their perimeter, metal panel to panel joints, architectural precast to precast, exterior stone cladding joints) shall be performed by a single (i.e. one) firm specializing in the installation of sealants who has successfully produced work comparable to this project, in not less than three projects of similar scope to the satisfaction of the Architect, and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance for a period of 10 years. Concealed sealant work (sealants which are internal to metal framed curtain wall systems, skylights, sloped glazing and providing an air seal) shall be the responsibility of the subcontractor providing erection of the respective system. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant from a single manufacturer. C. Mock -ups and Sample Installations: Provide mock -ups and sample installations of sealants at locations shown or required by the Architect. Mock -ups and sample installations shall represent the primary types of materials, substrate surfaces, joint size, exposure, and other conditions to be encountered in the work. Preparation, priming, application, and curing, shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations and actual proposed methods. Schedule the applications, with allowance for sufficient curing time, so that samples may be examined and any necessary adjustments made at least 1 week prior to date scheduled for commencing installation of the work. 1. The mock -ups and sample installations shall be visually examined for staining, dirt pickup, shrinkage, color, general workmanship and appearance. Cut and pull the sealant from each sample joint to examine for internal bubbles or voids, adhesion, and general compatibility with substrate. D. Pre - installation Conference: As soon as possible after award of exterior joint sealant work, but no later than 2 weeks before the installation of the joint sealants, meet with Installer, Owner, Architect, installers of the substrate construction, and other work adjoining joint sealants and representatives of any other entities directly concerned with joint sealant performance. Conduct conference at Project site to comply with the following: 1. Review foreseeable methods and procedures related to sealing substrates, including but not limited to, the following: a. Discuss substrates to be sealed, discuss as fabricated and installed condition of substrate, sealant application, flashing details, and other preparatory work. b. Review joint sealant requirements: drawings, specifications, and other contract documents. c. Review required submittals, both complete and incomplete d. Review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures for coping with unfavorable conditions. 2. Record discussion and furnish copy of recorded discussions to each attendee. JOINT SEALANTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07920 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C). 2. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint- Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Installer's Warranty: Written warranty, signed by Installer agreeing to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealant work which has failed to provide a weathertight system within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Manufacturer's Warranties: Written warranties (weatherseal and stain resistance), signed by elastomeric sealant manufacturer agreeing to furnish elastomeric joint sealants to repair or replace those that fail to provide airtight and watertight joints, or fail in adhesion, cohesion, abrasion - resistance, stain - resistance, weather resistance, or general durability or appear to deteriorate in any other manner not clearly specified in the manufacturer's data as an inherent quality of the material within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. JOINT SEALANTS 07920 -3 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as stated by sealant manufacturer's published data, and as substantiated by the manufacturer for each application through testing. B. Colors: For fully concealed joints, provide manufacturer's standard color of sealant which has the best overall performance characteristics for the application shown. For exposed joints provide custorn colors to match Architect's samples of the following: 1. Exterior metal framed window and curtain wall framing, each color. 2. Exterior window framing, each color. C. Manufacturer's Representative: Do not use elastomeric sealant produced by any manufacturer who will not agree to send a qualified technical representative to the project site when requested, for the purpose of rendering advice concerning the proper installation of manufacturer's materials. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Use self leveling compounds for horizontal joints in pavements and non -sag compounds for all other areas except as shown or specified. B. Silicone Sealants (Non -Sag): 1. Typical Exterior Wall Joints (Two -part Silicone Sealants): a. Properties: C. Mildew - Resistant Silicone Sealant (use for joints at toilet fixtures, public toilet room countertops and vanities, and at janitor closet mop receptor to wall transition): Complying with JOINT SEALANTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 1) Standards: Comply with ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25; use NT, M, A and O. 2) Performance: Non - stain, non - bleed, non - streaking to sealed and adjacent substrates. The minimum pli value after 7 day immersion shall not be less than 13 when tested in strict accordance with ASTM C794 Adhesion in Peel. 3) Cure System and Oil Content: Neutral -Cure System specifically manufactured with controlled oil content to eliminate oil migration into sealed substrates and residue rundown over and onto adjacent substrates. b. Product and Manufacturer: 756 Silicone Building Sealant - HP with Additive; Dow Corning. 07920 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA ASTM C920, Type S (single component), Grade NS (non -sag), class 25, Use NT (non- traffic), Substrate uses G, A, and 0; and containing a fungicide for mildew resistance. JOINT SEALANTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Products: Provide one of the following: a. Dow Corning; 786 Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant. b. GE Silicones; Sanitary SCS 1700. c. Pecora Corporation; 898 Silicone Sanitary Sealant. 2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant: Non - elastomeric, one part, non -sag, paintable latex sealant that is recommended for exposed applications on the interior. Complying with ASTM C 834: 1. Products: Provide one of the following: a. Pecora Corporation; AC -20 + Silicone b. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc.; Sonolastic Sonolac. 2.4 JOINT - SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: One of the following preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding backings of flexible plastic foam complying with ASTM C 1330, and of type indicated below. Select shape and density of cylindrical sealant backings in consultation with the manufacturer for proper performance in specific condition of use in each case. 1. Type C: Closed -cell polyethylene foam material with a surface skin, which is nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, non - outgassing in unruptured state; one of the following: a. HBR Closed Cell Backer Rod; Nomaco, Inc.. b. Sonneborn Sonolastic Closed -Cell Backer -Rod; ChemRex, Inc. 2. Type B: Bi- cellular reticulated, polymeric foam material with a surface skin, nonoutgassing, with a density of between 24-48 kg/cubic meter per ASTM D 1622 and minimum tensile strength of greater than 200 kPa per ASTM D 1623, and with water absorption less than 0.10 gm/cc per ASTM C1016; one of the following: a. SofRod; Nomaco, Inc. b. Sonolastic Soft Backer -Rod; ChemRex, Inc. C. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene, TFE fluorocarbon, or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint - filler 07920 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. D. Weep and Vent Tubes: Clear plastic (PVC) tubing, minimum 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) inside diameter, and of length as required to extend between exterior face of sealant and open cavity behind. 1. At window and curtain wall systems, where required by system designer, provide gutter termination of tube with preformed nipples suitable for sealing to gutter. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended, as verified through compatibility and adhesion testing, by joint sealant manufacturer for the substrates indicated to be sealed. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and which will not stain nor mar the finish of surfaces adjacent to joints to which it is applied. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Silicone Glazing Sealants: Refer to Division 08 Section "Glazing." B. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), existing joint sealants, existing backer rods, existing waterproofing materials, existing water repellent treatments, oil, grease, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of JOINT SEALANTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07920 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. 3. Remove laitance and form- release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of tile, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. C. Joint Priming (Elastomeric Sealants Only): Prime joint substrates with primers selected through the preconstruction compatibility and adhesion testing. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. D. Joint Priming (Elastomeric Sealants Only): Prime joint substrates where recommended in writing by joint sealant manufacturer, based on prior testing and experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. E. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. 1. Silicone Glazing Sealants: Refer to Division 08 Section "Glazing" for installation. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Installation of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Install sealant backings of type indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. Trim for tight fit around obstructions or elements penetrating the joint. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. c. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry sealant backings. 2. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and back of joints. JOINT SEALANTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 07920 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3. Install weeps and vents into joints at the same time sealants are being installed. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, or directed by the Architect, locate weeps and vents spaced as recommended by the sealant manufacturer and the window and curtain wall fabricator and erector. Do not install weeps and vents at outside building comers. Do not install vents at horizontal joints immediately below shelf angles, sills, and through wall flashings. D. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. 1. Apply sealants in the depth shown or, if none is shown, apply in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the following general proportions and limitations: JOINT SEALANTS Copyright. 2008 Gensler a. Apply elastomeric sealants in sidewalk, pavement and similar horizontal joints to a depth equal to 75% of the joint width, but not less than 3/8 inch (10 mm) and not more than 3/4 inch (19 mm). b. Apply elastomeric sealants, in joints not subject to traffic or other abrasion, to a depth equal to 50% of the joint width, but not less than 1/4 inch (6 inm) and not more than 1/2 inch (13 mm). c. Apply non - elastomeric sealants to a depth approximately equal to the joint width. 2. Pour self leveling sealants to a depth approximately equal to the joint width. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform, beads to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to the profile shown, or if none is shown, tool slightly concave. 1. Use masking tape to protect adjacent surfaces of recessed tooled joints. 2. Provide a slight wash on horizontal joints where horizontal and vertical surfaces meet. 3. Against rough surfaces or in joints of uneven widths avoid the appearance of excess sealant or compound by locating the compound or sealant well back into joint wherever possible. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field- Adhesion Testing: Field -test exterior wall joint - sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Perform 2 tests for the first 20 feet of joint length for each type of exposed exterior wall sealant and joint substrate. B. Field adhesion testing of sealants shall take place with the sealant manufacturers representative present. 07920 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Test Method: Test joint sealants by hand -pull method described below: 2. Record test results, and observations of joint and sealant conditions, in a field adhesion test log. 3. Repair joint sealants pulled from test area as recommended by sealant manufacturer. C. Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 07920R 1-97/ttt JOINT SEALANTS Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Make knife cuts from one side of joint to the other, followed by two cuts approximately 3 inches (75 mm) long at sides of joint and meeting cross cut at one end. Place a mark 1 inch (25 mm) from cross -cut end of 3 -inch (75 -mm) piece. b. Use fingers to grasp 3 -inch (75 -mm) piece of sealant between cross -cut end and 1- inch (25 -min) mark; pull firmly at a 90- degree angle to the joint in the direction of side cuts and hold the sealant in this position for 10 seconds; following the 10 second time duration pull sealant at a 180 degree angle parallel to the joint and hold the sealant in this position for 10 seconds. Pull sealant away from joint to the distance recommended by sealant manufacturer for testing adhesion. c. For joints with dissimilar substrates, check adhesion to each substrate separately. Do this by extending cut along one side, checking adhesion to opposite side, and then repeating this procedure for opposite side. 07920 -9 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 08311 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Access doors and frames. B. See Division 08 Section "Door Hardware" for mortise or rim cylinder locks and master keying. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of access door indicated. B. Coordination Drawings: Drawn to scale and coordinating access door and frame installation with ceiling support, ceiling - mounted items, and concealed Work above ceiling. C. Schedule: Door and frame schedule, including types, general locations, sizes, construction details, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Size and Location Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed equipment, and indicate on schedule. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Hot -Dip Galvanized Steel: Coat to comply with ASTM A 123/A 123M for steel and iron products and ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware. B. Steel Sheet: 1. Hot - Rolled: ASTM A 569/A 569M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, and surface defects; pickled and oiled. 2. Cold - Rolled: ASTM A 366/A 366M, Commercial Steel (CS), or ASTM A 620/A 620M, Drawing Steel (DS), Type B; stretcher - leveled standard of flatness. a. Electrolytic zinc - coated steel sheet, complying with ASTM A 591/A 591M, Class C coating, may be substituted at fabricator's option. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Copyright 2008 Gensler 08311 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. Paint: 3. Electrolytic Zinc Coated: ASTM A 591/A 591M, Commercial Steel (CS), with Class C coating and phosphate treatment to prepare surface for painting. 4. Metallic Coated: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B, with A60 (Z1 zinc- iron -alloy (galvannealed) coating or G60 (Z180) mill - phosphatized zinc coating; stretcher- leveled standard of flatness. C. Drywall Beads: Edge trim formed from 0.0299 -inch (0.76 -mm) zinc- coated steel sheet formed to receive joint compound and in size to suit thickness of gypsum panels indicated. D. Plaster Bead: Casing bead formed from 0.0299 -inch (0.76 -mm) zinc- coated steel sheet with flange formed out of expanded metal lath and in size to suit thickness of plaster. 1. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT -P -664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide sound foundation for field- applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. 2. Shop Primer for Metallic- Coated Steel: Organic zinc -rich primer complying with SSPC- Paint 20 and compatible with topcoat. 3. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High - zinc -dust- content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC -Paint 20. 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR CEILINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1. Chicago Metallic. style GRG www.chicagometallic.com B. Flush Access Doors and Trimless Frames: 1. Material: Glass Reinforced Gypsum. 2. Surface Type: Gypsum board. 3. Locations: Walls. 4. Door: 3/4" glass reinforced gypsum. 5. Frame: 5/8" glass reinforced gypsum. 2.3 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Acudor Products, Inc. 2. Bar -Co, Inc. Div.; Alfab, Inc. 3. Cendrex, Inc. 4. Cesco Products. 5. Elmdor /Stoneman; Div. of Acorn Engineering Co. 6. Jensen Industries. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Copyright 2008 Gensler 08311 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 7. J. L. Industries, Inc. 8. Karp Associates, Inc. 9. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 10. MIFAB Manufacturing, Inc. 11. Milcor Limited Partnership. 12. Nystrom Building Products Co. 13. Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. 14. Williams Bros. Corporation of America (The). B. Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: 1. Material: Metallic- coated steel sheet. 2. Surface Type: Ceramic tile. 3. Locations: Walls. 4. Door: Minimum 0.060 -inch- (1.5-mm-) thick sheet metal, set flush with exposed face flange of frame. 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060 -inch- (1.5 -nmi -) thick sheet metal with 1 -inch- (25 -mm -) wide, surface - mounted trim. 6. Hinges: Spring - loaded concealed pin type. 7. Latch: Screwdriver- operated cam latch. C. Flush Access Doors and Trimless Frames: 1. Material: Prime - painted steel sheet. 2. Surface Type: Gypsum board. 3. Locations: Walls. 4. Door: Minimum 0.060 -inch- (1.5 -mm -) thick sheet metal, set flush with surrounding finish surfaces. 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060 -inch- (1.5 -mm -) thick sheet metal with bead for type of surface indicated. 6. Hinges: Spring - loaded concealed pin type. 7. Latch: Screwdriver- operated cam latch. 2.4 FABRICATIC)N A. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder lock, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. 2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish. ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES Copyright 2008 Gensler 08311 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Advise installers of other work about specific requirements relating to access door and floor door installation, including sizes of openings to receive access door and frame, as well as locations of supports, inserts, and anchoring devices. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finish surfaces. C. Install access doors flush with adjacent :finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. D. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation. END OF SECTION 08311 08311/11 -99 /dub ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08311 -4 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 08411 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Exterior Punched Windows, Exterior Main Entrance and Exterior Vestibule Paired Door entrances and storefronts. 1. Security system components may be incorporated into the door and frame openings of all aluminum entrances and storefronts at the Owner's option. Cooperate with the Owner's security system contractors if the Owner chooses to incorporate security system components during the course of the Work. B. Single Subcontract Responsibilities: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls" for the requirements of single subcontract responsibilities for aluminum entrances and storefronts. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls" for performance requirements, fabrication and erection standards; in addition provide the following: 1. Design and fabricate aluminum entrances to withstand the operating loads which result from heavy traffic conditions using the specified hardware, without measurable permanent deflection. Limit elastic deflections so as to provide the normal degree of rigidity required to avoid glass breakage, air leaks and other objectionable results of excessive flexibility. Provide weatherstripping at stiles, sill and head rails of door leaves, to minimize air, water and sound leaks. B. Design Modifications: 1. Submit design modifications necessary to meet the performance requirements and field coordination. 2. Variations in details or materials shall not adversely affect the appearance, durability or strength of components. 3. Maintain the general design concept without altering size of members, profiles and alignment. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each aluminum entrance and storefront product specified. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 08411 -1 Gensier June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing scaled elevations, plans, and sections of the aluminum entrance and storefront work. Full scale sections shall be prepared and submitted for details of the assemblies that cannot be shown in the elevations or sections. Include with shop drawings metal thickness of all metal components, glass thicknesses, metal finishes, and all other pertinent information as necessary or requested by the Architect to indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. Details of field connections, anchorage, and their relationship to the work of others shall be clearly indicated for the coordination of the work by other building trades. Details of fastening and sealing methods and product joinery shall be shown to ensure proper performance of the field installation. No work shall be fabricated until shop drawings for that work have been approved by Architect for fabrication. C. Samples: Submit samples of the following before any work is fabricated: 1. 3 paired sets of samples for each exposed metal finish required. Sample finishes shall be on the specified alloy, temper, and thickness of metal required for the work. Where finishes involve color and texture variations, include sample sets showing the full range of variations expected. Furnish samples in either 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) lengths of rails, or 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) squares of sheet. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: The aluminum entrance and storefront drawings and specifications are based on Kawneer TriFab VG 451T utilizing 2" x 4 -1/2" framing system sight lines and flush glazed from inside of building entrance airlock unless otherwise indicated. Other systems as manufactured by the manufacturers indicated below may be considered, subject to compliance with the performance requirements. Award the fabrication of aluminum entrance and storefront door and frame components to a single firm specializing in the fabrication of aluminum entrance and storefront components who has successfully produced work similar in design and extent to that required for the project, in not less than three projects of similar scope to the satisfaction of the Architect, and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance for a period of 5 years. The fabricator shall have sufficient production capacity, have organized quality control and testing procedures, and published written and illustrated installation manuals, to produce and properly install the entrance assemblies required without causing delay in progress of the Work. 1. Vistawall Architectural Products; Terrell, TX. 2. Wausau; Wausau, WI. 3. YKK AP America, Inc.; Atlanta, GA. B. Installer Qualifications: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls ". 1.5 IDENTIFICATION, DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls ". 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 08411 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions of supporting structure by field measurements before fabrication so that the entrance and storefront work will be accurately designed, fabricated and fitted to the structure. Indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Use Contractor's lines and benchmarks as a basis for measurements. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating entrance and storefront work without field measurements. Coordinate supporting structure construction to ensure actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls ". PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls ". B. Carbon Steel: For carbon steel components required to join, reinforce or support the assembly of aluminum components provide carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 36/A 36M for structural shapes, plates, and bars; ASTM A 1008 /A 1008M for cold - rolled sheet and strip; or ASTM A 1011 /A 1011M for hot - rolled sheet and strip. C. Glass and Glazing Materials: As specified in Division 8 Section "Glazing." D. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Material: Stainless steel. 2. Anchor and Fastener Metal Alloy Types, Designations and Standards: Alloys as selected by fabricator to prevent corrosion resistance with the components fastened. Do not use self - drilling, self - tapping type fasteners. 3. Do not use exposed anchors and fasteners, except for hardware application. For hardware application, use countersunk Phillips flat -head machine screws finished to match framing members or hardware being fastened, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Where fasteners are subject to loosening or turn out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration, use self - locking devices. E. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable weather stripping as follows: 1. Compression Weather Stripping: Molded neoprene complying with ASTM D 2000 requirements or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287 requirements. F. Door Hardware: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 08411 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.2 SEALING MATERIALS A. Concealed Sealing Materials: All sealing materials concealed within the entrances and storefronts shall be silicone, compatible with and adherent to each material it will be in contact with, as recommended by the manufacturer to fulfill performance requirements. B. Exposed Sealing Materials: All sealing materials exposed at entrance and storefront perimeter joints in contact with adjacent cladding materials: 2 component polyurethane, refer to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants ". 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate the entrances and storefronts to the designs, shapes, and sizes shown using the materials specified and shown to produce assemblies which meet or exceed the performance requirements. To the greatest extent possible complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware applications and other work before shipment to Project site. 1. Metal Wall Thickness: Provide shapes as shown and as required to suit the performance requirements but with wall thickness of not less than 1/8 inch (3 mm). 2. Door Stile and Rail Dimensions: a. Bottomrails: Provide minimum 10 -inch (254 -mm) high one piece bottomrail unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. b. Stile Dimensions: 4 inches unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. c. Top Rail Dimensions: 6 inches unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. d. Door Thickness: 1 -3/4 -inch (44.5 mm) e. Preglaze door units to greatest extent possible, in coordination with installation and hardware requirements. Glazing, whether in factory or in field, shall be performed in accordance with Division 8 Section `Glazing'. f. Fabricate all doors and frames to accommodate the swing direction shown. 3. Provide extruded aluminum entrance door inserts at door frames designed with bosses sized to receive selected door gasket. B. Provide continuous interior glazing stops with concealed fasteners for all doors and frames. Provide stops with hairline joints at corners. Provide stops with beveled shouldered profile unless otherwise shown. C. Doors and frames shall be cut, reinforced, drilled and tapped in strict accordance with the printed door hardware manufacturers templates and instructions. Provide solid stainless steel hardware reinforcements, securely fastened to doors and frames where door hardware is to be attached. 1. Security system components may be incorporated into the door and frame openings of all entrance doors and frames. Provide all cutouts required by the Owner's security system vendor and all prewiring for vendor provided security system devices. Wherever storefront and entrance framing components are to receive wiring provide unobstructed clear paths free of burrs and sharp objects with pull strings to facilitate wiring. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 08411 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Joints in Metal Work: All exposed work shall be carefully fitted and matched to produce continuity of line and design, with all joints, being accurately fitted for hairline contact and rigidly secured. Where additional rigidity or strength is required to satisfy the performance requirements reinforce entrance components with aluminum or carbon steel shapes, bars, and plates. E. Shop Assembly: As far as practicable, all fitting and assembly work shall be done in a fabrication shop. 1. For exterior entrances, provide weepholes and internal water passages in the glazing framing recesses as recommended by the respective glass and framing manufacturers to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior. Provide weep baffles secured to inside of frame behind weepholes. F. Exposed Fasteners: Not permitted. G. Protection of Metals: Wherever dissimilar metals are in contact, except in the case of aluminum in contact with galvanized steel, zinc, separate such surfaces with a coating of zinc rich primer, bituminous paint, or separation gaskets as the condition requires. Wherever aluminum comes in contact with concrete surfaces separate such surfaces with a coating of zinc rich primer, bituminous paint, or separation gaskets as the condition requires. 2.4 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: As specified in Division 8 Section `Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls'. 2.5 COATINGS FOR CONCEALED METAL SURFACES A. General: The following protective coatings shall be applied to surfaces of metals which are to be concealed in the construction: 1. Coating for Carbon Steel: Hot dip galvanized, complying with ASTM Al23. 2. Coating for Aluminum, and Carbon Steel: Where aluminum or carbon steel surfaces are to be in contact with each other or in contact with dissimilar materials such as concrete, and where hot dip galvanizing of carbon steel is incompatible with component parts because of galvanic action or component fabrication tolerances provide one of the following: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION a. Bituminous Paint: Cold - applied, non - sagging, asphalt - mastic paint complying with SSPC -Paint 12 requirements, except containing no asbestos. Apply in two coats for an overall minimum dry film thickness of 25 mils. b. Zinc Rich Primer: Organic zinc -rich primer, complying with SSPC -Paint 20. ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Copyright. 2008 Gensler 08411 -5 Gensler 11.5039.163 June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. General: Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls ". END OF SECTION 08411 ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Copyright 2008 Gensler 08411 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes door hardware. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Door Hardware Schedule: Submit door hardware schedule prepared by or under the supervision of door hardware supplier. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. The Architect's review of schedule shall neither be construed as a complete check nor shall it relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors, deviations, or omissions from the specified requirements to provide complete door hardware for the project. 1. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. 2. Content: Include the following information: C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings with details of electrified door hardware, indicating the following: 1. Detail interface between electrified door hardware and fire alarm, access control, security, and building control system. a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of each door hardware set, cross - referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. Supply templates to door and frame manufacturer(s) to enable proper and accurate sizing and locations of cutouts for hardware. Detail any conditions requiring custom extended lip strikes, or any other special or custom conditions. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. D. Keying Schedule: Submit keying schedule prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations. E. Warranties: Submit special warranties specified in this Section. DOOR HARDWARE Copyright 2008 Gensler 08710 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Supplier Qualifications: Door hardware supplier, who has completed a minimum of three (3) projects over the last 5 years which were similar in material, design and extent to that indicated for the project and which have resulted in construction with a record of successful in service performance, and who is or employs a qualified Architectural Hardware Consultant, available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedules. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware from a single manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the following: 1. Provide hardware items complying with the applicable provisions for accessibility and usability by the disabled and handicapped in compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), "Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)," ANSI A117.1, and/or California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2 and Title 19, as applicable . 2. NFPA 101: Comply with applicable provisions for means of egress doors. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project site. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of recessed pivots and closers with floor construction. B. Templates: Furnish templates and door hardware schedules, coordinated for the application of door hardware items with door and frame details, to door opening fabricators and trades performing door opening work to permit the preparation of doors and frames to receive the specified door hardware. Where the door hardware item scheduled is not adaptable to the finished size of door opening members requiring door hardware, submit an item having a similar operation and quality to the Architect for review. Each door hardware item shall be fabricated to templates. DOOR HARDWARE Copyright 2008 Gensler 08710 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Faulty operation of door hardware. B. Warranty Period for Electromagnetic Locks: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion. D. Warranty Period for Concealed Floor Closers: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in this Section, door hardware sets are keyed to each scheduled door in the door and frame schedule on the drawings. 1. Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and named manufacturer's products. 2. The hardware supplier shall review each hardware set and compare it with the door types, details, and sizes as shown and verify each hardware item for function, hand, backset, and method of fastening through shop drawing submittals. 2.2 HINGES AND PIVOTS A. Butt Hinge Products and Manufacturers: 1. Standard Weight, Ball Bearing, 5 Knuckle, Steel: Complying with BHMA A156.1 A8112, one of the following: 2. Standard Weight, Ball Bearing, 5 Knuckle, Steel, Concealed Electric 24V, 4 Wire: Complying with BHMA A156.1 A8112, the following: a. BB5000; Bommer Industries, Inc. (BI). b. BB 1279; Hager Companies (HAG). c. TA2714; McKinney Products Company (MCK). d. FBB 179; Stanley Commercial Hardware (STH). a. CEFBB179-54; Stanley Commercial Hardware (STH). B. Pivot and Pivot Hinge Products and Manufacturers: 1. Offset Pivots: DOOR HARDWARE Copyright 2008 Gensler 08710 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA a. Offset Pivot with Floor Mounted Bottom Pivot: Mortised mounted, handed, 3/4 inch (19 mm) offset pivot set with sealed bearings for protection against weather and debris and composed of a head mounted top pivot and floor mounted bottom pivot. Furnish with extended spindles. Complying with BHMA A156.4 C07162. 1) OP440 Offset Pivot Set; Dorma C. General Hinge and Pivot Characteristics: Where door jamb or trim projects to such an extent that the width of leaf specified will not allow the door to clear such frame or trim, furnish hinges and pivots with leaves of sufficient width to clear. Hinges and pivots shall be template hinges conforming to BHMA A156.1 and in accordance with door and frame material requirements. D. Butt Hinge and Offset Pivot Hinge Quantity: Provide the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Two Hinges: For doors with heights up to and including 60 inches (1524 mm). 2. Three Hinges: For doors with heights of greater than 60 inches (1524 mm) to and including 90 inches (2286 mm). 3. Four Hinges: For doors with heights greater than 90 inches (2286 inm) to and including 120 inches (3048 mm). 4. Provide 4 hinges, plus 1 hinge for every 30 inches (750 mm) of door height greater than 120 inches (3048 mm). E. Butt Hinge Sizes: 4 -1/2 inches (114 mm) h. x 4 -1/2 inches (114 mm) w. for doors up to and including 36 inches (914 mm) in width; 5 inches (127 mm) h. x 4 inches (102 mm) or 4 -1/2 inches (114 mm) w. for doors greater than 36 inches (914 mm) in width. F. Hinge Characteristics: Full mortise type with square corners. All butt hinges are to have non- rising pins. All butt hinges shall be furnished with button tips. G. Electrified Functions for Hinges: Furnish fully concealed circuit, tamper resistant, wired hinges at doors requiring power transfer or door monitoring from jamb to door. Furnish junction box and mortar shield for use with each wired hinge and ship directly to the door and frame manufacturer(s) for fastening to frame. H. Fasteners: Package all hinges and pivots with machine and wood screws as required by door and frame construction. 2.3 LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Mortise Lock and Latch Sets: Heavy duty, commercial, mortise bodies complying with BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1, with throughbolted lever trim. Furnish mortise type, field reversible, lock and latch sets with 1 or 2 piece anti - friction deadlocking brass or stainless steel latchbolts having a minimum 3/4 inch (19 mm) throw, 2 -3/4 inches (70 mm) backset. All lock and latch sets, to be furnished complete with heavy gage wrought steel zinc dichromate or chrome plated case, trim, adjustable beveled square cornered armored fronts, steel or stainless steel hubs, and 6 pin cylinders. Conceal fastenings, washers and bushings. Provide wrought, or black plastic, box strikes for each lock and latch set with curved lips of sufficient length to protect frames. Provide solid forged or cast levers with wrought roses. Where lock functions DOOR HARDWARE Copyright 2008 Gensler 08710 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA are scheduled provide non - handed guard bolt and stainless steel deadbolt with a minimum 1 inch (25 mm) throw. 1. Schlage L9000 Series, 02 Design x A Rose; Schlage Lock Company (SCH). Provide handed ANSI 4 -7/8 inches curved lip strikes die punched to match bolts provided with latchset functions only (Part No. XL 11- 820/XL11 -821), provide non - handed standard curve lip strikes for all other functions 10 -072. 2. Where electrified latchset locations, provide Schlage L9080EL -802A. 2.4 DOOR BOLTS A. Manual Flush Bolts: Provide flush bolts, with 1" wide fronts, in paired sets (top and bottom), with 1/2" diameter flattened bolt tip and standard 12" rod. Flush bolts shall fit ANSI A115.4 door and frame preparation. Bolts to comply with BHMA A156.16, Type L14081, L14251 or L24081. Furnish rods of proper length to afford easy reach from the floor. Furnish manufacturers standard top strikes for top bolts. 2.6 STRIKES 1. Manual Flushbolts for Wood Doors: One of the following: DOOR HARDWARE Copyright. 2008 Gensler a. No. 790F; Door Controls International (DCI). b. FB358; Ives: H. B. Ives (IVS). c. 3913; Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM). d. 557; Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM). e. 282B; Hager 2.5 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A. Cores for Bored Cylindrical Locksets: Provide key -in lever 6 pin cores for all bored cylindrical locksets, keyed into base building system, as manufactured by the bored lockset manufacturer. A. Strikes for Locks and Latches: All strikes for locks and latches shall be provided by the lock and latch manufacturer unless otherwise specified or scheduled, refer to Article `Locks and Latches'. B. Dustproof Floor Strikes: Complying with BHMA A156.16, Type L14021, one of the following: 1. 280X; Hager. 2. DP2; H.B. Ives. 3. 3910; Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM). 4. 570 x 571; Rockwood Manufacturing Company (RM). 08710 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.7 OPERATING TRIM (PUSHES AND PULLS) A. Type 4: Full mortised, cast bronze or brass flush door pull, with black painted interior, complying with BHMA A156.6, Type J403 except with concealed fastening, and having minimum overall dimensions of 2 -1/2 inch (63.5 -mm) by 4 inches (1.02 -mm). 1. 315; Builder's Brass Works (BBW). 2. 1060; Triangle Brass Manufacturing Company, Inc. (TBM). 3. 61064 Flush Pull; Tydix (TY). 2.8 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS A. Lock Protectors: Fabricated from heavy gauge metal and in finish as scheduled. Fabricate lock protectors with no exposed fasteners on face of lock protector. Furnish protectors sized to cover the latch bolt area of the door and lock and narrow enough to clear rose and escutcheon lock trims, offset formed to clear strike projection. Machine lock protectors where required to accommodate rose and escutcheon trims, and cylinders. 1. LG Series Lock Guards; H. B. Ives (IVS). 2.9 CLOSERS A. Surface - Mounted Closers: Closers shall meet BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. Closers shall be warranted by the manufacturer against defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum of 10 years. Closers used in conjunction with overhead stops and holders shall be templated and coordinated to function properly. Properly detail closers to meet application requirements by providing drop plates, brackets, etc. to meet application and installation requirements as indicated. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for size of door closer depending on size of door, stack pressure conditions, and anticipated frequency of use. Closers shall have adjustable spring power, full rack and pinion, independent closing speed and latch regulating V- slotted valves, fully hydraulic with a high strength cast iron cylinder and solid forged steel arms, bore diameter of 1 -1/2 inches, pinion shaft diameter of 5/8 inch, adjustable back check, cushion and built -in stop feature where scheduled, hold open arms where scheduled, delayed action where scheduled, arm finish to match closer cover finish scheduled. Provide metal covers of clean line design with plated or primed for paint finish as scheduled and that require removal in order to make adjustments to closer. 1. 4130/4030; LCN Closers (LCN). 2. 281; Sargent Manufacturing Company (SGT). B. Overhead Concealed Closers, Center Hung: Closers shall meet BHMA A156.4, Grade 1. Closers shall be warranted by the manufacturer against defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum of 10 years. Properly detail closers to meet application and installation requirements as indicated. Comply with manufacturers recommendations for size of door closer depending on size of door, stack pressure conditions, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide manufacturers standard cover plate finished to match exposed portions of butts or pivots provided. Provide with manufacturers standard top arm and pivot to suit conditions indicated. 1. Overhead concealed door closer — barrier free with 90 degree hold open; Jackson. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -6 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.10 FLOOR STOPS A. Floor mounted door stops 1. fOCAL Model #7280, Trimco. www.trimcobbw.com 2.11 COAT HOOKS A. Wood door mounted coat hook 1. #2037 AL, Peter Pepper Products. www.peterpepper.com 2.12 FABRICATIC)N A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Provide each door hardware item without exposed manufacturers labels, names, or designs. B. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to commercially recognized industry standards for application intended. Provide Phillips oval - head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware item being attached. Machine screws and expansion shields shall be used for attaching hardware to concrete and masonry. Use throughbolts for renovation work only where existing door blocking and reinforcements are unknown. 1. Concealed Fasteners: All new doors and door frames have been specified with adequate blocking and reinforcement provisions to eliminate exposed throughbolting of hardware items. Doors installed with exposed throughbolts will be rejected and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Where through bolts are used on existing doors provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2.13 FINISHES A. Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.18. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Finishes of the same designation, that come from 2 or more sources, shall match when the items are viewed at arms length and approximately 2 -feet apart. Unless otherwise scheduled, match each hardware item in a single hardware set with the scheduled latch or lock set finish. Painting of BHMA 600 (USP) surfaces is required and is specified under Division 09 Section "Painting." C. Designations: The abbreviations used to schedule hardware finishes are generally BHMA (Federal Standards where indicated in parenthesis) designations. Comply with base material and finish requirements indicated by the following: 1. BHMA 600 (USP): Primed for painting. 2. BHMA 626 (US26D): Satin chromium plated. 3. BHMA 628 (US28): Satin aluminum, clear anodized. DOOR HARDWARE Copyright 2008 Gensler 08710 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 4. BHMA 630 (US32D): Satin stainless steel. 5. Alum.: Aluminum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Install hardware for non - labeled and non -smoke door assemblies in accordance DHI A115 (for steel doors and frames, DHI A115 -W series for wood doors, and hardware manufacturers installation instructions for doors and frames fabricated from other than steel or wood. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at the following heights, unless specifically indicated on the drawings or required to comply with governing regulations: 1. Locks and Latches: 38 inches (956 mm) to center of lever from finish floor. 2. Door Pulls: 44 inches (1118 mm) from finish floor to center of grip. Pull bases centered on door stiles, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Door Pulls: Pull bases centered on top and bottom door rails, and spaced from lock edge of door stile as indicated, or recommended, by the pull manufacturer. 4. Push Plates: 44 inches (1118 mm) from fmish floor to center of plate. Coordinate with pull location. 5. Horizontal Push/Pull Bar: 42 inches (1067 mm) from finish floor to center of pull/pull. Push/Pull bases centered on door stiles, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Butt Hinges: 10 inches (254 mm) to bottom of lowest hinge from finish floor; 5 inches (127 mm) to top of upper hinge from top of door; space intermediate hinges equally between lower and upper hinges. 7. Deadbolts: Not more than 44 inches (1118 mm) from finish floor to operating trim. 8. Flush Bolt Operating Mechanisms: Top bolt 66 to 72 inches (1676 to 1829 mm) from finish floor, bottom bolt 12 inches (305 mm) from finish floor. B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install overhead surface closers for maximum degree of opening obtainable. Place on room side of corridor doors, stair side of stair doors, secondary corridor side of doors between corridors. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be finished, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work specified in Division 09 Sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. C. Do not install permanent key cylinders in locks until the time of preliminary acceptance by the Owner. At the time of preliminary acceptance, and in the presence of the Owner's representative, permanent key all lock cylinders. Record and file all keys in the key control system specified, and turn system over to Owner for sole possession and control. D. Key control storage system shall be installed where directed by the Owner. DOOR HARDWARE 08710 -8 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every hardware component. Replace hardware components that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for building stack pressures and final operation of forced air mechanical equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. Clean hardware components as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide protection during the progress of the work and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is in perfect working order and without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.5 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE — Refer to schedule on drawings 08711 /2- 98 /ttt DOOR HARDWARE Copyright. 2008 Gensler 08710 -9 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 08800 - GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes glazing for the following products and applications, including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Doors. 2. Aluminum entrances. 3. Storefront framing. 4. Curtain Wall B. Refer to Division 8 Section "Glazed Storefronts " for requirements applicable to single subcontract responsibility for glazing. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide and install watertight and airtight glazing systems capable of withstanding thermal movement and wind and impact loads without failure of any kind, including loss or breakage of glass, failure of seal or gaskets, exudation of glazing sealants, and excessive deterioration of glazing materials. B. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses and heat treatments indicated are minimum requirements. Glazing details shown are for convenience of detailing only and are to be confirmed by the Contractor relative to cited standards and final framing details. Confirm glass thicknesses and heat treatments, verified by analysis, as required to meet the performance and testing requirements specified in Division 8 Section "Glazed Aluminum Curtain Walls ". 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit product data for each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Thermal Stress and Wind Load Analyses: Submit the following from the glass manufacturer: GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Thermal stress analysis for each exterior glass unit type, each building elevation. The analysis shall clearly indicate all the expected service temperature ranges and the effects of partial and full shading on the glass. Append to the thermal stress analysis a statement from the glass manufacturer that based upon this analysis that the resulting thermal stresses will not reduce the specified "statistical probability of breakage ". 2. Wind load analysis for each glass unit type. The analysis shall clearly indicate that the statistical probability of breakage at the design wind pressure will not exceed the specified statistical probability of breakage. 08800-1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Samples: Label samples to indicate product, characteristics, and locations in the work. Furnish samples of the following: 1. Except for clear glass, submit samples of each glass type specified, in the form of 12- inch- (300 -mm -) square Samples. 2. Submit samples of each glass type specified where production run variations, and defects are expected. D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of glass and glazing products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. E. Warranties: Submit special warranties specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations for Glass and Glass Accessories: Obtain glass and glass accessories from one source for each product indicated below: GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Primary glass. 2. Heat treated glass. 3. Insulating glass. 4. Spandral glass 5. Glazing gaskets. C. Safety Glass: Comply with the applicable requirements of the laws, codes, ordinances and regulations of Federal and Municipal authorities having jurisdiction, wherever requirements conflict the more stringent shall be required. Obtain approvals from all such authorities. As a minimum provide Category II materials complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201 (Consumer Product Safety Commission "Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials ", as published in the Code of Federal Regulations), ANSI Z97.1. 1. Subject to compliance with requirements, permanently mark safety glass with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. GANA Publications: GANA'S "Glazing Manual." 2. IGMA Publications: SIGMA TM -3000, "Vertical Glazing Guidelines." E. Insulating -Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC). 08800 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials according to manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Written warranty, made out to Owner and signed by insulating -glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for insulating- glass units whose hermetic seal has failed within specified warranty period indicated below. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. Upon notification of such deterioration within the warranty period furnish replacement glass units for failed glass units at the convenience of the Owner. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to the drawings for the extent of glass types and locations. Glass types indicated on the drawings are keyed to the Part 3 Glass Schedule Articles at the end of this section. The Contractor shall confirm the levels of heat treatment required for each glass type scheduled as contained in Articles Performance Requirements, Submittals and Quality Assurance. 2.2 PRIMARY FLOAT GLASS A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent glass, flat), Quality q3 (glazing select); class as indicated in schedules at the end of Part 3. 2.3 HEAT- TREATED FLOAT GLASS A. General: Heat treat glass where the need is determined by thermal stress analyses, by wind load analyses, and fully temper glass where required to meet safety glazing requirements. B. Sizes and Cutting: Prior to heat treatment, cut glass to required sizes as determined by accurate measurement of openings to be glazed, making allowance for required edge clearances. Cut and process edges in accordance with glass manufacturer's recommendations. Do not cut or treat edges in the field. GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler 08800 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Heat - Strengthened Glass: Provide glass complying with ASTM C1048 Kind HS. Surface compression range shall be between 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) and 7,000 psi (48 MPa). D. Fully Tempered Glass: Provide glass complying with ASTM C1048 Kind FT and meeting the requirements of ANSI Z97.1. Surface compression shall be equal to or greater than 10,000 psi (69 MPa). E. Flatness Tolerances: All heat treated glass shall be fabricated to the following flatness tolerances: 1. Overall Bow and Warp: Not greater than the maximum bow and warp tolerances in any direction as listed in ASTM C1048 Table 2. Localized warp limited to 1/32 inch in 12 inches (0.79 mm in 304.8 mm). 2. Roll Ripple: The deviation from flatness at any peak (peak to valley deviation) shall not exceed 0.003 inches for 6 mm (0.0762 mm for 6 mm) thick glass. 2.4 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating -Glass Units: Preassembled units, with dehydrated entrapped air, consisting of sheets of glass hermetically sealed at all edges with a polyisobutylene primary and a silicone secondary elastomeric sealant. The lites of glass shall be separated by dessicant containing aluminum spacers. All insulating glass units shall be IGCC certified to comply with ASTM E 774 for Class CBA units and with requirements specified in this Article and in the Glass Schedule at the end of Part 3. 1. Provide Kind HS (heat- strengthened) float glass where needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Provide Kind FT (fully tempered) where safety glass is indicated. 2.5 GLAZING SEALANTS A. Gasket, Blocking, and Spacer Wet Glazing Materials: Silicone, compatible with and adherent to each material it will be in contact with, as recommended by the manufacturer to fulfill performance requirements. B. Butt Glazing Sealants: Refer to Section 07920 `Joint Sealants', Article `Elastomeric Joint Sealants', subparagraph `Structural Glazing'. 2.6 GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Continuous extruded EPDM or silicone compatible rubber with, cross sectional profile, physical properties, and tolerances as recommended by the curtain wall manufacturer, and as required, to comply with the performance requirements specified and shown all in compliance with the applicable provisions of ASTM C864, Option II. B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Continuous extruded expanded EPDM or silicone compatible rubber foam with, cross sectional profile, physical properties, and tolerances as recommended by the curtain wall manufacturer, and as required, to comply with the performance requirements GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler 08800 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA specified and shown all in compliance with the applicable provisions of ASTM C509, Option II, Type II. C. Continuous Structural Gaskets /Spacers: Continuous extruded silicone or silicone compatible rubber, with cross sectional profile, physical properties, and tolerances as recommended by the curtain wall manufacturer, and as required, to comply with the performance requirements specified and shown. Gaskets /Spacers shall be tested for compatibility with silicone sealants and shall be subject to the acceptance of the sealant manufacturer. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces, and wet glazing materials, contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: Silicone complying with ASTM C1115 (Type C), blocks, 85 +/- 5 Shore A durometer hardness, 1/16 inch (1.5 -mm) less than the channel width, and length based on the square footage of the glass unit to be supported in accordance with GANA standards and glass manufacturer recommendations but not less than 4 inches (101.6 mm). D. Edge Blocks: Silicone complying with ASTM C1115 (Type C), blocks, 65 +/- 5 Shore A durometer hardness, minimum 4 inches (101.6 mm) long and sized to allow 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) clearance between edge of glass and block. 2.8 FABRICATION OF GLASS AND OTHER GLAZING PRODUCTS A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard, to comply with system performance requirements. 1. Edge and Surface Conditions: Comply with the recommendations of AAMA "Structural Properties of Glass" for "clean -cut" edges, except comply with manufacturer's recommendations when they are at variance therewith. B. Cutting: Do not nip glass edges. Edges may be wheel cut or sawed and seamed at manufacturer's option. For glass to be cut at site, provide glass 2 inches (50.8 mm) larger than required in both dimensions, so as to facilitate cutting of clean cut edges without the necessity of seaming or nipping. Do not cut, seam, nip or abrade heat - treated glass. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler 08800 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Examine glass framing, with glazier and glass framing erector present, for compliance with the following: 1. Compliance with the specified manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep system. 3. Minimum required face or edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass- framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean glazing stops, glazing channels, and rabbets which will be in contact with the glazing materials immediately before glazing. Loose particles present or resulting from fabrication and cleaning shall be removed by blowing out joints with oil free compressed air, or by vacuuming joints. Remove protective coatings, oils from cutting and drilling operations, and residue on metallic surfaces with solvents that leave no residue. Do not allow solvent to air dry without wiping. Use only lint free towels for wiping of surfaces. Wipe metal surfaces with IPA (isopropyl alcohol) or xylene unless otherwise required by the wet glazing manufacturer for proper compatibility and adhesion. B. Inspect each piece of glass immediately before installation. Do not install pieces which are improperly sized or have damaged edges, scratches or abrasion or other evidence of damage. Remove labels from glass immediately after installation.GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Prime surfaces to receive glazing compounds. When priming, comply with wet glazing manufacturers recommendations. 1. All glass units shall be installed in accordance with the glass manufacturers recommendations. a. Structurally Glazed Insulating Glass Units: Set full height continuous structural gaskets /spacers to vertical mullions. Set glass units with void between edge of units and head/sill channel, but with units fully within head/sill rebate so as to provide a proper bite. Align glass unit edges over vertical mullion continuous structural gasket /spacers and secure with manufacturers recommended temporary cleats. Structurally seal glass unit to vertical mullions with specified one -part structural silicone sealant. Tool structural silicone flush in alignment to mullion face and perpendicular to face of interior glass light; remove excess structural silicone from glass and metal substrates. After full cure of structural silicone sealant remove temporary cleats. Any holes left in the vertical mullions which were caused by the temporary cleats shall be sealed immediately. Insert and shape weatherseal joint backer rods, or gaskets, into vertical void between glass units and at a proper depth to receive silicone weatherseal sealant. Place silicone 08800 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA weatherseal sealant into void and tool flush with adjacent exterior glass light faces; remove excess sealant from glass and metal substrates. B. Glazing channel dimensions, as indicated on Drawings, provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to surfaces indicated to receive glazing materials. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless more stringent requirements are recommended by glass manufacturer. Place blocks to allow water passage to weep holes. 1. For Glass Units Less Than 72 inches (1830 mm) Locate setting blocks at sill one- quarter of the width in from each end of the glass unless otherwise recommended by the glass manufacturer. 2. For Glass Units 72 inches (1830 mm) or Greater: Locate setting blocks at sill one - eighth of the width in from each end of the glass, but not less than 6 inches (150 mm), unless otherwise recommended by the glass manufacturer. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide edge blocking to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, sized and located to comply with the glass manufacturers recommendations and the requirements in referenced glazing publications. H. Set glass lites with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics, producing the greatest possible degree of uniformity in appearance on the entire exterior wall elevation. I. Where wedge- shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. 1. Set glass units with void between edge of units and glazing channel. 2. Orient and install insulating glass units made up with the uncoated glass light on the inboard (building) side. J. Miter cut gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away and join with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer which will provide an airtight and watertight seal at the joint. 3.4 PROTECTION AND CLEANING GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler 08800 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior Portland cement (stucco) surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build -up of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains; remove as recommended by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way and from any source, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism. E. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. 3.5 GLASS SCHEDULE A. Monolithic Uncoated Clear Float Glass (Interior Glass Only): Provide Type I (transparent glass, flat), Class 1 (clear) glass liter for interior glass units. Fully temper glass where required to meet safety glazing requirements. As scheduled on drawings. B. Insulating Glass (Exterior Glass Only): Where glass of this designation is indicated, provide uncoated insulating -glass units complying with the following: 1. Product: GLAZING Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Guardian; SunGuard AG -43 Clear /Clear with clear low emissivity Silacoat coating on the #2 surface. Contact: Bill Berger @ (770) 924 -2090. b. PPG; Solarban 60 Clear /Clear with clear low emissivity Silacoat coating on the #2 surface. Contact: Jay Phillips @ (800) 845 -8598 x9130. c. Viracon; VE 3 -2M Clear /Clear with clear low emissivity Silacoat coating on the #2 surface. Contact: Michael Winkler @ (800) 533 -0482 x694. d. Viracon Spandral Glass — White on surface no. 1 2. Overall Unit Thickness and Thickness of Each Lite: 25 and 6 mm. 3. Interspace Content: Air. 4. Indoor Lite: Type I (transparent glass, flat) float glass, Class 1 (clear). 5. Outdoor Lite: Type I (transparent or tint glass per product selection, flat) float glass, Class 1 (clear or tint). END OF SECTION 08800 08800 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 09290 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Tile backing panels. 3. Non- load - bearing steel framing. 1.2 SUBMITTALS . Product Data: For each product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire - resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING A. Steel Framing Members: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Metal complying with ASTM C 645 requirements. a. Protective Coating: GYPSUM BOARD Copyright 2008 Gensler 09290 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1) Interior Applications: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. 2. Manufacturers of Steel Framing and Furring: a. MarinoWare; Division of Ware Industries. b. Dale Industries, Inc. — Dale/Incor. c. Dietrich Industries, Inc. d. Unimast, Inc. B. Suspended Ceiling Framing: 1. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 - mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire. 2. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: Hilti Anchor SelectorPower- Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion- resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3. Wire H angers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162 -inch (4.12 -mm) diameter. 4. Carrying Channels: Cold- rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm), a minimum 1/2 -inch- (12.7-mm-) wide flange, and in depth indicated. 5. Furring Channels (Furring Members): C. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, direct -hung system composed of main beams and cross - furring members that interlock. GYPSUM BOARD Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Steel Studs: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. 1) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm). b. Hat - Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) deep. 1) Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm). c. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) deep members designed to reduce sound transmission, and asymmetrical with single leg or hat shaped with two legs. 1. Available Products: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.; Furring Systems/Drywall. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation; Drywall Furring 640 System. c. USG Corp.; Drywall Suspension System (Curved and Flat). 09290 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA D. Partition and Soffit Framing: 1. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated in partition type details. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm). 2. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of gypsum board applied to interior partitions resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. GYPSUM BOARD Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Available Products: 1) Delta Star, Inc., Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT). 2) Metal -Lite, Inc.; Slotted Track. 3) The Steel Network, Inc; VertiClip SLD Series or VertiTrack VTD Series. 3. Firestop Track: Top runner manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire - resistance -rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Available Products: 1) Fire Trak Corp.; Fire Trak attached to studs with Fire Trak Slip Clip. 2) Metal -Lite, Inc.; The System. 3) The Steel Network, Inc: VertiClip SLD Series or VertiTrack VTD Series. 4. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm). 5. Cold- Rolled Channel Bridging: 0.0538 -inch (1.37-mm) bare steel thickness, with minimum 1 /2 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) wide flange, and in depth indicated. a. Clip Angle: 1 -1/2 by 1 -1/2 inch (38.1 by 38.1 mm), 0.068 -inch- (1.73 -mm -) thick, galvanized steel. 6. Hat - Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm). 7. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. Asymmetrical or hat shaped, with face attached to single flange by a slotted leg (web) or attached to two flanges by slotted or expanded metal legs. 8. Cold- Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538 -inch (1.37 -mm) bare steel thickness, with minimum 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) wide flange, and in depth indicated. a. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated -edge type of steel sheet with minimum bare steel thickness of 0.0312 inch (0.79 mm). 09290 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.3 PANEL PRODUCTS A. Manufacturers: b. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 -mm -) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch- (.1.21. -mm -) diameter wire. 9. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. 1. BPB Gypsum. 2. G -P Gypsum Corporation. 3. National Gypsum Company 4. Temple - Inland Forest Products Corp 5. USG Corporation, Inc B. Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. C. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396. 1. Regular Type: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. 2. Type X: In thickness indicated and with long edges tapered. D. Sag- Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 1396, manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular -type gypsum board, 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick, and with long edges tapered. Provide panels of 12 -foot lengths. E. Special Fire - Resistive Type: ASTM C 1396, having improved fire resistance over standard Type X, complying with requirements of fire- resistance -rated assemblies indicated, in thickness indicated, and with long edges tapered. 1. G -P Gypsum Corporation; Type 5. 2. USG Corporation, Inc.; Firecode C. F. Tile Backing Panels: 1. Water - Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 1396, with core type and in thickness indicated. 2.4 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. 2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 3. L -Bead: Use where indicated. 4. Expansion (Control) Joint: Use where indicated. GYPSUM BOARD Copyright 2008 Gensler 09290 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 5. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges; use at curved openings. B. Aluminum Trim: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with profiles and designations indicated on Drawings, provide products by one of the following: a. Fry Reglet Corp.; As indicated by designation on Drawings. b. Gordon, Inc.; As indicated by designation on Drawings. c. MM Systems Corporation; As indicated by designation on Drawings. d. Pittcon Industries; As indicated by designation on Drawings. 2. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063 -T5. 3. Finish: Corrosion - resistant primer compatible with joint compound and finish materials specified. 2.5 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard over Metal Studs: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of trim accessories, and fasteners, use setting -type taping compound. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: GYPSUM BOARD Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Water - Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting -type taping and setting -type, sandable topping compounds. 2.6 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants." 09290 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Products: D. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. E. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from slag wool, or rock wool. F. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 NON - LOAD - BEARING STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Suspended Ceiling Framing: 1. Suspend ceiling hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Attach hangers to structural members. Do not support ceilings from or attach hangers to permanent metal forms, steel deck tabs, steel roof decks, ducts, pipes, or conduit. 4. Wire -tie furring channels to supports, as required to comply with requirements for assemblies indicated. GYPSUM BOARD Copyright 2008 Gensler a. C)SI Sealants, Inc.; Pro - Series, SC 175 Acoustical Sound Sealant Non - Flammable - Latex. b. Pecora Corporation; AC -20 + Silicone. c. T'remco, Incorporated; Tremflex 834. d. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant. 1. Fire - Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. 09290 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 5. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross - furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. C. Partition Framing: 1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and wall. 2. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board. 3. Frame door openings to comply with GA -600 and with gypsum board manufacturer's applicable written recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. b. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of floor or roof structure above. 4. Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings, unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 3.2 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION A. Gypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical applications. 2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 mm) o.c. 3. On ceilings, apply sag- resistant gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. 5. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. 6. Laminating to Substrate: Comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. B. Tile Backing Panels: GYPSUM BOARD Copyright 2008 Gensler 1. Water - Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Install with 1/4 -inch (6.4 -mm) gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 09290 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3.3 FINISHING A. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Finishing Gypsum Board Panels: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. 1. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. 2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. C. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire - resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. 3. Level 3: Embed tape and apply separate first and fill coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where indicated. 4. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Level 5: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface where indicated. END OF SECTION 09290 09260/11 -99 /dub 1 ASTM C 1396/C 1396M GYPSUM BOARD Copyright. 2008 Gensler 09290 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 09912 - EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Concrete. 2. Concrete masonry units (CMU). 3. Steel. 4. Galvanized metal. 5. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated). 6. Wood. 7. Exterior portland cement (stucco). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required. C. Product List: Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated. B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m). b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples. EXTERIOR PAINTING 09912 -1 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. (3.8 L) of each material and color applied. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: Match Architect's samples. 2.2 BLOCK FILLERS A. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler: MPI #4. 2.3 PRIMERS /SEALERS A. Alkali- Resistant Primer: MPI #3. B. Bonding Primer (Water Based): MPI #17. C. Bonding Primer (Solvent Based): MPI #69. D. Wood -Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in paint system indicated. 2.4 METAL PRIMERS A. Alkyd Anticorrosive Metal Primer: MPI #79. B. Quick - Drying Alkyd Metal Primer: MPI #76. EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09912 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Cementitious Galvanized -Metal Primer: MPI #26. D. Waterborne Galvanized -Metal Primer: :MPI #134. E. Quick - Drying Primer for Aluminum: MPI #95. 2.5 WOOD PRIMERS A. Exterior Latex Wood Primer: MPI #6. B. Exterior Alkyd Wood Primer: MPI #5. C. Exterior Oil Wood Primer: MPI #7. 2.6 EXTERIOR LATEX PAINTS A. Exterior Latex (Flat): MPI #10 (Gloss Level 1). B. Exterior Latex (Semigloss): MPI #11 (Gloss Level 5). C. Exterior Latex (Gloss): MPI #119 (Gloss Level 6, except minimum gloss of 65 units at 60 deg). 2.7 EXTERIOR ALKYD PAINTS A. Exterior Alkyd Enamel (Flat): MPI #8 (Gloss Level 1). 1. VOC Content: E Range of El. B. Exterior Alkyd Enamel (Semigloss): MPI #94 (Gloss Level 5). 1. VOC Content: E Range of E 1. C. Exterior Alkyd Enamel (Gloss): MPI #9 (Gloss Level 6). 1. VOC Content: E Range of El. 2.8 QUICK - DRYING ENAMELS A. Quick - Drying Enamel (Semigloss): MPI #81 (Gloss Level 5). B. Quick -Drying Enamel (High Gloss): MPI #96 (Gloss Level 7). 2.9 TEXTURED AND HIGH -BUILD COATINGS A. Latex Stucco and Masonry Textured Coating: MPI #42. B. High -Build Latex (Exterior): MPI #40. EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09912 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.10 ALUMINUM PAINT A. Aluminum Paint: MPI #1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. 3. Wood: 15 percent. 4. Plaster: 12 percent. 5. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09912 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces: 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 3.1A. B. CMU Substrates: EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Prime Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 2. Latex Aggregate/Latex System: MPI EXT 3.1 B. a. Prime Coat: Latex stucco and masonry textured coating. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 3. Latex Over Alkali- Resistant Primer System: MPI EXT 3.1K. a. Prime Coat: Alkali- resistant primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 4. High -Build Latex System: MPI EXT 3.1L, applied to form dry film thickness of not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm). a. Prime Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. c. Topcoat: High -build latex (exterior). 5. Latex Aggregate System: MPI EXT 3.1N. a. Prime Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. c. Topcoat: Latex stucco and masonry textured coating. 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 4.2A. a. Prime Coat: Interior /exterior latex block filler. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 2. Latex Over Alkali- Resistant Primer System: MPI EXT 4.2L. a. Prime Coat: Alkali - resistant primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. 09912 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA C. Steel Substrates: EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 3. High -Build Latex System: MPI EXT 4.2K, applied to form dry film thickness of not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm). a. Prime Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. c. Topcoat: High -build latex (exterior). 4. Latex Aggregate System: MPI EXT 4.2B. a. Prime Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. c. Topcoat: Latex stucco and masonry textured coating. 1. Quick - Drying Enamel System: MPI EXT 5.1A. a. Prime Coat: Quick - drying alkyd metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Quick - drying enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Quick - drying enamel (semigloss). 2. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (semigloss). 3. Aluminum Paint System: MPI EXT 5.1K. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Aluminum paint. c. Topcoat: Aluminum paint. D. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 5.3A. a. Prime Coat: Cementitious galvanized -metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 2. Latex Over Water -Based Primer System: MPI EXT 5.3H. a. Prime Coat: Waterborne galvanized -metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (semigloss). 3. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.3B. 09912 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA F. Stucco Substrates: END OF SECTION 09912 EXTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Prime Coat: Cementitious galvanized -metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (semigloss). E. Aluminum Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 5.41-1. a. Prime Coat: Quick - drying primer for aluminum. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (semigloss). 2. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.4F. a. Prime Coat: Quick - drying primer for aluminum. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (semigloss). 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 9.1A. a. Prime Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 2. Latex Over Alkali - Resistant Primer System: MPI EXT 9.1J. a. Prime Coat: Alkali- resistant primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex (flat). 3. High -Build Latex System: MPI EXT 9.1H, applied to form dry film thickness of not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm). a. Prime Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. b. Intermediate Coat: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer. c. Topcoat: High -build latex (exterior). 09912 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 09913 — INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exposed exterior and interior items and surfaces. 1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where these Specifications indicate that the surface or material is not to be painted. If an item or a surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If a color of finish is not indicated, Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss ranges used in this Section include the following: 1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter. 2. Low Luster (eggshell) refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 3. Semigloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 4. Full gloss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60- degree meter. B. Exterior Surfaces: Exterior surfaces to be painted are defined as those surfaces which are indicated in areas exposed to conditions which are not controlled by building heating and cooling systems. C. Interior Surfaces: Interior surfaces to be painted are defined as those surfaces which are indicated in areas exposed to conditions which are controlled by building heating and cooling systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit samples for each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions. 1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each Sample. Label each Sample for location and application. 3. Submit paint samples on 12" square of hardboard for the Architect's review of each color and texture required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and other identifying information. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain storage containers in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 1. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply waterborne paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C). B. Apply solvent - thinned paints only when temperatures of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air are between 45 and 95 deg F (7 and 35 deg C). C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. 1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles. B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Benjamin Moore). 2. Coronado Paint Company (Coronado). 3. ICI Dulux Paint Centers (ICI Dulux Paints). 4. Kelly -Moore Paint Co. (Kelly- Moore). 5. M. A. Bruder & Sons, Inc. (M. A. B. Paint). 6. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints). 7. Sherwin - Williams Co. (Sherwin - Williams). 8. Duron Paints and Wallcoverings (Duron). 2.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: Provide primers, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and with the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality paint material of the various coating types specified that are factory formulated and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. Paint - material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data ancl certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. C. Colors: Provide custom colors of the finished paint systems to match the Architect's samples. 2.3 EXTERIOR PRIMERS A. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board Primer: Factory- formulated alkyd- or alkali- resistant acrylic - latex primer for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Alkyd Exterior Primer No. 176: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). 2. Coronado; 8 -11 Supreme Acrylic Bonding Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 2000 -1200 Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Latex Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 250 Color Shield Exterior Acrylic Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.7 mils (0.043 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Lok Tite Latex Masonry Primer 056 -125: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -3 Gensler 11.5039.163 6. 7. 8. June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA Pittsburgh Paints; 6 -603 SpeedHide Interior/Exterior Acrylic Latex Alkali Resistant Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 nun). Sherwin- Williams; A -100 Exterior Latex Wood Primer B42W41: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). Duron; Bond -N -Seal Primer 08 -124: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). B. Exterior Ferrous -Metal Primer: Factory- formulated rust- inhibitive metal primer for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Alkyd Metal Primer No. M06: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 2. Coronado; 35 -147 Rust Scat Alkyd Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 4160 -XXXX Devguard Multi- Purpose Tank & Structural Primer. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 5725 DTM- Acrylic Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.048 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust -O- Lastic Anti - Corrosive Primer 073 -132: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90 -712 Pitt -Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer Finish DTM Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). 7. Sherwin- Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B5ONZ6B5OWZ1: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). 8. Duron; Dura Clad Universal Phenolic Alkyd Metal Primer 33 -042: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.4 mils (0.061 mm). C. Exterior Galvanized Metal Primer: Factory- formulated galvanized metal primer for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Metal Primer No. M04: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 2. Coronado; 36 -11 Rust Scat Latex Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 4020 -XXXX :Devflex DTM Flat Interior/Exterior Waterborne Primer & Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.2 mils (0.056 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 5725 DTM - Acrylic Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust -O- Lastic Hydro -Prime II Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Primer 073- 189: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 nun). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90 -709 Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). 7. Sherwin- Williams; primer not required over this substrate. 8. Duron; Dura Clad Acrylic Galvanized Metal Primer 33 -100: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). D. Exterior Aluminum Primer under Alkyd Finishes: primer for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Metal thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler Factory- formulated acrylic -based metal Primer No. M04: Applied at a dry film 09913 -4 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2. Coronado; 180 -11 High Performance Acrylic Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 4020 -XXXX Devflex DTM Flat Interior/Exterior Waterborne Primer & Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.2 mils (0.056 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 1722 Kel -Guard Acrylic Galvanized Iron Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust -O- Lastic Hydro -Prime II Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Primer 073- 189: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90 -709 Pitt -Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). 7. Sherwin - Williams; DTM Wash Primer B71Y1: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.5 mils (0.064 mm). 8. Duron; Dura Clad Universal Acrylic Metal Primer 33 -105: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.3 mils (0.060 mm). 2.4 INTERIOR PRIMERS A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory- formulated latex -based primer for interior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer No. 253: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.030 mm). 2. Coronado; 40 -11 Super Kote 5000 Latex Primer - Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.030 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1000 -1200 Dulux Ultra Basecoat Interior Latex Wall Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 971 Acry-Prime Interior Latex Primer /Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Vinyl Primer 037 -100: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6 -2 SpeedHide Interior Quick -Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 7. Sherwin - Williams; PrepRite 200 Latex Wall Primer B28W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 8. Duron; Interior Latex Drywall Primer 04 -124: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). B. Interior Ferrous -Metal Primer: Factory- formulated quick - drying rust- inhibitive alkyd -based metal primer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Alkyd Metal Primer No. M06: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 2. Coronado; 35 -147 Rust Scat Alkyd Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 4160 -6130 Devguard Multi- Purpose Tank & Structural Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 1711 Kel -Guard Alkyd White Rust Inhibitive Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust -O- Lastic Anti - Corrosive Primer 073 -132: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -5 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90 -709 Pitt -Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 7. Sherwin- Williams; Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B5ONZ6/B5OWZ1: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). 8. Duron; Dura Clad Universal Acrylic Metal Primer 33 -105: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.3 mils (0.058 mm). C. Interior Zinc - Coated Metal Primer: Factory- formulated galvanized metal primer. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Acrylic Metal Primer No. M04: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 2. Coronado; 36 -11 Rust Scat Acrylic Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 4160 -6130 Devguard Multi- Purpose Tank & Structural Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 1722 Kel -Guard Acrylic Galvanized Iron Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust -O- Lastic Hydro -Prime II Acrylic (DTM) Maintenance Primer 073- 189: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 min). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 90 -709 Pitt-Tech One Pack Interior/Exterior Primer/Finish DTM Industrial Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils (0.076 mm). 7. Sherwin - Williams; primer not required over this substrate. 8. Duron; Dura Clad Acrylic Galvanized Metal Primer 33 -100: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 2.5 EXTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Exterior Low- Luster Acrylic Paint: Factory- formulated low -sheen (eggshell) acrylic -latex paint for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Low Lustre Latex House Paint No. 185: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 2. Coronado; 408 -Line Supreme Acrylic Satin Exterior: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm) 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 2402 -XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Satin Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 min). 4. Kelly- Moore; 1245 Acry- Velvet Exterior Low Sheen Acrylic Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Eggshell 405 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6 -2000 Series SpeedHide Exterior House & Trim Satin -- Acrylic Latex: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 7. Sherwin- Williams; A -100 Exterior Latex Satin House & Trim Paint A82 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 8. Duron; Weathershield Exterior Acrylic Coating Satin Finish 11 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). B. Exterior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory- formulated semigloss waterborne acrylic -latex enamel for exterior application. INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -6 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex House & Trim Paint No. 170: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.1 mils (0.028 mm). 2. Coronado; 12 -Line Supreme Acrylic Semi - Gloss: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 2406 -XXXX Dulux Professional Exterior 100 Percent Acrylic Semi - Gloss Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 1250 Acry -Lustre Exterior Semi -Gloss Acrylic Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Sea Shore/Four Seasons Acrylic Latex Trim Enamel 024 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6 -900 Series SpeedHide Exterior House & Trim Semi -Gloss Acrylic Latex Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 7. Sherwin- Williams; A -100 Latex Gloss A8 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 8. Duron; Weathershield Exterior Acrylic Coating Semi -gloss Finish 03 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils. C. Exterior Full -Gloss Alkyd Enamel: Factory- formulated full -gloss alkyd enamel for exterior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moore's IMC Urethane Alkyd Enamel M22: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 2. Coronado; 1223 Line Super Kote 5000 High Gloss Alkyd Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 4308 -XXXX Devguard Alkyd Industrial Gloss Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 4. Kelly - Moore; 1700 Kel -Guard Gloss Alkyd Rust Inhibitive Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Rust -O- Lastic Finish Coating 074 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 7 -814 Pittsburgh Paints Industrial Gloss -Oil Interior/Exterior Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 7. Sherwin- Williams; Industrial Enamel B -54 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils (0.051 mm). 8. Duron; Dura Clad Alkyd Gloss Enamel Urethane Modified 12- Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 2.6 INTERIOR FINISH COATS A. Interior Flat Latex - Emulsion Size: Factory- formulated flat latex -based interior paint. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorecraft Super Spec Latex Flat No. 275: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 2. Coronado; 28 Line Super Kote 5000 Vinyl Latex Flat Wall: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1200 -XXXX Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 450 Pro -Wall Interior Flat Latex Wall Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils (0.046 mm). INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -7 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Flat 402 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6 -70 Line SpeedHide Interior Wall Flat -Latex Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 7. Sherwin - Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B30W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 8. Duron; Ultra Deluxe Interior Acrylic Latex Flat 44- Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). B. Interior Low- Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory- formulated eggshell acrylic -latex interior enamel. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel No. 274: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 2. Coronado; 30 -Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Eggshell Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1402 -XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Wall & Trim Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 1686 Dura -Poxy Eggshell Acrylic Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 nun). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Satin Eggshell Enamel 405 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.25 mils (0.032 mm). 7. Sherwin - Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Egg -Shell Enamel B20W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils (0.041 mm). 8. Duron; Ultra Deluxe Interior Acrylic Latex Eggshell(Low Sheen) Enamel 36- Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). C. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory- formulated semigloss acrylic -latex enamel for interior application. 1. Benjamin Moore; Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel No. 276: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils (0.031 mm). 2. Coronado; 32 -Line Super Kote 5000 Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 3. ICI Dulux Paints; 1406 -XXXX Dulux Professional Acrylic Semi -Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 4. Kelly- Moore; 1685 Dura -Poxy Semi -Gloss Acrylic Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 5. M. A. B. Paint; Fresh Kote Latex Semi -Gloss 410 Line: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). 6. Pittsburgh Paints; 6 -500 Series SpeedHide Interior Semi -Gloss Latex: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil (0.025 mm). 7. Sherwin - Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel B31W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils (0.033 mm). 8. Duron; Ultra Deluxe Interior Acrylic Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 35- Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils (0.036 mm). 2.7 TRAFFIC PAINT INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -8 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA A. Traffic paint: 1. Duron: Dura Clad Alkyd Zone Marking Paint 993 -8000 white, or 993 -8001 yellow. 2. M. A. B. Paint; Zone Marking Traffic Paint (183001 white, 183002 white). 3. Sherwin Williams; Set Fast Premium Traffic Marking Paint (white A300, yellow A303). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P4. 1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. 1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. 1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. 2. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign substances in accordance with SSPC SP 1 "Solvent Cleaning ". After solvent cleaning prepare any bare metal surfaces by removing all stratified rust (rust scale), all loose mill scale, all loose or non - adherent rust and detrimental welding deposits by methods specified in SSPC SP -3 "Power Tool Cleaning ". INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Touch up bare areas, heads of bolts, welded surfaces which are unpainted, and shop- applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with same primer as the shop coat. 09913 -9 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 3. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents in accordance with SSPC SP -1 "Solvent Cleaning ", and pretreat in accordance with the recommendations of SSPC "Good Painting Practice ", Vol. 1, Chapter 22. 4. Gypsum Wallboard: Repair all surfaces in gypsum wallboard with wallboard joint finishing compound or spackling compound, filled out flush and sanded smooth. Clean all surfaces and taped joints of dust, dirt and other contaminants and be sure they are thoroughly dry before applying paint. D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.3 APPLICATION b. Surfaces requiring touch up painting shall be cleaned and primed as soon as practicable after erection and before excessive rusting or other damage occurs to such surfaces from weather or other exposure. A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules. B. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 1. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 2. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. 3. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 4. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles. 5. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. Access panels, electrical panels, air diffusing outlets, supply and exhaust grilles, louvers, exposed conduit, primed hardware items, primed outlet covers, primed wall and ceiling plates and other items in painted areas shall be painted to match the areas in which they occur unless otherwise directed by the Architect. INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -10 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 6. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces. 7. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. C. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. Omit primer over metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touchup painted. 3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 4. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and until application of another coat of paint does not cause undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. D. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for surface or item being painted. 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet -back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. 3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by manufacturer for material and texture required. E. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by manufacturer. F. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces. G. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat, as recommended by manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn- through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. H. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -11 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA I. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling, such as laps, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. J. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements. 3.4 CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site. 1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging adjacent finished surfaces. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Architect. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work. 1. After work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1. 3.6 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Provide the following finish systems over exterior gypsum soffit board: 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over an exterior alkyd- or alkali- resistant primer. B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required on shop -primed items. 1. Full -Gloss Alkyd- Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a rust- inhibitive primer. C. Zinc - Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over all exterior zinc- coated metal surfaces that are not part of the exterior facade system. L Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a galvanized metal primer. INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Primer: Exterior gypsum soffit board primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior low luster acrylic paint. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. 09913 -12 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Primer: Exterior galvanized metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Exterior semigloss acrylic enamel. D. Aluminum: Provide the following finish systems over exterior aluminum surfaces: 1. Full -Gloss Alkyd- Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Exterior aluminum primer under alkyd finishes. b. Finish Coats: Exterior full -gloss alkyd enamel. E. Traffic and Parking Lane and Stall Marking: 1. One coat Traffic Paint, minimum dry film thickness of 2.5 mils. 3.7 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Gypsum Board: Provide the following finish systems over interior gypsum board surfaces: 1. Low- Luster Acrylic - Enamel Finish (Typical System): Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior low- luster acrylic enamel. 2. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish (Provide only where scheduled): Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior gypsum board primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. B. Primed Wood Doors: Provide the following paint finish system over primed wood door surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats. a. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. C. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over ferrous metal: 1. Semigloss Acrylic- Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior ferrous -metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. D. Zinc - Coated Metal: Provide the following finish systems over interior zinc - coated metal surfaces: 1. Semigloss Acrylic - Enamel Finish: Two finish coats over a primer. a. Primer: Interior zinc - coated metal primer. b. Finish Coats: Interior semigloss acrylic enamel. 09913 -13 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA E. All- Service Jacket over Insulation: Provide the following finish system on cotton or canvas insulation covering: 1. Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof. 2. Finish Coats: Interior flat latex - emulsion size. 3.8 COLOR SCHEDULE A. Reference to a particular manufacturer's number or color name is used only as a convenience for the Architect in order to establish the Project color requirements. These references are not intended to describe the required generic paint systems. For generic paint systems requirements, refer to the "Schedule of Exterior Painting" and the "Schedule of Interior Painting" as applicable to the respective conditions of use. B. The selection of paint colors are indicated on the drawings by manufacturer and color type. 1. Furnish the same lots, batches, etc. within the same contiguous areas of the building (i.e. corridors on the same floors, common rooms which adjoin each other, etc.). END OF SECTION 09913 INTERIOR PAINTING Copyright 2008 Gensler 09913 -14 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 10440 — FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes portable fire extinguishers and fire protection cabinets. B. See Division 09 Section "Painting" for field- painting fire- protection cabinets. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire- protection specialties. 1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Cabinets: Include door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, panel style, and details of installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire - protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cold- Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 366/A 366M carbon steel, commercial quality, stretcher leveled, temper rolled. B. Aluminum: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) sheet and ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M) extrusions, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. C. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666/A 666M, Type 302 or Type 304 alloy. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 10440 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 2.2 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Fire -End & Croker Corporation. 2. J. L. Industries, Inc. 3. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 4. Potter - Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. B. General: Provide fire extinguishers for each cabinet and other locations indicated. C. Multipurpose Dry- Chemical Type: UL -rated 4- A:60 -B:C, 10 -1b (4.5 -kg) nominal capacity, in enameled -steel container. 2.3 FIRE- PROTECTION CABINETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Fire -End & Croker Corporation. 2. J. L. Industries, Inc. 3. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 4. Potter - Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. B. Fire Protection Cabinet: 1. Cabinet Construction: Provide manufacturer's standard box (tub), with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames. 2. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. 3. Cabinet Mounting: Recessed. 4. Cabinet Trim Style: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. a. Trimless: Surface of surrounding wall finishes flush with exterior finished surface of cabinet frame and door, without overlapping trim attached to cabinet. 1) Provide recessed flange, of same material as box, attached to box to act as plaster stop. 5. Cabinet Trim Material: Manufacturer's standard same metal and finish as door. 6. Door Material: Manufacturer's standard steel sheet. 7. Door Glazing: Manufacturer's standard, as follows: a. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3, Class 1 (clear). 8. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design vertical duo panel with frame. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10440 -2 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA 9. Door Construction: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, of materials indicated, and coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. a. Provide minimum 112 -inch- (13 -mm -) thick door frames, fabricated with tubular stiles and rails, and hollow -metal design. b. Provide inside latch. 10. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door - operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with cam - action latch, or exposed or concealed door pull and friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous -type hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees. a. Lettered Door Handle: Provide one - piece, cast -iron door handle with the word ".FIRE" embossed into face. 11. Identification: Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, color, size, spacing, and location. Locate as directed by Architect. 2.4 FINISHES a. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" applied to door. A. Steel Cabinet and Door Finishes: Provide manufacturer's standard baked - enamel paint for the following: 1. Exterior of cabinets and doors, except for those surfaces indicated to receive another finish. 2. Interior of cabinets and doors. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, grease, mill scale, rust, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond using manufacturer's standard methods. C. Steel Baked - Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two -coat, baked - enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils (0.05 mm). 1. Color: white. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Copyright 2008 Gensler 1) Application Process: Decals. 2) Lettering Color: Black. 3) Orientation: Vertical. 10440 -3 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine roughing -in for hose valves, hose racks, and cabinets to verify actual locations of piping connections before cabinet installation. B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed and semi - recessed cabinets are to be installed. C. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged units. D. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Prepare recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. 2. Fasten mounting brackets to structure and cabinets, square and plumb. 3. Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb. E. Adjust cabinet doors that do not swing or operate freely. F. Refinish or replace cabinets and doors damaged during installation. END OF SECTION 10440 10520/11 -99 /dub FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10440 -4 Copyright 2008 Gensler Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA SECTION 10520 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand - carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Operation and maintenance data. C. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Copyright 2008 Gensler 10520 -1 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 PORTABLE, HAND- CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each mounting bracket indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, product by one of the following: a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. c. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. g. Kidde Residential and Commercial Division; Subsidiary of Kidde plc. h. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. i. Moon - American. j. Pem All Fire Extinguisher Corp.; a division of PEM Systems, Inc. k. Potter Roemer LLC. 1. Pyro -Chem; Tyco Safety Products. 3. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. B. Regular Dry- Chemical Type: UL -rated nominal capacity, with sodium bicarbonate -based dry chemical in manufacturer's standard enameled container. C. Multipurpose Dry- Chemical Type: UL -rated nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate -based dry chemical in manufacturer's standard enameled container. 2.2 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or red baked - enamel finish. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Copyright 2008 Gensler a. Amerex Corporation. b. Ansul Incorporated; Tyco International Ltd. c. Badger Fire Protection; a Kidde company. d. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. 10520 -2 Gensler June 2, 2008 Fidelity Investor Center - Building Shell 11.5039.163 Issued for Permit and Construction Seattle, WA B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Architect. 1. Identify bracket - mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: 54 inches (1372 mm) above finished floor to top of fire extinguisher. C. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. END OF SECTION 10520 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Copyright 2008 Gensler e. Fire End & Croker Corporation. f. J. L. Industries, Inc.; a division of Activar Construction Products Group. g. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. h. Potter Roemer LLC. 10520 -3 SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.02 RELATED WORK 2 1.03 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION 3 1.04 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION 3 1.05 DEFINITIONS 3 1.06 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS 4 1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 7 1.08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS 7 1.09 SUBMITTALS 7 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 13 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS 14 1.12 WARRANTIES 15 1.13 COORDINATION 15 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS 16 1.15 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 17 1.16 INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS 18 1.17 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS 18 1.18 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 18 1.19 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 18 1.20 SUPERVISION 19 1.21 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 19 1.22 SCHEDULE 19 1.23 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING 19 1.24 CUTTING AND PATCHING 19 1.25 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS 20 1.26 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS 20 1.27 ACCESSIBILITY 21 1.28 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS 21 1.29 WELDING QUALIFICATIONS 21 1.30 ELECTRICAL WORK 21 FIDELfTY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - i JUNE 2, 2008 1.31 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 21 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.00 NOT USED 25 2.01 FIRE PROTECTION PIPE MATERIAL INDEX 25 2.02 PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION 28 2.03 BACKFLOW PREVENTER 28 2.04 WET SYSTEM RISER CHECK VALVE 29 2.05 ELECTRIC ALARM BELL 29 2.06 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION 29 2.07 SUPERVISORY / TAMPER SWITCH 29 2.08 WATER FLOW SWITCH 29 2.09 PRESSURE (HI /LOW) SWITCH 30 2.10 SPRINKLER HEADS AND DESIGN PARAMETERS 30 2.11 WATER PRESSURE GAUGES 32 2.12 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 32 2.13 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 32 2.14 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS 33 2.15 FIRESTOPPING 33 2.16 EXPANSION JOINTS 34 PART 3 - EXECUTION 34 3.00 NOT USED 34 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 34 3.02 IDENTIFICATION 34 3.03 SEISMIC PROTECTION OF PIPING 36 3.04 ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSTALLATION 37 3.05 UNDERGROUND PIPING INSTALLATION 39 3.06 FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATION 39 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 40 3.08 EARTHWORK 40 3.09 ELECTRICAL WORK 40 3.10 FIELD PAINTING AND FINISHING 40 3.11 TESTING 40 3.12 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 41 3.13 INSTRUCTING OPERATING PERSONNEL 42 3.14 CLEANING, ADJUSTING AND FLUSHING 43 3.15 SPECIAL TOOLS 43 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - ii JUNE 2, 2008 3.16 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL 43 3.17 QUIET OPERATION 43 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 15300 - iii JUNE 2, 2008 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION A. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, and BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 0, are hereby made a part of this Specification Section. B. Examine all Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications and requirements and provisions affecting the work of this Section. 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This project is for the installation of Fire Protection shell and core systems to support a single story 7,200 SF Class A retail /office building. B. The building is to be commissioned and contractor shall provide all labor required to fully test and demonstrate that all systems operate as designed. C. The work under this Section shall include the furnishing of all materials, labor, equipment and supplies and the performance of all operations to provide complete working systems, in general, to include the following items: 1. Hydrant flow test 2. Belowground fire service to 10' -0" outside the exterior building wall 3. Pipe sleeves 4. Backflow preventer (double check valve assembly) 5. Low pressure switch 6. Wet pipe alarm check valve 7. Fire Department inlet connection 8. Check valve with ball drip 9. Electric alarm bell 10. Provide all valves, drains, gauges, plus related accessories required for a complete installation of each system specified and indicated. 11. Wet pipe sprinkler system 12. Supervisory (tamper) switches 13. Water flow switches 14. Zone control valves 15. Isolation valves FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 1 JUNE 2, 2008 16. Check valves 17. Pressure gauges 18. Inspector's test connection 19. Sprinkler drain 20. Piping 21. Hangers, inserts and anchors 22. Sprinkler heads 23. Access panels 24. Supplementary steel for piping and equipment supports 25. Seismic restraints 26. Valve tags, charts and pipe identification 27. Shop drawings and hydraulic calculations in accordance with NFPA 13 28. Fire Protection coordination drawings 29. Record drawings 30. Testing of systems in accordance with NFPA 31. Operating and maintenance manuals 32. Cleaning and rubbish removal for trade related items 33. Provide supervision and coordination information to other trades involved. 34. Guarantee 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Principal classes of Work related to the Work of this Section are listed below, and are specified to be performed under the indicated Sections of the Specifications. Refer to the indicated Sections for description of the extent and nature of the indicated Work, and for coordination with related trades. This listing may not include all related Work items. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate and schedule the Work of this Section with that of all other trades. B. The following work is not included in this Section and will be provided under other Sections: 1. Excavation and backfill 2. Field painting 3. Electrical power wiring for all equipment 4. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 2 JUNE 2, 2008 5. Plumbing 6. Concrete working including housekeeping pads 7. Temporary light, power, water, heat, gas and sanitary facilities for use during construction and testing. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions. 1.03 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Furnish pipe sleeves for placement into formwork by the General Contractor. B. Furnish access panels and doors for installation by the General Contractor. 1. Furnish access panels for installation in walls, ceiling and floors at locations to permit access for adjustment, removal, replacement and servicing of all concealed equipment, valves and materials installed under this Section. 2. Access panels will be installed under the Section of the related trades of the finished surfaces in which they are located. 3. Access panels shall be located in closets, storage rooms and / or other non - public areas if possible, positioned so that the equipment can be easily reached, and the size shall be sufficient for this purpose (min. 16" X 16 "). When access panels are required in corridors, lobby or other habitable areas, they will be located as directed by the CM. 4. Access panels shall be prime painted, keyed alike and provided with cylinder lock. 1.04 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION Not applicable. 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. As used in this Section, the following terms are understood to have the following meanings: 1. "Contractor or Subcontractor" unless otherwise qualified shall mean the installer of the work specified under this Section. 2. "Furnish" purchase and deliver to the project site, complete with every necessary appurtenance and support. 3. "Install" unload at the delivery point at the site and perform all work necessary to establish secure mounting and proper location and operation in the project. 4. "Provide" "Furnish" and "Install ". 5. "Work" all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and all other items required for a proper and complete installation. 6. "Piping" in addition to pipe or tubing, all fittings, flanges, unions, valves, strainers, drains, hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 3 JUNE 2, 2008 7. "Concealed" hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, shafts, embedded in construction or in a crawl space. 8. "Exposed" not installed underground or concealed as defined above. 9. "Furnished by Others" materials or equipment purchased and set in place under other sections of the general contract and connected to the systems covered by this Section. 10. "Coordinate" all work provided under this Section of the specifications shall be in compliance with other trades. 11. "Owners Representative" shall be the party responsible to make decisions regarding all contractual obligations in reference to the Scope of Work for the Owner. 12. "Date of Substantial Completion" shall indicate the date where the work has been formally accepted as evidenced by completed final punch list or where the work has reached the stage that the owner obtains beneficial use and commences utilization of the installed systems for business or occupancy purposes. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, shall supercede this definition where specifically defined. 13. "Work by Others" shall mean work not provided by this contractor, but work furnished and / or installed by other contractors (performing their respective work) as a part of this contract. 1.06 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS A. Materials, installation of systems and equipment provided under this section shall be done in strict accordance with Texas Department of Public Safety Codes, Texas Department of Environmental Protection, Texas State Building Code and any other Codes and Regulations having jurisdiction including but not limited to: 1. Local Building Codes 2. All applicable NFPA Standards 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 4. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc (UL) 5. Sugarland Water Department 6. Sugarland Fire Department B. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, materials, workmanship and equipment performance shall conform with the latest governing edition of the following standards, publications, codes, specifications, requirements and regulations, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes but not limited to: 1. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 ASTM A 47 Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 4 JUNE 2, 2008 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 ASTM A 53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot - Dipped, Zinc - Coated Welded and Seamless ASTM A 135 Electric- Resistance - Welded Steel Pipe ASTM A 183 Carbon Steel Tract Bolts and Nuts ASTM A 536 Ductile Iron Castings ASTM A 795 Black and Hot - Dipped Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for Fire Protection Use ASTM B 88 Seamless Copper Water Tube ASTM D 3309 Polybutylene (PB) Plastic Hot- and Cold -Water Distribution Systems ASTM F 442 Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR -PR) 2. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME) ASME B16.1 Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings ASME B16.3 Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings ASME B16.4 Cast Iron Threaded Fittings ASME B16.9 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings ASME B16.11 Forged Fittings, Socket - Welding and Threaded ASME B16.18 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ASME B16.21 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges ASME B16.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings ASME B18.2.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series) ASME B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series) 3. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SANITARY ENGINEERING (ASSE) ASSE 1015 Double Check Backflow Prevention Assembly 4. AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA) AWWA -01 Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater AWWA B300 Hypochlorites FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 5 JUNE 2, 2008 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 AWWA B301 Liquid Chlorine AWWA C104 AWWA C110 AWWA C111 AWWA C151 AWWA C203 AWWA M20 NFPA 1963 Fire Hose Connections NICET 1014 Cement - Mortar Lining for Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. through 48 In. for Water and Other Liquids Rubber - Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings Ductile -Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water or Other Liquids Coal -tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot - Applied Manual: Water Chlorination Principles and Practices 5. FACTORY MUTUAL ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH (FM) FM P7825 Approval Guide 6. MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY (MSS) MSS SP -71 Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanges and Threaded Ends 7. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) NFPA 13 Installation of Sprinkler Systems NFPA 24 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances 8. NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR CERTIFICATION IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES (NICET) Detail Manual for Certification in Field of Fire Protection Engineering Technology (Field 003) Automatic Sprinkler System Layout 9. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) UL -01 Building Materials Directory UL -04 Fire Protection Equipment Directory UL 668 Hose Valves For Fire Protection Service FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 6 JUNE 2, 2008 C. Codes, laws and standards provide a basis for the minimum installation criteria acceptable. The drawings and specifications illustrate the scope required for this project, which may exceed minimum codes, laws and standards. D. The contractor shall give all notices, file all plans, obtain all permits and licenses, and obtain all necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the authorities having jurisdiction. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by inspectors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace imperfect or condemned work to conform to requirements, satisfactory to CM without extra cost to the Authority. If work is covered before inspection and approval, the Contractor shall pay costs of uncovering and reinstalling the covering, whether it meets contract requirements or not. 1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Nameplates 1. Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer's name, address, type or style, model or serial number, and catalog number on a plate secured to the equipment. B. Equipment Guards 1. Belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts so located that any person may come in close proximity thereto shall be completely enclosed or guarded. High- temperature equipment and piping so located as to endanger personnel or create a fire hazard shall be guarded or covered with insulation of type specified for service. 1.08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS A. Where equipment or materials are specified with the name of a manufacturer, such specification shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard for that particular item. No equipment or material shall be used unless previously approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Substitutions may be offered for review provided the material, equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every respect to that indicated or specified. The request for each substitution must be accompanied by complete specifications together with drawings or samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process. C. If a substitution of materials or equipment in whole or in part is made, this Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes necessitated by any other trade as a result of said substitution. D. All materials, equipment and accessories provided under this Section shall be new and unused products of recognized manufacturers as approved. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1, General Conditions, for schedule and form of all submittals unless specifically noted otherwise in this Section Shop drawings and design layouts shall be prepared by licensed installing contractors and shall note the name(s), license number(s) and license expiration dates(s) of the contractor(s) installing the Fire Protection work. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 7 JUNE 2, 2008 B. Definitions: 1. Shop Drawings are information prepared by the contractor to illustrate portions of the work in more detail than indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: The mechanical design for each product is based on the single manufacturer listed in the schedule or shown on the drawings. In Part 2 of the specifications, certain Alternate Manufacturers are listed as being acceptable. In addition, the MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS paragraph potentially allows for substitutions as being acceptable. These are acceptable only if, as a minimum, they: a. Meet all performance criteria listed in the schedules and outlined in the specifications. b. Fit within the available space it was designed for, including space for maintenance and component removal, with no modification to either the space or the product. Clearances to walls, ceilings, and other equipment will be at least equal to those shown on the design drawings. The fact that a manufacturer's name appears as acceptable shall not be taken to mean the Engineer has determined that the manufacturer's products will fit within the available space — this determination is solely the responsibility of the contractor. c. Products must adhere to all architectural considerations including, but not limited to; being of the same color as the product scheduled or specified and fitting within the architectural enclosures and details. C. Submittal Procedures, Format and Requirements 1. Review submittal packages for compliance with Contract Documents and then submit to Owner's Representative for review. Submit enough sets of shop drawings such that, after review, two sets will be kept by the reviewer, with only the remaining sets returned with reviewer's marks and comments. 2. Each Shop Drawing shall indicate in title block, and each Product Data package shall indicate on cover sheet, the following information: a. Title b. Equipment number c. Name and location of project d. Names of Owner, Engineer and Seller e. Names of manufacturers, suppliers, vendors, etc. f. Date of submittal g. Whether original submittal or resubmitted 3. Shop Drawings showing manufacturer's product data shall contain detailed dimensional drawings (minimum 1 /," — 1' scale) including plans and sections (where physical clearance could be an issue). Provide larger scale details as necessary. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 8 JUNE 2, 2008 4. Submit accurate and complete description of materials of construction, manufacturer's published performance characteristics, sizes, weights, capacity ratings (performance data, alone, is not acceptable), electrical requirements, starting characteristics, wiring diagrams, and acoustical performance for complete assemblies. Drawings shall clearly indicate location (terminal block or wire number), voltage and function for all field terminations, and other information necessary to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Provide Shop Drawings showing details of piping connections to all equipment. If connection details are not submitted and connections are found to be installed incorrectly, this contractor shall reinstall them within the original contract price. 6. Provide complete data for all auxiliary services and utilities required by submitted equipment. 7. Provide a complete description of all controls and instrumentation required including electrical power connection drawing for all components and interconnection wiring to starters, detailed information on starters, control diagrams, termination diagrams, and all control interfaces with a central control system. 8. Provide installation and erection information including; lifting requirements, and any special rigging or installation requirements for all equipment. 9. The Owner's Representative shall approve all materials before commitment for materials is made. D. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product description and technical information including: 1. Pipe, fittings and joints 2. Pipe sleeves 3. Backflow preventer 4. Pressure switches 5. Alarm check valves 6. Fire Department inlet connection 7. Check valves 8. Electric alarm bell 9. Supervisory (tamper) switches 10. Water flow switches 11. Valves 12. Pressure gauges 13. Inspector's test connection FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 9 JUNE 2, 2008 14. Hangers, inserts and anchors 15. Sprinkler heads 16. Access panels 17. Expansion joints 18. Valve tags and charts 19. Spare parts: spare parts data shall be included for each different item of material and equipment specified. The data shall include a complete list of parts and supplies with current unit prices and source of supply, and a list of parts recommended by the manufacturer to be replaced after 1 year and 3 years of service. A list of special tools and test equipment required for maintenance and testing of the products supplied by the Contractor shall be included. 20. Hydrant flow data 21. Hydraulic calculations with hydraulic reference points and pipe segments noted on sprinkler shop drawings. 22. Sprinkler system shop drawings: provide hydraulically calculated shop drawings for approval for entire system, in addition to obtaining all flow test information for same. Detail drawings conforming to the requirements established for working plans as prescribed in NFPA 13. Drawings shall include plan and elevation views which establish that the equipment will fit the allotted spaces with clearance for installation and maintenance. Each set of drawings shall include the following: a. Descriptive index of drawings in the submittal with drawings listed in sequence by drawing number. A legend identifying device symbols, nomenclature, and conventions used. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 b. Floor plans drawn to a scale not less than 1:100 (1/8" = 1' -0 ") which clearly show locations of sprinklers, risers, pipe hangers, seismic separation assemblies, sway bracing, inspector's test connections, drains, and other applicable details necessary to clearly describe the proposed arrangement. Each type of fitting used and the locations of bushings, reducing couplings, and welded joints shall be indicated. c. Actual center -to- center dimensions between sprinklers on branch lines and between branch lines; from end sprinklers to adjacent walls; from walls to branch lines; from sprinkler feed mains, cross -mains and branch lines to finished floor and roof or ceiling. A detail shall show the dimension from the sprinkler and sprinkler deflector to the ceiling in finished areas. d. Longitudinal and transverse building sections showing typical branch line and cross -main pipe routing as well as elevation of each typical sprinkler above finished floor. e. Details of each type of riser assembly; pipe hanger; sway bracing for earthquake protection, and restraint of underground water main at point -of -entry into the building, and electrical devices and interconnecting wiring. FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 10 JUNE 2, 2008 The contract drawings are not intended to show the exact number of heads, all of the areas to be protected with sprinklers, or the accepted method of installing the sprinkler system. The Contractor shall be responsible for this. 23. As Built Drawings: as -built drawings, no later than 14 working days after completion of the Final Tests. The sprinkler system shop drawings shall be updated to reflect as -built conditions after work is completed and shall be on reproducible full -size Mylar film. J• 24. Test Procedures and Schedules: proposed test procedures for piping hydrostatic test, testing of alarms, at least 14 days prior to the start of related testing. a. Preliminary Tests: A schedule of preliminary tests, at least 14 days prior to the proposed start of the tests. b. Final Test: Upon successful completion of tests specified under PRELIMINARY TESTS, written notification shall be given to the Contracting Officer of the date for the final acceptance test. Notification shall be provided at least 14 days prior to the proposed start of the test. Notification shall include a copy of the Contractor's Material & Test Certificates. 25. Installer Qualifications: qualifications of the sprinkler installer. 26. Contractor's Material & Test Certificates: certificates, as specified in NFPA 13, shall be completed and signed by the Contractor's Representative performing required tests for both underground and aboveground piping. 27. Identification labels and tags, including database for all equipment and devices. 28. All information required for documenting LEED points. 29. O &M table of contents. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 f. Contractor shall note areas shown on drawings for location of zone valve assemblies and wet/dry application. g. Sprinkler system shall be zoned by riser and floor. h. Provide a full set of hydraulic calculations, complete and correct in every respect in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14, current edition. Final construction design shall be based on these calculations. Prepare working plans stamped by a registered Texas Professional Engineer of the entire system in accordance with NFPA No. 13, shall have these drawings approved by the Engineer and, the Authority's insuring Agent and so stamped and signed, and shall submit such stamped and signed drawings to the Fire Department for approval. Install no work until the drawings have been returned to the Contractor with all approvals. FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 11 JUNE 2, 2008 E. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products and accessories in an individual (combined) submittal. 1. Do not submit multiple product information in a single bound manual. 2. Three -ring binders shall not be accepted. F. Deviations: 1. Concerning deviations other than substitutions, proposed deviations from Contract Documents shall be requested individually in writing whether deviations result from field conditions, standard shop practice, or other cause. Submit letter with transmittal of Shop Drawings which flags the deviation to the attention of the Owner's Representative. 2. Without letters flagging the deviation to the Owner's Representative, it is possible that the Engineer may not notice such deviation or may not realize its ramifications. Therefore, if such letters are not submitted to the Owner's Representative, the Seller shall hold the Engineers, his consultants and the Owner harmless for any and all adverse consequences resulting from the deviations being implemented. This shall apply regardless of whether the Engineer has reviewed or approved shop drawings containing the deviation, and will be strictly enforced. 3. Approval of proposed deviations, if any, will be made at discretion of Engineer. G. Schedule: Incorporate shop drawing review period into construction schedule so that Work is not delayed. This subcontractor shall assume full responsibility for delays caused by not incorporating the following shop drawing review time requirements into his project schedule. Allow at least 10 working days, exclusive of transmittal time, for review each time shop drawing is submitted or resubmitted with the exception that 20 working days, exclusive of transmittal time are required when more than five shop drawings of a single trade are received in one calendar week. H. Responsibility 1. Intent of Submittal review is to check for capacity, rating, and certain construction features. The Fire Protection Contractor shall ensure that work meets requirements of Contract Documents regarding information that pertains to fabrication processes or means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; and for coordination of work of this and other Sections. Work shall comply with approved submittals to extent that they agree with Contract Documents. Submittal review shall not diminish responsibility under this Contract for dimensional coordination, quantities, installation, wiring, supports and access for service, nor the shop drawing errors or deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. The Engineer's noting of some errors while overlooking others will not excuse the Fire Protection Contractor from proceeding in error. Contract Documents requirements are not limited, waived nor superseded in any way by review. 2. Inform subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, etc. Of scope and limited nature of review process and enforce compliance with contract documents. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 12 JUNE 2, 2008 In the event that the Fire Protection Sub - contractor fails to provide Shop Drawings for any of the products specified herein: 1. The Fire Protection Sub - contractor shall furnish and install all materials and equipment herein specified in complete accordance with these Specifications. 2. If the Fire Protection Contractor furnishes and installs material and /or equipment that is not in complete accordance with these Specifications, he shall be responsible for the removal of this material and /or equipment. He shall also be responsible for the replacement of this material and /or equipment with material and /or equipment that is in complete accordance with these Specifications, at the direction of the Owner's Representative. 3. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. 4. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall not be allowed as a basis for a claim of delay of completion of the Work. J. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. K. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSD) on each applicable product with submittal. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Commence preparation of the Operating and Maintenance (O &M) Manuals immediately upon receipt of "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" shop drawings and submit each section within one month. The final submission shall be no later than two months prior to the projected date of Substantial Completion of the Project. B. Submit O &M table of contents in the submittal phase. O &M manuals shall be built as submittals are accepted and shall include the individual equipment manufacturer's data retrieval sheet, as per Attachment A in Part IV for input into the Owner's Maintenance Management System. Form shall be provided and completed electronically. C. Each O &M document shall include the manufacturer's web address for equipment, specific O &M information for Internet access by the Owner. D. The manual shall consist of (3) sets of manuals and include (3) sets of CDs, which shall contain the scanned content of the entire manual. The manual shall highlight the actual equipment used and not be a master catalog of all similar products of the manufacturer. The manual shall be submitted for review prior to creation of the CDs. E. The Manual shall contain the following: 1. Operations Manual a. Systems description including all relevant information needed for day -to- day operations and management including start-up and shut -down instructions. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 b. Wiring diagrams, schematics, logic diagrams and sequence of operations that accurately depict the controls system. FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 13 JUNE 2, 2008 2. Maintenance Manual FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Maintenance and Lubricating Chart: Furnish three sets of charts indicating equipment tag number, location of equipment, equipment service, greasing and lubricating requirements, lubricants and intervals of lubrication. One chart shall be framed under glass and mounted where directed by the Owner's Representative. b. Value and System Chart: correspond to valve tags, refer to paragraph identification systems. c. Recommended List of Spare Parts: furnish two typed sets of instructions for ordering spare parts with sectional views of the fittings or equipment showing parts numbered or labeled to facilitate ordering replacements. Each set shall include a list with itemized prices of those parts recommended to be kept on hand as spares, as well as the name and address of where they may be obtained. d. Provide copy of all warranty information with associated date of substantial completion (commencement of warranty) and end date of coverage. Define all components / subsystems specifically included and excluded. 3. Provide O &M manuals for each of the following: a. Backflow preventers b. Alarm check valve assemblies c. Flow switches d. Tamper switches e. Valves f. Sprinkler Heads 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to DIVISION 1, General Conditions, for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this Section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. B. Record Drawings (red -line drawings) will be updated by this Contractor daily for review with the monthly requisition. The record drawing shall be an accurate depiction of the systems as completed, including dimensions (vertical /horizontal) of concealed components off fixed building elements. C. The Sprinkler Foreman shall maintain complete and separate set of prints of Contract Drawings at job site at all times and shall record work completed and all changes from original Contract Drawings clearly and accurately including work installed as a modification or addition to the original design. D. At completion of work the Sprinkler Contractor shall prepare a complete set of record drawings on AutoCAD showing all systems as actually installed. The Architectural background AutoCAD files will be made available for the contractor's copying, at his expense, to serve as backgrounds for the drawings. The Sprinkler Contractor shall FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 14 JUNE 2, 2008 transfer changes from field drawings onto AutoCAD drawings and submit copy of files and three sets of prints to Owner's Representative for comments as to compliance with this section. CADD layering as established by the A &E design team shall be maintained with any and all changes done by the contractor. E. The Architect and Engineer are not granting to the Contractor any ownership or property interest in the CADD Drawings by the delivery of the CADD Disks to the Contractor. The Contractor's rights to use the CADD disks and the CADD Drawings are limited to use for the sole purpose of assisting in the Contractor's performance of its contractual obligations under its contract with respect to the Project. The Architect and Engineer are granting no further rights. Any reuse or other use by the Contractor will be at the Contractor's sole risk and without liability to the Architect and Engineer. The Contractor hereby waives and releases any losses, claims, damages, liabilities of any nature whatsoever, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. The Contractor, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Architect and Engineer harmless from all loses, claims, damages, liabilities, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. F. Record Drawings, shall show "as- built" condition of details, sections, riser diagrams, control changes and corrections to schedules. Schedules shall show actual manufacturer and model numbers of final equipment installation. G. The Sprinkler Contractor shall submit the record set for approval by the engineer a minimum of one week prior to seeking the permanent certificate of occupancy. 1.12 WARRANTIES A. Submit manufacturer's standard replacement warranties for material and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the manufacturer and this Contractor may have by law or by provisions of the Contract Documents. B. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section shall be guaranteed against all defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum period of one -year (1) commencing with the Date of Substantial Completion. Any failure due to defective material, equipment or workmanship which may develop, shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner including all damage to areas, materials and other systems resulting from such failures. C. Guarantee that all elements of each system meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated on the Drawings. D. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of the failure of any part of the systems during the warranty period, the affected parts shall be replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be considered defective and shall be replaced. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions for record drawings and procedures to be under this Section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this Section. B. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire building construction, including all other trades, shall not be delayed nor interfered with. Materials and FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 15 JUNE 2, 2008 apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must be installed promptly when and as required. C. Confer with all other trades relative to location of all apparatus and equipment to be installed and select locations so as not to conflict with work of other Sections. Any conflicts shall be referred immediately to the Owner's Representative for decision to prevent delay in installation of work. All work and materials placed in violation of this clause shall be readjusted to the Owner's Representative's satisfaction at no expense to the Owner. D. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this Section may interfere with work of other sections, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Prepare and submit for approval 3/8" scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how the work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. E. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for all apparatus, pipes, sleeves, etc., and give information in advance to allow construction of required openings. Furnish all sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals, and coordinate with the General Contractor for the proper setting of same. F. All distribution systems which require pitch or slope such as condensate drains and water piping shall have the right of way over those which do not. Confer with other trades as to the location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to avoid interferences. G. Fire Protection, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical and any other systems shall be shown and coordinated on these transparencies in the order listed by the respective contractors. H. This Contractor shall, with the approval of the Owner's Representative and without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in his work as required by normal structural interferences, or by interference with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. 1.14 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Provide a set of Fire Protection coordination drawings for use in verifying required code clearances (as well as clearances for operation, repair, removal and testing) of all equipment and for use in coordinating installation of equipment with other trades. Where practical, the CADD layering as established by the A &E team for the construction documents shall be utilized in the preparation of all coordination drawings. Where CADD layering deviates from the A &E team's layering convention, the contractor shall submit the proposed layering system for approval. The CADD layering used shall provide, as a minimum, the flexibility of illustrating trade specific items similar to the established A &E team layering standard. B. The intent of the coordination drawings is to identify and resolve installation conflicts prior to fabrication and installation of any MEP trade. C. The HVAC Sub - contractor's coordination drawings shall be the basis for floor plan coordination. The Electrical Sub - contractor's reflected ceiling plans shall be the basis for ceiling coordination. D. The Architect and Engineer are not granting to the Contractor any ownership or property interest in the CADD Drawings by the delivery of the CADD Disks to the Contractor. The Contractor's rights to use the CADD disks and the CADD Drawings are limited to use for FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 16 JUNE 2, 2008 the sole purpose of assisting in the Contractor's performance of its contractual obligations under its contract with respect to the Project. The Architect and Engineer are granting no further rights. Any reuse or other use by the Contractor will be at the Contractor's sole risk and without liability to the Architect and Engineer. The Contractor hereby waives and releases any losses, claims, damages, liabilities of any nature whatsoever, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. The Contractor, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Architect and Engineer harmless from all loses, claims, damages, liabilities, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. E. Fire Protection Coordination Drawings 1. Prepare Coordination Drawings showing all fire protection work to be installed as part of Fire Protection Section 15300. The Coordination Drawings shall be created using AutoCAD and shall have a scale of/8 ". 2. The Fire Protection Coordination Drawings shall show all equipment, pipes, sprinkler heads, sleeves, hangers, anchors and inserts. 3. After showing all of the Fire Protection work, forward a copy of the Fire Protection Coordination Drawings to the Owner's Representative for incorporation into the projects Coordination Drawings. 4. Do not install any of this work prior to the preparation and approval of the final Coordination Drawings. If Fire Protection work proceeds prior to the final Coordination Drawings, any change to the Fire Protection work to correct the interferences and conflicts which result will be made by this Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Coordination Drawings are for this Contractor's and Owner's Representative's use during construction and shall not be construed as replacing any shop, "as- built", or Record Drawings required elsewhere in these Contract Documents. 6. Owner's Representative's review of Coordination Drawings shall not relieve this Contractor from his overall responsibility for coordination of all work performed pursuant to the Contract or from any other requirements of the Contract. 1.15 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. It is the intention of the Specifications and Drawings to call for complete, finished work, tested and ready for continuous operation. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on the Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or vice - versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be provided by this Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic. The locations of all items that are not definitely fixed by dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations must be determined at the project and shall have the approval of the Owner's Representative before being installed. This Contractor shall follow Drawings, including his shop drawings, in laying out work and shall check the Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions. Where space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Owner's Representative before FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 17 JUNE 2, 2008 proceeding with the installation. This Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. C. Size of pipes and methods of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all necessary parts to make complete approved working systems ready for use, shall be furnished without extra charge. All work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid being unsightly. 1.16 INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS A. Prior to submission of bid, this Contractor shall visit the site and / or review the related construction documents to determine the conditions under which the Work has to be performed. He shall report, in writing, to the Owner's Representative, any conditions which might adversely affect the Contractor's work. 1.17 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS A. Base all required measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from referenced points established WITH the Owner's Representative. The Fire Protection Contractor shall be responsible for correctly laying out the Work required under this Section of the Specifications. B. In the event of discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated, notify the Owner's Representative in writing and do not proceed with the related work until instructions have been issued. 1.18 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. No materials shall be delivered or stored on site until Shop Drawings have been approved. B. All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in original packages or containers bearing the manufacturer's labels and product identification. C. Protect materials against dampness. Store off floors, under cover and adequately protected from damage. D. Inspect all Fire Protection equipment and materials, upon receipt at the job site, for damage and conformance to approved Shop Drawings. 1.19 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. Be responsible for the care and protection of all work included under this Section until the completion and final acceptance of this Contract. B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes including, but not limited to, fire, vandalism and theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Authority. C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs, caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from damage that might be caused by work or workmen under this Section and make good damage thus caused. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 18 JUNE 2, 2008 D. Damaged materials are to be removed from the site; no site storage of damaged materials will be allowed. 1.20 SUPERVISION A. Supply the service of a competent Supervisor with a minimum of 5 years experience in Fire Protection Construction Supervision who shall be in charge of the Fire Protection work at the site. 1.21 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Life safety, accident prevention shall be a primary consideration. Provide all required and prudent material, labor and equipment to comply with the safety requirements of the Owner and OSHA throughout the entire construction period of the project. B. Furnish, place and maintain proper guards and any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life and /or property. C. Perform work only in areas of the building as approved by the Owner's Representative equipment access to the site, laydown areas, parking areas and areas of work shall only be as designated and allowed by the Owner's Representative. 1.22 SCHEDULE A. Construct work in sequence under provisions of Division 1 and as coordinated with the Owner's Representative. 1.23 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING A. The work to be done under this Section shall include the furnishing, set -up and maintenance of all derricks, hoisting machinery, cranes, scaffolds, staging and planking as required for the work. 1.24 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide all cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. Form all chases or openings for the installation of the work of this Section, or cut the same in existing work and see that all sleeves or forms are in the work and properly set in ample time to prevent delays. Be responsible that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and consult with the Owner's Representative and all other trades concerned in reference to this work. Confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the approval of the CM. D. Fit around, close up, repair, patch, and point around the work specified herein to match the existing adjacent surfaces and to the satisfaction of the CM. E. Fill and patch all openings or holes left in the existing structures by the removal of existing equipment which is part of this Section. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 19 JUNE 2, 2008 F All of this work shall be carefully done by workmen qualified to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. G. Any cost caused by defective or ill -timed work required by this Section shall be borne by this Contractor. H. When, in order to accommodate the work required under this Section, finished materials of other trades must be cut or fitted, furnish the necessary drawings and information to the trades whose materials must be cut or fitted. 1.25 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Coordinate with other trades the location of and maintaining in proper positions, sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts to be supplied and /or set in place under this Section. In the event of incorrectly located preset sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts, etc., all required cutting and patching of finished work shall be done under this Section. B. All pipes passing through floors, walls, ceilings or partitions shall be provided with fire stopping to maintain the fire rating of the structure. All penetrations and associated fire stopping shall be installed in accordance with the fire stopping manufacturer's listed installation details. Provide sleeves for all penetrations where required by the listed detail, for the penetration of all mechanical room floors and where specifically required on the drawings. C. Field drilling (core drilling), when required, shall be performed under this Section, after receipt of approval by the Owner's Representative. 1. When coring can not be avoided, provide 1 /4" pilot hole prior to coring. When coring through floor or slab, verify location of core on floor below and protect and piping, ductwork, wiring, furniture, personnel, etc., below the location of the core. 1.26 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all supplementary steel, factory fabricated channels and supports required for the proper installation, mounting and support of all Fire Protection equipment and systems provided under this Section. B. Supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be firmly connected to building construction in a manner approved by the CM as shown on the drawings, or herein specified. C. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel provided under this Section shall accommodate all deflections in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements for the specific loading on the system installed therein. D. All supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floors and ceiling construction. All turns shall be made with 90° and 45° fittings, as required to suit the construction and installation conditions. E. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels, supports and fittings shall be Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. approved, shall be galvanized steel, where exposed or subject to rust producing atmosphere and shall be manufactured by Unistrut, H- strut, Powerstrut or approved equal. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 15300 - 20 JUNE 2, 2008 1.27 ACCESSIBILITY A. All work provided under this Section of the Specification shall be installed so that parts requiring periodic inspection, maintenance and repair are accessible. Work of this trade shall not infringe upon clearances required by equipment of other trades, especially code required clearances to electrical gear. Minor deviations from the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of substantial magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Owner's Representative. 1.28 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS A. Submit working plans and calculations reviewed, signed and stamped by a Professional Engineer who is registered in the State where the project is located and has specific experience in seismic calculations, certifying that the plans meet all seismic requirements established by authorities having jurisdiction over the project. 1.29 WELDING QUALIFICATIONS 20080076.00 A. Piping shall be welded in accordance with qualified procedures using performance qualified welders and welding operators. Procedures and welders shall be qualified in accordance with ASME BPV IX. Welding procedures qualified by others, and welders and welding operators qualified by another employer may be accepted as permitted by ASME 631.1. The Owner's Representative shall be notified 24 hours in advance of tests and the tests shall be performed at the work site if practicable. The welder or welding operator shall apply his assigned symbol near each weld he makes as a permanent record. Structural members shall be welded in accordance with Sections 05055 Welding, Structural. B. A fire watchman with an approved fire extinguisher shall be posted at the site of the welding work, during that work, and for a minimum of 30 minutes after the work is completed, to see that sparks or drops of hot metal do not start fires. 1.30 ELECTRICAL WORK A. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished and the installation thereof, as a part of the Fire Protection work, equipment, and controls shall conform to applicable requirements under DIVISION 16— ELECTRICAL. 1.31 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Certificates Of Approval 1. Upon completion of all work, provide certificates of inspections from the following equipment manufacturers stating that the authorized factory representatives have inspected and tested the operation of their respective equipment and found the equipment to be in satisfactory operating condition and installed per the manufacturers installation instructions and requirements. a. Backflow Preventor B. Substantial Completion 1. When the Subcontractor considers the Work under this Section is substantially complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice, through the General Contractor, with a detailed list of items remaining to be completed or corrected FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 21 JUNE 2, 2008 and a schedule of when each remaining work item will be completed. Should the engineer determine the list of remaining work does not constitute substantial completion the engineer will notify the Architect and /or Owner and he will not make a substantial completion site visit. 2. The following items shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to the written request for substantial completion inspection: a. Certification of successful operation of all systems. b. Training of the owner's personnel in the operation of the systems. c. Record Drawings in accordance with the contract specifications. d. Operation and Maintenance manuals. e. Testing reports. f. Balancing reports. g. Manufacturers certificates of approvals. h. Emergency contact list for reporting of malfunctioning equipment during the warrantee period. Contractors Project Completion certificate in accordance with the building code requirements. 3. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion visit, observe that the Work is substantially complete, s /he will provide a written listing of the observed deficiencies referred herein as the Punch List. The Punch List will provide for a place for the subcontractor and general contractor to sign off and date each item individually indicating that the observed deficiency item has been corrected. 4. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion site visit, observe that the Work is not substantially complete, s /he will provide, a written list of the major deficiencies and a reason for the work not being considered substantially complete. 5. If the work is found not to be substantially complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to re- observe the work. A re- observation fee shall be charged to the Subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any further observations by the engineer. 6. The Subcontractor shall remedy all deficiencies listed in the punch list within the time frame required by the contract. C. Engineers Construction Completion Certification 1. Where required by the applicable code, the Engineers Construction Completion Certification will be issued by RDK Engineers when all life safety and health related issues are complete, all required functional tests are complete and all reports are complete. The following is a minimum listing of the required systems to be tested with reports generated indicating they are complete and ready for use: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 22 JUNE 2, 2008 a. Fire Suppression Systems b. Pipe Pressure Test 2. There shall be NO outstanding items identified on the punch list for scope within any of these categories. D. Final Completion 1. The following items shall be submitted prior completion: a. Revised Substantial Completion items with the review process comments. 2. The certificate shall include the following information: a. Project. b. Permit Number. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 to the written request for Final to be resubmitted in accordance b. Warranties commencing the date of Substantial completion c. Individual Signed and dated Punch List acknowledging completion of all punch list items 2. When the Subcontractor considers all of the punch list work items complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice through the General Contractor that all Punch List items are complete and resolved and the work is ready for final inspection. The signature lines for completion of each punch list item shall be signed by the Subcontractor indicating the work is complete and signed by the General contractor indicating s /he has inspected the work and found it to be complete. Should the Engineer find the work to be finally complete and all Punch List items are complete the Engineer will make a recommendation to the Architect or Owner. If the Engineer has found the punch list work to be incomplete during final inspection a written listing of the observed deficiencies will be prepared by the Engineer. 3. If the work is not fully complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to re- observe the work. A re- observation fee shall be charged to the subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any re- observations by the engineer. E. Subcontractor's Project Completion Certificate 1. Upon completion of work and prior to request for Certificate of Occupancy, the Subcontractor shall issue a certificate stating that work has been installed generally consistent with construction documents and all applicable codes. RDK Engineers can furnish a blank contractor's certificate form upon request. The certificate shall certify shall indicate: a. Execution of all work has been installed in accordance with the approved construction documents. b. Execution and control of all methods of construction was in a safe and satisfactory manner in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal statutes and regulations. FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 23 JUNE 2, 2008 c. Location. d. Construction Documents. e. Date on Plans and Specifications submitted for approval and issuance of the Building Permit. f. Addendum(a) and Revision Dates. 3. The certificate shall be signed by the Subcontractor and include the following: a. Signature. b. Date. c. Company. d. License Number. e. License Expiration Date. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 15300 - 24 JUNE 2, 2008 \-• • : •:. • Service Limits Fire Service :: .... Leg. Press. s19): Temp.(F) Class. . Material Fire Service (Exterior Underground) F 250 70 F10 Ductile Iron Cement Lined Sprinkler and Standpipe (Wet Pipe) SPR 175 70 F20 Carbon Steel Sprinkler Drain Piping SPD 175 70 F20 Carbon Steel General Material Notes: 1. Pipe, fittings and valves shall conform to the latest standards per relevant sections of ANSI, ASTM, AWWA and NFPA. All pipe shall be UL listed and FM approved. In addition, adhere to state and local plumbing and fire codes. 2. Rate system components for the maximum working pressure to which they are exposed but not less than 175 psig. 3. Pipe, tube valves and fittings shall meet or exceed ASTM /ANSI standards listed in the National Fire Codes and specifically in NFPA -13. 4. All threaded piping and fittings shall conform to thread cuts listed in ANSI /ASME B1.20.1. 5. Welding methods shall comply with all the requirements listed in American Welding Society document D10.9 levels AR -3. 6. Each length of pipe, each pipe fitting, material or device used in the respective system shall have cast, stamped or indelibly marked, the maker's name or mark, weight and quality of the product when such marking is required by the approved standards to which it applies. 7. All fire service piping shall be seismically braced per applicable sections of the state building code. Standards for braces and seismic joints shall be installed per the National Fire Prevention Code NFPA -13 as referenced by the state building code. 8. Fittings into which sprinklers, drop nipples or riser nipples are screwed shall be threaded type. Plain end fittings with mechanical couplings, fittings which use steel gripping devices to bite into the pipe and segmented welded fittings shall not be used PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.00 NOT USED 2.01 FIRE PROTECTION PIPE MATERIAL INDEX FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 15300 - 25 JUNE 2, 2008 Pipe Class F15 Item 6" and larger Pipe Ductile Iron AWWA class 50 Cement lined and asphalt seal coated to ANSI /AWWA C104/A21.4 externally coated pipe. Cement lining ANSI A21.4 and AWWA C104. The pipe shall be insulated with polyurethane foam and covered with a PVC jacket. Ends shall be protected with a factory applied moisture barrier. Fittings Ductile Iron 250 psi rating conforming to AWWA C -110, cement lining AWWA C -104. The fittings shall be clearly marked with the letters "Ductile" or "DI" and shall have an outside bituminous coating of one mil. Joints Push on joints shall conform to a single rubber gasket joint per ANSI /AWWA C151A21.51. Flange joints and pipe flanges shall conform to ANSI B16.1. Flanged joints are to be fitted such that the contact faces bear uniformly on the gasket and are made with uniform bolt stress. Valves See F10 Insulation Closed cell with nominal density of 2.0 # /ft with a K factor of .14 BTU in. /hr, sf. °F at 73 polyurethane foam completely filling the annular space between the pipe and jacket. Jacket Seamless PVC type 1 grade 1 per ASTM D1784. Jacket wall thickness shall be 100 mils for 6" pipe and 120 mils for 8" pipe. Heat Tape Provide heat tape, power connection kit and thermostat. Heat tape to be capable of maintaining 45 °F water temperature in the carrier pipe system. See drawing details. Gaskets /Bolts Gaskets shall be full face rubber 1/8 in. thick. Bolts and nuts shall conform to ANSI B18.2.1 and B18.2.2 respectively. Approved Manufacturers: Perma- Pipe /Ricwil or as approved equal Notes: 1. Receiving , Storage and Handling - pipe shall be unloaded using slings, hooks, pipe tongs or skids. Care should be taken to avoid injury to coating or lining. Store lubricant for rubber joints in a sanitary condition as an aid in disinfection of the main. Rubber gaskets shall be used on a first in, first out basis and stored in a cool dark location 2. The initial backfill is to be select material hand placed and tamped in 6" dry layers above the jacket — leave pipe exposed for inspection. Do not use frozen sod, cinders or stones greater than 3/4" as backfill. After hydrostatic tests are complete, backfill remaining exposed pipe and tamp in 12" layers. Do not use wheeled or tracked vehicles for tamping. Final backfill is to be free of stone greater than 1/" in diameter. Compact backfill in dry condition and compaction rate is to be 90 %. Submit compaction reports. 3. Thrust restraint shall be installed at all changes in direction, tees, dead ends and where changes in pipe size occur by the use of concrete thrust blocks, restrained joints and tie rods. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 15300 - 26 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 Pipe Class F20 Item 2" and smaller 2 1/2" and larger Pipe Welded and seamless black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 schedule 40 thread and coupled or schedule 10 roll grooved. Welded and seamless black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 schedules 40 or schedule 10. Fittings Cast Iron Class 150 fittings ANSI /ASME B16.1 and screw fittings per ANSI /ASME B16.4. Mechanical grooved couplings with malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts and washers Cast Iron Class 150 fittings ANSI /ASME B16.11 and screw fittings per ANSI /ASME B16.3 and B16.9. Mechanical grooved couplings with malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts and washers. . Joints Roll groove, cut groove or thread. Apply joint compound or Teflon tape to male pipe threads on threaded systems Weld, roll groove, or thread. Apply joint compound or Teflon tape to male pipe threads on threaded systems. Welding procedures shall conform to the requirements of AWS D10.9, level AR3. Valves Ball Bronze or ductile ball valve with integral supervisory switch Nibco KT- 505-4 or Victaulic 728. Butterfly Ductile iron body with EDPM disc coating integral tamper switch. Vic 705W or Nibco G0- 1765 -4. Gate Iron body, solid wedge flanged. Provide tamper switch. Nibco F- 607 -OTS. Check Spring actuated anti -water hammer. Nibco -KW -900 -W VIC -717. Provide ball drips at FP connections. Spring assisted, ductile iron with elastomer encapsulated disc. VIC- 717 or equal. Provide ball drips at FDC. Flanges Flanges shall be plain faced and shall be CI 150 and shall conform to ANSI B16.5 Flanges shall be plain faced and shall be CI 150 and shall conform to ANSI B16.5 and NFPA -13 standards Gaskets /Bolts Gaskets shall be full face rubber 1/8 in. thick. Bolts and nuts shall conform to ANSI B18.2.1 and B18.2.2 respectively. Gaskets shall be full face rubber 1/8 in. thick. Bolts and nuts shall conform to ANSI B18.2.1 and B18.2.2 respectively. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION 20080076.00 15300 - 27 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 Pipe Class F20 Item 2" and smaller 2 1/2" and larger Notes: 1. Pipe material and fittings shall meet the standards set forth for pipe and tube in the national fire code NFPA 13 section 2 -3. 2. Cut grooves shall be in full conformance, with mechanical coupling manufacturers specifications and adhere to requirements outlined in NFPA -13 — latest edition. 3. Flexible couplings shall be used where vibration attenuation and stress relief is required. 4. Provide gate valve at fire pump suction, at BFP, and on 10" and larger service pipe. 2.02 PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. General 1. All pipe markers, bands, valve tags and equipment identification plates shall be as manufactured by W.H. Brady, Westline Products, Seton Nameplate Company or approved equal. B. Piping 1. Name of the service shall be printed in black letters, not Tess than 2" high for piping 3" and larger and 1" in height for piping 2 %' and smaller. 2. Legends, arrows and color band background shall conform to ANSI Standard A13.1 covering "Identification of Piping Systems." C. Equipment 1. Nameplates shall be made of black surface white core laminated bakelite with indented letters. 2. Nameplate shall be a minimum of 3" wide by 1.5" high and bear the equipment name as designated in these Specifications. 3. Equipment identification designations shall be from equipment schedules as indicated on the drawings or specified herein. D. Valve Tags 1. All valves on pipes of every description shall have neat, circular brass valve tags of at least 1.5" in diameter, attached with brass hook to each valve stem. Stamp on these valve tags in letters as large as practical the number of the valve and the service. The numbers of each service shall be consecutive. 2. All valves on equipment, tanks and pumps shall be numbered by 3" diameter red metal discs with white numbers 2" high secured to stem of valves by means of brass hooks or small solid link brass chain. 2.03 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Backflow Preventer 1. Double check assembly shall be Washington State Department of Health (DOH) approved, complete with OS &Y gate, valves, as indicated, on inlet and outlet. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 28 JUNE 2, 2008 B. Installation of all backflow preventers shall be in accordance with DOH regulations. C. Double check assemblies shall be registered with and approved by Washington State DOH or its agent prior to installation. D. Provide repair kit for double check backflow preventer. E. Double check assemblies 3" and larger shall be supported from the floor by means of adjustable pipe supports with floor flanges anchored to the floor. Provide spool piece before and after unit to receive support saddles. 2.04 WET SYSTEM RISER CHECK VALVE A. As manufactured by Reliable, Grinnell, Victaulic, Viking or approved equal. Valve shall be FM and UL approved, and rated to 175 psi. B. Valve body shall be manufactured of cast or ductile iron with moving parts of brass, bronze, aluminum bronze, stainless steel or EPDM. All internal parts replaceable without removing valve from installed position C. Check valve assembly shall include but not be limited to the following: 1. Standard trim piping 2. Pressure gauges 3. Main drain 4. Provide all necessary components as required for a complete operational system 2.05 ELECTRIC ALARM BELL A. Provide a UL / FM approved exterior alarm bell. Alarm bell shall be 6 inches in diameter, operates on 24 vac, with red powder coating, and be equal to Potter Series MBA -246. 2.06 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Fire department connection shall be flush type with cast brass body, matching wall escutcheon lettered "Auto Spkr' with a polished brass finish. Coordinate inlet style and hose thread with local fire department requirements. 2.07 SUPERVISORY / TAMPER SWITCH A. Supervisory / Tamper Switch: suitable for mounting to the type of control valve to be supervised open. The switch shall be UL / FM approved, tamper resistant and contain one set of SPDT (Form C) contacts arranged to transfer upon removal of the housing cover or closure of the valve of more than two rotations of the valve stem. Wiring on switch to fire alarm control panel to be provided under Division 16 Electrical. 1. Tamper switches for OS &Y valves shall be equal to Potter Model OSYSU -1 or System Sensor OSY2. 2.08 WATER FLOW SWITCH A. UL / FM approved vane type with a pipe saddle and cast aluminum housing. The electro- mechanical device shall include a flexible, low- density polyethylene paddle conforming to FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 15300 - 29 JUNE 2, 2008 Area Definition Building Common Areas Standard NFPA —13 Classification Light Hazard Design Pressure To meet end head requirements Design Density .1 gpm/ft Area of Operation 1500 ft Hose Allowance 100 gpm 120 ft normal spacing up to 225 ft Head Spacing Sprinkler Head Type Concealed white finish in ceiling areas, upright rough bronze in non - ceiling areas, Sprinkler Head Criteria Temperature rated at 155 - 165 °F. Style is Quick response pendent, K = 5.6 the inside diameter of the Fire Protection pipe. The device shall sense water movements and be capable of detecting a sustained flow of 10 GPM or greater. The device shall contain a retard device adjustable from 0 -90 seconds to reduce the possibility of false alarms caused by transient flow surges. The switch shall include two SPDT (Form C) contacts, and shall be equipped with a silicone rubber gasket to assure positive water seal and a dustproof cover and gasket to seal the mechanism from dirt and moisture. Wiring of the flow switch will be provided under Division 16 — Electrical. 1. Flow switch shall be equal to Potter Model VSR -F or System Sensor WFD for pipe sizes 2 inch through 8 inch. 2.09 PRESSURE (HI /LOW) SWITCH A. Pressure Switch: pressure switch shall include a metal housing with a neoprene diaphragm, SPDT snap action switches and a 'h" NPT male pipe thread. The switch shall have a maximum service pressure rating of 175 psi. There shall be two SPDT (Form C) contacts factory adjusted to operate at 25 to 175 psi. The switch shall be capable of being mounted in any position. Wiring of the pressure switch will be provided under Division 16 — Electrical. 1. Pressure switch shall be equal to Potter Model PS120. 2.10 SPRINKLER HEADS AND DESIGN PARAMETERS A. Sprinkler heads shall be installed in accordance with architectural reflected ceilings in all finished areas. 1. In all open areas where electrical equipment is located, shields shall be provided to keep water off the electrical equipment. 2. Areas with no hung ceiling shall be brass, upright. 3. Areas with heated ceiling space above unheated corridor shall have dry- pendant heads - chrome plated. B. Sprinkler heads shall be manufactured by Reliable, Viking, Victaulic, Grinnell or approved equal. All sprinkler heads shall be UUFM approved. C. Building Occupancies and Density Classifications 1. Administration, Office, Dining, Conference Rooms, Auditorium, Lobbies, Classrooms, Meeting Rooms, Toilet Cores, Lounges And Common Areas. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION 20080076.00 15300 - 30 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 Area Definition Building combustible Toad greater than light hazard Standard NFPA —13 Classification Ordinary Hazard Design Pressure To meet end head requirements Design Density .2 gpm /ft Area of Operation 1500 ft Hose Allowance 250 gpm Head Spacing 80 square feet per head normal up to 130 sf Sprinkler Head Type Exposed sprinklers. Upright or pendent orientation. Rough Bronze finish Sprinkler Head Criteria Temperature rated at 165 °F, use 212 °F near heat sources. Style is Quick response pendent, K = 5.6. Accepted Manufacturers/model. Other Provide Head guards in mechanical rooms, janitors closets, and in stairwells. Sprinklers for rooms with ceiling obstructions such as protruding light fixtures or soffits shall be fitted with extra sprinkler heads to accommodate obstructions. Accepted Manufacturers /model. Other Quick response sidewall sprinkler heads may be installed per listing 2. Future Tenant Areas, Mechanical Rooms, Storage Room, Under Stairs, Kitchens, Laundry Rooms, and Janitor's supply areas. D. Spare Sprinkler Heads and Cabinet 1. Provide at each sprinkler alarm check valve, a metal cabinet containing spare sprinkler heads and wrenches. 2. Cabinet shall have shelves for storing the spare sprinkler heads in an orderly manner. The shelf spaces shall be subdivided to segregate the sprinkler heads of each type and clearly identify them with approved markings. Cabinet shall have proper arrangements for hanging the wrenches. Wrenches shall be located so as to be readily accessible. 3. Cabinet shall be dust tight and red in color, enameled finish. The outside of the cabinet door shall have painted on it in legible and clear lettering "Automatic Sprinklers - Reserve Supply" suitable standard instructions pertaining to the sprinkler systems and any other necessary information shall be fastened onto the inside of the cabinet door. 4. The cabinet size and number of each type spare sprinkler heads shall conform to the National Fire Protection Association Pamphlet No. 13. A single cabinet may FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 15300 - 31 JUNE 2, 2008 2.11 WATER PRESSURE GAUGES be installed in the Fire Service Entrance Room to serve multiple alarm check valves. A. Water pressure gauges of the double spring Bourdon type, as manufactured by U.S. Gauge American, Mueller, Trerice, Ashcroft or approved equal, shall be installed in the sprinkler system. The gauges shall have a 6" diameter face with brass case and shall be Underwriters' approved. B. Gauges shall be controlled by a valve with arrangements for drainage. An outlet, at least / <" size, plugged for the installation of the inspector's gauge shall be located between each valve and gauge. C. Dial gradations reading in "PSIG" shall such that the normal operating pressure of the system installed shall be indicated near the middle of the scale. D. The accuracy of the gauges shall be within one (1) percent of the scale range. 2.12 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers shall be installed, as required, to meet NFPA compliance as to location and spacing and Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS) Standard Practice Bulletins SP -58 & 69. B. Hanger material shall be compatible with piping materials with which it comes into contact. C. Hangers shall be installed, in addition to the above, at all changes of direction (horizontal and vertical), valves and equipment connections. Hangers shall be located so that their removal is not required to service, assemble or remove equipment. D. Horizontal runs may use Type "1A" band hangers up to 4" size. Piping larger than 4" shall be provided with Clevis type. E. Vertical support shall be by means of riser clamps (anchors with split ring type allowable up to 2" size only) and adjustable pipe support with flange anchored to floor. F. All rods, clamps, nuts, washers, shields and hangers shall be electro- galvanized coated steel. G. Valve and piping supports, from the floor, shall be equal to figure 101, adjustable pipe support and complete with pipe standard and flange, anchored to floor. 1. Supports shall be installed at each control valve, riser tee or elbow and where any unsupported section exceeds 4' -0" in length measured along piping centerline. H. All inserts shall be galvanized malleable concrete and insert equal to Witch Figure 108. The use of continuous concrete insert equal to Figure 1480 is allowed in concealed areas and mechanical rooms. Powder driven inserts are not permitted. 2.13 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. Provide seismic restraint types as described in NFPA 13, Installation of Sprinkler Systems, Appendix A. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 32 JUNE 2, 2008 2.14 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS A. All pipes passing through floors, walls, or partitions shall be provided with sleeves having an internal diameter with a minimum of one" larger than the outside diameter of the pipe. B. Sleeves through outside walls and slab on grade shall be schedule 40 black steel pipe with a 150 pound black steel slip on welding flanges, welded at the center of the sleeve and shall be painted with one coat of bitumastic paint, inside and outside. C. Sleeves through interior masonry floors and walls shall be schedule 40, black, steel pipe. Sleeves through interior nonmasonry walls or partitions shall be 22 gauge galvanized sheet steel. D. The sleeves through outside walls and slab on grade shall be provided with pipe to wall penetration closures equal to Link -Seal Thunderlike Corporation. Seals shall be mechanical type of interlocking rubber links shaped to fill space between pipe and sleeve. Links shall be assembled with bolts to form a belt around the pipe with pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. After seal assembly is positioned, tightening of bolts will provide watertight seal. This Contractor shall determine the required inside diameter of each individual sleeve before ordering, fabricating or installing. The inside diameter of each sleeve shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to fit the pipe and Link -Seal to assure a watertight joint. E. Sleeves through walls shall terminate flush with face of wall. Sleeves through floor shall terminate 1" above finished floor. F. Required fire resistance of floors and walls shall be maintained where penetrations occur. Fire stopping at sleeves shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. G. Escutcheons shall be provided with a set screw to properly hold escutcheon in place and provided at all exposed floor and wall penetrations. 2.15 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide asbestos -free firestopping material capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, gases, and temperature. Provide noncombustible firestopping that is nontoxic to human beings during installation or during fire conditions. Devices and equipment for firestopping service shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for use with applicable construction, and penetrating items. B. Fire Hazard Classification: material shall have a flame spread of 25 or less, a smoke developed rating of 50 or less when tested in accordance with UL 723 or UL listed and accepted. C. Firestopping Rating: firestopping materials shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for "F" and "T" ratings at least equal to fire- rating of fire wall or floor in which penetrated openings are to be protected, except that "F" and "T' ratings may be 3 hours for firestopping in through - penetrations of 4 -hour fire rated wall or floor. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 33 JUNE 2, 2008 2.16 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Provide expansion joints at all building expansion joint crossovers consisting of flexible mechanical fittings in series to allow for 1 movement in both horizontal and vertical planes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.00 NOT USED 3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. The installation shall be in accordance with the applicable provisions of NFPA 13, NFPA 14, NFPA 24 and publications referenced therein. B. Piping or other apparatus shall not be installed in such a manner so as to not interfere with the full swing of the doors and access to other equipment. C. The arrangement, positions and connections of pipes, drains, valves, and the like, indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible, but the right is reserved by the Owner's Representative to change locations and elevations to accommodate the work, at no additional cost to the Authority. D. It shall be possible to drain the water from all sections of each aboveground standpipe /sprinkler piping system. Pitch piping back to drain valves. E. Screwed pipe and copper tubing shall be reamed smooth before installation. F. Vertical risers shall be firmly supported by riser clamps, properly installed to relieve all weight from the fittings. G. All Fire Protection service piping shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work to permit finished covering to be not less than 1" from other work. H. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States of America and in accordance with the Commercial Standards, American National Standards Institute and American Society of Testing Materials. 3.02 IDENTIFICATION A. All equipment and each length of pipe fitting, trap, fixture, control panel, starter, and device used in the systems shall have a permanently attached nameplate or be cast, stamped or indelibly marked with the manufacture's mark or name, the weight, type and class. The nameplates shall be kept clean and readable at all times. B. Code 39 shall be the bar code format unless designated differently by the Owner's facility group. The contractor shall create the required bar codes and asset numbers based upon input from the Owner's facility group. The contractor shall create a database of all equipment, panels and valves for owner's review and approval. C. Equipment, panel, and valve labels shall be 4" by 2W and designed to withstand temperatures of -22 °F to +392 °F. Labels are designed to be resistant to water acid /solvent, dirt and oil repellant. Labels shall be high tensile Graphiplast® tearing FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 34 JUNE 2, 2008 strength as well as scratch resistant and affixed to equipment by cable ties or adhesive clear pouch. Location of label shall be at unit control panel, next to factory nameplate, lower right -hand corner of panel, and /or tie wrapped to localize disconnect at unit. Installation instructions shall be provided with the labels to assure durability (i.e., clean surface prior to adhering adhesive label, leave cable ties loose on outside of equipment to allow freedom of movement due to the elements, etc.) and with adhesive tags not secured when temperatures are below 45 °F ambient temperature. D. Samples of stickers together with color schedules shall be submitted during the submittal phase of this project. E. Piping 1. Furnish and affix approved adhesive bands identifying the service and direction of flow of each piping system installed under this Section. 2. Identification shall be provided on all piping that is exposed as well as all in concealed locations such as shafts, and above removable ceilings in which piping may be viewed. 3. Each set shall consist of one band on which the name of the service is printed and one band on which is printed a black directional arrow. 4. Bands shall be applied where they can be easily read from the finished floor below, with their long dimension parallel to the axis of the pipe. 5. Bands shall be applied only after any finish painting is completed. 6. In general, the piping of each system shall be identified in the following locations and the piping designation shall be taken from the legend as indicated on the drawings. a. Pipe mains and branches - every 25 feet in all accessible open areas and ten feet apart in congested areas. b. At each side of valves and pipe tees. c. Each wall penetration (both sides). d. At each piece of equipment. e. At each floor, above and below ceilings, on exposed risers and drops. 7. Hydraulic design data nameplates shall be permanently affixed to each alarm check valve as specified in NFPA 13. The sign shall include the following information: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Location of design area b. Densities c. Flow and residual pressure demand at the base of riser d. Occupancy classification e. Hose stream demand FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 35 JUNE 2, 2008 F. Equipment: 1. Each item of equipment including controls, not provided with a manufacturer's nameplate shall be identified by this Contractor with a permanently attached nameplate. 2. Equipment marking shall be prominently located on each normally visible side of equipment. Equipment intended for installation in finished areas shall have markings located behind normally used access panels mounted so as to be readily found. 3. Nameplates, catalog numbers and rating identification shall be securely attached to electrical and mechanical equipment with screws or rivets. Adhesives or cements will not be permitted. G. Equipment Identification: 1. Equipment identification designations shall be taken from equipment schedules and coordinated with the Owner's facility group to assure designations match up with Owner's maintenance management system identification database. H. Valve Tags: 1. Valve tags shall be circular 11/2" diameter, brass tags with '/4' letters and 1/2" numbers, black filled and attached by means of brass "S" hooks and brass chain. 2. Valve numbers and legend on valve tags shall correspond to numbers indicated on the Record Drawings and valve list. Legend shall be taken from Contract Drawings Legend. Valve Charts and Lists: 1. Provide to the Owner's Representative two printed detailed valve number lists. These printed lists shall state the numbers and location of each valve and the fixture or group of fixtures which it controls, and other necessary information, such as requiring the opening or closing of another valve or valves, when any one valve is to be opened and closed. 2. These printed lists shall be prepared in form to meet approval of the Owner's Representative and shall be framed under glass. 3.03 SEISMIC PROTECTION OF PIPING A. The system piping shall be protected against damage from earthquakes. Seismic protection of the piping system shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 13 and the State Building Code. Seismic protection shall include flexible couplings, sway bracing, seismic separation assemblies where piping crosses building seismic separation joints, and other features as required in NFPA 13 for protection of piping against damage from earthquakes. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 36 JUNE 2, 2008 3.04 ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSTALLATION A. Piping shall be run straight and bare evenly on hangers and supports. B. Piping in Exposed Areas shall be installed so as not to diminish exit access widths, corridors or equipment access. Exposed horizontal piping, including drain piping, shall be installed to provide maximum headroom. C. Piping in Finished Areas: in areas with suspended or dropped ceilings and in areas with concealed spaces above the ceiling, piping shall be concealed above ceilings. Piping shall be inspected, tested and approved before being concealed. Risers and similar vertical runs of piping in finished areas shall be concealed. D. Pendent Sprinklers: wet pendent sprinklers shall be connected to piping in accordance with NFPA detail "Return Bend" connection, to prevent the collection of piping corrosion, scale and sediment in the sprinkler head. Drop nipples to pendent sprinklers shall consist of minimum 1" pipe with a reducing coupling into which the sprinkler shall be threaded. Hangers shall be provided on arm -overs to drop nipples supplying pendent sprinklers when the arm -over exceeds 12 inches. Where sprinklers are installed below suspended or dropped ceilings, drop nipples shall be cut such that sprinkler ceiling plates or escutcheons are of a uniform depth throughout the finished space. The outlet of the reducing coupling shall not extend more than 1" below the underside of the ceiling. On pendent sprinklers installed below suspended or dropped ceilings, the distance from the sprinkler deflector to the underside of the ceiling shall not exceed 4 inches. 1. Pendent Sprinkler Locations: in suspended ceilings, shall be located in the center of tiles a minimum of 6" from ceiling grid. E. Upright Sprinklers: riser nipples or "sprigs" to upright sprinklers shall contain no fittings between the branch line tee and the reducing coupling at the sprinkler. Riser nipples exceeding 30" in length shall be individually supported. F. Pipe Joints: conform to NFPA 13, except as modified herein. Not more than four threads shall show after joint is made up. Welded joints will be permitted, only if welding operations are performed as required by NFPA 13 at the Contractor's fabrication shop, not at the project construction site. Flanged joints shall be provided where indicated or required by NFPA 13. Grooved pipe and fittings shall be prepared in accordance with the manufacturer's latest published specification according to pipe material, wall thickness and size. Grooved couplings and fittings shall be from the same manufacturer. G. Reductions in pipe sizes shall be made with one -piece tapered reducing fittings. The use of grooved -end or rubber - gasketed reducing couplings will not be permitted. When standard fittings of the required size are not manufactured, single bushings of the face type will be permitted. Where used, face bushings shall be installed with the outer face flush with the face of the fitting opening being reduced. Bushings shall not be used in elbow fittings, in more than one outlet of a tee, in more than two outlets of a cross, or where the reduction in size is less than'/ inch. H. Pipe Penetrations: cutting structural members for passage of pipes or for pipe- hanger fastenings will not be permitted. Pipes that must penetrate concrete or masonry walls or concrete floors shall be core - drilled and provided with pipe sleeves. Each sleeve shall be schedule 40 galvanized steel, ductile iron or cast iron pipe and shall extend through its respective wall or floor and be cut flush with each wall surface. Sleeves shall provide FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 37 JUNE 2, 2008 required clearance between the pipe and the sleeve per NFPA 13. The space between the sleeve and the pipe shall be firmly packed with mineral wool insulation. Where pipes pass through fire walls, fire partitions, or floors, a fire seal shall be placed between the pipe and sleeve in accordance with paragraph 3.06 — Firestopping Installation. In penetrations which are not fire -rated or not a floor penetration, the space between the sleeve and the pipe shall be sealed at both ends with plastic waterproof cement which will dry to a firm but pliable mass or with a mechanically adjustable segmented elastomer seal. 1. Sleeves in floors shall set 1" above the finished floor surface or as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 2. Inserts required for work under this Section shall be set in the formwork before the concrete in poured. 3. Each interior wall or partition sleeve shall be packed with foam, glass wool or approved substitute flush with each face of wall. Escutcheons shall be provided for pipe penetration of ceilings and walls. Escutcheons shall be securely fastened to the pipe at surfaces through which piping passes. 1. Escutcheons shall be installed around all exposed piping passing through floor, wall or ceiling. Escutcheons shall fit snugly around the bare or insulated pipe. J. Inspector's Test Connection: unless otherwise indicated, test connection shall consist of 1" pipe connected to the remote branch line; a test valve located approximately 7' above the floor; a smooth bore brass outlet equivalent to the smallest orifice sprinkler used in the system; and a painted metal identification sign affixed to the valve with the words "Inspector's Test." The discharge orifice shall be located outside the building wall directed so as not to cause damage to adjacent construction or landscaping during full flow discharge. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, Inspector's Test Connection shall be located at the most remote branch of the fire protection system. K. Drains: main drain piping shall be provided to discharge at a safe point outside the building or at the location indicated on the plans. Auxiliary drains shall be provided as required by NFPA 13 except that drain valves shall be used where drain plugs are otherwise permitted. Where branch lines terminate at low points and form trapped sections, such branch lines shall be manifolded to a common drain line. L. Installation of Fire Department Connection: connection shall be mounted where indicated on plans and approximately 3 feet above finished grade. The piping between the connection and the check valve shall be provided with an automatic drip in accordance with NFPA 13 and arranged to drain to the outside. M. Hanger Installation 1. All piping shall be supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers and supports, to maintain proper grading and pitching of lines, to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place, and shall be so arranged as to provide for expansion and contraction. 2. Vertical hanger rods to support piping from the structure or supplementary steel shall not exceed four feet in total length vertically, this Contractor shall provide factory fabricated channels and all associated accessories. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 38 JUNE 2, 2008 3. Friction clamps shall be installed at the base of the risers and at each floor (above or below floor slabs). Friction clamps installed above floor slabs shall not be supported from or rest on floor sleeves. 4. Provide hangers at a maximum distance of two feet from all changes in direction (horizontal and vertical), on both sides of concentrated loads (equipment) and at valves. 5. Hangers, in general, for all horizontal piping shall be A Band type hangers for piping up to 4" size and Clevis type for piping 5" and larger. 6. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels and associated accessories throughout both suspended and floor mounted shall be provided by this Contractor and shall be subject to the approval of the CM. 7. Wire, tape or wood fastenings for shims or support of any pipe or tubing shall not be used. 8. Remove all rust from the ferrous galvanized hanger equipment (hangers and rods) and apply one coat of galvanized paint immediately after erection. 9. Piping at all equipment and each control valve shall be supported to prevent strains or distortions in the connected equipment and control valves. Piping and equipment shall be supported to allow for removal of equipment, valves and accessories with a minimum of dismantling and without requiring additional support after these items are removed. 10. All piping shall be independently supported from the building structure and not from the piping, ductwork, conduit or ceiling suspension systems of other systems. 11. Installation of hangers which permit wide lateral motion of any pipe will not be acceptable. 12. All hangers in contact with uninsulated piping shall be compatible with piping material. 3.05 UNDERGROUND PIPING INSTALLATION A. The Fire Protection water main shall be laid, and joints anchored, in accordance with NFPA 24. Minimum depth of cover shall be 5 feet. The supply line shall terminate inside the building with a flanged piece, the bottom of which shall be set not less than 6" above the finished floor. A blind flange shall be installed temporarily on top of the flanged piece to prevent the entrance of foreign matter into the supply line. A concrete thrust block shall be provided at the elbow where the pipe turns up toward the floor. In addition, joints shall be anchored in accordance with NFPA 24 using pipe clamps and steel rods from the elbow to the flange above the floor and from the elbow to a pipe clamp in the horizontal run of pipe. Buried steel components shall be provided with a corrosion protective coating in accordance with AWWA C203. Piping more than 5' outside the building walls shall meet the requirements of Division 2 —Site Work. 3.06 FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATION A. Install firestopping assembly at locations shown and as specified in accordance with UL FRD systems or FM P7825 designs, and as recommended by manufacturer. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 15300 - 39 JUNE 2, 2008 B. Firestopping Locations: completely fill openings around penetrating items with firestopping material to prevent spread of fire in the following locations: 1. Around duct, cable, conduit, piping, and their supports that penetrate fire -rated above grade floor slabs, interior partitions, and exterior walls. 2. Around openings and penetrations through fire -rated ceiling assemblies. 3. Around penetration of vertical fire -rated service shafts. 4. Around openings and penetrations through fire -rated enclosures. 5. Other locations indicated. 3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Do not cover or enclose firestopped areas until approved by the Contracting Officer. 3.08 EARTHWORK A. The work in this paragraph shall be performed in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 02200 — Earthwork 3.09 ELECTRICAL WORK A. Alarm signal wiring connected to the building fire alarm control system shall be in accordance with Division 16— Electrical. 3.10 FIELD PAINTING AND FINISHING A. Field painting and finishing shall conform to the requirements specified in Section 09902 —Field Painting. 3.11 TESTING A. General 1. All labor, materials, instruments, devices and power required for testing shall be provided by this Contractor. The tests shall be performed in the presence and to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative and such other parties as may have legal jurisdiction. No piping in any location shall be closed up, furred in, or covered before testing. 2. Where portions of piping systems are to be covered or concealed before completion of the project, those portions shall be tested separately in the manner specified herein for the respective entire system. 3. Any piping or equipment that has been left unprotected and subject to mechanical or other injury in the opinion of the Owner's Representative shall be retested in part or in whole as directed. 4. The Owner's Representative retains the right to request a recheck or resetting of any pump or instrument by this Contractor during the guarantee period at no additional cost to the Authority. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 40 JUNE 2, 2008 5. Repair, or if directed, replace any defective work with new work without extra charge to the Contract. Repeat tests as directed, until the work is proven to meet the requirements specified herein. 6. Restore to its finished condition any work, damaged or disturbed, provided by other contractors and engage the original contractor to do the work of restoration to the damaged or disturbed work. 7. Caulking of screwed joints or holes in piping will not be acceptable. 8. Notify the Owner's Representative and any inspectors having jurisdiction, a minimum of 48 hours in advance of making any required tests so that arrangements may be made for their presence to witness his scheduled tests. B. Specific: 1. Sprinkler Systems a. Testing shall be in accordance with NFPA -13 "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems ", current edition, Chapter 8. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 b. Each system shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 200 PSI for two hours. c. Flushing shall be performed at a minimum rate of 390 GPM for systems supplied by a 4" alarm valve and 880 GPM for systems with a 6" alarm valve. d. All water flow detecting devices and circuits shall be flow tested through the inspector's test connection and activate within five minutes of initiation. 3.12 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Prior to completion of the Contract, provide field operating instructions to the Owner's Representative with respect to operation functions and maintenance procedures for the equipment and systems installed. B. All equipment provided under this Section shall be placed in operation and shall function continuously in an operation test for a period of one week, without shut down due to mechanical failure. C. Prior to scheduling the project final inspection and after completion of the entire installation period, provide all work required to adjust all controls, and all maintenance to place the systems in operation to meet the requirements of this Section. D. Provide to the Authority through the Owner's Representative operating, service, maintenance instruction manuals containing replacement data for the equipment which will require operating, maintenance or replacement and one copy of this literature shall be available during the instruction of the operating personnel while the others are checked for completeness by the Owner's Representative. E. Sufficient advance notice shall be given to the Authority's designated operating personnel for the specific instruction period. Upon completion of instruction, obtain from the representative(s) written verification that the above mentioned instruction has been FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 41 JUNE 2, 2008 performed. Forward such verification to the Authority through the Owner's Representative. F. Each copy of the approved operating and maintenance manual shall contain copies of approved shop drawings, equipment literature, cuts, bulletins performance charts, pump curves, details, equipment and engineering data sheets and typewritten instructions relative to the care and maintenance for the operation of the equipment, all properly indexed and bound in a hard -back three ring binder. Flysheets shall be placed before instructions covering each section. The instruction sheets shall be in 8'/ " ©11" with large sheets of drawings folded in neatly. Each manual shall have the following minimum contents: 1. Table of Contents 2. Maintenance a. Maintenance and Lubricating Instructions b. Replacement Charts c. Preventive Maintenance Recommendations d. Trouble- shooting Charts for Equipment Components e. Testing Instructions for each Typical Component f. System Draining and Filling Instructions g. Two typed sets of charts indicating equipment tag number, location of equipment, specific equipment service, greasing and lubricating requirements as recommended, lubricant type and intervals of lubrication. h. Two types sets of instructions for ordering spare parts. Each set shall include name, telephone number and address of where they may be obtained. 3. Manufacturer's Literature 3.13 INSTRUCTING OPERATING PERSONNEL A. Upon completion of the work and at a time designated by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall provide, for a period of not Tess than one 8 -hour working day, the services of experienced technicians regularly employed by the manufacturer to instruct Authority operating personnel in the proper operation, inspection, testing, and maintenance of the FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. The equipment for which shop drawings have been submitted and approved. b. Wiring Diagrams c. Installation Drawings d. Manufacturer's Representative and Contract Information e. Guarantees FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 42 JUNE 2, 2008 equipment. Manufacturer's representatives who were present during the final tests shall be present and shall conduct or assist in the instruction. 3.14 CLEANING, ADJUSTING AND FLUSHING A. At the completion of the work, all parts of the installation shall be thoroughly cleaned. All equipment, pipe, valves and fittings shall be cleaned of grease, metal cuttings and sludge which may have accumulated by operation of the system for testing. B. Any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of the building, its finish, or furnishings, due to this Contractor's failure to properly clean the piping system shall be repaired by this Contractor at no additional cost to the Authority. C. All items of equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and any items dented, scratched or otherwise damaged in any manner shall be replaced or repaired and painted to match the original finish. All items so repaired and refinished shall be brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative for inspection and approval. D. Fire Protection piping shall be flushed in accordance with NFPA 13. Flushing operations shall continue until water is clear, but not Tess than 10 minutes. Submit a signed and dated flushing certificate before requesting field testing. 3.15 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide any and all special tools, recommended by the manufacturer of items furnished, noted as not being commonly available. 3.16 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL A. Upon completion of the work, furnish to the Owner's Representative, in duplicate, certificates of inspection and /or approval from state and local inspection authorities having jurisdiction indicating the installed systems compliance to their requirements. 3.17 QUIET OPERATION A. All work provided under this Section shall operate under conditions of Toad without sound or vibration which is abnormally objectionable for such equipment in the opinion of the Owner's Representative. In case of moving machinery, sound or vibration noticeable outside of the room in which it is installed, or annoyingly noticeable inside its own room will be considered objectionable shall be corrected in an approved manner by this Contractor at no additional cost to the Authority. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15300 - 43 JUNE 2, 2008 TABLE OF CONTENTS PLUMBING SECTION 15400 PART 1- GENERAL 1 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.03 RELATED WORK 2 1.04 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION 2 1.05 PRODUCTS INSTALLED, BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION 2 1.06 DEFINITIONS 3 1.07 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS 4 1.08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS 5 1.09 SUBMITTALS 5 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 8 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS 9 1.12 WARRANTIES 10 1.13 COORDINATION 10 1.14 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 11 1.15 INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS 11 1.16 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS 11 1.17 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 12 1.18 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 12 1.19 SUPERVISION 12 1.20 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 12 1.21 SCHEDULE 12 1.22 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING 13 1.23 CUTTING AND PATCHING 13 1.24 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS 13 1.25 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS 14 1.26 ACCESSIBILITY 14 1.27 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS 14 1.28 ELECTRICAL WORK 14 1.29 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 14 PART 2 - PRODUCT 17 2.01 PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS - GENERAL 17 2.02 SANITARY WASTE, INDIRECT WASTE, ROOF DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING 18 FIDELfTY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - i ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 19 2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 19 2.05 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS 20 2.06 INSULATION 21 2.07 PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION 22 2.08 VALVES (DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM) 22 2.09 FLOOR DRAINS 23 2.10 CLEANOUTS 23 2.11 WALL HYDRANTS 24 2.12 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 24 2.13 GAUGES 24 2.14 SEISMIC RESTRAINT 25 PART 3 - EXECUTION 25 3.01 IDENTIFICATION 25 3.02 TESTING 26 3.03 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 28 3.04 DISINFECTION, CLEANING AND ADJUSTING 29 3.05 SPECIAL TOOLS 31 3.06 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL 31 3.07 QUIET OPERATION 31 3.08 SYSTEMS 32 3.09 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 33 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - ii ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, and BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 0, are hereby made a part of this Specification Section. B. Examine all Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications and requirements and provisions affecting the work of this Section. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 SECTION 15400 PLUMBING 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK A. This project is for the installation of plumbing shell and core systems to support a single story 7,200 SF Class A retail /office building. 1. Piping - General 2. Waste and Vent Piping 3. Indirect Waste Piping 4. Cold Water Piping 5. Unions and Flanges 6. Pipe Joint Materials 7. Gauges 8. Hangers, Inserts and Supports 9. Seismic Restraints 10. Sleeves, Firestopping 11. Valves 12. Wall Hydrants 13. Backflow Preventers 14. Drains - Floor, and Roof 15. Traps 16. Cleanouts 17. Insulation 18. Cleaning and Testing 19. Operating and Maintenance Manuals 20. Shop Drawings PLUMBING 15400 - 1 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 21. Record (As- Built) Drawings B. Work of this Section is generally shown on the Plumbing Drawings. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Principal classes of Work related to the Work of this Section are listed in the Specification Table of Contents, and are specified to be performed under the indicated Sections of the Specifications. Refer to the indicated Sections for description of the extent and nature of the indicated Work, and for coordination with related trades. This listing may not include all related Work items. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate and schedule the Work of this Section with that of all other trades. B. The following work is not included in this Section and will be provided under other Sections: 1. Painting, except as specified herein. 2. Electrical power wiring for all equipment. 3. Temporary light, power, water, heat, gas and sanitary facilities for use during construction and testing. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions. 1.04 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Furnish access panels and doors for installation by the General Contractor. 1. Furnish access panels for installation in walls, ceiling and floors at locations to permit access for adjustment, removal, replacement and servicing of all concealed equipment, valves and materials installed under this Section of the specifications. 2. Access panels will be installed under the Section of the related trades of the finished surfaces in which they are located. 3. Access panels shall be located in closets, storage rooms and /or other non - public areas if possible, positioned so that the equipment can be easily reached, and the size shall be sufficient for this purpose (min. 16" x 16 "). When access panels are required in corridors, lobby or other habitable areas, they will be located as directed by the Owner's Representative. 4. Access panels shall be prime painted, keyed alike and provided with cylinder lock and two keys for each panel. Units shall be manufactured by Milcor, Inland Steel, Miami Carie or approved equal. Required fire resistance of walls and ceilings shall be maintained. B. Furnish and mount aquastat controllers for hot water circulating pumps for wiring by Electrical Sub - Contractor. 1.05 PRODUCTS INSTALLED, BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Install the following items furnished under other sections: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 -2 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.06 DEFINITIONS A. As used in this Section, the following items are understood to have the following meaning: 1. "Contractor or Subcontractor", unless otherwise qualified, shall mean the installer of the work specified under this Section. 2. "Furnish" shall mean purchase and deliver to the project site, complete with every necessary appurtenance. 3. "Install" shall mean unload at the delivery point at the site and perform all work necessary to establish secure mounting and proper operation at the proper location in the project. 4. "Provide" shall mean "Furnish" and "Install ". 5. "Work" shall mean all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and all other items required for a proper and complete installation. 6. "Concealed" shall mean hidden from sight in chases, furred -in spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction or in a crawl space. Areas to be concealed as part of tenant alterations to the building shall also be considered in this definition. 7. "Exposed" shall mean not installed underground or concealed as defined above. 8. "Work by Others" shall mean work not provided by this Contractor, but work furnished and /or installed by other Contractors (performing their respective work) as a part of this contract. 9. "Piping" shall mean, in addition to pipe or tubing, all fittings, flanges, unions, valves, strainers, drains, hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. 10. "Furnished by others" shall mean materials or equipment purchased and set in place under other sections of the general contract and connected to the systems covered by this section of the specifications by this trade contractor. 11. "Coordinate" shall mean all work provided under this section of the specification shall be in compliance with work of other trades. 12. "Owners Representative" shall be the party responsible to make decisions regarding all contractual obligations in reference to the Scope of Work for the Owner. 13. "Date of Substantial Completion" shall indicate the date where the work has been formally accepted as evidenced by completed final punch list or where the work has reached the stage that the owner obtains beneficial use and commences utilization of the installed systems for business or occupancy purposes. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, shall supercede this definition where specifically defined. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 3 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.07 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS A. Materials, installation of systems and equipment provided under this section shall be done in strict accordance with Washington Department of Public Safety Codes, Washington Department of Environmental Protection, Washington State Building Code and any other Codes and Regulations having jurisdiction including but not limited to: 1. UPC 2000 2. State and Local Building Codes 3. All applicable NFPA Standards 4. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 5. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc (UL) B. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, materials, workmanship and equipment performance shall conform with the latest goveming edition of the following standards, codes, specifications, requirements, and regulations, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes but not limited to: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 3. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 4. American Water Works Association (AWWA) 5. Factory Mutual System (FM) 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 7. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI) 8. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI) 9. National Association of Plumbing- Heating Cooling Contractors (NAPHCC) 10. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA) 11. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 12. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 13. Plastic Pipe and Fittings Associations (PPFA) C. All pressure vessels shall conform to ASME and State Codes and Regulations. D. Give all notices, file all plans, obtain all permits and licenses, and obtain all necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the authorities having jurisdiction. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by the Owner's Representative, inspectors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace imperfect or condemned work to conform to requirements, satisfactory to Owner's Representative, and without extra cost to the Owner. If work is covered before FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 4 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 inspection and approval, this Contractor shall pay costs of uncovering and reinstalling the covering, whether it meets contract requirements or not. 1.08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS A. Where equipment or materials are specified with the name of a manufacturer, such specification shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard for that particular item. No equipment or material shall be used unless previously approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Substitutions may be offered for review provided the material, equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every respect to that indicated or specified. The request for each substitution must be accompanied by complete specifications together with drawings or samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process. The contractor shall highlight and list all applicable specification requirements, which the substituted material deviates from. C. If a substitution of materials or equipment in whole or in part is made, this Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes necessitated by any other trade as a result of said substitution. D. All materials, equipment and accessories provided under this section shall be new and unused products of recognized manufacturers as approved. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1, General Conditions, for schedule and form of all submittals unless specifically noted otherwise in this Section. Coordinate this submittal with submittals for all other finishes. Shop drawings and design layouts shall be prepared by licensed installing contractors and shall note the name(s), license number(s) and license expiration dates(s) of the contractor(s) installing the Plumbing work. B. Definitions: 1. Shop Drawings are information prepared by the contractor to illustrate portions of the work in more detail than indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: The mechanical design for each product is based on the single manufacturer listed in the schedule or shown on the drawings. In Part 2 of the specifications, certain Alternate Manufacturers are listed as being acceptable. In addition, the MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS paragraph potentially allows for substitutions as being acceptable. These are acceptable only if, as a minimum, they: a. Meet all performance criteria listed in the schedules and outlined in the specifications. b. Fit within the available space it was designed for, including space for maintenance and component removal, with no modification to either the space or the product. Clearances to walls, ceilings, and other equipment will be at least equal to those shown on the design drawings. The fact that a manufacturer's name appears as acceptable shall not be taken to mean the Engineer has determined that the manufacturer's products will fit within the available space — this determination is solely the responsibility of the contractor. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 5 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 c. Products must adhere to all architectural considerations including, but not limited to; being of the same color as the product scheduled or specified and fitting within the architectural enclosures and details. C. Submittal Procedures, Format and Requirements 1. Review submittal packages for compliance with Contract Documents and then submit to Owner's Representative for review. Submit enough sets of shop drawings such that, after review, two sets will be kept by the reviewer, with only the remaining sets returned with reviewer's marks and comments. 2. Each Shop Drawing shall indicate in title block, and each Product Data package shall indicate on cover sheet, the following information: a. Title b. Equipment number c. Name and location of project d. Names of Owner, Engineer and Seller e. Names of manufacturers, suppliers, vendors, etc. f. Date of submittal g. Whether original submittal or resubmitted 3. Shop Drawings showing manufacturer's product data shall contain detailed dimensional drawings (minimum '/" — 1' scale) including plans and sections (where physical clearance could be an issue). Provide larger scale details as necessary. 4. Submit accurate and complete description of materials of construction, manufacturer's published performance characteristics, sizes, weights, capacity ratings (performance data, alone, is not acceptable), electrical requirements, starting characteristics, wiring diagrams, and acoustical performance for complete assemblies. Drawings shall clearly indicate location (terminal lock or wire number), voltage and function for all field terminations, and other information necessary to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Provide Shop Drawings showing details of piping connections to all equipment. If connection details are not submitted and connections are found to be installed incorrectly, this contractor shall reinstall them within the original contract price. 6. Provide a complete description of all controls and instrumentation required including electrical power connection drawing for all components an interconnection wiring to starters, detailed information on starters, control diagrams, termination diagrams, and all control interfaces with a central control system. D. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product description and technical information including: 1. Piping - General 2. Roof Drainage, Waste and Vent Piping FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 6 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3. Indirect Waste Piping 4. Cold Water Piping 5. Unions and Flanges 6. Pipe Joint Materials 7. Gauges 8. Hangers, Inserts and Supports 9. Seismic Restraints 10. Sleeves, Firestopping 11. Valves 12. Wall Hydrants 13. Backflow Preventers 14. Drains — Floor and Roof 15. Traps 16. Cleanouts 17. Insulation E. Schedule: Incorporate shop drawing review period into construction schedule so that Work is not delayed. This subcontractor shall assume full responsibility for delays caused by not incorporating the following shop drawing review time requirements into his project schedule. Allow at least 10 working days, exclusive of transmittal time, for review each time shop drawing is submitted or resubmitted. F. Responsibility 1. Intent of Submittal review is to check for capacity, rating, and certain construction features. Plumbing Contractor shall ensure that work meets requirements of Contract Documents regarding information that pertains to fabrication processes or means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; and for coordination of work of this and other Sections. Work shall comply with approved submittals to extent that they agree with Contract Documents. Submittal review shall not diminish responsibility under this Contract for dimensional coordination, quantities, installation, wiring, supports and access for service, nor the shop drawing errors or deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. The Engineer's noting of some errors while overlooking others will not excuse the Plumbing Contractor from proceeding in error. Contract Documents requirements are not limited, waived nor superseded in any way by review. 2. INFORM SUBCONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURERS, SUPPLIERS, ETC. OF SCOPE AND LIMITED NATURE OF REVIEW PROCESS AND ENFORCE COMPLIANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 7 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 G. In the event that the Plumbing Contractor fails to provide Shop Drawings for any of the products specified herein: 1. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install all materials and equipment herein specified in complete accordance with these Specifications. 2. If the Plumbing Contractor furnishes and installs material and /or equipment that is not in complete accordance with these Specifications, he shall be responsible for the removal of this material and /or equipment. He shall also be responsible for the replacement of this material and /or equipment with material and /or equipment that is in complete accordance with these Specifications, at the direction of the Owner's Representative. 3. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. 4. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall not be allowed as a basis for a claim of delay of completion of the Work. H. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSD) on each applicable product with submittal. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Commence preparation of the Operating and Maintenance manuals immediately upon receipt of "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" shop drawings and submit each section within one month. The last submission shall be no later than two months prior to the date of Substantial Completion of the Project. B. The manual shall consist of (3) sets of manuals and include (3) CDs, which shall contain the scanned content of the entire manual. The manual shall be submitted for review prior to creation of the CDs. C. The Manual shall contain the following: 1. Operations Manual a. Systems description including all relevant information needed for day -to- day operations and management including start-up and shut -down instructions. b. Wiring diagrams, schematics, logic diagrams and sequence of operations that accurately depict the controls system. 2. Maintenance Manual FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Maintenance and Lubricating Chart: furnish three sets of charts indicating equipment tag number, location of equipment, equipment service, greasing and lubricating requirements, lubricants and intervals of lubrication. One chart shall be framed under glass and mounted where directed by the Owner's Representative. b. Valve and System Chart: correspond to valve tags, refer to paragraph identification systems. PLUMBING 15400 - 8 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 c. Recommend List of Spare Parts: furnish two typed sets of instructions for ordering spare parts with sectional views of the fittings or equipment showing parts numbered or labeled to facilitate ordering replacements. Each set shall include a list with itemized prices of those parts recommended to be kept on hand as spares, as well as the name and address of where they may be obtained. d. Provide copy of all warranty information with associated date of substantial completion (Commencement of Warranty) and end date of coverage all components / subsystems specifically included and excluded. 3. Provide O &M manuals for each of the following: a. Backflow Preventers 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to DIVISION 1, General Conditions, for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. B. Record Drawings (red -line drawings) will be updated by this Contractor daily for review with the monthly requisition. The record drawing shall be an accurate depiction of the systems as completed, including dimensions (vertical/horizontal of concealed components off fixed building elements. C. The Plumbing Foreman shall maintain complete and separate set of prints of Contract Drawings at job site at all times and shall record work completed and all changes from original Contract Drawings clearly and accurately including work installed as a modification or addition to the original design. D. At completion of work the Plumbing Contractor shall prepare a complete set of record drawings on AutoCAD showing all systems as actually installed. The Architectural background AutoCAD files will be made available for the contractors copying, at his expense, to serve as backgrounds for the drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall transfer changes from field drawings onto AutoCAD drawings and submit copy of files and three sets of prints to Owner's Representative for comments as to compliance with this section. E. The Architect and Engineer are not granting to the Contractor any ownership or property interest in the CADD Drawings by the delivery of the CADD Disks to the Contractor. The Contractor's rights to use the CADD disks and the CADD Drawings are limited to use for the sole purpose of assisting in the Contractor's performance of its contractual obligations under its contract with respect to the Project. The Architect and Engineer are granting no further rights. Any reuse or other use by the Contractor will be at the Contractor's sole risk and without liability to the Architect and Engineer. The Contractor hereby waives and releases any losses, claims, damages, liabilities of any nature whatsoever, and costs (including attomey fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. The Contractor, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Architect and Engineer harmless from all loses, claims, damages, liabilities, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 9 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 F. Record Drawings, shall show "as- built" condition of details, sections, riser diagrams, control changes and corrections to schedules. Schedules shall show actual manufacturer and model numbers of final equipment installation. G. The Plumbing Contractor shall submit the record set for approval by the engineer a minimum of one week prior to seeking the permanent certificate of occupancy. 1.12 WARRANTIES A. Submit manufacturer's standard replacement warranties for material and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the manufacturer and the contractor may have by law or by provisions of the Contract Documents. B. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section shall be guaranteed against all defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum period of one -year (1) commencing with the Date of Substantial Completion. Any failure due to defective material, equipment or workmanship which may develop, shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner including all damage to areas, materials and other systems resulting from such failures. C. Guarantee that all elements of each system meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated on the Drawings. D. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of the failure of any part of the systems during the warranty period, the affected parts shall be replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be considered defective and shall be replaced. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Refer to DIVISION 1, GENERAL CONDITIONS, for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this Section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this Section. B. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire building construction, including all other trades, shall not be delayed nor interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must be installed promptly when and as required. C. Confer with all other trades relative to location of all apparatus and equipment to be installed and select locations so as not to conflict with work of other Sections. Any conflicts shall be referred immediately to the Owner's Representative for decision to prevent delay in installation of work. All work and materials placed in violation of this clause shall be readjusted to the Owner's Representative's satisfaction at no expense to the Owner. D. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section may interfere with work of other sections, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Prepare and submit for approval 3/8" scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how the work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. E. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for all apparatus, pipes, sleeves, etc., and give information in advance to allow construction of required openings. Furnish all sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals, and coordinate with the General Contractor for the proper setting of same. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 10 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 F. All distribution systems which require pitch or slope such as condensate drains and water piping shall have the right of way over those which do not. Confer with other trades as to the location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to avoid interferences. G. Fire Protection, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical and any other systems shall be shown and coordinated on these transparencies in the order listed by the respective contractors. H. This Contractor shall, with the approval of the Owner's Representative and without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in his work as required by normal structural interferences, or by interference with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. 1.14 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. It is the intention of the Specifications and Drawings to call for complete, finished work, tested and ready for continuous operation. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on the Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or vice - versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be provided by this Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic. The locations of all items that are not definitely fixed by dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations must be determined at the project and shall have the approval of the Owner's Representative before being installed. This Contractor shall follow Drawings, including his shop drawings, in laying out work and shall check the Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions. Where space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Owner's Representative before proceeding with the installation. This Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. C. Size of pipes and methods of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all necessary parts to make complete approved working systems ready for use, shall be fumished without extra charge. All work shall be installed in an approved workmanlike manner. 1.15 INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS A. Prior to submission of bid, visit the site and review the related construction documents to determine the conditions under which the Work has to be performed. The Plumbing Sub- contractor shall report, in writing, to the Owner's Representative, any conditions which might adversely affect his work. 1.16 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS A. Base all required measurements, horizontal and vertical, from referenced points established WITH the Owner's Representative and be responsible for correctly laying out the Work required under this Section of the Specification. B. In the event of discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated, notify the Owner's Representative in writing and do not proceed with the related work until instructions have been issued. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 11 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.17 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. No materials shall be delivered or stored on site until corresponding Shop Drawings have been approved. B. All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in original packages or containers bearing the manufacturers labels and product identification. C. Protect materials against dampness. Store off floors, under cover and adequately protected from damage. D. Inspect all plumbing equipment and materials, upon receipt at the job site, for damage and conformance to approved shop drawings. 1.18 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. This Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all work included under this Section until the completion and final acceptance of this Contract. B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes including, but not limited to, fire, vandalism and theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs, caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from damage that might be caused by work or workmen under this Section and make good damage thus caused. D. Damaged materials are to be removed from the site; no site storage of damaged materials will be allowed. 1.19 SUPERVISION A. Supply the service of a competent Supervisor with a minimum of 5 years experience in Plumbing Construction Supervision who shall be in charge of the Plumbing work at the site. 1.20 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Life safety and accident prevention shall be a primary consideration. Comply with all of the safety requirements of the owner and OSHA throughout the entire construction period of the project. B. Furnish, place and maintain proper guards and any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life and /or property. 1.21 SCHEDULE A. Construct work in sequence under provisions of Division 1 and as coordinated with the Owner's Representative. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 12 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.22 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING A. The work to be done under this Section of the Specifications shall include the furnishing, set -up and maintenance of all scaffolds, staging and planking as required for the work. 1.23 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide all cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. See that all sleeves or forms are in the work and properly set in ample time to prevent delays. Be responsible that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and consult with the Owner's Representative and all other trades concerned in reference to this work. Confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the approval of the Owner's Representative. D. Fit around, close up, repair, patch, and point around the work specified herein to match the existing adjacent surfaces and to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. E. Fill and patch all openings or holes left in the existing structures by the removal of existing equipment which is part of this Section of the Specifications. F. All of this work shall be carefully done by workmen qualified to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. G. Any cost caused by defective or ill -timed work required by this Section of the specifications shall be borne by this Contractor. H. When, in order to accommodate the work required under this Section of the specifications, finished materials of other trades must be cut or fitted, fumish the necessary drawings and information to the trades whose materials must be cut or fitted. 1.24 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Coordinate with other trades the location of and maintaining in proper positions, sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts to be supplied and /or set in place under this section of the specifications. In the event of incorrectly located preset sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts, etc., all required cutting and patching of finished work shall be done under this section of the specifications. B. Unless otherwise specified herein, all pipes passing through floors, walls, ceilings or partitions shall be provided with sleeves and rating shall be maintained by installation of fire stopping. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 13 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 C. Field drilling (core drilling), when required, shall be performed under this section of the specifications, after receipt of approval by the Owner's Representative. 1. When coring can not be avoided, provide 1 /4 inch pilot hole prior to coring. When coring through floor or slab, verify location of core on floor below and protect and piping, ductwork, wiring, furniture, personnel, etc., below the location of the core. 1.25 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all supplementary steel, factory fabricated channels and supports required for the proper installation, mounting and support of all Plumbing equipment, piping, etc., required by the Specifications. B. Supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be firmly connected to building construction in a manner approved by the Owner's Representative as shown on the drawings or herein specified. C. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels, supports and fittings shall be approved, shall be galvanized steel, aluminum or stainless steel where exposed or subject to rust producing atmosphere and shall be manufactured by Unistrut, H- strut, Powerstrut or approved equal. 1.26 ACCESSIBILITY A. All work provided under this Section of the Specification shall be installed so that parts requiring periodic inspection, maintenance and repair are accessible. Work of this trade shall not infringe upon clearances required by equipment of other trades, especially code required clearances to electrical gear. Minor deviations from the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of substantial magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Owner's Representative. 1.27 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS A. Submit working plans and calculations reviewed, signed and stamped by a professional engineer who is registered in the State where the project is located and has specific experience in seismic calculations, certifying that the plans meet all seismic requirements established by authorities having jurisdiction over the project. 1.28 ELECTRICAL WORK A. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished, and the installation thereof, as a part of the Plumbing work, equipment, and controls shall conform to applicable requirements under DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL. 1.29 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Substantial Completion 1. When the Subcontractor considers the Work under this Section is substantially complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice, through the General Contractor, with a detailed list of items remaining to be completed or corrected and a schedule of when each remaining work item will be completed. Should the engineer determine the list of remaining work does not constitute substantial FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 14 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 completion the engineer will notify the Architect and /or Owner and he will not make a substantial completion site visit. 2. The following items shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to the written request for substantial completion inspection: a. Certification of successful operation of all systems. b. Training of the owner's personnel in the operation of the systems. c. Record Drawings in accordance with the contract specifications. d. Operation and Maintenance manuals. e. Testing reports. f. Balancing reports. g. Manufacturer's certificates of approvals. h. Emergency contact list for reporting of malfunctioning equipment during the warrantee period. Contractors Project Completion certificate in accordance with the building code requirements. 3. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion visit, observe that the Work is substantially complete, s /he will provide a written listing of the observed deficiencies referred herein as the Punch List. The Punch List will provide for a place for the subcontractor and general contractor to sign off and date each item individually indicating that the observed deficiency item has been corrected. 4. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion site visit, observe that the Work is not substantially complete, s /he will provide, a written list of the major deficiencies and a reason for the work not being considered substantially complete. 5. If the work is found not to be substantially complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to re- observe the work. A re- observation fee shall be charged to the Subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any further observations by the engineer. 6. The Subcontractor shall remedy all deficiencies listed in the punch list within the time frame required by the contract. B. Engineers Construction Completion Certification 1. Where required by the applicable code, the Engineers Construction Completion Certification will be issued by RDK Engineers when all life safety and health related issues are complete, all required functional tests are complete and all reports are complete. The following is a minimum listing of the required systems to be tested with reports generated indicating they are complete and ready for use: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Water Distribution and Supply Pressure Test b. Drainage and Vent System Pressure Test PLUMBING 15400 - 15 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 c. Disinfection Reports d. Backflow Preventer Tests e. Equipment Start- Up/Test Reports 2. There shall be NO outstanding items identified on the punch list for scope within any of these categories. C. Final Completion 1. The following items shall be submitted prior completion: Warranties commencing the date of Substantial completion Individual Signed and dated Punch List acknowledging completion of all punch list items 2. When the Subcontractor considers all of the punch list work items complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice through the General Contractor that all Punch List items are complete and resolved and the work is ready for final inspection. The signature lines for completion of each punch list item shall be signed by the Subcontractor indicating the work is complete and signed by the General contractor indicating s /he has inspected the work and found it to be complete. Should the Engineer find the work to be finally complete and all Punch List items are complete the Engineer will make a recommendation to the Architect or Owner. If the Engineer has found the punch list work to be incomplete during final inspection a written listing of the observed deficiencies will be prepared by the Engineer. 3. If the work is not fully complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to re- observe the work. A re- observation fee shall be charged to the subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any re- observations by the engineer. b. c. D. Subcontractor's Project Completion Certificate 1. Upon completion of work and prior to request for Certificate of Occupancy, the Subcontractor shall issue a certificate stating that work has been installed generally consistent with construction documents and all applicable codes. RDK Engineers can furnish a blank contractor's certificate form upon request. The certificate shall certify: a. Execution of all work has been installed in accordance with the approved construction documents. 2. The certificate shall include the following information: a. Project. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Revised Substantial Completion items with the review process comments. to the written request for Final to be resubmitted in accordance b. Execution and control of all methods of construction was in a safe and satisfactory manner in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal statutes and regulations. PLUMBING ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15400 - 16 JUNE 2, 2008 PART 2- PRODUCT b. Permit Number. c. Location. d. Construction Documents. e. Date on Plans and Specifications submitted for approval and issuance of the Building Permit. f. Addendum(a) and Revision Dates. 3. The certificate shall be signed by the Subcontractor and include the following: a. Signature. b. Date. c. Company. d. License Number. e. License Expiration Date. 2.01 PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS - GENERAL A. Materials and equipment shall be of the best quality manufactured, new, unused and free from all defects. Piping and fittings shall conform to the latest ANSI, ASTM, and NFPA and AWWA Standards including latest amendments and shall be in conformance with state and local plumbing codes, material standards. B. Each length of pipe, each pipe fitting, trap, materials and /or device used in the respective system shall have cast, stamped or indelibly marked on it, the maker's name or mark, weight and quality of the product when such marking is required by the approved standard that applies. C. Unions and Flanges 1. Unless otherwise specified herein, unions for copper and brass piping two inches and smaller shall be 125 pounds (steam working pressure) brass ground joint type. Larger than 2 inches in diameter shall be 150 pounds flat faced brass flanges conforming to ANSI Standard B16.24. Flanges shall have copper clad steel bolts and nuts and 1/16 -inch minimum thickness red rubber full faced gaskets. 2. Where brass flanges and ferrous flanges are to be joined, ferrous flanges shall be full faced. 3. Mating of ferrous and non - ferrous flanges shall be separated with rubber gaskets (1/16 -inch minimum thickness) and Teflon liners installed in the boltholes. Boltholes shall be drilled to receive the Teflon liners. Physical contact between the ferrous and non - ferrous flanges including the bolts, nuts, and washers will not be permitted. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 17 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 D. Nipples E. Joints 1. Close and shoulder nipples shall be of corresponding materials as specified for the respective piping system and shall be extra heavy. 1. Joints, in cast iron piping up to 6" size above ground, shall be made using a code approved mechanical compression type coupling consisting of a neoprene collar, stainless steel coupling with stainless steel bolts and nuts all assembled to provide seal. 2. Joints, in cast iron pipe 8" and larger above ground and below ground, shall be all Hub and Spigot push -on compression type conforming to ASTM C564 -70. 3. Joints in copper tubing, except as otherwise specified herein shall be made according to manufacturer's specifications using sweat fittings and 95 -5 tin /antimony solder and non - corrosive flux. 4. Steel, copper and brass pipe and fittings with threaded ends shall have IPS threads cut clean and true and in conformance with the ANSI Specifications B2 -1 for taper threads. 5. Joints between steel or copper, and cast iron shall be made with Adapter Fittings screwed or soldered onto the pipe and connected to or inserted into the cast iron pipe hub. 6. Connections between earthenware of any fixture and flanges in soil and waste piping shall be made absolutely gas and watertight with closet setting compounds and gaskets which must be absolutely gas, watertight, and stainproof, containing neither oil nor asphaltum and which will not rot, harden or dry under any extreme climatic change, and must adhere on wet surface. 2.02 SANITARY WASTE, INDIRECT WASTE, ROOF DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING A. Service: Below ground sanitary waste, roof drainage (rain leader), and vent pipe and fittings. Pipe Material: Service weight cast -iron hub and spigot pipe (ASTM -A74) coated with asphalt or coal tar pitch. Fitting Material: Cast -iron fittings. Pipe Joints: Caulked with molten lead and oakum or resilient gaskets (ASTM -C -564) FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 18 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 B. Service: Pipe Material: Fitting Material Pipe Joints: Miscellaneous: 2.03 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Service: Domestic water piping below ground (2 inches and smaller). Pipe Material: Fitting Material: Joints: Miscellaneous: B. Service: Pipe Material: Fitting Material: Joints: 2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers shall be installed, as required, to meet code compliance as to location /spacing and Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS) Standard Practice Bulletins SP -58 & 69. B. Hanger material shall be compatible with piping materials with which it comes into contact. C. Hangers shall be installed, in addition to the above, at all changes of direction (horizontal and vertical), valves and equipment connections. Hangers shall be located so that their removal is not required to service, assemble or remove equipment. D. Horizontal runs may use band hangers up to 4" size. Piping larger than 4" shall be provided with Clevis type. E. Vertical support shall be by means of riser clamps (anchors with split ring type allowable up to 2" size only) and adjustable pipe support with flange anchored to floor. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 Above ground sanitary waste, roof drainage (rain leader), indirect waste pipe, vent pipe and fittings. Cast -iron hubless pipe (CISPI301), service weight cast -iron; hub and spigot (ASTM- A -74); or DWV copper tube. : Cast -iron, cast brass or wrought copper drainage fittings. Corrugated 304 stainless steel coupling with neoprene gasket, (3" wide w / 4 bands for up to 4" pipe, 4" wide w / 6 bands up to 10" pipe), lead and oakum; resilient gaskets (ASTM -C -564) or soldered using ASTM B- 32, 95 -5 tin - antimony Cast -iron pipe, 8- inches and larger shall have pipe clamps and rods at each fitting. Type K copper tubing (ASTM -B88) soft temper. Cast or wrought copper. Brazed joints. All pipe and fittings below ground shall be encased in loose 8 mil, polyethylene film sleeve in accordance with ANSI A21.5. Domestic cold water and non- potable water above ground. Type L hard drawn copper tubing — ASTM B88. Cast brass or wrought copper solder joint fittings. Solder joints, 95 / 5 tin - antimony solder (ASTM B -32) or brazed. thick PLUMBING ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15400 - 19 JUNE 2, 2008 F. Where three or more pipes are running parallel to each other, factory fabricated gang pipe hangers with pipe saddle clips or rollers may be used in lieu of the hereinbefore specified hangers. These hangers shall be sized to provide for insulation protectors as hereinafter specified. Pipe saddle clips shall be not less than 16 gauge metal and shall be copper when installed with un- insulated copper piping. Where pipe rollers are provided for insulated copper piping, insulation protectors shall be provided at each set of rollers and filled with a section of heavy density fiberglass pipe covering. G. Insulation protectors (shields) for horizontal piping shall be constructed of galvanized steel formed to a 180 degree arc and 12 inches long, 18 gauge for hangers 5 inches in size and smaller, 16 gauge for hangers larger than 5 inches in size. H. Exposed rods, clamps and hangers shall be electro- galvanized coated. Valve and piping supports, from the floor, shall be adjustable pipe support and complete with pipe standard and flange, anchored to floor. 1. Supports shall be installed at each control valve, riser tee or elbow and where any unsupported section exceeds 4' -0" in length measured along piping centerline and within 4' -0" off floor. 2.05 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS A. All pipes passing through rated floors, walls, or partitions shall be provided with sleeves having an internal diameter with a minimum of one inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or insulation on covered lines. B. Sleeves through masonry floors and interior masonry walls shall be Schedule 40, black, steel pipe. Sleeves through interior nonmasonry walls or partitions shall be 22 gauge galvanized sheet steel. C. Sleeves through walls shall terminate flush with face of wall. Sleeves through floor walls shall terminate 1" above finished floor. D. Required fire resistance of floors and walls shall be maintained where penetrations occur. Fire stopping at sleeves shall be installed per manufacturer recommendations. Fire stopping material shall be UL listed for the service and fire rating. Provide asbestos -free firestopping material capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, gases, and temperature. Provide noncombustible firestopping that is nontoxic to human beings during installation or during fire conditions. Devices and equipment for firestopping service shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for use with applicable construction, and penetrating items. 1. Fire Hazard Classification: Material shall have a flame spread of 25 or less, a smoke developed rating of 50 or Tess when tested in accordance with UL 723 or UL listed and accepted. 2. Firestopping Rating: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 Firestopping materials shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for "F" and "T" ratings at least equal to fire- rating of fire wall or floor in which penetrated openings are to be protected, except that "F" and "T" ratings may be 3 hours for firestopping in through - penetrations of 4 -hour fire rated wall or floor. PLUMBING 15400 - 20 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 E. Escutcheons shall be provided with a set screw to properly hold escutcheon in place and provided at all exposed floor and wall penetrations. Escutcheons on C.P. piping shall be chrome plated. 2.06 INSULATION A. General: The pipe covering specified herein for piping systems shall be provided in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, the best practice of the trade and to the full intent of this specification. 1. The sealers, tapes, adhesives and mastics used in conjunction with the installation of the pipe covering specified herein shall possess the maximum possible fire -safe qualities available and shall be of a type approved by Factory Mutual, Factory Insurance Association or National Fire Protection Association. 2. Valves, fittings, flanges and accessories shall have the same thickness of pipe covering applied as the adjacent pipe. Pipe covering for these items shall be factory PVC molded type. 3. Longitudinal seams and butt joint shall be sealed with a fire retardant, vapor barrier adhesive. 4. Insulation at hangers shall be protected with sheet metal saddles. B. Interior Cold Water System Piping 1. All interior cold water, tempered water, tempered water return, hot water and hot water return piping shall be insulated with a preformed fiberglass insulation which meets the property requirements of ASTM C547, "Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Pipe Insulation ". Pipe insulation shall have a white, factory applied, fire retardant, reinforced vapor barrier jacket. Insulation shall be continuous through sleeves and have a thickness of 1 -inch. 2. Ends of insulation at termination points shall be sealed to the pipe with a pre - molded PVC type fitting. Pipe fittings and valves shall be provided with pre - molded PVC covers with fiberglass inserts. 3. Pipe insulation within 6' -0" of finished floor, in exposed installations, shall be provided with 20 mil. PVC continuous covers in addition to the vapor barrier jacket. Fittings and seams shall be solvent welded. 4. Insulation shall be manufactured by Owens - Corning Fiberglas Corp., Knalif Fiberglass, Certainteed or equal. C. Horizontal Storm Drain and Roof Drain Bodies 1. Mineral cement shall be installed on all roof drain bodies to a thickness of 1 inch and covered with glass jacket embedded in fire- retardant vapor -proof adhesive. 2. Horizontal storm drain piping shall be insulated same as for water lines. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 21 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.07 PIPING, EQUIPMENT AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. General B. Piping C. Equipment D. Valve Tags 1. All valves on pipes of every description with the exception of chrome plated stops at fixtures shall have neat, circular brass valve tags of at least 1.5 inches in diameter, attached with brass hook to each valve stem. Stamp on these valve tags in letters as large as practical the number of the valve and the service such as "C.W. ", for cold water, respectively. The numbers of each service shall be consecutive. 2.08 VALVES (DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM) A. General 1. All pipe markers, bands, valve tags and equipment identification plates shall be as manufactured by W.H. Brady, Westline Products, Seton Nameplate Company or approved equal. Stenciling of the piping will not be permitted. Pipe markers, bands and flow arrows shall be pressure adhesive, snap -on, acrylic or vinyl type. 1. Name of the service, taken from drawing legend, shall be printed in black letters, not less than 1 1/4 inches high for piping, including covering, 3 inches and larger and 3/4 inch in height for piping 2 -1/2 inches and smaller. 2. Arrows and color band background shall conform to Washington State Plumbing Code for all domestic and protected water systems. Legends, arrows and colors shall conform to ANSI Standard A13.1 covering "Identification of Piping Systems" for all other systems. 1. Nameplates shall be made of black surface white core laminated bakelite with indented letters. 2. Nameplate shall be a minimum of 3 inches wide by 1.5 inches high and bear the equipment name as designated in these Specifications. 3. Equipment identification designations shall be from equipment schedules as indicated on the drawings or specified herein. 2. All valves on equipment, tanks and pumps shall be numbered by 3 inch diameter red metal discs with white numbers 2 inch high secured to stem of valves by means of brass hooks or small solid link brass chain. Valves in the interior domestic water piping systems (cold water, hot water, and hot water return) shall be as manufactured by Apollo, Milwaukee, Nibco or Conbraco. Manufacturer's model numbers used herein are intended as a guide to quality and type of valve to be provided. 1. Valves used for throttling of flow shall be butterfly type with memory stop. Ball valves shall not be acceptable on hot water return piping. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 22 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 5. Shut -off valves on the incoming water service and on the discharge of the water meter shall be a gate valve or other full -way valve. B. BaH Valves (2" and smaller) shall have threaded or solder ends with a bronze body, full port stainless steel ball an stem, RPTFE seats, a lever handle with a 1 1/4 inch zinc plated carbon steel stem extension assembly and be rated for 600 psi WOG. Ball valves shall be equal to Apollo Series 77- 140 -03 / 77- 240 -03. C. Butterfly valves, 2.5 inches and larger: Apollo lug type model 143, cast iron body, EPDM or Buna -N seat, 10 position lever handle. D. Gate valves up to 3" in size shall be a bronze body gate with rising stem, solid wedge design, 300 psi WOG and have threaded or soldered ends. Nibco Models T -134 or S- 134. E. Check valves, 3 inches and smaller: Conbraco 61 series, bronze body, stainless steel spring, RTFE ball check. F. Drain valves: Apollo 78 -100 series 3/4 inch all bronze hose end ball valve with cap and chain, provide hose end vacuum breaker. G. Strainers: Conbraco 59 Series, bronze body, threaded or solder ends to suit, stainless steel screen, 400 pound wog. 2.09 FLOOR DRAINS A. Floor drains shall be of cast iron construction and be manufactured by J.R. Smith, Zurn, Wade, or equal. 2.10 CLEANOUTS 2. Valves shall be provided with Buna -N, TFE or EPDM seats suitable for the service intended. 3. The pressure classification for valves specified herein are working steam or water, oil, gas (WOG) pressure ratings. 4. Lever handles on all valves shall be color coded in conformance with ANSI Standard A -13.1. 1. Refer to Schedule on drawings for size and type. A. Bodies of cleanout ferrules in hub and spigot or no -hub piping shall be standard pipe size conforming in thickness to that required for pipe and fittings, and shall extend not less than 3/4 inch high. Cleanouts in copper waste piping shall be soldered brass cleanout fittings with extra heavy brass screw plugs of the same size as the pipe line. Cleanouts in threaded waste piping shall be cast iron drainage "T" pattern 90 degree branch fittings with extra heavy brass screw plugs of the same size as the pipe. B. Floor cleanouts shall be J.R. Smith, Zum, or Wade, equal to J.R. Smith 4020 -PB series in sizes up to 4 ", piping larger than 4" size and up to a maximum of 8" size, shall be provided with JR Smith 4100 -PB series in all areas but those with carpet. Areas with carpet shall be provided with recessed covers and markers. C. Exterior cleanouts to grade shall be same as for interior floor cleanouts and shall be encased in concrete at a minimum of 6" beyond the greatest outside dimension and a FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 -23 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.11 WALL HYDRANTS minimum of 6" depth. Top of cleanout shall be set 1/2" above finished grade and concrete collar shall be shaped to finished grade. A. Wall hydrants shall be manufactured by Woodford, J.R. Smith, Josam, Zurn or equal. B. Wall hydrants shall be automatic draining, non - freeze type with integral vacuum breaker 3/4" hose threaded nozzle, polished brass finish and loose tee key handle. Wall hydrants shall be Woodford model 65, J.R. Smith Model 5609QT, Josam Model 71050 or equal. 2.12 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced pressure principal backflow preventer shall be Washington D.E.P. approved, complete with, ball valves and strainer on sizes up to 2 ", OS &Y gate valves on 3" and larger, air gap fitting, bronze construction for sizes up to 2" and epoxy coated cast iron for sizes 3" and larger. Reduced pressure principal backflow preventer shall be by Conbraco, Febco, Watts or approved equal. B. Atmospheric type vacuum breakers shall be provided at all hose end valves and outlets. Where vacuum breaker is not integral with fixture, provide an all brass, threaded type with manual drain feature. Provide pressure type for all outlets subject to back pressure or static line pressure. Atmospheric type vacuum breakers shall be by Conbraco, Febco, Watts or approved equal. C. Installation of all backflow preventers shall be in accordance with Washington State Plumbing Code and Department of Environmental Protection Regulations. D. Reduced pressure principal assemblies shall be registered with and approved by Washington D.E.P. or its agent prior to installation. E. Contractor shall provide repair kits for each reduced pressure backflow preventer. F. Reduced pressure assemblies 3" and larger shall be supported from the floor by means of adjustable pipe supports with floor flanges anchored to the floor. Provide spool piece before and after unit to receive support saddles. G. Reduced Pressure Assemblies shall be located in the horizontal plane only, with the bottom of the unit between three and four feet above the floor and a minimum of 12" clearance from the outside of the unit to the face of the wall. 2.13 GAUGES A. Pressure Gauges: 1. Gauges shall be installed with suitable "T" handle gauge cocks to permit servicing. Unless otherwise specified herein, all gauges shall be not less than five inch diameter, dial type, stainless steel case with black flange, aluminum peaked ring, phosphor bronze, bourdon tube, 1/4 inch bass N.P.T. male socket connection with wrench flats, white lithographed steel dial with black numbers and gradation. Dial gradations reading in "PSIG" shall be such that the normal operating pressure shall be indicated near the middle of the scale. 2. Gauges shall be installed at outgoing side of water meter, incoming and outgoing sides of reduced pressure backflow preventer. B. The accuracy of all gauges shall be within one percent of the scale range. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 24 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.14 SEISMIC RESTRAINT A. For each seismic restraint, provide certified calculations to verify adequacy to meet the following design requirements: 1. Ability to accommodate relative seismic displacements of supported item between points of support. 2. Ability to accommodate the required seismic forces. B. Calculations shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer who is registered in the State of Washington and has specific experience in seismic calculations. C. Seismic restraint shall be installed in accordance with Washington State Building Code. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 IDENTIFICATION 1. Maximum distance between braces in the lateral direction shall be 30 feet for piping 2" and smaller and 40' for piping 2-1/T and larger. 2. Maximum distances between braces in the longitudinal direction shall be 80 feet. 3. Tops of risers shall be provided with 4 -way braces. 4. Flexible couplings shall be provided within 12" of floor and wall non - frangible penetrations and within 24" of all building expansion joints. 5. Hangers closest to the sway bracing shall be installed with an extended rod to the piping to resist upward movement of the piping. 6. Seismic bracing for lateral and longitudinal bracing may be of the splayed wire (tension type), or pipe and fixed hanger (tension /compression type), and shall be complete with manufacturer's recommended sizing, locations, and calculations. One system only (tension or compression / tension) shall be installed. 7. C clamps for attachment to the building structure must be provided with retaining straps. 8. 4 -Way bracing may be of the splayed wire type or fixed angle brace with U bolt. A. All equipment and each length of pipe fitting, trap, fixture, control panel, starter, and device used in the systems shall have a permanently attached nameplate or be cast, stamped or indelibly marked with the manufacture's mark or name, the weight, type and class. The nameplates shall be kept clean and readable at all times. B. Piping 1. Furnish and affix approved adhesive bands identifying the service and direction of flow of each piping system installed under this Section of the Specifications. 2. Identification shall be provided on all piping that is exposed as well as all in concealed locations such as shafts, and above removable ceilings in which piping may be viewed. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 25 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.02 TESTING A. General 3. Each set shall consist of one band on which the name of the service is printed and one band on which is printed a black directional arrow. 4. Bands shall be applied where they can be easily read from the finished floor below, with their long dimension parallel to the axis of the pipe. 5. Bands shall be applied only after any finish painting is completed. 6. In general, the piping of each system shall be identified in the following locations and the piping designation shall be taken from the legend as indicated on the drawings. a. Pipe mains and branches - every 25 feet in all accessible open areas and ten feet apart in congested areas. C. Valve Tags: 1. Valve numbers and legend on valve tags shall correspond to numbers indicated on the Record Drawings and valve list. Legend shall be taken from Contract Drawings Legend. D. Valve Charts and Lists: 1. Provide to the Owner through the Architect, two printed detailed valve number lists. These printed lists shall state the numbers and location of each valve and the fixture or group of fixtures which it controls, and other necessary information, such as requiring the opening or closing of another valve or valves, when any one valve is to be opened and closed. 2. These printed lists shall be prepared in form to meet approval of the Architect and shall be framed under glass. 1. All labor, materials, instruments, devices and power required for testing shall be provided by this Contractor. The tests shall be performed in the presence and to the satisfaction of the Architect and such other parties, as may have legal jurisdiction. No piping in any location shall be closed up, furred in, or covered before testing. 2. Where portions of piping systems are to be covered or concealed before completion of the project, those portions shall be tested separately in the manner specified herein for the respective entire system. 3. Any piping or equipment that has been left unprotected and subject to mechanical or other injury in the opinion of the Architect shall be retested in part or in whole as directed. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 b. At each side of valves and pipe tees. c. Each wall penetration (both sides). d. At each piece of equipment. e. At each floor, above and below ceilings, on exposed risers and drops. PLUMBING 15400 - 26 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 4. The Architect retains the right to request a recheck or resetting of any pump or instrument by this contractor during the guarantee period at no additional cost to the Contractor. 5. Repair, or if directed by the Architect, replace any defective work with new work without extra charge to the Contract. Repeat tests as directed, until the work is proven to meet the requirements specified herein. 6. Restore to its finished condition any work, damaged or disturbed, provided by other contractors and engage the original contractor to do the work of restoration to the damaged or disturbed work. 7. The fixtures shall be tested for stability of support and satisfactory operation. The piping shall be tested when directed by the Engineer for stability. 8. After the fixtures are set and connected, and the piping systems to same have been tested, this contractor shall turn water on the fixtures, and equipment, fill the traps, etc., and the proper operation of all items shall be demonstrated by him in the presence of and to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer or their designated representatives. 9. Caulking of screwed joints or holes in piping will not be acceptable. 10. This Contractor shall notify the Architect and any inspectors having jurisdiction, a minimum of 48 hours in advance of making any required tests so that arrangements may be made for their presence to witness his scheduled tests. B. Specific: 1. Storm and Sanitary (Waste and Vent) Piping Systems: a. Before the installation of fixtures, and equipment each system including vents shall have all necessary openings plugged to permit the entire system to be filled with water to the level of the vent stack or roof drain of each system above the roof where practical. Each system shall hold this water for four hours without a drop in water level. b. Where a portion of the system is to be tested, the test shall be conducted in the same manner as specified herein for the entire system, except a vertical sack ten feet above the highest horizontal line to be tested may be installed, and filled with water to maintain sufficient pressure. A pump may be used to supply the required pressure. The pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of four hours for sufficient time to permit inspection of all joints. 2. Domestic Water Piping Systems: a. Upon completion of the roughing -in and before setting fixtures and final connection to all equipment, all water piping systems shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 150 PSIG. b. Each system's test shall be maintained for eight hours without a drop in pressure. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 c. After testing, provide complete adjustment of all parts of each water system until design distribution or balancing is obtained throughout. PLUMBING 15400 - 27 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3. Gas Systems FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Before any system of gas piping is put into service, it shall be carefully tested in the presence of, and with the approval of, the gas inspector to insure that it is gastight. Where any part of the system is to be enclosed or concealed, this test shall precede the work of closing in the piping. The test medium shall be air or inert gas (e.g. nitrogen, carbon dioxide). Oxygen shall never be used. b. Gas piping systems, not in excess of psig or 14 inches water column, extending from the outlet of the meter set assembly to the closed shutoff valve of each appliance, shall withstand a pressure of at least six inches mercury or three pound gauge for a period of not less than 10 minutes without showing any drop in pressure. Pressure shall be measured with a mercury manometer or slope gauge, or an equivalent device so calibrated as to be read in increments of not greater than 1/10 pound. The source of pressure shall be isolated before the pressure tests are made. c. After the test of piping for tightness as described herein, gas may be turned on and appliances tested at normal operating pressure by means of a soap bubble test, or other non - corrosive foaming agent test. 3.03 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Prior to completion of the Contract, provide field operating instructions to the Owner's designated representative with respect to operation functions and maintenance procedures for the equipment and systems installed. B. All equipment provided under this Section of the Specifications shall be placed in operation and shall function continuously in an operation test for a period of one week, without shut down due to mechanical failure. C. Prior to scheduling the project final inspection and after completion of the entire installation period, provide all work required to adjust all controls, hot water systems balancing and all maintenance to place the systems in operation to meet the requirements of this Section of the Specifications and Contract Documents. D. Provide to the Owner through the Engineer, six (6) complete sets of operating, service, maintenance instruction manuals containing replacement data for the equipment which will require operating, maintenance or replacement and one copy of this literature shall be available during the instruction of the operating personnel while the others are checked for completeness by the Architect. E. Sufficient advance notice shall be given to the Owner's designated operating personnel for the specific instruction period. Upon completion of instruction, obtain from the representative(s) written verification that the above mentioned instruction has been performed. Such verification shall be forwarded to the Owner through the Architect. F. Each copy of the approved operating and maintenance manual shall contain copies of approved shop drawings, equipment literature, cuts, bulletins performance charts, pump curves, details, equipment and engineering data sheets and typewritten instructions relative to the care and maintenance for the operation of the equipment, all properly indexed and bound in a hard -back three ring binder. Flysheets shall be placed before PLUMBING 15400 - 28 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 instructions covering each section. The instruction sheets shall be in 8 -1/2 inches by 11 inches with large sheets of drawings folded in neatly. Each manual shall have the following minimum contents: 1. Table of Contents 2. Maintenance 3. Manufacturer's Literature c. Installation drawings d. Manufacturer's representative and contract information e. Guarantees 3.04 DISINFECTION, CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Disinfection 1. Each potable water system shall be cleaned and disinfected by this Contractor. Cleaning and disinfection shall be performed after all pipes, valves, fixtures and other components of the system are installed, tested and ready for operation. 2. All domestic water piping shall be thoroughly flushed with clean potable water, prior to disinfection, to remove dirt and other contaminants. Screens of faucets shall be removed before flushing and re- installed after completion of disinfection. 3. Disinfection shall be done using sodium hypochlorite in the following manner: a. A service cock shall be provided and located at the water service entrance. The disinfecting agent shall be injected into and through the system from this cock only. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Maintenance and lubricating instructions b. Replacement charts c. Preventive maintenance recommendations d. Trouble shooting charts for equipment components e. Testing instructions for each typical components f. System draining and filling instructions g. Two typed sets of charts indicating equipment tag number, location of equipment, specific equipment service, greasing and lubricating requirements as recommended lubricant type and intervals of lubrication. h. Two type sets of instructions for ordering spare parts. Each set shall include name, telephone number and address of where they may be obtained. a. The equipment for which shop drawings have been submitted and approved. b. Wiring diagrams PLUMBING 15400 - 29 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 b. The disinfecting agent shall be injected by a proportioning pump or device through the service cock slowly and continuously at an even rate. During disinfection, flow of disinfecting agent into main water supply shall not be permitted. c. All sectional valves shall be opened during disinfection. All outlets shall be fully opened at least twice during injection and the residual checked with orthotolidin solution. d. When the chlorine residual concentration, calculated on the volume of water the piping will contain, indicates not less than 50 PPM (parts per million) at all outlets, then all valves shall be dosed and secured. e. The residual chlorine shall be retained in the piping systems for a period of not less than 24 hours. f. After the retention, the residual shall be not less than five parts per million. If less, then the process shall be repeated as described above. g. If satisfactory, then all fixtures shall be flushed with clean potable water until residual chlorine by orthotolidin tests shall not be greater than the incoming water supply (this may be zero). 4. All work and certification of performance shall be performed by approved applicators or qualified personnel with chemical and laboratory experience. Certification of performance shall indicate: a. Name and location of the job and date when disinfection was performed. b. Material used for disinfection. c. Retention period of disinfectant in piping system. d. PPM chlorine during retention. e. PPM chlorine after flushing. f. Statement that disinfection was performed as specified. g. Signature and address of company /person performing disinfection. 5. Upon completion of final flushing (after retention period), this Contractor shall obtain a minimum of one water sample from each hot and cold water line and submit samples to a State - approved laboratory. Samples shall be taken from the faucets located at highest floor and furthest from meter or main water supply. The laboratory report shall show the following: a. Name and address of approved laboratory testing the samples. b. Name and location of job and date the samples were obtained. c. The coliform organism count. (An acceptable test shall show absence of coliform organisms.) 6. If analysis does not satisfy the above minimum requirements, the disinfection procedure shall be repeated. PLUMBING 15400 - 30 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 B. Cleaning and Adjusting 1. At the completion of the work, all parts of the installation shall be thoroughly cleaned. All equipment, pipe, valves and fittings shall be cleaned of grease, metal cuttings and sludge which may have accumulated by operation of the system for testing. 2. Any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of the building, its finish, or furnishings, due to this Contractor's failure to properly clean the piping system shall be repaired by this Contractor at no increase in Contract costs. 3.05 SPECIAL TOOLS 7. Before acceptance of the systems, this Contractor shall submit to the Architect for his review, three (3) copies of Certification of Performance as specified above. 8. Under no circumstances shall this Contractor permit the use of any portion of domestic water system until properly disinfected, flushed and certified. 3. At the completion of the work, all water systems shall be adjusted for quiet operation. 4. All automatic control devices shall be adjusted for proper operation. 5. All plumbing fixtures and exposed metal work shall be adjusted for proper operation. Floor drain strainers and traps shall be cleaned of all debris. 6. All items of equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and any items dented, scratched or otherwise damaged in any manner shall be replaced or repaired and painted to match the original finish. All items so repaired and refinished shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for inspection and approval. A. Provide any and all special tools, recommended by the manufacturer of items furnished, noted as not being commonly available. 3.06 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL A. Upon completion of the work, furnish to the Owner through the Architect, in duplicate, certificates of inspection and /or approval from state and local inspection authorities having jurisdiction indicating the installed systems compliance to their requirements. 3.07 QUIET OPERATION A. All work provided under this Section of the Specifications shall operate under conditions of load without sound or vibration, which is abnormally objectionable for such equipment in the opinion of the Architect. In case of moving machinery, sound or vibration noticeable outside of the room in which it is installed, or annoyingly noticeable inside its own room will be considered objectionable shall be corrected in an approved manner by this Contractor at no change in Contract amount. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 31 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.08 SYSTEMS A. Sanitary and Storm Drainage Piping (Interior) 1. The Sanitary (waste and vent), and storm drainage piping three inches and smaller in diameter shall pitch a minimum of 1/4 inch per foot, and piping four inches and larger in diameter shall pitch a minimum of 1/8 inch per foot. 2. The vent stacks shall be connected as shown and extended through the roof a minimum of 18 inches. Waste and vent pipes unless shall be concealed unless otherwise noted. 3. Branch connections to each drainage system shall be made with "Wye" and long turn "Tee Wye" fittings. Installation of short radius 1/4 bends, common offsets; double hub fittings and saddles will not be approved. Only fittings conforming to the Code shall be installed. 4. The changes in direction of each drainage system shall be made with "Wye" branches and 1/8 bends. Provide long sweep bends at bottom of stacks with a vertical cleanout just above the floor at places where a "Wye" and 1/8 bends at bottom of stacks and end cleanouts cannot be installed. 5. Every fixture shall be separately trapped and the traps must be vented unless an approved battery or wet vented system is being installed. Floor drains shall be considered as a fixture. 6. Vents shall be connected to the discharge of each trap in the sanitary system, thence carried individually to a point above the flood level of the fixture before connecting with any other vent pipes. Pitch the branch vents back to the fixtures. 7. Collect individual vent pipe together in branch vent lines and connect to vent stacks. Wherever possible, vent stack offsets shall be made with 45 degree fittings. The vents passing through the roof shall be a minimum size of four inches in diameter. 8. Cleanouts shall be provided in drainage piping at changes in directions, at foot of stacks or other required points so that all portions of the lines will be readily accessible for cleaning or rodding out. 9. Cleanouts shall be of the same size as the pipe installed in up to four inches in diameter and not Tess than four inches in diameter for piping larger than four inches in diameter. 10. The maximum horizontal distance between cleanouts; in piping four inches in diameter and smaller shall not be more than 50 feet apart; in piping five inches in diameter and larger shall not be more than 100 feet apart. 11. Traps on sanitary piping not integral with fixtures and in accessible locations shall be provided with a brass trap screw protected by the water seal, and will be regarded as a cleanout. 12. Test tees with brass cleanout plugs shall be provided at the foot of all vertical waste and storm drainage stacks and at each floor. Wherever cleanouts on vertical lines occur concealed behind finished walls, they shall be extended to back of finished wall and a wall plate shall be provided. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 32 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 B. Cold Water Piping 1. Vacuum breakers and /or backflow preventers shall be installed on supplies to each piece of equipment, and valved connection, as required, to prevent back - siphonage and backflow. 2. Branch lines from water service or main lines shall be taken off the top or bottom of main, using such crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation conditions. All water service pipes, fittings, and valves shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work and not Tess than one inch between coverings on the different services. 3. Water piping shall be run parallel and graded evenly to the drainage points. There shall be a minimum 1/2" hose -end drain valve with hole -end vacuum breaker provided for each low point in the piping, so that all parts of each water system can be drawn -off. Piping 2" and larger shall have a 3/4" size drain valve. 4. No piping shall be installed in a manner to permit back siphonage or backflow of any flow of water from the waste non - potable or process system into the domestic water systems or their distribution piping under any conditions. Approved backflow preventers shall be installed where cross - connections are required. 5. Where flanges are installed in the water systems, install red rubber gaskets between each pair of flanges. 6. Heating and /or bending of copper tubing to eliminate the installation of fittings will not be permitted (exception: flexible risers between fixture stop and kitchen /lavatory faucet). 7. Piping systems shall be kept clean during all phases of work. Open ends of incomplete piping shall be protected to prevent the entrance of foreign materials. 8. Pipe shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the site and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. 9. Provide copper plated friction clamps on the cold water supplies to each water closet and urinal flushometer. Friction clamp shall be firmly clamped to the pipe and shall be firmly attached to the adjacent wall structure. 3.09 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Piping Installation 1. Install piping approximately as shown on the drawings and as directed during installation by the General Contractor or the Architect. 2. Piping shall be installed as straight and direct as possible forming right angles or parallel lines with building walls, other piping and neatly spaced. 3. The horizontal runs of piping, except where concealed in partitions, shall be installed as high as possible. 4. Piping or other apparatus shall not be installed in such a manner so as to interfere with the full swing of the doors and access to other equipment. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 33 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 5. The arrangement, positions and connections of pipes, fixtures, drains, valves, and the like, indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible, but the right is reserved by the General Contractor or the Architect to change locations and elevations to accommodate the work, without additional compensation for such change. 6. It shall be possible to drain the water from all sections of each sprinkler cold, and hot water piping system. Pitch piping back to drain valves. 7. Screwed piping of brass or chrome plated brass shall be made up with special care to avoid marring or damaging pipe and fitting exterior and interior surfaces. 8. Small fittings shall be screwed up close to the shoulders of male threads. Lampwick, cord, wool, or any other similar material shall not be used to make up thread joints. 9. Screwed pipe and copper tubing shall be reamed smooth before installation. 10. All exposed piping in connection with fixtures and where exposed on finished walls or to view, shall be chrome plated. Where chrome plated piping is installed, cut and thread pipe so that no un- plated pipe threads are visible when the work is completed. 11. Reducing fittings, unless otherwise approved in special cases, shall be provided in making reduction in size of pipe. Bushings will not be allowed unless specifically approved. 12. Remove and replace with new materials, any copper or brass piping (chrome plated or un- plated) and valves showing visible tool marks. 13. Vertical risers shall be firmly supported by riser clamps, properly installed to relieve all weight from the fittings. 14. Any piece of pipe six inches or less in length shall be considered a nipple. 15. All water service piping shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work to permit finished covering to be not less than 1 inch from other work. 16. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States of America and in accordance with the Commercial Standards, American National Standards Institute and American Society of Testing Materials. B. Hanger Installation 1. All piping shall be supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers and supports, to maintain proper grading and pitching of lines, to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place, and shall be so arranged as to provide for expansion and contraction. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 34 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 SCHEDULE MATERIAL Steel Copper PVC Pipe Size (Inches) Hanger Spacing in Feet/Pipe .50 6 6 3 .75 8 6 3 1.00 10 6 3 1.25 10 10 3 1.50 10 10 3 2.00 10 10 4 2.50 10 10 4 3.00 10 10 4 3.50 10 10 4 4.00 10 10 4 5.00 10 4 6.00 10 4 8.00 10 2. Maximum spacing of hangers on runs of pipe (vertical and horizontal) having no concentration of weight shall be as follows: 3. Maximum spacing of hangers on soil pipe shall be five feet or at each fitting on straight lengths to maximum of 10' and hangers shall be provided at either side of all changes in direction. Vertical Hanger rods to support piping from the structure or supplementary steel shall not exceed four feet in total length vertically, this Contractor shall provide factory fabricated channels and all associated accessories. 4. Friction clamps shall be installed at the base of the plumbing risers and at each floor (above or below floor slabs). Friction clamps installed above floor slabs shall not be supported from or rest on floor sleeves. 5. Provide hangers at a maximum distance of two feet from both sides of all changes in direction (horizontal and vertical), on both sides of concentrated loads (equipment) and at valves. 6. Hangers, in general, for all horizontal piping shall be A Band type hangers for piping up to 4" size and Clevis type for piping 5" and larger. These hangers shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the pipe insulation protectors (sheet metal shields) specified herein. Gang type hangers may be used for supply piping up FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 PLUMBING 15400 - 35 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 7. All vertical drops and runouts including insulated pipes shall be supported by split ring hangers with extension rods and wall plates or stamped type up to 2" size only. 8. Provide on all horizontal insulated lines, pipe covering protectors (shields) at each hanger. Each protector shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the Pipe insulation. 9. Lock nuts or retaining straps shall be provided with all beam clamps. 10. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels and associated accessories, including 12 inch long sheet metal shields, throughout both suspended and floor mounted shall be provided by this Contractor and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 11. Hangers shall not pierce the insulation on any insulated pipe except when prior approval is given. 12. Wire, tape or wood fastenings for shims or support of any pipe or tubing shall not be used. 13. Remove all rust from the ferrous hanger equipment (hangers, rods, and bolts) and apply one coat of red lead immediately after erection. 14. Piping at all equipment and each control valve shall be supported to prevent strains or distortions in the connected equipment and control valves. Piping and equipment shall be supported to allow for removal of equipment, valves and accessories with a minimum of dismantling and without requiring additional support after these items are removed. 15. All piping shall be independently supported from the building structure and not from the piping, ductwork, conduit or ceiling suspension systems of other systems. 16. Installation of hangers which permit wide lateral motion of any pipe will not be acceptable. 17. All hangers in contact with un- insulated piping shall be compatible with piping material. C. Pipe Covering Installation 1. Before pipe covering is applied, all pressure tests shall have been performed and approved. 2. Pipe covering shall be applied over clean, dry surfaces. 3. Pipe covering shall be continuous and shall be carefully fitted with side and end joints butted firmly and tightly together finished as specified herein. 4. Pipe covering and auxiliaries shall be kept dry during storage and application. 5. Adhesives, cements and coatings shall not be applied when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees Fahrenheit. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 to 3" size where applicable and in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. PLUMBING 15400 - 36 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 6. Valve bodies shall have covering applied up to the stem. 7. It is the intent of this Specification that all vapor barriers be sealed and be continuous throughout. Staples shall not be used on vapor barrier jackets. 8. Where pipe- covering ends occur at equipment or fixtures, end caps on the covering shall be provided. 9. Adequate operating clearances shall be provided at control mechanisms. 10. Pipe covering for flanges shall overlap the adjoining pipe by a minimum of three inches on each side. 11. Pipe covering shall be provided on all piping passing through ceilings and through the interior above ground sleeves (wall and floor). 12. All voids and or seams in insulation shall be filled with insulating cement and finished as specified herein. 13. In the event staples are used, they shall be coated with a vapor barrier mastic after insulation and taped. These staples shall not be visible on finished installation. 14. End joints of each section of the installed pipe covering shall be tightly butted. D. Installation of Sleeves, Inserts and Escutcheons 1. Sleeves in floors shall set one (1) inch above the finished floor surface or as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 2. Sleeves through interior masonry or non - masonry walls or partitions shall be set flush with the finished surfaces of the wall or partition. 3. Field drilling for inserts required for work under this section of the specifications shall be provided by this Contractor. 4. Each interior wall or floor sleeve shall be firestopped to provide equivalent fire resistance to floor or wall penetration. 5. Escutcheons shall be installed around all exposed insulated or bare pipe, passing through a finished floor, wall or ceiling. Escutcheons shall fit snugly around the bare or insulated pipe. E. Valve Installation 1. Location of Valves: There shall be valves where indicated on the drawings and where specified as follows: a. At building service entrances, all supply risers, branches to groups of fixtures, wall hydrants, hose bibbs, connections to other systems and sectionalizing points in each system. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 b. Each fixture supply shall have a separate angle stop or straight stop finished like the pipe it services. c. At the low points of each water system including trapped sections, provide a tee with 1/2 inch branch and ball valve with 3/4 inch hose end vacuum breaker and attached chain with cap. PLUMBING 15400 - 37 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 d. Valves shall be located to permit easy operation, replacement or repairs. F. Installation of Gauges 1. Pressure gauges shall be installed in such a manner as to cause a minimum restriction to the flow in the pipe and so that they can be easily read from the floor. 2. Pressure gauges in the domestic water system shall be installed at outlet side of the water meter and reduced pressure backflow preventer and at inlet and outlet sides of pressure reducing valve station. END OF SECTION PLUMBING 15400 - 38 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.02 RELATED WORK 2 1.03 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION 2 1.04 PRODUCTS INSTALLED, BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION 2 1.05 DEFINITIONS 3 1.06 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS 3 1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 5 1.08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS 5 1.09 SUBMITTALS 6 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 10 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS 11 1.12 WARRANTIES 12 1.13 COORDINATION 12 1.14 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 13 1.15 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS 14 1.16 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 14 1.17 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 14 1.18 SUPERVISION 14 1.19 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 14 1.20 SCHEDULE 15 1.21 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING 15 1.22 CUTTING AND PATCHING 15 1.23 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS 15 1.24 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS 16 1.25 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 16 1.26 ACCESSIBILITY 16 1.27 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS 16 1.28 ELECTRICAL WORK 17 1.29 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.00 NOT USED 18 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 TABLE OF CONTENTS HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - i JUNE 2, 2008 2.01 PIPING AND FITTINGS 18 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS 19 2.03 SLEEVES 20 2.04 FIRESTOPPING 21 2.05 PIPING, EQUIPMENT, PANEL AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION 21 2.06 MOTORS, DRIVES AND STARTERS 21 2.07 COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (CRAC'S) 22 2.08 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 24 2.09 DUCTWORK 26 2.10 ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNITS 30 2.11 INSULATION 32 2.12 ROOF CURBS 35 2.13 FANS 35 PART 3 - EXECUTION 36 3.00 GENERAL 36 3.01 IDENTIFICATION 36 3.02 FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATION 37 3.03 SUPPORTS 38 3.04 COOLING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION 39 3.05 REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS TESTS 40 3.06 DUCTWORK 40 3.07 DUCTWORK LEAKAGE TEST 41 3.08 BASES AND SUPPORTS 41 3.09 WATERPROOFING 41 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL 41 3.11 PLACING IN SERVICE 42 3.12 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING 42 3.13 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 42 3.14 TRAINING 43 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - ii JUNE 2, 2008 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 15500 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING A. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, and BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 0, are hereby made a part of this Specification Section. B. Examine all Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications and requirements and provisions affecting the work of this Section. 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This project is for the installation of HVAC shell and core systems to support a single story 7,200 SF Class A retail /office building. B. The work under this Section shall include the furnishing of all materials, labor, equipment and supplies and the performance of all operations to provide complete working systems, in general, to include the following items: 1. Piping and Fittings (all systems and types) 2. Pipe Hangers and Supports 3. Identification 4. Sleeves, Firestopping 5. Electric Motors and Starters 6. Equipment Nameplates 7. Factory Tests 8. Computer Room Air Conditioning Units 9. Vibration Isolation 10. Ductwork 11. Rooftop Air Handling Units 12. Insulation 13. Roof Curbs 14. Operating and maintenance instructions and manuals 15. Coordination drawings 16. Shop drawings 17. Cleaning, Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing of all Ducted and Piped Systems and Equipment 18. Record (as- built) Drawings FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 1 JUNE 2, 2008 19. Seismic Restraints 20. Training of Owners Personnel on Equipment, Systems, and Controls C. The work to be done under this section is generally shown on the Mechanical HVAC Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Principal classes of Work related to the Work of this Section are listed below, and are specified to be performed under the indicated Sections of these Specifications. Refer to the indicated Sections for description of the extent and nature of the indicated Work, and for coordination with related trades. This listing may not include all related Work items. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the Work of this Section with that of all other trades. B. The following work is not included in this section and will be provided under other sections, except as specified herein: 1. Electrical power wiring for all HVAC equipment and to junction box(es) in mechanical areas. Power wiring from these box(es) to all control equipment (control panels, etc.) and all controls /interlock wiring shall be provided by the controls contractor. 2. Starters and variable speed drives that are not integral to equipment, unless specified otherwise. 3. Structural supports necessary to distribute loading from equipment to roof or floor. 4. Temporary light, power, water, heat, gas and sanitary facilities for use during construction and testing. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions. 5. Gypsum drywall enclosures of supply, return and exhaust ductwork on all rooftop /penthouse air handlers, supply and return air shafts, as shown on drawings. 6. Concrete work including concrete housekeeping pads and blocks for vibrating and rotating equipment, and cast -in -place manholes. 7. Flashing of roof and wall penetrations. 8. Painting. 1.03 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Furnish pipe sleeves for placement into formwork by the General Contractor. B. Furnish roof curbs for installation by the Roofing Subcontractor. C. Furnish line voltage fan speed control switches for installation by the Electrical Subcontractor. 1.04 PRODUCTS INSTALLED, BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Install duct- mounted smoke detectors which will be furnished by the Electrical subcontractor. The HVAC Subcontractor shall wire the appropriate fan to shut down upon detection of smoke. The Electrical Subcontractor shall power wire and wire the smoke detector to the fire alarm panel. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 2 JUNE 2, 2008 1.05 DEFINITIONS A. As used in this Section, the following terms shall be understood to have the following meaning: 1. "Work" shall mean all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and all other items required for a proper and complete installation. 2. "Concealed" shall mean hidden from sight in chases, furred in spaces, shafts, embedded in construction, in a crawl space, and above hung ceilings. 3. "Exposed" shall mean not installed underground or concealed as defined above. 4. "Furnish" shall mean purchase and deliver to the project site, complete with every necessary appearance and support. 5. "Install" shall mean unload at the delivery point at the site and perform all work necessary to establish secure mounting, proper location and operation in the project. 6. "Provide" shall mean furnish and install. 7. "Piping" shall mean, in addition to pipe or tubing, all fittings, flanges, grooved joint couplings, unions, valves, strainers, drains, hangers and other accessories relative to such piping. 8. "Furnished by others" shall mean materials or equipment purchased and set in place under other sections of the general contract and connected to the systems covered by this section of the specifications by this trade contractor. 9. "Coordinate" shall mean all work provided under this section of the specification shall be in compliance with work of other trades. 10. "HVAC Subcontractor," "Subcontractor," or "Installing Contractor" shall be the Subcontractor responsible for the Work of this Section of the Specifications, and shall be responsible for coordination of the Work of this Section of the Specifications with the Work of Section 15900, BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM where applicable. 11. "ATC" shall mean Automatic Temperature Controls, and shall be interchangeable with Building Automation System. 12. "Owner's Representative" shall be the party responsible to make decisions regarding all contractual obligations in reference to the Scope of Work for the Owner. 13. "Date of Substantial Completion" shall indicate the date where the work has been formally accepted as evidenced by completed final punch list or where the work has reached the stage that the owner obtains beneficial use and commences utilization of the installed systems for business or occupancy purposes. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, shall supercede this definition where specifically defined. 1.06 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS A. Materials, installation of systems and equipment provided under this section shall be done in strict accordance with the latest governing edition of the following standards, FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 3 JUNE 2, 2008 codes, specifications, requirements, and regulations, and any other Codes and Regulations having jurisdiction including but not limited to: 1. All Applicable NFPA Standards 2. State and Local Building Mechanical, Electrical, and Energy Codes 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) 4. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 5. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 6. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 7. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 8. Any other local codes or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Heating and refrigeration systems shall be installed by contractors and personnel appropriately licensed in the State (Installing Contractor). C. All equipment shall meet the more efficient requirement: 1. As shown on bid documents, 2. Minimum efficiencies state in ASHRAE 90.1 -2004, or 3. Minimum efficiencies stated in the governing Energy Code. D. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, materials, workmanship and equipment performance shall conform with the latest governing edition of the following standards, codes, specifications, requirements, and regulations, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes but not limited to: 1. Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) 2. Air Movement and Control Association AMCA 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 4. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (ASHRAE) 5. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 6. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 7. American Welding Society, Inc. (AWS) 8. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) 9. Copper Development Association (CDA) 10. Factory Mutual System (FM) 11. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) 12. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 13. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 4 JUNE 2, 2008 14. Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve & Fitting Industry (MSS) 15. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) 16. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 17. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) 18. North American Insulation Manufacturer's Association (NAIMA) 19. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association, Inc. (SMACNA) 20. Thermal Insulation Manufacturer's Association (TIMA) E. Codes, laws and standards provide a basis for the minimum installation criteria acceptable. The drawings and specifications illustrate the scope required for this project, which may exceed minimum codes, laws and standards. F. The date of the code or standard is that in effect at the Bid date. G. Give all notices, file all plans, obtain all permits and licenses, and obtain all necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the authorities having jurisdiction. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by the Owner's Representative, inspectors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace imperfect or condemned work to conform to requirements, satisfactory to Owner's Representative, and without extra cost to the Owner. If work is covered before inspection and approval, this Contractor shall pay costs of uncovering and reinstalling the covering, whether it meets contract requirements or not. 1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Nameplates 1. Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, type or style, model number, catalog number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. B. Maintenance Information 1. Systems and equipment which require periodic maintenance to maintain efficient operation shall be furnished with complete necessary maintenance information. Required routine maintenance actions, as specified by the manufacturer, shall be stated clearly and incorporated on a readily accessible label on the equipment. Such label may be limited to identifying, by title or publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of product. C. Equipment Guards 1 Belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts so located that any person may come in close proximity thereto shall be completely enclosed or guarded. 1.08 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS A. Where equipment or materials are specified with the name of a manufacturer, such specification shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard for FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 5 JUNE 2, 2008 that particular item. No equipment or material shall be used unless previously approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Substitutions (approved equals) may be offered for review provided the material, equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every respect to that indicated or specified. In order for Requests for substitution to be considered, all must be submitted for pre - approval of manufacturer within 30 days of award of contract. All requests must be accompanied by a list of minimum 5- year -old successful installations of similar scope (with owner contact and phone number), complete specifications together with drawings or samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process. Allow 30 days for Owner's Representative's review. C. If a substitution of materials or equipment in whole or in part is made, this HVAC Subcontractor shall bear the cost of any changes necessitated by any other trade as a result of said substitution. D. All materials, equipment and accessories provided under this section shall be new and unused products of recognized manufacturers as approved. 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1, General Conditions, for schedule and form of all submittals unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. Coordinate this submittal with submittals for all other finishes. Shop drawings and design layouts shall be prepared by licensed installing contractors and shall note the name(s), license number(s) and license expiration date(s) of the contractor(s) installing the heating and refrigeration systems. B. Definitions: 1. Shop Drawings are information prepared by the contractor to illustrate portions of the work in more detail than indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: The mechanical design for each product is based on the single manufacturer listed in the schedule or shown on the drawings. In Part 2 of the specifications certain Alternate Manufacturers are listed as being acceptable. In addition, the MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS paragraph potentially allows for substitutions as being acceptable. These are acceptable only if, as a minimum, they: a. Meet all performance criteria listed in the schedules and outlined in the specifications. For example, to be acceptable, an air handling unit must deliver equal CFM against equal external static pressure (with the allowed pressure drop of dirty filters) using equal or less horsepower as the air handler listed in the schedules. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 b. Fit within the available space it was designed for, including space for maintenance and component removal, with no modification to either the space or the product. Clearances to walls, ceilings, and other equipment will be at least equal to those shown on the design drawings. The fact that a manufacturer's name appears as acceptable shall not be taken to mean the Engineer has determined that the manufacturer's products will fit within the available space — this determination is solely the responsibility of the contractor. c. For rooftop mounted equipment and equipment mounted in areas where structural matters are a concern, the products must have a weight no greater than the product listed in the schedules or specifications. HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 6 JUNE 2, 2008 d. Products must adhere to all architectural considerations including, but not limited to: being of the same color as the product scheduled or specified, fitting within the architectural enclosures and details. C. Submittal Procedures, Format and Requirements 1. Review submittal packages for compliance with Contract Documents and then submit to Owner's Representative for review. Submit enough sets of shop drawings such that, after review, two sets will be kept by the reviewer, with only the remaining sets returned with reviewer's marks and comments. 2. Each Shop Drawing shall indicate in title block, and each Product Data package shall indicate on cover sheet, the following information: a. Title. b. Equipment number. c. Name and location of project. d. Names of Owner, Engineer and Seller. e. Names of manufacturers, suppliers, vendors, etc. f. Date of submittal. g. Whether original submittal or resubmitted. 3. Shop drawings showing manufacturer's product data shall contain detailed dimensional drawings (minimum '/" = 1' scale) including plans and sections (where physical clearance could be an issue). Provide larger scale details as necessary. 4. Submit accurate and complete description of materials of construction, manufacturer's published performance characteristics, sizes, weights, capacity ratings (performance data, alone, is not acceptable), electrical requirements, starting characteristics, wiring diagrams, and acoustical performance for complete assemblies. Drawings shall clearly indicate location (terminal block or wire number), voltage and function for all field terminations, and other information necessary to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Provide shop drawings showing details of piping connections to all equipment. If connection details are not submitted and connections are found to be installed incorrectly, this contractor shall reinstall them within the original contract price. 6. Provide complete data for all auxiliary services and utilities required by submitted equipment. This shall include power. 7. Provide a complete description of all controls and instrumentation required including electrical power connection drawing for all components and interconnection wiring to starters, detailed information on starters, control diagrams, termination diagrams, and all control interfaces with a central control system. 8. Provide installation and erection information including; lifting requirements, and any special rigging or installation requirements for all equipment. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 7 JUNE 2, 2008 9. The Owner's Representative shall approve all materials before commitment for materials is made. D. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product description and technical information including: 1. Sleeves, Firestopping 2. Electric Motors and Starters 3. Rooftop Air Handling Unit (RTU) 4. Computer Room Air Conditioning Units (CRAC) 5. Vibration Isolation 6. Insulation 7. Roof Curbs 8. Operating and maintenance instructions and manuals 9. Seismic Restraints 10. Color selection charts and samples for equipment and systems in finished areas 11. Testing, Adjusting, & Balancing Qualifications, Plan, and Reports 12. Identification, labels and tags, including database for all equipment and devices 13. O &M manual table of contents 14. O &M manual including completed Facility Support Services data sheets (from Part 4) E. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products and accessories in an individual (combined) submittal. 1. Do not submit multiple product information in a single bound manual. 2. Three -ring binders shall not be accepted. F. Deviations 1. Concerning deviations other than substitutions, proposed deviations from Contract Documents shall be requested individually in writing whether deviations result from field conditions, standard shop practice, or other cause. Submit letter with transmittal of Shop Drawings which flags the deviation to the attention of the Owner's Representative. 2. Without letters flagging the deviation to the Owner's Representative, it is possible that the Engineer may not notice such deviation or may not realize its ramifications. Therefore, if such letters are not submitted to the Owner's Representative, the Seller shall hold the Engineers, his consultants and the Owner harmless for any and all adverse consequences resulting from the deviations being implemented. This shall apply regardless of whether the Engineer has reviewed or approved shop drawings containing the deviation, and will be strictly enforced. 3. Approval of proposed deviations, if any, will be made at discretion of Engineer. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 8 JUNE 2, 2008 G. Schedule: Incorporate shop drawing review period into construction schedule so that Work is not delayed. This subcontractor shall assume full responsibility for delays caused by not incorporating the following shop drawing review time requirements into his project schedule: Allow at least 10 working days, exclusive of transmittal time, for review each time shop drawing is submitted or resubmitted with the exception that 20 working days, exclusive of transmittal time are required for the following: 1. O &M manuals including completed Facility Support Services data sheets (from Part 4) 2. As built drawings 3. If more than five shop drawings of a single trade are received in one calendar week. H. Responsibility 1. Intent of Submittal review is to check for capacity, rating, and certain construction features. HVAC contractor shall ensure that work meets requirements of Contract Documents regarding information that pertains to fabrication processes or means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; and for coordination of work of this and other Sections. Work shall comply with approved submittals to extent that they agree with Contract Documents. Submittal review shall not diminish responsibility under this Contract for dimensional coordination, quantities, installation, wiring, supports and access for service, nor the shop drawing errors or deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. The Engineer's noting of some errors while overlooking others will not excuse the HVAC contractor from proceeding in error and will not absolve the contractor from meeting the full design intent of the associated system(s). Contract Documents requirements are not limited, waived nor superseded in any way by review. 2. Inform subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, etc. of scope and limited nature of review process and enforce compliance with contract documents. In the event that the HVAC Subcontractor fails to provide Shop Drawings for any of the products specified herein: 1. The HVAC Subcontractor shall furnish and install all materials and equipment herein specified in complete accordance with these Specifications. 2. If the HVAC Subcontractor furnishes and installs material and /or equipment that is not in complete accordance with these Specifications, he shall be responsible for the removal of this material and /or equipment. He shall also be responsible for the replacement of this material and /or equipment with material and /or equipment that is in complete accordance with these Specifications, at the direction of the Owner's Representative. 3. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. 4. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall not be allowed as a basis for a claim of delay of completion of the Work. J. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. K. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSD) on each applicable product with submittal. FIDELfTY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 9 JUNE 2, 2008 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Commence preparation of the Operating and Maintenance (O &M) Manuals immediately upon receipt of "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" shop drawings and submit each section within one month. The final submission shall be no later than two months prior to the projected date of Substantial Completion of the Project. B. Submit O &M table of contents in the submittal phase. O &M manuals shall be built as submittals are accepted and shall include the individual equipment manufacturer's data retrieval sheet, as per Attachment A in Part IV for input into the Owner's Maintenance Management System. Form shall be provided and completed electronically. C. Each O &M document shall include the manufacturer's web address for equipment - specific O &M information for Internet access by the Owner. D. The manual shall consist of (3) sets of manuals and include (3) sets of CDs, which shall contain the scanned content of the entire manual. The manual shall highlight the actual equipment used and not be a master catalog of all similar products of the manufacturer. The manual shall be submitted for review prior to creation of the CDs. E. The Manual shall contain the following: 1. Operations Manual FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Systems description including all relevant information needed for day -to- day operations and management including: 1) Start-up procedures 2) Shut -down procedures. 3) Trouble- shooting checklist (i.e., common alarms with possible cause & effect, etc.) b. Wiring diagrams, schematics, logic diagrams and sequence of operations that accurately depict the controls system. c. Depiction of each interface screen where programmable logic and visual displays are provided. Descriptors shall be provided to define displayed data, alarms, etc. d. A single sheet (for ease of removal) of all access codes and passwords necessary to access all levels of control and programming. 2. Maintenance Manual a. Define all maintenance activities required to ensure system operation within manufacturer's specified parameters. Maintenance documentation shall include: 1) Data retrieval sheet 2) Special instructions (i.e., lockout/tag-out, etc.) 3) Special tools (i.e., key, alien wrench, etc.) 4) Tasks 5) Frequency HVAC 15500 - 10 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 F. Provide O &M manuals for each of the following as a minimum: 1. Computer Room Air Conditioning Units (CRAC) 2. Rooftop Air Handling Units (RTU's) 3. Exhaust Fans 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to DIVISION 1, General Conditions, for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. B. Record Drawings (red -line drawings) will be updated by this Contractor daily for review with the monthly requisition. The record drawing shall be an accurate depiction of the systems as completed, including dimensions (vertical /horizontal) of concealed components off fixed building elements. C. The HVAC Foreman shall maintain complete and separate set of prints of Contract Drawings at job site at all times and shall record work completed and all changes from original Contract Drawings clearly and accurately including work installed as a modification or addition to the original design. D. At completion of work the HVAC Contractor shall prepare a complete set of record drawings on AutoCAD showing all systems as actually installed. The Architectural background AutoCAD files will be made available for the contractor's copying, at his expense, to serve as backgrounds for the drawings. The HVAC Contractor shall transfer changes from field drawings onto AutoCAD drawings and submit copy of files and three FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 6) Required materials, lubricants, etc. b. Provide table of all required activities plotted vs. interval with adequate fill -in -space for "activity completion date" and "comments ". Where multiple instrument readings are required, provide data sheet formatted to accommodate activity. c. Provide as part of each package, lubricating charts indicating equipment tag number, location, equipment service, greasing and lubricating requirements, lubricants, and intervals. d. Provide as part of each package, a valve and system chart that corresponds to the valve tags. Provide directions for normal positions and positions for equipment failure modes. e. The HVAC Subcontractor shall furnish spare -parts data for each different item of equipment furnished. The data shall include a complete list of: parts and supplies, with current unit prices, lead time, and source of supply; a list of parts and supplies that are either normally furnished at no extra cost with the purchase of the equipment, or specified hereinafter to be furnished as part of the contract; and a list of additional items recommended by the manufacturer to assure efficient operation for a period of 360 days at the particular installation. The foregoing shall not relieve the HVAC Subcontractor of any responsibilities under the guarantees specified herein. f. Provide copy of all warranty information with associated date of substantial completion (commencement of warranty) and end date of coverage. Define all components /subsystems specifically included and excluded. HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 11 JUNE 2, 2008 E. The Architect and Engineer are not granting to the Contractor any ownership or property interest in the CADD Drawings by the delivery of the CADD Disks to the Contractor. The Contractor's rights to use the CADD disks and the CADD Drawings are limited to use for the sole purpose of assisting in the Contractor's performance of its contractual obligations under its contract with respect to the Project. The Architect and Engineer are granting no further rights. Any reuse or other use by the Contractor will be at the Contractor's sole risk and without liability to the Architect and Engineer. The Contractor hereby waives and releases any losses, claims, damages, liabilities of any nature whatsoever, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. The Contractor, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Architect and Engineer harmless from all loses, claims, damages, liabilities, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. F. Record Drawings, shall show "as- built" condition of all plans, details, sections, piping diagrams, control changes and corrections to schedules. Schedules shall show actual manufacturer model numbers and capacities of final installed equipment. G. The HVAC Contractor shall submit the record set for approval a minimum of one week prior to seeking the permanent certificate of occupancy. 1.12 WARRANTIES sets of prints to Owner's Representative for comments as to compliance with this section. CADD layering as established by the A & E design team shall be maintained with any and all changes done by the contractor. A. Submit manufacturer's standard replacement warranties for material and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the manufacturer and the HVAC Subcontractor may have by law or by provisions of the Contract Documents. B. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section shall be guaranteed against all defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum period of one year commencing with the Date of Substantial Completion. Where individual equipment sections specify longer warrantees, provide the longer warrantee. Any failure due to defective material, equipment or workmanship which may develop, shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner including all damage to areas, materials and other systems resulting from such failures. C. Guarantee that all elements of each system meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated on the Drawings. D. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of the failure of any part of the systems during the guarantee period, the affected parts shall be replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be considered defective and shall be replaced. 1.13 COORDINATION A. Refer to DIVISION 1, General Conditions, for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. B. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire building construction, including all other trades, shall not be delayed nor interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must be installed promptly when and as required. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 12 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 C. Confer with all other trades relative to location of all apparatus and equipment to be installed and select locations so as not to conflict with work of other Sections. Any conflicts shall be referred immediately to the Owner's Representative for decision to prevent delay in installation of work. All work and materials placed in violation of this clause shall be readjusted to the Owner's Representative's satisfaction at no expense to the Owner. D. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section may interfere with work of other sections, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Prepare and submit for approval 3/8" scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how the work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. If the work of this section is installed before coordinating with other trades or so as to cause interference with work of other trades, make changes necessary to protect conditions without extra charge. E. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for all apparatus, piping, ductwork, etc., and give information in advance to build openings into the work. Furnish all sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals, and coordinate with the Owner's Representative for the proper setting of same. F. Make reasonable modifications in the work as required by structural interferences, interference with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work without extra charge. G. Keep fully informed as to the size, shape and location of all openings required for the work of this Section and give full information to all Subcontractors and the Owner's Representative. 1.14 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. It is the intention of the Specifications and Drawings to call for complete, finished work, tested and ready for continuous operation. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on the Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be provided by the HVAC Subcontractor or his /her Sub - subcontractors, without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic. The locations of all items that are not definitely fixed by dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations must be determined at the site and shall have the approval of the Architect before being installed. The HVAC Subcontractor shall follow Drawings, including shop drawings, in laying out work and shall check the Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions. Where space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. The HVAC Subcontractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. C. Sizes of ducts and pipes and routing are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the intent and purpose of the Drawings, all necessary parts to make complete approved working systems ready for use, shall be furnished without extra charge. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 13 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.15 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS A. Base all required measurements, horizontal and vertical, from referenced points established with the Owner's Representative and be responsible for correctly laying out the Work required under this Section of the Specification. B. In the event of discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated, notify the Owner's Representative in writing and do not proceed with the related work until instructions have been issued. 1.16 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. No materials shall be delivered or stored on site until Shop Drawings have been approved. B. All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in original packages or containers bearing the manufacturer's labels and product identification. C. Protect materials against dampness. Store off floors, under cover, and adequately protected from damage. D. Inspect all equipment and materials, upon receipt at the job site, for damage and conformance to approved shop drawings. 1.17 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. This Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all work included under this Section until the completion and final acceptance of this Contract. B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes including, but not limited to, fire, vandalism and theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs, caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from damage that might be caused by work or workmen under this Section and make good damage thus caused. D. Damaged materials are to be removed from the site; no site storage of damaged materials will be allowed. 1.18 SUPERVISION A. Provide a competent Supervisor with a minimum of 5 years of experience in HVAC Construction Supervision who shall be in charge of the HVAC work at the site. 1.19 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Life safety and accident prevention shall be a primary consideration. Comply with all of the safety requirements of the owner and OSHA throughout the entire construction period of the project. B. Furnish, place and maintain proper guards and any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life and property. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 14 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.20 SCHEDULE A. Construct work in sequence under provisions of Division 1 and as coordinated with the Owner's Representative. 1.21 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING A. The work to be done under this Section of the Specifications shall include the furnishing, set -up and maintenance of all derricks, hoisting machinery, cranes, helicopters, scaffolds, staging and planking as required for the work. 1.22 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide all cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. Form all chases or openings for the installation of the work of this Section of the specifications, or cut the same in existing work and see that all sleeves or forms are in the work and properly set in ample time to prevent delays. Be responsible that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and consult with the Owner's Representative and all trades concerned in reference to this work. Confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the approval of the Owner's Representative. D. All of this work shall be carefully done by workmen qualified to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. E. Any cost caused by defective or ill -timed work required by this Section of the specifications shall be borne by the Subcontractor. F. When, in order to accommodate the work required under this Section of the specifications, finished materials of other trades must be cut or fitted, furnish the necessary drawings and information to the trades whose materials must be cut or fitted. 1.23 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Coordinate with other trades the location of and maintaining in proper positions, sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts to be supplied and /or set in place under this section of the specifications. In the event of incorrectly located preset sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts, etc., all required cutting and patching of finished work shall be done under this section of the specifications. B. All pipes passing through floors, walls, ceilings or partitions shall be provided with fire stopping to maintain the fire rating of the structure. All penetrations and associated fire stopping shall be installed in accordance with the fire stopping manufacturer's listed installation details. Provide sleeves for all penetrations where required by the listed detail, for the penetration of all mechanical room floors and where specifically required on the drawings. C. Field drilling (core drilling), when required, shall be performed under this section of the specifications, after receipt of approval by the Owner's Representative. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 15 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1. When coring cannot be avoided, provide 1 /4 inch pilot hole prior to coring. When coring through floor or slab, verify location of core on floor below and protect and piping, ductwork, wiring, furniture, personnel, etc., below the location of the core. 1.24 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all supplementary steel, factory fabricated channels and supports required for proper installation, mounting and support of all equipment and systems provided under this section of the specification. B. Supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be firmly connected to building construction in a manner approved by the Owner's Representative, as shown on the drawings, or hereinafter specified. C. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel provided under this section of the specifications shall be determined by the Subcontractor and shall be of sufficient strength and size to allow only a minimum deflection in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements for loading. D. All supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floors and ceiling construction. All turns shall be made with 90 degree and 45 degree fittings, as required to suit the construction and installation conditions. E. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels, supports and fittings shall be galvanized steel, aluminum, or stainless steel where exposed or subject to rust producing atmosphere and shall be manufactured by Unistrut, H- strut, Powerstrut, ERICO or approved equal. 1.25 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Dispose of all hazardous materials in accordance with Federal and State laws. All handling shall conform to EPA requirements. A uniform hazardous waste manifest shall be prepared for all disposals and returned with all applicable signoffs prior to application for final payment. Provide breakout cost for this scope. B. Recovered refrigerant shall be recycled by a licensed facility approved by the Owner's Representative. C. Removed equipment or fluids containing any hazardous materials such as ethylene glycol, oil, mercury or chromate shall be recycled by a licensed facility approved by the Owner's Representative. 1.26 ACCESSIBILITY A. All work provided under this Section of the Specification shall be installed so that parts requiring periodic inspection, maintenance and repair are readily accessible. Work of this trade shall not infringe upon clearances required by equipment of other trades, especially code required clearances to electrical gear. Minor deviations from the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of substantial magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Owner's Representative. 1.27 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS A. Submit working plans and calculations reviewed, signed and stamped by a professional engineer who is registered in the State where the project is located and has specific experience in seismic calculations, certifying that the plans meet all seismic requirements established by authorities having jurisdiction over the project. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 16 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.28 ELECTRICAL WORK A. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished, and the installation thereof, as a part of the HVAC work, equipment, and controls shall conform to applicable requirements under DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL. 1.29 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Certificates Of Approval 1. Upon completion of all work, provide certificates of inspections from the following equipment manufacturers stating that the authorized factory representatives have inspected and tested the operation of their respective equipment and found the equipment to be in satisfactory operating condition and installed per the manufacturers installation instructions and requirements. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Rooftop HVAC Units B. Substantial Completion 1. When the Subcontractor considers the Work under this Section is substantially complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice, through the General Contractor, with a detailed list of items remaining to be completed or corrected and a schedule of when each remaining work item will be completed. Should the engineer determine the list of remaining work does not constitute substantial completion the engineer will notify the Architect and /or Owner and he will not make a substantial completion site visit. 2. The following items shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to the written request for substantial completion inspection: a. Certification of successful operation of all systems. b. Training of the owner's personnel in the operation of the systems. c. Record Drawings in accordance with the contract specifications. d. Operation and Maintenance manuals. e. Testing reports. f. Balancing reports. g. Manufacturer's certificates of approvals. h. Emergency contact list for reporting of malfunctioning equipment during the warrantee period. 3. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion visit, observe that the Work is substantially complete, s /he will provide a written listing of the observed deficiencies referred herein as the Punch List. The Punch List will provide for a place for the subcontractor and general contractor to sign off and date each item individually indicating that the observed deficiency item has been corrected. 4. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion site visit, observe that the Work is not substantially complete, s /he will provide, a written list of the major deficiencies and a reason for the work not being considered substantially complete. HVAC 15500 - 17 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 C. Final Completion PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.00 NOT USED 2.01 PIPING AND FITTINGS 5. If the work is found not to be substantially complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to reobserve the work. A reobservation fee shall be charged to the Subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any further observations by the engineer. 6. The Subcontractor shall remedy all deficiencies listed in the punch list within the time frame required by the contract. 1. The following items shall be submitted prior to the written request for Final completion: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Revised Substantial Completion items to be resubmitted in accordance with the review process comments. b. Warranties commencing the date of Substantial completion 2. When the Subcontractor considers all of the punch list work items complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice through the General Contractor that all Punch List items are complete and resolved and the work is ready for final inspection. Should the Engineer find the work to be finally complete and all Punch List items are complete the Engineer will make a recommendation to the Architect or Owner. If the Engineer has found the punch list work to be incomplete during final inspection a written listing of the observed deficiencies will be prepared by the Engineer. 3. If the work is not fully complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to reobserve the work. A reobservation fee shall be charged to the subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any reobservations by the engineer. A. Piping, tubing, and fittings shall be as follows: 1. Dimensions and material requirements for refrigerant pipe, pipe fittings and components shall conform to ASHRAE 15 and ASME /ANSI B31.5 and shall be compatible with fluids used and capable of withstanding the pressures and temperatures of the service. Pipe, tubing, and components used for refrigerant service shall be cleaned, sealed, capped, or plugged prior to shipment from the manufacturer's plant. a. Copper pipe and fittings shall be seamless copper tubing, hard drawn, Type K for underground use, Type L for all other uses (unless otherwise noted), ASTM B 88M (ASTM B 88). Fittings for copper tubing shall be wrought copper, brazed joint type, ASME /ANSI B16.22. Brazing alloys shall be B -Ag alloy (or equivalent strength alloy) having a melting point above 1000 degrees F. Flared, soft copper tubing shall be annealed ASTM B 280 and may be used only in nominal sizes smaller than one inch for connection to equipment and no larger than 1 3/8 inches outside diameter for other connections. Flanges shall be bronze, ANSI B16.24. B. Copper tubing shall conform to ASTM B 88, Type K or L. HVAC 15500 - 18 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 SCHEDULE OF PIPE HANGER ROD SIZES Pipe sizes (inches) Single (inches) rod diameter Double (inches) rod diameter '/2 -2 3/8 3/8 C. Fittings for copper tubing shall be wrought copper and bronze fittings conforming to ASME B16.22 and ASTM B 75. Cast copper alloy fittings shall conform to ASME B16.18. Flared fittings shall conform to ASME B16.26 and ASTM B 62. Adapters may be used for connecting tubing to flanges and threaded ends of valves and equipment. Extracted brazed tee joints produced with an acceptable tool and installed as recommended by the manufacturer may be used. D. Adapters for copper tubing shall be brass or bronze for soldered fittings. E. Dielectric Unions or Waterway fittings shall conform to the tensile strength and dimensional requirements specified in FS WW -U -531. Unions or Waterways shall have metal connections on both ends to match adjacent piping. Metal parts of dielectric unions or Waterways shall be separated so that the electrical current is below 1 percent of the galvanic current that would exist upon metal -to -metal contact. 2.02 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Carpenter & Patterson, Inc., Grinnell Corporation, B -Line Systems, ERICO, or equal. Hangers shall transmit the load exclusively to the structure of the building. All hangers and supports to conform to MSS standards SP -58 and SP -69 and ANSI B 31.1. B. Provide all additional structural steel required for proper installation of hangers, anchors, guides and supports; hangers shall be arranged to maintain the required grading and pitch of piping, to prevent vibration and to provide for expansion and contraction. C. Maximum spacing of hangers and supports for steel pipe: Pipe Size (inches) Max Spacing (feet) Up to 1 6 D. Reduce Steel pipe spacing to a maximum of 10', regardless of pipe, as necessary for fittings, valves, and other concentrated loads. E. Horizontal copper tubing shall have a maximum hanger spacing of 5' for tubing up to 1- '/" and 8' for 1W and larger. F. At all copper piping, provide pipe supports with copper finish to eliminate the possibility of galvanic action. G. Furnish additional hangers or supports at vertical or horizontal changes of direction and at locations of concentrated loads due to valves, fittings, strainers, and accessories. H. Hangers and supports shall provide for 2" of vertical adjustments. I. Hanger rods shall be steel, threaded and fumished with two removable nuts at each end of positioning rod and hanger and locking each in place. J. Except as otherwise noted, hanger rods shall be of the following sizes: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 19 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 K. Pipe covering protection saddles shall not be loaded to more than 80% of maximum loading as rated by the manufacturer. L. Insulated piping insulation shields: 1. Up to 3" pipe size: 18 gauge galvanized steel, located outside the vapor barrier, minimum 180° arc, 12" long, or pipe covering protection saddles. M. Rods, clamps and hangers shall be electro- galvanized coated. N. All clamps, hangers and rods in located outdoors shall be stainless steel or PVC coated. 0. Upper Attachments to Building Structure: 1. Structural Steel Framing: Upper attachments welded or clamped to structural steel members. Additional steel members may be necessary in some support locations where piping locations differ from that known on contract drawings. Submit details for approval. 2. Structural Wood Framing: Submit details for approval. P. All hangers and shields exposed to the exterior shall be galvanized steel and PVC coated to manufacturer's standard thickness. 2.03 SLEEVES A. Size sleeves to provide a minimum of 1 inch clearance around piping and ductwork, and to allow continuous runs of insulation where specified. Ensure that insulated piping and ductwork do not touch sleeves. B. Pack clearance spaces with Thermafibre Firestopping. Caulk with fire- resistant, resilient waterproof compound, Flintguard 120 -13 or equal. Ensure that fire ratings of floors and walls are maintained. C. Piping sleeves shall be according to the following: 1. Through interior non - masonry walls, use 18 gauge rolled and tack welded galvanized steel sleeves, set flush with finished surfaces on both sides. 2. Through interior masonry walls, exterior walls above grade and roofs, use machine cut and reamed standard weight steel piping, set flush with finished surfaces on inside and to suit flashing on outside. 3. Cover pipe sleeves in walls and ceilings of finished areas other than equipment rooms with satin finish stainless steel, or satin finish chrome or nickel plated brass escutcheons, with non - ferrous set screws. Do not use stamped steel split plates. Split cast plates with screw locks may be used. D. Duct sleeves shall be minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel. Provide adequate bracing for support of sleeves during concrete and masonry work. For fire rated floors and walls, build fire dampers into structure to attain fire rated construction, in a manner acceptable to the local and state authorities. E. Cover exposed duct sleeves in finished areas with 18 gauge galvanized steel plates in the form of duct collars. Fix in position with non - ferrous metal screws. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 20 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.04 FIRESTOPPING A. Provide asbestos -free firestopping material capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, gases, and temperature. Provide noncombustible firestopping that is nontoxic to human beings during installation or during fire conditions. Devices and equipment for firestopping service shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for use with applicable construction, and penetrating items. 1. Fire Hazard Classification: Material shall have a flame spread of 25 or less, a smoke developed rating of 50 or less when tested in accordance with UL 723 or UL listed and accepted. 2. Firestopping Rating: Firestopping materials shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for "F" and "T" ratings at least equal to fire- rating of fire wall or floor in which penetrated openings are to be protected, except that "F" and "T" ratings may be 3 hours for firestopping in through - penetrations of 4 -hour fire rated wall or floor. 2.05 PIPING, EQUIPMENT, PANEL AND VALVE IDENTIFICATION A. All piping, equipment, panels and valves furnished and /or installed under this Section of the Specifications and Specification Section 15900 shall be identified with pipe markers, valve tags, equipment plates and /or bar codes. Refer to Part 3 — IDENTIFICATION for materials and methods of installation. 2.06 MOTORS, DRIVES AND STARTERS A. All equipment shall be provided complete with motors and drives, unless otherwise indicated. B. Motors shall be Premium Efficiency (as available by size /speed /horsepower) and shall conform to NEMA Standards and shall be suitable for load, duty service and location. Motors shall have nameplates giving manufacturer's name, serial number, horsepower, efficiency, speed and current characteristics. Motors shall be General Electric, Westinghouse, Reliance, Allis- Chalmers, Gould, Baldor, or approved equal. C. Motors shall be tested in accordance with the standards of ANSI C50 and conform therewith for insulation resistance and electric strength. Minimum efficiency levels shall be as listed in latest edition of ANSI /ASHRAE Standard 90.1. All motors shall be tested in accordance with IEEE Standard 112, Test Method B. D. Motors for use with variable frequency drives (VFD) shall be rated for that service and have a minimum Class F insulation. Bearing grease shall be non - conductive, provide on nameplate the type of grease to use. E. Motors shall be furnished complete with conduit terminal box of size adequate to accommodate conduits and wires as sized on the Electrical Drawings or specified under this Section. F. Motor capacity shall be sufficient to operate associated driven devices under conditions of operation and load and with overload and at least the horsepower indicated or specified. All motors shall be of the premium efficiency, high power factor, low energy consuming type most suitable for the application and installed environment. Any motor replacement necessary for compliance to the application shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076,00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 21 JUNE 2, 2008 G. Motors shall be suitable for continuous duty at rated horsepower with temperature rise not to exceed 40 °C for drip proof motors, 50 °C for splash proof motors, 55 °C for totally enclosed or explosion proof motors. All non -VFD motors shall be capable of 15% overload without overheating and suitable for operation for the ambient conditions of its specific location. H. Direct connected motors shall be furnished with adjustable base. Motors connected to driven equipment by belt or shaft shall be furnished with adjustable sliding bases, except fractional HP motors, which shall have slotted mounting holes. For packaged equipment, motor controllers shall be equipped with all poles, auxiliary contacts and other devices necessary to permit the interlocking and control sequences required. Controller operating coils shall be generally designed for 120 volt operation, and 3 phase motors shall be provided with thermal overload protection in all phases. J. All electrical apparatus furnished under this Section shall be approved by UL (or other agencies approved by the authority having jurisdiction) and shall be labeled or listed where such is applicable. Where custom -built equipment is specified and the UL label or listing is not applicable to the completed product, all components used in the construction of such equipment shall be labeled or listed by UL where such is applicable to the component. 2.07 COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNITS (CRAC'S) A. Summary: These specifications describe requirements for an environmental control system. The system shall be designed to control temperature and relative humidity conditions within the room. 1. The manufacturer shall design and furnish all equipment in the quantities and configurations shown on the project drawings. The system shall be as manufactured by Liebert. 2. System shall be supplied with ETL and CSA (NRTL) listing according to UL 1995. B. Design Requirements: The environmental control system shall be a Liebert Mini -Mate2 factory assembled unit. On direct expansion models, the refrigeration system shall be split, with the compressor located in a remote condensing unit. 1. The evaporator section shall be designed to be installed above dropped - ceiling installation. Condensing units shall be designed for outdoor installation. C. Quality Assurance: The specified system shall be factory tested before shipment. Testing shall include, but shall not be limited to: Quality Control Checks, "HiPot" Test (two times rated voltage plus 1000 volts, per NRTL agency requirements), and Metering Calibration Tests. The system shall be designed and manufactured according to world class quality standards. The manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 certified. D. Evaporator Cabinet Construction: The cabinet and chassis shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel, and shall be serviceable from one side only. Mounting brackets shall be factory attached to the cabinet. E. Air Distribution: The air distribution system shall be constructed with a quiet, direct -drive fan assembly equipped with double -inlet blower, self - aligning ball bearings, and lifetime lubrication. Fan motor shall be permanent -split capacitor, high efficiency type, equipped with two speeds for air flow modulation. Dehumidification shall utilize the lower fan speed. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 22 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1. System shall be suitable for plenum or ducted air distribution. 2. The control system shall be microprocessor based. The wall- mounted control enclosure shall include a 2 -line by 16 character LCD display providing continuous display of operating status and alarm condition. An 8 -key membrane keypad for setpoint/program control, unit on /off, and fan speed shall be located below the display. Temperature and humidity sensors shall be located in the wallbox which shall be capable of being located up to 300 ft. (91.4m) from the evaporator unit, via field supplied and wired thermostat -type wire. F. Monitoring: The LCD display shall provide an on /off indication, fan speed indication, operating mode indication (cooling, heating, humidifying, dehumidifying) and current day, time, temperature and humidity (if applicable) indication. G. Control Setpoint Parameters: 1. Temp. Setpoint 65 -85 °F (18 to 29 °C) 2. Temp. Sensitivity 1 to 5 °F (1 to 3 °C) 3. Humidity Setpoint 20 -80% RH 4. Humidity Sensitivity 1 to 10% RH H. Compressor Short-Cycle Control: The control system shall prevent compressor short- cycling by a 3 minute timer from compressor stop to the next start. 1. Common Alarm and Remote On /Off: A common alarm relay shall provide a contact closure to a remote alarm device. Two (2) terminals shall also be provided for remote on /off control. Individual alarms shall be "enabled" or "disabled" from reporting to the common alarm. J. Setback Control: The control shall be programmable on a daily basis or on a 5 day /2 day program schedule. It shall be capable of accepting 2 programs per day. K. Temperature Calibration: The control shall include the capabilities to calibrate the temperature and humidity sensors and adjust the sensor response delay time from 1 to 90 seconds. The control shall be capable of displaying temperature values in °F or °C. L. System Auto Restart: For start-up after power failure, the system shall provide automatic restart with a programmable (up to 9.9 minutes in 6- second increments) time delay. Programming can be performed either at the unit or from the central site monitoring system. M. Unit Alarm: The control system shall monitor unit operation and activate an audible and visual alarm in the event of the following factory preset alarm conditions: 1. High Temperature 2. Low Temperature 3. High Humidity 4. High Head Pressure 5. Loss of Power 6. Compressor Short Cycle FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 23 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 N. Custom Alarms (2x): User customized text can be entered for the two (2) custom alarms. O. Alarm Controls: Each alarm (unit and custom) shall be separately enabled or disabled, selected to activate the common alarm (except for high head pressure). P. Audible Alarm: The audible alarm shall annunciate any alarm that is enabled by the operator. Q. Direct Expansion Coil: The evaporator section shall include evaporator coil, thermostatic expansion valve, and filter drier. The evaporator coil shall have 3.1 sq. ft. (0.28 sq.m) face area, 3 rows deep. It shall be constructed of copper tubes and aluminum fins and have a maximum face velocity of 405 ft. per minute (m /s) at1250 CFM (CMH). The coil shall be provided with a stainless steel drain pan. Refrigerant flow shall be controlled by an externally equalized thermostatic expansion valve. R. Air Cooled Centrifugal Fan Condensing Unit: The condenser coil shall be constructed of copper tubes and aluminum fins. The condensing unit shall be factory charged with refrigerant, sealed, and shall be capable of being connected to the evaporator section directly. The condensing unit can be mounted directly to the evaporator or can be mounted remote to the evaporator. 1. The condensing unit shall be designed for 105 °F (35 °C) ambient and be capable of operation to -20 °F ( -29 °C) ambient. The fan motor assembly shall be direct drive. S. Disconnect Switch Non - Locking: The non - automatic, non - locking, molded case circuit breaker shall be factory mounted in the high voltage section of the electrical panel. The switch shall be accessible from the front of the unit. T. Smoke Detector: The smoke detector shall immediately shut down the environmental control system and activate the alarm system when activated. The sensing element shall be located in the return air compartment. U. Condensate Pump: The condensate pump shall have the minimum capacity of 30 GPH (114 I /h) at 20 ft. head (60 kPa). It shall be complete with integral float switch, pump, motor assembly, and reservoir. V. Refrigerant Line Sets: Pre - charged refrigerant line sets shall be provided by Liebert in proper lengths for application. W. Refrigerant Line Sweat Adapter Kit: Provide a sweat adapter kit to permit field brazing of refrigerant line connections. 2.08 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. General 1. For each seismic restraint, provide certified calculations to verify adequacy to meet the following design requirements: 2. Ability to accommodate relative seismic displacements of supported item between points of support. 3. Ability to accommodate the required seismic forces. 4. For each respective set of anchor bolts provide calculations to verify adequacy to meet combined seismic - induced sheer and tension forces. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 24 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 5. For each weldment between structure and item subject to seismic force, provide calculations to verify adequacy. 6. Restraints shall maintain the restrained item in a captive position without short circuiting the vibration isolation. 7. Seismic restraint shall be installed in accordance with the State Building Code. As a minimum provide: B. Ductwork FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Maximum distance between braces in the lateral direction shall be 30 feet for piping 2" and smaller. b. Maximum distances between braces in the longitudinal direction shall be 80 feet. c. Tops of risers shall be provided with 4 -way braces. d. Flexible couplings shall be provided within 12" of floor and wall non- breakable penetrations and within 24" of all building expansion joints. e. Hangers closest to the sway bracing shall be installed with an extended rod to the piping to resist upward movement of the piping. f. Lateral sway bracing shall not be required on piping supported with rods less than 6" long. 8. Seismic bracing for lateral and longitudinal bracing may be of the splayed wire (tension type), or pipe and fixed hanger (tension /compression type), and shall be complete with manufacturer's recommended sizing, locations, and calculations. One system only (tension or compression /tension) shall be installed. 9. C clamps for attachment to the building structure must be provided with retaining straps. 10. 4 -Way bracing may be of the splayed wire type or fixed angle brace with U -bolt. a. All vibration isolators shall be the product of a single approved manufacturer or as manufactured by an individual mechanical equipment manufacturer. b. Model numbers hereinafter specified are from Mason Industries. Other equivalent units by Consolidated Kinetics, Vibration Mountings and Controls or equal are acceptable. 1. The first five hanger locations on the discharge side of each AHU and HV unit shall be provided with double deflection neoprene hangers. 2. Mason Model HD or WHD. C. Roof- mounted Air Handling Units and Air Cooled Condensing Units 1. Resilient cross - ribbed neoprene elastomer pad bonded to a steel plate. Furnish with molded -in isolation washer and hole in center of steel plate to correspond to O.D. of bolts used to fasten mechanical equipment to structural steel. Minimum isolation efficiency to be 90 %. Pads to be located at each mounting point. Pads to be selected for anticipated loading (in lbs. per sq. inch). HVAC 15500 - 25 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 Standard As Applicable to SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards (Metal and Flexible, 1995) Sheet Metal Ductwork; Duct Liners; Adhesives; Fasteners; Flexible Ductwork SMACNA HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual Duct Leakage Testing NFPA 90A Fire Dampers; Fire Resistance Standards for Ducts and Liners Pressure Class Static Pressure Rating SMACNA Seal Class SMACNA Leakage Class m Velocity Limits 4" 4" Pos.' A 6 4000 fpm or less 2" 2" Pos. or Neg. B 12 2500 fpm or less D. All vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution of the equipment to be served so as to produce a uniform deflection. Deflections shall be as hereinbefore specified. E. Submittals shall include all spring deflections, spring diameters, scale drawings, attachment details, and rated capacity indicating adequacy for each piece of equipment served. 2.09 DUCTWORK A. Reference Standards B. General 1. Material, construction and installation shall meet applicable requirements of the current editions (unless otherwise shown) of the following standards and references, unless more stringent requirements are specified or shown on the Drawings: D. Duct Construction FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 1. Provide all required supporting and hanging devices to attach entire HVAC system including ductwork and equipment, and to prevent vibration. Include vertical and horizontal supports as required by codes to meet minimum applicable earthquake resistance standards. 2. Ductwork shall be free from vibration at all times. 3. No pipe conduit, hanger, Architectural element or structural member shall pass through duct without Engineer's written approval. Where the pipe or conduit cannot possibly be relocated and when written approval has been obtained, increase duct size to maintain full cross - sectional area at point of interference. Provide streamlined enclosure for pipe or conduit, per SMACNA. 4. All offsets and transformations necessary due to structural conditions shall maintain the full cross - sectional area of ductwork shown on Drawings. C. Ductwork Pressure Velocity Classifications: 1. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the drawings, use the following pressure classifications for the types of ductwork listed below: 4" (POS) Class: All supply ductwork between the discharge of air supply units to the inlets of supply terminal volume boxes. HVAC 15500 - 26 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 r/w No. of Vanes for Elbow Angle of 45° - 90° No. of Vanes for Elbow Angle of 30° - 44° 1.49 — 0.70 1 0 0.69 - 0.60 2 1 Under — 0.60 3 2 Elbow Angle No. of Gores 0 -36 2 37 -72 3 73 — 90 5 2. Non - welded duct seals and joints shall be as listed by SMACNA or Ductmate for the specified pressure and seal classes. 3. Material: Unless otherwise specified or shown on drawings, all ductwork shall be fabricated from G -60 galvanized steel. Galvanized steel shall meet AST A525 and A527 standards. 4. Elbows and Bends: FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Wherever possible, all elbows and bends for rectangular ducts shall be full radius (centerline radius of 1.5 times duct width). Turning vanes and mitered elbows are not allowed. b. Where centerline radius must be less than 1.5 times duct width (on supply, return and exhaust ductwork other than grease exhaust) in the plane of bend, elbows shall be minimum 2" inside (not centerline) radius throat with radius heel and full length splitter vanes installed as shown on drawings or per SMACNA. Splitter vanes are not required on bends Tess than 30 °. When centerline radius (r) divided by the duct width (w) is less than 1.5, provide the following number of splitter vanes: c. For round ductwork provide stamped elbows, with centerline radius equal to 1 -1/2 times duct diameter, or sealed, gored elbows as follows: d. Elbows for flat oval ducts shall have centerline radius equal to 1 -1/2 times duct diameter in plane of bend, or sealed, gored elbows with gores as specified above for round ducts. 5. Transitions: Diverging air flow transitions shall be made with each side pitched out a maximum of 15 degrees, for an included angle of 30 degrees. Transitions for converging air flow shall be made with each side pitched in a maximum of 30 degrees, for an included angle of 60 degrees, or shall be as indicated. Factory- fabricated reducing fittings for systems using round duct sections when formed to the shape of the ASME short flow nozzle, need not comply with the maximum angles specified. 6. General Service Duct Connectors: Flexible duct connectors approximately 6 inches in width shall be provided where sheet metal connections are made to fans or where ducts of dissimilar metals are connected. For rectangular ducts, the flexible material locked to metal collars shall be installed using normal duct construction methods. The composite connector system shall comply with UL 214 and be classified as "flame- retarded fabrics" in UL-01. HVAC 15500 - 27 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 7. Fire Dampers a. Fire dampers shall be 1 -1/2 hour fire rated for use in up to 2 hour rated construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fire dampers shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 90A and UL 555. Fire dampers shall be automatic operating type (with spring loaded closure) and shall have a dynamic rating suitable for the maximum air velocity (minimum 2,000 feet per minute for low pressure up to 2" and 3,000 feet per minute for all pressure classes above 2" unless shown as higher on drawings) and pressure differential (based on construction class with 4" minimum) to which it will be subjected. Fire dampers shall be approved for the specific application, and shall be installed according to their listing. Fire dampers shall be equipped with a steel sleeve or adequately sized frame installed in such a manner that disruption of the attached ductwork, if any, will not impair the operation of the damper. Sleeves or frames shall be equipped with perimeter mounting angles attached on both sides of the wall or floor opening. Ductwork in fire -rated floor - ceiling or roof - ceiling assembly systems with air ducts that pierce the ceiling of the assemblies shall be constructed in conformance with UL -05. Fire dampers shall be curtain type with damper blades out of the air stream. Dampers shall not reduce the duct or the air transfer opening cross - sectional area. Unless otherwise indicated, the installation details given in SMACNA -05 and in manufacturer's instructions for fire dampers shall be followed. Fire dampers link temperature shall be rated for 165 ° F. 8. Duct Smoke Detectors a. Install duct smoke detectors as furnished by the Electrical Contractor in strict accordance with NFPA 72, Appendix A, and NFPA 90A. b. Smoke detectors shall automatically stop their respective fan(s) upon detecting the presence of smoke. Wiring connection from each smoke detector to it's respective fan(s) shall be by the Controls Contractor. 9. Blankoff Plates a. Any blankoff plates or conversions required for mounting control dampers or coils shall be the responsibility of the Sheet Metal Sub - subcontractor. 10. Test Openings a. Provide instrument test opening enclosures in the ductwork at the discharge of each fan and fan coil, inlet of each fan and fan coil, and where directed by the Balancing Sub - subcontractor. The enclosures shall be installed before the application of the insulation and shall be of the proper height to extend beyond the insulation. The attachment of the test opening enclosure shall be made airtight. 11. Flexible connections shall be 6" wide connections constructed of heavy glass fabric double coated with neoprene. Flexible connections shall meet the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. E. Duct Sleeves, Framed Prepared Openings, Closure Collars 1. Duct Sleeves FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 28 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 F. Acoustic Duct Liner FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 a. Duct sleeves shall be provided for round ducts 15 inches in diameter or less passing through floors, walls, ceilings, or roof, and installed during construction of the floor, wall, ceiling, or roof. Round ducts larger than 15 inches in diameter and square, rectangular, and oval ducts passing through floors, walls, ceilings, or roof shall be installed through framed prepared openings. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper size and location of sleeves and prepared openings. Sleeves and framed openings are also required where grilles, registers, and diffusers are installed at the openings. Framed prepared openings shall be fabricated from 20 gauge galvanized steel, unless otherwise indicated. Where sleeves are installed in bearing walls or partitions, black steel pipe, ASTM A 53, Schedule 20 shall be used. Sleeve shall provide 1 inch clearance between the duct and the sleeve or 1 inch clearance between the insulation and the sleeve for insulated ducts. 2. Framed Prepared Openings a. Openings shall have 1 inch clearance between the duct and the opening or 1 inch clearance between the insulation and the opening for insulated ducts. 3. Closure Collars a. Collars shall be fabricated of galvanized sheet metal not Tess than 4 inches wide, unless otherwise indicated, and shall be installed on exposed ducts on each side of walls or floors where sleeves or prepared openings are provided. Collars shall be installed tight against surfaces. Collars shall fit snugly around the duct or insulation. Sharp edges of the collar around insulated duct shall be ground smooth to preclude tearing or puncturing the insulation covering or vapor barrier. Collars for round ducts 15 inches in diameter or less shall be fabricated from 20 gauge galvanized steel. Collars for round ducts larger than 15 inches and square, and rectangular ducts shall be fabricated from 18 gauge galvanized steel. Collars shall be installed with fasteners on maximum 6 inch centers, except that not Tess than 4 fasteners shall be used. 1. Provide acoustic duct lining as specified in the INSULATION SECTION of these specifications. Duct sizes shown are clear internal dimensions, increase duct sizes to compensate for lining thickness. Lining shall be installed on all supply and return ductwork within 20 feet of air handling units and fans. Factory fabricated double -wall internally insulated duct with perforated panel may be used in place of lining. 2. Ductwork contractor shall coordinate with insulation contractor and indicate (label) all locations where sheet metal nosing or other lining erosion protection has bridged the thermal barrier on ductwork supplying cool air (below 60 °F) in concealed or unconditioned spaces. Since this bridges the insulation, these locations require exterior insulation to prevent possible condensation. G. Bird Screens and Frames 1. Bird screens shall conform to ASTM E 437, Type I, Class 1, 2 by 2 mesh, 0.063 inch diameter aluminum wire or 0.031 inch diameter stainless steel wire. Frames shall be removable type or stainless steel or extruded aluminum. HVAC 15500 - 29 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.10 ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNITS A. General — Downflow Airflow 1. Units shall be dedicated downflow airflow. Operating range shall be between 115 deg F [46.1 deg C] and 0 deg F [ -17.8 deg C] cooling as standard from the factory. Cooling performance will be rated in accordance with ARI testing procedures. The unit will be factory assembled, internally wired, fully charged with R -22 and 100 percent run - tested before leaving the factory. Wiring internal to the unit will be colored and numbered for simplified identification. Units will be UL listed and label, classified in accordance to UL 1995/ CAN /CSA No. 236 -M90 for central cooling air conditioners. Canadian units are CSA certified. B. Casing - Downflow Unit 1. Unit casing is constructed of zinc coated, heavy gauge, galvanized steel. All components are mounted in a weather resistant steel cabinet with a painted exterior. Unit's surface will be tested 500 hours in a salt spray test in compliance with ASTM 8117. Cabinet construction allows for all maintenance on one side of the unit. Service panels have lifting handles and are removed and reinstalled by removing one to three screws while providing a water and air tight seal. The indoor air section is complete with fire resistant, permanent, odorless glass fiber material. The base pan has no penetrations within the perimeter of the curb other than the raised 1 1/8" [28.6 mm] high supply /return openings to provide an added water integrity precaution should the condensate drain back up. The base of the unit has provisions for forklift and crane lifting. C. Controls 1. Unit is completely factory wired with necessary controls and contactor pressure lugs for power wiring. Units shall provide an external location for mounting fused disconnect device. Micro - processor controls are provided for all 24 volt control functions. The resident control algorithms will make all heating, cooling and /or ventilating decisions in response to electronic signals from sensors measuring indoor and outdoor temperature. The control algorithm maintains accurate temperature control, minimizes drift from set point and provides better building comfort. A centralized micro - processor will provide anti -short cycle timing for a higher level of machine protection. D. Dual Refrigerant Circuits 1. The two independent refrigerant circuits will have short orifice expansion devices, service pressure ports and refrigerant line filter driers as standard. An area will be provided for replacement suction line driers. In addition, the unit casing and structural base shall be warranted against corrosion or failure under normal operating conditions for a period of twenty (20) years from the date of unit delivery. If any casing or base component corrodes or fails within this period, the AHU manufacturer shall provide all materials and labor to repair it. E. Evaporator and Condenser Coils with Dual Compressors 1. Internally finned 3/8" [9.53 mm] copper tubes mechanically bonded to configured aluminum plate fin are standard. Coils are leak tested at the factory to ensure the pressure integrity. The evaporator coil and condenser coil are leak tested to 200 psig [1379 kPa] and pressure tested to 450 psig [3192.8 kPa]. The evaporator coil is intermingled. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 30 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 F. Supply Fan 1. The outdoor fans shall be direct - drive, statically and dynamically balanced, draw through in the vertical discharge position. The fan motors will be permanently lubricated and will have built in thermal overload protection. The unit shall be factory modified for variable frequency operation of supply fan. G. Filters 1. 2" [50.80 mm], throwaway filters will be standard. H. Electric Heater 1. Electric heat modules will be factory installed within basic unit. Electric heater elements will be constructed of heavy -duty nickel chromium elements internally wye connected for 480 volt. Staging will be achieved through the unitary control processor (UCP). Each heater package will have automatically reset high limit control operating through heating element contractors. All heaters will be individually fused from factory, where required, and meet all NEC and CEC requirements when properly installed. Power assemblies will provide single -point connection. Electric heat modules will be UL listed or CSA certified. Downflow Economizer - Factory Installed 1. This accessory will be factory installed. The assembly includes - -fully modulating 0 -100 percent motor and dampers, barometric relief, minimum position setting, preset linkage, wiring harness with plug and fixed dry bulb control. The economizer arrives in the shipping position and will be moved to the operating position by the installing contractor. J. Roof Curb 1. The roof curb shall be designed to mate with the downflow unit and provide support and a watertight installation when installed properly. The roof curb design will allow field- fabricated rectangular supply /return ductwork to be connected directly to the curb. Curb design will comply with NRCA requirements. Curb will ship knocked down for field assembly and include wood nailer strips. Mixing section shall be designed for controlled mixing in that the proximity, relation, and air velocity for each respective damper shall be such that volume swings and stratification will be eliminated. K. Powered Exhaust Kit 1. The field installed powered exhaust will assist the barometric relief damper in the economizer in relieving building pressurization. L. Through the Base Electrical with Disconnect Switch 1. Factory installed 3 -pole, molded case disconnect switch with provisions for through the base electrical connections will be included. The disconnect switch will be installed in the unit in a water tight enclosure with access through a swinging door. Factory wiring will be provided from the switch to the unit high voltage terminal block. The switch will be UUCSA agency recognized. Note: The disconnect switch will be sized per NEC. UL guidelines yet will not be used in place of unit overcurrent protection. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 31 JUNE 2, 2008 M. Comparative Enthalpy- Factory Installed 1. This option will be factory installed to measure and communicate humidity for both outdoor and return air conditions, and return air temperature. The unit will receive and use this information to maximize use of economizer cooling, and to provide maximum occupant comfort control. 2.11 INSULATION A. Scope: Provide all labor, equipment, materials and accessories, and perform all operations required, for the correct installation of insulation on the following systems and all other necessary items connected into the systems subject to condensation, loss of heat, or personnel protection (above 120 degrees F): 1. Piping insulation jackets and accessories (including all valves and fittings with easily removable sections for maintenance of strainers, balance valves, and unions). 2. Ductwork insulation, jackets, and lining (including all fittings). B. Environmental Requirements: Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. C. Quality Assurance: Insulation materials must be asbestos free, UL listed, and manufactured at facilities certified and registered to conform to ISO 9000 Quality Standard. All insulating products and jackets shall carry a 25/50 -flame spread /smoke developed rating as tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. D. Workmanship: All insulation shall be installed by a licensed applicator and applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. All work shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local codes including, but not limited to, OSHA. All work shall conform to industry and trade accepted standards for commercial and industrial insulations. Verify that piping, and ductwork has been tested (including applicable pressure /leakage tests) before applying insulation materials. Surfaces to be insulated shall be cleaned free of dirt, scale, moisture, oil and grease. No vapor barrier leaks or insulation voids will be accepted. Continue insulation vapor barrier through penetrations except where prohibited by code. All fire rated walls and penetrations shall be sealed with fire stopping. Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. Neatly finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. For all systems requiring a vapor barrier seal all terminations including fittings, wall penetrations, and supports with vapor barrier mastic such as Foster 30 -35 or equal. In addition, in brine or chilled water pipe systems vapor seal pipe terminations every four pipe sections, using Foster 30 -35 or equal. Bevel and seal ends of insulation at equipment, flanges, and unions. Where insulation is used over stainless surfaces, the material shall be chlorine free. E. Delivery and Storage of Materials 1. Deliver all materials to the job site and protect the insulation against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical damage before, during and after installation. Do not install damaged insulation and remove it from the job site. 2. Deliver insulation, coverings, cements, adhesives coatings etc. to the site in factory- fabricated containers with the manufacturer's stamp or label affixed showing fire hazard ratings of the products, name of manufacturer and brand. 3. Installed insulation that has not been weatherproofed shall be protected from inclement weather by an approved waterproof sheeting installed by the FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 I-1VAC 15500 - 32 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 TABLE 1 MINIMUM INSULATION THICKNESS IN INCHES FOR INDOOR PIPE SIZES (See Notes Below) Piping System Fluid Run Outs <1" 1" And 1 -1/2" 4 ,2 io 8" And K- factor Btu - Types Temperature Range ( ° F) Up To 1" 1 -1/4" To 3" Larger inch/ ° F -hr- sf) at ave. temp. ( ° F) Refrigerant 0- 40 0.75 0.75 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.22 -0.28 @ 100 Notes: 1. For minimum thickness of alternative insulation types outside the stated conductivity range, see Test Method for Steady State Heat Transfer Properties of Horizontal Pipe Insulations, ASTM C 335 -95. F. Manufacturers: Johns Manville (JM), CertainTeed, Owens- Corning, 3M, Armstrong, Knauf, or approved equal. Note that the listed manufacturers may not be able to supply all the insulation products required for the project. Unless otherwise noted, JM insulation products are listed to provide the minimum standards required for each type of insulation. G. Pipe Insulation: Provide the following products depending on temperature of each system. Insulation shall be marked to show the locations of all unions, break flanges, strainers, check and balancing valves. 1. For all refrigerant suction and all outdoor refrigerant liquid, provide elastomeric foam insulation equal to Armstrong AP /Armaflex. If used over stainless steel pipe or fittings, the material shall be chlorine free NH /Armaflex. Insulation shall be flexible, cellular elastomeric, meeting ASTM C 534, Type I. K- factor shall be 0.27 at 75 °F mean temperature. Maximum thickness shall be 1" for 25/50 -flame spread /smoke developed rating. Where thicker insulation is required, provide multiple staggered layers. Provide waterproof vapor retardant adhesive as needed for installation. Provide 2 coats of waterproof UV protective coating for all outdoor insulation. H. Contractor. Any water- damaged insulation shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. Minimum pipe insulation thickness shall be as shown in Table 1: Field Applied Piping and Fitting Jackets 1. Protect all piping insulation that passes through walls and floors, all outdoor pipe insulation, with 0.016 inch thick smooth or embossed aluminum sheet jacket or 0.01 inch thick smooth or corrugated type 304 stainless steel or 30 mil thick Zeston 2000 perma -weld high impact UV resistant PVC jacket with perma -weld fitting covers. J. Ductwork Insulation (External Wrap) - General 1. Where duct is internally lined (coordination locations with ductwork sub - contract or), exterior insulation is not required unless called for on the plans. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 33 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2. Where ducts are insulated or lined, flexible connectors to equipment shall be insulated. Duct flanges and standing seams shall be insulated the same as the duct. 3. Where service access is required, bevel and seal ends of easily removable insulation. Removable sections shall also be provided (and labeled) at all duct test holes. 4. Return and exhaust air ductwork in ceiling plenums shall not be insulated unless otherwise noted. 5. The underside of duct work 24" or greater shall be secured with mechanical fasteners and speed clips spaced approximately 18" on center. The protruding ends of the fasteners should be cut off flush after the speed clips are installed, and then, when required, sealed with UL listed tapes or vapor- retardant adhesive. M. Ductwork Insulation (External Wrap): Provide the following insulation types for the listed ductwork. 1. Insulate concealed supply ducts and plenums with at least 1.5" thick, 0.75 lb/cu ft dense fiber glass insulation equal to JM Microlite Type 75. Insulation shall meet ASTM C 1290 Type III, flexible blanket with a K- factor of 0.27 at 75 °F mean temperature. Operating service temperature range shall be 40 °F to 250 °F. Vapor barrier jacket shall be FSK aluminum foil reinforced with fiberglass scrim laminated to UL rated kraft paper with maximum permeance of 0.02 perms. Jacket shall be secured with UL listed pressure sensitive tape and /or outward clinched expanded staples (with minimum 2 inch lapped vapor barrier) and vapor barrier mastic as needed. N. Acoustic Duct Liner — General: 1. Liner minimum thickness shall be 1" (unless noted as thicker) for ductwork in conditioned spaces. Ductwork dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 2. Liner shall have rugged coating system installed on the air side of liner and all edges. Coating shall be cleanable by dry cleaning methods without damage. Maximum pressure drop of lined ductwork shall not exceed 5% more than unlined ductwork of the same inside dimensions. 3. Liner shall be rated up to 5,000 ft/min. 4. For all medium pressure ductwork (all ductwork above 2" pressure class) install a metal nosing at all liner leading edges. A metal nosing shall also be installed at all fan discharges and at any point where lined duct is preceded by unlined duct. 5. Repair liner surface penetrations with manufacturer's approved adhesive meeting ASTM C 919. O. Duct Liner: Provide flexible duct liner equal to JM Permacote Linacoustic (rectangular duct) or Spiracoustic (round duct) meeting ASTM C 1071 with K- factor shall be 0.25 (1" thick) at 75 °F mean temperature when tested per ASTM C 518. Liner shall have an air surface coated with acrylic coating treated with EPA register anti - microbial agent proven to resist microbial growth as determine by ASTM G 21 and G 22. Noise reduction coefficient shall be minimum 0.70 for 1" thick liner or higher for thicker liner based on type "A" mounting and tested in accordance to ASTM C 423. Install liner with full coverage adhesive meeting ASTM C 919 or JM SuperSeal. Secure liner with galvanized steel FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 34 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.12 ROOF CURBS 2.13 FANS pins, welded or mechanically fastened. Weld pins shall not mar the exterior finish or surface of the duct. Liner shall be attached to pin with pressed on washer. Mechanical liner fasteners shall be spaced as indicated by SMACNA, NAIMA, or manufacturer. Pin length should be such as to limit compression of liner. All exposed edges of the liner must be factory or field coated. A. As supplied by equipment manufacturer for roof mounted equipment. Provide pre- fabricated adjustable curbs for duct penetrations through roofs. B. Provide roof curbs shop - fabricated from 0.064 -in. aluminum sheet with heliarc welded joints, integral cants, and flanges, and wood nailer. Sizes as indicated or as required for equipment. C. Provide insulation liner of 1 1 /2 -in. minimum thickness glass fiber: NFPA 90A Standards, flame spread rating of 25 or less, smoke rating 50 or less; coated with neoprene or equal as protection from erosion. A. General 1. Fans shall be tested, rated and certified according to AMCA 210. Fans may be connected to the non - overloading motors either directly or indirectly with V -belt drive. Motor shown on the drawings as used with VFD's shall be VFD rated. V- belt drives shall be designed for not less than 140 percent of the connected driving capacity. Motor sheaves shall be variable pitch for 15 hp and below and fixed pitch as defined by ARI Guideline D. Variable pitch sheaves shall be selected to drive the fan at a speed which will produce the specified capacity when set at the approximate midpoint of the sheave adjustment. When fixed pitch sheaves are furnished, a replaceable sheave shall be provided when needed to achieve system air balance. Motors for V -belt drives shall be provided with adjustable rails or bases. Removable metal guards shall be provided for all exposed V -belt drives, and speed -test openings shall be provided at the center of all rotating shafts. Fans shall be provided with personnel screens or guards on both suction and supply ends, except that the screens need not be provided, unless otherwise indicated, where ducts are connected to the fan. Fan and motor assemblies shall be provided with vibration- isolation supports or mountings as indicated. Vibration - isolation units shall be standard products with published loading ratings. Each fan shall be selected to produce the capacity required at the fan static pressure indicated. Sound power level shall be as indicated. The sound power level values shall be obtained according to AMCA 300. Standard AMCA arrangement, rotation, and discharge shall be as indicated. 2. Provide each fan with motors and accessories as shown on the drawings, specified elsewhere, and as required for proper operation. 3. Fan manufacturer shall be as scheduled on the drawings, or provided they meet all requirements of these specifications, scheduled capacities and efficiencies, and fit with proper accessibility. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Cook, Greenheck, Twin City, or Penn. B. Centrifugal Fans 1. Centrifugal fans shall be fully enclosed, single -width single- inlet, AMCA Pressure Class I, II, or III as required or indicated for the design fan size and speed (with FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 35 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.00 GENERAL A. Install all items specified under PART 2 - PRODUCTS, according to the manufacturer's requirements, shop drawings, the details as shown on the Drawings and as specified in this section. B. Install all work so that parts requiring inspection, replacements, maintenance and repair shall be readily accessible. Minor deviations from the Drawings may be made to accomplish this, but any substantial change shall not be made without prior written approval from the Owner. C. Equipment bases mounted on concrete slabs and pads, or mounted on stands, gratings, platforms, or other, shall not be set in any manner, except on the finished and permanent support. D. Support of equipment on studs or other means, and the placing or building of the supporting slab, pad, pier, stand, grating, or other "to the equipment ", is prohibited. E. Concrete supporting structures shall have been constructed and cured a minimum of 14 days before equipment is mounted. 3.01 IDENTIFICATION A. General the next higher class used if the fan is within 30 rpm of the maximum speed for the listed pressure class). Impeller wheels shall be rigidly constructed, accurately balanced both statically and dynamically. Fan blades may be forward curved, backward - inclined or airfoil design in wheel sizes up to 30 inches. Bearings shall be sleeve type, self - aligning and self - oiling with oil reservoirs, or precision self - aligning roller or ball -type with accessible grease fittings or permanently lubricated type. Grease fittings shall be connected to tubing and serviceable from a single accessible point. Bearing life shall be L10 rated at not less than 80,000 hours as defined by ABEMA 9 and ABEMA 11. Fan shafts shall be steel, accurately finished, and shall be provided with key seats and keys for impeller hubs and fan pulleys. Each fan outlet shall be of ample proportions and shall be designed for the attachment of angles and bolts for attaching flexible connections. Motors, unless otherwise indicated, shall not exceed 1800 rpm and shall have open dripproof enclosures. 1. All piping, ductwork, equipment, panels, and valves furnished and /or installed under this Section of the Specifications and Specification Section 15900 shall be marked for ease of identification. 2. Code 39 shall be the bar code format unless designated differently by the 3. Marking shall be done using self- adhering (screw or rivets for equipment) labels applied to clean, smooth surfaces. All lettering shall have sharply contrasting background for ease of identification. Colors shall be in accordance with ANSI A13.1 Standards. Samples of stickers together with color schedules shall be submitted for approval. B. Ductwork 1. Ductwork marking shall be prominently mounted on all ductwork exposed to view. Marking spacing shall be every 20 feet and at all changes in direction. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 36 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 SCHEDULE OF PIPING IDENTIFICATION Service Legend Background Color Refrigerant suction RS Yellow Refrigerant liquid RL Yellow 2. Ductwork markers shall indicate the direction of airflow with ductwork designation to designate to which it is connected. C. Pipe Identification 1. Provide color -coded pipe identification markers on all piping in the building installed under this Section. Pipe markers shall be heavy plastic faced cloth labels with heat resistant backing, "Set Mark" by Seton Nameplate Corporation, Zipper Tubing Co., or equal by the W. H. Brady Company or approved equal. 2. Provide each pipe with markers indicating the service, size (in inches), and arrow markers to indicate the direction(s) of flow. 3. Piping mains shall be labeled at 20 foot intervals and on entrance and exit from the Mechanical Room, adjacent to each valve and at both sides of wall penetrations. This work shall be done after finish painting has been completed. 4. The following color coding shall be used with names in black letters on backgrounds indicated: 5. In general, a 2" high legend shall be used for pipe lines 4" diameter and larger, and a 3/4" high legend shall be used for pipe lines 3" diameter and smaller. 6. All markers shall be OSHA approved. D. Equipment Identification (by Unit Manufacturer) 1. Equipment marking shall be prominently located and securely attached with screws or rivets (no adhesives or cements are permitted) on the normally visible side of the equipment. 2. Equipment identification designations shall be taken from equipment callouts as shown on drawings and coordinated with the Owner's facility group to assure designations match up with Owner's maintenance management system identification database. 3. Provide on the label (or on a prominently located second label) all required routine maintenance action (per manufacturer). Label may be limited to identifying, by title or publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for that particular model and type of product. 3.02 FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATION A. Install firestopping assembly at locations shown and as specified in accordance with UL FRD systems or FM P7825 designs, and as recommended by manufacturer. Do not cover or enclose firestopped areas until approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Completely fill openings around penetrating items with firestopping material to prevent spread of fire in the following locations: 1. Around duct, cable, conduit, piping, and their supports that penetrate fire -rated above grade floor slabs, interior partitions, and exterior walls. 2. Around openings and penetrations through fire -rated ceiling assemblies. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 37 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 C. Completely fill voids flush with the surface; the depth of material shall be in accordance with UL FRD or FM P7825. Firestopping for filling voids in floors in which smallest dimension of a void is 4 inches or more shall support the floor design Toad or be protected by a permanent barrier. Damaged, disrupted, or removed firestoppings shall be replaced with new firestoppings as specified in this section. D. Insulated Pipes and Ducts: Cut and remove thermal insulation where pipes or ducts pass through firestoppings. Replace thermal insulation with a material having equal thermal insulating characteristics and equal firestopping characteristics. 3.03 SUPPORTS 3. Around penetration of vertical fire -rated service shafts. 4. Around openings and penetrations through fire -rated enclosures. 5. Other locations indicated. A. Piping and attached valves shall be supported and braced to resist seismic loads as specified by others. Structural steel required for reinforcement to properly support piping, headers, and equipment, but not shown, shall be provided under this section. Material used for supports shall be as specified by others. 1. Structural steel brackets required to support piping, headers, and equipment, but not shown, shall be provided under this section. Material and installation shall be as specified by others. Pipe hanger loads suspended from steel joist panel points shall not exceed 50 pounds. Loads exceeding 50 pounds shall be suspended from panel points. 2. Multiple pipe runs on a common base member shall be supported by clamps where each pipe crosses the base support member. Spacing of the base support members shall not exceed the hanger and support spacing required for any individual pipe in the multiple pipe run. B. Pipe hangers, inserts and supports shall conform to MSS SP -58 and MSS SP -69, except as specified as follows: 1. Types 5, 12, and 26 shall not be used. 2. Type 3 shall not be used on insulated pipe which has a vapor barrier. Type 3 may be used on insulated pipe that does not have a vapor barrier if clamped directly to the pipe and if the clamp bottom does not extend through the insulation and the top clamp attachment does not contact the insulation during pipe movement. 3. Type 18 inserts shall be secured to concrete forms before concrete is placed. Continuous inserts which allow more adjustment may be used if they otherwise meet the requirements for Type 18 inserts. 4. Type 19 and 23 C- clamps shall be torqued per MSS SP -69 and have both Iocknuts and retaining devices, furnished by the manufacturer. Field- fabricated C -clamp bodies or retaining devices are not acceptable. 5. Type 20 attachments used on angles and channels shall be furnished with an added malleable iron heel plate or adapter. 6. Type 24 may be used only on trapeze hanger systems or on fabricated frames. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 38 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 7. Where Type 39 saddle or Type 40 shield are permitted for a particular pipe attachment application, the Type 39 saddle shall be used on all pipe 4 inches and larger. 8. Horizontal pipe supports shall be spaced as specified in MSS SP-69 and a support shall be installed not over 1 foot from the pipe fitting joint at each change in direction of the piping. Pipe supports shall be spaced not over 5 feet apart at valves. 9. Vertical pipe shall be supported at each floor, except at slab -on- grade, and at intervals of not more than 15 feet, except that pipe shall be supported not more than 8 feet from end of risers, and at vent terminations. 10. Type 35 guides using steel, reinforced PTFE or graphite slides shall be provided where required to allow longitudinal pipe movement. Lateral restraints shall be provided as required. Slide materials shall be suitable for the system operating temperatures, atmospheric conditions and bearing loads encountered. Where steel slides do not require provision for restraint or lateral movement, an alternate guide method may be used. Where there are high system temperatures and welding to piping is not desirable, then the Type 35 guide shall include a pipe cradle, welded to the guide structure and strapped securely to the pipe. The pipe shall be separated from the slide material by at least 4 inches, or by an amount adequate for the insulation, which ever is greater. 11. Except for Type 3, pipe hangers on horizontal insulated pipe shall be the size of the outside diameter of the insulation. C. Escutcheons shall be provided at all finished surfaces where exposed piping, bare or covered, passes through floors, walls, or ceilings, except in boiler, utility, or equipment rooms. Escutcheons shall be fastened securely to pipe sleeves or to extensions of sleeves without any part of sleeves being visible. Where sleeves project slightly from floors, special deep -type escutcheons shall be used. Escutcheons shall be chromium - plated iron or chromium- plated brass, either one -piece or split pattern, held in place by internal spring tension or setscrew. 3.04 COOLING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A. Refrigerant Charging 1. Initial Charge: Upon completion of all the refrigerant pipe tests, add the required charge of refrigerant and oil for which the system is designed, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Contractor shall provide the complete charge of refrigerant in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Upon satisfactory completion of the system performance tests, any refrigerant that has been lost from the system shall be replaced. After the system is fully operational, any service valve seal caps and blanks over gauge points shall be installed and tightened. 2. Refrigerant Leakage: If a refrigerant leak is discovered after the system has been charged, the leaking portion of the system shall immediately be isolated from the remainder of the system and the refrigerant shall be pumped into the system receiver or other suitable container. The refrigerant shall not be discharged into the atmosphere. 3. Contractor's Responsibility: The Contractor shall, at all times during the installation and testing of the refrigeration system, take steps to prevent the release of refrigerants into the atmosphere. The steps shall include, but not be limited to, procedures which will minimize the release of refrigerants to the FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 39 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.05 REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS TESTS atmosphere and the use of refrigerant recovery devices to remove refrigerant from the system and store the refrigerant for reuse or reclaim. At no time shall more than 3 oz. of refrigerant be released to the atmosphere in any one occurrence. Any system leaks within the first year shall be repaired in accordance with the specified requirements including material, labor, and refrigerant if the leak is the result of defective equipment, material, or installation. A. Field tests shall be conducted in the presence of the Owner's Representative. Water and electricity required for the tests will be furnished by the Owner. Any material, equipment, instruments, and personnel required for the test shall be provided by the Contractor. The services of a qualified technician shall be provided as required to perform all tests and procedures indicated herein. Reports shall be on industry standard forms. Submit test reports to the engineer and Owner's Representative. B. Refrigerant Pipe Testing (Packaged Equipment Piping) 1. After all components of the refrigerant systems have been installed and the piping connected, each system shall be subjected to refrigerant leakage tests. The refrigerant leakage tests shall be done before any refrigerant pipe is insulated or covered. The first test shall be done after charging the system to half normal operating pressure. All piping shall then be test for leakage using electronic leak detectors. Fix any Teaks found and retest until there are no more leaks. 3.06 DUCTWORK 2. The final test of the high and low side of the refrigerant system shall be tested for the minimum refrigerant leakage test pressure specified in ASHRAE 15, for the refrigerant used. System shall be proved tight and free of leaks by allowing the refrigerant leakage test pressure to remain on the system for a minimum of 12 hours with no drop in pressure. 3. Leaks, damage, and defects discovered or resulting from testing shall be repaired or replaced to like -new condition with acceptable materials. Tests shall be continued until systems operate without leaks or repairs. When the final test is successful, the refrigerant levels shall be set at manufacturer's recommended pressures. A. Installation shall be according to the standards referenced in PART 2 for the system. Duct supports for sheet metal ductwork shall be according to THE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, 2ND ED., 1995, unless otherwise specified. Friction beam clamps indicated in THE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, 2ND ED., 1995 shall not be used. Supports shall be attached only to structural framing members and concrete slabs. Supports shall not be anchored to metal decking unless a means is provided and approved for preventing the anchor from puncturing the metal decking. Where supports are required between structural framing members, suitable intermediate metal framing shall be provided. Where C- clamps are used, retainer clips shall be provided. B. Dust Control: To prevent the accumulation of dust, debris and foreign material during construction, temporary dust control protection shall be provided. The distribution system (supply and return and exhaust) shall be protected with temporary seal -offs at all inlets and outlets at the end of each day's work. Temporary protection shall remain in place until system is ready for startup. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 40 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.07 DUCTWORK LEAKAGE TEST A. Ductwork leakage tests shall be performed for all ductwork (the entire supply, return and exhaust air systems, including fans, coils, etc.) that is designated as Static Pressure Class 3 inch water gauge or greater. Test procedures, apparatus, and reports shall conform to the SMACNA Leakage Test Manual using the maximum static pressure design for each duct system. The maximum allowable leakage rate is defined by the specified SMACNA Static Pressure and Seal Classes. Ductwork leak tests shall be completed with satisfactory results prior to applying insulation to ductwork exterior. Submit test reports to engineer and Owner's Representative. 3.08 BASES AND SUPPORTS A. In addition to supports and hangers as mentioned in SECTION 05120 MISCELLANEOUS METALS, provide all bases and supports not part of the building structure, of required size, type, and strength, as approved by the Architect, for all equipment and materials furnished by him. All equipment, bases and supports shall be adequately anchored to the building structure to prevent shifting of position under operating conditions. B. All concrete foundations and all concrete supports will be provided by the General Contractor. The HVAC Subcontractor shall furnish shop drawings and templates for all concrete foundations and supports for setting all required hanger and foundation bolts and other appurtenances necessary for the proper installation of his equipment. All concrete work shall be shown in detail on the shop drawings prepared by the HVAC Subcontractor, and be submitted to the Architect, showing the complete details of all foundations, including the necessary concrete and steel work and vibration isolation devices. C. All floor - mounted equipment shall be erected on concrete pads over the complete floor area of the equipment, unless specified to the contrary herein. 3.09 WATERPROOFING A. Pipes passing through slabs shall have the sleeve extended '/" above floors of finished spaces and 2" above floors of mechanical equipment rooms. Except as specified below, the space between the pipe and sleeve shall be caulked with lead wool. The top shall be sealed with lead and the bottom shall be sealed with monolastic caulking compound. B. Ducts through slabs shall have the sleeve extended ' /<" above floors of finished spaces and 2" above floors of mechanical equipment rooms. Except as specified below, the space between the pipe and sleeve shall be caulked with lead wool. The top shall be sealed with lead and the bottom shall be sealed with monolastic caulking compound. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL A. All work shall be cut, assembled, welded and finished by skilled mechanics. Welds shall be ground smooth. Stands, brackets, and framework shall be properly sized and firmly constructed. B. Measurements shall be taken on the job and worked out to suit adjoining and connecting work. All work shall be by experienced metal working mechanics. Members shall be straight and true and accurately fitted. Scale, rust, and burrs shall be removed. Welded joints shall be ground smooth where exposed. Drilling, cutting and fitting shall be done FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 15500 - 41 JUNE 2, 2008 as required to properly install the work and accommodate the work of other trades as directed by them. C. Members shall be generally welded, except that bolting may be used for field assembly where welding would be impractical. D. All shop fabricated iron and steel work shall be cleaned and dried and given a shop coat of paint on all surfaces and in all openings and crevices. 3.11 PLACING IN SERVICE A. At the completion of performance tests and following approval of test result, recheck all equipment to see that each item is adequately lubricated and functioning correctly. B. Furnish upon completion of all work, certificates of inspections from the manufacturers stating that authorized factory engineers have inspected and tested the operation of their respective equipment and found same to be in satisfactory operating conditions. 3.12 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. During the progress of the work, clean up and remove all oil, grease, and other debris caused by the work performed under this Section. B. At the conclusion of the project, clean and repair all areas and finishes as installed or affected by this installation of work under this Section. C. Equipment shall be wiped clean, with all traces of oil, dust, dirt, or paint spots removed. Temporary filters shall be provided for all fans that are operated during construction, and new filters shall be installed after all construction dirt has been removed from the building. System shall be maintained in this clean condition until final acceptance. Bearings shall be properly lubricated with oil or grease as recommended by the manufacturer. Belts shall be tightened to proper tension. Control valves and other miscellaneous equipment requiring adjustment shall be adjusted to setting indicated or directed. Fans shall be adjusted to the speed indicated by the manufacturer to meet specified conditions. D. Variable frequency drives (VFD) shall be adjusted and set -up to lock out any frequencies that cause a resonance or vibration. To test for this, slowly increase and decrease the speed between minimum and maximum while noting all frequencies that cause problems. 3.13 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. All operating equipment installed under this section shall be placed in operation and shall function continuously in an operating test for a period of one week without shutdown due to mechanical failure or necessity of adjustment. Prior to scheduling the Project Final Inspection and after completion of all installation and running adjustments, the HVAC Subcontractor shall perform all work required to place the equipment in complete operating condition to meet all requirements under this Specification. B. During this running test period, the HVAC Subcontractor shall deliver to the designated representative of the Owner, through the Architect, six complete sets of operating, service and replacement data for all equipment which will require operating maintenance or replacement and one copy of this literature shall be available during the instruction of the operating personnel while the other is checked for completeness by the Architect. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 HVAC 15500 - 42 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.14 TRAINING A. Conduct a training course for the maintenance and operating staff. The training shall start after the system is functionally complete but before the final acceptance tests. The training shall include all of the items contained in the operating and maintenance instructions as well as demonstrations of routine maintenance operations. The Owner's Representative shall be given at least two weeks advance notice of such training. B. During all working hours of the one week operating test, the HVAC Subcontractor's instruction personnel shall be available for and provide thorough and detailed training to the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel in operation, maintenance and adjustment of all equipment installed. The instructions shall be video taped by the Subcontractor. The master tape and one (1) copy shall be turned over to the Owner not more than 10 days following the completion of the training. C. Give sufficient notice to the designated operating personnel of the owner in advance of this period. Upon completion of instruction, obtain from such representatives written verification on that which the above mentioned instruction has been performed, such verification to be forwarded to the Architect. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA 20080076.00 END OF SECTION HVAC 15500 - 43 ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 1 1.02 RELATED WORK 2 1.03 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION 2 1.04 DEFINITIONS 3 1.05 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS 3 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4 1.07 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS 5 1.08 SUBMITTALS 5 1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 9 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS 10 1.11 WARRANTIES 10 1.12 COORDINATION 11 1.13 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 12 1.14 INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS 12 1.15 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS 12 1.16 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 12 1.17 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 13 1.18 SUPERVISION 13 1.19 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 13 1.20 SCHEDULE 13 1.21 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING 13 1.22 CUTTING AND PATCHING 13 1.23 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS 14 1.24 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS 14 1.25 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 15 1.26 ACCESSIBILITY 15 1.27 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS 15 1.28 PROJECT CLOSEOUT 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.00 IDENTIFICATION 18 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - i ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.01 RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT 19 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE (600V) 20 2.03 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 21 2.04 OUTLET BOXES 22 2.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 23 2.06 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES 23 2.07 PANELBOARDS 24 2.08 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 26 2.09 LIGHTING FIXTURES 27 2.10 FIRE ALARM - ADDRESSABLE 28 2.11 HANDHOLES 34 PART 3 - EXECUTION 34 3.00 IDENTIFICATION 34 3.01 RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT 35 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE (600V) 38 3.03 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES 39 3.04 OUTLET BOXES 40 3.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES 40 3.06 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES 40 3.07 PANELBOARDS 41 3.08 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 41 3.09 LIGHTING FIXTURES 42 3.10 FIRE ALARM 43 3.11 HANDHOLES 48 FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.00 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL A. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, and BIDDING AND CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 0, are hereby made a part of this Specification Section. B. Examine all Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications and requirements and provisions affecting the work of this Section. 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This project is for the installation of Electrical shell and core systems to support a single story 7,200 SF Class A retail /office building. B. The work under this Section shall include the furnishing of all materials, labor, equipment and supplies and the performance of all operations to provide complete working systems, in general, to include the following items: 1. Identification 2. Raceways and Conduit 3. Wire and Cable (600V) 4. Wiring Devices and Plates 5. Outlet Boxes 6. Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes and Wireways 7. Safety Disconnect Switches 8. Panelboards 9. Dry Type Transformers 10. Fuses 11. Building Grounding System 12. Fire Alarm System 13. Sleeving 14. Fire Seal and Fireproof Sealant 15. Supervision and Approval 16. Electrical Connections to HVAC and other Equipment provided under other Sections or by Owner. 17. Relocation of existing electrical components that interfere with new construction and removal and disposal of obsolete components. 18. Testing FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 1 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 19. Operating and maintenance instructions and manuals 20. Coordination drawings 21. Shop drawings 22. Record (as- built) drawings C. Work of this Section is generally shown on the Electrical Drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Principal classes of Work related to the Work of this Section are listed in the Specification Table of Contents, and are specified to be performed under the indicated Sections of the Specifications. Refer to the indicated Sections for description of the extent and nature of the indicated Work, and for coordination with related trades. This listing may not include all related Work items. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate and schedule the Work of this Section with that of all other trades. B. The following work is not included in this section and will be provided under other sections: 1. Furnishing and installation of motors. 2. Structural supports necessary to distribute loading from equipment to roof or floor except as specified. 3. Temporary light, power, water, heat, gas and sanitary facilities for use during construction and testing. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions. 4. Telephone system, wire, cable, equipment and instruments. 5. Automatic Temperature Control and Direct Digital Communication wiring except as noted on Drawings. 6. Excavation and backfill. 7. Concrete work including concrete housekeeping pads and blocks for vibrating and rotating equipment, and ductbank envelopes. 8. Flashing of roof and wall penetrations. 9. Painting, except as specified herein. 1.03 PRODUCTS FURNISHED, BUT NOT INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Furnish the following items for installation under other sections and provide wiring and connections as required: 1. Duct mounted smoke detectors for installation under Section 15500. Lengths of sampling tubes shall be coordinated with Sheetmetal Contractor. Control wiring for fan shut -down shall be provided under Section 15900. 2. Anchor bolts for poured -in -place light standard bases (furnish templates for placement) for installation under Division 3. 3. Pre -cast manholes and handholes for installation under Division 2. 4. Pipe sleeves for placement into formwork by the General Contractor. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 2 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. As used in this Section, the following items are understood to have the following meaning: 1. "Contractor or Subcontractor ", unless otherwise qualified, shall mean the installer of the work specified under this Section. 2. "Furnish" shall mean purchase and deliver to the project site, complete with every necessary appurtenance. 3. "Install" shall mean unload at the delivery point at the site and perform all work necessary to establish secure mounting and proper operation at the proper location in the project. 4. "Provide" shall mean "Furnish" and "Install ". 5. "Work" shall mean all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and all other items required for a proper and complete installation. 6. "Concealed" shall mean hidden from sight in chases, furred -in spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction or in a crawl space. Areas to be concealed as part of tenant alterations to the building shall also be considered in this definition. 7. "Exposed" shall mean not installed underground or concealed as defined above. 8. "Furnished by Others" shall mean materials or equipment purchased and set in place under other sections of the general contract and connected to the systems covered by this section of the specifications by this trade contractor. 9. "Owners Representative" shall be the party responsible to make decisions regarding all contractual obligations in reference to the Scope of Work for the Owner. 10. "Date of Substantial Completion" shall indicate the date where the work has been formally accepted as evidenced by completed final punch list or where the work has reached the stage that the owner obtains beneficial use and commences utilization of the installed systems for business or occupancy purposes. The GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, DIVISION 1, shall supersede this definition where specifically defined. 1.05 CODES, REFERENCES AND PERMITS A. Materials, installation of systems and equipment provided under this section shall be done in strict accordance with Washington Department of Public Safety Codes, Washington Department of Environmental Protection, Washington State Building Code and any other Codes and Regulations having jurisdiction including but not limited to: 1. All Applicable NFPA Standards 2. National Electrical Code (NEC) 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 4. State and Local Building Codes FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 3 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 5. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc (UL) B. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, materials, workmanship and equipment performance shall conform with the latest governing edition of the following standards, codes, specifications, requirements, and regulations, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes but not limited to: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 3. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) 4. Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CME) 5. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES) 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 8. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) 9. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 10. Thermal Insulation Manufacturers Association (TIMA) C. Codes, laws and standards provide a basis for the minimum installation criteria acceptable. The drawings and specifications illustrate the scope required for this project, which may exceed minimum codes, laws and standards. D. Give all notices, file all plans, obtain all permits and licenses, and obtain all necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the authorities having jurisdiction. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by the Owner's Representative, inspectors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace imperfect or condemned work to conform to requirements, satisfactory to Owner's Representative, and without extra cost to the Owner. If work is covered before inspection and approval, this Contractor shall pay costs of uncovering and reinstalling the covering, whether it meets contract requirements or not. 1.06 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Nameplates 1. Each major component of equipment shall have the manufacturer's name, address, type or style, model or serial number, and catalog number on a plate secured to the equipment. B. Equipment Guards 1. Belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts so located that any person may come in close proximity thereto shall be completely enclosed or guarded. High - temperature equipment and piping so located as to endanger personnel or create a fire hazard shall be guarded or covered with insulation of type specified for service. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 4 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.07 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS A. Where equipment or materials are specified with the name of a manufacturer, such specification shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of establishing a standard for that particular item. No equipment or material shall be used unless previously approved by the Owner's Representative. B. Substitutions may be offered for review provided the material, equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every respect to that indicated or specified. The request for each substitution must be accompanied by complete specifications together with drawings or samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process. The contractor shall highlight and list all applicable specification requirements which the substituted material deviates from. C. If a substitution of materials or equipment in whole or in part is made, this Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes necessitated by any other trade as a result of said substitution. D. All materials, equipment and accessories provided under this section shall be new and unused products of recognized manufacturers as approved. 1.08 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1, General Conditions, for schedule and form of all submittals unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. Coordinate this submittal with submittals for all other finishes. Shop drawings and design layouts shall be prepared by licensed installing contractors and shall note the name(s), license number(s) and license expiration date(s) of the contractor(s) installing electrical systems. B. Definitions: 1. Shop Drawings are information prepared by the Contractor to illustrate portions of the work in more detail than indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: The mechanical design for each product is based on the single manufacturer listed in the schedule or shown on the drawings. In Part 2 of the specifications, certain Alternate Manufacturers are listed as being acceptable. In addition, the MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS paragraph potentially allows for substitutions as being acceptable. These are acceptable only if, as a minimum, they: a. Meet all performance criteria listed in the schedules and outlined in the specifications. For example, to be acceptable, an emergency generator must deliver equal kW / kVA at equal or greater efficiency using equal or less fuel as the emergency generator listed in the schedules. b. Fit within the available space it was designed for, including space for maintenance and component removal, with no modification to either the space or the product. Clearances to walls, ceilings, and other equipment will be at least equal to those shown on the design drawings. The fact that a manufacturer's name appears as acceptable shall not be taken to mean the Engineer has determined that the manufacturer's products will fit within the available space — this determination is solely the responsibility of the contractor. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 5 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 c. For rooftop mounted equipment and equipment mounted in areas where structural matters are a concern, the products must have a weight no greater than the product listed in the schedules or specifications. d. Products must adhere to all architectural considerations including, but not limited to; being of the same color as the product scheduled or specified, fitting within the architectural enclosures and details, and for lighting — being the same size and of the same physical appearance as scheduled or specified products. C. Submittal Procedures, Format and Requirements 1. Review submittal packages for compliance with Contract Documents and then submit to Owner's Representative for review. Submit enough sets of shop drawings such that, after review, two sets will be kept by the reviewer, with only the remaining sets returned with reviewer's marks and comments. 2. Each Shop Drawing shall indicate in title block, and each Product Data package shall indicate on cover sheet, the following information: a. Title b. Equipment number c. Name and location of project d. Names of Owner, Engineer and Seller e. Names of manufacturers, suppliers, vendors, etc. f. Date of submittal g. Whether original submittal or resubmitted 3. Shop Drawings showing manufacturer's product data shall contain detailed dimensional drawings (minimum '/4" — 1' scale) including plans and sections (where physical clearance could be an issue). Provide larger scale details as necessary. 4. Submit accurate and complete description of materials of construction, manufacturer's published performance characteristics, sizes, weights, capacity ratings (performance data, alone, is not acceptable), electrical requirements, starting characteristics, wiring diagrams, and acoustical performance for complete assemblies. Drawings shall clearly indicate location (terminal block or wire number), voltage and function for all field terminations, and other information necessary to demonstrate compliance with all requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Provide Shop Drawings showing details of piping connections to all equipment. If connection details are not submitted and connections are found to be installed incorrectly, this contractor shall reinstall them within the original contract price. 6. Provide complete data for all auxiliary services and utilities required by submitted equipment. This shall include fuel, cooling and exhaust requirements and points of connections. 7. Provide a complete description of all controls and instrumentation required including electrical power connection drawing for all components and interconnection wiring to starters, detailed information on starters, control FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 6 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 diagrams, termination diagrams, and all control interfaces with a central control system. 8. Provide installation and erection information including; lifting requirements, and any special rigging or installation requirements for all equipment. 9. The Owner's Representative shall approve all materials before commitment for materials is made. D. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product description and technical information including: 1. Identification 2. Raceways and Conduit 3. Wiring Devices and Plates 4. Outlet Boxes 5. Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes and Wireways 6. Safety Disconnect Switches 7. Panelboards 8. Dry Type Transformers 9. Wire and Cable (above 600V) 10. Fuses 11. Lamps and Light Fixtures and associated Utility Rebate Forms 12. Building System Grounding Components 13. Fire Alarm System 14. Fire Seal and Fireproof Sealant 15. Seismic Restraints 16. Identification, labels and tags, including database for all equipment, and devices. 17. O &M table of contents E. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products and accessories in a single submittal. 1. Access panel shop drawings shall be submitted to the Construction Supervisor for approval. 2. Do not submit multiple product information in a single bound manual. 3. Three -ring binders shall not be accepted. F. Deviations: 1. Concerning deviations other than substitutions, proposed deviations from Contract Documents shall be requested individually in writing whether deviations result from field conditions, standard shop practice, or other cause. Submit letter FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 7 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 with transmittal of Shop Drawings which flags the deviation to the attention of the Owner's Representative. 2. Without letters flagging the deviation to the Owner's Representative, it is possible that the Engineer may not notice such deviation or may not realize its ramifications. Therefore, if such letters are not submitted to the Owner's Representative, the Seller shall hold the Engineers, his consultants and the Owner harmless for any and all adverse consequences resulting from the deviations being implemented. This shall apply regardless of whether the Engineer has reviewed or approved shop drawings containing the deviation, and will be strictly enforced. 3. Approval of proposed deviations, if any, will be made at discretion of Engineer. G. Schedule: Incorporate shop drawing review period into construction schedule so that Work is not delayed. This subcontractor shall assume full responsibility for delays caused by not incorporating the following shop drawing review time requirements into his project schedule. Allow at least 10 working days, exclusive of transmittal time, for review each time shop drawing is submitted or resubmitted with the exception that 20 working days, exclusive of transmittal time are required for the following: 1. Coordination drawings. 2. If more than five shop drawings of a single trade are received in one calendar week. H. Responsibility 1. Intent of Submittal review is to check for capacity, rating, and certain construction features. The contractor shall ensure that work meets requirements of Contract Documents regarding information that pertains to fabrication processes or means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction; and for coordination of work of this and other Sections. Work shall comply with approved submittals to extent that they agree with Contract Documents. Submittal review shall not diminish responsibility under this Contract for dimensional coordination, quantities, installation, wiring, supports and access for service, nor the shop drawing errors or deviations from requirements of Contract Documents. The Engineer's noting of some errors while overlooking others will not excuse the contractor from proceeding in error. Contract Documents requirements are not limited, waived nor superseded in any way by review. 2. Inform subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers, etc. of scope and limited nature of review process and enforce compliance with contract documents. In the event that the contractor fails to provide Shop Drawings for any of the products specified herein: 1. The contractor shall furnish and install all materials and equipment herein specified in complete accordance with these Specifications. 2. If the contractor furnishes and installs material and /or equipment that is not in complete accordance with these Specifications, he shall be responsible for the removal of this material and /or equipment. He shall also be responsible for the replacement of this material and /or equipment with material and /or equipment that is in complete accordance with these Specifications, at the direction of the Owner's Representative. 3. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 8 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 4. Removal and replacement of materials and /or equipment that is not in complete compliance with these Specifications shall not be allowed as a basis for a claim of delay of completion of the Work. J. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. K. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSD) on each applicable product with submittal. 1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Commence preparation of the Operating and Maintenance (O &M) manuals immediately upon receipt of "Approved" or "Approved as Noted" shop drawings and submit each section within one month. The final submission shall be no later than two months prior to the projected date of Substantial Completion of the Project. B. Submit O &M table of contents in the submittal phase. O &M manuals shall be built as submittals are accepted and shall include the individual equipment manufacturer's data retrieval sheet, as per Attachment A in Part IV for input into the Owner's Maintenance Management System. Form shall be provided and completed electronically. C. Each O &M document shall include the manufacturer's web address for equipment specific O &M information for Internet access by the owner. D. The manual shall consist of three (3) sets of manuals and include three (3) sets of CDs, which shall contain the scanned content of the entire manual. The manual shall highlight the actual equipment used and not be a master catalog of all similar products of the manufacturer. The manual shall be submitted for review prior to creation of the CDs. E. The Manual shall contain the following: 1. Operations Manual a. Systems description including all relevant information needed for day -to- day operations and management including start-up and shut -down instructions. b. Wiring diagrams, schematics, logic diagrams and sequence of operations that accurately depict the controls system. c. Depiction of each interface screen where programmable logic and visual displays are provided. Descriptors shall be provided to define displayed data, alarms, etc. d. A single sheet (for ease of removal) of all access codes and passwords necessary to access all levels of control and programming. e. Trouble shooting guide defining common alarms /problems with possible cause and effect. 2. Maintenance Manual a. Define all maintenance activities required to ensure system operation within manufacturers specified parameters. Provide table of all required activities plotted vs. interval with adequate fill -in -space for "activity completion date" and "comments ". Where multiple instrument readings are required, provide data sheet formatted to accommodate activity. b. Define recommended spare parts inventory with part numbers and source defined for ordering by the Owner. Identify lead time on all parts, source location and cost. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 9 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 c. Provide copy of all warranty information with associated date of substantial completion (commencement of warranty) and end date of coverage. Define all components /subsystems specifically included and excluded. F. Provide O &M manuals for each of the following: 1. Fire Alarm System 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to DIVISION 1, General Conditions, for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. B. Record Drawings (red -line drawings) will be updated by this Contractor daily for review with the monthly requisition. The record drawing shall be an accurate depiction of the systems as completed, including dimensions (vertical /horizontal) of concealed components off fixed building elements. C. The Electrical Foreman shall maintain complete and separate set of prints of Contract Drawings at job site at all times and shall record work completed and all changes from original Contract Drawings clearly and accurately including work installed as a modification or addition to the original design. D. At completion of work the Electrical Contractor shall prepare a complete set of record drawings on AutoCAD showing all systems as actually installed. The Architectural background AutoCAD files will be made available for the contractor's copying, at his expense, to serve as backgrounds for the drawings. The Electrical Contractor shall transfer changes from field drawings onto AutoCAD drawings and submit copy of files and three sets of prints to Owner's Representative for comments as to compliance with this section. CADD layering as established by the A &E design team shall be maintained with any and all changes done by the contractor. E. The Architect and Engineer are not granting to the Contractor any ownership or property interest in the CADD Drawings by the delivery of the CADD Disks to the Contractor. The Contractor's rights to use the CADD disks and the CADD Drawings are limited to use for the sole purpose of assisting in the Contractor's performance of its contractual obligations under its contract with respect to the Project. The Architect and Engineer are granting no further rights. Any reuse or other use by the Contractor will be at the Contractor's sole risk and without liability to the Architect and Engineer. The Contractor hereby waives and releases any losses, claims, damages, liabilities of any nature whatsoever, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. The Contractor, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Architect and Engineer harmless from all loses, claims, damages, liabilities, and costs (including attorney fees) arising out of, resulting from, or otherwise related to the use of the CADD Disks and CADD Drawings by the Contractor. F. Record Drawings, shall show "as- built" condition of details, sections, riser diagrams, control changes and corrections to schedules. Schedules shall show actual manufacturer and model numbers of final equipment installation. G. The Electrical Contractor shall submit the record set for approval by the engineer a minimum of one week prior to seeking the permanent certificate of occupancy. 1.11 WARRANTIES A. Submit manufacturer's standard replacement warranties for material and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 10 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 liabilities which the manufacturer and the Electrical contractor may have by law or by provisions of the Contract Documents. B. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section shall be guaranteed against all defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum period of one -year (1) commencing with the Date of Substantial Completion. Where individual equipment sections specify longer warranties, provide the longer warranty. Any failure due to defective material, equipment or workmanship which may develop, shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner including all damage to areas, materials and other systems resulting from such failures. C. Guarantee that all elements of each system meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated on the Drawings. D. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of the failure of any part of the systems during the warranty period, the affected parts shall be replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be considered defective and shall be replaced. 1.12 COORDINATION A. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions, for coordination requirements applicable to this section, unless specifically noted otherwise in this section. B. Materials and apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must be installed promptly when and as required. C. Confer with all other trades relative to location of all apparatus and equipment to be installed and select locations so as not to conflict with work of other Sections. Any conflicts shall be referred immediately to the Owner's Representative for decision to prevent delay in installation of work. All work and materials placed in violation of this clause shall be readjusted to the Owner's Representative's satisfaction at no expense to the Owner. D. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section may interfere with work of other sections, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Prepare and submit for approval 3/8" scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how the work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. E. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for all apparatus, conduit, cable, sleeves, etc., and give information in advance to allow construction of required openings. Furnish all sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals, and coordinate with the General Contractor for the proper setting of same. F. All distribution systems which require pitch or slope such as condensate drains and water piping shall have the right of way over those which do not. Confer with other trades as to the location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to avoid interferences. G. Fire Protection, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical and any other systems shall be shown and coordinated on these transparencies in the order listed by the respective contractors. H. This Contractor shall, with the approval of the Owner's Representative and without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in his work as required by normal structural interferences, or by interference with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 11 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1.13 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. It is the intention of the Specifications and Drawings to call for complete, finished work, tested and ready for continuous operation. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on the Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or vice - versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be provided by this Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic. The locations of all items that are not definitely fixed by dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations must be determined at the project and shall have the approval of the Owner's Representative before being installed. This Contractor shall follow Drawings, including his shop drawings, in laying out work and shall check the Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions. Where space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Owner's Representative before proceeding with the installation. This Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. C. Size of conduits, cable trays, raceways and methods of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all necessary parts to make complete approved working systems ready for use, shall be furnished without extra charge. All work shall be installed in an approved workmanlike manner. 1.14 INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS A. Prior to submission of bid, visit the site and review the related construction documents to determine the conditions under which the Work has to be performed and send a report, in writing, to the Owner's Representative, noting any conditions which might adversely affect the Work of this Section of the Specifications. 1.15 SURVEY AND MEASUREMENTS A. Base all required measurements, horizontal and vertical, from referenced points established WITH the Owner's Representative. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for correctly laying out the Work required under this Section of the Specifications. B. In the event of discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated, notify the Owner's Representative in writing and do not proceed with the related work until instructions have been issued. 1.16 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. No materials shall be delivered or stored on site until corresponding Shop Drawings have been approved. B. All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in original packages or containers bearing the manufacturer's labels and product identification. C. Protect materials against dampness. Store off floors, under cover and adequately protected from damage. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 12 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 D. Inspect all equipment and materials, upon receipt at the job site, for damage and conformance to approved shop drawings. 1.17 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. This Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all work included under this Section until the completion and final acceptance of this Contract. B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes including, but not limited to, fire, vandalism and theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs, caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from damage that might be caused by work or workmen under this Section and make good damage thus caused. D. Damaged materials are to be removed from the site; no site storage of damaged materials will be allowed. 1.18 SUPERVISION A. Supply the service of a competent Supervisor with a minimum of 5 years experience in Electrical construction supervision who shall be in charge of the Electrical work at the site. 1.19 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Life safety and accident prevention shall be a primary consideration. Comply with all of the safety requirements of the owner and OSHA throughout the entire construction period of the project. B. Furnish, place and maintain proper guards and any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life and /or property. 1.20 SCHEDULE A. Construct work in sequence under provisions of Division 1 and as coordinated with the Owner's Representative. 1.21 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING A. The work to be done under this Section of the Specifications shall include the furnishing, set -up and maintenance of all derricks, hoisting machinery, cranes, helicopters, scaffolds, staging and planking as required for the work. 1.22 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Provide all cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. Form all chases or openings for the installation of the work of this Section of the specifications, or cut the same in existing work and see that all sleeves or forms are in the work and properly set in ample time to prevent delays. Be responsible that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 13 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 shape and consult with the Owner's Representative and all other trades concerned in reference to this work. Confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the approval of the Owner's Representative. D. Fit around, close up, repair, patch, and point around the work specified herein to match the existing adjacent surfaces and to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative. E. Fill and patch all openings or holes left in the existing structures by the removal of existing equipment which is part of this Section of the Specifications. F. All of this work shall be carefully done by workmen qualified to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. G. Any cost caused by defective or ill -timed work required by this Section of the specifications shall be borne by this Contractor. H. When, in order to accommodate the work required under this Section of the specifications, finished materials of other trades must be cut or fitted, furnish the necessary drawings and information to the trades whose materials must be cut or fitted. 1.23 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Coordinate with other trades the location of and maintaining in proper positions, sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts to be supplied and /or set in place under this section of the specifications. In the event of incorrectly located preset sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts, etc., all required cutting and patching of finished work shall be done under this section of the specifications. B. All pipes passing through floors, walls, ceilings or partitions shall be provided with fire stopping to maintain the fire rating of the structure. All penetrations and associated fire stopping shall be installed in accordance with the fire stopping manufacturer's listed installation details. Provide sleeves for all penetrations where required by the listed detail, for the penetration of all mechanical room floors and where specifically required on the drawings. C. Field drilling (core drilling), when required, shall be performed under this section of the specifications, after receipt of approval by the Owner's Representative. 1. When coring can not be avoided, provide 'A inch pilot hole prior to coring. When coring through floor or slab, verify location of core on floor below and protect and piping, ductwork, wiring, furniture, personnel, etc., below the location of the core. 1.24 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all supplementary steel, factory fabricated channels and supports required for the proper installation, mounting and support of all Electrical equipment, piping, etc., required by the Specifications. B. Supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be firmly connected to building construction in a manner approved by the Owner's Representative as shown on the drawings or herein specified. C. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel shall be determined by the Contractor and shall be of sufficient strength and size to allow only a minimum deflection in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements for loading. D. All supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floors and ceiling construction. All turns shall FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 14 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 be made with 90 degree and 45 degree fittings, as required to suit the construction and installation conditions. E. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels, supports and fittings shall be galvanized steel, aluminum or stainless steel where exposed or subject to rust producing atmosphere. Factory fabricated channels shall be manufactured by Unistrut, H- strut, Powerstrut or approved equal. 1.25 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Removed batteries shall be recycled by a facility approved by the owner's representative. A uniform hazardous waste manifest shall be prepared for all disposals and returned with all applicable signoffs prior to application for final payment. B. Removed fluorescent and HID lamps shall be recycled by a facility approved by the owner's representative. A uniform hazardous waste manifest shall be prepared for all disposals and returned with all applicable signoffs prior to application for final payment. C. All ballasts in lighting fixtures to be disposed shall be verified to be PCB free. All ballasts manufactured prior to 1979 and not labeled as PCB free shall be considered to contain PCB's. Provide written verification to the owner's representative that confirms PCB free waste. Where PCB free waste cannot be verified, ballasts shall be recycled by a facility approved by the owner's representative, with PCB components eliminated by a high temperature incineration. A uniform hazardous waste manifest shall be prepared for all disposals and returned with all applicable signoffs prior to application for final payment. All handling shall conform to EPA requirements. Provide breakout cost for this scope. D. Where it has been identified that asbestos - containing material exists within the scope limits, refer to the Asbestos Abatement specification section for requirements. 1.26 ACCESSIBILITY A. All work provided under this Section of the Specification shall be installed so that parts requiring periodic inspection, maintenance and repair are accessible. Work of this trade shall not infringe upon clearances required by equipment of other trades, especially code required clearances to electrical gear. Minor deviations from the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of substantial magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Owner's Representative. 1.27 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS A. Submit working plans and calculations reviewed, signed and stamped by a professional engineer who is registered in the State where the project is located and has specific experience in seismic calculations, certifying that the plans meet all seismic requirements established by authorities having jurisdiction over the project. B. For each seismic restraint, provide certified calculations to verify adequacy to meet the following design requirements: 1. Ability to accommodate relative seismic displacements of supported item between points of support. 2. Ability to accommodate the required seismic forces. C. For each respective set of anchor bolts provide calculations to verify adequacy to meet combined seismic - induced sheer and tension forces. D. For each weldment between structure and item subject to seismic force, provide calculations to verify adequacy. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 15 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 E. Restraints shall maintain the restrained item in a captive position without short circuiting the vibration isolation. 1.28 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Certificates Of Approval 1. Upon completion of all work, provide certificates of inspections from the following equipment manufacturers stating that the authorized factory representatives have inspected and tested the operation of their respective equipment and found the equipment to be in satisfactory operating condition and installed per the manufacturers installation instructions and requirements. a. Main Distribution Panelboard and Remote Panelboard b. Fire Alarm System B. Substantial Completion 1. When the Subcontractor considers the Work under this Section is substantially complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice, through the General Contractor, with a detailed list of items remaining to be completed or corrected and a schedule of when each remaining work item will be completed. Should the engineer determine the list of remaining work does not constitute substantial completion the engineer will notify the Architect and /or Owner and he will not make a substantial completion site visit. 2. The following items shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer prior to the written request for substantial completion inspection: a. Certification of successful operation of all systems. b. Training of the owner's personnel in the operation of the systems. c. Record Drawings in accordance with the contract specifications. d. Operation and Maintenance manuals. e. Testing reports. f. Manufacturer's certificates of approvals. g. Emergency contact list for reporting of malfunctioning equipment during the warrantee period. h. Contractors Project Completion certificate. 3. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion visit, observe that the Work is substantially complete, s /he will provide a written listing of the observed deficiencies referred herein as the Punch List. The Punch List will provide for a place for the subcontractor and general contractor to sign off and date each item individually indicating that the observed deficiency item has been corrected. 4. Should the Engineer, during the substantial completion site visit, observe that the Work is not substantially complete, s /he will provide, a written list of the major deficiencies and a reason for the work not being considered substantially complete. 5. If the work is found not to be substantially complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to reobserve the work. A reobservation fee shall be FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 charged to the Subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any further observations by the engineer. 6. The Subcontractor shall remedy all deficiencies listed in the punch list within the time frame required by the contract. C. Engineers Construction Completion Certification 1. Where required by the applicable code, the Engineers Construction Completion Certification will be issued by RDK Engineers when all life safety and health related issues are complete, all required functional tests are complete and all reports are complete. The following is a minimum listing of the required systems to be tested with reports generated indicating they are complete and ready for use: a. Emergency and Egress Lighting System b. Fire Alarm System 2. There shall be NO outstanding items identified on the punch list for scope within any of these categories. D. Final Completion 1. The following items shall be submitted prior to completion: a. Revised Substantial Completion items to with the review process comments. b. Warranties commencing the date of Substantial completion c. Individual Signed and dated Punch List acknowledging completion of all punch list items 2. When the Subcontractor considers all of the punch list work items complete, the subcontractor shall submit written notice through the General Contractor that all Punch List items are complete and resolved and the work is ready for final inspection. The signature lines for completion of each punch list item shall be signed by the Subcontractor indicating the work is complete and signed by the General contractor indicating s /he has inspected the work and found it to be complete. Should the Engineer find the work to be finally complete and all Punch List items are complete the Engineer will make a recommendation to the Architect or Owner. If the Engineer has found the punch list work to be incomplete during final inspection a written listing of the observed deficiencies will be prepared by the Engineer. 3. If the work is not fully complete then the engineer shall be reimbursed for his time to reobserve the work. A reobservation fee shall be charged to the subcontractor through the contractual agreement for any reobservations by the engineer. the written request for Final be resubmitted in accordance FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 16000 - 17 JUNE 2, 2008 E. Subcontractor's Project Completion Certificate PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.00 IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates 1. Upon completion of work and prior to request for Certificate of Occupancy, the Subcontractor shall issue a certificate stating that work has been installed generally consistent with construction documents and all applicable codes. RDK Engineers can furnish a blank contractor's certificate form upon request. The certificate shall certify: a. Execution of all work has been in accordance with the approved construction documents. b. Execution and control of all methods of construction was in a safe and satisfactory manner in accordance with all applicable local, state and federal statutes and regulations. 2. The certificate shall include the following information: a. Project. b. Permit Number. c. Location. d. Construction Documents. e. Date on Plans and Specifications submitted for approval and issuance of the Building Permit. f. Addendum(a) and Revision Dates. 3. The certificate shall be signed by the Subcontractor and include the following: a. Signature. b. Date. c. Company. d. License Number. e. License Expiration Date. 1. Nameplates shall be laminated black Bakelite with minimum 1/4" high white recessed letters. 2. Nameplates shall be securely attached to the equipment. Utilize mechanical fasteners such as galvanized steel or brass screws for exterior applications. High strength adhesives or cements may be used for interior applications. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 18 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.01 RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT A. Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) Conduit 1. RGS shall be zinc- coated steel that conforms to ANSI C80.1, UL Specification No. 6 and Federal Specification WW- C -581e by Allied Tube and Conduit, Republic Steel, Wheatland Tube or approved equal. 2. RGS fittings shall be threaded. Split couplings or non - threaded fittings shall not be used. 3. Nipples and Close Nipples shall be RGS, length as noted or as required to conform to field conditions. B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 1. EMT shall be zinc - coated steel that conforms to ANSI C80.3, UL Standard No. 797 and Federal Specification WW -C -563 a by Republic Steel, Allied Tube and Conduit or approved equal. 2. EMT fittings shall be a. zinc plated pressed steel gland and ring compression up to 2" and zinc plated pressed steel double set screw from 2" and up C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Non - metallic Conduit 1. PVC conduit and fittings shall be Schedule 40 or Schedule 80, 90 °C. UL Listed equal to Carlon Plus 40 or Plus 80. PVC shall meet NEMA Specification TC -2, TC -3 and UL -651. 2. PVC, fittings and solvent cement shall be by single approved manufacturer. 3. PVC shall be sunlight resistant and listed for exposed or outdoor usage. D. Fiberglass Reinforced Epoxy (FRE) Conduit Schedule 40 or Schedule 80 UL Listed equal to FRE Composites Inc. Type ID, SW and HW for below ground and above ground applications. FRE shall comply with UL 1684. E. Miscellaneous Conduit Fittings 1. Elbows shall be standard radius unless noted otherwise. Where Large Radius elbows are specified, provide 48" radius unless noted otherwise. 2. Bushings shall be threaded pressed steel hot dipped galvanized with conduit end stop and integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surface rated for 150 ° C. 3. Bonding bushings shall be threaded pressed steel hot dipped galvanized with conduit end stop and integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surface rated for 150 ° C with a lay -in tin plated copper grounding lug. 4. Exposed conduit expansion fittings shall be hot - dipped galvanized malleable iron with external bonding jumper equal to O.Z. /Gedney Type EX for RGS or Type TX for EMT (4" maximum expansion). 5. Provide water -tight gland sealing assemblies with pressure bushings equal to OZ/Gedney Type WSK for new cast -in -place installations or Type CSCM for FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 19 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 retrofit (core drilling of existing walls) as required for below grade wall and floor penetrations. F. Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Liquidtight Metal Conduit shall be UL Listed fabricated from a spiral wound strip of heavy gauge, corrosion resistant, hot dipped galvanized steel equal to Electri- flex Company Type LA. The jacket shall be flame retarded, sunlight resistant PVC extruded over the spiral wrap. Sizes through 1 '/" shall have an integral copper bonding strip. 2. Liquidtight fittings shall be UL listed zinc plated insulated throat. 3. Flexible metal conduit shall be UL Listed non jacketed steel fabricated from a spiral wound strip of heavy gauge, corrosion resistant, hot dipped galvanized steel equal to Electri -flex Company Type BR. G. Wireways shall be minimum 16 -gauge steel with all straight runs having hinged spring- latched covers. Finish shall be painted over a corrosion resistant phosphate pretreatment to protect against corrosion. Interior parts shall be smooth and free of sharp edges and burrs. Provide wireway as identified on the drawings for NEMA 1, 3R or 12 service. Wireways shall be equal to Square D and UL Listed. 2.02 WIRE AND CABLE (600V) A. Provide single- conductor, annealed copper wire and cable with insulation rated for 600 V, of sizes specified and scheduled on Drawings, by General Electric, Southwire, Okonite or approved equal, for secondary service, feeders, branch and system wiring. Wire sizes shown and specified are American Wire Gauge for copper conductors. B. The use of aluminum conductors is not allowed. C. Wire #10 and larger shall be stranded; #12 and smaller shall be solid. Wire and cable shall have THWN -THHN or XHHW insulation for branch circuit and feeder conductors. Type RHWUSE shall be used for all conductors installed in below grade raceways. D. Conductor Color- coding E. Cable 1. Service entrance, branch circuit and feeder conductors shall be color- coded. Conductors #12 and #10 shall be colored with a factory applied solid or striped compound coating (black, red, blue, brown, orange or yellow). Neutrals and equipment grounds shall have solid compound or solid color coating (white, gray and green), except that neutrals with colored stripe shall be used where required by code. Phase conductors #8 and larger with stripes, bands or hash marks shall have background color other than white, green and gray. 2. Altemative field- applied color coding methods may be used for wire #8 or larger, with color code as specified in other sections of this specification. Coloring shall be applied by the use of flame- retardant vinyl tape, equal to 3M Scotch 35. 1. Flexible Metal Clad (MC) cable shall be UL Listed with THHN insulated conductors with an insulated grounding conductor within a galvanized steel interlocked armor. Aluminum armor is not acceptable. Connectors shall be provided with lock nut connection to the termination point enclosure. 2. Flexible Metal Clad (MC) cable utilized for Fire Alarm service shall be identified with a factory applied tracer along the entire length. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 20 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 F. Splices and Terminations 1. Ampacity and temperature rating of splices and connectors shall be equal to or greater than those of associated wires and cables. 2. Make splices in branch circuit or feeder wiring from #12 to #10 with UL- listed, solderless screw on connectors rated 600 V. 3. Make splices in branch circuit or feeder wiring above #10 with UL- listed 90 °C, 600V, compression butt splice barrel equal to Bumdy YS -L HYLINK. 4. Conductor terminations shall be standard bolt -on Tugs with hex screws listed for attachment of copper wire and cable to panelboards, switchboards, disconnect switches and other electrical equipment. 5. Make terminations for stranded conductors on screw terminals with UL Listed 105 °C, 600V PVC insulated barrel compression locking fork tongue terminal equal to Burndy TP -LF VINYLUG. 6. Make terminations and splices for conductors #6 and larger with UL- listed 90 °C, 600V, compression standard barrel length lugs equal to Burndy YA -L for conductor sizes to #410. Connectors for cable 250 KCMiI and larger shall be with UL- listed 90 °C, 600V, compression long barrel length two hole lugs equal to Burndy YA -2N. Lugs shall be high conductivity seamless copper electro -tin plated for corrosion protection. G. Wire management shall be provided by self- extinguishing self - locking nylon ties with -65 to 350 °F. range for bundling conductors. H. Arc - proofing 1. Provide flexible, flame - retardant, organic- composition- coated elastomer arc - proofing tape equal to 3M Scotch 77 on power cable in manholes and handholes, suitable to withstand 200 A arc for 30 seconds. Tape shall be self- extinguishing and shall not support combustion. Cover with glass cloth tape equal to 3M Scotch 69 as a binder. 2. Tape shall have been tested with 186 -hour distilled water exposure and 3% salt water and shall be ultra - violet and weather resistant. I. Cable pulling compounds shall be UL Listed and be suitable for use with the specified cable insulation system. The compound shall reduce the coefficient of friction, while not adding any long term issues to the installation such as premature aging of the insulation system, added flammability or drying in such a manner as to stick the cable in place in the raceway. 2.03 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES A. Toggle Switches shall be heavy duty, UL listed, specification grade as follows: 1. Single -pole shall be No. 2221W B. Receptacles: 1. Receptacles shall be nylon faced with rigid, glass reinforced nylon bodies. Wiring terminals shall be spring loaded terminal screws for back or side wiring. Receptacles shall be rated 20- ampere 125 volt. The yoke shall have a grounding terminal with a green hex head screw. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 21 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.04 OUTLET BOXES 2. Duplex receptacles shall be UL Federal Specification WC -596 Specification Grade Extra Hard Duty 125V, 20A, 2 pole, 3 wire as follows: a. General Use shall be No. 5362W (White) b. GFCI Exterior shall be GF2OBK (Black) 3. Decorator duplex receptacles shall be provided only where specifically noted on the drawings. Devices shall be Specification Grade rated 20- ampere 125 volt equal to No. 6450W. 4. Special purpose outlets shall be provided as indicated on the drawings at the ratings listed on the schedules and notes. C. Wiring Device Plates: 1. Provide smooth thermoplastic device plates by the manufacturer of the wiring device for all flush mounted switches and receptacles installed in dry locations and where not subjected to physical abuse. Fastening screws shall be color matched to the plate, plate color to the device. Ganged plates shall be of one - piece construction to accommodate the required number of installed devices. Oversized plates to cover wall finish blemishes adjacent to the device box shall not be used. 2. Provide heavy -duty cast aluminum horizontally mounted weatherproof covers for GFCI receptacles where weatherproof devices are specified equal to Hubbell No. WP26MH. Cover shall be attached to FS box with 4 screws and spring back to the closed position upon removal of the cord set. Spring shall be stainless steel and all fasteners chrome - plated brass. 3. Receptacle device plates for other than 20 amp, 120 V, 2 -wire, circuits shall be provided with typed clear plastic label (equal to P- Touch) mounted to the device plate indicating voltage characteristics, panelboard and circuit number of outlet 4. Receptacle device plates for other than 20 amp, 120 V, 2 -wire, circuits shall be identified by engravings on the plate indicating voltage characteristics, panelboard and circuit number of outlet. 5. Provide all device plates for receptacles and switches with engraving. Engraving shall indicate associated panelboard name and circuit number. A. Outlet and switch boxes on concealed work shall be at least 4" square, galvanized pressed steel conforming to UL 514A. Where installed in plaster, boxes shall be fitted with galvanized steel plaster covers of required depth to finish flush with finished wall or ceiling. Outlet boxes shall be by Steel City Electric Company, Appleton Electric Company, or approved equal. B. Outlet boxes installed in masonry walls or in concrete decking shall be UL Listed for the application. C. Outlet boxes for interior surface mounted locations where RGS is specified where exposed to moisture, at kitchen and cafeteria equipment, adjacent to water or steam connections, and where indicated as weatherproof on Drawings shall be cast malleable iron with an aluminum polymer enamel coating equal to Appleton Type FD. Conduit entries shall be threaded cast hubs. Device covers shall be coated malleable iron with moisture sealing gasket and stainless steel fasteners. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 22 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 D. Outlet boxes for exterior surface mounting shall be cast aluminum alloy with an aluminum polymer enamel coating equal to Appleton Type FD. Conduit entries shall be threaded cast hubs. Device covers shall be cast aluminum alloy with moisture sealing gasket and stainless steel fasteners. E. All boxes shall have at least one tapped and threaded grounding hole for connection of a 10 -32 grounding screw. F. Box depth shall accommodate code required volume for the specified installation. Through wall boxes shall not be used. G. Outlet boxes for various systems including but not limited to fire alarm, paging and master clocks shall be sized as required by the manufacturer. Boxes shall be cast where exposed to physical damage or installed in an exposed exterior location. 2.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Provide galvanized steel junction and pull boxes where indicated and as necessary to facilitate installation. Steel shall be minimum 16 gauge. Junction and pull boxes shall be of code required dimensions. Cover shall be of the same type and thickness material as the box construction. B. Junction and pull boxes intended for dry interior locations shall be NEMA 1 enclosures with accessible, removable screw -on covers. Covers shall be secured with corrosion - resistant screws with keyhole slots to accommodate easy removal. C. Junction and pull boxes intended for wet or exterior locations shall be NEMA 3R enclosures with hinged gasketed covers. Interior and exterior shall be finished with a gray enamel powder coat over the galvanized metal. Hinge shall be galvanized steel with stainless steel pin. Covers shall be secured with corrosion - resistant zinc plated lockable pull catches. D. Custom fabricated medium to large junction and pull boxes shall have internal structural steel bracing welded to form a rigid assembly adequate to maintain alignment and shape in shipment and installation. 2.06 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Switches shall be three -pole heavy -duty type rated for 600V in NEMA 1 (interior dry applications) and NEMA 3R (exterior applications) enclosures unless noted otherwise on the drawings. All switches shall be horsepower rated and suitable for service entrance use. Provide with solid neutral where four wire circuits are indicated and with 200% solid neutral where neutrals are sized for 200% full load ampacity. 1. Operating mechanisms shall be quick- make /quick- break. Current- carrying parts shall be high- conductivity copper. Contacts shall be silver- tungsten or plated. Provide positive pressure fuse clips and switch operating mechanism suitable for continuous use at rated capacity without auxiliary springs in current path. Switches shall withstand available fault current or let- through current before operating, without damage or rating change. 2. Terminations shall be suitable for copper or aluminum conductors 600/750 C rated. Clear shielding shall prevent accidental contact with energized line terminals. 3. The cover shall be mechanically interlocked to prevent access unless the disconnect is in the OFF position. A defeater shall be provided to bypass this interlock. With the door open, an interlock shall be provided to prevent FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 23 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 inadvertent closing of the disconnect. Padlocking facilities shall be provided to positively lock the disconnect in the OFF position with from one to three padlocks with the door open or closed. 4. The enclosure shall be given a phosphatizing pretreatment. The paint finish shall be manufacturer's standard color and shall pass 600 hours of corrosion resistance testing per ASTM B 117. B. Fused switches shall have short circuit ratings no less than 100,000 amperes RMS, with capabilities to 200,000 amperes when used with Class J, L or R fuses at 480V from 400A to 1200A. 2.07 PANELBOARDS A. General 1. Provide dead -front lighting and power panelboards where shown on drawings and as scheduled. 2. Panelboards shall meet or exceed requirements of NEMA Standard Publication PB -1, and UL -50 and 67. Panelboards shall be UL- listed. 3. Where panelboards are used as service entrance equipment, they shall comply with all NEC and UL requirements for service. The panelboard shall include a UL service entrance label, incoming line isolation barriers and a removable neutral bond to ground for solidly grounded wye systems. 4. Enclosures shall be at least 20 inches wide made of galvanized steel. Gutter space shall be in accordance with MEC requirements for the specified combination of devices and accessories. Fronts shall be reinforced steel with concealed hinges and concealed trim adjusting screws. Trim clamps are unacceptable. Where two section panels are required, bolt boxes together to form one unit. Trim shall be two -piece construction with doors of equal size over each section. Trims shall be cleaned, primed and painted gray ANSI 61. 5. For panelboards up to 400 amps, provide cabinets with flush hinges and combination catch and lock to cover circuit breaker handles. Provide a directory card with a clear plastic cover mounted inside the door. Power and lighting panels shall have heavy -duty, continuous, section vertical- hinged to box section for access to wiring gutters in addition to trim door. All locks shall be keyed alike. Panelboards greater than 400 amps shall be provided with a four -piece front to cover wiring gutter and wiring access areas. 6. Nameplates shall be in accordance with other sections of this specification. 7. The manufacturer shall warrant equipment to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 1 year from date of installation or 18 months from date of purchase, whichever occurs first. 8. Panels shall be GE A- Series for 400 A and below unless more than (1) 125 amp or larger branch breaker and /or space is specified. Spectra Power panelboards shall be provided for all applications greater than 400 amps and to accommodate multiple branch breakers greater than 125 amps. Approved equal panelboards by Cutler- Hammer, Siemens or Square D will be considered. B. Bussing 1. Main bus bars of panels shall be copper, rated to carry at least full rating of the panel as identified on the schedules. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 24 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2. Split solid neutral bus, with rated capacity equal to the phase bus, shall be plated and located in main compartment for all incoming neutral cables to be same length. Neutral bus shall be 200% rated where double sized neutrals are indicated and /or where the panel is supplied via a K -rated transformer. 3. Provide separate equipment ground bus for each panelboard. Where an isolated ground is specified, provide an additional isolated ground bus, which shall be insulated from the panel enclosure and equipment ground. 4. Panelboards shall have a short circuit current rating equal to or greater than circuit breaker AIC ratings schedule on the Drawings. Where series ratings are allowed, as per the schedule on the Drawings, a label shall be affixed to the panel stating the conditions of the UL Series rating including: a. b. c. Size and type of upstream device Branch devices that are acceptable UL Series short- circuit rating 5. All lugs shall be UL listed tin - plated aluminum suitable for copper or aluminum cable for sizes indicated on the drawings. Provide oversized lugs to accommodate designed cable sizes or increase gutter space to allow use of solid stud compression lugs where necessary. All terminations shall be suitable for 75 degree C cable. 6. Provide bus connections for future overcurrent devices with suitable insulation and bracing to maintain proper short circuit rating and voltage clearances. All required hardware shall be installed and be in place for ready insertion of future breaker without the need to relocate adjacent units. Future spaces shall accommodate frame sizes up to 50% of the main bus ampacity. C. Overcurrent Devices 1. Molded case circuit breakers shall be bolt -on devices with thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. Multi -pole breakers shall have internal common trip crossbars for simultaneous tripping of each pole. 2. All breakers shall have handle trip indication and a trip indicator in window of circuit breaker housing. 3. Three pole breakers with ampere ratings greater than 150 amperes shall have interchangeable rating plugs. 4. Internal accessories shall be UL Listed for field installation without removing the circuit breaker cover. Internal accessories shall be common to all frame sizes. Shunt trips, undervoltage releases, auxiliary switches, and bell alarms shall be available for all breakers and shall install from the front of the circuit breaker or molded -case switch. D. Submittals 1. The manufacturer shall provide copies of the following documents for review and evaluation in accordance with general requirements of Division 1 and Division 16: a. Product Data on specified product b. Shop Drawings on specified product c. Certified trip curves for each specified product FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 16000 - 25 JUNE 2, 2008 d. Nameplate list 2.08 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Provide dry type general purpose transformers no greater than 600 volts as shown on Drawings. Design, manufacture and testing of transformers shall meet requirements of NEMA No. ST 20 and UL Standards. B. Power transformers shall be two winding dry type for general power and lighting applications. Transformers rated 1000 kVA or below shall be UL listed and bear required Listing Mark. C. Transformer minimum efficiencies shall comply with NEMA TP -1 unless specifically noted otherwise. D. Transformers shall use properly classified UL approved temperature ratings. Temperature rise ratings shall be in accordance with UL 506. Insulation ratings shall be 220 degrees C based upon a 150 °C rise. Transformers supplied to this specification shall be able to operate continuously at 100 percent nameplate rating at ambient temperatures not exceeding 40 °C. Maximum temperature at top of enclosure shall not exceed 50 °C rise above 40 °C ambient. Transformers 5 KVA and above shall be able to meet ANSI /IEEE C57.96 daily overload requirements listed in drawings. Transformers loaded in accordance with this paragraph shall be capable of long service life under thermal conditions specified with no need for derating. E. Transformer cores shall be constructed of high grade, non -aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities shall be kept well below core saturation point. Transformers shall have aluminum windings, continuous wound construction with vacuum impregnated insulation using non - moisture - absorbing varnish. There shall be no metal -to -metal contact between core and coil and enclosure. F. Primary winding of transformers rated Tess than 30 kVA shall have at least two taps, each providing 5% increment below full rated voltage. Each primary winding of each transformer 30 kVA and larger shall have six taps, two of which shall provide 2 -1/2% increments above full rated voltage and four of which shall provide 2 -1/2% increments below full rated voltage. G. Dry-type K -13 rated transformers shall be provided where indicated on drawings. Neutral bars shall be sized for at least 200 percent ampacity of secondary phase conductors. A full length copper electrostatic shield shall be included, producing an average effective coupling capacitance of 30 picofarads between primary and secondary. Electrical noise attenuation shall average 120 db common mode and 30 db normal mode. H. Enclosures shall be of heavy gauge steel and meet UL 506 requirements for the following characteristics: 1. Ventilation Openings 2. Cable Bending Space 3. Surface Temperature Rise 4. Wiring Compartment Temperature Rise 5. Terminations Transformers shall have sound levels equal to or lower than those established in latest revision of ANSI /IEEE C89.2. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 26 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 J. Manufacturer warrants equipment to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for 1 year from date of installation or 18 months from date of purchase, whichever occurs first. K. Submittals 1. The manufacturer shall provide copies of the following documents for review and evaluation in accordance with general requirements of Division 1 and Division 16: a. Product Data on specified product b. Shop Drawings on specified product c. Certified copies of all Type (Design) and Verification Test Reports 2.09 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Provide lighting fixtures, equipment and components where shown on Drawings, as listed in fixture schedules and as specified, wired and assembled. Provide approved aligned canopies, hangers and other appurtenances as required, for a complete and functional system. B. Refer to the lighting fixture schedule for specific ballast requirement. In general: 1. HID fixtures shall have a high power factor ( >90 %), encapsulated ballasts, sound rating "A" and voltage as indicated on the fixture schedule, and shall be CBM- certified. Ballasts shall be by Advance Electric, G.E., Osram Sylvania or Universal. 2. Fluorescent fixtures shall have electronic ballasts with high power factor, 277V or 120V, with sound rating "A" and shall be CBM- certified. Total harmonic distortion rating shall be less than 10 %. Ballasts shall be instant start or programmed rapid start for maximum performance and energy savings and have a minimum ballast factor of 0.88. Acceptable ballasts manufacturer are Osram Sylvania Inc., Advance Electric, GE or Universal. 3. Electronic ballasts that operate T -5 and compact fluorescent lamps shall have end -of -lamp -life shut down to protect against lamp over heating. C. Refer to the lighting future schedule for specific lamp type, CRI and color. 1. Fluorescent lamps shall have minimum CRI rating of 82. 2. HID lamps shall be rated for the operating position required for the specified fixture. Provide universal burn wherever possible. 3. Acceptable lamp manufacturers are: Osram Sylvania Inc., G.E., Philips, or approved equal. D. Refer to fixture schedule for specific lamp and ballast requirements which may deviate from this specification. E. Verify ceiling constructions, and provide frames, rings and other accessories suitable for construction encountered. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 27 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.10 FIRE ALARM — ADDRESSABLE A. General 1. Provide a complete addressable fire detection, alarm and control system with horn /strobe signaling devices in compliance with all applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction. The system shall interface with all other building systems for monitoring and control functions as specified. 2. Provide automatic and manual, closed circuit, multiplex fire alarm communications according to the following Specifications and as shown on the Drawings, wired, connected and left in first class operating condition. 3. The system design and installation shall conform to the following standards: a. All equipment shall be UL listed for its intended purpose. b. All applicable NFPA standards, including but not limited to: 70, 72, 90A, 92A, and 101. c. BOCA Basic Building Code d. State Building Code. e. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) f. All requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) 4. The equipment supplier and the Contractor shall demonstrate a minimum 5 years experience in the successful design and installation of addressable fire alarm systems similar in size and scope to that required for this project. 5. System shall operate from 3 wire AC supply with emergency generator backup on failure of normal system and integral standby battery source backup. 6. The installer and manufacturers warranty shall be for a minimum period of one (1) year from the date of the final acceptance test approval. 7. Equipment shall be by one of the following manufacturers: a. Edwards Systems Technology (EST) b. FCI c. Notifier d. Simplex Time Recorder All references to manufacturers or suppliers model numbers are supplied to establish minimum standards of performance, function and quality. Equivalent equipment from one of the listed manufacturers above may be substituted for that specified. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 28 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 B. Sequence of Operation C. Control 1. The operation of a manual station or activation of any automatic alarm initiating device (smoke, heat, waterflow, sprinkler preaction or deluge water flow, shall automatically: a. Sound all audible devices throughout the building in a synchronized code 3 temporal pattern. b. Flash all visual signals throughout the building in a synchronized fashion. c. Flash an alarm LED and sound an audible signal at the FACP. Upon Acknowledgment, the alarm LED shall light steadily and the audible shall silence. Subsequent alarms shall re- initiate this sequence. d. Initiate the transmission of an alarm to the Municipal Fire Station via the master box or auto dialer. e. Visually indicate the alarm initiating device type and location via the LCD display located at the FACP. f. Visually annunciate on all system annunciators the initiating device type and location. g. Record the alarm in the event history log, and print a record of the alarm on the system printer where applicable. h. Activate prioritized output relays to shut down affected supply and return air handlers, and initiate stairwell and elevator pressurization or smoke exhaust fans as required. 2. The operation of a sprinkler tamper or a duct smoke detector shall automatically: a. Flash a supervisory LED and sound an audible signal at the FACP. Upon Acknowledgment, the supervisory LED shall light steadily and the audible shall silence. Subsequent supervisory shall re- initiate this sequence. b. Visually indicate the supervisory initiating device type and location via the LCD display located at the FACP. c. Activation of single station smoke detector shall sound integral alarm signal only and shall not be connected to control panel. 1. General Requirements a. The microprocessor -based fire alarm system shall be designed and UL approved for Fire Alarm applications. The system operational characteristics shall be stored in non - volatile EEPROM memory, shall be field programmable and capable of being edited with no factory involvement. b. The system shall support analog sensing techniques to monitor individual devices enabling the user to manually or automatically change the sensitivity parameters in accordance with design and application requirements. All inputs shall be subject to multi -level alarm verification. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 29 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 The system shall be capable of displaying status of the sensor by device. The system shall automatically identify any analog sensor which becomes dirty (maintenance alert), prior to false alarming. The system shall automatically conduct a recognized functional check of each sensor a minimum of three times daily. Failure of a sensor shall initiate a Trouble signal. c. Standby batteries shall support the system in the event of a loss of primary power for 60 hours of full supervisory operation followed by 10 minutes of alarm. Batteries shall be mounted integral to the FACP. d. An integral real time clock will provide time control functions including day of week programming to schedule control of detector sensitivity and alarm functions. The system shall be capable of multiple levels of alarm prioritization, and allow control by event, and may include cross zoning, stepping, and /or logic statement inputs. e. Addressable loop wiring (Signaling Line Circuits - SLC) shall be wired in a Class B, Style 4 OR Class A, Style 7 method. Each circuit shall allow for a minimum of 25% additional devices. f. Isolation Modules shall be provided to maintain circuit integrity in the event of an open, short or ground fault. Each addressable loop shall have a minimum of one (1) isolation module for every 25 devices or one (1) per floor; whichever is greater. g. Non - addressable loop wiring (Initiating Device Circuits - IDC) shall be wired in a Class B, Style B OR Class A, Style D method. h. Audible and visual circuits (Notification Appliance Circuits - NAC ) shall be wired in a Class B, Style Y OR Class A, Style Z method. Each circuit shall allow for a minimum of 25% additional devices. Provide a minimum of two (2) circuits per floor or area, alternately wiring adjacent notification appliances between circuits. Audible and visual signals shall be capable of silencing the audible signals while maintaining an active visual indication. 2. Control Panel a. The Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) shall support up to 250 OR 500 supervised analog /addressable devices, 4 dedicated notification appliance circuits, RS485 peer -to -peer network communications and an RS232 printer /programming port. The panel shall be capable of operating in default mode whereby the system will respond to an alarm condition even in the event of an addressable loop communications failure. Peer -to -peer operation is the ability to perform global annunciation and control on a network -wide basis from any network panel or annunciator. b. The FACP shall provide the overall system monitoring, testing, display, reporting and firefighter controls to override automatic actions. c. The FACP shall monitor all initiating devices and respond in accordance with the Sequence of Operation. Each initiating device shall have full analog sensing capabilities. The FACP will identify the exact type and location of every device and maintain operating characteristics stored in on -board EEPROM memory. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 30 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 d. The FACP shall be enclosed in a locking semi -flush enclosure. All panel initiating and control status indicators shall be visible through a clear Lexan window. Access to the control panel shall be by key. The FACP shall incorporate a primary CPU, complete system power supplies, standby batteries, annunciation and the required switch functions to provide the system operation as specified. The main CPU shall have the necessary firmware to provide via software programming the following: 1) Logic statements /stepping alarm functions 2) Weekday /Holiday schedules 3) Analog sensitivity reporting 4) System sensor maintenance alerts 5) Individual sensor sensitivity adjustments 6) Day /night sensitivity adjustments 7) Alarm verification by point or zone 8) Alarm verification activity report 9) On demand system status printout 10) Normal and silent walk test 11) 1800 event history log and printout e. All alarm and supervisory information shall be displayed on an 80- character backlit LCD display. The display shall be an integral part of the FACP and shall include a keypad with separate buttons for system status scrolling, alarm acknowledge, trouble acknowledge, reset and system drill. The unit shall have LED indicators for Normal, Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble and Test/Program. f. Provide matrix switch and LED status panels for zone annunciation, zone disconnect, HVAC override or other related monitoring and control functions, integral to the FACP. These are intended for use by the Fire Department during an event, or by authorized personnel during testing periods. Keypad entered commands for these functions shall not be an acceptable substitute. Alarm LEDs shall be provided by type of device on a per floor and /or zone basis. Programmable two (2) position zone disconnect switches shall be provided on a per floor and /or zone basis with corresponding status LEDs. 3. Remote Cabinets a. Provide distributed intelligent power supplies to accommodate the power requirements of NAC circuits. Power supplies shall communicate with the FACP via data communications, whereby each power supply shall report a Toss of AC power, battery fail or ground fault, and each notification appliance circuit served shall be individually monitored for wiring integrity. D. Initiating Devices and Accessories 1. Provide addressable detectors as shown on the drawings. Detectors shall be connected to the addressable loop with two wires. All detectors shall incorporate built -in identification for the system to automatically identify various types of FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 31 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 sensors. Detectors shall utilize a flashing LED which denotes normal operation, and latched LED which indicates an alarm condition. All common types of analog detectors shall be interchangeable with common twist -lock bases. The standard base shall have a supervised LED output, and optional relay and isolator bases shall be available. 2. Analog sensors shall provide indication to the control panel that a detector requires maintenance, and shall operate in stand -alone mode in the event of an addressable loop communications failure. 3. Analog Photoelectric Smoke Detectors shall be continually monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity because of the environment (dirt, air temperature, humidity, etc.), and shall allow changes in sensitivity levels within the UL approved sensors range. The photoelectric detector shall consist of a dust resistant, field cleanable photo chamber with microprocessor based solid state electronics. 4. Analog Duct Smoke Detectors shall be continually monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity because of the environment (dirt, air temperature, humidity, etc.), and shall allow changes in sensitivity levels within the UL approved sensor's range. Detector shall be photoelectric OR ionization in accordance with the ceiling mounted device specified above. Duct detectors shall be supplied with a housing, remote indicator and sampling tubes sized according to duct width. Two programmable form C contact outputs will be provided with each device to provide the required HVAC control interface functions. 5. Furnish each duct smoke detector with alarm and remote test control station. Test control shall be key actuated two position Test - Normal. 6. Analog Multi- Sensing Detectors shall employ photoelectric, ionization and thermal sensing principles. Sensors shall allow changes in sensitivity levels within the UL approved sensor's range. 7. Analog Thermal detectors shall monitor the ambient temperature from 32 to 158° F, and provide fast response to rapid increases in temperature. Rate of rise detection rate and fixed setpoint shall be panel selectable 8. Manual Pull Stations shall be double action type with screw terminals and an integral toggle switch. The station shall be constructed of red Lexan with white raised letters, a key reset switch and an optional break glass rod. The station shall have integral addressable electronics and mount to a standard single gang switch box or to a red cast aluminum, surface mount box when required. 9. Monitor Modules shall be provided to monitor and connect conventional initiating devices onto the addressable loop. E. Notification Devices and Accessories 1. Primary Notification Appliances shall be flush mounted combination horn /strobe units. Assembly shall be mounted on red lexan frame, on surface or flush wall box. Where box is surface mounted, it shall be red cast aluminum. 2. Visual signal shall be self- synchronizing xenon strobes rated by UL 1971 test criteria and in accordance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and NFPA 72. Visual signals shall have a minimum effective intensity rating of 15 candela(cd) or as otherwise specified on the drawings. Devices specified as 15cd shall be 15/75cd dual rated. 3. Audible Signals shall produce a minimum reverberant sound level of 85dB, or 15dB above ambient at 10ft., whichever is greater. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 32 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 4. Remote Alarm Indicators shall be LED indicators on single gang plastic plates for smoke detectors as indicated on the plans. 5. Control Modules shall be to supervise and control conventional devices (notification circuits, AHUs, door holders, etc.) over the addressable loop. Control modules shall provide a supervised output rated for 2 amps at 24VDC, and .5 amps at 120VAC. 6. Remote Annunciator shall be an 80 character alphanumeric LCD display with common LED indicators of Power On, Trouble, Supervisory and Alarm conditions. Where remote system control functions are required, the annunciator shall provide key - enabled Alarm Silence, Trouble Silence, Drill/Test and Reset switches. An eleven inch by seventeen inch graphic depicting the architectural layout of the facility with stairwells, corridors, elevators and egress points clearly shown shall be framed and permanently mounted adjacent to the annunciator. Alphanumeric descriptors for each initiating device shall correspond to descriptors included on the graphic. 7. Exterior Strobe shall be a flashing weatherproof strobe /beacon with a minimum 150,000 candlepower. The strobe shall be installed on a weatherproof cast aluminum box and cover. 8. Provide a Knox Box Key Repository where shown and required in accordance with local requirements. Provide with microswitch for interconnection with the building security alarms to send signal when opened. 9. Provide As -Built Drawing Cabinet to house a complete set of as -built drawings housed in a red cabinet clearly marked 'As -Built Drawings' locked and keyed the same as the FACP. F. Submittals 1. The manufacturer shall provide copies of the following documents for review and evaluation in accordance with general requirements of Division 1 and 16: a. Point to point wiring diagrams of the entire system including all conductor quantity and sizing, labeling (numerical and color coding) and interconnections. Each initiating device and notification appliance shall be given a unique identification. This identification shall be illustrated on the floor plans and submitted for approval with the wiring diagrams. b. Individual device interconnection diagrams. Panel layouts shall indicate module placement and spare capacity allowance for future expansion. c. Manufacturers catalog cut sheets of all components and devices. d. Battery capacity calculations clearly indicating required and spare capacity. e. Power supply capacity calculations including each circuit load, voltage drop and spare capacity. 2. Submission of certification records for qualifications of the technicians performing final connection and testing. 3. Submit written test report for notification of successful completion of each required test and system Record of Completion. 4. Submit operations manual detailing all functions and operations of the system. User operating instructions shall be provided prominently displayed on a FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 33 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2.11 HANDHOLES 5. Submit maintenance manuals and recommended spare parts list required to conform to NFPA maintenance guidelines. Instructions shall include but not be limited to: c. A complete list of all equipment and components with information as to the address and telephone number of both the manufacturer and local supplier of each item. a. Instructions for replacing any components of the system, including intemal parts. b. Instructions for periodic cleaning and adjustment of equipment with a schedule of these functions. A. Handholes separate sheet located next to the control unit in accordance with UL Standard 864. 6. As -built drawings shall include all device addresses and alphanumeric descriptors assigned in the control panel. 1. Handholes and associated covers shall be constructed of polymer concrete consisting of aggregate matrix bound together with a polymer resin. Internal reinforcement may be provided by means of steel and /or fiberglass. 2. Material shall have the following properties: a. b. c. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.00 IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates Compressive strength: 9000 psi Flexural strength: 6000 psi Tensile strength: 800 psi 3. The installed enclosure shall be rated for a minimum test load of 8000 pounds distributed over a 10" x 10" area, and intended for non - deliberate vehicular traffic only. 4. The boxes and covers shall be gray. Covers shall be provided with stainless steel bolts at each corner. The logo shall specifically identify the service inside, "Electrical ", "Communications ", "Lighting ", etc. The logo shall be permanently recessed in the cover. Non - metallic covers shall be provided with electronic markers encased in the polymer concrete for ease in locating buried handholes. 5. Precast handholes shall be equal to Quazite composolite. Equal construction in precast or cast in place concrete will be accepted 1. Provide nameplates on all equipment listed in other sections of this specification including but not limited to switchboards, substations, panelboards, transformers, junction and pull boxes, disconnect switches, motor starters and motor control centers, contactors, time clocks, remote control stations, fire alarm panels, smoke detector remote test/alarm stations and fire alarm annunciators. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION 20080076.00 16000 - 34 JUNE 2, 2008 2. Nameplates shall designate equipment tag number as defined on the drawings, system voltage where applicable, circuit number, device controlled and system function. Refer to typical nameplate detail on the drawings for additional requirements. 3. Submit a complete list of proposed nameplates prior to order to ensure conformance to design criteria. Submittal shall include nomenclature, size and layout of each tag. 4. Code 39 shall be the bar code format unless designated differently by the Owner's facility group. The contractor shall create the required bar codes and assign numbers based upon input from the owner's facility group. The contractors shall create a database of all equipment, panels and valves for owner's review and approval. 5. Equipment panel and valve labels shall be 4" by 2'/° and designed to withstand temperatures of -22 °F to +392 °F. Labels are designed to be resistant to water, acid /solvent, dirt and oil repellant. Labels shall be high tensile Graphiplast® tearing strength as well as scratch resistant and affixed to equipment by cable ties or adhesive clear pouch. Location of label shall be at unit control panel, next to factory nameplate, lower right -hand corner of panel, and /or tie wrapped to localize disconnect at unit. Installation instructions shall be provided with the labels to assure durability (i.e., clean surface prior to adhering adhesive label, leave cable ties loose on outside of equipment to allow freedom of movement due to the elements, etc.) and with adhesive tags not secured when temperatures are below 45 °F ambient temperature. 6. Samples of stickers together with color schedules shall be submitted during the submittal phase of this project. B. Equipment Identification 1. Equipment identification designations shall be taken from equipment schedules and coordinated with the Owner's facility group to assure designations match up with Owner's maintenance management system identification database. 3.01 RACEWAYS AND CONDUIT A. General 1. Unless specified or shown on Drawings otherwise, install raceways and conduits concealed. Raceways and conduits may be run exposed on unfinished walls and basement ceilings with exposed structure, in mechanical rooms, electric rooms, attics and roof spaces. 2. Run concealed raceways and conduits in as direct lines as possible with minimum number of bends of longest possible radius. Install exposed raceways and conduits parallel to or at right angles to building lines. 3. Raceway and conduit runs shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from supply to outlet. Conduit shall enter and be secured to metallic enclosures with lock nut and bushing inside. Provide additional exterior lock nut for RGS connections. Bushings shall be the bonding type for conduit connections to metallic enclosures with concentric or eccentric knockouts. Lock nuts and bushings will not be required where conduits are screwed into threaded hubs. 4. Size raceways and conduits as required by MEC unless oversized raceways and conduits are shown on the Drawings. Raceways and conduits shall be 3/" minimum. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 35 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 5. Install conduit systems complete before installation of conductors. Blow through and swab after plaster is finished and dry, and before conductors are installed. 6. Raceways and conduits supports shall be rigidly attached to the building structure utilizing corrosion resistant components suitable for use with the selected raceway or conduit. Refer to the seismic restraint sections of this specification for any additional requirements. 7. Field bending, cutting and threading shall be executed with the proper tools, resulting in bends and shortened conduits and raceways that are equivalent to factory fabricated and purchased components. 8. Provide standoff clips for conduits on exterior and wet location walls. 9. Protect all vertical conduit runs from the entrance of foreign material before installation of conductors and the final closure of the raceway system. All spare conduits (vertical and horizontal runs) shall be sealed with a bushing and appropriate insert to prohibit entrance of debris or vermin. Affix a label that indicates "Spare Conduit to " at each seal. Label shall be in accordance with the labeling section of this specification. B. Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) Conduit 1. RGS may be used for all raceway applications outlined for EMT and PVC. RGS shall be used in locations where subject to accidental damage or abuse and for all above grade exterior applications unless other wiring methods are specified on the drawings. All circuit conductors in excess of 600 V shall be installed in RGS. 2. RGS shall not be used in corrosive environments. 3. All RGS fittings shall be threaded. Utilize Erickson couplings where joining two threaded conduits that cannot be rotated. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) 1. EMT may be used for lighting and receptacle branch circuits, telephone, fire alarm, communications, signal and instrumentation circuits and for control circuits. EMT may be used in masonry walls, above hung ceilings, in equipment rooms, in mechanical and electrical chases and closets, in exposed locations along ceilings or walls above normal traffic level and where not subject to accidental damage or abuse. 2. EMT shall not be used in exposed applications below 8 feet above finished floor or in exterior or damp /wet/corrosive locations. Electrical, telephone and communications closets are considered exempt from this restriction and EMT may be installed below 8' AFF in this application only. EMT shall not be installed underground, in slabs on grade, in exterior locations, in hazardous areas, or for circuits operating at more than 600 V. D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Non - metallic Conduit 1. PVC may be used for installation in concrete or direct burial applications where not subject to damage. PVC may be used in corrosive environments where specifically allowed on the drawings. 2. PVC shall not be used for penetrations from concrete slabs. Transition to RGS shall be made a minimum of 2" below the slab finished surface, prior to penetration. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 36 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3. All connections shall utilize solvent and glue in accordance with the recommendations of the conduit manufacturer. E. Fiberglass Reinforced Epoxy (FRE) Conduit shall be used in corrosive environments and where specified on the drawings, to replace PVC conduit. F. Miscellaneous Conduit Fittings 1. Expansion /Deflection Fittings: Raceways and conduit buried or secured rigidly on opposite sides of building expansion joints and long runs of exposed conduit subject to expansion and contraction due to variations in temperature shall have expansion fittings. Raceways and conduit shall cross building expansion joints at right angles. Provide separate external copper bonding jumper secured with grounding straps on each end of fitting. Fittings shall safely deflect and /or expand /contract to twice the distance of potential movement. 2. Penetrations of all below grade exterior walls and flooring shall require approval by the engineer and architect. Submit proposed penetration points, size openings and penetration methods to engineer and architect. Penetrations shall utilize sealing fittings appropriately sized for the application. Duct bank penetrations are excluded from this requirement. 3. Sealing Fittings shall be installed wherever conduits pass from warm to cold locations to minimize condensation within the conduit. Sealing fittings shall be installed with RGS penetration of the wall and terminate in a suitably sized junction box. 4. Refer to other specification sections for requirements pertaining to sealing for hazardous atmospheres. G. Flexible Metallic Conduit 1. Provide flexible metallic conduits for connections to electrical equipment and to equipment furnished under other Divisions that are subject to movement, vibration or misalignment and /or where noise transmission must be eliminated or reduced. 2. Flexible metallic conduit shall be liquid -tight under the following conditions: a. Exterior locations b. Moisture or humidity -laden atmospheres c. Environments where seepage or dripping of water, grease, oil or other fluids is possible. All mechanical equipment rooms and penthouses, kitchens and; d. Corrosive atmospheres H. Wireways shall be provided where specifically shown on the drawings or where the group mounting of controllers, disconnects, enclosures, etc warrant the use for elimination of multiple short conduit runs. Wireways shall be provided complete with all required appurtenances necessary to have a totally enclosed system rated for the environment. Wireways shall not be installed in any location where subject to accidental damage or abuse. Raceway and Conduit Installation in Concrete Slabs 1. Raceways and conduit may be installed in slabs where specifically allowed on the drawings. Maximum outside diameters of raceways in slabs shall not exceed FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 37 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 1/3 slab thickness. No more than two 3/4" raceways shall cross in floor slab at a single point. Lateral spacing of parallel raceways shall be at least 6" on centers. Submit raceway layout plan for approval to architect and engineer and obtain signoff from the structural engineer of the actual installation before pouring slabs. All in slab installations shall be photographed, with prints and negatives appropriately marked and turned over to the owner at job completion. 2. Raceways and conduit shall not be placed in slabs less than 3" thick. 3.02 WIRE AND CABLE (600V) A. Homerun designations on the drawings are diagrammatic only. Install branch circuits and feeders from the power source to the attachment point as required for a complete system. Provide slack wire for connections to equipment installed by others. Refer to schedules and risers where specific conductor and associated raceway sizes are not indicated on the floor plans. B. Connect branch circuit homerun with two or three circuits and common neutral only where specifically shown on the drawings. Circuits with common neutrals shall not be connected to the same phase to ensure cancellation of the return current in the neutral conductor. C. Install wires and cable in raceways as specified. All conductor sizing is based upon no greater than three current carrying conductors in a conduit. Installation of up to six circuits (no greater than twelve current carrying conductors) in a single conduit will be allowed if the conductor sizing is increased to the required ampacity to accommodate de- rating factors required by the MEC and NFPA 70. D. The minimum wire size shall be #12 unless #14 specifically allowed on the drawings for wiring of controls. Branch circuits longer than 75' for 120 V and 175' for 277 V from panel to last outlet shall be increased a minimum of one size above that shown on the drawings to minimize voltage drop to less than 2 %. E. Conductors shall be identified at all accessible locations in the following manner: F. Cable 1. Color code secondary service, feeders and branch circuit conductors as follows: 208/120 Volts Phase 480/277 Volts Black A Brown Red B Orange Blue C Yellow White Neutral Gray Green Ground Green 2. Provide nonferrous wire markers, embossed or printed to correspond with the Drawings. Labels shall be permanently marked so that the source of the branch circuit or feeder may be readily identified. Hand written labels are not acceptable. Embossed tag equal to 3M Scotch Code STL -TAG or SCS -TM shall be applied with two miniature cable ties or slipped through both end holes. Heat bonded tag equal to 3M Scotch Code SCS -HB shall be permanently affixed with a heat gun. 1. Flexible Metal Clad (MC) cable * may be used in concealed locations for branch circuit wiring as noted on plans. 2. Conductor color code shall comply with identification requirements as indicated in this Section. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 38 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3. Non Metallic (NM) cable may be used within dwelling units and shall not extend beyond the unit from which it originates. UL listed grommets shall be utilized in all metal studs, through which the NM cable passes and cover the entire opening. G. Splices and Terminations 1. No more than twelve splices of current carrying conductors or six circuits, whichever is greater, shall be allowed in a single enclosure or junction box. 2. Splices and terminations shall be sized to the specified conductor. The insulation shall be cut back with the appropriate tools such that the conductors are not nicked or damaged. 3. The compression tool shall be appropriate for the installation of the provided lug or butt splice to ensure pressure necessary for a proper connection is applied. 4. Terminations shall not be stacked or bent unless specifically listed for the application. H. Arc - proofing shall be applied to all feeders greater than 100 Amperes where multiple circuits are installed in common enclosures such as handholes, manholes and junction boxes. Apply tape in single, half - lapped layer as required by manufacturer's recommendations. Secure with strips of red plastic film tape on 208Y/120V conductors and yellow plastic film tape on 408Y/277V conductors. I. Cable Pulling 1. Pull cables that share conduit at same time into completely installed raceway. Conductors shall not be pulled in raceways with existing wiring. 2. Submit cable pulling calculations for engineers approval prior to all mechanically assisted pulls. Attach pull ropes to conductors with basket -weave grips on pulling eyes. Provide means to measure tension during entire pull. Utilize pulling compounds to lessen friction in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Mechanically assisted pulls shall utilize equipment specifically designed for the purpose such as ropes, electric wench, pulleys, etc. The use of a motorized vehicle to assist in a cable pull is prohibited. 3.03 WIRING DEVICES AND PLATES A. Branch circuitry shall be attached to all devices using the attachment screw or utilizing back wiring chambers that utilize screws for compressing the connection on the wire. Quick stab features that do not require a positive screw on attachment for the conductor are not acceptable. B. Receptacle devices for other than 20 amp, 120 volt, 2 -wire, circuits shall be provided with tags indicating voltage characteristics and circuit number of outlet that match the nameplate or engraving required on the faceplate. C. Remove the interconnecting tab for receptacles identified for '/2 switched applications such that the top is switch controlled and the bottom is constantly energized. D. All switches /dimmers illustrated together on drawings shall be installed in ganged configuration with single faceplate unless specifically noted otherwise. E. Provide metal barriers to separate switches where voltage between adjacent switches exceeds 300 volts. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 39 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.04 OUTLET BOXES A. Outlet and switch boxes shall be securely fastened to metal studs with a minimum of two self- tapping screws. Boxes three gang and greater shall be securely fastened to studs on both sides of the box. B. Fasteners for mounting boxes in damp or wet locations shall be stainless steel. C. Pressed steel boxes shall not be used for exposed surface mounted locations below 8'0" AFF. D. Outlet and switch boxes shall not be installed back to back. Stagger box installation to adjacent stud spaces to maintain sound separation between rooms. E. Floor boxes shall not be used above grade level in concrete decking without the approval of the structural engineer and architect. Floor slab installations shall not degrade the required structural or fire rating integrity of the floor deck. 3.05 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES A. Junction box covers shall be accessible. Do not install junction boxes above suspended ceilings except where ceiling is removable or where an access panel is provided. B. Pull boxes connected to concealed conduits shall be mounted with covers flush with finished wall or ceiling. C. Pull boxes exposed to rain or in damp /wet locations shall be weatherproof NEMA 3R unless noted otherwise on the drawings. D. No pull box shall be within 2 feet of another. E. Provide clamps, grids, cable ties and other non - conductive or combustible appurtenances to secure cables. No cable shall be unsupported for more than 30 ". Cables shall not touch or be unsupported within 1" of the box cover. F. Each junction and pull box shall have a suitable laminated plastic nameplate with white cut letters identifying power source, voltage and driven load of the associated branch circuits or feeders. G. Submit box sizing calculations to confirm all box dimensions are in accordance with code requirements with product data prior to installation. 3.06 SAFETY DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide safety disconnects as required and indicated on the drawings. Each motor shall be provided with a local disconnecting means in accordance with code requirements. B. Manual motor starters may be used for 120, 208, 240, or 277V, single -phase motors up to 1 HP. Switches shall disconnect all ungrounded conductors. Overload heating elements shall be properly sized and coordinated for the associated motor in accordance with code and manufactures recommendations. C. Disconnect switches for all applications with available fault current in excess of 10,000 amperes RMS symmetrical shall be fusible. Fuses shall be Class J, L or R and rejection clips shall be installed in the fuse holders to prohibit the installation of non - current limiting fuses. D. Each disconnect switch shall have a suitable laminated plastic nameplate with white cut letters identifying power source, voltage and driven load. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 40 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.07 PANELBOARDS A. Storage 1. Contractor shall store, protect, and handle products in accordance with recommended practices listed in manufacturer's Installation and Maintenance Manuals. Contractor shall store in a clean, dry space. Cover with heavy canvas or plastic to keep out dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. Heat enclosures to prevent condensation. 2. Low voltage panelboards shall be located in well - ventilated areas, free from excess humidity, dust and dirt and away from hazardous materials. Ambient temperature of area will be between -30 °C and +25 °C. Indoor locations shall be protected to prevent moisture from entering enclosure. B. Installation 1. Provide 1/2" spacers for panelboards mounted at exterior walls below grade to establish 1/2" air space behind panel. 2. Inspect installed panelboard(s) for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. Clean interiors to remove construction debris, dirt and shipping materials. 3. Check tightness of all electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. 4. Adjust all circuit breakers and doors for free mechanical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions. 5. Adjust circuit breaker trip and time delay settings to values determined by the short circuit and coordination study. 6. Directories shall be typed to indicate Toads served by each circuit and mounted in a holder behind a clear protective covering. C. Circuit breakers used as a motor disconnecting means, and not in sight of the motor and the driven machinery location, shall be capable of being locked in the open position. D. Circuit breakers supplying fire alarm equipment and any others loads noted on the schedules shall be capable of being locked in the ON position. The locking means shall not inhibit the ability of the circuit breaker from performing its protective function. 3.08 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Installation 1. Inspect installed dry type transformers for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. Clean interiors to remove construction debris, dirt and shipping materials. 2. Check tightness of all mechanical and electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. 3. Connection of feeder to transformer shall be made with flexible metal conduit, no less than 18" and not exceeding 36 ". 4. Provide vibration - dampening mounts for all installations. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 41 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 5. Connect secondary X to ground in accordance with MEC for separately derived systems. B. Testing 1. Measure and record the primary and secondary voltages at the: a. Primary overcurrent device line terminals b. Transformer primary terminals c. Transformer secondary terminals d. Secondary overcurrent device line terminals 2. Adjust taps to required setting to maintain nominal voltage output. 3.09 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Lamps 1. Lamps of the type, wattage, and voltage rating indicated shall be delivered to the project in the original cartons and installed in the fixtures just prior to the completion of the project. 2. Lamps shall be handled with cotton gloves to avoid finger print markings. B. Fixtures 1. General a. Do not install fixtures until work of other trades that may damage fixtures is completed. b. Where seismic requirements are specified herein, fixtures shall be supported as shown or specified. c. Handling of reflectors shall be done only with cotton gloves to avoid imprinting fingerprints on reflective surfaces. 2. Accessories a. Installation and support of fixtures shall as a minimum be in accordance with the NFPA 70 and manufacturer's recommendations. b. Accessories such as straps, mounting plates, nipples, or brackets shall be provided for proper installation. c. Open type fluorescent fixtures with exposed lamps shall have a wire - basket type guard. 3. Suspended and Pendant Fixtures a. Suspended fixtures shall be provided with adjustable swivel hangers in order to ensure a plumb installation. b. Single unit suspended fluorescent fixtures shall have twin -stem hangers. c. Multiple unit or continuous -row fluorescent units shall have a tubing or stem for wiring at one point, and a tubing or rod suspension provided for each length of chassis including one at each end. Maximum distance between adjacent tubing or stems shall be 10 feet. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 -42 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.10 FIRE ALARM A. Installation d. Provide threaded rod to rigidly support the weight of the fixture independently of the ceiling support system. Threaded rod shall be concealed where fixture installed in an area with suspended ceilings. Support luminaries on a minimum of two points (one at each end) to prevent rotation. Threaded rod, pendants or factory supplied fixture accessories (such as rods or chains) 4 feet or longer excluding fixture, shall be braced to limit swinging. Bracing shall be 3 directional, 120 degrees apart. e. Branch circuitry shall be routed to the outlet box utilizing the wiring methods outlined on the drawings and as described in these specifications. Flexible raceway may be installed to each fixture from an overhead junction where concealed above a ceiling. Fixture to fixture wiring installation is allowed only when fixtures are installed end to end in a continuous run. 4. Ceiling Fixtures a. Ceiling fixtures shall be coordinated with and suitable for installation in, on, or from the suspended or gypsum wallboard ceiling provided under other sections of these specifications. Provide plaster frames for fixtures recessed in gypsum board or a plaster ceiling. Recessed fixtures shall have adjustable fittings to permit alignment with ceiling panels. b. Recessed fixtures installed in fire- resistive type of suspended ceiling construction shall have the same fire rating as the ceiling or shall be provided with fireproofing boxes having materials of the same fire rating as the ceiling panels, in conformance with UL -03. c. Provide safety chain to support the weight of the fixture independently of the ceiling support system. Support luminaries on a minimum of two points (one at each end) to prevent rotation. 5. Support a. Do not suspend or support lighting fixtures, threaded rod and safety chains from hung ceiling, conduit or duct. Support fixtures with threaded rod and safety chain from structural members only. Provide supplemental steel (factory fabricated channel equal to Unistrut) where required to span structural steel members. b. Provide supplemental steel below ducts where fixture locations coincide with HVAC duct or mechanical piping runs and access to structure is inhibited. c. Supplemental steel shall be rigidly supported from structure. Where suspension is required, support supplemental steel with threaded rods to structure. Sizing of all supplemental support components is the responsibility of the contractor. 1. All interconnections shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's system wiring diagrams. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 43 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 2. Final connections, panel start up, program, editing, and testing shall be conducted by qualified personnel with one of the following qualifications: 6. Labels a. Factory trained and certified by the equipment manufacturer. b. National Institute of Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) or IMSA fire alarm certified. c. Trained and qualified by an organization listed by a national testing laboratory for the servicing of fire alarm systems. 3. Provide UL certification of the installation by a UL certified testing company. 4. The control panel manufacturer's representative shall be present to supervise panel start up, program, editing and all tests. 5. A dedicated circuit connection for supplying power to each building fire alarm panel shall be provided. The power supply shall be equipped with a UL listed locking mechanism and identified with a red "FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL" label. a. All panels, terminal cabinets and annunciators shall be labeled with the Red plastic nameplates in accordance with other sections of this specification. b. Remote Alarm Indicators and Remote Test and Alarm Stations shall be labeled with the Red plastic nameplates in accordance with other sections of this specification. The label shall indicate the device monitored and associated mechanical equipment tag or room designation where applicable. c. All detectors shall be labeled with its assigned address on both the detector housing and the base with a black on clear typed label equal to Kroy. The base address shall be legible without removal of the detector. The detector address shall be concealed when placed into the base. d. Provide an engraved brass nameplate at the exterior beacon, mounted on the weatherproof box, indicating "BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IN ALARM ". e. The letters F.A.C.P. (minimum sized shall be 4" in height) shall be installed on the door (exterior and or interior) to show location of panel. 7. Wiring a. Wiring for the fire alarm system shall not be installed in conduits, junction boxes, or outlet boxes with conductors of lighting and power systems. b. Wiring for the fire alarm system shall be installed in conduit with limitations as outlined in Section 3.02 of this specification. The use of MC cable shall follow the guidelines provided in Section 3.03 of this specification. Exposed plenum rated wire /cable and /or fire alarm low energy cable will not be accepted. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 44 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 c. Minimum wire sizes shall be as follows: d. All junction boxes shall be sprayed red and labeled "Fire Alarm ". Conduit couplings shall be spray painted red prior to installation. e. Connections and splices shall be made using screw terminal blocks. No more than one conductor shall be installed under any screw terminal. The uses of wire nut type connectors are prohibited in the system. f. All circuit conductors entering or leaving any mounting box, outlet box enclosure or cabinet shall be labeled in accordance with the wiring diagram. Labeling and color coding shall be consistent throughout the conductor run. g. 8. Control Panel 9. Detectors FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 45 1) Addressable loop wiring shall be utilize minimum #16 AWG. 2) Notification appliance circuits shall utilize minimum #14 AWG. 3) Network communications wiring shall be a solid conductor non - shielded #16 twisted pair minimum. Wiring within any enclosure shall be readily accessible without removing any component parts. h. No more than half loudspeaker /strobes or horn /strobes serving any floor or zone shall be connected to same circuit. Adjacent devices shall be altemately wired between circuits. i. The fire alarm equipment manufacturer's representative shall be present for the connection of wiring to the control panel. a. The control panel and its assorted components shall be mounted so that no part of the enclosing cabinet is less than 12 inches nor more than 78 inches above the finished floor. b. All manually operable controls shall be between 36 inches to 42 inches above the finished floor. a. Detectors placement shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 requirements and recommendations. b. Detectors shall be at least 12 inches from any part of any lighting fixture and at least 3 feet from diffusers of air handling systems. c. Each detector shall be provided with appropriate mounting hardware as required by its mounting location. d. Detectors, which mount in free space, shall be mounted directly to the end of the stubbed down rigid conduit drop. Conduit drops shall be firmly secured to minimize detector sway. Where length of conduit drop from ceiling or wall surface exceeds 3 feet, sway bracing shall be provided. e. Smoke detectors shall not be installed until the building has been thoroughly cleaned. Dust covers shall be installed over all smoke detectors until final testing commences. All detectors, which indicate ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 B. Testing reduced sensitivity due to dirty condition, shall be cleaned prior to commencement of final cleaning. f. Detectors shall be provided with wire guard cages where subjected to physical abuse, such as in gymnasiums. 10. Notification Appliances a. Notification appliances shall be mounted in accordance with ADA between a minimum of 80" above finished floor or 6" below the ceiling and a maximum of 96" above the finished floor. 1. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative 10 business days before the tests are to be conducted. The tests shall be performed in accordance with the approved test procedures in the presence of the Owner's Representative. The Contractor shall furnish all instruments and personnel required for the tests. 2. Preliminary Tests a. The Contractor shall perform insulation testing (megger), continuity and loop resistance checks on all system conductors to determine that the system is free from grounded, shorted, or open circuits. These tests shall be conducted prior to the installation of fire alarm equipment. Loop resistance measurement shall verify that the loop resistance does not exceed the manufacturers specified limits. Corrections shall be made and the system shall be retested to assure if deficiencies are found. b. The Contractor shall perform complete functional and operational performance tests. Testing shall include verification that the circuits and components are electrically supervised and operate as intended. c. A written report shall be submitted detailing the results of the preliminary tests shall accompany the request for Final Acceptance Test. The written Preliminary Test Report shall be submitted with: 1) Copy of FACP printer output verifying proper operation of each device in alarm or trouble, time stamped throughout the testing process. 2) The Operations and Maintenance Manual for the system. 3) The record (as- built) drawings. 3. Final Acceptance Test a. The Fire Alarm System, other systems and equipment associated with the fire alarm system and accessory equipment shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 72. The listed tests in NFPA 72 Table 10.4.2.2 shall be conducted as well as manufacturer and job specific procedures to verify that the circuits and components are electrically supervised and operate as intended. The test shall include but shall not be limited to the following: 1) Visual inspection of all wiring connections. 2) Test of each function of the control panel. 3) Test of each circuit in both trouble and normal modes. FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 46 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 C. Maintenance Contract D. Training FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 47 4) Tests of each alarm initiating device in both normal and trouble conditions. Open the circuits at each alarm- initiating device to test the wiring supervisory feature. 5) Tests of each control circuit and device. 6) Tests of each alarm notification appliance. Open the circuit at each notification appliance to test the wiring supervisory feature. Provide copy of FACP printer output verifying proper operation (alarm, trouble, etc.) for each device with time stamp enabled throughout the testing process. 7) Tests of the primary and secondary power supplies and associated Toss of each. 8) Complete operational tests under emergency power supply. 9) Ground fault monitoring circuit function. 10) Measurement of sound pressure levels in all rooms of the protected space. 1. The contractor shall include as part of their base bid the cost of a one -year test and inspection contract, to be held by the company which shall certify the completed installation. The contract shall provide for quarterly inspections in accordance with NFPA72 and local requirements. Any equipment found to be defective during the warrantee period shall be replaced by the contractor at no additional charge to the Owner. 1. Training course shall be provided for the operations and maintenance staff. The course shall be conducted in the building where the system is installed or as designated by the Owner's Representative. The training period shall consist of one training day (8 hours per day) and shall start after the system is functionally completed but prior to final acceptance tests. The instructions shall cover all of the items contained in the operating and maintenance instructions. E. Municipal Service 1. Cable for underground service shall meet requirements of International Municipal Signal Association Specification 19 -5 with red jacket. Number of conductors in cable shall be determined by the local fire department, but shall not be less than 4- conductor No. 14 AWG. 2. Provide approved lightning arrester with grounding connector at point of entrance to building, mounted in cable box. 3. Provide No. 6 grounding conductor in rigid steel conduit to 3/4" diameter by 8' long copper clad driven ground. 4. Pay all charges to local fire department for installation and connection of cable beyond scope limits to point of connection to existing municipal circuit. Contact local fire department for charges involved and carry all costs in base bid contract sum. 5. Conduit that enters building shall terminate in approved terminal box with terminal block. Terminal block shall have appropriate number of connectors as ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 3.11 HANDHOLES A. Handholes determined by number of conductors required. Cable shall be installed in galvanized rigid steel conduit in all interior locations. Pull boxes shall be painted red, and red stripe four inches wide shall be painted on conduit every ten feet, where conduit is exposed. 1. Do not construct or set manholes until final conduit grading has been determined, including field changes required by underground interferences. Set frames and covers to final grade. 2. Commercial precast assemblies shall be set on six (6) inches of level, 90 percent compacted granular fill, 3/4 inch to one (1) inch size, extending twelve (12) inches beyond the manhole on each side. Granular fill shall be compacted by a minimum of four passes with a plate type vibrator. 3. Cast -iron frames and covers not buried in masonry shall be cleaned of mortar, rust, grease, dirt and other contaminants, and given a coat of bituminous paint. Steel frames not buried in masonry and steel covers shall be cleaned of mortar, dirt and grease by an approved blasting process. Surfaces that cannot be cleaned satisfactorily by blasting shall be cleaned to. bare metal by wire brushing or other mechanical means. Surfaces contaminated with rust, dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants shall be washed with solvents until thoroughly cleaned. Immediately after cleaning, surfaces shall be coated with a pretreatment coating or be given a crystalline phosphate coating. As soon as practicable after the pretreatment coating has dried, treated surfaces shall be primed with a coat of primer and one coat of synthetic exterior gloss enamel. END OF SECTION FIDELITY INVESTMENTS - SEATTLE, WA ELECTRICAL 20080076.00 16000 - 48 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION JUNE 2, 2008 Geotechnical Report Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington July 3, 2007 Submitted To: Mr. Joshua Kimmel Westfield Corporation, Inc. 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, 14 Floor Los Angeles, California 90025 By: Shannon & Wilson, Inc. 400 N 34 Street, Suite 100 Seattle, Washington 98103 21 -1- 20762 -001 Page 1.0 INTRODUCTION 1 2.0 SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 3.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION 2 4.0 LABORATORY TESTING 2 5.0 GEOLOGY 2 6.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 3 7.0 ENGINEERING CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4 7.1 General 4 7.2 Seismic Design Considerations 5 7.2.1 Ground Motions 5 7.2.2 Earthquake - induced Geologic Hazards 6 7.3 Deep Foundations 7 7.3.1 Pile Design Requirements 7 7.3.2 Axial Pile Capacities 7 7.3.3 Previous Test Pile Program 8 7.3.4 Estimated Settlements of Pile Foundations 9 7.3.5 Lateral Resistance 9 7.4 Floor Slabs 9 7.5 Backfill Material, Placement, and Compaction 10 8.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS . 11 8.1 Site Grading, Excavation, and Temporary Cut Slopes 11 8.1.1 Site Grading 11 8.1.2 Excavations 12 8.2 Steel Pipe Pile Installation 13 8.2.1 Pile- driving Equipment 13 8.2.2 Pile- driving Conditions 13 8.2.3 Monitoring Pile Driving 13 8.2.4 Vibrations and Noise Levels 14 8.3 Wet Weather Earthwork 14 8.4 Construction Observation 15 9.0 LIMITATIONS 15 10.0 REFERENCES 17 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R 1.doc/wp/LKD TABLE OF CONTENTS SHANNON &WILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont.) Figure No. Appendix 1 Vicinity Map 2 Site and Exploration Plan 3 Estimated Axial Capacity, 14- inch -diam. Steel Pipe Pile 4 Estimated Axial Capacity, 18- inch -diam. Steel Pipe Pile 5 Lateral Resistance Analyses, 14 -in- diameter Steel Pipe Pile 6 Lateral Resistance Analyses, 18- in- diameter Steel Pipe Pile 2 I -1-20762-001-RI .dodwp/LKD LIST OF FIGURES LIST OF APPENDICES A Subsurface Explorations B Laboratory Test Procedures and Results C Liquefaction Potential D Important Information About Your Geotechnical Report 11 SHANNON FiWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 21-1-20762-001-RI .doc/wp/LKD This report presents the results of subsurface explorations and geotechnical engineering studies for the proposed Fidelity Bank building near Southcenter Mall in Tukwila, Washington. Our geotechnical studies are to evaluate the subsurface conditions and formulate geotechnical engineering recommendations for use in the design and construction of the proposed project. Our geotechnical scope of services included: GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FIDELITY BANK TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 1.0 INTRODUCTION ► Drilling and sampling one soil boring. ► Conducting one cone penetration test. ► Performing geotechnical laboratory testing. ► Conducting engineering and seismic analyses. ► Preparing this geotechnical report. We provided our services in general accordance with our proposal dated June 7, 2007, which was authorized by Mr. Joshua Kimmel on June 9, 2007. 2.0 SITE AND PROJECT DESCRIPTION SHANNON FaWILSON, INC. The proposed Fidelity Bank is located east of the intersection of Strander Boulevard and Southcenter Parkway, as shown in the Vicinity Map, Figure 1. The proposed project site is within the parking lot on the south side of Southcenter Mall. The site is flat, at an approximate elevation of 30 feet. The proposed building footprint contains a gravel pad that is at about the same level as the surrounding parking lot. Between 1959 and 1962, the project site was filled to the approximate existing ground surface with soils excavated from the upland slopes to the west. These fill materials were about 15 feet thick and were placed without systematic compaction or compaction quality control. The Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2, shows the approximate location of the proposed building. We understand that the proposed building will be a one -story bank, although the 1 21 -1- 20762 -001 21-1-20762 -00 1 -R I .doc/wp/LKD 3.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION 4.0 LABORATORY TESTING 5.0 GEOLOGY 2 SHANNON i;WILSON. INC. building has not yet been designed. When the building structural design has been completed, we should review the building loads to ensure that our recommendations are still applicable. We characterize the subsurface conditions across the building site based on one new soil boring, two previous soil borings, and one cone penetration test (CPT). Figure 2 shows the approximate locations of the borings and CPT. An engineer from Shannon & Wilson, Inc. determined these locations by measuring from existing features and transposing from existing site plans. The boring locations and elevations should be considered approximate. Appendix A, Subsurface Explorations, describes the methodology and procedures used for locating, drilling, and sampling the explorations. Figures A -2 through A -4 in Appendix A show the exploration logs. We performed geotechnical laboratory tests on selected samples retrieved from the borings and used these tests to determine soil index and engineering properties. An experienced technician or engineer conducted the tests in the Shannon & Wilson soils laboratory. The soil tests included visual classification, natural water content, and fines content. Appendix B, Laboratory Test Procedures and Results, describes the test methods and summarizes the test results. The boring logs in Appendix A also show the natural water content and fines contents. The project site is located in the central portion of the Puget Sound Lowland (Lowland), an elongated topographic and structural depression bordered by the Cascade Mountains on the east and the Olympic Mountains on the west. The Lowland is characterized by low, rolling relief with some deeply cut ravines. In general, the ground surface elevation is within 500 feet of sea level. Glacial and nonglacial sediments filled the Lowland to significant depths during the Pleistocene Epoch, although bedrock outcrops in several locations throughout the area, including the ridge approximately one mile north of the project site. Elsewhere, the rock is deeply buried by Pleistocene and Holocene sediments. The depth to bedrock below the project site is not known. 21 -1- 20762 -001 Geologists generally agree that at least four major glacial events occurred in the Puget Sound during the Pleistocene Epoch. These glaciations originated in the Coastal Mountains and the Vancouver Range of British Columbia, and advanced as far south as about halfway between Olympia and Centralia (about 80 miles south of Seattle). The Pleistocene stratigraphic record in the central portion of the Lowland is a complex sequence of glacially derived and interglacial sediments. Erosion of certain deposits, as well as local deposition of colluvial and alluvial sediments, complicates the geologic story. The project site is located in the Green River Valley, in what used to be a floodplain prior to human modification of one of the source tributaries (White River) at the turn of the century. Prehistorically, the site was an active tidal flat and marine estuary at the mouth of the Green/White Rivers. During the most recent glacial event, Vashon Drift soils comprised of silt, sand, and gravel were deposited across the area. Many of the glacial deposits were overridden by the advancing glaciers and consolidated under very high loads. Following the recession of the glacial ice from the Lowland, the ground rebounded and the sea level rose. Rebound ceased about 9,000 years ago, but sea level continued to rise until about 5,000 years ago. Post - glacial erosion and fluvial processes in the Green River Valley have removed and reworked the glacial deposits. As the delta of the Green/White Rivers advanced toward the Puget Sound, the delta deposited unconsolidated estuarine soils (silt and clay) and lahar runout sediments (sand) over the dense, glacial material. A lahar flow is a gravity -driven mixture of sediment and water that originates from a volcano (Mount Rainier in this case). Lahar flows can deposit sediments many miles from the point of origin. There have been several lahar flows in the Kent and Duwamish Valleys (including the project site) over the past 5,000 years (Zehfuss et al., 2003). 6.0 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS SHANNON &WILSON, INC. Based on the soils encountered during the subsurface explorations, the site is underlain by a sequence of fill material, estuarine sediments, and alluvial sand and gravel. The surface fill layer is approximately 15 feet thick and generally consists of medium dense, silty sand and gravel. The fill overlies a deposit of estuarine sediments consisting of very soft to soft silt and clay with numerous organic particles and discontinuous layers of fibrous peat. The peat layers are generally less than 1 foot thick and are often mixed with clayey silt. We also encountered 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R l .dodwp/LKD 3 21 -1- 20762 -001 discontinuous lenses and layers of loose to medium dense sand within the thicker estuarine deposit. The sand layers, likely lahar runout deposits, vary from clean to silty and are discontinuous across the site. Alluvial sediments, which consist of layers of silty sand, gravelly sand, and sandy gravel, underlie the estuarine deposit. These soils are dense to very dense and would be an adequate bearing layer for deep foundations. In explorations FB -1 and CPT -1, the bearing layer is present at a depth of 100 feet, and becomes dense to very dense below 115 feet. However, in borings CF -1 and RB -1, the bearing layer is only 63 to 68 feet deep. Based on these explorations and our pile- driving experience at the adjacent Southcenter Mall Expansion, the bearing layer is likely shallower toward the western portion of the site. 7.1 General 7.0 ENGINEERING CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS The soils at the project site consist of uncompacted fill over highly variable estuarine and compressible native soils. Glacially consolidated soils located below the estuarine deposits will provide adequate support for the proposed structure. To reach these deep deposits, we recommend using deep foundations. The adjacent Southcenter Expansion Project has used three types of deep foundations: proprietary driven -grout piles, augercast concrete piles, and driven steel pipe piles. Driven -grout and augercast piles can be installed to depths of about 90 feet. We recommend using driven steel pipe piles to support the proposed building. The bearing depth for the piles at the Fidelity Bank site will be approximately 115 to 125 feet on the east side of the site. Because the bearing layer is likely shallower under the west side of the site, piles on the west side of the site likely will be 10 to 20 feet shorter than those on the east. The following paragraphs present our recommendations for deep foundations, as well as seismic design, floor slabs, and earthwork. 21 -1- 20762 - 001- RI.doc /wp /LKD 4 SHANNON &WILSON. INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 7.2 Seismic Design Considerations 7.2.1 Ground Motions SHANNON FiWILSON. INC. The project is located in a moderately active seismic region. While the region has historically experienced moderate to large earthquakes (i.e., April 13, 1949, magnitude 7.1 Olympia Earthquake; April 29, 1965, magnitude 6.5 Seattle- Tacoma Earthquake; and February 28, 2001, magnitude 6.8 Nisqually Earthquake), geologic evidence suggests that larger earthquakes have occurred in the prehistoric past and will occur in the future (e.g., magnitude 8.5 to 9.0 Cascadia Subduction Zone Interplate events, magnitude 7.5 Seattle Fault events). We understand that the project will comply with the 2003 International Building Code (IBC, 2003). IBC 2003 requires that building design consider regional seismicity. Structures must be designed for earthquake ground motions with a 2 percent chance of being exceeded in 50 years (2,500 -year recurrence). Seismological input and site soil response factors determine IBC 2003 seismic design forces. The IBC seismological inputs are short-period spectral acceleration, S and spectral acceleration at the 1- second period, S shown in Figure 1615 in the code. Ss and S 1 are for a maximum considered earthquake, which correspond to ground motions with a 2 percent probability of exceedance in 50 years, or about a 2,500 -year return period (with a deterministic maximum cap in some regions). The mapped spectral response acceleration (SRA) values, Ss and S at the project site are 1.347 gravity (g) and 0.464g, respectively. Please note that the SRA values for the IBC 2003 are from ground motion hazard studies completed by the United States Geological Survey (USGS) in 1996. If IBC 2006 is used, then the latest (2002) version of the USGS SRA maps should be used. At the project site, the 2002 SRA values, Ss and Si, are 1.424g and 0.488g, respectively. The difference between the 1996 and 2002 SRA values is around 5 percent. In our opinion, a 5 percent difference in the ground motion level would not affect geotechnical design. The site classification determines the site soil response factors. Our liquefaction hazard calculations, discussed in Section 7.2.2, indicate that scattered zones of the subsurface soils are potentially liquefiable. Potentially liquefiable soils generally correspond to site class SF. However, because of the limited extent of potentially liquefiable soils, it is our opinion that a site class SE adequately characterizes the site subsurface conditions. 21 -1- 20762 -001- Rl.doc/wp/LKD 5 21 -1 -20762 -001 7.2.2 Earthquake- induced Geologic Hazards SHANNON &WILSON. INC. Based on the site classification and spectral acceleration values, we recommend a site coefficient, F of 0.9 and a site coefficient, F,,, of 2.4. We assume that the proposed structure will have a period less than 0.5 second; IBC 2003 does not require a site - specific ground response evaluation for structures with periods less than 0.5 second. We have considered the effects of limited liquefaction on site stability, foundation capacity, and settlement, and present our conclusions in the following sections. Earthquake- induced geologic hazards that may affect a site include landsliding, fault rupture, settlement, and liquefaction and associated effects (such as loss of shear strength, bearing capacity failures, loss of lateral support, ground oscillation, and lateral spreading). Because of the flat site topography and the discontinuous liquefiable soils, we consider the risk of landsliding at this site to be low. The potential for fault rupture is also low. The nearest mapped fault (Johnson et al., 1999) is the southernmost strand of the east - west - trending Seattle Fault Zone. The Seattle Fault Zone is approximately 2% to 4 miles wide (north - south). The project site is located about 6 miles south of the southernmost strand. Evidence of Holocene rupture (i.e., movement within the last 10,000 years) has not been reported along the southernmost strand of the Seattle Fault. Liquefaction and related effects pose the most significant earthquake- induced geologic hazard at the site. We calculated factors of safety (FSs) against liquefaction for boring Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N- values. We used design earthquake ground motions and empirical procedures established by the National Center for Earthquake Engineering Research (NCEER)- 97- 0022 (Youd and Idriss, 1997) to calculate the FSs. We computed the FSs with IBC 2003 site class E parameters and a 0.34g peak ground acceleration (PGA) from a magnitude 7.0 source, located 7.3 kilometers away. The PGA represents the ground motion with a 2 percent likelihood of exceedance in 50 years, reduced as allowed by IBC 2003. Appendix C describes the liquefaction calculation methods and plots FSs versus depth. Some cohesionless and low- cohesion soils at the site are susceptible to liquefaction. Most of the liquefaction -prone soils are thin sand layers that are either discontinuous laterally or display widely varying fines contents. So, localized liquefaction is more likely than widespread liquefaction. Lateral spreading is not likely. Historically, soil liquefaction within about 30 feet 21 -1. 20762 -001 -RI .doc/wp/LKD 6 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON &WILSON, INC. of the ground surface has caused most Liquefaction damage. More uncertainty exists in estimating liquefaction potential in deeper soils (i.e., 60 feet or greater). We estimated post - liquefaction settlement using the methods of Tokimatsu and Seed (1987). We based our calculations on the FSs against liquefaction and estimates of relative density (using correlations with corrected SPT blow counts). Based on these calculations, we expect post - liquefaction settlement of up to 20 inches under the site. These values should be considered estimates of post - earthquake ground behavior. Significant settlement variability, i.e., differential settlement, should be expected. The design of the proposed structure should consider liquefaction at the site. For example, utility connections to the structure should be flexible. We expect piles in liquefied areas to experience downdrag forces following a design -level earthquake. Downdrag is additional vertical shear stress along the length of a pile. This additional stress is caused by post - liquefaction settlement of soils above a liquefied Layer. Downdrag forces at this site would be of relatively short duration. In our opinion, pile foundations could be adequately designed and installed to withstand downdrag forces while maintaining an adequate FS against excessive settlements. We further discuss pile capacities and downdrag forces in Sections 7.3.2 and 7.3.4. 7.3 Deep Foundations 7.3.1 Pile Design Requirements In our opinion, the proposed building should be supported on closed -end steel pipe piles. We have performed analyses for 14- and 18- inch - diameter piles. Other pile diameters maybe appropriate and should be evaluated after the project structural engineer has determined the proposed building column loads. We should be contacted to assist the structural engineer in determining the optimum pile type, size, and depth for the anticipated column loads. 7.3.2 Axial Pile Capacities We analyzed pile capacities using an in -house computer program. We analyzed a single - pile case and did not consider group effects. The computer program determines allowable axial compressive capacity by summing allowable skin friction along the side of the pile and allowable end bearing at its tip. To determine allowable skin friction and end - bearing values, we applied an FS of 2 to the ultimate values. Figures 3 and 4 plot pile tip depth (penetration) versus 21-1-20762-001-R l . doc/wp /LKD 7 21 -1- 20762 -001 allowable compressive and ultimate uplift capacity for 14- and 18 -inch- diameter piles, respectively. SHANNON fiWILSON, INC. Based on the results of our analyses, it is our opinion that static loading conditions control deep foundation design. During a design -level earthquake, the sand layers surrounding some piles could liquefy to depths of about 50 to 60 feet, resulting in a temporary loss of skin friction. However, our pile capacity analyses assume that the fill material and estuarine deposits do not contribute significant skin friction resistance; therefore, loss of shear strength in these soils would not significantly reduce the allowable capacity of the piles. Post - earthquake settlements in liquefied soils could induce downdrag loads on piles on the order of 30 to 50 kips. Because the piles would be installed to develop allowable capacities with a FS of at least 2.0, a temporary downdrag load of 50 kips would not reduce the FS below an acceptable value for the design -level earthquake, in our opinion. In our opinion, temporary downdrag loads could increase loads transferred to the tip of the pile, resulting in more end - bearing resistance. This could cause settlements up to '/ inch. We do not expect subsurface soils to settle and develop significant downdrag loads on pile foundations during static conditions because of the long settlement period (40 years) the site fills have already experienced. We recommend that piles be spaced no closer than three pile diameters (measured center - to- center) from either new or existing piles. We also recommend that piles bear in the medium dense to very dense, alluvial sand layer that underlies the estuarine deposits. We anticipate that the bearing depth for the piles will be approximately 115 to 125 feet. We recommend that our firm perform wave equation analyses to determine pile driving criteria for the pile diameter and capacity selected by the structural engineer, and the pile driving hammer selected by the contractor. 7.3.3 Previous Test Pile Program We observed installation and testing of six, 18- inch - diameter, closed -end steel pipe piles for the Southcenter Expansion project in 2005, as well as several hundred production piles. Robert Miner Dynamic Testing (RMDT) conducted a dynamic pile- driving analysis during test pile driving. A Shannon & Wilson field engineer observed end -of- driving conditions for the test 21 -I - 20762 -001- R1.doc /wp/LKD 8 21 -1- 20762 -001 piles. Pile driving analyzer (PDA) measurements were performed for the piles when they reached a driving resistance that met the preliminary driving criteria. Based on the results of our analyses, the test pile program, and our continued observation of pile driving activities for the Southcenter Expansion project, it is our opinion that 18 -inch steel pipe piles could be installed to develop allowable capacities between 250 and 450 kips. In our opinion, 14- inch - diameter steel pipe piles could also be considered to support for the Fidelity Bank building. 7.3.4 Estimated Settlements of Pile Foundations Based on the subsurface conditions encountered in the explorations, estimated pile design loads, and installation techniques, the piles would experience relatively minor settlements upon loading. We estimate total pile settlements, including elastic strain, of steel pipe piles would be less than '/ inch. Because of the granular nature of the bearing soils, these settlements would be primarily elastic and would occur as the load is applied. No long -term settlements are anticipated. As discussed earlier, post - liquefaction ground settlements caused by a design -level earthquake could cause piles to settle up to an additional 1/4 inch. 7.3.5 Lateral Resistance We used the computer program LPILE Version 5.0 (Reese and Wang, 2004) to analyze 14- and 18- inch - diameter steel pipe pile embedded to a depth of 125 feet. Based on loads we have encountered for similarly -sized buildings, we analyzed the piles for an axial load of 215 kips and a lateral load of 22 kips. We analyzed both free- and fixed -head conditions. Figures 5 and 6 present deflection, moment, and shear force versus depth along the piles, as predicted by the LPILE analysis. For both pile diameters, we anticipate less than '/2 inch lateral deflection under our assumed loads. We recommend that the project structural engineer review the results presented in Figures 5 and 6 and contact us if additional analyses are warranted. 7.4 Floor Slabs SHANNON &WILSON, INC. A slab -on -grade could be considered as a floor slab for the proposed building. The magnitude of slab -on -grade settlement will depend on the amount of new fill that will be placed on the site to achieve the floor slab elevation of the proposed building. If the floor elevation is at or lower than the previous ground elevation at the site, the slab -on -grade would likely settle less than 1/4-inch under static conditions. In this case, the slab -on -grade would not experience long -term 21.1- 20762 -001 -R I .doc/wp/LKD 9 21 -1- 20762 -001 7.5 Backfill Material, Placement, and Compaction 21-1-20762-001-RI .doc/wp/LKD 10 SHANNON &WILSON. INC. settlements because of the long settlement period (over 40 years) and preloading the underlying soils have already experienced. If the floor elevation is significantly higher than the previous ground elevation at the site, additional settlements should be expected. Prior to slab -on -grade construction, we recommend that the Contractor proof -roll and compact the subgrade surface in accordance with our recommendations in Section 8.1.2. The Contractor should excavate any loose or soft zones detected during the compaction process and replace these areas with structural fill. For a rigid concrete slab built on compacted, very dense surfacing, we recommend using a modulus of subgrade reaction of 200 pounds per cubic inch (pci). Following a design -level earthquake (2,500 -year return period), a slab -on -grade could experience up to 20 inches of liquefaction - induced settlement, as discussed in Section 7.2.2. Differential settlements over a 20 -foot span could be 50 to 75 percent of the total settlement. A structurally - supported slab could be considered to mitigate liquefaction- induced settlements. Floor slabs -on -grade should be placed over a 4 -inch (minimum) thick layer of capillary break gravel and a 6 -mil (minimum) plastic sheet vapor barrier. Capillary break gravel should have a maximum particle size of'/ inch and less than 3 percent fines passing the No. 200 sieve. The capillary break should be compacted to a dense condition with at least two passes of a vibrating plate compactor. All fill placed beneath areas to be paved or against below -grade walls (building or retaining walls) or other foundation elements should consist of structural fill. Structural fill should be placed on subgrade material that has been proof - rolled to a dense, unyielding condition. Structural fill should meet the Washington State Department of Transportation specification for Gravel Borrow (Section 9 -03.14 [1]) but should have a maximum particle size of about 3 inches. During wet weather or wet conditions, the fill should not contain more than about 5 percent fines (material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve) by weight, based on the minus N -inch soil fraction. Structural fill should not contain organics or deleterious material. It should be placed in horizontal lifts and cornpacted to at least 95 percent of its Modified Proctor maximum dry density (American Society for Testing and Materials [ASTM] D 1557, Method C or D), and should be deemed to be in a dense and unyielding condition. The thickness of loose lifts should 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON 6WILSON. INC. not exceed 8 inches for heavy equipment compactors or 4 inches for hand- operated compactors. In landscaping areas, the backfill should be compacted to at least 90 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. All utility trenches beneath flexible asphalt pavements and sidewalks also should be backfilled with Gravel Borrow; however, it should have a maximum diameter of 2 inches and should not have more than 5 percent passing the No. 200 sieve (wet sieve analysis, ASTM D 1140). Any fines should be nonplastic. The trench backfill should be placed in lifts not exceeding 4 inches if compacted with hand - operated equipment, or 8 inches if compacted with heavy equipment. Each lift should be compacted to a dense, unyielding condition and to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557) 18 inches or more below the pavement and /or sidewalk subgrade. We recommend a minimum cover over utilities of 2 feet from the crown of the pipes or conduits to the top of the pavement subgrade. Catch basins, utility vaults, and other structures installed flush with the pavement should be designed and constructed to transfer wheel loads to the base of the structure. Subgrade preparation for new utilities should follow the same general procedures outlined for structural fill placement. In our opinion, most of the fill soil at the site consists of silty sand with 20 to 40 percent fines. It is not suitable for reuse as structural fill unless the moisture content could be modified by scarification during warm, dry weather or lime /cement treatment. In general, we recommend that the on -site fill not be reused as structural fill because the silt content is high and this soil is moisture sensitive. 8.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS 8.1 Site Grading, Excavation, and Temporary Cut Slopes 8.1.1 Site Grading For safe working conditions and prevention of ground loss, excavation slopes should be the responsibility of the Contractor, who will be at the job site to observe and control the work. All current and applicable safety regulations regarding excavation slopes and shoring should be followed. Although we did not detect the presence of soil contaminants in our borings, the contractor would need to be prepared to segregate any soils suspected of containing contaminants. We should be notified immediately if contaminated soils are encountered or suspected during excavations. 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R l.dodwp/LKD 11 21 -1- 20762 -001 8.1.2 Excavations SHANNON &WILSON. INC. Excavations could be accomplished with conventional excavating equipment, such as a dozer, front -end loader, or backhoe. For planning purposes, we recommend that temporary, unsupported, open -cut slopes be no steeper than 1.5 Horizontal to 1 Vertidal (1.5H:1V) in the near - surface fill soils. Flatter cut slopes could be required where loose soils or seepage zones are encountered. We recommend that all exposed cut slopes be protected with a waterproof covering during periods of wet weather to reduce sloughing and erosion. At this time, we are not aware of any need for temporary shoring or underpinning. If temporary shoring or underpinning is needed to support cuts adjacent to existing buildings, for example, then we should be notified so that additional analyses could be performed. Excavated material (or stockpiles of construction materials or equipment) should not be placed closer to the edge of any excavation than the depth of the excavation, unless the excavation is shored and such materials are accounted for as a surcharge load on the shoring system. Site grading to prepare for slab -on -grade structures should include the following: ► Remove material from the building footprint to establish the required subgrade elevation. ► Compact the exposed upper 1.5 feet of soil with heavy, vibrating -drum rollers (or equivalent) to at least 95 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 1557) under the observation of a field representative from Shannon & Wilson. ► Remove any soft/loose zones noted during rolling and replace those areas with structural fill material constructed in accordance with the recommendations presented in Section 7.5. A geotechnical engineer from our firm should observe mitigation of soft/loose zones. ► Place densely compacted, free- draining, well - graded, imported sand and crushed gravel or clean, crushed rock fill in the upper 18 inches beneath the slab elevation to increase the modulus of the subgrade, if required. If it is used to provide a capillary break layer, the upper 6 inches of the imported fill should have less than 3 percent fines (based on the minus 3 / -inch fraction) and should have a maximum size of 4 inches. Compact all structural fill to at least 95 percent of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. ► Install a vapor barrier under slabs of heated spaces. The design civil engineer should determine if sand between the vapor barrier and the concrete slab is required for concrete curing. 21 -1- 20762 -001 -RI .doc/wp /LKD 12 21 -1- 20762 -001 8.2 Steel Pipe Pile Installation 8.2.1 Pile - driving Equipment 8.2.2 Pile - driving Conditions 8.2.3 Monitoring Pile Driving 21 -1- 20762 - 001- R1.doc/wp /LKD 13 SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. The Contractor should design, construct, and maintain all pile - driving equipment in a manner suitable for this project. If, in the opinion of the owner, the driving equipment is inadequate or deficient, the owner should direct the Contractor to remove it from the job site. The Contractor should pay all costs for remobilizing, removing, or replacing such equipment. The Contractor should furnish the manufacturer's specifications and catalog for the proposed driving hammer. In our opinion, pile installation for the proposed building would encounter moderate driving conditions in the upper fill materials; easy driving conditions in the soft, clayey silt deposits; and moderate to hard driving conditions in the bearing sand layer. The soft silt layers could cause misfire of diesel hammers because of the minimal driving resistance. We recommend that the Contractor use a hammer that allows variable energy settings to drive the piles. Shannon & Wilson personnel should observe and evaluate all pile driving by making a continuous driving record of each pile. For this purpose, the Contractor should be required to mark the pile in 1 -foot increments. During restrike, additional 1 -inch increments between the 1 -foot marks would be required. The pile - driving record would include hammer stroke (diesel hammers), blows per foot, time, date, reasons for delays, and other pertinent information. In addition, the record would include tip elevation, specified criteria, and the initials of inspectors making final acceptance of the pile. The pile- driving records should be reviewed on a daily basis. It is difficult to visually estimate the energy delivered by diesel hammers. During construction, we recommend that the Saximeter, developed by Pile Dynamic, Inc., be used to record blow counts and stroke length that would correlate to driving energy. Use of the Saximeter during pile driving can verify that the hammer is developing enough energy to achieve the required axial capacity. 21 -1 -20762 -001 8.2.4 Vibrations and Noise Levels SHANNON &WILSON, INC. While we believe the risk for this project is low, some potential exists for damage to existing nearby buried utilities because of vibrations caused by pile- driving operations. If new piles are within 10 feet of existing sensitive buried utilities, we should be retained to develop and implement pile - driving vibration criteria for those existing structures and utilities. The criteria should consider the type and frequency of the vibrations, the structural design and existing condition of the structure. 8.3 Wet Weather Earthwork In this area, wet weather generally begins in October and continues through about May, although rainy periods could occur at any time of the year. Earthwork performed during the wet weather months would cost more and take longer to complete. Groundwater levels could also be higher during the rainy season. Groundwater and surface water runoff could enter into site excavations and would need to be intercepted by drainage ditches or trench drains, or otherwise removed. The soils at the site generally contain enough silt to produce an unstable mixture when wet. Such soils are susceptible to softening when wet. Standing water on the soil surface, along with construction activity, would result in disturbance and an unstable bearing surface that could require overexcavation. The following recommendations are applicable for pile caps, general excavation, floor slabs, or pavements: ► If there is to be traffic over the exposed subgrade, the subgrade should be protected from disturbance. A lean concrete pad, about 2 or 3 inches thick (a "rat slab" or "mud slab "), could be placed immediately following excavation on the undisturbed soils. This could be done, as needed, to protect the exposed soils and act as a working surface. Overexcavation could be needed to accommodate this lean concrete pad. ► The ground surface in the construction area should be sloped and sealed with a smooth - drum roller to promote rapid runoff of precipitation, to prevent surface water from flowing into excavations, and to prevent ponding of water. ► Construction should be observed on a full -time basis by Shannon & Wilson personnel to determine that all unsuitable materials are removed, suitable drainage is achieved, and appropriate bearing surface results. ► Covering work areas with plastic and /or sloping, ditching, pumping from sumps, and other dewatering measures should be employed as necessary to permit proper completion of the work. 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R 1.doc/wp/LKD 14 21 -1- 20762 -001 9.0 LIMITATIONS The above recommendations apply for all weather conditions but are most important for wet weather earthwork. They should be incorporated into the contract specifications for foundation and pavement construction. 8.4 Construction Observation SHANNON &WILSON. INC. We recommend that Shannon & Wilson review those portions of the plans and specifications that pertain to foundations and earthwork to determine if they are consistent with our recommendations. We also recommend we observe the geotechnical aspects of construction, particularly the test pile program, pavement subgrade preparation, drainage, foundation installation, and backfill. This observation will allow us to verify the subsurface conditions as they are exposed during construction and to determine that the work is accomplished in accordance with our recommendations. The analyses, conclusions, and recommendations contained in this report are based on site conditions as they presently exist, and further assume that the explorations are representative of the subsurface conditions at the Tukwila Fidelity Bank project; that is, the subsurface conditions everywhere are not significantly different from those disclosed by the explorations. Within the limitations of the scope, schedule, and budget, the analyses, conclusions, and recommendations presented in this report were prepared in accordance with generally accepted professional geotechnical engineering principles and practice in this area at the time this report was prepared. We make no other warranty, either express or implied. Our conclusions and recommendations are based on our understanding of the project as described in this report and the site conditions as interpreted from the explorations. If, during final design and construction, subsurface conditions different from those encountered in the field explorations are observed or appear to be present during pile installation, we should be advised at once so that we could review these conditions and reconsider our recommendations where necessary. If there is substantial lapse of time between the submission of this report and the start of work at the site, or if conditions have changed because of natural forces or construction operations at or adjacent to the site, we recommend that this report be reviewed to determine the applicability of the conclusions and recommendations concerning the changed conditions or the time lapse. 21 -1- 20762 -001- RI.doc/wp/LKD 15 21 -1- 20762 -001 We recommend that we review those portions of the plans and specifications pertaining to deep foundation installation„ drainage, and earthwork to determine if they are consistent with our recommendations. This report was prepared for the exclusive use of Westfield Corporation, Inc., its structural engineer, and other members of the design team. It should be made available to prospective contractors for information on factual data only, and not as a warranty of subsurface conditions such as those interpreted from the exploration logs and presented in the discussions of subsurface conditions included in this report. Unanticipated soil conditions are commonly encountered and cannot fully be determined by merely by taking soil samples from a limited number of soil borings. Such unexpected conditions frequently require that additional expenditures be made to attain properly constructed projects. Therefore, some contingency fund is recommended to accommodate such potential extra costs. The scope of our geotechnical services did not include any environmental assessment or evaluation regarding the presence or absence of hazardous or toxic materials in the soil, surface water, groundwater, or air, on or below the site, or any evaluation or disposal of contaminated soils or groundwater should any be encountered, except as noted in this report. Shannon & Wilson, Inc. has prepared a document, "Important Information About Your Geotechnical Report," to assist you and others in understanding the use and limitations of our reports. This document is included in this report as Appendix D. SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Jere : utkovich Geot - chnical Engineer JNB:MWP:TMG /jnb 21 -1- 20762 -001- R1.doc/wp/LKD 16 I EXPIRES: 041211 Martin W. Page, P.E., L.E.G. Associate SHANNON &WILSON. INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 10.0 REFERENCES SHANNON FNVILSON, INC. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), 1993, Guide for design of pavement structures. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 2001, Annual book of standards, Construction, v. 4.08, Soil and rock (I): D 420 — D 4914: West Conshohocken, Pa. International Building Code, 2003, International Code Council, 2003. Johnson, S.Y., Dadisman, S.V., Childs, J.R., and Stanley, W.D., 1999, Active tectonics of the Seattle fault and Central Puget Sound, Washington — implications for earthquake hazards in Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 111, no. 7, p. 1042 -1053, July. Reese, L.C., and Wang, S.T., 2004, Documentation of computer program LPILE Version 5.0: Austin, Tex., Ensoft, Inc. Tokimatsu, K., and Seed, H.B., 1987, Evaluation of settlements in sands due to earthquake shaking: Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, v. 113, no. 8, p. 861 -878. Youd, T.L., and Idriss, I.M., 1997, Proceedings of the NCEER Workshop on evaluation of liquefaction resistance of soils: NCEER technical report NCEER -97 -0022, December 31. Zehfuss, P.H., Atwater, B.F., Vallance, J.W., Brenniman, H., and Brown, T.A., 2003, Holocene lahars and their by- products along the historical path of the White River between Mount Rainier and Seattle: Geological Society of America Field Guide 4, p. 209 -223. 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R 1.doc/wp /LKD 17 21 -1- 20762 -001 1/4 1/2 Scale in Miles NOTE Reproduced with permission granted by THOMAS BROS. MAPS ®. This map is copyrighted by Rand McNally R.L. 06 -S -27. It is unlawful to copy or reproduce all or any part thereof, whether for personal use or resale, without permission. All rights reserved. Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington VICINITY MAP June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnlcal end Environmental Consultants FIG. 1 IL: ‘..w_ 111111111 111 11.1 ar . 31 111 - Ifi II r 1 11: Existing Parking Garage 1 11 in / 111111111111' ... 2 L ' Stn3nder Blvd. Mall Entrance Av. Current Boring Designation and 1 ----- I 120 LEGEND 0 60 FB-1 pay LEGEND Location Scale in Feet CF-1, ,inE Previous Boring Designation and RB.5 UV Approximate Location NOTE CPT-1 0 Cone Penetration Test Designation Base map adapted from TIDELITY.dwg" provided by client 6-12-07. and Approidmate Location 7 • PROPOSED Fl BANK BUILDIN N SHANNON & WILSON , INC. I 0.6.thaml•AdertAconewtal Cosame. FIG. 2 Medium dense, silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly (FILL) Loose silty fine SAND Soft, fine sandy SILT, discontinuous PEAT layers Med. dense slightly silty, fine to med. SAND Med. Stiff, fine sandy SILT Very soft to soft silty CLAY / clayey SILT with organics Medium dense to very dense, slightly silty to silty SAND with gravel and sandy silt pulcapap(v2) -6/27 /2007 -S fEEL F8 -1 STA riC 141n.xls 32' 16' 9' -28' -68' -98' GENERALIZED SOIL PROFILE (FB -1 and CPT -1) 120 • 5 a 5 • • • • • • NOTES 1. Allowable compressive capacity is a summation of allowable skin friction and mobilized end bearing. 2. Allowable skin friction and end bearing are obtained by applying a factor of safety (FS) of 2.0 to the estimated ultimate values. 3. Calculations assume static loading conditions with settlement. 4. Calculations assume ground water at elevation of 16 feet (16 feet below existing ground surface). ESTIMATED AXIAL PILE CAPACITY (kips) • • • Ultimate Uplift Resistance Allowable Total Capacity • • • • 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington ESTIMATED AXIAL CAPACITY 14 -IN -DIAM. STEEL PIPE PILE June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. 3 Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants Medium dense, silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly (FILL) Loose silty fine SAND Soft, fine sandy SILT, discontinuous PEAT layers Med. dense slightly silty, fine to med. SAND Med. Stiff, fine sandy SILT Very soft to soft silty CLAY / clayey SILT with organics Medium dense to very dense, slightly silty to silty SAND with gravel and sandy silt pilcap6p(v2)- 8/27/2007STEEL FB -1 STATIC 181n.xls GENERALIZED SOIL PROFILE (FB -1 and CPT -1) w c 32' 16' 9' -13 W -21' -28' -68' -98' 20 40 iv CD 60 — 2 F- a w a_ 1— w 80 — J a 100 120 ESTIMATED AXIAL PILE CAPACITY (kips) • • • • • • 0 50 100 150 NOTES 1. Allowable compressive capacity Is a summation of allowable skin friction and mobilized end bearing. 2. Allowable skin friction and end bearing are obtained by applying a factor of safety (FS) of 2.0 to the estimated ultimate values. 3. Calculations assume static loading conditions with settlement. 4. Calculations assume ground water at elevation of 16 feet (16 feet below existing ground surface). • ▪ - - Ultimate Uplift Resistance Allowable Total Capacity • • • • 1. • • • • • • • 200 250 300 350 400 Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington ESTIMATED AXIAL CAPACITY 18 -IN -DIAM. STEEL PIPE PILE June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. 4 Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants 0 15.5' 28' 45' 53' 60' 100' LPILE Summary.xls - 6/27/2007 GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE PROFILE Fill V Loose Sand Soft Silt Med. Dense Sand Med. Stiff Silt Soft Clay Area (in2) Moment of Inertia (in4) -0.10 0 10 20 30 40 d 50 a m a 60 70 80 90 100 m 0.00 0.10 0.20 I. Deflection (in) NOTES 1. The lateral resistance analyses were performed using the computer program LPILE Version 5.0 (Reese and Wang, 2004). 2. Loads assumed to be applied at top of pile are as follows: Lateral Load = 22.0 kips Moment = 0 kips -ft Axial Load = 215.0 kips 3. Analyses assume the following pile properties: Modulus of Elasticity (ksi) Length (ft) P 21.2 484.0 29,000.0 125.0 ca+ 0.30 0.40 0 w . 0. 0 0 -100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Moment (kips - ft) -50 0 50 100 -20.0 -10.0 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 0 4. Groundwater level assumed at depth of 15.5 feet. 5. Analyses assume either fixed- or free -head condition at top of pile. 6. Analyses assume pile group spacing of at least 3 pile diameters. Analyses do not consider group effect. June 2007 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Shear (kips) Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington LATERAL RESISTANCE ANALYSES 14- IN- DIAMETER STEEL PIPE PILE SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants 21 -1- 20762 -001 FIG. 5 jnb LPILE Summary.xls - 6/27/2007 Jnb 0 1 5. 5' 28' 45 53' 60' 100' GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE PROFILE Fill Loose Sand Soft Silt Med. Dense Sand Med. Stiff Silt Soft Clay Lateral Load = 22.0 kips Moment = 0 kips-ft Axial Load = 215.0 kips 10 20 30 40 • 50 0. 60 70 80 90 100 Deflection (In) -0.10 0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0 NOTES 1. The lateral resistance analyses were performed using the computer program LPILE Version 5.0 (Reese and Wang, 2004). 2. Loads assumed to be applied at top of pile are as follows: 3. Analyses assume the following pile properties: Area Moment of Modulus of Length (in2) Inertia (in4) Elasticity (ksl) (ft) 27.5 1,053.0 29,000.0 125.0 0 10 20 30 40 50 0. 60 70 80 90 100 Moment (kips -100 -50 0 50 100 -20.0 -10.0 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 - Free-Head Condition Fixed-Head Condition 4. Groundwater level assumed at depth of 15.5 feet. 5. Analyses assume either fixed- or free-head condition at top of pile. 6. Analyses assume pile group spacing of at least 3 pile diameters. Analyses do not consider group effect. 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Shear (kips) Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington LATERAL RESISTANCE ANALYSES 18-IN-DIAMETER STEEL PIPE PILE June 2007 21-1-20762-001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants FIG. 6 APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 Page A.1 CURRENT SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS A -1 A.2 PREVIOUS SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS A -1 A.3 SOIL SAMPLING A -1 A.4 REFERENCES A -2 Figure No. APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF FIGURES A -1 Soil Classification and Log Key (2 sheets) A -2 Log of Boring FB -1 (2 sheets) A -3 Log of Boring CF -1 (February 2007) A -4 Log of Boring RB -5 (November 2004) A -5 Cone Penetration Test Plot CPT -1 21-1 - 20762-001 -R 1 -AA. doc/wp/LKD A -i SHANNON FIWILSON. INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 APPENDIX A SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS A.1 CURRENT SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS SHANNON &WILSON. INC. We performed one soil boring, designated FB -1, for the Fidelity Bank project on June 15, 2007. The location of the soil boring is shown in the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. A representative from our firm determined the location by taping from existing site features. The log for the soil boring is presented as Figure A -2. Gregory Drilling, Inc., under subcontract to Shannon & Wilson, Inc., drilled soil boring FB -1 using a CME 85 truck- mounted drill rig and mud - rotary drilling techniques. The mud - rotary method consists of drilling the subsurface soils and removing the cuttings by circulation of a bentonite /water mix drilling mud. A settling tank at the ground surface collected the cuttings while the mud was recirculated into the boring. Gregory Drilling, Inc. transferred all cuttings into drums and disposed of them. One cone penetration test (CPT) was completed by Northwest Cone Exploration under subcontract to Shannon and Wilson, Inc. on June 27, 2007. The test, designated CPT -1, was used to evaluate the subsurface conditions and evaluate the depth of a suitable bearing layer. The results are plotted as Figure A -5. A.2 PREVIOUS SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS We evaluated subsurface information from previous explorations to supplement geotechnical information derived from the recent boring. Our firm previously performed two soil borings in the project vicinity in 2004 and 2007. Section A.4 references these studies. The soil boring designations and locations are shown in the Site and Exploration Plan, Figure 2. The logs for these soil borings are presented as Figures A -3 through A -4. A.3 SOIL SAMPLING A Shannon & Wilson, Inc. representative observed previous and current drilling operations. Our representative collected soil samples and prepared a log for each boring. During the explorations, disturbed (split- spoon) samples were retrieved from the borings at 21/2- to 5 -foot 21 -1- 20762 -001 -R 1- AA.doc/wp/LKD A -1 21 -1- 20762 -001 A.4 REFERENCES SHANNON FiWILSON, INC. depth intervals. Retrieved samples were field screened for the potential presence of contamination. Field screening methods included visual and olfactory observations. To obtain disturbed soil samples, Standard Penetration Tests (SPTs) were performed in general accordance with the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation: D 1586, Test Method for Penetration Test and Split - Barrel Sampling of Soils (ASTM, 2002). The SPT consists of driving a 2 -inch outside - diameter (O.D.) split -spoon sampler a total distance of 18 inches below the bottom of the drilled hole with a 140 -pound hammer falling 30 inches. The number of blows required to cause the last 12 inches of penetration is termed the Standard Penetration Resistance (N- value). When the resistance exceeded 50 blows for 6 inches or less penetration, the test was terminated and the number of blows and the corresponding penetration were recorded. The Standard Penetration Resistance values are plotted on the boring logs presented in Appendix A. These values provide a means for evaluating the relative density of granular soils and the relative consistency (stiffness) of cohesive soils. SPT samples were classified in the field and recorded on the logs by our field representative. Samples were placed in airtight jars and returned to our laboratory for testing. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 2002, 2002 Annual book of standards, construction: West Conshohocken, Pa., volume 04.08 Soil and Rock. Shannon & Wilson, Inc., 1975, Report of soil engineering, Rainier National Bank, Tukwila, Washington: Shannon & Wilson, Inc., Seattle, Wash., report no. W- 2888 -01, July. Shannon & Wilson, Inc., 2005, Geotechnical report, Westfield Shoppingtown Southcenter Expansion, Tukwila, Washington: Shannon & Wilson, Inc., Seattle, Wash., report no. 21 -1- 20189 -004, September. 21-1-20762-001 -R I -AA. doc/wp/LK D A -2 21 -1- 20762 -001 DESCRIPTION SIEVE NUMBER AND /OR SIZE FINES < #200 (0.08 mm) SAND* - Fine - Medium - Coarse #200 to #40 (0.08 to 0.4 mm) #40 to #10 (0.4 to 2 mm) #10 to #4 (2 to 5 mm) GRAVEL* - Fine - Coarse #4 to 3/4 inch (5 to 19 mm) 3/4 to 3 inches (19 to 76 mm) COBBLES 3 to 12 inches (76 to 305 mm) BOULDERS > 12 inches (305 mm) COARSE - GRAINED SOILS FINE - GRAINED SOILS N, SPT, BLOWS /FT. RELATIVE DENSITY N, SPT, RELATIVE BLOWS /FT. CONSISTENCY 0 - 4 4 - 10 10 - 30 30 - 50 Over 50 Very loose Loose Medium dense Dense Very dense Under 2 2 - 4 4 - 8 8 - 15 15 - 30 Over 30 Very soft Soft Medium stiff Stiff Very stiff Hard Shannon & Wilson, Inc. (S& W), uses a soil classification system modified from the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). Elements of the USCS and other definitions are provided on this and the following page. Soil descriptions are based on visual - manual procedures (ASTM D 2488 -93) unless otherwise noted. • MAJOR constituents compose more than 50 percent, by weight, of the soil. Major consituents are capitalized (i.e., SAND). • Minor constituents compose 12 to 50 percent of the soil and precede the major constituents (i.e., silty SAND). Minor constituents preceded by "slightly" compose 5 to 12 percent of the soil (i.e., slightly silty SAND). • Trace constituents compose 0 to 5 percent of the soil (i.e., slightly silty SAND, trace of gravel). MOISTURE CONTENT DEFINITIONS Dry Absence of moisture, dusty, dry to the touch Moist Wet Damp but no visible water Visible free water, from below water table ATD Elev. ft FeO MgO HSA ID in Ibs Mon. N NA NP OD OVA PID ppm PVC SS SPT USC WLI At Time of Drilling Elevation feet Iron Oxide Magnesium Oxide Hollow Stem Auger Inside Diameter inches pounds Monument cover Blows for last two 6 -inch increments Not applicable or not available Non plastic Outside diameter Organic vapor analyzer Photo - ionization detector parts per million Polyvinyl Chloride Split spoon sampler Standard penetration test Unified soil classification Water level indicator S &W CLASSIFICATION OF SOIL CONSTITUENTS ABBREVIATIONS GRAIN SIZE DEFINITION * Unless otherwise noted, sand and gravel, when present, range from fine to coarse in grain size. RELATIVE DENSITY / CONSISTENCY WELL AND OTHER SYMBOLS Bent. Cement Grout /� Bentonite Grout Bentonite Chips Silica Sand PVC Screen Vibrating Wire YA I Q Surface Cement Seal Asphalt or Cap Slough Bedrock Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND LOG KEY June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnlcal and Environmental Consultants FIG. A -1 Sheet 1 of 2 ,UNIFIE S G r S YSTE M (LvSCSy. , (From ASTM D:24.8. 7 -98 `8, 2 -93) _ . } MAJOR DIVISIONS GROUP /GRAPHIC SYMBOL TYPICAL DESCRIPTION COARSE- GRAINED SOILS (more than 50% retained on No. 200 sieve) Gravels (more than 50% of coarse fraction retained on No. 4 sieve) o Clean Gravels (less than 5% fines) GW VI III • ii' • b Well -graded ravels, vels, gravel sand rt�ixtures,1itt a or no fines. G p , e O , o • o p � Poorly graded gravels, gravel -sand mixtures, little or no fines Gravels with Fines (more than 12% fines) ' Silt ravels, ravel sand - silt mixtures y gravels, gravel GC . r Clayey gravels, gravel- sand -clay mixtures Sands (50% or more of coarse fraction passes the No. 4 sieve) Clean Sands (less than 5% fines) SW Well- graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines SP Poorly graded sand, gravelly sands, little or no fines S ar1�S with Fines (more than 12% fines) SM Silty sands, sand - silt mixtures SC Clayey sands, sand -clay mixtures FINE -G LINED (50% or more passes the No. 200 sieve) Silts and Clays (liquid limit less than 50) Inorganic ML Inorganic silts of low to medium plastcity, rock flour, sandy silts, gravelly silts, or clayey silts with slight plasticity CL Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, clays Organic OL low plastic ty and organic silty clays of Silts and Clays (liquid limit 50 or more) Inorganic MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sands or silty soils, elastic silt CH Inorganic clays or medium to high plasticity, sandy fat clay, or gravelly fat Organic OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity, organic silts O RGANIC SOILS Primarily organic matter, dark in color, and organic odor DT .rw✓d Peat humus, swamp soils with high organic content (see ASTM D 4427) NOTE: No. 4 size = 5 mm; No. 200 size = 0.075 mm NOTES 1. Dual symbols (symbols separated by a hyphen, i.e., SP -SM, slightly silty tine SAND) are used for soils with between 5% and 12% fines or when the liquid limit and plasticity index values plot in the CL -ML area of the plasticity chart. , 2. Borderline symbols (symbols separated by a slash, i.e., CUML, silty CLAY /clayey SILT, GW /SW, sandy GRAVEL/gravelly SAND) Indicate that the soil may fall Into one of two possible basic groups. Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND LOG KEY June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants FIG. A -1 Sheet 2 of 2 Total Depth: 106.5 ft. Northing: Drilling Method: thod: Mud Rotary Hole Diam.: 6 in. Top Elevation: – 32 ft. Easti Company: Gregory Rod Diam.: 2 Vert. Datum: Station: Drill Rig Equipment: Truck Hammer Type: Automatic Horiz. Datum: Offset: Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION Refer to the report text fora proper understanding of the subsurface materials and drilling methods. The stratification lines indicated below represent the approximate boundaries between material types, and the transition may be gradual. • 'y3dea Symbol saldwes' Ground Water Depth, ft. PENETRATION RESISTANCE (blows/foot) • Hammer Wt. & Drop: 1401bs / 30 inches 0 20 40 60 Medium dense, gray, silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly; moist; (Fill) SC /SM. 1 5.5 ' 23.0 45.0 53.0 00 °'s I a1 e= sI 8 I s = • 1 01 11 1 10 �Z 15 o 0 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 . • •: . Loose, gray to black, silty fine SAND; wet; scattered fine roots and wood particles; SM. :. O • Soft, gray to purple -gray, fine sandy SILT; wet; thinly bedded with a trace of fine roots, seam of stiff PEAT at 35.0 feet; ML. C • • 9 Medium dense, black, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND; wet; finely bedded with scattered silt seams; SP -SM. O. • < Medium stiff, gray, fine sandy SILT; wet; finely bedded; ML. CONTINUED NEXT SHEET • 0 20 40 60 LEGEND • Sample Not Recovered U Ground Water Level ATD 0 % Fines (<0.075mm) 1 Standard Penetration Test • % Water Content Plastic Limit 1-110--1 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content 7 NOTES Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington LOG OF BORING FB -1 June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 1. Refer to KEY for explanation of symbols, codes, abbreviations and definitions. 2. Groundwater level, if indicated above, is for the date specified and may vary . 3. USCS designation Is based on visual - manual classification and selected lab testing. 4. The hole location was measured using a cloth tape from existing site features and should be considered aoomximate SHANNON B u i �NC. nts FIG. A-2 Sheet 1 of 2 Total Depth: 106.5 ft. Northing: hod: Mud Rotary Hole Diam.: 6 in. Top Elevation: - 32 ft. East Company: Gregory Rod Diam.: 2 Vert. Datum: Stati on: Drill Rig Equipment: Truck Hammer Type: Automatic Horiz. Datum: Offset: Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION Refer to the report text for a proper understanding of the subsurface materials and drilling methods. The stratification lines indicated below represent the approximate boundaries between material types, and the transition may be gradual. Depth, ft. Symbol 1 seldweg Ground Water Depth, ft. PENETRATION RESISTANCE (blows/foot) • Hammer WI & Drop: 140 lbs / 30 inches 0 20 40 60 •' Very soft to soft, gray to dark gray, silty CLAY; wet; finely bedded, scattered shell fragments from 85.0 feet; CUCH. tiU.0 100.0 106.5 / 0 1 4 1 f 15 1 12 3 = s 1 7 I , e= gg WOH �p WORn► WORD WOW. WOE �gp WOtzA WOW 100 105 110 115 �. • •.. • O i9I • Very loose to loose, gray, silty fine SAND; wet; thinly bedded with scattered shell and wood fragments; SM. 2 0 1 z,1 • BOTTOM OF BORING i COMPLETED 6/15/2007 . 0 20 40 60 LEGEND 0 % Fines (<0.075mm) • Sample Not Recovered $j Ground Water Level ATD e 1 S tandard Penetration Test 0 % Water Content Plastic Umit I-11-1 Liquid Umit Natural Water Content 2. 2 N D. 0. 0. NOTES Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington LOG OF BORING FB -1 June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 & 1. Refer to KEY for explanation of symbols, codes, abbreviations and definitions. W 2. Groundwater level, it indicated above, is for the date specified and may vary. o 3. USCS designation is based on visual- manual classification and selected lab testing. 4. The hole location was measured using a cloth tape from existing site features and 2 ahnutd bn cornidereri aoornximata. SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnicatand Environmental Consultants FIG. A -2 Sheet 2 of 2 Total Depth: 86.5 ft. North Drilling Method: Mud Rotary Hole Diam.: 6 in. Top Elevation: - 30 ft. Easti Company: Boart Longyear Rod Diam.: 2 -inch Vert. Datum: Static Equipment: Truck Rig Hammer Typt Zope and Cathead Horiz. Datum: Offset: Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION ' 'y;do Symbol sejduies •1 ' y;daa Ja;eM punoJo PENETRATION RESISTANCE (blowslfoot) 0 20 40 60 Medium dense to dense, light brown to gray, slightly sandy, silty GRAVEL; moist; (Fill) GP. 13.0 m )a 00 a oc t=[ None Observed During Drilling tto Co V O CT A W N O O O ` _O O O O O O Medium dense, gray, silty, fine to medium 1 mi O Medium stiff, brown -gray, slightly sandy SILT, trace of wood fragments; moist; thinly bedded; = im Medium dense, black, silty, fine SAND; moist; I . . • 3 Stiff, brown to gray, fine sandy SILT; moist; r O Medium dense, gray to black, slightly silty to 3 Very soft to medium stiff, light to dark gray, silty Weight -of -Rod a a ' Dense to very dense, dark gray, silty, fine to • BOTTOM OF BORING COMPLETED 2/7/2007 0 20 40 60 E GEND • Sample Not Recovered 0 % Fines (<0.075mm) i 1 Standard Penetration Test • % Water Content Plastic Limit I--0-1 Liquid Limit 3 Natural Water Content 5 Cheesecake Factory Tukwila, Washington Total Depth: 83 ft. Northing: Method: Hole Diam.: Top Elevation: - 28 ft. East Company: Rod Diam.: Vert. Datum: Station: Equipment Hammer Type: Horn. Datum: Offs Comments: SOIL DESCRIPTION Refer to the report text for a proper understanding of the subsurface materials and drilling methods. The stratification lines indicated below represent the approximate boundaries between material types, and the transition may be gradual. 14 'gIdea Symbol seldweg 'u 'Woo JeleM pump PENETRATION RESISTANCE Mows/toot) • Hammer Wt. & Drop: 0 20 40 60 1 3 -inch asphalt concrete; 9 -inch compacted r base course. 1 . 0 12 17.0 21.0 31.0 38.0 47.5 53.D 63.0 83.0 "' : ' - �• • • ": 1 0 . ;;; • = • '. '-r- 3 4 =E 5= • Loose, .' s= - r= 8= 20 ° g 3 0 40 50 60 70 80 90 • . . Medium dense to dense /very stiff, gray to light brown, silty, fine SAND and slightly sandy \SILT, trace of gravel; moist; (Fill) SM /ML. r :,012 "' • . - brownish -gray, slightly gravelly, silty SAND; wet; sand is well graded; SM. f - \Very soft, gray, clayey SILT; moist; ML. r :.:• :: :,: . 10= 11= 12= 13= ::. 14= r:• 15= 1e= Loose to medium dense, dark gray, clean to slightly silty, very fine SAND; wet; occasional organics; SP. : • ;e �. Medium stiff, brown to dark gray, silty CLAY /clayey SILT, trace of fine sand, \numerous organics; moist; MUCL. f --, Medium dense, dark gray, fine to medium SAND; wet; SP. • . • Very loose /soft, dark gray, varved, very fine to fine silty SAND and sandy SILT; wet; numerous organics; strong sulfur odor; SM /ML.r ; . ,. � . � Very soft to soft, gray to dark gray, silty CLAY /clayey SILT; moist; organics at top of - layer; strong sulfur odor; MH /CH. ,- , 171 1a tti Medium dense to very dense, gray, slightly silty to silty, fine to coarse SAND, becomes gravelly towards bottom; wet; scattered shells; SM. .. " ' •• ••..; • ' 19= 201 21 ; .. _ BOTTOM OF BORING COMPLETED 11/9/2004 E s 0 20 40 60 LEGEND • Sample Not Recovered V Ground Water Level ATD E Environmental Sample Obtained g 1 Standard Penetration Test Plastic Limit -- 411---•1 Liquid Limit Natural Water Content D. D. "• n N cg 8 ii NOTES N 1. Refer to KEY for explanation of symbols, codes, abbreviations and definitions. w 0 2. Groundwater level, if indicated above, Is for the date specified and may vary. 3. USCS designation Is based on visual- manual classification and selected lab testing. Westfield Shoppingtown Southcenter Expansion Tukwila, Washington LOG OF BORING RB -5 May 2006 21 - 20189 - 005 SHANNON S WILSON, INC. FIG. A -4 Tip Resistance Qc TSF 0 0 20 40 Depth 60 (ft) 80 100 120 I I I I I C L J 'Soil behavior type and SPT based on data from USG-1383 300 Shannon & Wilson Inc. Operator: Nowak Sounding: CPT -01 Cone Used: DSG1015 Friction Ratio Fs/0c (%) 0 4 I o I 1 O 1 L 1- J CPT Date/Time: 6/27/2007 10:54:05 AM Location: Fidelity Job Number: 21 -1- 20762 -001 Pore Pressure Soil Behavior Type* SPT N` Pw PSI Zone: UBC -1983 60% Hammer -20 140 0 12 0 120 Maximum Depth = 119.75 feet Depth Increment = 0.164 feet 1 sensitive fine grained ■ 4 silty clay to clay 17 silty sand to sandy silt • 10 gravelly sand to sand 12 organic material • 5 clayey silt to silty clay 8 sand to silty sand • 11 very stiff fine grained (') • 3 day MI 6 sandy silt to clayey silt ® 9 sand • 12 sand to clayey sand ( *) Northwest Cone Exploration FIG. A -5 APPENDIX B LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS SHANNON 8WILSON, INC. 21 -1 -20762 -001 2 I -1-20762-001-RI -A B. d oc/wp/ LK D APPENDIX B LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page B.1 INTRODUCTION B -1 B.2 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION B -1 B.3 WATER CONTENT DETERMINATION B -1 B.4 FINES CONTENT B -2 B -i SHANNON iWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 B.1 INTRODUCTION B.2 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION 21 -1- 20762401 -RI -A B.doc/wp /LKD APPENDIX B LABORATORY TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS This appendix contains descriptions of the procedures and the results of laboratory tests performed on the soil samples obtained from the field exploration for the Fidelity Bank project in Tukwila, Washington. We tested the samples to determine the basic index properties and the engineering characteristics of the soils within the project site. The Shannon & Wilson, Inc. laboratory in Seattle, Washington, conducted the testing during June 2007. Laboratory testing consisted of visual classification on all soil samples, natural moisture content determination on all soil samples, and fines content on four soil samples. Each of the soil samples recovered from the borings was visually reclassified in our laboratory using a system based on the American Society for Testing and Materials' (ASTM) Designation: D 2487, Standard Test Method for Classification of Soil for Engineering Purposes, and ASTM Designation: D 2488, Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual -Manual Procedure). These ASTM standards use the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). The USCS is described in Figure A -1. The visual classification made using this system allows for convenient and consistent comparison of soils from widespread geographic areas. The individual sample classifications have been incorporated into the soil descriptions on the boring logs presented in Figures A -2 through A -4. B.3 WATER CONTENT DETERMINATION B-1 SHANNON &WILSON, INC. The natural water content of 20 soil samples recovered from the field explorations were determined in general accordance with ASTM Designation: D 2216, Standard Method of Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures. Comparison of natural water content of a soil with its index properties can be useful in 1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 2002, 2002 Annual book of standards, Construction v. 04.08, Soil and rock (I): D 420 —D 5779: West Conshohocken, Pa. 21 -1- 20762 -001 B.4 FINES CONTENT 21 -1- 20762 - 001- R1- AB.doclwp /LKD B-2 SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. characterizing soil unit weight, consistency, compressibility, and strength. Water content is plotted on the boring logs presented in Appendix A. Fines content determinations were performed on selected samples of granular soils in general accordance with ASTM D 422, Standard Method for Particle -Size Analysis of Soils. Fines contents are plotted on the boring logs presented in Appendix A. Fines contents are used to assist in classifying soils and to provide correlation with soil properties, including permeability, capillarity, susceptibility to liquefaction, and sensitivity to moisture. 21 -1- 20762 -001 APPENDIX C LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL SHANNON &WILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 Figure No. 21 -1- 20762 -001- RI- AC.doc/wp /LKD APPENDIX C LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Page C.1 LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL C -1 C.2 REFERENCE C -1 LIST OF FIGURES C -1 Results of Liquefaction Analyses, Boring FB -1 C -2 Results of Liquefaction Analyses, Boring CF -1 C -3 Results of Liquefaction Analyses, Boring RB -5 C -i SHANNON 6WILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 C.1 LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL APPENDIX C LIQUEFACTION POTENTIAL SHANNON fiWILSON, INC. Liquefaction potential of the subsurface soils was estimated using the Standard Penetration Test (SPT) N- values for samples obtained in the borings and their measured fines content. The factor of safety (FS) against liquefaction was determined for each SPT based on Seed's simplified empirical procedure and in accordance with National Center for Earthquake Engineering Research (NCEER) technical report NCEER -97 -0022 (Youd and Idriss, 1997). FSs were calculated for ground motions consistent with the recommended design ground motions (i.e., earthquake magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g). The calculated FSs for each boring are plotted in Figures C -1 through C -3. C.2 REFERENCE Youd, T.L., and Idriss, I.M., 1997, Proceedings of the NCEER Workshop on evaluation of liquefaction resistance of soils: NCEER technical report NCEER -97 -0022, December 31. 21.1- 20762 -001 - 1 -AC.doc/wp/LKD C-1 21 -1- 20762 -001 Med. dense silty, clayey SAND, trace to slightly gravelly; Fill (SC /SM) Loose silty fine SAND (SM) Soft fine sandy SILT (ML) Med. Dense, slightly silty, fine to medium SAND (SP -SM) Soft fine sandy SILT (ML) Very soft to soft silty CLAY (CH) 6r2820074.IQUEF_FB- 1.xls- author SUBSURFACE PROFILE (Based on Boring FB -1) 15 • 20 d w 30 w U cc rn 0 40 O a. 50 60 70 eo NOTES: FACTOR -OF- SAFETY AGAINST LIQUEFACTION (FS) 00 01 02 0.3 04 05 0.6 07 0.9 09 1.0 11 12 0 • • • • • 1. Reference: Youd, T.L. and Idriss, I.M., 2001, Liquefaction Resistance of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996 NCEER and 1998 NCEER/ NSF Workshops on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils. 2. The analysis was performed for an earthquake with a magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g. 3. The liquefaction resistance of a soil is dependent on its density and fines content. The fines content was estimated based on selected grain -slze analyses and engineering judgement. • • Fidelity Bank Tukwila, Washington ,3 14 1.5 • • • RESULTS OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSES BORING FB -1 June 2007 21 -1- 20762 -001 Pe cal a nEnnvwnmentaat colnsru'taants FIG. C -1 Med. dense to dense, slightly sandy silty GRAVEL; Fill (GP) Med. dense silty SAND (SM) Med. stiff slightly sandy SILT (ML) Med. dense slightly silty fine SAND (SP- SM) Stiff fine sandy SILT (SM) Med. dense fine to medium SAND (SP) Very soft silty CLAY /clayey SILT (CH /MH) Dense to very dense fine to medium SAND (SM) 0128!2007- LIOUEF CF- 1.xls- author SUBSURFACE PROFILE FACTOR-OF-SAFETY AGAINST LIQUEFACTION (FS) (Based on Boring CF -1) 0.0 0.1 02 03 04 05 08 01 10 20 d 30. w LL N z O 40 re O a. 50 G 50 70 80 NOTES: 1. Reference: Youd, T.L. and Idriss, I.M., 2001, Liquefaction Resistance of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996 NCEER and 1998 NCEER/ NSF Workshops on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils. 2. The analysis was performed for an earthquake with a magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g. 3. The Liquefaction resistance of a soil is dependent on its density and fines content. The fines content was estimated based on selected grain -size analyses and engineering Judgement. 0.7 0.a 0.0 1.0 1 1 1 2 1.3 1.4 1.5 • Cheesecake Factory Tukwila, Washington • • • RESULTS OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSES BORING CF -1 June 2007 21 -1- 20693 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. C - Geotechnicat and Environmental Consultants Med. Dense to dense, v. stiff, silty SAND; FIII, (SM) Loose, brown -gray, slightly gravelly, silty SAND; (SM) V. soft, gray, clayey SILT; (ML) Loose to med. Dense, dark gray, slightly silty, very fine SAND; (SP -SM) Med stiff, brown to dark gray, silty CLAY and clayey SILT, numerous organics; MUCL Medium dense, dark gray, fine to medium SAND; (SP) Med. Dense, dark gray, varved fine silty SAND /sandy SILT; (SM /ML) Very soft to soft, gray to dark gray silty CLAY and clayey SILT; (MH/CH) 6/292007 -LIQUE F_R&5ads- author SUBSURFACE PROFILE (Based on Boring RB -5) 0.0 01 02 0 10 20 m W 0 tr rn z O 30 tz 0 O a W 40 5o 50 NOTES: 1, Reference: Youd, T.L. and Idriss, I.M., 2001, Liquefaction Resistance of Soils: Summary Report from the 1996 NCEER and 1998 NCEER/ NSF Workshops on Evaluation of Liquefaction Resistance of Soils. 2. The analysis was performed for an earthquake with a magnitude of 7 and a peak ground acceleration of 0.34g. 3. The liquefaction resistance of a soil is dependent on its density and fines content. The fines content was estimated based on selected grain -size analyses and engineering judgement. FACTOR -OF- SAFETY AGAINST LIQUEFACTION (FS) 03 0.4 0.5 08 0.7 0.8 00 1.0 11 1.2 1 Westfield Shoppingtown Southcenter Expansion Tukwila, Washington 3 14 1.5 • • • RESULTS OF LIQUEFACTION ANALYSES BORING RB -5 June 2007 21 -1- 20189 -001 SHANNON & WILSON, INC. FIG. C - Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants APPENDIX D IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR GEOTECHNICAL REPORT SHANNON tiWILSON, INC. 21 -1- 20762 -001 sll II SHANNON & WILSON, INC. Geotechnical and Environmental Consultants IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR GEOTECHNICAL /ENVIRONMENTAL REPORT CONSULTING SERVICES ARE PERFORMED FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES AND FOR SPECIFIC CLIENTS. Consultants prepare reports to meet the specific needs of specific individuals. A report prepared for a civil engineer may not be adequate for a construction contractor or even another civil engineer. Unless indicated otherwise, your consultant prepared your report expressly for you and expressly for the purposes you indicated. No one other than you should apply this report for its intended purpose without first conferring with the consultant. No party should apply this report for any purpose other than that originally contemplated without first conferring with the consultant. THE CONSULTANT'S REPORT IS BASED ON PROJECT - SPECIFIC FACTORS. Ageotechnical/environmental report is based on a subsurface exploration plan designed to consider a unique set of project-specific factors. Depending on the project, these may include: the general nature of the structure and property involved; its size and configuration; its historical use and practice; the location of the structure on the site and its orientation; other improvements such as access roads, parking lots, and underground utilities; and the additional risk created by scope -of- service limitations imposed by the client. To help avoid costly problems, ask the consultant to evaluate how any factors that change subsequent to the date of the report may affect the recommendations. Unless your consultant indicates otherwise, your report should not be used: (1) when the nature of the proposed project is changed (for example, if an office building will be erected instead of a parking garage, or if a refrigerated warehouse will be built instead of an unrefrigerated one, or chemicals are discovered on or near the site); (2) when the size, elevation, or configuration of the proposed project is altered; (3) when the location or orientation of the proposed project is modified; (4) when there is a change of ownership; or (5) for application to an adjacent site. Consultants cannot accept responsibility for problems that may occur if they are not consulted after factors which were considered in the development of the report have changed. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS CAN CHANGE. Subsurface conditions may be affected as a result of natural processes or human activity. Because a geotechnical/environmental report is based on conditions that existed at the time of subsurface exploration, construction decisions should not be based on a report whose adequacy may have been affected by time. Ask the consultant to advise if additional tests are desirable before construction starts; for example, groundwater conditions commonly vary seasonally. Construction operations at or adjacent to the site and natural events such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctuations may also affect subsurface conditions and, thus, the continuing adequacy of a geotechnical/environmental report. The consultant should be kept apprised of any such events, and should be consulted to determine if additional tests are necessary. MOST RECOMMENDATIONS ARE PROFESSIONAL JUDGMENTS. Attachment to and part of Report 21 -1- 20762 -001 Date: July 3, 2007 To: Mr. Joshua Kimmel Westfield Corporation, Inc. Site exploration and testing identifies actual surface and subsurface conditions only at those points where samples are taken. The data were extrapolated by your consultant, who then applied judgment to render an opinion about overall subsurface conditions. The actual interface between materials may be far more gradual or abrupt than your report indicates. Actual conditions in areas not sampled may differ from those predicted in your report. While nothing can be done to prevent such situations, you and your consultant can work together to help reduce their impacts. Retaining your consultant to observe subsurface construction operations can be particularly beneficial in this respect. Page 1 of 2 1/2007 A REPORTS CONCLUSIONS ARE PRELIMINARY. The conclusions contained in your consultant's report are preliminary because they must be based on the assumption that conditions revealed through selective exploratory sampling are indicative of actual conditions throughout a site. Actual subsurface conditions can be discerned only during earthwork; therefore, you should retain your consultant to observe actual conditions and to provide conclusions. Only the consultant who prepared the report is fully familiar with the background information needed to determine whether or not the report's recommendations based on those conclusions are valid and whether or not the contractor is abiding by applicable recommendations. The consultant who developed your report cannot assume responsibility or liability for the adequacy of the report's recommendations if another party is retained to observe construction. THE CONSULTANT'S REPORT IS SUBJECT TO MISINTERPRETATION. Costly problems can occur when other design professionals develop their plans based on misinterpretation of a geotechnical/environmental report. To help avoid these problems, the consultant should be retained to work with other project design professionals to explain relevant geotechnical, geological, hydrogeological, and environmental findings, and to review the adequacy of their plans and specifications relative to these issues. BORING LOGS AND /OR MONITORING WELL DATA SHOULD NOT BE SEPARATED FROM THE REPORT. Final boring logs developed by the consultant are based upon interpretation of field logs (assembled by site personnel), field test results, and laboratory and/or office evaluation of field samples and data. Only final boring logs and data are customarily included in geotechnical/environmental reports. These final logs should not, under any circumstances, be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings, because drafters may commit errors or omissions in the transfer process. To reduce the likelihood of boring log or monitoring well misinterpretation, contractors should be given ready access to the complete geotechnical engineering /environmental report prepared or authorized for their use. If access is provided only to the report prepared for you, you should advise contractors of the report's limitations, assuming that a contractor was not one of the specific persons for whom the report was prepared, and that developing construction cost estimates was not one of the specific purposes for which it was prepared. While a contractor may gain important knowledge from a report prepared for another party, the contractor should discuss the report with your consultant and perform the additional or alternative work believed necessary to obtain the data specifically appropriate for construction cost estimating purposes. Some clients hold the mistaken impression that simply disclaiming responsibility for the accuracy of subsurface information always insulates them from attendant liability. Providing the best available information to contractors helps prevent costly construction problems and the adversarial attitudes that aggravate them to a disproportionate scale. READ RESPONSIBILITY CLAUSES CLOSELY. Because geotechnical/environmental engineering is based extensively on judgment and opinion, it is far less exact than other design disciplines. This situation has resulted in wholly unwarranted claims being lodged against consultants. To help prevent this problem, consultants have developed a number of clauses for use in their contracts, reports and other documents. These responsibility clauses are not exculpatory clauses designed to transfer the consultant's liabilities to other parties; rather, they are definitive clauses that identify where the consultant's responsibilities begin and end. Their use helps all parties involved recognize their individual responsibilities and take appropriate action. Some of these definitive clauses are likely to appear in your report, and you are encouraged to read them closely. Your consultant will be pleased to give full and frank answers to your questions. The preceding paragraphs are based on information provided by the ASFE/Association of Engineering Firms Practicing in the Geosciences, Silver Spring, Maryland Page 2 of 2 1/2007 LeMessurier Consultants Program of Special Tests and Inspections For compliance with Chapter 17 of the International Building Code Project: Fidelity Investments Location: Seattle, Washington Owner: Owner's Address: Architect of Record: Gensler Structural Engineer of Record (SER): LeMessurier Consultants. Inc. This program of special tests and inspection is submitted as a condition for issuance of the building permit in accordance with Chapter 17 of the International Building Code. The following firms, agencies, or individuals (hereinafter referred to collectively as agents) except for the Geotechnical Engineer, will perform the tests and inspections under the direction of the SER. (The Geotechnical Engineer is responsible for directing the testing and inspection of controlled structural fill and in -situ bearing stratum for footings. Abbreviation Agent SER Structural Engineer of Record listed above AR Architect of Record listed above OIAF Owner's Inspection Agency - Field OIAP Owner's Inspection Agency - Plant GE Geotechnical Engineer FQP Fabricator's Quality Control Program CQP Contractor's Quality Control Program NR Not Required NA Not Applicable The abbreviations will be used on the attached pages to identify which agent is performing the particular tests or inspections. Inspections and tests defined by these documents relate to work of permanent construction only. Temporary work or construction procedures such as shoring, scaffolding, trench supports, safety rails and nets, etc., are not included. Page 1 LeM File No. 28009 The following categories of special tests and inspections, if checked, are included in the program for special tests and inspections for this project. The specific tests and inspections required for each checked category are listed on the page noted opposite the category. Category M Steel Construction Cast -in -place Concrete Construction ❑ Precast Concrete Construction ❑ Masonry Construction ❑ Woad Construction ❑ In -situ Bearing Strata for Footings Pace Category 3 ® Controlled Structural Fill (Prepared Fill) 4 ® Pile Foundations ❑ Pier Foundations ❑ Curtain Walls (Wall Panels & Veneers) ❑ Light Gage Metal Framing ❑ Spray Fireproofing Page 5 6 The following items of construction, if checked, are specified in the plans or specifications on a performance basis. Their structural design will be reviewed by the SER and their construction is included in the Program for Tests and Inspections on the attached sheets: M Contain Walls ❑ Precast Concrete Components ❑ Post - tensioning Steel ® Structural Steel Connections Lightgage Metal Framing Prepared by the Structural Engineer of Record: Name: Peter J. Cheever, P.E. Please print Firm: LeMessurier Consultants Date: March 18, 2008 ❑ Metal Build.ings 0 ❑ The following items are excluded from this Program of Special Tests and Inspections, since they are designed by other structural engineers not under the control of the SER, and the SER was not retained to provide performance specifications for their design. Said structural engineers must provide a Program of Special Tests and Inspections for their respective designs. EXPIRES 6 7 - !C - c> Registration Seal LeMessurier Consultants Page 2 LeM File No. 28009 Item Agent Scope 1. Fabricator Certification/ Quality Control Procedures (1705.2) SER OIAP Review each Fabricator's quality control procedures. 2. Fabricator Inspection (1705.3) FQP Inspect in -plant fabrication. 3. Material Certification OIAP,SER Review for conformance to the specifications. 4. Bolting - Shop Bolting -.Field FQP OIAF, CQP Test and inspect bolted connections. Verify bolt size and grade. Test sample HS bolts. Test and inspect bolted connections. Verify bolt size and grade. Test sample HS bolts. 5. Welding - Shop Welding - Field FQP OIAF, CQP Check welder qualifications. Inspect fillet welds and test full and partial penetration shop welds. (Seismic per 1705.3.3.2) Check welder qualifications. Inspect fillet welds and test full and partial penetration field welds. (Seismic per 1705.3.3.2) 6. Structural framing, details and assemblies OIAP, FQP, OIAF Inspect for size, grade of steel, camber, installation and connection details. 7. Open Web Steel Joists O1AF, CQP Inspect for size, placement, bridging, bearing and connection to structure. Visually inspect all welds of a minimum of 5% of the joists, randomly selected. S. Metal Decking OIAF, CQP Verify gage, width, and type. Inspect placement, laps, welds, sidelap attachment and screws or other mechanical fasteners. Check welder qualifications. 9. Corrosion Protection OIAP, FQP, OIAF, CQP Inspect galvanized surfaces. Check galvanizing certificates. Inspect surface preparation, paint thickness. Inspect paint damage. 10. Anchor Bolts OIAF, CQP Inspect size, type, geometry, projection, washers, nuts, nut engagement, tightness. 11. Other Schedule of Special Tests and Inspections Steel Construction 1704.3 (See 1704.3.1 for exception Project: Fidelity - Seattle, Washington LeMessurier Consultants Page 3 LeM File No. 28009 Item Agent Scope 1. Mix Design ACI 318 Chapter 5 SER Review mix designs. 2. Materials Certification SER Review materials, admixtures, curing methods. 3. Batching Plant CQP Review Plant quality control procedures and hatching and mixing methods. 4. Reinforcement Installation O1AF, CQP Inspect reinforcing for grade size, quantity, location, condition, cover, supports. Inspect mechanical splices and grouted dowels. 5. Formwork Geometry OIAF, CQP Inspect form dimensions, tightness. Inspect surfaces and tie type and layout for architectural concrete. 6. Concrete Placement OIAF Observe concrete placement, consolidation, finishing. Verify cold - weather and hot - weather procedures. Perform slump, density and air- content tests at point of discharge. Prepare strength test cylinders. Review mix designations, time of hatching, water added in field. 7. Evaluation of Concrete Strength 01AF Concrete cylinders. Perform verification testing as directed. 8. Curing and Protection OIAF, CQP Observe methods of moisture retention, concrete temperature, form removal. 9. Other Schedule of Special Tests and Inspections Cast -in- Place Concrete Construction 1704.4 Project: Fidelity - Seattle. Washington Note: Above not applicable to non - structural slabs on ground, minor footings (1705.4). LeMessurier Consultants Page 4 LeM File No. 28009 Item Agent Scope 1. Fill Material O1AF or GE Test material for conformance to specifications or geotechnical report. Perform laboratory compaction tests in accordance with the specifications to determine optimum water content and maximum dry density. 2. Installation of controlled structural fill (1704.7.1 and .2) OIAF or GE Provide full-time inspection of the installation, in accordance with the specifications and IBC 1704.7.1 and .2. 3. Density of Ell (1704.7.3) OIAF or GE Perform field density tests of the in -place fill in accordance with the specifications and IBC 1704.7.3. 4. Other Schedule of Special Tests and Inspections Controlled Structural Fill ( Prepared Fill l 1704.7.2 Project: Fidelity - Seattle, WashinEton LeMessurier Consultants Page 5 LeM File No. 28009 1 214.. 1'v4uu CbL%J a a . •. •..+ Item Agent Scope 1. Pile material (1808) GE Inspect documents identifying pile material and certifying grade of material for conformance to the Contract Documents, and the at the identification is maintained from the point of manufacture to the point of delivery to the site. 2. Pile material tests (1808 ) GE If Item 1 is unsatisfactory, test material for conformance to the Contract Documents. 3. Pile installation (1809) GE SER Perform full -time inspection of installation. Maintain accurate records for each pile as required in IBC 1808. Record final location of each pile in plan and forward to SER. Review as -built pile locations. Provide corrective information as required. 4. Cast -in -place concrete and reinforcing steel components of piles W C7 0 Perform structural tests and inspections as listed under category Cast - in - Place Concrete Construction. 5. Other Schedule of Special Tests and Inspections Project: Fidelity - Seattle, Washington Pile caps and grade beams included under C.I.P. Concrete Section. PJC:pw S:lusers\PWalsh12008128009 Tst- Insp- ISC(PJC).wpd LeMessurier Consultants Page 6 LeM File No. 28009 Wethle& Westfield LLC Southcenter 633 Southcenter Seattle, WA 98188 Telephone: (206) 802 -6010 Facsimile: (206) 246 -7043 February 26, 2009 Bob Benedicto City of Tukwila Building Department 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA. 98188 RE: Fidelity Financial Center — Roof Certification Bob; RECEIVED CCTV OF TUKWILA FEB 26 2009 PERMIT CENTER Attached for your reference is the roof certification from Firestone Building Products. The roof system was installed by Crow Roofing and Sheet Metal, Inc. If you have any questions I am available to review your concerns. Sincerely, --T Westfield LLC Patrick Burns Director of Construction Copy: Phil Chamberlain, Westfield LLC Jim Dunaway — City of Tukwila Building Dept. Page 1 of 1 res to WELDING PRODUCTS REPAIRS FOR WARRANTY Complete Repairs; Sign, And Return Within 60 Days Of Inspection Building Name: Fidelity Investor Center Building Address: (Dray needs to be completed if different from PIN): Firestone Contractor (Firm Name): Crow Roofing & S /M, Inc. Contractor's Representative: Tim Rash Inspection Date: 2 -17 -09 Firestone Technical Representative: Ron Asbury 1.)1E Apply Seam Edge Treatment / Sealant Per Detail: WHERE MISSING. 2.) ❑ Repair "Fishmouth" Or wrinkle & Strip in Seani: 3.) ❑ Strip in Scant / Flashing: ❑ Where No seam edge treatment was applied. ❑ Which has i.ess then minimum required lap. ❑ Where Quick Prime was not applied properly or is inadequate. ❑ Seam tape not properly placed in seam. ❑ Overheated or damaged membrane. ❑ Improper/ Inadequate weld(s) occur. 4.) ❑ Install "'I ' Joint Patches Pcr Detail: __ 5.) ❑ Strip in seams with: ❑ Excessive/ Insufficient bleed out. ❑ Feathered lap edges. ❑ Improper Adhesion. 6.) ❑ Batten / Scant Plate misplaced in Scam. (Contact Firestone Roof Solutions) 7.) ❑ Install ''I Joint Patches at Tape Laps: I • BASE TIE -INS / CORNERS 8.) ❑ Install Base Tic -in and Flash Per Detail: 9.) ❑ Apply Joint Cover to Vertical Scam Per Detail: 10.) ❑ Cut Out and Repair "Bridging" 11.) ❑ Rellash Outside Corner Per Detail: 12.) ❑ Retlash Inside Comer Per Detail: TERMINATIIONS 13.) ❑ Install (Horiz. ❑ / Vert. 0) Termination. ❑ Install Countcrtlashing Per Firestone Specifications. 14.) ❑ Fasten Flashing Per Detail: 15.) ❑ Apply Waterblock At: 16.) ❑ Apply Additional Sealant to top of Termination Bar. 17.) ❑ Add Additional Fasteners to T -Bar to Provide Continuous Compression. ❑ SPECIAL CONSIDERATION: _ 36.) Additional Repair(s): APPLY TPO -GP SEALANT AT QUICK SEAM FLASHING AT PERIMETER. Owners Representative at inspection: 18.) ❑ Re -tlash Pipe Per Detail: 19.) ❑ Install / Retlash Penetration Pocket Per Detail: 20.) ❑ Remove And Replace Soft Pourable Scaler. 21.) ❑ Add Additional Pourable Scaler To Shed Water. 22.) ❑ Repair Drain / Scupper: 23.) ❑ Drains: ❑ Replace broken drain bolt ❑ Install missing dram bolt clamp ❑ Strip in seam within 18" of drain ❑ Install screen basket ❑ Replace missing/ broken clamping ring ❑ Install 3' x 3' modified target patch Applicators Signature: Please sign and return a printed copy to your I .ional Technical Coordinator, by mail or fax. If no repairs arc required, it is not necessary to return this form to Firestone. Nlail or Fax To: Firestone Building Products Field Services: 250 West 96 "' Street. Indianapolis. IN 46260 1 FBPCO No.: DB1759 •It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure the repair is completed per current policy, including. repairs caused by otter (C130). System Type: TPO- Adhered Mil. .060 ❑ No Repairs Required ® The Following Repairs Must Be Completed Within 60 Days Of The Inspection. Leaks Reported: NO Firestone License / Registration No.:04453 Ph: 1- 800 -428 -4511 (ext): 53242 Requested L3spection: (Z13` 02 " 03 ❑_th nInterim ❑Audit [Other: PRIOR TO MAKING REPAIRS ALI, SURFACES MUST nE CLEANED WITH SOAP AND WATER, RINSED AND DRIED, THEN FOLLOW PROPER SPLICING PROCEDURES. DRAINS & SCUPPERS ❑ Tighten loose drain bolt ❑ Install 4' x 4' target patch ❑ Unplug drain ❑ Install waterblock ❑ Install lead ❑ Install roof mastic MISCELLANEOUS 24.) ❑ Install Additional Fasteners Per Specifications. ❑ Insulation ❑ "Termination Bar ❑ Base Tie-1n ❑ Drain Bar ❑ In Seam ❑ Around Penetrations 25.) ❑ Fill Void In Insulation And Repair Per Firestone Specifications. 26.) el Repair Damaged Membrane /Flashing: I LOCATION. 27.) ❑ Locate And Repair Leaks. (Reinspeetion may be necessary) 23.) ❑ Install Protective Layer Under Wood Sleeper/ Paver. 29.) ❑ Redistribute/ Add Ballast To Provide Proper Coverage. 30.) ❑ Install Walkway Pad / Paver At Roof Access. 31.)12) Submit Roof Drawing Showing All Scams And Penetrations. 32.) ❑ Remove Debris From Root: 33.) ❑ Repair Unitised Membrane. 34.) ❑ Probe / Re -Probe All Work. 35.) ❑ Install necessary sheet metal. coping, countcrtlashings and /or metal per detail. UPON COMPI.E :rION OF REPAIRS. REINSPECTION B1" FIRESTONE ® Is NOT Necessary At This Time ❑ IS Necessary ❑ Field Deviation ❑ Sq. Footage of Roof Appears to differ from PIN ROOF ACCESSIBILITY ® YES ONO The above repairs were complete in accordance with Firestone's Specification's on: By: And the roofsystern now conforms with Fi estonc spueijicatons, details, and installation requirements. Title (Authorized Officer Or Agent): c-,4, , ,.,t. f If i Fax To: 1- 317 -575 -7227 0)6.) cf (3) 0 • .• I I /..•wr I I I i , I , 11 1 1,,11! 1 1 0 177111-71117717- 11 - 1 1 . I ; I I , z t II CO :Ti Jr- . --- - I • .1 , ....... - i - -- - I Itil4 ! . 1 . , ____......._ F .__ , •... 1 ! , - t t i ,I Li --------- • ,.._.„,' 1 _ _____:: •••:;.,_,' ., : •• •••• :, -.,._•_.:_....,,....-•• 1 1 0 • LI • 1.1 ' . I 1 ;•I ..7.••::::= ;1 ; Lis 1 1 I if ii_; I N : I r , •• ' 0 .) . L ' --7 --- ‘ • — 1 1 LI ._______4_ :...,,...1 • 3 : • _r.:) I ;.5. -- A• ' - 77 I i . 24 I• --- - 1 -- 0 I f ' I • I 1 II — r - :, -- E - . - = - "ti 11 - Fr Al I - 1 I , • , .. •,r- -- i..: . id — ., ,..,-, , ..,......—.., ,... T. ,...., ...,..,:,....,...., - -, - t - {..0 I ?:1 — 4 - I— - ' - - — - 0 4 '. - • -,--• ' •_. ___' .. --- -_, UPPER ROOF PLAN \ I .- • 4.4 u wawa I • IA G.1 / • i!• I./ -1-• - - i • O.: Tr _ r 1 • - 1 ' r- : • ; 1 I , / , I. €174-3 61 , opt. o 0 1 I rt;mnbc-1 1 ... ----c4-.--- .4-_-.7 ic'' II . 1, / '°••• ... - .i.....i. ,..c • ...-.-:;i4p. I .....) ! I L ' - i ,. - " • , • • Di' 711.1 I 1 .r • . . :,.. I A 1 - I g it. 1 .... Ti F.1 7 --- 1 1 11 _ ______ _ ____ _ ____ 2 LOWER ROOF PLAN &GAL. 141 .1 4r 15. 2.14.• • I • \ _ L 11 1 . . I • I ----- SHEET NOTES 0 AO WAAAA04 0 04130 LA ACAS SSA. Um WU.. M.} 100001 5224400 040 .0* At AL 0 W.( 041 4440440 01 SACrOrS 0031044004 Wt.. ASO 1.1211. 14 041 140040 AeldJk 1.1114.1 MUM 444 0 1.11.211120 21:1121+ 0 CVO, WI. 0 (31311.7114 01 JAI 0 140 340 034104 0 *ALI 1 GENERAL NOTES Fideilly sa•v•armam•e Scattic Branch 301 Stra.kict 111.1. ScAttk. WA 931 VS Gensler r/r...2.•••••••• St. -.ft.,— •AL. fru. - 04121 1 •••-•••-- 1.202. )11 14.4 4 44.■4 ..rrh.2 11. 3047 1 0 A02.02 11.1.1.11.1* •214■16•••■ e Crow Roofing & Sheet Metal, Inc. 9500 Aurora Avenue N. Seattle, WA 98103 -3219 Phone 206 - 525 -5155 Fax 206 - 525 -5169 www.crowroofinq. com Date: Feb. 20, 2009 3- pages To: Firestone Building Products Attn: Ron Asbury Fax (317) 853 -3136 From: Tim Rash Re: Inspection Report & Roof Plan for Fidelity Investments FBPCO #DB1759 Reid iddleton August 22, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00802 Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review — Final Submittal Fidelity Investment Center, Phase 2 - Superstructure (D08 -316) Dear Mr. Benedicto: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 2006 International Building Code (IBC) as amended and adopted by the state of Washington and the city of Tukwila. The permit applicant has responded successfully to our comments. An individual revised sheet was submitted in response to our initial plan review and inserted into the original drawing set. The other sets of drawings should be reconciled in preparation for permit issuance and two copies are enclosed for this purpose. This revised sheet is: 501..01. In addition to the sheet noted above, new sheets were also submitted in response to subsequent discussions with the design team and inserted into the revised drawing set. The other sets of drawings should be reconciled in preparation for permit issuance. Two additional sets of these revised sheets are enclosed for your use. The revised sheets are: S03.03 and S03.03A. Portions of the structural design have been deferred by the structural engineer for submittal to the city of Tukwila until after issuance of the initial building permit. The applicant should recognize that the city of Tukwila may require the issuance of additional permits. The following is a summary: 1. Design drawings for open -web steel roof joists. 2. Design drawings for cold - formed steel studs at exterior walls. 3. Design drawings for exterior cladding (i.e., storefront systems). 4. Design drawings for precast stone wall panels (e.g., Details 10- 12/Al2.10). Structural special inspections by qualified special inspectors should be provided. We assume the precast stone wall panels will be fabricated by a registered and approved fabricator. Note that the special inspections for Phase 1 - Foundation are included in Engineers Planners .Surveyors Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Ph: 425 741 -3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila August 22, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00802 Page 2 our letter to the city of Tukwila, dated May 30, 2008, and are not repeated below. The following is a summary: 1. Fabrication and erection of structural steel: Periodic. 2. Structural welding of structural steel for single -pass fillet welds (maximum 5/16 -inch) and roof deck welds: Periodic. 3: Structural welding of structural steel, other than single -pass fillet welds (maximum 5/16 -inch) and roof deck welds (e.g., Detail 5/S03.02): Continuous, 4: High- strength bolting of structural steel other than slip- critical: Periodic. 5. High- strength bolting of structural steel, slip- critical, where applicable: Continuous. 6. Erection of open -web steel joists: Periodic. The "red- lined" revisions noted below were made to the specifications. The other sets Of specifications should be reconciled in preparation for permit issuance. 1. Section 04810(3.5.A). After "as indicated," add "but not less than single wire joint reinforcement of wire size W1.7 at a maximum vertical spacing of 18 inches o.c. " Enclosed are one set of the revised structural drawings, two copies of revised/new Sheets S01.01 and S03.03, one set of the original architectural drawings, structural calculations, geotechnical report, project specifications, and correspondence from the building engineer for your records. If you have any questions or need additional clarification, please contact us. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. P ip Brazil, RE., S.E. Senior Engineer Enclosures cc Marcia Peddicord, Westfield (by e -mail) Linda Moriarty., Gensler (by e -mail) Peter Cheever, Le Messurier (by e -mail) Brenda Holt, City of Tukwila (by e -mail) mmt \doc\26 \planrevw \tukwi la \08 \t008r2.doc \prb 0 :Reid iddleton August 22, 2008 Josh Kimmel 11601 Wilshire B1, 14 Floor Los Angeles CA 90025 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director RE: CORRECTION LETTER #2 Development Application Number D08 -316 Fidelity Investor Center — 304 Strander Bl Dear Mr. Kimmel: Jim Haggerton, Mayor This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Planning Department. At this time the Building, Fire, and Public Works Departments have no comments Planning Department: Stacy MacGregor at 206 433 -7166 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, encl rshall ician File No. D08 -316 P:\Perrnit Center`Conection Letters \2008008-316 Correction Lir #2.DOC wer 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 DATE: APPLICANT: RE: ADDRESS: This application is denied by the planning department. If you have any questions, Stacy MacGregor is the planner assigned to the file and can be reached at 206 - 433 -7166. 1. A cut -sheet of the proposed pavers is attached (submitted via email directly to planner on 8- 11 -08). These are approved. 2. There are inconsistencies in the scope of work, specifically the landscaping area between this plan set (civil versus landscaping). and the plan set for PW08 -117. Revise the plan set(s) so that the scope of work for irrigation and landscaping is consistent on all sheets of both permits. Informational Item: PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS August 21, 2008 Westfield (Josh Kimmel or Marcia Pedicord) D08 -316 304 Strander Blvd 1. Final approval by the planning department will be based on both the building permit (D08- 316) and the design review (L08 -007). Modifications from the approved design review plan set will need to be called out as such in the building plan set. Gensler July 25, 2008 One Beacon Street Third Floor Boston MA 02108 USA Jennifer Marshall, Permit Technician City of Tukwila Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Re: Correction Letter #1 Development Application Number D08 -316 Fidelity Investment Center - 304 Strander Blvd. Dear Ms. Marshall: Please review the revised documents dated 07/25/08, which address the items identified in Correction Letter #1. Drawings that were modified during the review process as bid clarification items have been included as well. These are titled Addendum 1 and Addendum 2, and outlined in the attached summary chart. Building Division Review Memo 1. Plans need to be stamped by a design professional licensed in the Washington State. All sheets are stamped by a Washington State design professional. 2. Please show R- values of insulation in the various assembly details provided. R Values of insulation added to wall sections (A09.20- A09.26). Also, General Note "Refer to insulation schedule for R- values of building assemblies" has been added to all Al2 sheets. 3. On A00.00 under project info the construction type is listed as V B. Under egress notes it is listed as I18. Please pick one. Refer to Addendum 1 for correction. Construction type is V -B. • Tel 617.619.5700 • Fax 617.619.5701 t o • u o RECEIVED JUL 30 2008 PERMIT CENTEF Gensler 4. Door hardware types 1 & 2 are for double doors. The plans show single doors at these locations. Refer to Addendum 3 for correction. Door hardware schedule has been updated to reflect hardware for single doors. 5. The insulation schedule does not appear to be complete and does not match the Washington State Energy code Envelope Summary. How were the U- Factors calculated for MP -1 and BK -1 opaque walls on the Envelope UA calculation form? Glass was proposed as having a U- Factor of .34 in the same form but the glass doors in the plans show a much higher U- Factor. Other glass was left blank on the insulation schedule provided in the plans. A. See revisions to Insulation Schedule, Sheet A00.31, Addendum 3. B. Values for MP -1 and BK -1 were obtained from Washington State Energy Code Default U- factors, Table 10 -5A: • MP -1: R -19, 6" batt cavity insulation at metal panel walls — 24" o.c. metal framing. • BK -1: 2" rigid insulation at R -10 for brick walls and precast base - 24" o.c. metal framing. C. See explanation of glazing values: • Door assemblies at U =0.80 have been separated from overall glazing area. • System U- factors have been used for Storefront System. See attached cut sheets. 6. Interior lighting budget might be better addressed under tenant permits. The exterior lighting budget would apply under this shell permit. You only show lighting at the two entrances. Please confirm that this is the only exterior lighting proposed. Exterior lighting occurs only at the two entrances. 7. On page A09.21, Detail 3 on Al2.10 was called out. 1 could not find this detail. Refer to addendum 1 for corrections to reference tags. 8. Light gauge metal stud sizes were not shown on plans. Also, please include connection details for stud walls to structural frame members. Refer to plan details on Al2.00/Al2.01. 6" Metal studs, typf - Light gauge framing details to be provided by contractors engineer through submittal review process. See also response by LeMessurier Consultants to Reid Middleton Review Comments, comment #3. • • • Gensler 9. Please note that structural review has not been completed and when complete could effect the contend of this correction letter and its completeness. Comments received from Reid Middleton (3rd -party reviewer) have been addressed. See response letter from LeMessurier Consultants. Planning Division Comments 1. Provide detail of pedestrian amenity for approval per agreement between DCD and applicant at the BAR hearing on 5- 22 -08. Refer to revisions indicated on Sheet A00.50 and Landscape drawings. Civil drawings are for reference only. Revisions to civil drawings to be submitted separately for review and approval. 2. RE: Sheet L01.00 Spreading Yew on northwest corner are replacing White Dove Camellia on submitted plans (compared to design review plans). Quantity of Spreading Yew needs to be increased from 12 to 15 in the plant materials list or White Dove Camellia returned to plans. Camellia is preferred but Spreading Yew will be approved. Refer to revisions on LO1.00 3. Westfield needs to revise their landscape plan to reflect changes in irrigation. See Sheet L.02.00 Modifications are outside the scope of work for Fidelity Investor Center. Please see attached statement by Jefrrey B. Glander & Associates indicating no changes within the project boundary. Please feel free to contact me should you have any questions. Sincerely, Pablo G. Garcia Memorandum To From Project Subject Distribution Memorandum / Discussions / Observations Architectural Sheet A00.00 A00.01 A00.10 A00.31 A00.50 A02.00 A02.01 A02.02 A04.01 A09.00 A09.01 A09.10 A09.20 A09.21 A09.22 A09.23 A09.24 A09.25 k: \11. 5039. 16314ocumentadon \6_consrnrcrionl6a\addcndum 03 corraaion letter #1W80725 drawing summary.doc Jennifer Marshall, Permit Technician; Tukwila Buidling Division Pablo G. Garcia Fidelity Invester Center; 304 Strander Blvd. Correction Letter #1, Dev.App. #: D08 -316 Summary of Modifications to Record Set (see attached transmittal) 08- 3110 CORRECTION LTR #4._ Fax No. Telephone No. Date Project Number File This Is page 07/25/08 11.5039.163 3BD 1 of 3 Gensler The charts below indicate which drawings were modified as Bid Clarifications during the initial plans review by the Tukwila Building Division. Sheets shown in gray remained unchanged during the phase indicated. All sheets modified prior to this date are issued herein. Drawing Index, Egress Notes /Plan Corrections to misprinted Fire Dept. Notes. Materials Finish Legend, Door Schedule East sidewalk dimension; Clarification on planter bed Clarification: Reference Tags; Sheet Notes; Lights at Entry Canopy Clarification: Sheet notes. Added Roof Drain. Adjusted location of small rooftop equipment Revised masonry piers on RCPs. Reference tags, material finish tags, sheet notes. Reference tags, material finish tags, sheet notes. General notes & sheet notes. Revised masonry opening at Dwg. 1 Reference tags & general notes. Reference tags & general notes. Located open -web joists; located structural tub e header @ Dwg. 2 Clarification to reference tags. Revised window opening at Dwg. 1 Clarification to reference tags, general notes. Clarification to reference tags, modified sections to show low roof framing. Clarification to reference tags. Modified section to show bracing & sloping canopy frame. Revision per changes to underground utilities. Added floor cleanouts where needed. IRS RECEIV Addendum 1 - 06/16/08 Addendum 2 - 07/01/08 Addendum 3 - 07/25/08 Bid Clarification Bid Clarification Plan Review Comments Boston Revised Insulation Schedule. Pedestrian Amenity @ SW corner Grid dimensions. Grade beam along Line 2 per field installation requirements. Grid dimensions; Eliminated overflow drain at low roof. General notes; added R- values to sections. General notes; added R- values to sections. General notes; added R- values to sections. General notes; added R- values to sections. General notes; added R- values to sections. General notes; added R- values to sections. One Beacon Street Massachusetts 02108 Tel: 617.619.5700 Fax: 617.619.5701 Er JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEI- Sheet Addendum 1 - 06/16/08 Bid Clarification Addendum 2 - 07/01/08 Bid Clarification Addendum 3 - 07/25/08 Plan Review Comments A09.26 Clarification to reference tags. Modified section to show bracing & sloping canopy frame. Added insulation at vestibule roof /ceiling. General notes; added R- values to sections. Al2.00 Clarification to reference tags & dimensions. Modified framing at 4. Added R- values to detail assemblies. Added dimensions metal framing. g• Al2.01 Added detail 2: Key box detail;. Added R- values for detail assemblies. Al2.10 Added detail 2: Cast stone base at sidewalks. Added light gauge framing at Detail 10. Added R- values for detail assemblies. Al2.20 Details 8, 10, & 12 updated. Revised Detail #5 w /grade beam & frost wall beyond. Al2.21 Clarification to structural framing; Keynote revisions Added R- values to detail assemblies. Added detail 10 for clarification. Al2.22 Clarification: added dimensions. Added R- values to detail assemblies. Sheet Addendum 1 - 06/16/08 Bid Clarification Addendum 2 - 07/01/08 Bid Clarification Addendum 3 - 07/25/08 Plan Review Comments L01.00 Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Revised plant quantity /spacing per comments. L02.00 Pile cap revisions per field installation conditions. Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Added irrigation beyond scope of work for reference. See attached letter confirming no changes to scope of work. L02.01 Revised elevation at low roof framing; added cover plates at posts at screen wall framing. Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Modified irrigation plan at this location $01.01 Revisions to general notes per Reid Middleton comments. See attached letter in response to comments. S01.02 $02.01 Pile cap revisions per field installation conditions. S02.02 Revised elevation at low roof framing; added cover plates at posts at screen wall framing. S02.10 S03.01 Details 8, 10, & 12 updated. Revised Detail #5 w /grade beam & frost wall beyond. $03.02 Detail 7 added: Pile cap PC2R reinforcement. Memorandum continued b- Protect Date Landscape Structural MEPFP FP01.01 FP02.01 ME_091807 Fidelity lnvester Center; 304 Strander Blvd. 07/25/08 Memorandum / Discussions / Observations k: \11. 5039. 163\ documcnta tionl6_constmction \6a\addcndum 03 correction kttcr #1\080725 drawing summary.doc Protect Number Page One Beacon Street Boston Massachusetts 02108 Tel: 617.619.5700 Fax: 617.619.5701 11.5039.163 2 of 3 Gensler Clarification: Added missing leaders Memorandum continued^ Project Date Memorandum / Discussions / Observations Addition to drain schedule. Added floor cleanout at Mech room. Added roof drain at low roof. Revised location of OD near D -3. Added Roof drain at low roof. Updated location of small rooftop equipment per revised backgrounds. Revise d locations of junction boxes. Revised location of underground utilities per pile cap locations. Updated location of small rooftop equipment per revised backgrounds. Revised location of fire department key box. Revisions to Drain Schedule Revisions to underground plumbing. Added drain lines & cleanout at entry canopy. Revisions to plumbing /drain lines . Added rain leaders at main entry canopy. Eliminated overflow drain at low roof. Sheet P01.01 P02.00 P02.01 P02.0 R H01.01 H02.01 H02.02 H07.01 E01.01 E02.01 E03.01 E03.02 E04.01 E08.01 E09.01 Civil (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) C 1.5 C 2.5 C 3.5 C 5.0 C 7.0 C 8.0 C 8.1 C 8.2 D 1.5 D 2.0 Fidelity Invester Center; 304 Strander Blvd. 07/25/08 Addendum 1 - 06/16/08 Bid Clarification kd11. 5039. 163W ocumcntationl6 _consuuction16a1addendum 03 correction letter 11 W80725 drawing summary.doc MH_091807 Project Number Page Addendum 2 - 07/01/08 Bid Clarification Boston 11.5039.163 3 of 3 Gensler Addendum 3 - 07/25/08 Plan Review Comments Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Revised backgrounds. Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Revised backgrounds. Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Revised backgrounds. One Beacon Street Massachusetts 02108 Tel: 617.619.5700 Fax: 617.619.5701 Addendum Number 01 Project Date Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell 06/16/2008 Project Location Architect's Project Number Owner /Client Address City Delivered vim Distribution Prepared by Gensler by Instructions / Description / References / Dates Seattle, WA 11.5039.159 Westfield Corp., Inc. / Fidelity Investments To Attention BN Builders Brent Adams/Mark Hilliard 2601 4th Ave Suite #350 State Zip Seattle WA cede 98121 ❑ Messenger ❑ Hand carried ❑ Facsimile ® Express ❑ Pickup ® E-matl Address brent.adams @bnbuilders.com; Mark.Hilliard @bnbuilders.com ❑ Mali ❑ UPS ❑ Website Address This Addendum will become part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly inform subcontractors and all others performing or supplying any of the Work of all relevant contents of this Addendum. In case of conflicting provisions with previous addenda or communications, provisions in this Addendum supersede only those conflicting issues. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify all subcontractors from whom it accepts bids of all changes in the drawings and specifications covering this project. Receipt shall be acknowledged by inserting the addendum number and its date in the bid form. Westfield Corp: Patrick Burns, Josh Kimmel, Marcia Peddicord FREC: Greg Cohan, Tom Mahoney Structuretone: Dave McCormack LeMessurier Consultants: Peter Cheever, Nicole Needle RDK Engineers: Mark Amico, Pat Murphy Pacland: Bill Fortunato Glander & Associates: Angie Vos CCR Pyramid: Jonathan Davis North American Signage: Patti Dinon Pablo Garcia Please refer to the changes identified by revision clouds on the following pages: k111. 5039. 1631documentation \6_constructionl6a \addendum 0I kad080616 addendum I.dos • Rie This is page 6A l of 2 Date Signed 06/16/2008 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 T.1. 417 '101 .t.fnn Gensler ARCHITECTURAL A00.00 Correction to Drawing Index: Architectural, MEPFP & Civil; Egress Notes; Egress Plan A00.10 Corrections to misprinted text on Fire Department Notes A00.31 Clarifications to Materials Finish Legend & Door Schedule A00.50 Clarification to sidewalk dimension at East Side; Identify location of planter bed. Revise Sheet Notes. A02.01 Revisions to reference tags & sheet notes. Indicated lights at entry canopy. A02.02 Added roof drain at low roof on Dwg #2. Revisions /Additions to Sheet Notes. Added dimensional information. Adjusted location of small rooftop equipment. A04.01 Revisions to RCP with masonry piers. Added material tags for color identification of composite metal panels. A09.00 Revisions to reference tags & material finish tags. Revisions to sheet notes. A09.01 Revisions to reference tags & material finish tags. Revisions to sheet notes. A09.10 Revisions to general notes and sheet notes. Modification to Dwg. #1. A09.20 Revisions to reference tags & general notes. A09.21 Revisions to reference tags & general notes. Added bar joists & structural tube header @ Dwg. #2. A09.22 Revisions to reference tags & general notes. Modifications to storefront opening @ Dwg. #1. A09.23 Revisions to reference tags & general notes. Addendum Number 01 Project Date Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell 06/16/2008 Project Location Architect's Project Number Owner /Client Address City Delivered vim Distribution Prepared by Gensler by Instructions / Description / References / Dates Seattle, WA 11.5039.159 Westfield Corp., Inc. / Fidelity Investments To Attention BN Builders Brent Adams/Mark Hilliard 2601 4th Ave Suite #350 State Zip Seattle WA cede 98121 ❑ Messenger ❑ Hand carried ❑ Facsimile ® Express ❑ Pickup ® E-matl Address brent.adams @bnbuilders.com; Mark.Hilliard @bnbuilders.com ❑ Mali ❑ UPS ❑ Website Address This Addendum will become part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly inform subcontractors and all others performing or supplying any of the Work of all relevant contents of this Addendum. In case of conflicting provisions with previous addenda or communications, provisions in this Addendum supersede only those conflicting issues. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify all subcontractors from whom it accepts bids of all changes in the drawings and specifications covering this project. Receipt shall be acknowledged by inserting the addendum number and its date in the bid form. Westfield Corp: Patrick Burns, Josh Kimmel, Marcia Peddicord FREC: Greg Cohan, Tom Mahoney Structuretone: Dave McCormack LeMessurier Consultants: Peter Cheever, Nicole Needle RDK Engineers: Mark Amico, Pat Murphy Pacland: Bill Fortunato Glander & Associates: Angie Vos CCR Pyramid: Jonathan Davis North American Signage: Patti Dinon Pablo Garcia Please refer to the changes identified by revision clouds on the following pages: k111. 5039. 1631documentation \6_constructionl6a \addendum 0I kad080616 addendum I.dos • Rie This is page 6A l of 2 Date Signed 06/16/2008 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 T.1. 417 '101 .t.fnn Gensler A09.24 Revised wall sections to indicate structure @ low roof between A & A.3. Revisions to reference tags. A09.25 Revisions to section indicate cross bracing and sloping canopy roof structure. A09.26 Revisions to section indicate cross bracing and sloping canopy roof structure. Added roof insulation in vestibule area & located interior ceiling in vestibule (N.I.C.) Al2.00 Revisions to framing at Det. #4 & revisions to callouts /dimensions. Al2.01 Added Det. #2 location Fire Department key box. See also MEPFP Drawings. Al2.10 Added Det. #2 for cast stone base at sidewalk locations. Added light gauge framing @ Det. #10. Al2.21 Clarification to structural framing at Details 8 & 16.; Revised keynote @ Det. #12. Al2.22 Added dimensional information to Detail #6. STRUCTURAL S02.01 PC2R pile cap added at D -2 due to changes of pile location in the field. S02.02 Elevation updated at low roof framing plan. Cover plates added to posts at screen wall framing plan. S03.01 Detail 8: EOS dimensions updated. Detail 10: Detail location updated. Detail 12: Pile Cap dimensions updated. S03.02 Detail 7 added showing Pile Cap PC2R reinforcement. MEPFP FP02.01 Clarifications: Added missing leaders. P01.01 Addition to Drain Schedule. P02.00 Added floor cleanout & associated plumbing @ Mechanical room P02.01 Added roof drain at low roof between A & A.3. Revised location of overflow drain line near D -3. P02.0R Added roof drain at low roof between A & A.3. I-102.02 Updated background for location of rooftop mechanical units. E02.01 Revised location of junction boxes. E03.01 Revised location of underground telecommunication lines per pile cap locations. E03.02 Updated background for location of rooftop mechanical units. E04.01 Revised location of fire department key box. Addendum Number 01 continued Project Project Location Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell Seattle, WA Date Thls Is page • *Please note there are no changes or revisions to the Landscape drawings at this time. 06/16/2008 2 of 2 k:1I 1. 5039. 1631documcntationW _constructionl6aXaddcndum 011ad080616 addendum I.doc 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 T.I. 4.17 107 AAnn Gensler Addendum Number 02 • Project Date Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell 07/01/2008 Project Location Architect's Project Number Seattle, WA 11.5039.163 Owner /Client Westfield Corp., Inc. / Fidelity Investments Flie This Is page 6A 1 of 2 Gensler To Attention BN Builders Brent Adams/Mark Hilliard Address City Delivered via: Distribution Prepared by Gensler by AD_080706 2601 4th Ave Suite #350 Seattle Instructions / Description / References / Dates ❑ Messenger ❑ Hand carried ❑ Facsimile • Express ❑ Pick - up ® Entail Address brent.adams @bnbuilders.com; Mark.Hilliard @bnbuilders.com ❑ Mall ❑ UPS ❑ Webslte Address This Addendum will become part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly inform subcontractors and all others performing or supplying any of the Work of all relevant contents of this Addendum. In case of conflicting provisions with previous addenda or communications, provisions in this Addendum supersede only those conflicting issues. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify all subcontractors from whom it accepts bids of all changes in the drawings and specifications covering this project. Receipt shall be acknowledged by inserting the addendum number and its date in the bid form. Westfield Corp: Patrick Burns, Josh Kimmel, Marcia Peddicord FREC: Greg Cohan, Tom Mahoney Structuretone: Dave McCormack LeMessurier Consultants: Peter Cheever, Nicole Needle RDK Engineers: Mark Amico, Pat Murphy Pacland: Bill Fortunato Glander & Associates: Angie Vos CCR Pyramid: Jonathan Davis North American Signage: Patti Dinon Pablo Garcia Date Signed Please refer to the changes identified by revision clouds on the following pages: k:\ 11.5039.1631documcnutionl6_const uaion\6a\addendum 021ad080701 addendum 2.doc State Zip WA Code 98121 07/01/2008 *Please note there are no changes or revisions to the Structural or Landscape drawings at this time. 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 Tel: 617.292.4400 Fax: 617.292.4401 ARCHITECTURAL A02.01 Clarification and additional information for underground utilities and locations of slab penetrations. Added cleanout as needed. MEPFP P01.01 Revisions to Drain Schedule. P02.00 Revisions to underground plumbing utilities. Added drain line and cleanouts at entry canopy between lines E & F. P02.01 Revisions to plumbing/drain lines. Added rain leaders at main entry canopy. P02.0R Eliminated overflow roof drain at low roof between A & A.3. Addendum Number 02 • Project Date Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell 07/01/2008 Project Location Architect's Project Number Seattle, WA 11.5039.163 Owner /Client Westfield Corp., Inc. / Fidelity Investments Flie This Is page 6A 1 of 2 Gensler To Attention BN Builders Brent Adams/Mark Hilliard Address City Delivered via: Distribution Prepared by Gensler by AD_080706 2601 4th Ave Suite #350 Seattle Instructions / Description / References / Dates ❑ Messenger ❑ Hand carried ❑ Facsimile • Express ❑ Pick - up ® Entail Address brent.adams @bnbuilders.com; Mark.Hilliard @bnbuilders.com ❑ Mall ❑ UPS ❑ Webslte Address This Addendum will become part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly inform subcontractors and all others performing or supplying any of the Work of all relevant contents of this Addendum. In case of conflicting provisions with previous addenda or communications, provisions in this Addendum supersede only those conflicting issues. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify all subcontractors from whom it accepts bids of all changes in the drawings and specifications covering this project. Receipt shall be acknowledged by inserting the addendum number and its date in the bid form. Westfield Corp: Patrick Burns, Josh Kimmel, Marcia Peddicord FREC: Greg Cohan, Tom Mahoney Structuretone: Dave McCormack LeMessurier Consultants: Peter Cheever, Nicole Needle RDK Engineers: Mark Amico, Pat Murphy Pacland: Bill Fortunato Glander & Associates: Angie Vos CCR Pyramid: Jonathan Davis North American Signage: Patti Dinon Pablo Garcia Date Signed Please refer to the changes identified by revision clouds on the following pages: k:\ 11.5039.1631documcnutionl6_const uaion\6a\addendum 021ad080701 addendum 2.doc State Zip WA Code 98121 07/01/2008 *Please note there are no changes or revisions to the Structural or Landscape drawings at this time. 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 Tel: 617.292.4400 Fax: 617.292.4401 Addendum Number 03 1 Project Date Project Location Owner /Client Address City Delivered via: Prepared by Gensler by Instructions / Description / References / Dates AD_080706 Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell Seattle, WA Westfield Corp., Inc. / Fidelity Investments To Attention BN Builders Brent Adams/Mark Hilliard 2601 4th Ave Suite #350 Seattle • 07/25/2008 Architect's Project Number 11.5039.163 Rio Thls Is page 6A 1 of State Zip WA Code 98121 Gensler ❑ Messenger ❑ Hand carried ❑ Facsimile ® Express ❑ Pick -up ® E Address brent.adams @bnbuilders.com; Mark.Hilliard @bnbuilders.com ❑ Mall ❑ UPS ❑ Website Address This Addendum will become part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly inform subcontractors and all others performing or supplying any of the Work of all relevant contents of this Addendum. In case of conflicting provisions with previous addenda or communications, provisions in this Addendum supersede only those conflicting issues. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify all subcontractors from whom it accepts bids of all changes in the drawings and specifications covering this project. Receipt shall be acknowledged by inserting the addendum number and its date in the bid form. Distribution Westfield Corp: Patrick Burns, Josh Kimmel, Marcia Peddicord FREC: Greg Cohan, Tom Mahoney Structuretone: Dave McCormack LeMessurier Consultants: Peter Cheever, Nicole Needle RDK Engineers: Mark Amico, Pat Murphy Pacland: Bill Fortunato Glander & Associates: Angie Vos CCR Pyramid: Jonathan Davis North American Signage: Patti Dinon Pablo Garcia k:111. 5039. 1631documenntionl6 _consuuction16a'addcmium 03 correction letter 111ad080725 addendum 3.doc Date Signed Please refer to the changes identified by revision clouds on the following pages: 07/25/2008 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 Tel: 617.292.4400 Fax: 617.292.4401 ARCHITECTURAL A00.31 Revised Insulation Schedule. See revised calculations and documentation. A00.50 Added pedestrian amenity in landscaped area at SW corner of site. See also Landscape drawings. A02.00 Modified grid dimensions. Added grade beam along Line 2 per field installation requirements. A02.02 Modified grid dimensions. Eliminated overflow drain at low roof between A & A.3. A09.20 — Revised general notes. Added R- values to wall sections identifying minimum insulation A09.26 requirements for assembly components. Al2.00 Added R- values to plan details identifying minimum insulation requirements for assembly components. Added typical dimensions to cold - formed metal framing. Al2.01- Added R- values to plan details. Identifying minimum insulation requirements for assembly Al2.10 components. Al2.21 Added R- values to details identifying minimum insulation requirements for assembly components. Added Detail #10 for clarification — typical canopy framing at metal panel walls. Al2.22 Added R- values to details identifying minimum insulation requirements for assembly components. LANDSCAPE L01.00 Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Revised plant quantity/spacing per comments. L02.00 Added pedestrian amenity at SW comer. Added irrigation beyond scope of work for reference of POC. See attached letter confirming no changes with in scope of work. L02.01 Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Modified irrigation plan at this location. Addendum Number 03 1 Project Date Project Location Owner /Client Address City Delivered via: Prepared by Gensler by Instructions / Description / References / Dates AD_080706 Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell Seattle, WA Westfield Corp., Inc. / Fidelity Investments To Attention BN Builders Brent Adams/Mark Hilliard 2601 4th Ave Suite #350 Seattle • 07/25/2008 Architect's Project Number 11.5039.163 Rio Thls Is page 6A 1 of State Zip WA Code 98121 Gensler ❑ Messenger ❑ Hand carried ❑ Facsimile ® Express ❑ Pick -up ® E Address brent.adams @bnbuilders.com; Mark.Hilliard @bnbuilders.com ❑ Mall ❑ UPS ❑ Website Address This Addendum will become part of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly inform subcontractors and all others performing or supplying any of the Work of all relevant contents of this Addendum. In case of conflicting provisions with previous addenda or communications, provisions in this Addendum supersede only those conflicting issues. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to notify all subcontractors from whom it accepts bids of all changes in the drawings and specifications covering this project. Receipt shall be acknowledged by inserting the addendum number and its date in the bid form. Distribution Westfield Corp: Patrick Burns, Josh Kimmel, Marcia Peddicord FREC: Greg Cohan, Tom Mahoney Structuretone: Dave McCormack LeMessurier Consultants: Peter Cheever, Nicole Needle RDK Engineers: Mark Amico, Pat Murphy Pacland: Bill Fortunato Glander & Associates: Angie Vos CCR Pyramid: Jonathan Davis North American Signage: Patti Dinon Pablo Garcia k:111. 5039. 1631documenntionl6 _consuuction16a'addcmium 03 correction letter 111ad080725 addendum 3.doc Date Signed Please refer to the changes identified by revision clouds on the following pages: 07/25/2008 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 Tel: 617.292.4400 Fax: 617.292.4401 'Addendum Number 03 ctinued Protect Project Location Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell Seattle, WA Date Th Is Is page *Please note there are no changes or revisions to the MEPFP drawings at this time. k:111.5039.163 document ationl6 _constructionl6aladdendum 03 correction letter S11ad080725 2ddcndum 3.doc AD_080706 • 07/25/2008 2 of 2 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 Tel: 617.292.4400 Fax: 617.292.4401 Gensler STRUCTURAL S01.01 Revisions to general notes per comments from Reid Middleton. S03.01 Revised Detail #5 w /grade beam & frost wall beyond. CIVIL (For reference only) C1.5 Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. C2.5 C3.5 Added pedestrian amenity at SW corner. 'Addendum Number 03 ctinued Protect Project Location Fidelity Investor Center - Core & Shell Seattle, WA Date Th Is Is page *Please note there are no changes or revisions to the MEPFP drawings at this time. k:111.5039.163 document ationl6 _constructionl6aladdendum 03 correction letter S11ad080725 2ddcndum 3.doc AD_080706 • 07/25/2008 2 of 2 133 Federal Street Boston Massachusetts 02110 Tel: 617.292.4400 Fax: 617.292.4401 Gensler ENGINEERS July 24, 2008 Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Stele 800 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 Mr. Pablo Garcia GENSLER One Beacon Street, Third Floor Boston, MA 02108 RE: RDK Job No.: 20080076.00 Fidelity Investments Retail Investor Center — Base Building Seattle, WA Building Division Review Memo Dear David: P 617-345 -9885 F 617 -345 -4226 W www rdkengineers.com Our office has received Building Division Review Memo comments to the above referenced project dated July 21, 2008 forwarded by your office. The following are our responses: 1. Per the scope of changes noted on the revision submittal form, a dishwasher was eliminated. After comparing this revision to the original approved plans, I was unable to see where the dishwasher was to be located and then deleted as these plans do not include a fixture schedule. Comparing the two plans I also noted that a new 4 inch sanitary line up was added to the revision at grid 1.6 and B.4. Please clarify what fixtures will be served by each sanitary outlet and show where deletions and additions are to take place by clouding areas with added notes as necessary. RDK Response: Dishwasher was not part of project the 4" sanitary collects three (3) water closets, one (1) urinal and four (4) lavatories. 2. The page numbers of the proposed revision do not correspond with the original plans. If the page numbers are changed we could end up with two contradicting pages in the same set of approved plans. It is OK to add a page but when making changes to an existing page, the page number should stay the same and changes should be clouded or you could add a note that the page was changed entirely. RDK Response: Drawing numbers have not been adjusted. 3. At grid 1.55 and B.3 you show a 3inch W & T. Is this a waste and trap or something else? It is not vented and would need a vent added under the slab if it is a waste and trap. RDK Response: W &T are waste and trap, 2" vent is indicated connecting to 3" line in question as indicated on drawing P02.00. O:\Jobs\2008\20080076 - Fidelity Seattle Base Building\ Correspondence\ Letters \08dwgrevlett_7- 23Garvia.doc Andover MA a Boston, MA © Amherst, MA u Durham, NC o Charlotte, NC t3 New Brunswick, NJ �7 nnntm, -.n • Mr. Pablo Garcia Page 2 July 24, 2008 4. Are there any floor drains. If so, they may need trap primers. RDK Response: Floor drains are indicated on drawing P02.01, symbol FD -1. All floor drains have been provided with trap primers as indicated on drain schedule located on drawing #P01.01. Very truly yours, RDK ENGINEERS Mar Amico Project Manager MA \jad pc: B. Trendell (Gensler) J. Reker ( Gensler) C. Chafee (Gensler) P. Murphy (RDK) • • • LeMessurier Consultants 675 Massachusetts Avenue Cambridge, MA 02139 Tel: (617) 868 -1200 Fax: (617) 661 -7520 July 22, 2008 Mr. Pablo Garcia Gensler One Beacon Street, 3r` Floor Boston, MA 02108 Subject: Fidelity Investor Center - Seattle, Washington LeM File No. 28009 JUL 2 3 2008 Reference: Reid Middleton Review Comments dated July 17, 2008 Dear Pablo, We have reviewed the referenced letter concerning the subject project and comment as follows: Architectural 1. The contractor should coordinate with the specialty subcontractors for steel joists, exterior cladding and cast stone to insure their submittals comply with the project specifications, referenced standards and IBC 2006 deferred submittal requirements. Upon receipt of the submittals, we can review them and then they can be forwarded to the City. 2. The veneer is Ariscraft (concrete masonry), not brick. The 4" wall column of Detail 15, S01.02 applies for all loose lintels at masonry openings. Per Reference Standard ACI 530- 05, certain prescriptive requirements apply to the veneer construction per Seismic Performance Category D. Note the requirement of Section 6.2.2.10.2.3 to reduce the maximum wall area supported by each anchor to 75% of that required in Sections 6.2.2.5.6. Also note the requirement of Section 6.2.2.10.2.4 to provide continuous, single -wire joint reinforcement of W1.7 at a maximum spacing of 18" on center vertically. 3. Specification Section 05400, Cold - formed Metal Framing, calls for drawings and calculations prepared by a registered structural engineer. The Contractor should coordinate with the specialty subcontractor to insure they comply with the project specifications, referenced standards, and IBC 2006 deferred submittal requirements. Upon receipt of the submittal, we can review it, and then it can be forwarded to the City. The wind forces for cladding and components per IBC 2006 have been included on the updated version of Drawing S01.01. LeMessurier Consulta. • Structural Page 2 1. We agree with the Reid Middleton listing of special inspections, and these are included in the Chapter 17 Program of Testing and Inspection previously submitted. 2. We have added the note to the updated version of SO1.01 regarding weld metal for connections in the Seismic Lateral Load Resisting System per AISC 341 -05, paragraph 7.3a. 3. Specification Section 05100 requires the fabricator to prepare shop drawings and design connection for loads and strengths shown on the drawings under the supervision of a registered professional engineer. Please also note as mentioned in Reid Middleton's letter the detailed drawings shall bear the engineer's seal and signature. The Contractor should coordinate with the fabricator to insure their submittal complies with the project specifications, Reference Standards and IBC 2006 deferred submittal requirements. Upon receipt of the submittal(s), we can review them, and then they can be forwarded to the City. We trust this summary is useful to your purpose. Should you have any questions, please contact me directly. Very truly yours, LeMessurier Consultants Peter J. Cheever, P.E. Executive Vice President PJC:pw S: \users \P W alsh\2008\28009- PG- 072208pj c. wpd Reid iddleton July 17, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00801 Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review — First Submittal Fidelity Investment Center, Phase 2 - Superstructure (D08 -316) Dear Mr. Benedicto: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 2006 International Building Code (IBC) as amended and adopted by the state of Washington and the city of Tukwila. The permit applicant should address the comments below. Note that the "WSxx" code references are to Washington State Amendments of the applicable code. Responses to the review comments below should be made in an itemized letter form. We recommend the permit applicant have the architect and structural engineer respond and resubmit two sets of the revised drawings and one copy of the supplemental structural calculations for additional review. All information should be submitted directly to Reid Middleton, Inc. Geotechnical No comments. Architectural REC JUL 21 X008 DEVELOPIEKT 1. Portions of the structural design have been deferred by the structural engineer for submittal to the city of Tukwila until after issuance of the initial building permit. See IBC Section 106.3.4.2. The following is a summary: 7 a. Design drawings for open -web steel roof joists. b. Design drawings for exterior cladding (i.e., storefront systems). c. Design drawings for precast stone wall panels (e.g., Details 10- 12/Al2.10). A design for the lateral support of the brick masonry veneer, and vertical support above windows and other openings, should be added to the drawings for review. The details in the architectural drawings do not provide a design and it does not Washington Oregon Alaska Engineers Planners Surveyors Reid Middleton, Inc. 728134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Ph: 425 741 -3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila July 17, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00801 Page 2 Structural • • appear that a design is included in the structural drawings. The details on Sheet Al2.10 also reference the structural drawings for a lintel schedule, but a schedule for brick veneer could not be found in the drawings. See IBC Section 1405.5. Note that the steel angle lintel schedule on Sheet 501.02 appears to be intended for concrete masonry walls, not brick veneer at steel stud walls. We have reviewed Section 04810 of the specifications (project manual) but the information is not sufficient to enable review. For example, Section 04810(3.5.A) specifies continuous masonry joint reinforcement as indicated, but the drawings do not appear to indicate this design information. Refer to Section 6.2.2.10 of ACI 530 -05 (MSJC -05). 3. The size and spacing of the cold - formed steel studs at the exterior walls should be specified for review. The details in the architectural drawings do not do so and it does not appear that the structural drawings specify the necessary design information. These studs will be resisting out -of -plane wind forces. 1. Structural special inspections by qualified special inspectors should be provided. See IBC Sections 1704 and 1707. We assume the precast stone wall panels will be fabricated by a registered and approved fabricator. See Section 1704.2.2. Note that the special inspections for Phase 1 - Foundation are included in our letter to the city of Tukwila, dated May 30, 2008, and are not repeated below. The following; is a summary: a. Fabrication and erection of structural steel: Periodic, see also Section 1704.3. b. Structural welding of structural steel for single -pass fillet welds (maximum 5/16 -inch) and roof deck welds: Periodic, see also Section 1704.3. c. Structural welding of structural steel, other than single -pass fillet welds (maximum 5/16 -inch) and roof deck welds (e.g., Detail 5/S03.02): Continuous, see also Section 1704.3. d. High- strength bolting of structural steel other than slip- critical: Periodic, see also Section 1704.3. e. High- strength bolting of structural steel, slip- critical, where applicable: Continuous, see also IBC Section 1704.3, Section M5.4 of AISC 360 -05, and RCSC Section 9.3. f. Erection of open -web steel joists: Periodic, see also Section 1704.3. Reid iddleton Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila July 17, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00801 Page 3 2. A note should be added to the section of the structural notes on structural steel, Sheet S01.01, specifying that the welds at the members and connections of the seismic - force - resisting system of the building shall be made with filler metal producing welds with a minimum Charpy V -notch toughness of 20 ft -lbf at 0 degrees -F. See IBC Section 2205.2.2 and Section 7.3a of AISC 341 -05. 3. The structural drawings typically do not provide design details for the connection of structural steel members, including the steel braced frames. At Detail 2/S02.10, for example, the type and number of welds (e.g., fillet), are specified but not their size or length. Gusset plates are illustrated, but their dimensions are not specified. Consequently, we are unable to review their design. Design details for all structural connections should be added to the drawings for review. It appears that this portion of the structural design is being deferred to others. Our understanding of the laws of the state of Washington is that the design of such details is required to be performed by a professional engineer registered in this state and his/her seal and signature is required on each sheet of the design drawings. Deferral in this manner should not be assumed as acceptable to the city of Tukwila. Corrections and comments made during the review process do not relieve the permit applicant or the designers from compliance with code requirements, conditions of approval, and permit requirements; nor are the designers relieved of responsibility for a complete design in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. This review is for general compliance with the International Building Code as it relates to the project. If you have any questions or need additional clarification, please contact us. Sincerely, Reid iddleton, In P ip Brazil, P.E., S. Senior Engineer Josh Kimmel, Westfield (by e -mail) Peter Cheever, Le Messurier (by e -mail) Brenda Holt, City of Tukwila (by e -mail) mmt\ doc \26 \planrevw \tukwila \08 \t008r 1. doc \prb cc: • • Reid iddleton July 2, 2008 Marcia Peddicord 633 Southcenter Mall, Trailer #3 Tukwila WA 98188 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Application Number D08 -316 Fidelity Investor Center — 304 Strander Bl Dear Ms. Peddicord: This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building and Planning Departments. At this time the Fire and Public Works Departments have no comments. Please note that currently a structural review is occurring through Reid Middleton. Correction letters and comments regarding structural issues will come directly through them. Building Department: Dave Larson at 206 431 -3678 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Planning Department: Stacy MacGregor at 206 433 -7166 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, encl File No. D08 -341 • Ciy of Tukwi P:\Permit Center\Conection Letters\2008\D08 -316 Correction Ltr #1.DOC wer • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • Building Division Review Memo Date: June 18, 2008 Project Name: Fidelity Investor Center Permit #: D08 -316 Plan Review: Dave Larson, Senior Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Dave Larson, Sen Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Plans need to be stamped by a design professional licensed in the Washington State. 2. Please show R- values of insulation in the various assembly details provided. 3. On sheet A00.00 under project info the construction type is listed as V B. Under egress notes it is listed as II B. Please pick one. 4. Door hardware types 1 & 2 are for double doors. The plans show single doors at these locations. 5. The insulation schedule does not appear to be complete and does not match the Washington State Energy Code Envelope Summary. How were the U- factors calculated for MP -1 and BK -1 opaque walls on the Envelope UA calculation form? Glass was proposed as having a U- factor of .34 in the same form but the glass doors in the plans show a much higher U- factor. Other glass was left blank on the insulation schedule provided in the plans. 6. Interior lighting budget might be better addressed under tenant permits. The exterior lighting budget would apply under this shell permit. You only show lighting at the two entrances. Please confirm that this is the only exterior lighting proposed. 7. On page A09.21, Detail 3 on Al2.10 was called out. I could not find this detail. 8. Light gauge metal stud sizes were not shown on plans. Also, please include connection details for stud walls to structural frame members. 9. Please note that structural review has not been completed and when complete could effect the content of this correction letter and its completeness. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. DATE: APPLICANT: RE: ADDRESS: June 13, 2008 Marcia Peddicord D08 -316 304 Strander Blvd PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS This application is denied subject to the following issues. If you have any questions, Stacy MacGregor is the planner assigned to the file and can be reached at 206 -433 -7166. 1. Provide detail of pedestrian amenity for approval per agreement between DCD and applicant at the BAR hearing on 5- 22 -08. 2. RE: Sheet L01.00 Spreading Yew on northwest comer are replacing White Dove Camellia on submitted plans (compared to design review plans). Quantity of Spreading Yew needs to be increased from 12 to 15 in the plant materials list or White Dove Camellia returned to plans. Camellia is preferred but Spreading Yew will be approved. 3. Westfield needs to revise their landscape plan to reflect changes in irrigation. See Sheet L.02.00 Informational Items Only: 1. Tenant Signage will require a separate sign permit and will be reviewed for code compliance at that time. June 19, 2008 Dave Swanson, P.E. Reid Middleton 728 - 134th Street SW, Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 RE: Structural Review Fidelity Investor Center - D08 -316 304 Strander BI, Tukwila Dear Mr. Swanson: Please review the enclosed plans and documents for structural compliance with the 2006 International Building Code. If you should have any questions, please feel free to contact me at (206)431 -3672. Sincerely, Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator encl xc: Permit File No. D08 -316 • city of Tti Department of Community Development H:\Documents\Structural Consultant\D08 -316 - structural review.DOC bh Jim Haggerton, Mayor Jack Pace, Director Page 1 of 1 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206- 431 -3665 May 23, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00302 Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila, Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Subject: Building Permit Plan Review — Second Submittal Fidelity Investment Center, Phase 1- Foundation (D08 -161) Dear Mr. Benedicto: We reviewed the proposed project for compliance with the structural provisions of the 2006 International Building Code (IBC) as amended and adopted by the state of Washington and the city of Tukwila. Several of the previous review comments (letter to the city of Tukwila, dated April 29, 2008) have not been addressed completely in the recent submittal. The comments below supersede the previous review comments and outline the remaining issues. The permit applicant should address these comments. The numbering system from our previous letter has been retained for your reference. Responses to the review comments below should be made in an itemized letter form. We recommend the permit applicant have the geotechnical engineer, piling engineer and building engineer respond and resubmit two sets of the revised drawings and one copy of the supplemental calculations for additional review. All information should be submitted directly to Reid Middleton, Inc. Geotechnical Engineer Piling Engineer • RECEIVE° MAY 2 8 2008 DEVF OP • 1. The original geotechnical report recommended relying on the piles for lateral capacity. It is our understanding that the building engineer is relying, at least in part, on passive pressure against the perimeter grade beams and pile caps for lateral capacity. The report, however, does not provide such a recommendation. Please comment. 2. The design loads on page 1 of the memorandum specifies a maximum tension force of 21 kips. Based on the revised calculations from the building engineer, the maximum force is now 45 kips. The calculations should be revised and resubmitted for review, including the #7 tension bars in the piles. The structural design may need to be revised. Please verify. Engineers Planners Surveyors Reid Middleton, Inc. 728 134th Street SW Suite 200 Everett, WA 98204 Ph: 425 741 -3800 Fax: 425 741 -3900 Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila May 23, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00302 Page 2 • 3. Site class E is recommended in the original geotechnical report (see page 5). Transverse confinement reinforcement complying with Sections 21.4.4.1- 21.4.4.3 of ACI 318 -05 is required at the top of the driven grout piles for a distance of at least seven pile diameters below the bottom of the pile cap. The pile parameters on page 1 of the memorandum, however, specify the requirement reinforcement for three pile diameters (42 inches). The memorandum and associated details should be revised. See IBC Section 1808.2.23.2.1. Building Engineer 4. Foundation Note B1 specifies a 21 ton tension capacity for the driven grout piles. The revised calculations, however, determine a maximum tension force of 90.7 kips at Frame BR -3, which is supported by two piles at each column. The note should be revised to be consistent with the results of the revised calculations. 5. Detail 13/S03.01 specifies 3 -1/2 inches of cover to the transverse reinforcement in the driven grout piles. The piling engineer, however, assumes 3 -1/2 inches of cover to the longitudinal reinforcement (page 3 of calculations). We recommend revising the detail to specify 3 inches of cover to the transverse reinforcement. 6. Anchor rods/bolts are specified at Detail 6/S02.10. Such anchors are required to be designed in accordance with Appendix D of ACI 318 -05. The calculations do not appear to consider this requirement. Substantiating data verifying structural adequacy submitted for review. The structural design may need to be revised. Please verify. See IBC Sections 1911.1 and 1912.1. We neglected to include this comment in our original plan review letter and we apologize for this oversight on our part. 7. Our original review was based on a lateral capacity of 22 kips at the piles as recommended in the original geotechnical report (see page 9). The change from concrete - filled steel pipe piles to driven grout piles has resulted in a reduction in the recommended lateral capacity to 5 kips (see letter from geotechnical engineer, dated May 13, 2008). Such a reduction may require the structural slab - on -grade to act as a diaphragm for the transfer of lateral design loads from the steel braced frames to the piles. Substantiating data verifying the transfer of lateral design loads to the piles should be submitted for review. The structural design may need to be revised. Please verify. Reid iddleton Mr. Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila May 23, 2008 File No. 262008.005/00302 Page 3 ilip Brazil, P.E., S.E. Senior Engineer • Corrections and comrnents made during the review process do not relieve the permit applicant or the designers from compliance with code requirements, conditions of approval, and permit requirements; nor are the designers relieved of responsibility for a complete design in accordance with the laws of the state of Washington. This review is for general compliance with the International Building Code as it relates to the project. If you have any questions or need additional clarification, please contact us. Sincerely, Reid Middleton, Inc. cc: Josh Kimmel, Westfield (by e -mail) Martin Page, Shannon and Wilson (by e -mail) Dave Roggenkamp, REA (by e -mail) Peter Cheever, LeMessurier (by e -mail) Brenda Holt, City of Tukwila (by e -mail) dop: \doc\2 6 \p lanrevw \tukwila \08 \t003 r2. doc \prb Reid iddleton MAY. 15. 2008 9:15AM 0 Roggenkamp Erickson & Associates, PC. ': M AY 2 1 2008 360.573.4545 Fax 360.576.7608 10000 NE 7th Ave., Suite 150 Vancouver, WA 98685 To: Ty DeWitt Company: DeWitt Construction Subject Driven Grout Piles J Memorandum From: David A. Roggenkamp, P.E, S.E. Date: May 14, 2008 REA Project Number. 08188 • NO. 9244 P. 2 REA Project Name: Fidelity Bank Piles RO SENKNMP REHMICKSON8c „ t W ° 2 P.C. ----4461111 Wilms • Page 1 of Fidelity Bank Piles 08186 Ty, After receiving the information from LeMessurier and Shannon and Wilson, we have reviewed the 14'dlarnefar driven grout pile (DGP) for the Fide* Bank project in Tukwila, Washington, and have the following discussion: Piles are designed to resist: 1.. 50T (100k) compression (ASD) 2. 21 k Max tarlatan (ASD) 3. Lateral 5k, with resulting bending moment of 12.5 ftk (ASD), for both a Faed head and a Free head pile Pile parameters: 1. 14 inch diameter 2. F'c 3000 psi 3. Compression Piles: a. Vertical bars: (6)45 (minimum) extend half the length of the pile, and a minimum of 15 feet (the flexural length of the pile) b. Spiral: #4@2114° tic for ' below cap and #3@7 elsewhere along cage. 4. Tensicm.Piles: a Tension Piles are located at the following locations, per LeMessurier spreadsheet and a phone conversation with Nicole Needle at LeMessurier. L Grid D-1 :1(1 pile) il. Grid 0-2 (2 piles) iii. Grid A-1.4 (1 pile) iv, Grid A-1.8 (1 pile) v. Grid C-2 (2 piles) vi. Grid B-2 (2 piles) b. Vertical bars: (6) #5 extend half the length of the pile, and a minimum of 15 feet (the flexural length of the pile) [same as compression cage], plus (1) #7 full length center bar c. Spiral: #4 @2114" oo for 3' -6 below cap and #3@7 elsewhere along cage [same as compression spiral]. E A, 1 r 1 C 1 r o. 1 e n 9 , n e r s. ,c m MAY. 15. 2008 9:15AM 0 ® NO. 9244 P. 3 r Roggenkamp Erickson & Associates, P.C. 360.573.4545 Fax 360.576.7606 1 0000 NE 7th Ave., Suite 150 Vancouver, WA 98685 Let us know If you need anything else. nave Memorandum Page 2 of 2 Fidelity Bank Piles 08186 5, Vertical cage bars should hook at the top of the pile cap. The center bar should extend into cap, but does not need to hook at top. We have attached calculations that verify the adequacy of these piles. Also attached is the May 13, 2008, Shannon and W11son letter containing the Lillie analysis and the May 12, 2008, LeMessier Column Load Spreadsheet HEIV ONENKAMP 1 KSON& 88811AT I.I. �piue MAY. 15. 2008 9:15AM Roggenkamp Erickson & Associates, P.C. 360.573.4546 Fax 360.576.7606 10000 NE 7th Ave., Suite 150 Vancouver, WA 98665 Subject O0.0.r04 lsva irr ft‘ Er REA Project Name: nea4; -y REA Protect Number: et" l3 6 G N. Duly Fnee S eo �'rWs.T toy - - a a_s E'"' '6 (1- 11 ' 1 ' tts lie' 0.44 IS) to !SO t` l- IneaS - 1.1.s ii ` A Sa.3 (4° = 0. 11 ( AD Date: 5 -)6j-00 Engineer. Ors Sheet Number: 4 t Ir38" .� a $ kd ir4 } .0i )L = 1114 i 0.26 M.. ft Tit -4 e ft gasp s e 60 4 . . -. e Cvf 111(110 0 10.1 ;kit. I NO. 9244 P. 4 (k) 4 5 011011131MMP m .1 - :111t ASSOCIATES, P.C. Out . e l 1� } - . 4~ FON. 3�I� i fIr �I�u MAY. 15. 2008 9:15AM as3 Load- Moment Interaction 0 Urea- dc110SiCOLUCelumni.GDB Page 4 0 N0. 9244 P. 5 e3 t s 6 /�y1� g : i =MINIM • ' 1 1 • i 1 , IMIIIIMIls , • f ! 1 r rliiiilMAIIIMIIIERMIHNIBINIUMIIIIIMIIMMIIMIIIMMIll ' 'X r■ 1 M ME r{;,rr�l t �Z�MMI I + I..1 MI � MirMINOIMIIIIMUIRIIIMMINMEMEWMIIIIIIIM iy. EaL m_ II■ism PatilIMP1il 11MI iim t�s���l�nrowls �!rrratnisim! llE��ii MI III =ugV" � "ri IIIr�i1nion f E= all �ipom 1EI opip pitimmII MINI #�/1 r rrr -- .r immwim MMEIIINerrf>s>:Oe �MI M>� - . ! �tiss)� ael0111EIM 11111 »IISIIIIIIINOWlINEst u�>:!� awes II/ 1■I wNi101tiM INIMI ��IMI I 1 wr �r �ti*M , 1 w ■ 1 , w . tit/ ! � 10.0 20.0 80.0 air • 150.0 A MAY. 15. 2008 9:15AM as3 Load- Moment Interaction 0 Urea- dc110SiCOLUCelumni.GDB Page 4 0 N0. 9244 P. 5 e3 t s 6 /�y1� g MAY. 15.2008 9:15AM Project Information Project Job No Company Designer Remarks Software File Name Working Design Code Coltimn:Columnl Basic Design Parameters Caption Default Concrete Strength, Pc Default Concref Modulus, Ec Maximum Concrete Strain Reber Set Default Rebar'Yeild Strength, FY Default Reber Modulus, Ee Default Cover to Rebels Maximum Steel Strain Transverse Reber Type t Spiral Total Shapes in Section Consider Slenderness urea- donCS!COLll0olumni, CDR Page 1 CSI CO L (Version: 8.3 (Rev. 2)) Al rea- dcl \CSICOL1 1Column1 US (in, kip, k-ft, kal) ACI- 318 -02 = Columnl 3.00 ksi 3200:00 ksi 0.003 inln ASTM 60.00 ksi = 29000,00 ksi = 3.500 in = Infinity =1 = No O. 9244 P. 6 es/a4 1 Ioa 3 /.i' MAY. 15. 2008 9:16AM 0 Section Diagram Cross.sectIOn Shapes Ethane Meth Height Coat Fc S/S Curve Rebus in In ksi Chin 14.000 14.000 3.000 ACI.Whd ley Recfamuter 845 Rabar Properties Sr.Nio Designation Area Cord.X Ccr0 -Y Fy 81? Curve in"2 in in kat 1 65 0.31 10.180 7.000 6010 Manta- Plastic 2 65 0.31 8.693 0.75Q 80.00 Hash Ptesti° 3 #5 0.31 6.407 9.759 60.00 two - Plastic 4 65 0.31 3,814 7.000 80.00 Flesto.P►estic 5 85 0:31 5.407 4241 60.00 Elasfn:.Piestic 8 65 • 0.91 81593 4.241 60.00 Etanto-Plant10 648 Total Area = 1.85 la"2 Steel Ratio = 120 46 Basle Section Properties: Total Width Tolal Height Center, Xo Center, Yo X- bar(Right) Urea- dcltCSiCOL11Cotumni. CDB Page 2 = 14.00 in =1490 in = 0.00 in = 0.00 in = 7.00 in NO, 9244 P. 7 MAY. 15. 2008 9:16AM a X bar (Left) Y-bar rop) Y-bar (Bot) Transformed Properties: Base Materail Area, A Inedtia, boc Inertia, lyy Inertia, Ixy Radius, rx Radius, ry AdditionaLSection Properties: Transformed Properties: Base MMterail Modulus, S$(Top) Modulus, S3(Bot) Modulus, 82(Lelt) Modulus, S2(Right) Plastic Modulus, Z3 Plastib Modulus, Z2 Torsional, J Shear Area, A3 Shear Area, A2 Principal Angle Inertia, 133' Inertia, 122' Waa- dc1tCSiC0L11Column1.CDe Page 3 = 7.00 = 7.00 7.00 fc' =3,0ksi 163.94 = 1,885.7 = 1,885.7 = 0.0 =3.50 = 3.50 = fc' =3.0.Itsi = 289.38 = 269.39 269.39 289.39 = 461.19 = 481.92 = 3,771.48 = 138.00 =137..58 =fl00E+0D = 1,885,7 = 1,885.7 in in in in"2 in"4 inA4 in"4 in in in"3 iA3 in"3 in"3 in"3 in"4 in"2 in"2 Deg in "4 in"4. • NO. 9244 P. 8 OS ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -316 DATE: 09 -10 -08 PROJECT NAME: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER SITE ADDRESS: 304 STRANDER BL DEPARTMENTS: ding 'vision Publi Works Complete Comments: Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 1 After Permit Issued TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: PERMIT COORD COPY • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP APPROVALS QR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Approved with Conditions 511 114- q -it * Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete Structural Review Required Response to Incomplete Letter # jp, it& q -06 Planning Division at Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 09 -11 -08 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: I I No further Review Required DATE: n DUE DATE: 10 -09 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -316 DATE: 08 -28 -08 PROJECT NAME: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER SITE ADDRESS: 304 STRANDER BL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 2 DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Public Works Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete 1� Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 Incomplete n Not Applicable ❑ n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Planning DDiviidn Permit Coordinator No further Review Required n DUE DATE: 09-02-08 n DUE DATE: 09-30-08 Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -316 DATE: 07 -30 -08 PROJECT NAME: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER SITE ADDRESS: 304 STRANDER BL Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DEPARTMENT: b � ci uilding Division • Public Works ❑ Structural ❑ Permit Coordinator tER''.`IT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Fire Prevention Incomplete Comments: Permit Center. Use Only . INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued u DUE DATE: 07 -31 -08 ❑ No further Review Required DATE: DUE DATE: 08 -28-08 Not Approved (attach comments) DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: BI •g ❑ Fire ❑ PIngX PW ❑ Staff Initials: ettoi tb( 011A 6it Planning Division Not Applicable 1-1 ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -316 DATE: 06 -06 -08 PROJECT NAME: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER SITE ADDRESS: 304 STRANDER BL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DEPARTMENTS: V P Ike Public Works DETERMINATION OF OMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: TUES/THURS R UTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Structural Review Required D /no A2't- k4-& Fire Prevention St uctural [V S � tzz _ice) Incomplete Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued r� 1 DATE: DATE: Permit Coordinator 1 Ivl n DUE DATE: 06 -10 -08 Not Applicable No further Review Required n DUE DATE: 07 -08-08 Not Approved (attach comments) d Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 14 Fire ❑ Ping PW ❑ Staff Initials: 'i REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS 1 6 1 - 10 - 0 g LUZ dlitTlirb w Summary of Revision: �r kkgv kAi 4 rf , VIt 2 Received by: Received by: 0 NZ 120N 1 SJ4 REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: PROJECT NAME: t 1 .etslw- Cevv b" SITE ADDRESS: 2(i -I REVISION LOG PERMIT NO: ` )0 9' c3 1 (p ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: q -qLQ g (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) Contact Person: Summary of Revision: Created 8 -13 -2004 O 0 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: q 1 1 o SOD$ Plan Check/Permit Number: bc8 - 31C ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # in Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: F►oa,in 13U& TOt2 CanE -4L Project Address: 304 1T1zI )OEk 1%1a - 1Uk1,31 IA- Vi- ABA 8 PAT EION06 Phone Number: 0106 - t8C- Qon amp SEP 1 WM putter CEStrmv Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all area of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on q \applicationsVorms- applications on linclrevision submittal Date: U ( - ($ ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # t i Response to Correction Letter # 2- Summary of Revision: Entered in Permits Plus on City of Tukwila %applications\forms- applications on Gne\revision submittal Created: 8-13 -2004 Revised: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tuhwila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fad eta Revision # after Permit is Issued Plan Check/Permit Number: UM _3 ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: , r e Project Address: 3CL `B\ J Contact Person: ` � �_�\ Phone Number: \ e Sabo \ `)P Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Steven M Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director cnPp AUG p8 ZOpg PERMITCameR Created: 8 -13 -2004 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Project Name: !`" ' d � 1 �r ii es-i-ar C € k r Project Address: 3 0 S( lvct. 0 Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 7 I 301 Ug Plan Check/Permit Number: / - ( (p ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # 9' Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Contact Person: ■65( [( rrlrrle 1 Phone Number: $ «— S g SO Summary of� Revision: / rr / l 0Y r trr.* rt S cleA �e.� C Y> Ct ft dt�^ .411 e-4 t° f e-,r har ra. 4 ►Je_ rr`` 3 i b . ,mss ct s rzm..,i � � rt 4: 1 c-i -e- e 1^ t l Re4J 4 a s k_ 00 4. W 4 S-I e. F,rt Cam_ _ (C` 1; •ncam, Enue(•pe StLynn,al 1 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor RECEIVED PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisio c Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: in Permits Plus on -1 ' lapplications\forms- applications on line\revision submittal Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 0q .,r Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 xi. e Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 / 3 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 / 3 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 / �C Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 S* lib j King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type -off Property Street Address T' k42 / WA-- Rg/ 8_ City / State ZIP P d1 1 7 ✓es/- Owner's Name Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # Building Name (if applicable) ( 617 ) 563- 36i Owner's Phone Number (with Area Code) ( aob ) FD1- 647, Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address S y s G ,n,7w 57 V/ Bc s1 ,, /14/4- 0 ZZie A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units _ 20 3 , 2 77 RCE air For King County Use Only Account # No. of RCEs Monthly Rate Property Tax ID # C.0 ¥w -Oa /d Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Please report any demolitions of pre - existing building on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes 1ia Was building on Sanitary Sewer? ❑ Yes leNo Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? ❑ Yes Cgt Sewer disconnect date: Type of building demolished? Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes ❑ No B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) = 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B d RCE Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of co - ted d. a for determinati of a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner /Representative _, �' _ Date Print Name of Owner /Representative /27 et .,�- 7 Y ) /C I ` 1058 (Rev. 9/07) White — Kino County Yellow — Local Sewer Aoencv Pink — Sewer Customer RCE RECEIVED JUN 0820 :... PERMIT CENTER r:' Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 3 TRAVELERS CAS & SURETY CO 103355900 08/30/2001 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 09/06 /2001 2 TRAVELERS CAS & SURETY CO 103355900 01/01/2001 08/30/2001 $6,000.00 02/05/2001 1 UNITED PACIFIC INS CO 6877797 09/07/2000 Until Cancelled 04/27/2001 $6,000.00 Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date BASTIAN, BRAD PRESIDENT 05/23/2001 Amount NIELSEN, JEFF VICE PRESIDENT 05/23/2001 TBKZ91442966028 Insurance Company Name policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 10 WAUSAU BUSINESS INS CO TBKZ91442966028 09/07/200809/07 /2009 $1,000,000.0009 /05/2008 WAUSAU Untitled Page General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company Bond Information Insurance Information B N BUILDERS INC 2067180960 2601 4TH AVE STE 350 SEATTLE WA 98121 KING CORPORATION Business Owner Information UBI No. Status License No. License Type Effective Date Expiration Date Suspend Date Previous License Next License Associated License Specialty 1 Specialty 2 602056687 ACTIVE BNBUII *990K3 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR 5/23/2001 9/12/2009 BASTINB0000J PURODSI984JN GENERAL UNUSED https: // fortress .wa.gov /ln:i/bbip/Detail.aspx ?License= BNBUII* 990K3 so Page 1 of 2 09/09/2008 Fi I RIVEST.. LIVTS e ity Investor tran er Blv Battle, WA ' 1 4 enter ell SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRED FOR: Viviechanical pi/Electrical lumbing (Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING, DIVISION I� . 11A)6 -Fir* i4 614A- of o will u4I- 7 bold& -1-. 61)1e fm is M UnweG -crov lnvNibv ( AA - . (A.ct, 00es s/tupt as YV1i4 irC55, Q/Witen �PM U�, �V�D � Pil��� 5 1 hajt AA�Ol o� e Cess; b; �,+� -- �a-�es � W � e �a�v � fiu� *OtMi i REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP - 3 2008 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FILE COPY u- Permit No. RICr review epprovai is subject to ermrs and ondssions. Approval of construction doctunents does not etro the violation of any addd code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Rekl ►and= ansia acknowledged: By pe 9 l /og at of REVISIONS No changes shall be mace to thr scorn of work without prior approv=al of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan subrnit!=?I and may include additional plan revinv; fees. Tenant: Fidelity Investments Fidelity Corporate Real Estate 7 Water Street, W6A Boston, MA 02109 Developer: Westfield Corporation, Inc. 11601 Wilshire Blvd, 14th Floor Los Angeles, CA 90025 ATTN: Josh Kimmel 310.893.4761 ensi r Architect One Beacon Street Third Floor Boston, Massachusetts 02108 617.619.5700 Plumbing, Fire Protection, HVAC, and Electrical Engineer: RDK Engineers 70 Fargo, Suite 800 Boston, MA 02210 617.345.9885 Structural Engineer: LeMessurier Consultants 675 Massachusetts Avenue Cambridge, MA 02139 617.868.1200 Landscape Architect Glander & Associates 1821 4th Avenue East Olympia, WA 98506 360.357.6972 Civil Engineer PacLand 1505 Westlake Ave N.; Suite 305 Seattle, WA 98109 206.522.9510 Addendum #3: Plan Review Response July 25, 2008 CORRECTION LTR #4 DO8 31& RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTER CONSTRUCTION TYPE: I-13 BUILDING AREA: 7200 S.F. FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER - BUILDING SHELL WESTFIELD SOU THCENTER 304 STRANDER BLVD. SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 BUSINESS OCCUPANCY, OFFICE BUILDING APPLICABLE CODES: 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CO 201 ASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE 2006 WASHINGTON STATE INDOOR AIR QUALITY CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE ACCESSIBILITY CODE: 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE INTERNATIONAL PROPERTY MAINTENANCE CODE WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS TO 2006 IBC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INCLUDED - SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. FULLY SPRINKLERED - SEE FIRE PROTEC110N DRAWINGS. ?Jewcas E • ` alek Pine ,n k Sams mish I, 3 ., Flll FeeiYWm .. ♦ .: * :3 ,has } EGRESS PLAN EGRESS ANALYSIS - NEW BUILDING SHELL OCCUPANCY USE GROUP B OCCUPANT LOAD: 7200 S.F. AT 1/100 TOTAL EGRESS WIDTH REQUIRED: EGRESS WIDTH PROVIDED: 72 72 72 X 0.15 = 10.8" 34" AT FRONT ENTRY 34" AT REAR EXIT 68" TOTAL FIRE PROTECTION : FULLY SPRINKLERED DRAWING INDEX CIVIL FOR REFERENCE ONLY - SCOPE OF WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT C1.5 SITE PLAN C2.5 GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN C3.5 WATER & SEWER PLAN C5.0 SANITARY SEWER DETAILS C6.0 DRAINAGE DETAILS C7.0 WATER DETAILS WA i ' DE LS C8.1 P T G ' KIN 1 ND SIGN BASE DETAILS C8.2 SIGNAGE DETAILS D1.5 DEMOLITION AND EROSION CONTROL PLAN 02.0 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS l(P DRAWING INDEX ARCHITECTURAL A00.00 DRAWING INDEX, VICINITY MAP, LOCATION MAP & PROJECT INFORMATION A00.01 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS & MATERIALS LEGEND A00.10 ABBREVIATIONS & GENERAL NOTES A00.31 MATERIAL FINISH LEGEND A00.50 SITE PLAN A02.00 EDGE OF SLAB PLAN A02.01 CONSTRUCTION PLAN - FIRST FLOOR A02.02 ROOF PLAN A04.01 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR A09.00 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A09.01 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS A09.10 BUILDING SECTIONS A09.20 WALL SECTIONS A09.21 WALL SEC11ONS A09.22 WALL SECTIONS A09.23 WALL SECTIONS A09.24 WALL SECTIONS A09.25 WALL SECTIONS A09.26 WALL SEC11ONS Al2.00 PLAN DETAILS Al2.01 PLAN DETAILS 10 TYP L W L D ILS Al2.21 CANOPY /ROOF DETAILS Al2.22 TYPICAL DETAILS LANDSCAPE L01.00 L02.00 L02.01 LANDSCAPING PLAN EXISTING IRRIGATION PLAN IRRIGATION PLAN, DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS STRUCTURAL S01.01 S01.02 502.01 S02.02 S02.10 503.01 S03.02 GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS TYPICAL DETAILS FOUNDATION AND FIRST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN ROOF FRAMING PLANS BRACING ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS SECTIONS AND DETAILS SECTIONS AND DETAILS FIRE PROTECTION FP01.01 FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND, DETAILS, AND SCHEDULES FP02.01 FIRE PROTECTION PLAN - FIRST FLOOR PLAN PLUMBING P01.01 PLUMBING LEGEND, DETAILS, SCHEDU AND SPECIFICATIONS P02.01 PLUMBING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR PLAN P02.OR PLUMBING PLAN - ROOF PLAN HVAC H01.01 H02.01 H02.02 H07.01 LECTRICAL ELECTRICAL E0.01 ELECTRICAL E03.01 ELECTRICAL E03.02 ELECTRICAL E0 .01 ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL HVAC LEGEND, NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS HVAC PLAN - FIRST FLOOR PLAN HVAC PLAN - ROOF PLAN HVAC DETAILS LEGEND, NOTES & ABBREVIATIONS.pdf LIGHTING PLAN - FIRST FLOOR PLAN POWER PLAN - FIRST FLOOR PLAN POWER PLAN - ROOF PLAN FIRE ALARM PLAN - FIRST FLOOR PLAN DETAILS SCHEDULES AND RISER DIAGRAMS - REVIEWED 8511 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP - 3 2008 City Of Tukwila BUILDIN DIVISION Seal /Signature 1 Project Name [Project Number 11.5039.163 L CAD File Name A00 -00 I Description ©2008 Gensler Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler CIA 1IV VESTMEPITS [ ] Issue Date & Issue Description By 01 06/02/08 PG ISSUE FOR PERMIT (Sc CONSTRUCTION A 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION STATE of WA H IN G T N Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH DRAWINGS INDEX, VICINITY MAP, LOCATION MAP & PROJECT INFORMATION I Scale A00.00 RECEIVED en 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTER 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Check BT DISABLED ACCESS NOTES (cont.) 22. PROVIDE GRAB BARS ON EACH SIDE, OR ONE SIDE AND BACK OF WATER CLOSET. A. GRAB BARS TO BE 33" ABOVE AND PARALLEL TO THE FLOOR. B. SIDE BARS TO BE 42" LONG AND PROJECT 24" IN FRONT OF WATER CLOSET STOOL. GRAB BAR AT BACK TO BE 36" LONG. C. DIAMETER OF GRAB BARS TO BE 1-1/4" TO 1-1/2". D. PROVIDE 1 - 1/2 " CLEARANCE BETWEEN GRAB BARS AND WALL. E. GRAB BARS (INCLUDING CONNECTORS, FASTENERS, SUPPORT BACKING, ETC.) SHALL SUPPORT A 250 POUND LOAD. F. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS. G. GRAB BARS AND ANY ADJACENT SURFACE SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. H. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 ". 23. PROVIDE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 30" X 48" IN FRONT OF LAVATORY TO PERMIT A FORWARD APPROACH. 24. MOUNT LAVATORIES WITH A MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF 29" FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON. PROVIDE KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30" IN WIDTH WITH 8" MINIMUM WIDTH, AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9 HIGH FROM THE FLOOR A MINIMUM OF 17" DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. 25. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. LEVER OPERATED, PUSH TYPE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF CLOSING ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 26. INSULATE OR OTHERWISE COVER HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES. 27. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. POWER & COMMUNICATION NOTES 1. PRIOR TO POURING SLAB, REVIEW LOCATIONS WITH ARCHITECT AND COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH OWNER. 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. 3. VERIFY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS, POWER AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER TO ENSURE PROPER FIT AND FUNCTION. 4. VERIFY MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS OF ELECTRICAL, TELEPHONE AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. DISABLED ACCESS NOTES 1. IN BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES, FLOORS OF A GIVEN STORY SHALL BE A COMMON LEVEL THROUGHOUT, OR SHALL BE CONNECTED BY PEDESTRIAN RAMPS, PASSENGER ELEVATORS OR SPECIAL ACCESS LIFTS. 2. FLOOR SURFACES SHALL BE SLIP - RESISTANT. 3. EVERY CORRIDOR AND AISLE SERVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 10 OR MORE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 44" IN WIDTH. 4. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL ALONG ANY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/2" IN HEIGHT. LEVEL CHANGES NOT EXCEEDING 1/4" MAY BE VERTICAL. BEVEL OTHERS WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2 5. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS THAT ARE HAND ACTIVATED AND WHICH ARE IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH -PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. MOUNT DOOR OPENING HARDWARE BETWEEN 30" AND 44" ABOVE FLOOR FINISH. 6. CENTER HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE BETWEEN 30" AND 44" 7. MAXIMUM PULL OR PUSH EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 5 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS, MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. CORRESPONDING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE REQUIRED FIRE DOORS MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 15 POUNDS. 8. THE BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS (EXCEPT SLIDING AND AUTOMATIC) SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. PROVIDE A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL ON THE PUSH SIDE OF 9. EVERY REQUIRED ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOORWAY SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 3' IN WIDTH AND NOT LESS THAN 6' -8" IN HEIGHT. DOORS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING AT LEAST 90 DEGREES AND SHALL BE SO MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF THE DOORWAY IS NOT LESS THAN 32 ". 10. WHERE A PAIR OF DOORS IS UTILIZED, AT LEAST ONE OF THE DOORS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR, UNOBSTRUCTED OPENING WIDTH OF 32" WITH THE LEAF POSITIONED AT AN ANGLE OF 90 DEGREES FROM ITS CLOSED POSITION. 11. IDENTIFY ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES WITH AT LEAST ONE STANDARD SIGN AND WITH ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING 12. THE FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE OR PASSAGE DOOR SHALL BE LEVEL AND CLEAR. THE LEVEL AND CLEAR AREA SHALL HAVE A LENGTH IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60" AND THE LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 44" AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. 13. FLOORS OR LANDINGS SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. CHANGE IN LEVEL BETWEEN 1/4" AND 1/2" SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 14. TO ALERT THE VISUALLY IMPAIRED, MARK THE UPPER APPROACH AND THE LOWER TREAD OF EACH INTERIOR STAIR WITH A STRIP OF CLEARLY CONTRASTING COLOR AT LEAST 2" WIDE, PLACED PARALLEL TO AND NOT MORE THAN 1" FROM THE NOSE OF THE STEP OR LANDING. THE STRIP SHALL BE OF A MATERIAL THAT IS AT LEAST AS SLIP RESISTANT AS THE OTHER TREADS OF THE STAIR. 15. CENTER ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS NOT LESS THAN 15" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. 16. SANITARY FACILITIES LOCATED ON AN ACCESSIBLE FLOOR OF A BUILDING SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED. OR OTHER SURFACE. 17. ENTRY TO SANITARY FACILITIES: A. 44" CLEAR AISLES OR CORRIDORS WHERE OCCUPANT LOAD IS 10 OR MORE. B. DOORWAYS TO HAVE A 32" CLEAR OPENING. C. ON APPROACH SIDE, PROVIDE A 60" CLEAR LEVEL SPACE WHEN DOOR SWINGS TOWARD APPROACH AND 44" SPACE WHEN DOOR SWINGS AWAY FROM APPROACH. 18. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES A. MOUNT BOTTOM EDGE OF MIRRORS NO HIGHER THAN 40" FROM THE FLOOR. B. MOUNT TOILET TISSUE DISPENSERS WITHIN 12" FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF THE TOILET SEAT. C. MOUNT DISPENSING AND DISPOSAL FIXTURES (TOWEL, SANITARY NAPKINS, WASTE, COIN SLOTS, ETC.) WITH OPERATING PARTS NO HIGHER THAN 40" FROM THE FLOOR. 19. SINGLE ACCOMMODATION TOILET FACILITY A. WATER CLOSET TO HAVE A 28" CLEARANCE FROM A FIXTURE AND 32" FROM A WALL. B. MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE IN FRONT OF WATER CLOSET TO BE 48 ". C. A SPACE 36" X 48" IS PERMITTED IN FRONT OF EXISTING WATER CLOSET ACCESSIBLE TO THE HANDICAPPED. 20. THE HEIGHT OF THE WATER CLOSET (TOP OF SEAT) SHALL BE BETWEEN 17" AND 19 ". 21. MOUNT FLUSH VALVE CONTROL NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR, ON THE SIDE OF THE TOILET WITH THE GREATEST SEPARATION FROM ADJACENT WALL OR OTHER SURFACE. GENERAL NOTES 1. COMPLY WITH CODES, LAWS, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING THE WORK. 2. OBTAIN AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY PUBLIC AUTHORITIES GOVERNING THE WORK. 3. REVIEW DOCUMENTS, VERIFY DIMENSIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS AND CONFIRM THAT WORK IS BUILDABLE AS SHOWN. REPORT ANY CONFLICTS OR OMISSIONS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY WORK IN QUESTION. 4. SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS, REVISIONS, OR CHANGES TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO PURCHASE, FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION. 5. COORDINATE WORK WITH THE OWNER, INCLUDING SCHEDULING TIME AND LOCATIONS FOR DELIVERIES, BUILDING ACCESS, USE OF BUILDING SERVICES AND FACILITIES, AND USE OF ELEVATORS. MINIMIZE DISTURBANCE OF BUILDING FUNCTIONS AND OCCUPANTS. 6. OWNER WILL PROVIDE WORK NOTED "BY OTHERS" OR "NIC" UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACT. INCLUDE SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS IN CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE TO ASSURE ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION 7. COORDINATE TELECOMMUNICATIONS, DATA AND SECURITY SYSTEM INSTALLATIONS. 8. MAINTAIN EXITS, EXIT LIGHTING, FIRE PROTECTIVE DEVICES, AND ALARMS IN CONFORMANCE WITH CODES AND ORDINANCES. 9. PROTECT AREA OF WORK AND ADJACENT AREAS FROM DAMAGE. 10. MAINTAIN WORK AREAS SECURE AND LOCKABLE DURING CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE WITH TENANT AND LANDLORD TO ENSURE SECURITY. 11. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. IN CASE OF CONFLICT, CONSULT THE ARCHITECT. 12. PARTITIONS ARE DIMENSIONED FROM CENTERLINE OF COLUMN TO FACE OF STUD, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. MAINTAIN DIMENSIONS MARKED "CLEAR ". ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF FINISHES. 13. COORDINATE AND PROVIDE BACKING FOR ITEMS ATTACHED OR MOUNTED TO WALLS OR CEILINGS. FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES 1. PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2 -A WITHIN 75 FOOT TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING ON EACH FLOOR, AND ADDITIONAL EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR OR BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR. 2. PROVIDE EXIT SIGN WITH 6" LETTERS OVER REQUIRED EXITS, WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND ADDITIONAL SIGNS AS REQUIRED BY BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR OR FIRE DEPARTMENT FIELD INSPECTOR. CONNECT EXIT SIGNS TO EMERGENCY POWER CIRCUITS. COMPLY WITH BUILDING CODES. 3. PROVIDE EMERGENCY LIGHTING OF ONE FOOT- CANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL. COMPLY WITHBUILDING CODES. 4. MAINTAIN AISLES AT LEAST 44" WIDE AT PUBLIC AREAS. 5. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SPECIAL LOCKING DEVICES SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED TYPE. ALL NEW DOORS SHALL HAVE APPROVED fr OP 4 6. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE PERSONS AND IN ANY HAZARDOUS AREA. 7. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES FOR EXIT CORRIDOR SHALL NOT EXCEED AN END POINT FLAME SPREAD RATING: A. CLASS I, FLAME SPREAD 0 -25, SMOKE DENSITY 150, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN VERTICAL EXITS. CLASS II, FLAME SPREAD 26 -75, SMOKE DENSITY 300, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN HORIZONTAL EXITS. CLASS III, FLAME SPREAD 76 -200, SMOKE DENSITY 450, FOR MATERIALS INSTALLED IN ANY OTHER LOCATION. B. C. 8. STORAGE, DISPENSING OR USE OF ANY FLAMMABLE OR COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS, FLAMMABLE GAS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES SHALL COMPLY WITH UNIFORM CODE REQUIREMENTS. 9. WOOD BLOCKING SHALL BE FIRE TREATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE FIRE CODE REGULATIONS. 0. EXTEND OR MODIFY EXISTING FIRE /LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AN APPROVED FIRE/ LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM. SUBMIT PLANS TO FIRE DEPARTMENT WITH COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1. LOCATE THE CENTER OF FIRE ALARM INITIATING DEVICES 48" ABOVE THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR, WORKING PLATFORM, GROUND SURFACE OR SIDEWALK. 12. EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS SHALL ACTIVATE A MEANS OF WARNING THE HEARING IMPAIRED. FLASHING VISUAL WARNING SHALL HAVE A FREQUENCY OF NOT MORE THAN 60 FLASHES PER MINUTE. 3. EXTEND OR MODIFY EXISTING AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AN APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM. SUBMIT PLANS TO FIRE DEPARTMENT AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUPERVISED BY AN APPROVED CENTRAL, PROPRIETARY OR REMOTE STATION SERVICE OR A LOCAL ALARM WHICH WILL GIVE AN AUDIBLE SIGNAL AT A CONSTANTLY ATTENDED LOCATION. ABBREVIATIONS A ACCES ACOUS AFF AL ALT ANNUNC ANOD APPL ARCH AUTO AVG B BLDG BOLLD BD BLKG BRDLM BU c CAB CPT CEM CER CLG COATG COILG CONC CONSTR CONT CONTR COV CMU D DBL DEPT DES DET DF DIA DIFF DIM DISP DIV DN DR DSCON DWR E ELAST ELEC EMBED ENGR ENT EQ EQUIP EXIST EXP JT EXPS EXT F FAB FD FE FE &C FHC FIN FLDG FPLC FR FRMG FXD FXTR FLR FURN FWC G GA GFRC GFRG GFRP GL GR GYP H HD HDWD HDWE HM HORIZ HVAC 1 NFO NSTRUM NSUL NTLK NT NFILTR J JAN ACCESSORY ACOUSTIC(AL) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALUMINUM ALTERNATE ANNUNCIATOR ANODIZED APPLIANCE ARCHITECT(URAL) AUTOMATIC AVERAGE AND BUILDING BOLLARD BOARD BLOCKING BROADLOOM BUILT UP CABINET CARPET CEMENT(1110US) CERAMIC CEILING COATING COILING CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION CONTINUOUS(ATION) CONTRACTOR) COVER CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT DOUBLE DEPARTMENT DESIGN(ED) DETAIL DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIAMETER DIFFUSER DIMENSION DISPENSER DIVISION DOWN DOLLAR (US CURRENCY) DOOR DISCONNECT DRAWER ELASTOMERIC ELECTRICAL EMBEDD(ED)(ING) ENGINEER(ED) ENTRANCE EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXISTING EXPANSION JOINT EXPOSE(D) EXTERIOR FABRICATION FLOOR DRAIN FIRE EXTINGUISHER FIRE EXTINGUISHER AND CABINET FIRE HOSE CABINET FINISH FOLDING FIREPLACE FIRE RAT(ING)(ED) FRAMING FIXED FIXTURE FLOOR(ING) FURNITURE FABRIC WALL COVERING GAUGE GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTER GLASS GRAD(E)(ING) GYPSUM HEAD HARDWOOD HARDWARE HOLLOW METAL HORIZONTAL HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING NFORMA11ON NSTRUMENT(A110N) NSULATION NTERLOCK(ING) NTERIOR NFILTRATION JANITOR K KIT L LAV LB LT LVLG LVR M MAX MFD MFR MECH MET MEMB MEZZ MIN MISC MLWK MOIST MOT MTD N NIC NO NTS 0 ORNA OVFL OVHD OPNG OPR P PTN PEDTR PBD PNL POLYST PORT PREFIN PREFAB PLAM PLAS PLSTC PLYWD PRTECN R RDR RECES RECPT REF REFL REFR REQD RESIS REINF RESIL RFG RM RO SCR SECUR SF SGL SHORG SIM SST STD STL STRFR STRUCT SURF SUSP SYS T THK TLT TRAF TRANS TRTD T &G TYP u KITCHEN LAVATORY POUND BRITISH POUND (CURRENCY) LIGHT LEVELING LOUVER MAXIMUM MANUFACTURED MANUFACTURER MECHANICAL METAL MEMBRANE MEZZANINE MINIMUM MISCELLANEOUS MILLWORK MOISTURE MOTOR(IZED) MOUNTED NOT IN CONTRACT NUMBER NOT TO SCALE ORNAMENTAL OVERFLOW OVERHEAD OPENING(S) OPERABLE PARTITION PEDESTRIAN PARTICLE BOARD PANEL POLYSTYRENE PORTABLE PREFINISHED PREFABRICATED PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTER PLASTIC PLYWOOD PROTECTION READER RECESSED RECEPTACLE REFER(ENCE) REFLECTED REFRIGERATOR REQUIRED RESIST(ANT)(IVE) REINFORCE(D)(ING)(MENT) RESILIENT ROOFING ROOM ROUGH OPENING SCRIBE SECURI SQUARE FEET CODE COMPLIAI TY SINGLE SHORING STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STEEL SIMILAR REVIEWED FE STOREFRONT STRUCTURE SURFACE SUSPENDED SYSTEM(S) THICK TOILET TRAFFIC TRANSPARENT TREATED TONGUE AND GROOVE TYPICAL City Of Tukwila BUILDING MIST( UNDRLAY UNDERLAYMENT U11L UTILITY UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE V VEH VERT VIF w VEHICLE VERTICAL VERIFY IN FIELD W/ WITH WC WATER CLOSET WD WOOD WDW WINDOW W/O WITHOUT WT WEIGHT WIRPRF WATERPROOFING 4GE Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler IA Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION A 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name I Scale A00 -10 I Description ABBREVIATIONS & GENERAL NOTES A00.10 ©2008 Gensler Fidelily 1 PI VEST ME T 7768 EGISTERED HITEC DA MORIARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF - EA DWARE SET 1 (EXTERIO ENTRY & EXIT DOORS) 4 STANDARD BU 9 HJNGES, KAWNEER "� 1 CONCEALED CLOSER; KAWNEER AM 1 DEADLOCK, ADAMS RATE . -1850 1 KAWNEER STANDARD--CYLINDER 1 KAWNEER STA iDAI D THUMBTURN 1 FLOOR STOP , TRIMCO 7280 2 PUSIL PULL, ROCKWOOD MEGATEK, RM 3311, 4'- CTC 1 1 KAWNEER STANDARD L./BOTTOM SWEEP, KAWNEER SAM II - "HARDWARE SET 2 (VESIIB�U `E OR) 4 STANDARD BUTT KAWNEER 1 CONCEALED CLOSER, KONEER SAM II 1 DEADLOCK, ADAMS RATE IS -1.850 1 FLOOR STOPS4�CO 7280 ,- 2 PUSH P r, ROCKWOOD MEGATEK, RM `'33T1� 4' -0" CTC 1 TH HOLD, KAWNEER STANDARD 1 BOTTOM SWEEP, KAWNEER SAM II INSULATION VALUE 04720.A h ahoy a i Attift Yti 6/ srsYh R10 (MIN.) CONTINUOUS INSULATION does he .4 owtfa 1. 1/iv' o1 17nbV i(Age ( T A P [Ii} 5e01 M M MB • 1. b•' `k1 V I / 191w nkA'1 S R10 (MIN.) CONTINUOUS INSULATION Par Dlii dtit dy 1fv1JVdV1M1t ' el ifiaiviiitta, .._______---\_____________„___ tetilkte. R19 (MIN.) CAVITY INSULATION k hio; ( THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SPEC. NUMBER MATERIAL INSULATION VALUE 04720.A CAST STONE R10 (MIN.) CONTINUOUS INSULATION 04810.E BRICK R10 (MIN.) CONTINUOUS INSULATION 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL WALLS R19 (MIN.) CAVITY INSULATION 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING R21 CONTINUOUS INSULATION (MIN. 3 - 1/2" TAPERED) 07610.A SHEET METAL ROOFING (VESTIBULE) R10 CONTINUOUS INSULATION 08411.A STOREFRONT U .26, SHGC 0.4 08411.A2 ALUM - FRAMED ENTRANCE DOOR U .80 08800.A GLASS U .29 (WINTERTIME); .26 (SUMMERTIME); SHGC .38 PROJECT SPECIFIC STOREFRONT -GLASS ASSEMBLY U .38. SHGC .35 COPING ASSEMBLY DOOR HDWR FRAME REMARKS NUMBER TYPE DIMENSIONS MATERIAL FINISH SET MATERIAL FINISH DETAILS FIRE RATING WIDTH HEIGHT THK HEAD JAMB SILL AL /GL PT. 1 AL PT. — — — — AL. /GL. PT. 1 AL PT. — — — — AL. /GL. PT. 2 AL PT. — — — -- MATERIALS FINISH LEGEND SPECIFICATION LOCATION REMARKS BRICK — 04810 BK -1 MFG: MUTUAL MATERIALS BRICK WALLS, SEE ELEVATIONS A09.00 BRICK TO MATCH COLOR AND NAME: - TEXTURE OF SOUTHCENTER MALL TYPE: MODULAR BRICK BUILDINGS. SIZE: 7 5/8" X 3 5/8" X 2 1 /4" H COLOR: MONTERREY FINISH: MISSION TEXTURE ROOFING RF -1 MFG: FIRESTONE ROOF & CANOPY ROOFS BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: ULTRAPLY WO SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: .060" SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: WHITE FINISH: — RF -2 MFG: FIRESTONE HIPPED METAL ROOF PANELS / SCREEN BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: UNA —CLAD SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR TYPE: STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: 1" HIGH BATTEN, 16" WIDE PANELS SUBS11TUlION PROCEDURES. COLOR: MATCH 'KAWNEER — DOVE GRAY' FINISH: KYNAR 1 CP -1 MFG: FIRESTONE FASCIA © MAIN PERIMETER WALLS BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: — COPING AT PARAPET WALLS SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: SHEET METAL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: — SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY SR FINISH: KYNAR 500 SMOOTH CP -2 MFG: FIRESTONE CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: — SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: SHEET METAL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: — SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: DARK IVY IS • . d A' 1 L, L 00 i• CP -3 �4iFG: FIRESTONE FASCIA /TRIM @ STANDING SEAM BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO �VAME: — ROOF SCREEN PANELS SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR TYPE: SHEET METAL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: — 7 SUBS1111J ON PROCEDURES. COLOR: MATCH 'KAWNEER — DOVE GRAY FINISH: KYNAR 500 SMOOTH STOREFRONT — 08411 SF -1 MFG: US ALUMINUM — BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: FT451 SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: FRONT GLAZED ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: 2 "H. x 4- 1/2 "D. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: "DOVE GRAY" FINISH: FLUROPON / FLUROSPAR GLASS — 08800 MFG: NAME: TYPE: SIZE: COLOR: FINISH: MFG: NAME: TYPE: SIZE: COLOR: FINISH: VIRACON VEI -2M INSULATING GLASS 1" THICK CLEAR VIRACON SPANDREL GLASS SP 1" THICK WHITE NOT USED SPANDREL GLASS COLOR AT SURFACE #4 BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. CAST STONE -04720 ST -1 MFG: CONSOLIDATED BRICK CAST STONE LINTELS & BASES BASIS OF DESIGN - NAME: ADVANCED CAST STONE - SEE ELEVATIONS A09.00 PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR RENEW TYPE: DRY CAST CONCRETE: VDT - VIBRANT DRY TAMP SIZE: VARIES - SEE ELEV. &WALL SECTIONS COLOR: COTTON FINISH: SMOOTH MATERIALS FINISH LEGEND SPECIFICATION LOCATION REMARKS METAL PANEL — 7430 MP -1 MFG: CITADEL WALL PANELS — SEE ELEVATIONS BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: ENVELOPE 2000 RS SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR TYPE: COMPOSITE METAL PANEL, RAIN SCREEN SYSTEM ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: VARIES, SEE ELEVATION ON A09.00 SUBS11TU11ON PROCEDURES. COLOR: SERIES F: "SIERRA TAN" (.024 ") PREMIUM SMOOTH FINISH: STANDARD —PLUS KYNAR 500 (OR EQUAL) MP -2 MFG: CITADEL SOFFIT PANELS AT CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: ENVELOPE 2000 RS SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: COMPOSITE METAL PANEL, RAIN SCREEN SYSTEM ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: VARIES, SEE ELEVATION ON A09.00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: SERIES G: "DARK IVY" FINISH: 4 PREMIUM KYNAR 500 (OR EQUAL) MP -3 NOT USED GENERAL NOTES 1. PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL FOR ALL COMPOSITE METAL PANELS AND SHEET METAL PRODUCTS, U.O.N. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler Issue 01 1 Project Name 1 Project Number A00.31 ©2008 Gensler Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH MATERIAL FINISH LEGEND, DOOR SCHEDULE & INSULATION SCHEDULE 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF DOOR SCHEDULE HARDWARE SETS INSULATION SCHEDULE MATERIALS FINISH LEGEND SPECIFICATION LOCATION REMARKS BRICK — 04810 BK -1 MFG: MUTUAL MATERIALS BRICK WALLS, SEE ELEVATIONS A09.00 BRICK TO MATCH COLOR AND NAME: - TEXTURE OF SOUTHCENTER MALL TYPE: MODULAR BRICK BUILDINGS. SIZE: 7 5/8" X 3 5/8" X 2 1 /4" H COLOR: MONTERREY FINISH: MISSION TEXTURE ROOFING RF -1 MFG: FIRESTONE ROOF & CANOPY ROOFS BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: ULTRAPLY WO SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: FULLY ADHERED MEMBRANE ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: .060" SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: WHITE FINISH: — RF -2 MFG: FIRESTONE HIPPED METAL ROOF PANELS / SCREEN BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: UNA —CLAD SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR TYPE: STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: 1" HIGH BATTEN, 16" WIDE PANELS SUBS11TUlION PROCEDURES. COLOR: MATCH 'KAWNEER — DOVE GRAY' FINISH: KYNAR 1 CP -1 MFG: FIRESTONE FASCIA © MAIN PERIMETER WALLS BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: — COPING AT PARAPET WALLS SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: SHEET METAL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: — SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY SR FINISH: KYNAR 500 SMOOTH CP -2 MFG: FIRESTONE CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: — SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: SHEET METAL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: — SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: DARK IVY IS • . d A' 1 L, L 00 i• CP -3 �4iFG: FIRESTONE FASCIA /TRIM @ STANDING SEAM BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO �VAME: — ROOF SCREEN PANELS SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR TYPE: SHEET METAL ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: — 7 SUBS1111J ON PROCEDURES. COLOR: MATCH 'KAWNEER — DOVE GRAY FINISH: KYNAR 500 SMOOTH STOREFRONT — 08411 SF -1 MFG: US ALUMINUM — BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: FT451 SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: FRONT GLAZED ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: 2 "H. x 4- 1/2 "D. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: "DOVE GRAY" FINISH: FLUROPON / FLUROSPAR GLASS — 08800 MFG: NAME: TYPE: SIZE: COLOR: FINISH: MFG: NAME: TYPE: SIZE: COLOR: FINISH: VIRACON VEI -2M INSULATING GLASS 1" THICK CLEAR VIRACON SPANDREL GLASS SP 1" THICK WHITE NOT USED SPANDREL GLASS COLOR AT SURFACE #4 BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. CAST STONE -04720 ST -1 MFG: CONSOLIDATED BRICK CAST STONE LINTELS & BASES BASIS OF DESIGN - NAME: ADVANCED CAST STONE - SEE ELEVATIONS A09.00 PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR RENEW TYPE: DRY CAST CONCRETE: VDT - VIBRANT DRY TAMP SIZE: VARIES - SEE ELEV. &WALL SECTIONS COLOR: COTTON FINISH: SMOOTH MATERIALS FINISH LEGEND SPECIFICATION LOCATION REMARKS METAL PANEL — 7430 MP -1 MFG: CITADEL WALL PANELS — SEE ELEVATIONS BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: ENVELOPE 2000 RS SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR TYPE: COMPOSITE METAL PANEL, RAIN SCREEN SYSTEM ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: VARIES, SEE ELEVATION ON A09.00 SUBS11TU11ON PROCEDURES. COLOR: SERIES F: "SIERRA TAN" (.024 ") PREMIUM SMOOTH FINISH: STANDARD —PLUS KYNAR 500 (OR EQUAL) MP -2 MFG: CITADEL SOFFIT PANELS AT CANOPY BASIS OF DESIGN — REFER TO NAME: ENVELOPE 2000 RS SPECIFICATION SEC11ON FOR TYPE: COMPOSITE METAL PANEL, RAIN SCREEN SYSTEM ALTERNATIVE MANUFACTURERS & SIZE: VARIES, SEE ELEVATION ON A09.00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES. COLOR: SERIES G: "DARK IVY" FINISH: 4 PREMIUM KYNAR 500 (OR EQUAL) MP -3 NOT USED GENERAL NOTES 1. PROVIDE SAMPLES FOR APPROVAL FOR ALL COMPOSITE METAL PANELS AND SHEET METAL PRODUCTS, U.O.N. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler Issue 01 1 Project Name 1 Project Number A00.31 ©2008 Gensler Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH MATERIAL FINISH LEGEND, DOOR SCHEDULE & INSULATION SCHEDULE 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF DOOR SCHEDULE HARDWARE SETS INSULATION SCHEDULE igOi ... REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR BUILDING LOCATION ON SITE. PROPOSED OFFICE BLDG 7,200 S.F. F.F.E. D' -0" = 27.0' dOIS. Q LANDSCAPED AREA. REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. 0 REFER TO CIVIL & LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR SITE SCOPE OF WORK SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE SCOPE OF SITEWORK. COORDINATE FULL SCOPE WITH LANDLORD7DEVELOPER. Q TRANSFORMER PAD. COORDINATE LOCATION CIVIL ENGINEER DRAWINGS. REFER ALSO TO LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS. Q COORDINATE TRANSITIONS AT ENTRY LOCATIONS W /CIVIL DRAWINGS. 0 EXIST. FIRE HYDRANT TO REMAIN. Q LOCATION OF NEW WALK AT NEW CURB CUT - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. Q NEW CURB RAMP - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. Qs ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES �o ON -SITE PAINTED STRIPING FOR PARKING SPACES; COORD. W /CIVIL DRAWINGS 0 SITE LIGHTING - NOT IN CONTRACT (BY OTHERS) ® PROPERTY LINE -- REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. ® 10' WIDE EASEMENT - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS �4 MATCH NEW PAVEMENT W /EXISTING - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR EXTENT AND SCOPE. 15 'MEHRAN' SITE BENCH BY RAMLER. - MATERIAL: POWDERCOATED STEELFRAME CONSTRUCTION WITH SLAB ENDS SOLID EXTERIOR TEMBER SLATS2 1/2" X 1 1/4 TIMBER COATED IN EXTERNAL GRADEDECKING VARNISH BASE: STEEL LEGS AND SUPPORT 0 SITE PAVERS - REFER TO LANDSCAPE DRAWING AREA NOT IN ARCHITECTURE OR LANDSCAPE SCOPE OF WORK 1. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF BUILDING ON SITE. 2. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF SITE WORK FOR COORDINATION OF WORK WITH EXISTING INFRASTRUCTURE AT SOUTHCENTER MALL. 3. ALL SITE LIGHTING TO BE PROVIDED BY WESTFIELD. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF WORK. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPRh' °VED SEP - 3 2008 City Of Tukuuila BUILDING DIVISION Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 1 A Issue 01 to 02 Q2 03 Seal /Signature 1 Project Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 I CAD File Name A00 -50 I Description SITE PLAN I Scale ©2008 Gensler Fidelity 1JVVESTMENTS Date & Issue Description By 06/02/08 PG ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW RESPONSE Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 0 5' 10' 20' 40' A00.50 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Check BT Ref. North RECEIVE r JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEI- SLAB EDGE DETAIL SCALE: 3 " =1' -0" DT _ES_OO.dwg 00 SLAB EDGE DETAIL SCALE: 3"=1"-O" DT_ES_OD.dwg SLAB EDGE PLAN lip SCALE: 1/8" =1' -0" BP — OO.dw 9 v D crl I--e A Da 5/8" ' :3•`5/8" SLAB EDGE DETAIL 5 SCALE: 3"=1'-0" DT OD.dw �S — 9 �1 1/4" 110 2' -10" 12' -2 1/8' i 42' -7 3/4' 18' - 2 5/8" 3' -9 3/4" 77' -0 1/2"i 5' -7 1/4' 10' -1 3/4' r 9'-11 1/2' 34' -4 3/4" 14' -3 1/2" 16" t'1.T.S 0 1_ 0 " T.O.C. 1 w 0 , D 4 0 P k n 4 0 A 5/8" 2-2 7/8" 1 a ": L 4 SLAB EDGE DETAIL SCALE: 3"=1'-0" S DT�.E _ OO.dw g cr o a011o� ^�( a ) ° IE : , °0 16" N.T.S. W o 0o0 2.6 FINISH GRADE o �r I , l.L 3' -4 1/2" 1' -10 1/4 "---.. 1' -3 1/4'2 in 7' 8 1/4"'" 1' -2" 1' -3 1/4' ■ 4 5/8 E 1 I la N 0 N 318" SLAB EDGE DETAIL SCALE: 3"=V-0" SC DT_ES_DO.dwg .5 00 • ■;c10 o • •_) .� 16" N.T.S. FINISH GRADE 0 1_ 0 " T.O.C. (;(71 ITF r �I I E ... 1 r-• _a _!.. 1 . T; . EI SHEET NOTES 0 PARGE SLAB EDGE WHERE VISIBLE OR EXPOSED TO VIEW, U.O.N. O EDGE OF GRAVEL STOP AT LANDSCAPED A 0 GRADE BEAM BELOW PER SKS_3. 1 GENERAL NOTES REVIEWED FOR— CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP - 3 200 City �� Tukwila � BUILDING DIVISION 1. REFER TO CIVIL DRAWING FOR LOCATION OF BUILDING ON SITE. 2. REFER TO CIVIL & STRUCUTURAL DRAWINGS ISSUED AS FOUNDATION ONLY PERMIT. 3. REFER TO WALL SECTION SHEETS FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. Fidelity 1 N VE3TANEPJTS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler IA 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION Q1 02 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE I Seal /Signature EDGE OF SLAB PLAN Scale 0 2' 4' 8' 16' A02.00 C)2008 Gensler DA MOR : RTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 CAD File Name A02 -00 I Description Ref. North RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF A09.10 CONSTRUCTION PLAN Al2,00 Al2.00 A09.10 5-11 1/13 3' -11 1/4" 10-8" 6 1/2" 1' -10 1 2" 8' -2 1 /e 1' -11 3/4" I I I I I I I Al2.00 Al2.01 Al2.00 A09.10 Al2.00 39' -11 5/8" 34' -11' Al2.01 6' -5 1/2' 8' -0 1/2" 4-8" 5-4" I 4' -8' 5-4" 4' -8" 5-4" 4' -01 ice— - _�-_ -� ,�•, 38' -5 1/2" 12' -0 3/8" Al2.00 Al2.00 Al2.00 SHEET NOTES V LOCATION OF FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL (REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS). 0 ROOF DRAIN LEADER (RE: PLUMBING DWGS). Q FIRE SPRINKLER RISER TO BE COORDINATED. (REFER TO FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS). O PROVIDE RECESSED DOWNLIGHT IN SOFFIT. 0 OVERFLOW DRAIN LEADER LOCATE IN 6" STUD WALL. 0 PROVIDED RECESSED DOWNLIGHTS IN CANOPY ABOVE. 0 LOCATION OF WATER LINE IN STUB FOR FUTURE TENANT COFFEE BAR MILLWORK (RE: PLUMBING DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZE). 0 LOCATION OF CONDUIT STUBS FOR FUTURE TENANT TRANSACTION DESK MILLWORK. (RE: ELECT. DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZE). 0 LOCATION OF WASTE LINE STUB FOR FUTURE TENANT SINK (RE: PLUMBING DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZE). 10 LOCATION OF TELECOM CONDUITS FOR FUTURE TENANT LAN ROOM (SEE ELECT. DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZES). LOCATION OF SANITARY LINE STUB FOR FUTURE TENANT RESTROOMS. (SEE PLUMBING DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZES). 12 LOCATION OF WASTE LINE STUB FOR FUTURE TENANT JANITOR'S MOP SINK (RE: PLUMBING DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZE). 13 LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL & TELECOM CONDUITS FOR FUTURE TENANT MILLWORK. CLUSTER PIPES TIGHT TOGETHER. (SEE ELECT. DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZES). 14 PROVIDE 6" STUD WALL WITH 5/8" TYPE "X" GWB ON BOTH SIDES TO UNDERSIDE OF METAL DECK ABOVE. PROVIDE FIRE RETARDENT WOOD BLOCKING FOR WALL —HUNG EQUIPMENT. 0 EXHAUST FAN PENETRATION ABOVE— COORDINATE W/HVAC DRAWINGS. 0 MECHANICAL ROOM (FUTURE). REFER TO SITE DEVELOPMENT AND CORE /SHELL BUILDING CRITERIA FOR BUILT —TO —SUIT PAD SITE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. PROPOSED WATER METER & ELECTRICAL METER LOCATIONS. ROOF ACCESS LADDER & HATCH DOOR (ABOVE). Al2.00 19 STRUCTURAL BRACE; REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 0 CLEANOUT IF REQUIRED TO BE LOCATED ON iHl SID 0 CABLE VINE TRELLIS. SEE ELEVATIONS. 22 FIRE DEPT. KEY BOX. COORDINATE W ELECTRICAL @ LOCATION OF FLOOR CLEANOUT (RE: PLUMB DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZE). 24 LOCATION OF FLOOR DRAIN (RE: PLUMB. DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZE). 0 LOCATION OF VENT PIPE (RE: PLUMB. DWGS. FOR PIPE SIZE). 26 LOCATION OF SANITARY STUB —UP FOR TENANT DRINKING FOUNTAINS. 27 DASHED LINE INDICATES APPROXIMATE PATH OF UNDER GROUND PIPING (RE: ELECT. & PLUMB. DWGS.) GENERAL NOTES 1. DIMENSIONS FOR PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PIPING IS FROM CENTERLINE OF COLUMN TO CENTERLINE OF PIPE, U.O.N. Gensler 1 Q Issue 01 Q 02 /2\ 03 Seal /Signature 1 Project Name 1 Project Number CONSTRUCTION PLAN FIRST FLOOR ©2008 Gensler Date & Issue Description By 06/02/08 PG ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/01/08 BT BT ADDENDUM #2 REGISTERED CHITECT. DA MO TARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617,292.4401 Check BT Ref. North RECEIVE 'JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTS. 11 POST SUPPORTS CD HIP ROOF PANELS —REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. EDGE OF OPENING © TOP OF STANDING SEAM ROOF PANELS. @:: EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE WALKWAY PADS, STDEWAtr R�F'D1TATId'AN17'LIZ:" CEAD'ER TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN WALL. SEE DTL. 8/Al2.00 & 8/Al2.01 Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler I Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 !CAD File Name A02 -02 I Description CORE & SHELL ONLY CONSTRUCTION SECOND FLOOR A02.02 ©2008 Gensler Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 03 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE EGISTERED HITE 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Ref. North 9' -11 1/2 34' - 4 3/4' EDGE OF HIGH ROOF (BELOW) UPPER , ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/8"= I -D BP __ _02.dwg 42' -7 3/4 18' - 5/8' 77' -O 1/2' 5'-7 1/4 9' -11 1/2 34' -4 3/4' 14' -3 1/2 \; 1 _ Q I `. . " "I \IT I 1/4'1 SLCFE OF ROOF eaow (BELOW) OPENING IN M SCREEN (ABO' SAPS OF ROOF n lJ 0 1 4:f SLOPE OF ROOF BELOW 0 3' -10 7/8" 1 4:1' 5LOPE OF A 0 2 LOWR ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" BP_Oldwg 1' -3 1/4' 2 9 I 2 N 0 I 0 N a csi 0, 2 1 SHEET NOTES ROOF DRAIN/OVERFLOW DRAIN. 0 DASHED LINE INDICATES STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL HIP ROOF(ABOVE) ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL FRAME. MAINTAIN METAL PANEL MIN. 6" ABOVE FLAT ROOF FOR DRAINAGE. SEE SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS. @.:: INTERNAL ROOF GUTTER. AC UNIT ON CURB 0 MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM TYP. U.O.N. LOWER ROOF BELOW O7 CANOPY BELOW 0 EXHAUST FAN ON CURB ROOF HATCH & LADDER CRICKET GENERAL NOTES CODE. COKAINKE ARV COMO SAP r 3 zaae I I ❑ �❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ . ,I. .,11, II 11 I 1 ❑ ❑❑__ ❑❑❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ I Oo Oo 1 1 I � 1 31/1' 11 POST SUPPORTS CD HIP ROOF PANELS —REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. EDGE OF OPENING © TOP OF STANDING SEAM ROOF PANELS. @:: EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE WALKWAY PADS, STDEWAtr R�F'D1TATId'AN17'LIZ:" CEAD'ER TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN WALL. SEE DTL. 8/Al2.00 & 8/Al2.01 Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler I Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 !CAD File Name A02 -02 I Description CORE & SHELL ONLY CONSTRUCTION SECOND FLOOR A02.02 ©2008 Gensler Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 03 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE EGISTERED HITE 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Ref. North 9' -11 1/2 34' - 4 3/4' EDGE OF HIGH ROOF (BELOW) UPPER , ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/8"= I -D BP __ _02.dwg 42' -7 3/4 18' - 5/8' 77' -O 1/2' 5'-7 1/4 9' -11 1/2 34' -4 3/4' 14' -3 1/2 \; 1 _ Q I `. . " "I \IT I 1/4'1 SLCFE OF ROOF eaow (BELOW) OPENING IN M SCREEN (ABO' SAPS OF ROOF n lJ 0 1 4:f SLOPE OF ROOF BELOW 0 3' -10 7/8" 1 4:1' 5LOPE OF A 0 2 LOWR ROOF PLAN SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" BP_Oldwg 1' -3 1/4' 2 9 I 2 N 0 I 0 N a csi 0, 2 1 SHEET NOTES ROOF DRAIN/OVERFLOW DRAIN. 0 DASHED LINE INDICATES STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL HIP ROOF(ABOVE) ATTACHED TO STRUCTURAL FRAME. MAINTAIN METAL PANEL MIN. 6" ABOVE FLAT ROOF FOR DRAINAGE. SEE SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS. @.:: INTERNAL ROOF GUTTER. AC UNIT ON CURB 0 MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM TYP. U.O.N. LOWER ROOF BELOW O7 CANOPY BELOW 0 EXHAUST FAN ON CURB ROOF HATCH & LADDER CRICKET GENERAL NOTES CODE. COKAINKE ARV COMO SAP r 3 zaae v f /f/fi • r, ��r/ /f. v i �i i /f /fii o o ff o i ►// i� i • ri1/ % if i� l�i . REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - CANOPY SCALE: 1/8" = 1' -0" RC_01 3 -5 1/2 V.I.F. iv A. RCP AT NE ENTRY B. RCP AT MAIN ENTRY n REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - ENTRY CANOPY & REAR ALCOVE SCALE: 1/8"=1 RC -01 1 GENERAL NOTES 2 SHEET NOTES 0 ALIGN JOINTS IN SOFFIT PANELS W /CENTERLINE OF MULLIONS BELOW, TYP. RE1(IEINED FflR I� CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED SEP ' 3 208 City Of 7uila BUILDING DIVISIO N I 1. ALL INTERIOR CEILINGS N.I.C. 1 Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 1 , \ Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 1Q 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name A04 -01 Description REFLECTED CEILING PLAN I Scale 0 2' 4' 8' 16' A04.01 ©2008 Gensler Fidelity INVESTBAIENTS 7768 DA MOR ARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Ref. North RECEIVED 'JUL 3 0 wl` Eci PERMIT Ctiv1c SOUTH ELEVATION SCALE. 1/4" — 1 EE_00. dwg 1 09.20 •- - -- ---- Wi'Iar� —�.-.. rl∎∎ ∎ ∎_ =_� --•1111 ■ .� �, =te a.-- - _- __-- - - -_�_ • r -r� -parr r - ..- ---- -- .�r■wi �-ra�w� •■■■■■■I- r rfrrl.L — •'— Wroa■- - - - -- .— - -- ------ irTI Ir r - - - - -- ---------- -r —a.ri w--------- ••••••-------- - - - - M• T-• •�i --- - - - - -- •'--w∎ *• _ ----- - - - - -1 ■•■- - -M 01 0 i■ ---____________________I - ■■■■ ----- - - - - -- ---- - -• -T r r --------- •• --- - - - -- r -- � M• =�+- ••1•1-11- .---- - - - -■ - -wwwwu ___ -- rwr_ -r_ __--- -- __1w•w- r- �- • -w --�i rr---■■r---------- a A •.a••*w•■u r=rri�a_w- •a-- ..■- --• •.w-■if i--- ww - .•■wwww -- - - - - - 11 .• 1 • 1 -I - - - - -- -• -- ----- • -- - -Zi •NIT-- - - - - -- - -- - - -- -r - - rr ar - r ∎rir -Mu 1A• ∎ ∎ ∎ T- - _ ∎•••1 ww__ - - -- __ _ t____ ■___ - _ ••••••r- ∎ ∎ ∎ ∎ - ? ∎∎ 411111 Triri ∎ ∎ ∎ ∎ ∎ ∎ ∎ ■= ∎ ∎ ∎ IMINON rr = ∎ ∎ ∎� ■T ∎∎ °wTr -- - r_>..aw- .i>t - - -r, w.- . �!r• ��-iwiwir4 ∎r ∎ = = ∎= ---- '-===- aa�ow�rrw- ∎ �����•iiwwMONINOMM= == �===- w�.•- •Mwi•wr�■== =?• = =- USN rr - t ∎1= � - __ _ Mr•= -r = =-- = _== _ ■.::rrZ = == BK --1 :.: == = = = == _ rw -� ========= _ �.•�■�Z _ =r �� �r w �_i _I__ w AM ∎ ∎ - - - ■ —∎ ∎ �� - -- • •1•1•1•1 irr - - - - -- •--- ■------ -w - - - - - _ w�rrr-------- =_•ww•r -�i rr � rrr.- r..rr.r.rrr..rrJMIM i� Z∎ IOW --�� •�i�• ww- ••w w ∎ ∎o -S^ ���- • ∎ Z'1• ∎∎∎ r fi I �M ∎∎∎ -•r ■ •1•1•11•1.err ■N - � •∎ ■���- �-�rr�iZM∎∎∎ ��1 r rt r b "7 1��►�, -, A• -- - �c� ^-- .:r- - ■-------- •- r- w��r■r. �ir1� rr� rir1� !.■ Z 1 09.26 Al2.22 ■ IIIMI - -z __- ■ _ -- - -- _.-. A LI - r °_w. a ■ - -- - - ------ - -arr- -- 1101•1PION- - - - -- ■I ----- ---- - - ---- - -- I --- ' ---- 111•1- - -- - -- --r•r l-rrA- ---•r•r------ ----------- , ■■■-•r.■■r∎■ -r- •.w- - -rr -r r---- - -ra -- -------RA•rr-- ------- (BEYOND) GL -1 BEYOND A09.21 ■ -- ---- - - - -rr .. r •rr ------ ^ - - --r -- - - - -_w ••- -_ •• i1 1 ------ rrrrr■ - - - - 1 •- - - - - --■--- .,r- - -- •-- •------- - -..r- --- arrrll ■w ∎n∎∎ -- r- . -■1wwwNI -- - - - - -- ------- ------- -- -i•r_rw� 1 - - - - - -- __-_ - - - __ _ -•••r- - - - - - -- ■- ------- ------•- ------ ■ ------- I ra--rr1--■■ -------- -------- -- - - -- --1111 - Mfr -I -w -1■ -- - - - - -- �rrr ■-�-- -r - - - - - -- -- ■- - - -- -------- ------- -- - -w • �r• - - - - , -•■- -• J - - -- -r -- r---------- - -. —.-n - ----------- - - -r•- ww1— ^■------- —- '•r- w-- - - - - - -- ••111rr,wr —w —r r----- - - - -- • ------ - - - -rte —■ r— - r err --------------- ••w- 1w---------------- •r-- - �■ - - ----- ----- — - r1� - .wr - - - -r w � irrlrrr � --------- - --------- Trr-------- r •--- w -rr - -- ----- --�■a ■1 1 09.23 r I - ,- - -- -- - - I_iww r _ _ - - - - - - -- - - - -- -- ---------- r --- • - --- __ a. r-•1w••I1.r.r,- r- -- --- D • .w -- �■■ D ∎_- 1 - -- .••wa rr r- ■-.r- - - - - -r -i•1 -- ors --I- raM - -- -MINI - -• — • •_ •- - - - -.M MEM■I -- c-- MI M I- •- .rr - -. M _,_ __ - _ - - -NI M.- M.- - - - -IM - - - -- - - - - -- - MI-- - - -r■a - - ■ -•_ j�ir----------- - -rr -_- • -- - ar'-- -------- - •w- r•rTirlr - - - - rr a _ - __ - __��.-- ..--- - - - - -- -- rrr------ mow---- ETA � _ ___ _______ __ w--- --- --- __ww__----- -■- --- EMI -- Er a .. .---- - - - - -- - - - -I -- --^ -- MI1www�li r ∎ ^---- rr _ - _ - ""rrw- Ti - - - -_ - r ∎-- •r-- *•-- ^-- °-- -111+1 ∎-- °-► ∎---- _�1wr•r "• 1a�O.- w--- _ ------- ••'-- _ --- _ -- ra --w- B K_1 ---------- �w--------- • --r - -- Zi r � • — Zi ri— ________∎ • �--••• wTr - - ∎∎ • - v�� -war iw- ��""" ��� • w•wwIar_� ______ e • -- '- aarri� ■� ■��� -- ■.- - - r — ------ � i � i - �- -� . - - -- - - - - -- _- '1-- rr4■■■_:.V1.. ___ rr-- - - - - -- ------------- r,J- r. ∎--- - - - - -- J_.�� i�� -_ ■rM_Y�l� w 7 �w _____'_____ -- _--- _- rr - - - - ■r aJ.�IMwMww- rl\-- - - - - -- w #-- -r1 \ - - - -- _ ------- \ ∎- - - - -w� - M-- 1---- - - - - -• A- y r•_ ∎� �� I_ - - ems 1ww---- w- - - - -•• -- • ••►�wrw--- ■-i■■.■a- - - - -�i ■■r�-� ����� °w■rri�-1 ■���� ■ ww� ���� ∎ ∎∎ ■ liMM∎ . 1 1i ����∎ ,-� ••■ -l��� --•r' i _ ----- ` ∎ � - - -- - rrr�i�r•-- - - - - -- -- - www- 7 -- r w•- 7 - _ wr_ _------- .ua— w— r- r-- _4— r--- -•ww 141 --- . • - -- - - - - ■ m •• -rr r iV - - -- - , 1- r■ r•■_ 1_ rr 1— r) r� ■_--------- r. - - - --- — ww--------- -•a111ar� : 1------ -- - -■ ■ r-"r■ a - - - -r w- - - - - -r - --- - -r r- - - - - - r r-- - - - r— r•— .M—— •-- r- ■------ rr -1a•a rr - . - - -- - - - - - -- -- - - - -�• -- - --- - - - - w••- • - - - - —r � — -- 1---- --- - -- wrti M i l 6' r- a•r- wlw - -r r--- rr••1I -r 1111- •1 - - - -r _____ - - -r r -�! -- .--- w - 11•1•1•1 �■ —■ -ra■w.MM•.w- -- - - - - -- -- - - - - -- -- - - - - -- --- - - - - -r r-_ i_ wawa ----- r - - - - a -- - M"iw - - -- - - - - - -- - - •- - -- -- -. - - -- - a- - - - - -- _ .........,•,..................... , 4 r � - - - -r - •r. - - - - -r -- — 1• - - -- ^ - - - - - -- --- - - - - -- - . Mr _ - - _ J ■ ___ ,- - - - - - -- - - - - - -- - - - - - -- - - - - - -- -- - - - - -- - - -• -• - rr•a-- -• — •-- • - - - - ra rr7 ■-- 11111 -•a1 - r- - - - - - r- - - r - - r r-- r•1•Mr r - - -_ - -r P R ' r-- -r.M - ; ∎• r.- rrr ∎IMM.- •�- -' ∎ -Jr -� 71 - - - -- r „ - - -mow -- .. - - - - -`- � T..i.. .... '. - -w - - -- -- - - - - -- O7: __- r ■r- 1MMI∎IMMENMSMII_IMMI-- r /..�- - •n■ - - - - -• -- - - - - -- -- - - - - -- -- - - - - -- ---- --•• -- ---- •-- I -.MM.- rrr - 1--1•11-. -�. - -r •1.1r•.r•r - - - -- - - - - - -- -w - - - - --• .. --- -- -• -- � ; ,, -- •1- 1•■r - - -- _ L -- 1111■ rr— ra.a.aw•a.— r a.a.aw• r r. — . —caw -- r- - emu - ■■■■ :. `' r- rAa - - - -r r-- ■i- r•r - -r ; : rrAa• - - - - -r / f� r-- - - - - -r .. � j ��____ C�••71 - - - -r - - - - - -■ - w - - - - -r --- - - - -1 .- - - - - -- -- - - ■ - - - -r - ►I - -MI- MM�- .r._.. - -r- -_ -w • • G - - _A•_ -A__ VIM - - - - - -- - - - - - - �a t_1 I - - -r _ r.I_. . _ I_ n _ _ - - � Iw -- ■ Mf�.•* r1 - - -- - w- w- - - - _ __ _ _ - _ -- - - -r - w--- -r1 - -r , -- •___ . �.r1r1� �. r _.r - G..1 - - - -w -- - - - - -- r_ -�� -r r- - - - - - - --- - - - - -- r- LM--- •- •-- Ir- •rr.- ■MMI - ■MM._ -Iris -- .� - - - -_- - _- ___- _ -_ -_ -_ ^__► _ err: - •_- ___- _ - _ - _ - _ -------- _- •_-- .MMI ∎IMM.rr•_I- .MMI - -1 - -- r -rwr- - _ - __ - - - - -- - ti- -r■.i. - - _ - - - -- __ _ ■ • - - - - - -- . -- ■-�� -• w : - ■I r i i- -te w r- r•1 - - r-r r ■ - - - - •1■.111 ,I rr ���r- -ter r--- _ - r--- r- --_- rrr -• -r r_--_- rrra• r _- .--I- Ir.- .-_-._- a�•r- r-_ -_ -r ■ r rwr - - rte -� # # -w -ww ■e .. . ����r••�I© . - �i+ - -- m ar �� ., . - --� ■- wry - i--• -I-- --rwri-- - - -- --'----- •-■----- -- - - - - -r 1111•1 - - - ■■• ••- - - - - -• •-- - - - - -• _ r- • •- •-- .- I_.w.wr- .- I- -, - - -- .r>t fi.r - r �_rrrrr�.ww r_� - �__I ■1- _ri - -7- r____. ___ .. \ -� wi.�. -te �.�.� I�i■■�I - - ter - � - - - -- -- 11•1•1 --- -- -- uu•'°• -- 111••1• --- rrr■ar - - ■■■■ 1111 ■--- IMM•w•MMr.M- .r- •MM. - - -- r - ,■M- -M ■ - • - -- - - - - -- r- r- r -r_ -r r- - - - - -r ■ --- - - - - -r r- --- MI - ■M - 1 - ra.rI IMMI - arw - ■ I - - - -- - - - - - -- - ���►►� ��� - - - - - - - --- - - - --- • -- 1-- M•1•- M.- IMMI.MMr-.MM1_r a ■■■ r r - a- - - - -w -- - - - - -r w-- a.r —r..• —ter -- - - - - -r --- - - - - -r ■ --► • - -� ■_____ # # 1•11-- w>. - -r � � . . r-- - - - -•• � � � � -- -- - - - . �� -- - - -••-- I ■ rr,� J ___I_�i�. III w1 wI _I_te -- -----•- r— ■-- --•-•w -- - - - - -- rr•• - - - - -- r- - - - - -r --- - - - - - r ap r— -- MI— IMMlrrrar.— ■MM■ —IM 11111 —r - -� - - - -- --- •r• a - - - - - - -w— --- r■• - - - -- w_ - - - - —. •___IMMr IMM.I-- I —IMM. —fir A - -- - w - - - -- -- - - - --* - - - - - -- - - - - - -- -- - - - - - - — rte ••------- --•- -M r- ■■■ r n - - -- - - r - - - -- ` -- -r - - -- -- r - - - -- r--- - - - - -- . -- � ° - - -- •r��i ���r�� -� r .. _ w SHEET NOTES Oj GLASS O STOREFRONT /ALUM. WINDOWS: @:: BRICK MASONRY WALL O4 ROOFTOP MECHANICAL SCREEN; STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING. Q STRUCTURAL COLUMN WITHIN CANOPY POST O PREFINISHED COMPOSITE METAL PANEL; PROVIDE 5/8" PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD IN LIEU OF GLASS MAT SHEATHING AT METAL PANEL WALLS, U.O.N.; SEE WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS. 0 PAINTED METAL CANOPY gO TENANT SIGNAGE (N.I.C.). G.C. TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONDUIT; COORDINATE STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MOUNTING WHERE APPLICABLE. 0 CONTROL JOINT ZONE FOR UTILITY EQUIPMENT AND METERS. COORDINATE WITH MEP & FIRE PROTECTION METAL INFILL PANEL TO MATCH STOREFRONT FRAME (PIP.) JAY R. SMITH #1770 8" DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE WITH BIRDSCREEN STREET NUMBER TO BE MINIMUM 6" TALL LETTERS OR COMPLY WITH LOCAL AUTHORITIES REQUIREMENT. FASCIA /TRIM ® STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF (BEYOND) — SEE SECTION DETAIL • CAST STONE LINTEL 17 CAST STONE BASE 18 CABLE TRELLIS: "SOMERSET" BY FEENEY. — 2"x 2 "x i" TOP & BOTTOM BRACKETS w/" DIAM. STAINLESS STEEL CABLES & RODS. TOP & BOTTOM BRACKETS TO BE POWDER — COATED ALUMINUM ANGLES. GENERAL NOTES REFER TO MATERIALS FINISH SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATION FOR ALL FINISHES INDICATED. ALL GLAZING TO B E 1" INSULATED GLASS U.O.N. DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCED FROM TOP OF INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT Sc CONSTRUCTION A 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number EXTERIOR ELEVATION ©2008 Gensler � A MO TARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON T.O. MECH. SCREEN 19' -3" T.O. ROOF EDGE T.O. W ALL • T.O. CANOPY r e 10' - 8" • B.O. CANOPY NORTH ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0r' EE_01.dwg i r r T.O. SLAB °w' T.O. MECH. SCREEN T.O. ROOF EDGE d d h 16' -3" T.O. WALL X 12 ' -Qr7 14 ' T.O. CANOPY 10' -8" B.O. CANOPY Dl T.O.SLAB '''BEYOND T WEST ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 = 1 EE_01.dwg CP--1 A3 GL -1 5 ,_ p . 5' -O" 2" EQ. Z�< (CP -2,) �∎- EQ. 1 _ .. _ LrI I l I 1 T� L C r T 7 T �r 1 _I 1 1 1 1 .I. I L l I r 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 I I . .: I .. i 1 1 _ . T - 1 -I t I I I I I I I T ■ 1 1 I I _ -T. _l-- ■ LL _ 1 L 1 '1 I i 1L I l . I _ r I L 1 1...L.._S_._I.._1.. Ai 1 1 t - E L T 1 1 i � T -• __rte_ BK -1- . T� L 7 ITT T I.. I 1 r" L _ 1_ 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I ..1 L L AI. mm 1 _L L L 1 1 1 1 L r. -.. .. T I 1 _ TL I L r�L i_ i 1 1 r T r T .r T . r r 1. T I. r T�IlZl 1 r r T EQ. 1 _ 1 1.8 T T i 1 �T r 1TT I T I ..._ 1_ 1- I _r r1rLT 1 T 1 T 1 I I I I 1 1 . 1 . 1 1 1. r I • r EQ. 43 .I 7 ..L -. i ..I 1 .L I �. i I. 1. I I . �.11- 1.1 I. ti.1 . 1 I 1 L L. -1 1. I I .L r I T :: 1 1 _ : r I- . 1 L _T 1 1 _I. T 1 , 1 I 1 1 ".1 1 1._ I I I I I I I r I TT_ I I I ..I. r I.T1.i1 L -I I. I 1 r 1. 1 I. r I. .I 1 I: �.1'I. r r L L .L L L T I I r 1 I " . T I I i I I I I I I -�-Z i 1. r _L. -I .I.1 1. T 1 1 .1 .1_.1 I. I I 1 I. I 'I ' 1 1. 1 I I 111 1 f I.1 1 _t T.T_C_1`T Ts IL.I F1 I . 1 11 1 Z r " 1 1 1 1 .I 1 1 I i i i= i . T i I i I 1 1 f r 7 i t i ..1 1 i -:L 1 f.. I. L. .I..... 1.._ I - i I I r I r i i I i I i I I I I i 1 ..L 1 I I 1 1 1_ _r_ 1 L L._1_ 1 . 1 1 1. 1 1 L 1 1 - 1 1 1 1 1. 1 I. 1. i . 1 i .1 1. M _ r _I r .I..� 1 1 I r ..r., I r I. r 1 r 1 r 1. i r l rr . I r I I L I X 1. 1 EQ. ■■■■ ■■■■ ___ ■■■ EQ. 0 - --------- - - - _ _________ - -■ . _ IMEMMISIMEIMES • ..__.r__...,......wwl_.... ..o_I... • .._____ _ r....r....r . rr+rr... onsmumplime■I■mmoimenim■ me - - ---- -.mom - � 0 CP -1 00 00 " 1 WALL 12' -0" T.O. CANOPY 10' -8" e j k B.O. CANOPY T.O. SLAB " 1 SHEET NOTES ::i: GLASS 0 STOREFRONT /ALUM. WINDOWS: 3O BRICK MASONRY WALL 4O ROOFTOP MECHANICAL SCREEN; STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING. Q STRUCTURAL COLUMN WITHIN CANOPY POST Q PREFINISHED COMPOSITE METAL PANEL; PROVIDE 5/8" PRESSURE TREATED PLYWOOD IN LIEU OF GLASS MAT SHEATHING AT METAL PANEL WALLS, U.O.N.; SEE WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS. 0 PAINTED METAL CANOPY Oi TENANT SIGNAGE (N.I.C.). G.C. TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONDUIT; COORDINATE STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MOUNTING WHERE APPLICABLE. CONTROL JOINT ZONE FOR UTILITY EQUIPMENT AND METERS. COORDINATE WITH MEP & FIRE PROTECTION ® METAL INFILL PANEL TO MATCH STOREFRONT FRAME (TYP.) 12 JAY R. SMITH #1770 8" DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE WITH BIRDSCREEN 13 WALL HYDRANT - REFER TO PLUMBING DRAINING DRAWINGS 0 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SEAM (TYP.) 15 ALIGN METAL PANEL SEAM WITH CENTER OF MULLION. 0 NOT USED @ FASCIA /TRIM © STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF (BEYOND) - SEE SECTION DETAIL 18 CAST STONE LINTEL 19 CAST STONE BASE GENERAL NOTES R EVIEWED FOR CODE COMP' APPROVED SEP - 3 Zil08 CM Of Tukwila 531 ThG D 1510 . 1. REFER TO MATERIALS FINISH SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATION FOR ALL FINISHES INDICATED. 2. ALL GLAZING TO BE 1" INSULATED GLASS U.O.N. 3. DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCED FROM TOP OF INTERIOR CONCRETE SLAB. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler / \ Issue Date & Issue Description By Check - 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 0 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION I Seal /Signature 1 Project Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 I CAD File Name A09.01 ©2008 Gensler Fidelity 1 VIVESTMEP/T' A MO TARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH A09 -01 1 Description EXTERIOR ELEVATION 1 Scale 0 2' 4' 8' 16' 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEI IF ' JUL 3 0 2006 PERMIT CENTF SECTION SCALE: 1/8 " =1 " -0 " 0' —O T.O. CONC. SECTION 18'-3" _ T.O.S. SCALE: 1/8" = 1 • T.O.S. . T.O.S. SECTION AT OFFICES + CONFERENCE SCALE: 1/8" = 1 "-0 " T.O. CONC. T.O. CONC. AHU 1 r^ , sr =.. r.3e-- •s�� = =�a • _.�e,__�� : 1 __-: 3 r_.== �s.. 7�s�.: �L_== �s.. ��s ..�_v��3 ;y..� =�..._u ..i5= =_:x � ==v_..t�.._�`�_ aas- •• r 2 SECTION AT LOBBY SCALE: 118 — 1 AHU r 18' - 3" T.O.S. AHU // // /// // T .O. CONC. A.7 0 AHU 1.6 30' -4 13/16" .. .. .I `.J . • ■ T.. 0 0 0 1 3 SHEET NOTES ED CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE :i• STEEL BEAM (TYP.) 0 STEEL OPEN WEB JOISTS 0 PAINTED METAL CANOPY ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM, TYP U.O.N. — REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS STRUCTURAL GRADE BEAM PILE CAPS O 0 STRUCTURAL PILES 4 GENERAL NOTES REVIEWED I C CODE COMPLIANCE APPROV ED SEP _ 3 20 8UIIDjNG SIO REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE DOCUMENTATION OF STRUCTURAL FRAME & FOUNDATION. Fidelity 1 iV VE 5 T ME PI TS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 1 ! Issue Date & Issue Description By Check -- 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION L 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH !Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name A09 -10 I Description BUILDING SECTION I Scale 0 2' 4' 8' 16' A09.10 ©2008 Gensler 7768 REGISTERED HI A MO IARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTE EL: 16' -3" T.O. COPING 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION 6" BATT – R19 0 — MENEM& 0 imam ■ - _��� �— IIIM■ - & -- ,- .... ,VIAM&IT11641111k. "& - _ I ►�1�► . -�∎ _ -- MINIM NM ._ _ IMI. �- _ I ' . ISTEISS!ISSI NEM NEM NEM 111 ' AAi NAM NEM ..r 1.M i.0 IEE iii NEE N:: ... 1:: 1.O NEM IWO iii I.r iii 07540.B ROOF INSULATION 6" BATT – R19 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION 2" RIGID – R10 Al2.21 Al2.10 ALIGN ALIGN ALIGN 0761 O.A2 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING (BEYOND) SHEET METAL FASCIA (BEYOND) 04810.B BRICK (BEYOND) AEL: 16' -3" T.O. COPING. 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 05310.B ROOF DECK 06100.H1 WALL SHEATHING, PLYWOOD 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER EL: 2' -8" T.O. STONE 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF EL: O' -O" T.O. SLAB REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB – REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL WALL SECTION AT VESTIBULE SCALE: 1=1-O" WS_20.dwg 16 L — __.._.i 1 EL: 16' -3" T.O. COPING. EL: 15' -10" T.O. STEEL 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06100.H1 WALL SHEATHING, PLYWOOD EL: 10' -10 5/8" B.O. STEEL. 04810.8 BRICK EL: 12' -0" T.O. CAN. OPP EL: 2' -8" T.O. STONIVI EL: O' -O" T.O. SLAB 2 WALL S ECTION AT ENTRY CANOPY SCALE: 1"=1'-0" WS_20.dwg 1 SHEET NOTES 0 SIDEWALK – REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH TRANSITIONS TO BUILDING SLAB. O FINISHED GRADE – REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. 0 INTERIOR GWB N.I.C. Q4 ALIGN METAL PANEL SEAM WITH TOP OF STOREFRONT SILL. VERIFY HEIGHT IN FIELD. O FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL – PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. R VIENVEO FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPRO SEP _ 3 20 �i� Of Yu�cwila , BODING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 2. REFER TO MEPFP AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 3. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL REPORT FOR SUB – SURFACE SOIL PREPARATION. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler A Issue 01 A 02 Q 03 Seal /Sign I Project Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name A09-20 I Description WALL SECTION scale 0 3"6" 1' 2' A09.20 ©2008 Gensler °Fidelity 1iVVESTMEA/TS Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE A MO (ARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON Fidelity Investor Center – SEATTLE BRANCH 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENT& 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R-21 Al2.10 SLOPE TO CENTER. 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 16'-3" T.O. COPING 16' -0" T.O. MASONRY 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF . 1 I.0 OARD INS LA 0 RIGID R -10 Al2.21 SIM /OPP REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. --� 2 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL WALL SECTION AT STOREFRONT WALL SCALE: 1"=1'-0" WS_21.dwg Al2.22 Ir_ , T T T T T T T T Ls . ,... J BUILDING INSULATION 07210.A BATT R -19 Al2.22 2 WAL SECTION AT METAL PANEL WALL SCALE: 1"=1"-O" WS 21.dwg 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING Al2.21 SLOPE TO DRAIN 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 1fi' -0",,� T.O. .O COPING T.O. STEEL 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06100.H1 WALL SHEATHING, PLYWOOD 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 COLD-FORMED METAL FRMG 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 05400.A WALL SHEATHING, PLYWOOD 06100.H1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 07430.A1 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEET NOTES 0 SIDEWALK - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH TRANSITIONS TO BUILDING SLAB. O FINISHED GRADE - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. 0 CANOPY (BEYOND). ALIGN BOTTOM OF CANOPY WITH TOP OF ADJACENT STOREFRONT MULLION. Q STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL SCREEN ON STRUCTURAL TUBE STEEL FRAME - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. REYIEWED E011- COOS COMPLIANCE APP WED SEP - 3 2t [la Ohl �� Tuk�� BUILDING DIVISION GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 2. REFER TO MEPFP AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 3. REFER TO 2/A09.20 FOR FOUNDATION INSULATION AND DAMP PROOFING. 4. STRUCTURE CD UPPER ROOF SLOPES TOWARD COLUMN LINE 2. SEE BLDG. SECTION © A09.10 & REFER TO STUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL FOR SUB - SURFACE SOIL PREPARATION. Gensler 1 / \ Issue 01 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name A09 -21 I Description WALL SECTION 0 3" 6" 1' 2' A09.21 ©2008 Gensler Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE EGISTERED 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 a . ... iaN NIMIN .iAEI. .1 T6 S.. J14 rrrrrrrrrrrrrrr - , i ii rri • MrL .rr EMIL ::r EMI .al. .EL .rr �.r i Nur : 711. 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING EL: 19' -3" T.O. ROOF EDGE EL: 18' -3" T.O. STEEL EL: 16' -3" T.O. COPING EL: 16' -0y T.O. MASONRY 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 1 T.O. CANOPY 1 1 EL: 10'-10 5/8"1 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF EL: O' -O" T.O. SLAB BRICK 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 04810.B BRICK 04720.A CAST STONE REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL OPP WALL SECTION AT MASONRY WALL WICANOPY SCALE: 1"=1'-0" WS_22.dwg 1 1 1 1 J 1 1 1 - SLOPE TO CENTER. 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM ALUM - FRAMED STOREFRONT Al2.10 1. j.� JIM .. 1 :: Mg i.. MME .. •• mg ; NM �:: ii 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 Al2.21 SLOPE TO CENTER. - - - 1 1 1 • • 4 • 2 WALL ECTION AT STOREFRONT WINDOWS SCALE: 1"=1 WS_22.dwg 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SIM 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING T.O. ROOF EDGE EL: 16' -O" T.O. MASONRY 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04810.B BRICK EL: 12' -0" T.O. STONE LINTEL 1 1 EL: 1O' -8" J T.O. MSNRY. OPENING © STOREFRONT 04810.B BRICK (BEYOND) 08800.F INSULATING GLASS EL: 19' -3" EL: 18' -3" T.O. STEEL EL: 16' -3" T.O. COPING EL: 2'-8"d T.O. SILL © STOREFRONT ® EL: 0' -0" ~ ~ ~--- T.O. SLAB REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEET NOTES O SIDEWALK - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE 'MiH TRANSITIONS TO BUILDING SLAB. Q FINISHED GRADE - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS g STRUCTURAL STEEL AT SIGN. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 0 STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL SCREEN ON STRUCTURAL TUBE STEEL FRAME - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 3. REFER TO 2/A09.20 FOR FOUNDATION INSULATION AND DAMP PROOFING. REVIEWED FOR- COOS COMPLIPNCE APPRO S EP -320 City Of 11.0 WILDING p SION 2. REFER TO MEPFP AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 4. STRUCTURE CD UPPER ROOF SLOPES TOWARD COLUMN LINE 2. SEE BLDG. SECTION © A09.10 & REFER TO STUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL FOR SUB-SURFACE SOIL PREPARATION. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler I I Seal /Signature I Scale 03 "6" 1' 2' A09.22 ©2008 Gensler Fidelity A/ VE S T MER/TS Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 03 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE 7768 REGISTERED `. ;RCHITE A DA AA • IARTy STATE OF WASHINGTON Project Name Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name A09 -22 I Description WALL SECTION 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617292.4401 RECERIP 'JUL 3 0 n'ti PERMIT GEN EL: 19' -3" T.O. FACIA EL: 18' -3" T.O. STEEL A LEL: 16' -3" T.O. COPING EL: 12' -0" T.O. CANOPY 4-..,, 0' -0" T.O. SLAB EL: 10' -8" T.O. STOREFRONT OPENING` 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING EL: 16'-0" 05400.A T.O. MASONRY COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 V • • 'I ■11s somminaL 11114 la: -1111=111W . ■r1 .� . mmi- IN IMO IIII k11 SIP Imo _ Mi. v ... : :Iti :11; �� ` ill �T I�T 1.1 fl :. 1.1 11.1 MT IC I ��I C [r1 i 1.1 .� .._ _... __ -___ -_ -_ ri r T 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 -.a EMI MIMI MEL NEI live . •ur r.r mu: ..! " ::I R•` .■i • ■■r ME1 ••l isimr ::L 1 • Al2.22 • O /V 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF BRICK WEEP VENTS - - 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 08411.A1 ALUM - FRAMED STOREFRONT 08800.F INSULATING GLASS - -I- REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB - REFER TO h STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 1 GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL OPP 1 T I _ -1- t e-11 - ...T i r __ 1 __ - mmmmm . _ il■u..r.r 1 ........_ ►. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OPP SLOPE TO CENTER. 1111 ISTREAM I MEM IME .1 1ry i •1.Mi ' lam •iI;i : :i INN 1• U I..I JEN 111 7 ■1 ° •Ii . 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 SLOPE TO CENTER. Al2.22 Al2.21 Al2.10 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 1 1 WALL SECTION AT STOREFRONT WALL W /CANOPY & MASONRY SCALE: 1"=1'-0" WS_23.dwg S l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 :I , 11.1 17111 is I :i �r :i Iji i u:i . i url li :i l 1 ■1 :. : 1.1 '1L;II X11 ■1 _.I 1.1 1!11 I I1 :1 X 1..1 8 ■1 � i .Al i11I :!1: m fa I I k . :I G 1:i � ■1 I //I f.:i iliii iiii: 011.:1111: � I ' v - : •l: 1 _.... 3i .. 1 '' . 1 1 1 1 1 1 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 1 0 2 WALL SECTION AT PRIVATE ENTRY DOORS - SIDE LIGHT SCALE 1 1 0 I WS_23.dwg REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04810.B BRICK 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 08411.A1 ALUM - FRAMED STOREFRONT 08800.F INSULATING GLASS EL: 19'-3" T.O. FACIA EL: 18' -3" T.O. STEEL EL: 16' -0" 05400.A T.O. MASONRY COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING EL: 12' --0" T.O. STONE LINTEL EL: 10' -8" T.O. MSNRY. OPENING © STOREFRONT EL: 0' -0" T.O. SLAB SHEET NOTES O SIDEWALK - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH TRANSITIONS TO BUILDING SLAB. O FINISHED GRADE - REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. g CANOPY/ ALIGN BOTTOM OF CANOPY WITH TOP OF ADJACENT STOREFRONT MULLION. O4 STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL SCREEN ON STRUCTURAL TUBE STEEL FRAME - REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. GENERAL NOTES C O M P L I A N C E . Review) fOR S C1ty 01 Tu'oila WILDING DIVISION 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 2. REFER TO MEPFP AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 3. REFER TO 2/A09.20 FOR FOUNDATION INSULATION AND DAMP PROOFING. 4. STRUCTURE ® UPPER ROOF SLOPES TOWARD COLUMN LINE 2. SEE BLDG. SECTION ® A09.10 & REFER TO STUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 5. REFER TO GEOTECHNICAL FOR SUB- SURFACE SOIL PREPARATION. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler \ Issue 01 Q 02 03 I Seal /Signature 1 Project Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 I CAD File Name A09 -23 I Description WALL SECTION I Scale 03 "6" 1' 2' A09.23 ©2008 Gensler Fidelity it/VESTA/11E1117"S Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTB 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R-21 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 •.� IMF MEr ■ ■� m :h EI I:f ■ ■I •.r ■.I ■ ■L Nor ■ ,/ • Inrrrr r■. nl .■.■■.■■■■. ■■■■r■■.r .rrwMrrr...■ ■r ■r■ ■r ■:: ■ ..■I uurll:� = ■ ■r. ■rrwrrr■rrrrirr ■rr■■■Z■r■■u =::::i ■r�r rrrrrrrrrrrrr I:::: ::: ::�::::i::::::= iriii .. _ ! r. .......r.rr :...: ::: : :i: :....: r.rrrr:r = : : :::::::; 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 r ■resa■r■rr ■r■ ■ice. rr.wi.A ■rr■mrrr1� ■.■ ■.rrrrr ■.ilirrrrrrrrrr:r ::�.� �? ■ ■� ; ■ urrrrrrrr ■ ■■■.r■..■■ S ■w... :Ir i�i�i�■■��■i e... ■ rrrrrrrrrrrr ■.. ■ ■.r ■rr.r..■..u.1■.... ■... � _ ;______....r■.r■■rrr. ■i ■ :Ili :: : „' �■� .... r.■ rr. r rrr■■. ii■■ i■. i■ i ■ ■ rr:l::::::I::r■r . r : : : :_■: : _ ■_� ■ : ::i : : : : :�`� " i:i �i ...........l .... .. ■.rr ............... ■ . . 1 : =rrrr ■ ■ _ , t r._. 1 .. !.■ i ::: A s ri V�J !IL �'- ; MEN R .II V 1 E �//_/_ Rim J:: is 11111 :..■ 1 i:: ICI MP !!i imil iiiii u l MI ::::: . !II i ii x::I .iii •: 4n ! ! l F! l x li:I 7:: i:: 'elm 7.1 i S i 111 j: I m ? .ti 'il ill e l �.r� IJ1J rPIEI q l i +� �rit1/ . £::I III, . ..I 5 : :: t::: ■ ■1 ' :11 . emo - R r i :.:• �.■I r... rn •••: • r.t :'- ■UU ::I .. ;- - ■.I :::• : 5! ' ... i :: .J.. JEE i.. i.r 1:: 1:: � .r■ IME MUM ■: 1•: l ME I II 1:: My I ■. Irr l:: 1:: 1.r 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R--10 T.O. METAL PANEL WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 0610O.H1 WALL SHEATHING, PLYWOOD COLD — FORMED METAL FRMG 08800.E INSULATING GLASS 08411.A1 ALUM — FRAMED STOREFRONT 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06100.H1 WALL SHEATHING P W l l REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB — REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL T.O. SLAB Al2.10 2 WALL SECTION AT FULL - HEIGHT MASONRY SCALE: 1"=1"-0" WS_24.dwg EL: 16-3"� T.O. COPING EL: 16' -O" T.O. MASONRY 04810.B BRICK T.O. STONE 05400.A COLD — FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB — REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL SHEET NOTES 0 SIDEWALK — REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH TRANSITIONS TO BUILDING SLAB. Q FINISHED GRADE — REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. O3 RAISED CURB AT METAL PANEL WALL BEYOND. SEE ELEVATIONS AND REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR ELEVATION OF GRADE. O4 STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL SCREEN ON STRUCTURAL TUBE STEEL FRAME — REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 2. REFER TO MEPFP AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 3. REFER TO 2/A09.20 FOR FOUNDATION INSULATION AND DAMP PROOFING. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION Q 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 03 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE 1 Project Name R GISTERED ITECT Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name A09 -24 I Description WALL SECTION A09.24 ©2008 Gensler 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 30 2008 PERMIT CENTEI- EL: 19'-3" T.O. ROOF EDGE A EL: 18'-3" T.O. STEEL A EL: 16' -3" T.D. COPING d EL: O' -O" T.O. SLAB V V V V V V � U u D D O b O" O O O O b O b p 0 p ot oC�, �o� "oO oCk o� oU� oO� 00� 00 0� 00� oQ� 00� 04� 0,0= 0,0� oO= 0,0= 0,0� 0,0� 00� 0,0� 00� 00° 00� 00° 0� oQ c 000 o p moo" 5 ° 0 �'o� AD �� D° �� aV0 000 a O o00 000 a O a00 000 � o o O a00 o O o O aOb o O a0p oob aop ao0 od0 000 a O o00 000 000 000 000 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O . ' = ° = Oo,O � 0,0 =o,O�o�°o,0_�0_ o0_ oO _,•, O�, oO� o�_ oO�OoO�oO�oO�oO�oO� o�o�o _ ...u� ..r ..1I •.I t • .0 .ir ••u ..r ..1I NMI lur i.r Ira NO M 211 07540.6 ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 ii..iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii- - -- z.. I:: i=iffinima : =MEMINI::::1::11:1 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 WALL SECTION AT ENTRY CANOPY SCALE: 1"=1 '-O" WS_25.dwg 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 05400.A COLD— FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 481 BRICK 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB — REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL 1 1 1 1 - 0 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 08800.F INSULATING GLASS 08411.A1 ALUM — FRAMED STOREFRONT 0 SLOPE 1 /4 ":1' -0" MIN . 4f,° OH 001c:))° _ 0 0 � 00d o00� 00o 1ItII -tIII -tII III 1II III 1II 1 I I III I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 Rp 1 SHEET NOTES O SIDEWALK — REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE WITH TRANSITIONS TO BUILDING SLAB. • FINISHED GRADE — REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. g STRUCTURAL STEEL BEYOND. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. Q4 STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL SCREEN ON STRUCTURAL TUBE STEEL — REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. Wave CODE COVIPLIPNCE APP ROVE SE? - 3 2.0 GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 2. REFER TO MEPFP AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 3. REFER TO 2/A09.20 FOR FOUNDATION INSULA1ON AND DAMP PROOFING. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 1A \ Issue 01 QQ 02 Q 03 I Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name A09 -25 [Description WALL SECTION I Scale 0 3"6" 1' 2' A09.25 ©2008 Gensler 0 Fidefily 1JVVESTMEAITS 7768 DA MO - )ARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTE. Al2.21 T.Q. CANOPY 08800.F INSULATING GLASS 08411.A1 ALUM — FRAMED STOREFRONT 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 s:=I:1::=::::1a REINFORCED STRUCTURAL SLAB — REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 07210.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF GRADE BEAM. REFER TO STRUCTURAL WALL SECTION AT VESTIBULE SCALE: 1"=1"-O" WS_26.dwg 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING THERMOPLASTIC MEMBR 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 05400.A COLD— FORMED METAL FRMG 06100.H WALL SHEATHING 07540. B ROOF INSULATION RIGID BOARD R -21 072 O.0 BOARD INSULATION RIGID R -10 BRICK 07540.A Al2.21 Al2.22 8 Al2.21 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 08800.F INSULATING GLASS 08411.A1 ALUM — FRAMED STOREFRONT SHEET NOTES 0 STRUCTURAL STEEL(BEYOND). REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. O FIRE ALARM ANUNCIATOR PANEL. O3 INTERIOR GWB, N.I.C. Q4 STANDING SEAM METAL PANEL SCREEN ON STRUCTURAL TUBE STEEL — REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. O ALIGN METAL PANEL SEAM WITH TOP OF STOREFRONT SILL VERIFY HEIGHT IN FIELD. 0 FINISHED GRADE — REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS. CODE. COW 1 AP P; VE' SE? -310 C+ 0 11il0 ` . BUILDING DIVISION. GENERAL NOTES 1. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR FOUNDATION DRAWINGS AND DETAILS. 2. REFER TO MEPFP AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR UNDERGROUND U11LI11ES. 3. REFER TO 2/A09.20 FOR FOUNDATION INSULATION AND DAMP PROOFING. Gensler 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 I CAO File Name A09 -26 I Description WALL SECTION Issue 01 0 3" 6" 1' 2' A09.26 ©2008 Gensler Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 PC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE GISTERED CHITE 1 33 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENT& 07210. BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 SCALE: 1 1/2 " = 1' - 0" DT-CCL_STJMB 73 SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" DT-EIFS_CORNR ! !wwwrrr+rrl�r ...r ...I • .. 1 r 0001 i 10 STOREFRONT MULLION SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - " DT- CCL_MPSYS 07620.A 5. T M :L F SHING & TRIM 08411.E SEALANT 07620.A3 SHEET METAL TRIM 08411.A STOREFRONT 08800.A GLASS DETAIL AT WINDOW CORNER 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 08411.E SEALANT METAL PANEL WING W ALL INTERIOR GWB, N.I.C. 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 06105.T SHEATHING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL TER OR GWB, .I .C 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 08411.E SEALANT 06105.T SHEATHING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG g ab 06105.V e WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 05400.03 BLOCKING 06105.T 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 N 2" AIR SPACE 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 04810.8 BRICK 04720.A CAST STONE (BELOW) !Aini llatii • 111 IN 11 •11 iii 11 NM ILIIMI NMI V NMI X1 11 i NI‘ A 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 /WATT R -19 • 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 08411.A (ABOVE) STOREFRONT 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL INTERIOR GWB, N.I.C. 06105.T SHEATHING 1 DETAIL „ METAL PANEL WING WALL DETAI „INSIDE BRICK CORNER = DT-MP_STJMB2 = DT-C_BRARC 1 1/2 Q DT MP_STJMB2 SCALE: 1 1/2" - DT C_BRARC STOREFRONT CORNER Nor SCALE: 1 1/2" - 1 D T - EIFS_CORNR 06105.T SHEATHING 07920.A JOINT SEALANT WINDOW JAMB @ MTL. PNL. WALL 1 DETAIL @ METAL PANEL CORNER SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1' - " T EIFS MPCON 1/2" = DT-CCL_MPSYS _ SC ALE: 1 1/2 - DT CCL_MPSYS INTERIOR GWB, N.I.C. 05400.03 BLOCKING 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 08411.A STOREFRONT 08800.A GLASS 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 05400.03 BLOCKING 06105.T 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER MORTAR 04810.B BRICK 06105.T SHEATHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF STRUCT STEEL 2" AIR SPACE 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 04810.8 BRICK 04720.A CAST STONE (BELOW) 10 11 ‘.z .1 rowim:ii i•o• v Omit � I -, � .► r nip 11.•■ ■■ ••••••••■1►� 1 A.. ■!■■IlA�!;.� \ ■L:1 ! -' l ihk. int" 11 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 -7" 04810.F MORTAR 04810.B BRICK 08411.A STOREFRONT DET. CURTAIN WALL JAMB SCALE: 1 1T2" = 1 DT-- C _BRARC t SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG 06105.T SHEATHING 05120.A STRUCT STEEL INTERIOR GWB, N.I.0 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 07920.B SEALANT W /BACKING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06100.H1 W LYWOOD 0 COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER INTERIOR GWB, N.I.0 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 • 1 D INTERIOR GWB, N.I.C. SHEATHING 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 08411.A STOREFRONT 08800.A GLASS 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 06105.T SHEATHING RAIN LEADER (REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS) 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG DETAIL OUTSID BRICK CORNER SCALE DT -C WA CLCOR • iIWAVIAIt 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 0441 d-, a i W/ / 41 V /iIIA J NY A %lir 111111 ° r ERIOR GWB, N.I.C. vI INTERIOR DETAIL = REAR EXIT JAMB SCALE: 11/2 0 ", DT- CCL_MPSYS 9 1/4" 2 " 2 " 2" AIR SPACE 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04810.F MORTAR 06105.T SHEATHING 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 04810.B BRICK 08411.A STOREFRONT 08800.A GLASS 08411.E SEALANT 2" AIR SPACE 06105.T SH £ 1 ING 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 0 SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 04810.B BRICK 04810.F MORTAR A lea A 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 08411.E SEALANT 05400.G3 BLOCKING 06105.T SHEATHING 04810.F MORTAR 2" AIR SPACE 07131.A SH BRANE WATERPROOF 04810.E BRICK INTERIOR GWB, N.I.C. 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 2" AIR SPACE 04720.A CAST STONE (BELOW) 04810.B BRICK 04810.F MORTAR 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF INTERIOR GWB, N.I.C. 08411.E SEALANT 08411.A STOREFRONT 08800.A GLASS cB) 2 1 STOREFRONT FRONT MULLION @ COLUMN DETAIL IL c METAL PANEL WING WALL DET. BRICK /CURTAIN WALL JAMB Iho 1 SCALE: 1 1/2" Q DT- CCL_vIPSYS SCALE: 3" 1 -0 SCALE: 1 1 = 1%0" DT CCL MPSYS SHEET NOTES DETAIL BRICK / STOREFRONT JAMB GENERAL NOTES SCALE: 1 1/2 = -0 DT-CCL_MPSYS CODE COMPLIANCE. APPRO SEp - 3 2a0% BULL 11 G DI 5 0 1. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM COLUMN CENTERLINES TO FACES OF STUD U.O.N. 2. REFER TO INSULATION SCHEDULE FOR R-- VALUES OF BUILDING MATERIAL ASSEMBLIES. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 1 A Issue 01 02 03 I Seal /Signature 1 Project Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name Al2 -00 1 Description TYPICAL DETAILS I Scale n�1 0 3° 6° 1' Al2.00 ©2008 Gensler 0 Fidelity 1JVVFSTME1IITS Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE M lAR STATE OF WASHINGTON Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2006 PERMIT CENTEF E 10 STOREFRONT CORNER SCALE: 1 1/2" =1' -0" DT- EIFS_CORNR 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 11 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 06105.T SHEATHING 07131.A CK T 04810.B SHEATHING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 04720.A CAST STONE (BELOW) 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 08800.A GLASS 08411.A STOREFRONT 06105.T SHEATHING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 05120.A STRUCT STEEL ■ ••••••••••••••••••••I ■■■ ■ ■ ■•■■■■ ■■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ •1 LJ� p i ■■■■■■■ ■uON MIN Mil ■■■■■■■■■ MI EMU EMI KEY BOX ,D SCALE. 1 1/2 1 0 ETAIL 1 DT_BRARC_1 ± 1' - 1/2" KEYBOX FIRE DEPT. KEYB( COORD. W /ELEC. 2 • A. w l UuII � 1 - f Jrlrr �.L.rrrrJ.WrrrJ.WrrrJar. - •■I u r _I 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R - 19 TERPROOF 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER SHEATHING 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 2" AIR SPACE 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROC 08411.N THRESHOLD N) 05400.G3 BLOCKING 04810.B BRICK 04720.A CAST STONE (BELOW) 08411.A STOREFRONT 08800.A GLASS FRMG BA T R -19 DET. MTL. PNL. VESTIBULE WALL R STOREFRONT DETAIL @ VESTIBULE 4 SCALE: 1 -1 1 SCALE: 1-1/2" 1 SHEET NOTES 0 RAIN LEADER FROM CANOPY ABOVE. COORDINATE MEPFP DRAWINGS. ® FIRE ALARM ANNUCIATOR PANEL. CENTER ON WALL PANEL AS SHOWN. VERIFY FINAL LOCATION AND COORDINATE W /FlRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS. CODS COMPLINNa APPROV SAP 3 20 GENERAL NOTES Ot TuMkla WILDING WS 1. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM COLUMN CENTERLINES TO FACES OF STUD U.O.N. 2. REFER TO INSULATION SCHEDULE FOR R- VALUES OF BUILDING MATERIAL ASSEMBLIES. Gensler IO I Seal /Signature Scale �1 0 3° 6° 7 Al2.01 ©2008 Gensler Fidelily / IIIVESTAIIEA/TS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION A 02 06/16/08 PC BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION A 03 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE 7768 EGISTERED CHITECT NDA M•RIARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name Al2 -01 I Description PLAN DETAILS 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF ;1 A■ It■ A■ It■ A■ mr.m. 111 rA IMMO HMI VI HE 09260.F9 ETAL STUD 6" COL COL 4 04810.B BRICK (BEYOND) A SILL FLASH @ STOREFRONT SCALE: 3"=V-0" -0 THRESHOLD @ DOOR SCALE: 3"=V-0" O ALIG 1 Au i I� i o7-0, -77-0 ' o , ° 00 0 0 0 ! o0 0 0 °000 Zo000 0000r, °O o 00 0 0 4 08800.A GLASS 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF - goo 08800.A GLASS 06105.T SHEATHING 04810.B BRICK WEEP VENTS 24" O.C. 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 04810.L5 CAVITY DRAIN MATERIAL 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM CAST STONE LINTEL LOOSE LINTEL (REFER TO LINTEL SCHED. ON STRUCT. DWGS.) 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER •1• 'A 08411.A1 ALUM - FRAMED STOREFRONT 07920.6 SEALANT W /BACKING 1 -III- 111 1 =1 11= 111= 111 =11 III1 I I1 I I1 I I- 07620.A ' _11 I - III -111 1 I SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM SET IN BED OF SEALANT GLASS -MAT GYP SEALING COMPOUND RIGID INSULATON R -10 WEEP VENTS © ENDS OF CAST STONE. 10' -8 ck B.O. LINTEL 08411.A2 ALUM - FRAMED ENTRANCE DOER ENTRANCE MAT BY TENANT 07920.B SEALANT W /BACKING 08411.N THRESHOLD COMPRESSIBLE FILLER CONCRETE (SEE CIVIL) 1/4" : 1' -0" SLOPE AWAY FROM ENTRANCE A OOFING 09260.F9 METAL STUD 6" 09260.F9 METAL STUD 6" 0 METAL COL C7241.C1 WALL SHEATHING 07241.C1 GLASS -MAT G P WALL SHEATHING 3, 5/8" b 10" ,rw.w.N■11=ii _s- s 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 06105.T SHEATHING 04810.B BRICK WEEP VENTS @ 24" O.C. 0481015 CAVITY DRAIN MATERIAL 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM CAST STONE LINTEL FACE OF BRICK (BEYOND) MTL. ,, P N L. CLNG. REAR EXIT DOOR I A DET. 3"=V-O" T.O. WINDOW FRAME (typ.) MTL. . ,PNL. CLNG. REAR EXIT DOOR SCALE: 3 1 0 DT 2 - 0 - 2ND ENTRY SCALE: 3 - O SCA LE . -1 -O 6 DT_2 - 0 - 2ND ENTRY 1 1/4" 5 DET L , AT WINDOW SILL (typ. . 3 SILL FLASHING 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM 07920.8 SEALANT W /BACKING 1/4":1' 2' -8" 061053 WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 WEEP VENTS ENDS OF CAST STONE. LOOSE LINTEL GROUT SOLID 07131.A (REFER TO LINTEL SCHED. ON STRUCT. DWGS. 08411.A1 ALUM - FRAMED STOREFRONT 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER T.O.SILL CAST STONE 04720.B ANCHOR • , i 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R - 10 ATERPROOF 260.F9 TUD 6" 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04810.L5 CAVITY DRAIN MATERIAL WEEP VENTS © 24" O.C. 2' -8" CAST STONE 04720.B ANCHOR 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04810.F1 _GROUT SOI ID 116" ti.T.S ooUoQol �oo■oQo■o 000 Ooh'" X000 000 : 0 oo 0 p0O 000 �O,�oOo 9f` _ BRICK SHELF H ''- 1 1 4" FOUNDATION WALL / -SEE STRUCTURAL STUD FRAMING 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V 04720.B ANCHOR S E BARRIER 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04720.A CAST STONE 0' -0" - T.D.C. L1/4" : 1' -O" SLOPE ' , AWAY FROM WALL tCONCRETE (SEE CIVIL) 07920.B SEALANT W /BACKING COMPRESSIBLE FILLER FNDN. , DETAIL @ METAL PNL. WALL 2 SCALE: 3"=V-1:1" 0 DT 00. w �S _ dg Cp COL 4" 11 DETAIL SCALE. 3 1 p AT CONF.RM. WINDOW SILL 7 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 /r 2 f 1/4":1' Lf � 6" N N.T.S. 0 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 07620.A3 SHEET METAL TRIM 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V R : SIS I VE : ARRIER MTL. AP TR 04720. B ANCHOR ft g o - 0 0 p . - .�O 000 oO ■ �o0 0O000.' • o O O oO 09260.F9 METAL STUD 6" SHEATHING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PA 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 07920.B SEALANT W /BACKING 08411.A1 ALUM - FRAMED STORE SILL FLASHING 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04720.A CAST STONE o'-o" T.D.C. FINISH GRADE 1 11;; �I 1 1 bJ 4 4 A 0 P 4 4 P /8 " 6 FOUNDATION DET.@ MSNRY. SHELF 12 FNDN. DETAIL SCALE: ETAIL @ METAL PNL. WALL SLAB _ 1 EDGE DETAIL SCALE: 3"=V-0" SCALE: 3"=V-0" 3 - -0 E, 33/ u 1 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R - 19 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER MTL LAP STRIP 04720.B ANCHOR 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 04720.A CAST STONE FINISH GRADE co PERIMETER GRAVEL BED (SEE LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS) 04720.0 DOWEL 4 SHEET NOTES GENERAL NOTES REVIEWED FOR COOS COMPLIANCE APPII ' SEP Catty OO DIVISION BUILDING D VI 0 Fidelity 1 N V E S T M E AVI T S Seattle Branch 3 04 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler I d 02 03 I Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 I CAD File Name Al2 - 10 I Description TYPICAL WALL DETAILS I Scale Issue 01 77 Al2.10 ©2008 Gensler Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE 7768 REGISTERED CHITEC d o NDA AA*RIARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT GENIE 0721 0.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 06105.T SHEATHING SEALANT TERMINATION BAR 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 05310.A STEEL DECK 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 06105.T SHEATHING 061053 WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler Issue 01 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 1 CAD File Name Al2 -21 I Description CANOPY ROOF DETAILS 0 3" 6" 1' A'1 2.2'1 ©2008 Gensler 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE REGISTERED RC RECEIVED JUL 302008 PERMIT CENTEF SHEET M ilk 10'-8" B.O. CANOPY 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 06105.T SHEATHING ERPR FASCIA, BRICK SCALE. 3 - 1 -0 07131.A s. 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 Iii 05310.A STEEL DECK 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 06105.T 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG WEEP VENTS 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM SEALANT TERMINATION BAR * 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING AM= 11111 ■M= I 11 1■ 1 1■ 1 '.0 ■- 1 • T__ I U M= ra EEN i- _ m ._ or Ag 07920.8 SEALANT W /BACKING 07540.A ' r - 0721 0.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -21 NE ROOFING 1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 05310.A STEEL DECK 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 09260.F6 METAL STUD 2 1/2" 07241.C1 GLASS -MAT GYP WALL SHEATHING 07 10.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R - 10 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 07411.F SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 04810.B BRICK 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 07241.C1 GLASS -MAT GYP WALL SHEATHING -14 DTL a PANEL/ STOREFRONT O CANOPY GUTTER DETAIL SCALE: 3 -1 -0 SCALE: 3"=V-0" -0 0721 0.A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R -10 AIL .. .. 1■ ■1 ■■i 1■f 1 1■ i 1■m 05310.A STEEL DECK 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 0721 0.A BUILDING INSULATION GID -1 f 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF • 1 1: 1• 1■ 1: '• •■• • SHEET M 10' -8" 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 06105.T SHEATHING 1 ":1' MIN 07131.A TERPR SOF EP TS 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM SEALANT TERMINATION BAR 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING CO B.O. CANOpY 07430.A1 i COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.T SHEATHING 07920.6 SEALANT W /BACKING 04810.6 BRICK SHEATHING 110 101 11 I I I i =miming' 0721 0. A BUILDING INSULATION RIGID R - 10 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION (@ VESTIBULE) RIGID R - 10 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 6 EDGE OF CANOPY (BEYOND) 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM 74 S.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL (© CANOPY) 07920.B SEALANT W /BACKING 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL SIDEWALL DRAIN (BEYOND) 07920.B SEALANT W /BACKING TS 07411.F SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 16T05.T SHEATHING CON'T BUILT -IN SHEET METAL GUTTER @ ":1'MIN TO DRAIN __ 11 1/4" 11' -1 5/8" T.O.S. 07540. A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING MIN I 0 1111111P ' - ' 1111111111111111 111 1-5" B.O. CANOPY 07411.F SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM CANOPY ROOF EDGE DETAIL SCALE: 3"=V-0" -4 o,, BUILDING 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 I im 6 SCALE :3 -0 CANOPY PARAPET DETAIL B.O. CANOPY 07210.A BUILDING INSULATION BATT R -19 05310.A STEEL DECK 05120.A STRUCT STEEL 4 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 06105.T SHEATHING SEALANT TERMINATION BAR 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 06105.T 4 ":1' MIN SHEATHING 06105.T SHEATHING 061053 WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL 05400.A COLD- FORMED METAL FRMG 5 5/8" 06105.T SHEATHING 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 05310.A STEEL DECK 05120.A6 STEEL CHANNEL 06105.T SHEATHING 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANE 07920.B SEALANT W /BACKING 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING 07411.F SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 06105.T SHEATHING 05310.A STEEL DECK 05120.A T .T TEEL 1 05400.A COLD - FORMED METAL FRMG 07241.C1 GLASS -MAT GYP WALL SHEATHIP 06105.V WATER RESISTIVE BARRIER 07430.A1 COMPOSITE METAL PANEL CANOPY DTL. a@ BRICK/STOREFRONT CANPY DETAIL AT BRICK WALL CANOP S ALE: 3 SCALE: CANOPY STOREFRONT CANOPY DETAIL AT METAL PANEL SCALE: 3"=1I-0" SCALE: 3"=V-0" 3"=V-0" SCALE. 2 4 SHEET NOTES REVIEWED fOR- COM COMPLIANCE A PROVE SE: _ 3 20 GENERAL NOTES City Of Tui BUILDING DIVISION 07411.A3 STANDING —SEAM METAL ROOF PANEL 07131.A SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOF 06105.0 ROOF SHEATHING 05310.B ROOF DECK 06105.D WOOD BLOCKING 07620.A SHEET METAL FLASHING & TRIM N) -H 0, co SECTION @ ROOF SCREENWALL SCALE: 3" = 1%0" DT22.dwg BEAM /POSTS ■ Mill _■__■__■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■iilliii■ ■■I Nomin • • immoommumommnommosimmommimmEg r 07540.B ROOF INSULATION RIGID R -21 kA . A. �A .A.A.AL ∎L.L�A .A.A.ALA.�.L.A. AIL re) STRUCTURAL SHEATHING STRUCTURAL DECK 05120.A1 STEEL BEAM 05120.A2 STEEL COL (BEYOND) 07540.A THERMOPLASTIC MEMBRANE ROOFING SEALANT STAINLESS STEEL HOSE CLAMP TPO FLASHING TPO BONDING ADHESIVE 2 -3/8" BARBED SEAM PLATES & FASTENERS, FASTENED MIN. 4 PER PENETRATION & MAX. 12" O.C. TPO FLASHING TPO ROOFING ROOF PIPE PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: 3" =1 -0 DT EX 17 STL. ANGLE J PREFORMED RE: STRUCT ROOF CURB. RE: MECH ROOF CURB DETAIL DT EX 15 SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" ROOF DRAIN RIGID INSULATION RIGID R -21 .1MMEM... CLAMPING RING WATER CUT —OFF MASTIC TPO MEMBRANE ROOFING DEC S METAL DECK UNDER DECK CLAM ELEVATION RIGID FIBERBOARD LAP ROOF MEMBRANE FLASHING UP WALL & UNDER CAP FLASHING (TYP.) NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR LADDER DIMENSIONS TAPERED ROOF INSULATION RIGID R -21 ROOF DRAIN DETAIL SCALE: 3" = 1'-0" DT EX 16 STEEL LADDER WITH FIELD PAINTED FINISH SIDES BOLTED TO FLOOR LADDER ELEVATION SCALE: NTS DT RF 02 NOTE: REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPICAL ROOF DECK OPENING SUPPORT SAFETY POST CURB WITH INTEGRAL CAPFLASHING AND POSIFLASH u r . ME DE OMBINA11ON LOCK STRIKE AND PADLOCK HASP D ETA I LAT ROOF HATCH H SCALE. 1 = 1 - 0 DT RF 01 MECH. UNIT BASE TPO FLASHING 2 -3/8" BARBED SEAM PLATE ANCHORED @ 12" 0.C. PROTECTION BOARD GASKET (ALL SROUND) SECTION H u SAFETY CAGE SPRING LATCH WITH INSIDE — OUTSIDE HANDLES AND PADLOCK HASP SLOTTED HOLE FOR HELD ADJUSTMENT LINE OF PARTITION BELOW 1 2 SECURE TO WALL W/ 2X WOOD BLOCKING BEHIND GWB BETWEEN STUDS SHEET NOTES REVIVIED FOR-- WM. COMPLIPKE PROV SEP - 3 2000 City 00 11i1a WILCO* DIVISIO. 3 GENERAL NOTES 4 1. REFER TO INSULATION SCHEDULE FOR R— VALUES OF BUILDING MATERIAL ASSEMBLIES. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler A 02 06/16/08 PG BT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION A 03 07/25/08 CC BT ADDENDUM 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENT RESPONSE I Seal /Signature Fidelity Investor Center -- SEATTLE BRANCH Issue 01 I Project Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 I CAD File Name Al2-22 Description TYPICAL DETAILS I Scale 73 ' Al2.22 ©2008 Gensler Fidelily 1 IV Ei 7" All E INI S Date & Issue Description By Check 06/02/08 PG BT ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 7768 A MO ARTY STATE OF WASHINGTON 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENT DROVEMENTS ARE TO BE OWNER 1 1 /4 ' r 3� it 6" SI.._ AREAS OF ZONE *12 ELIMINATED BY FIDELITY IMPROVEMENTS. C2" SL. 16 SF 6" SL.- 1 5L_ 3 11/2. 51 11/2" SL: 52 5F.. — er — — o- - -. - 31S 5F : .. 77 � ..............._ .. .. .. .., .. ....,J \. '52. (1) 6" SL. L (1) 6" ".�L (1) 4" 5L. (1) 4" L. WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER IRRIGATION ZONE *12 IS AFFECTED BY FIDELITY - IMPROVEMENTS. FIDELITY NVESTOR ENTE 0 04 • IRRIGATION REVISIONS/ OUTSIDE SCOPE OF,°'' \FIDELITY WORK , z l 1 / 4 11 IrE 3 IRRIGATION REVISIONS OUTSIDE SCOPE OF FIDELITY WORK WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER IRRIGATION ZONES *9 4 .10 ARE BOTH AFFECTED BY FIDELITY IMPROVEMENTS. L ZER3 36188 MI ME 131112 122 MM.= MK 4122Z Nte .TEM. IE22, E }PP. ZONE *12 UNAFFECTED BEYOND THIS POINT ZONE *12 UNAFFECTED BEYOND THIS POINT RE -ROUTE 1 SLEEVE q AND I I LINE 252sF -_-- 11/2t S1... 3 1 (1) 6'" SL. . 1) 3" SL. 48...ro e 315 sr -- ....... SL. 3411 11/2" SI . LIMIT OF IRRIGATION - PRESERVE AND PROTECT EXISTING IRRIGATION, COORDINATE EXISTING, WITH NEW E • INEMEltillEEEE Y EIEREElrElEBER Ell . . 252 sr �....4 } NORTH 12+00 SCALE: 1 "= 20' -0" FIDELITY IMPROVEMENTS HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO IMPACT FUNCTIONALITY OF EXISTING AND OTHER PROPOSED IRRIGATION SYSTEMS. CONTRACTORS SHALL PRESERVE AND PROTECT EXISTING IRRIGATION WHEREVER IT IS INTENDED TO BE RETAINED IN THIS OR OTHER PROJECTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO REPAIR ANY DAMAGED OR DISRUPTED SYSTEMS SO AS NOT TO AFFECT EXISTING PLANTINGS. 2. IRRIGATION INDICATED AS 'EXISTING' MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE BEEN CONSTRUCTED BY THE DATE OF FIDELITY IMPROVEMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE TEMPORARY POWER AND WATER SOURCES, AS NEEDED. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SLEEVING REQUIREMENTS FOR FIDELITY IRRIGATION SYSTEM WITH WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEM. 4. FIDELITY IRRIGATION ZONES 29 4 30 51-IALL ULTIMATELY BE CONTROLLED BY WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER IRRIGATION CONTROLLER PLANNED IN EAST PARKING STRUCTURE. TEMPORARY AUTOMATIC IRRIGATION CONTROLLS MAY BE REQUIRED TO ENSURE ADEQUATE MOISTURE TO FIDELITY PLANTINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER CONTRACTORS TO ENSURE ADEQUATE LENGTHS OF WIRING ARE PROVIDED (NO IN -LINE WIRE SPLICES SHALL BE ALLOWED). 5. SEE COMPLETE WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND DETAILS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. SEE SHEET L2.01 FOR IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT LEGEND. GENERAL NOTES Gensler JEFFREY B. GLANDER & ASSOCIATES, PLLC Landscape Architecture Site Planning Seal/Signature Q2006 Gensler Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 03 07/25/2008 ADDENDUM #3 — PLAN REVIEW RESPONSE 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 CAD File Name 08 -0201 I Description EXISTING IRRIGATION PLAN I Scale 1 "= 20' -0" 0 10 20' 40' L02.00 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 www.glanderassociates.com STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAP. ARCHITECT B. Gl an d er Ce ricate No. 405 1 Protect Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH IRISH YEW (4' Mtn. Ht-) SPREADING ENGLISH YEW ADJACENT LANDSCAPING SHOWN FOR REFERNCE ONLY (NOT IN THIS CONTRACT) 'KARL FOERSTER' FEATHER REED GRASS 'ICE DANCE' SEDGE DAVID VIBURNUM DWARF I-IINOKI CYPRESS 'ICE DANCE' SEDGE BENCH AND PAVER F,4TH PEDESTRIAN AMMENITIES (SEE CI /ARCH- PLANS) 'KARL FOERSTER' FEATHER REED GRASS DAVID VIBURNUM . ` 'Mt. VERNON' LAUREL DWARF BURNING BUSH LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENT OUTSIDE FIDELITY SCOPE OF WORK (2) JACQUEMONTII BIRCH 'CHANSONETTE' CAMELLIA SPREADING ENGL I5H YEW (3) JACQUEMONTII BIRCH LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS OUTSIDE FIDELITY SCOPE OF WORK 4 DAVID VIBURNUM 'MORNING LIGHT' MISCANTHUS 'LITTLE BUNNY' FOUNTAIN GROSS JAPANESE WOODLAND BAMBOO (dwarf) 'HELLE1zl' JAPANESE HOLLY I -, ,.. » ,,,,, laRNING'LIGHt' MISCAN UDRY' FOUNTAIN GRASS UNT VERNON' LAUREL (3) JACQUEMONTII BIRCH 'MAGIC CARPET' S ?1REA CREEPING EXISTING TO REM \ v �.J 'PROADMOOR' JUNIPER 'HELLERI' JAPANESE HOLLY BIRD'S NEST SPRUCE PERENNIAL MIX >�.»., fix.`;.:. ...:.., a a�i.a i ,,,,. ,�r 5: a ,u �. ...,, .�.w.R;wxr: ,. , a� i :.v . Kc.,.,:, ..,,,,,.,w:..r:.; : ..,n... ;r f' i. : 'CRIMSON FIYGMY' BARBERRY BLUE STAR (I) 'PACIFIC BLUE FESCI, LANDSCAP DAVID VIBI JUNIPER SUNSET' MAPLE 3 E !BIRD'S NET SPRUCE rikfila DWARF HIN 1 CYPRESS 'LITTLE BU NY' FOUNTAIN GRASS SYMBOL AIWAN BERRY LANDSCAPI cry' I REES AC ER G- X PLAT. 'WARRENRED' 'PACIFIC SUNSET' MAPLE 2" GAL -, 12' -14' HT., B4B BETULA JACQUEMONTII JACQUEMONTII BIRCH 2" CAL., 12' -14' HT, BOB SHRUBS BERBERIS 'CRIMSON PYGMY' I 'CRIMSON PY GMY' BARBERRY' CAMELLIA SASANQUA ...... CAMELLIA CAMELLIA SASANQUA T ES O E DOVES' 'WNIT'E DOVES' CAMELLIA CHAMAECYPARIS OBTUSA 'NANA' DWF- HINOKI CYPRESS EUDNYMUS ALATA 'COMPACTA' DWF. BURNING BUSH ILEX CRENA TA 'HELLERI' 'HELLERI' HOLLY JUN IPERUS SQUAMATA 'BLUE STAR' 'BLUE STAR' .JUNIPER JU•IPERUS SABINA BROAD(" IO ' OR' 'BROADMOOR' JUNIPER P OBLATUS SSNIBU ANUS TSUBOI I J WOODLAND BAMBOO ,4MB00 L EA SPIREA JAPONICA 'MAGIC CARPET'I'MAGIC CARPET' SPIREA TAXU5 BACCATA 'REPANDENS' SPREADING ENGLISH YEW TAXUS BACCATA 'STRICTA' IRISH YEUJ VIBURNUM DAVIDII IRISH YEUJ DAVID vI5URNUM I GAL CONT. 9 2 D-C. 2 GAL CONT. e 4' Q.C. u 2 GAL CONT. � 31/2' O-C- B4B /CONT a 3' O.C. 36 MIN. HT ,... _ 5 GAL CONT. e► 4' D-C. 2 GAL CONT. a 2 O-C. 1 GAL CONT. g2 5 GAL CONT. e 4' O-C. 2I " -24" HT. 4 SPREAD 9 4 ' O-C. 1 GAL. CONT. e 2' 0 -c- 2 GAL CONT. e 21/2' O-C. 21" -24" I-1T. 4 SPREAD Q 4' OC. 48" MIN. HT. e 31/2' 0-C- 2 GAL CONT. 3 O-C. GRASSES GROUNDCOVERS AND PERENNIALS 2 I CLEMATIS SPP !CLEMATIS 23 IRIS SPP (IRIS ---105 RUBUS CALYGIND IDES as PRUNUS LAUROCERASUS MT. VERNON' I'MT. VERNON' LAUREL 53 PERENNIAL MIX I HEMEROCALL IS 1- 4Y5RID I ASTER NOVA - BELGII I CHRYSANTHEMUM MAXIMUM 'SHASTA DAISY ICOR.EOPSIS LANCEOLATA $COREOPSIS I 16 I CALAMACIROSTI5 X ACUTIFLORA 'KARL FOERSTER' ('KARL FOERSTER' GROSS I 1 CAREX MORROW!' 'ICE DANCE 4 FESTUC,4 OYINEA GLAUCA I'IGE DANCE' SEDGE 1 IBLUE FESCUE 1 15 MISCANTHUS 'MORNING LIGHT' 'MORNING LIGHT' MISCANTHUSI 16 PENNISTUM 'LITTLE BUNNY' , ('LITTLE BUNNY' FOUNTAIN [RASSI 12 I PENNISTUM 'MAUDRY' I'MAUDRY FOUNTAIN GRASS I 5 GAL. CONT. 67 4' D.G. 1 GAL CONT. e 2' D.C. 1 GAL. CONT. 6 18" O-C. 1 GAL. CONT. 6 4' O.C. 1 GAL. CONT. ' 2 O.C. 1 GAL CONT. e 3' O-C. CREEPING TAIWAN BERRY (1) 'PACIFIC SUNSET' MAPLE 'BRDADMOOR' JUNIPER 'I- IELLERI' JAPANESE HOLLY ADJACENT LANDSCAPING SHOWN FOR REFERNCE ONLY (NOT IN TI-415 CONTRACT) NOTE: LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 51-1ALL BE 'BANDERA' GRANITE AS AVAILABLE FROM MARENAKOS ROCK CENTER, ISSAQUAH WA. SCALE PLAN I" SIZES, BOULDERS SHALL BE BURIED WITH) THEIR DIA. BELOW GRADE. BOTANICAL NAME ADJACENT LANDSCAPING SHOWN FOR REI=ERNCE ONLY (NOT IN THIS CONTRACT) IEC,IUAL QUANTITIES I DAYLILY 'PACIFIC ASTER COMMON NAME 1 SIZE 4 SPACING NORTH 1 GAL. CONT. a 15" OC. 1 GAL. CONT. STAKED 1 GAL. CONT. e S" 2' Q -C- 1 GAL- CONT- 6 ....._w._. O.G. 1 GAL. CONT. a 2' O.C. ......... . . PLANT IN GROUPS OF 3 OR 5 1 COAL. CONT. a 15" O.C. 1. Refer to details for additional information. 2. Chemically kill and remove from site all existing weeds and vegetation not shown to remain on plans. 3. Distribute imported sandy loam topsoil (approved by the Landscape Architect) in areas shown and at depths indicated for crowning and berming of landscape areas, and backfill of retaining walls (if required). Dotted lines indicate 1' contour intervals. All landscape areas shall receive topsoil, whether indicated on plans or not, so that finish grades of all shrub beds shall be 2" below tops of adjacent curbs and pavement, and lawn areas shall be 1/2" below tops of adjacent curbs and pavement. Structural fill areas: Any landscape areas occurring within structural fill zones shall have said structural fill materials excavated to a depth of 12" below finish grades in shrub areas and 6" below grade in lawn areas, and replaced with specified topsoil. Dispose of excavated material off site. 4. Fine grade all landscape beds prior to planting operations. 5. No plant substitutions shall be permitted without prior approval of Landscape Architect /Owner. 6. All plants shall conform to the latest edition of the American Standard for Nursery Stock. 7. All plant materials and plant locations shall be approved by the Landscape Architect prior to installation. All plants shall be thoroughly watered immediately after planting with Alaska Fish Fertilizer solution. 8. Soil amendment for soil preparation and planting backfill shall be a screened 5/8" minus nitrified wood residual compost equal to: A. "Compost Plus" brand compost as available from South Sound Soils, Tenino WA (360) 273 -8862. B. "Groco" brand compost as available from Sawdust Supply Co., Seattle, WA (206) 622 -4321, or Great Western Supply, Olympia, WA. (360) 754 -3722. C. Northwest Organics Compost as available from Northwest Organics, Redmond, WA (425) 558 -4100. 9. Soil Preparation — (all landscape areas). Spread 9 c.y. of specified soil amendment per 1000 s.f. (approx. 3" depth) of area. Spread 100 lbs. /1000 s.f. of dolomite lime (in lawn areas only), 150 lbs. /1000 s.f. of Agricultural Gypsum and 15 lbs. /1000 s.f. of 16 -8 -8 commercial fertilizer over soil amendment. Roto —till all of the above to a 6 " -8" depth and grade smooth, compacting as required and removing all rocks, clods and debris. 10. Lawn areas (seed or sod refer to plans) shall consist of the following turf types: 60% Turf —Type Perennial Rye Grass Varieties 20% Bluegrass 20% Hard Fescue 11. Seed and sod shall be equal to that as grown by Country Green Turf Farms; Olympia, WA. Seed shall be applied at 7 Ibs /1000 s.f. and include 10 lbs. /1000 s.f. of United Horticulture 15-5-10 fertilizer in all lawn areas. 12. All trees in lawn areas shall be planted in a 3' diameter circle of bed mulch. 13. Backfill mix for all plants (except Rhododendrons & Azaleas) shall be a blend of 1/3 existing site soil, 1/3 coarse sand, and 1/3 soil amendment specified in No. 8. Backfill mix for Rhododendrons and Azaleas shall consist of 2/3 above specified backfill mix and 1/3 fine grind hem—fir bark mulch. 14. Apply Osmocote 18 -6 -12, 9 month slow release fertilizer over the surface of all plant pits at the following rates: Trees Over 10' Height 10' Height: All Shrubs Except 1 Gallons: Plants: Ground Covers: GENERAL NOTES 2 Cups Trees Under 1 Cup 1/2 Cup 1 Gallon 1/4 Cup 1/4 Cup 15. Fertilizer tablets for all plants shall be Agriform (20 -10 -5) 21 gram or 10 gram tablets distributed as follows: All trees: 4 -21 gram tablets, all shrubs (except 1 gallons): 3 -21 gram tablets, all 1 gallons: 1 -21 gram tablet, all 2-1/4" and 4" pot ground covers: 1 -10 gram tablet each. Set tablets directly next to rootball. 16. All shrub and ground cover beds shall receive a 2" depth (6 c.y. per 1000 s.f.) of "Fine Grind" hem /fir bark mulch as top dressing. 17. Apply a granular pre — emergent herbicide to all shrub and groundcover beds at the conclusion of the maintenance period. Do not use Casaron or Norasac Brands. 18. All work shall be performed to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect /Owner. 19. All plants shall be guaranteed for one full year from date of project acceptance. All replaced plants shall be re— guaranteed. All replacements shall be made within 21 days of receiving written notice from the Owner. Contractor shall not be responsible for plants dying due to Owner neglect or vandalism, after the maintenance period. 20. Plant list quantities are shown for reference only. Contractor is responsible for verifying all quantities in list with actual plan call —outs, and installing plantings per the landscape plan. Groundcover and /or mass shrub quantities shall be adjusted as required for field conditions at the specified spacing. 21. Final inspection shall occur at the conclusion of a 60 --day maintenance period. Maintenance period shall commence upon completion of all landscape installation activities and shall include the following: A. Mow lawns once per week. B. Remove all weeds over 1" in height. C. Replace dead or unhealthy plants. D. Ensure proper function of irrigation system. E. Ensure adequate moisture is delivered to all landscape beds including non — irrigated areas. F. Fertilize all lawns at conclusion of maintenance period. Gensler JEFFREY B. GLANDER & ASSOCIATES, PLLC Landscape Architecture Site Planning seausignature L Project Name Scale 1" =I OLO" ©2006 Gensler 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Inrw.glandoreasociatee.com Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/03/2008 ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 03 07/25/2008 ADDENDUM #3 - PLAN REVIEW RESPONSE Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 0 5' 10' 20' LO1.00 STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAP ARCHITECT ( 7) j ( effr B. Glander N Cert :cafe No. 405 oe (50.05 TORO 5102- FRX -4P 12 MPR 4" POP UP LAWN SPR. W/ 180° 4 90° SPRAYS (EXISTING TORO 5102- PRX -4P 51DE 4 END MPR 4" POP UP LAWN SPR. W/ SIDE 4 END STRIP SPRAYS x Q e ®® O0 a 33 TORO 5102- PRX -12P 15 MPR 12" POP UP SHRUB SPR. W/ 360 °, 210 °, 180 °, 120 °, 90° 4 ADJ. SPRAYS e 0 C EQUIPMENT) TORO 5 - 10Z -PRX -I21° 12 MPR 12" POP UP SHRUB SPR. W/ 180 °, 90° 4 ADJ. SPRAYS CONSTRUCTION) ®8 3 6-6-® • TORO 510Z- PRX -12P 10 MPR 12" POP UP SHRUB SPR. W/ 180 °, 120 °, 90° 4 ADJ. SPRAYS m ®E3 TORO 5102.9 ( -9 - 12P5IDE4END 12" POP UP SHRUB SPR. W/ SIDE 4 END STRIP SPRAYS . '_.... '_'�'° ' .° '" NETAFIM CRV -06 DRIP LINE WITH .6 Gfi N EMITTERS SPACED AT 12" O.G. 0 WEATHERMATIC P- 220 -21 -06 1 ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE W/ EZREG (FACTORY INSTALLED) NOT SHOWN WILKINS 600 SERIES PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (SET OUTPUT 9 X P.S.I.) NOT SHOWN FEBCO 850 1'/' 11/2" DOUBLE CHECK VALVE BACKFLOW PRE MENTOR B 4 K 101-900 SERIES BRASS BALL VALVE W/ BRASS UNIONS (MATCH LINE SIZE) _ ® R4INBIRD 3RC 3/4" BRASS QUICK COUPLER VALVE E WILKINS '"200 3 4" ANGLE VALVE FOR MANUAL DRAIN ASSEMBLEY W/ KEY EXTENSION NOT SHOWN TORO TWRS TORO WIRELESS RAIN SENSOR (INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS) NOT SHOWN TORO TCC -M36 METAL CASE 36 STATION SOLID STATE CONTROLLER (8 OPEN STATIONS) * NOT SHOWN * TORO * TGC -M36 * 4 STATION SOLID STATE /HYBRID MODULAR CONTROLLER -I, PRESSURE MAINLINE, SCH. 40 PVC PIPE, INSTALL 9 16" DEPTH (24" UNDER PAVED AREAS) s LATERAL LINES, CLASS 200 PVC PIPE, INSTALL 6 12" DEPTH (24" UNDER PAVED AREAS) s s BI— 81— CLASS 200 PVC PIPE SLEEVES, INSTALL 6 24" DEPTH _ __ _- = ^ = = NOT SHOWN NOT SHOWN X14 -AWG DIRECT BURIAL LOW VOLTAGE WIRE, RED= SIGNAL WHITE = COMMON SYMBOL (50.05 1 li 11 11' = . ROOT— :IT BALL I[IiJI:11:11 DEPTH II -11# inu. II- :II -� (EXISTING SyMBOL I= II =1I= EQUIPMENT OR (PROPOSED MFR CATALOG NO. DESCRIPTION UNDER EQUIPMENT) CONSTRUCTION) 29 (50.05 1 li 11 11' = . ROOT— :IT BALL I[IiJI:11:11 DEPTH II -11# inu. II- :II -� =11 =11 , . . 11 =11 — I I= II =1I= 29 (50.05 1 li 30 40.36 1 li " SCH. 40 PVC TEE KING BROS. 1/2" AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE 6" PROTECTIVE PVC SLEEVE • GRAVEL SUMP IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT LIST ADD ALT. 4 *IRR -0I - TEMPORARY IRRIGATION CONTROLLER (VERIFY INDOOR /OUTDOOR MODEL 4 LOCATION 4 COORD. POWER) 2 CU. FT. DRAIN GRAVEL NOTE: INSTALL AT LOW POINT(S) OF EACH VALVE LATERAL LINE SYSTEM TO FACILITATE COMPLETE DRAINAGE. CHAINLOCK TREE TIES 3" 3 SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWICE THE ROOT —BALL DEPTH °J ° 12" MIN. AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE NTS z LANDSCAPE INSTALLATION DETAILS PLANTING PIT — SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWICE THE ROOTBALL WIDTH. SHED. 80 PVC UNION CLASS 200 PVC PIPE TO SPRINKLERS LOW VOLTAGE WIRES TREE PLANTING AND STAKING DETAIL NOTE: ALL WIRES TO BE INSTALLED AS PER LOCAL CODES. NO "IN —UNE" WIRE SPLICES ALLOWED. TAPE AND BUNDLE WIRES EVERY 20 FEET. PROVIDE EXPANSION COILS AT EACH VALVE — WRAPPING WIRE AROUND 1/2" PIPE 15 TIMES. ALL THREADED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH TEFLON TAPE. iiil nll liii - uu lii�l uu uu ml � j • IC 11� -I ili J1 71d1 -1111 / all IIII -1111 1 CU. FT. DRAIN GRAVEL BELOW VALVE ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE (2)— BVC WOOD TREE STAKES (MIN. 6' HT.) 2" MULCH IN BASIN 3" WATER RETENTION BASIN (IN SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER AREAS ONLY) FERTILIZER TABLETS REMOVE BURLAP FROM TOP 2/3 OF ROOT BALL. BACKFILL SOIL MIX COMPACTED MOUND OF BACKFILL SOIL MIX NOTE: REMOVE TREATED OR SYNTHETIC BURLAP COMPLETELY. Voy, 2,:„ NTS PLANTING PIT SHALL BE A MIN. OF TWICE THE ROOTBALL DEPTH (CONT., B & B) VALVE BOX COVER FINISH GRADE AT UP OF BOX IN TURF AND PAVED AREAS; 1" BELOW UP IN ALL OTHER AREAS VALVE BOX; REFER TO IRRIGATION SHEET NOTES AND /OR SPECS ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE SCH. 40 PVC & FITTING 2 X 4 CEDAR BLOCK TAPE AND BUNDLE WIRES SCH. 80 PVC NIPPLE; LENGTH AS REQUIRED SCH. 40 PVC FITTING PRESSURE MAINUNE NTS SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL FINISH GRADE SPRINKLER BODY 1 —SCH. 40 & 2— MARLEX STREET ELLS OR PRE—ASSEMBLED SWING JOINT W/ SCH. 40 SWIVEL ELLS 1111 1111 i1.- - .".1l1 1111 IIII IIII' IIII =1111 :111 uII!IIII =— , .IIII I II I� Ill llll Illl lir • 111 POP -UP SPRINKLER ASSEMBLY NTS PLANTING PI SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TWICE THE ROOT — BALL DEPTH 30° —45° MULCH WATERING BASIN BERM FERTILIZER TABLETS, 2 " -8" DEPTH PEEL BURLAP BACK FROM TOP HALF OF ROOT BALL AFTER PLACING SHRUB IN PLANTING HOLE (REMOVE COMPLETELY IF FIBERGLASS OR TREATED). BACKFILL SOIL MIX NTS WALK OR CURB 3" THREADED RISER (IF NEEDED) LATERAL UNE FITTING MENTS 0 E3E :92 7 SW WE SW E I I Sri �1 1 2 MAINLINE— (EXISTING) ... r 27d69 1;22MWM RCM ZAN iiV2 eta 1 1 MULCH IRRIGATION PLAN ROOT BALL/POT BACKFILL SOIL MIX 1 FERTILIZER TABLET GROUNDCOVER PLANTING DETAIL (2" & 4" POTS) NTS 2; MAINLIN 2" SL. WM 2" 0 SHRUB BEDS, FLUSH 0 LAWN AREA ASPHALT PAVING FINISH GRADE (INCLUDING BED MULCH) CONCRETE CURB OR ADJACENT PAVEMENT WIDTH VARIES REFER TO PLAN NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXCESS ASPHALT PAVEMENT AND SUB— BASE MATERIAL DOWN TO NATIVE SOIL n igi dIIII!IIIIIIII I Ail IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII lEARMIEE PARKING ISLAND PLANTER DETAIL 3" MIN.; REFER TO PLAN FOR SPECIFIC BERM & CROWN HTS. SUB —BASE MATERIAL NATIVE SOIL TOPSOIL FILL — REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SOIL TYPE NTS VALVE C4ART VALvE I GPM 1 SIZE AREA FOR SPACING ADJUSTMENT TRIANGULAR SPACING WITHIN PLANTING BED SPECIFIED PLANT SPACING=-"X" INDIVIDUAL PLANTS REPRESENTED AS:+ 2/3 " PLANT SPACING DETAIL 1- r -1S :446N:7 1 = 2/3 "X" EDGE OF PLANTING BED NTS NORTH SCALE:1 "= 20' -0" CONTINUOUS OUTER ROW OF PLANTS SPACED "X" ON CENTER AND SET BACK FROM THE PLANTING BED EDGE 2/3 "X" SHEET NOTES /SPECS. 1. This plan is diagrammatic; all piping, valves, etc. shall be installed in shrub beds where possible and shall follow the plan as close as is practical. 2. Locate all mainlines within the project limits. 3. Pipe sizes are constant between pipe size call -outs. 4. Refer to details for additional information. 5. All piping and wiring under paved areas shall be housed in class 200 PVC sleeves installed at a 24" depth. Size sleeves as needed to accommodate pipe and wires, unless otherwise specified on drawing. 6. Contractor shall make field adjustments as needed to obtain full coverage. Landscape Architect reserves the right to make nozzle changes as needed at no additional cost. Adjust head positions and add or delete heads as needed depending on actual field conditions. 7. All manual, gate and electrical valves and other underground equipment shall be housed in Nelson, Ametek or equal rectangular valve boxes. 8. No in -line wire splices allowed. Supply valve boxes at all electrical junctions. Tape and bundle wires every 25 linear feet. 9. Contractor is responsible for complete system drainage. Install King Bros. 1/2" automatic drain valves at lateral line low point(s). Install manual drains at all mainline low point(s) and where indicated on plan. Contractor shall provide adjustable check valves on any irrigation head that experiences low head drainage. 10. All threaded pipe connections shall be made using Teflon tape wrapped at least three times around pipe threads. 11. All gate and electric valves shall be installed with unions on the downstream end of the valve (refer to details). 12. All pipe shall have a firm uniform bearing for the entire length of each line, free of rocks or debris. All trenches containing pipe and /or wires shall be backfilled with clean topsoil, free of all lumber, rubbish and rocks over 1" in size, or clean sand if clean topsoil is not available. 13. Contractor shall provide owner with one set of as -built record drawings showing exact actual locations of all sprinkler equipment. Contractor shall orient owner with complete system and controller operations, and winterization procedures. 14. Contractor shall supply and install all equipment shown on the plans and indicated in the specifications to achieve proper operation of said equipment. All equipment installations, electrical and plumbing connections shall be in conformance with all applicable codes and ordinances, these specifications, and the manufacturers recommendations whether indicated on the drawings or not. 15. Contractor shall include in his bid one Fall winterization and one Spring activation of irrigation system. These activities shall be included as part of Owner orientation procedures. Any damage to the irrigation system or the landscape as a result of failure to comply with these requirements shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 16. Contractor shall guarantee in writing on his company letterhead all materials and workmanship for a period of one full year following acceptance of system installation. 17. Backflow preventor shall be inspected and tested by a certified backflow device inspector. Provide Owner with one copy of approval certificate. GENERAL NOTES LAWN AREA (TYPICAL) 6" EDGE TRENCH LAWN EDGE DETAIL SHRUB BED (TYPICAL) E.D fOiC 1 4 COO. COWlymek NPPit Vet) 0 - Gib WILDIIAGD Siclt NTS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler JEFFREY B. GLANDER & ASSOCIATES, PLLC Landscape Architecture Site Planning 1821 4th Avenue E. Olympia, WA 98506 (360) 357 -6972 IA Fidblify IFIVINaramsres 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 www.glanderaesociatee.com Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 ISSUE FOR PERMIT & CONSTRUCTION 03 07/25/2008 ADDENDUM #3 — PLAN REVIEW RESPONSE I Seal/Signature 1 Protect Name 1 Protect Number 11.5039.163 I CAD File Name I Scale 1 "= 20'-0" 0 10' 20' L02.01 ©2006 Gensler 40' STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED LANDSCAP ARCHITECT r L r- 8. Glander Ce ficate No. 405 Fidelity Investor Center -- SEATTLE BRANCH 08-0201 I Description IRRIGATION PLAN, DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS RECERVF JUL 3 0 ma PERMI s CEN l rr A - GENERAL Al STRUCTURAL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE IBC 2006. A2 EXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR VERIFICATION OF LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF CHASES, INSERTS, OPENINGS, SLEEVES, WASHES, DRIPS, REVEALS, DEPRESSIONS, AND OTHER PROJECT REQUIREMENTS NOT SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. A3 VERIFY AND COORDINATE DIMENSIONS RELATED TO THIS PROJECT. A4 TYPICAL DETAILS AND NOTES SHOWN ON STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS S01.01 AND SOI.02 SHALL BE APPLICABLE TO ALL PARTS OF THE STRUCTURAL WORK EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY REOUIRED OTHERWISE BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. A5 DETAILS NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN SHALL BE SIMILAR TO THOSE SHOWN FOR THE MOST NEARLY SIMILAR CONDITION AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT. A6 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT COMPLETE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL PARTS OF THE WORK. NO PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OR FABRICATION OR ERECTION OF NEW STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, SHALL COMMENCE WITHOUT REVIEW OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS BY THE ARCHITECT. B - FOUNDATIONS BI FOUNDATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT CONSIST OF GROUT DRIVEN PILES 50 TON COMPRESSION CAPACITY, 21 KIP TENSION CAPACITY. B2 FOUNDATION DESIGN IS BASED ON INFORMATION CONTAINED IN GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION DATED JULY 3, 2007. PREPARED BY SHANNON AND WILSON INC OF SEATTLE WASHINGTON. B3 NO RESPONSIBILITY I5 ASSUMED BY THE ARCHITECT FOR THE VALIDITY OF THE SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, TEST BORINGS, OR TEST PITS. THESE DATA ARE INCLUDED ONLY TO ASSIST THE CONTRACTOR DURING BIDDING AND SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION AND REPRESENT CONDITIONS ONLY AT THESE SPECIFIC LOCATIONS AT THE PARTICULAR TIME THEY WERE MADE. B4 FOUNDATION UNITS SHALL BE CENTERED UNDER SUPPORTED STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. B5 EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE CARRIED DOWN BELOW FINISHED EXTERIOR GRADE TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 2' -0', UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B6 CARRY OUT CONTINUOUS CONTROL OF SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE WATER DURING CONSTRUCTION SUCH THAT FOUNDATION WORK IS DONE IN DRY AND ON UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE MATERIAL, AS APPLICABLE. B7 BACKFILL UNDER ANY PORTION OF THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE COMPACTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS CONTAINED IN THE GEOTECHNICAL REPORT. B8 THE STRUCTURAL SLAB ON GRADE IS A STRUCTURAL DIAPHRAGM AND PART OF THE LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM. C - CONCRETE CI CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO 'BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE' (ACI 318 - 05), AND 'SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS' (ACI 301 -99). C2 CONCRETE SHALL BE CONTROLLED CONCRETE, PROPORTIONED, MIXED, AND PLACED IN THE PRESENCE OF A REPRESENTATIVE OF AN APPROVED TESTING AGENCY. C3 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, BUILDING CONCRETE SHALL BE NORMALWEIGHT CONCRETE AND HAVE A MINIMUM 28 DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3000 PSI. C4 CONCRETE TO BE EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER (OUTSIDE THE BUILDING) IN THE FINISHED PROJECT SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF TABLE 1904.2.2( 1) IBC 2006. C5 PROVIDE VAPOR BARRIER UNDER INTERIOR SLABS CAST ON GRADE. C6 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE MANDATORY. OMISSIONS, ADDITIONS, OR CHANGES SHALL NOT BE MADE EXCEPT WITH THE SUBMITTAL OF A WRITTEN REQUEST TOGETHER WITH DRAWINGS OF THE PROPOSED JOINT LOCATIONS FOR APPROVAL OF THE ARCHITECT. C7 WHERE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ARE NOT SHOWN, OR WHEN ALTERNATE LOCATIONS ARE PROPOSED, DRAWINGS SHOWING LOCATION OF CONSTRUCTION AND CONTRACTION JOINTS AND CONCRETE PLACING SEQUENCE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO PREPARATION OF THE REINFORCEMENT SHOP DRAWINGS. C8 SIZE OF CONCRETE PLACEMENTS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: MAX LENGTH MAX AREA (FEET) (SO FT) (A) PILE CAPS AND GRADE BEAMS 30* (B) SLABS ON GRADE 30* 900* PLACED IN ALT PANEL C9 MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS SHALL ELAPSE BETWEEN ADJACENT CONCRETE PLACEMENTS. CIO CONCRETE SHALL BE PLACED WITHOUT HORIZONTAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN OR NOTED. VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AND STOPS IN CONCRETE WORK SHALL BE MADE AT MIDSPAN OR AT POINTS OF MINIMUM SHEAR. CII STRUCTURAL STEEL BELOW GRADE SHALL BE ENCASED IN CONCRETE WITH A MINIMUM COVER OF 3'. C12 GROUT FOR PILES SHALL BE NORMALWEIGHT WITH COMPRESSIVE STRENGHT: f'c = 3000 PSI AT 28 DAYS. D - REINFORCEMENT * EXCEED ONLY WHERE INTERMEDIATE CONTRACTION JOINTS ARE PROVIDED DI REINFORCEMENT WORK OF DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION SHALL CONFORM TO 'BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE' (ACI 318 -02), 'ACI DETAILING MANUAL -1994' (SP -66), 'CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE' (MSP I -97), AND 'STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE - REINFORCING STEEL' (ANS D1.4 -92). D2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: (A) BARS, TIES, AND STIRRUPS ASTM A706 GRADE 60 (YIELD STRESS 60,000 PSI) (B) WELDED WIRE FABRIC (WWF) ASTM A185 D3 MINIMUM CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COVERING FOR REINFORCEMENT, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: (A) UNFORMED SURFACES CAST AGAINST AND PERMANENTLY IN CONTACT WITH EARTH 3.0° (B) FORMED SURFACES IN CONTACT WITH EARTH OR EXPOSED TO WEATHER #6 THROUGH #18 BARS 2.0' #5 BARS, 5/8' WIRE, AND SMALLER 1.5' (C) SURFACES NOT IN CONTACT WITH EARTH OR EXPOSED TO WEATHER WALLS, SLABS, JOISTS #14 AND #18 BARS #II BARS AND SMALLER BEAMS, GIRDERS, AND COLUMNS: PRINCIPAL REINFORCEMENT, TIES, STIRRUPS, OR SPIRALS I . 5' I . 5' D4 WHERE CONTINUOUS REINFORCEMENT IS CALLED FOR IT SHALL BE EXTENDED CONTINUOUSLY AROUND CORNERS AND LAPPED AT NECESSARY SPLICES OR HOOKED AT DISCONTINUOUS ENDS. LAPS SHALL BE CLASS B TENSION LAP SPLICES, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. D5 WHERE REINFORCEMENT I5 REQUIRED IN SECTION, REINFORCEMENT IS CONSIDERED TYPICAL WHEREVER THE SECTION APPLIES. D6 REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS THROUGH CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. D7 WELDED WIRE FABRIC SHALL LAP 8° OR I -1/2° SPACES, WHICHEVER IS LARGER, AND SHALL BE WIRED TOGETHER. D8 REINFORCEMENT SHALL NOT BE TACK - WELDED. D9 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE COMPLETED AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED CONCRETE PLACEMENT. NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF COMPLETION AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OF REINFORCEMENT. E - STRUCTURAL STEEL El STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO 'SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS AISC 360 -05 E2 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH °DETAILING FOR STEEL CONSTRUCTION (AISC)' AND, WHERE REQUIRED, DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITED REFERENCES. INCLUDING AISC 341 -05 SEISMIC PROVISION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS, INCLUDING SUPPLEMENT NO DATED 2006. E3 STRUCTURAL STEEL DETAILS, NOT SPECIFICALLY SHOWN, SHALL BE TAKEN AS BEING SIMILAR TO THOSE SHOWN FOR THE MOST NEARLY SIMILAR CONDITION AS DETERMINED BY THE ARCHITECT. E4 STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE NEW STEEL CONFORMING TO THE FOLLOWING: (A) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (B) ANGLES, CHANNELS, PALTES (C) TUBES HSS SECTIONS (D) HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS (HSS) (E) ANCHOR BOLTS (F) HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS ASTM A992 GRADE 50 (Fy = 50 KSI) ASTM A36 (Fy = 36 KSI) ASTM A500 SHAPED, GRADE B (Fy = 46 KSI) ASTM A500 ROUND, GRADE C (FY = 46 KSI) ASTM F1554 GRADE 55 ASTM A325 E5 ANCHOR BOLTS, LEVELING PLATES, OR BEARING PLATES SHALL BE LOCATED AND BUILT INTO CONNECTING WORK, PRESET BY TEMPLATES OR SIMILAR METHODS. PLATES SHALL BE SET IN FULL BEDS OF NON- SHRINK GROUT. E6 BOLTED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: (A) MINIMUM BOLT DIAMETER - 3/4', TWO BOLTS MINIMUM. (B) STANDARD, OVERSIZED, OR HORIZONTAL SHORT SLOTTED HOLES IN WEBS OF BEAMS. (C) SHEAR CONNECTIONS FOR MOMENT CONNECTED MEMBERS - FRICTION TYPE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS IN SINGLE SHEAR. (D) SHEAR CONNECTIONS FOR OTHER MEMBERS - SIMPLE SHEAR CONNECTIONS WITH EITHER FRICTION TYPE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS IN SINGLE SHEAR OR BEARING TYPE HIGH STRENGTH BOLTS (THREADS INCLUDED IN SHEAR PLANE) IN SINGLE OR DOUBLE SHEAR. (E) SIMPLE SHEAR CONNECTIONS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF END ROTATION PER AISC REQUIREMENTS FOR 'UNRESTRAINED MEMBERS.' E7 WELDED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE BY APPROVED CERTIFIED WELDERS USING FILLER METAL CONFORMING TO E70XX OR F7X -EXXX WITH LOW HYDROGEN. E8 WELDS SHALL DEVELOP THE FULL STRENGTH OF THE MATERIALS BEING WELDED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, EXCEPT THAT FILLET WELDS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 1/4'. E9 BEAM CONNECTIONS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SHALL PROVIDE CONNECTION CAPACITY AS FOLLOWS, OR AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, WHICHEVER IS LARGER: (A) SUPPORT A REACTION 'R' EQUAL TO 1/2 THE TOTAL UNIFORM LOAD CAPACITY OF BEAM FOR A GIVEN SHAPE, SPAN, AND GRADE OF STEEL PER 'ALLOWABLE LOADS ON BEAMS' PART 2, AISC MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, IOTH EDITION. (B) ADD TO 'R' THE LOADS OR REACTIONS OF MEMBERS SUPPORTED BY THE BEAM NEAR SUPPORTS AND /OR THE VERTICAL COMPONENTS OF FORCE IN DIAGONAL BRACING MEMBERS FRAMING INTO THE BEAM. EIO PROVIDE STIFFENERS 'FINISHED TO BEAR' UNDER ALL LOAD CONCENTRATIONS ON SUPPORTING MEMBERS, OVER COLUMNS, AND WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. Ell PROVIDE TEMPORARY ERECTION BRACING AND SUPPORTS TO HOLD STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SECURELY IN POSITION. SUCH TEMPORARY BRACING AND SUPPORTS SHALL NOT BE REMOVED UNTIL PERMANENT BRACING HAS BEEN INSTALLED AND CONCRETE FOR FLOOR SLABS HAS ATTAINED 75% OF SPECIFIED CONCRETE STRENGTH. E12 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SHALL BE TRUE AND PLUMB BEFORE CONNECTIONS ARE FINALLY BOLTED OR WELDED. E13 FIELD CUTTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL OR ANY FIELD MODIFICATIONS OF STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT FOR EACH SPECIFIC CASE. EI4 STRUCTURAL STEEL ENCASED IN MASONRY SHALL BE COVERED WITH MASTIC COATING PER SPECIFICATIONS. E15 PER AISC 341 -05 SECTION 7.3a: ALL WELDS USED IN MEMBERS AND CONNECTIONS IN THE SLRS SHALL BE MADE WITH A FILLER METAL THAT CAN PRODUCE WELDS THAT HAVE A MINIMUN CHARPY V - NOTCH TOUGHNESS OF 20 FT -LB (27 J) AT 0 ° F (MINUS 18 ° C),AS DETERMINED BY THE APPROPRIATE AWS A5 CLASSIFICATION TEST METHOD OR MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION. F - STEEL DECK Fl STEEL DECK WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE 'SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN OF LIGHT GAGE COLD - FORMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS' (AISI - NASPEC 2001) INCLUDING 2004 SUPPLEMENT. F2 STEEL DECK CROSS SECTIONS ARE ONLY REPRESENTED DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON THE DRAWINGS. F3 STEEL DECK PANELS SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL SHEETS CONFORMING TO ASTM A653, GRADE 33, WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 33,000 PSI, ASTM 4570 (UNGALV), GRADE 33, OR ASTM A611 (UNGALV), GRADE C, WITH A MINIMUM YIELD POINT OF 33,000 PSI AND A THICKNESS NOT THINNER THAN 20 GAGE. G - STEEL JOISTS GI OPEN WEB JOISTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE, K- SERIES SPECIFICATION K- I.1 -05. G2 JOISTS SHALL BE DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE SPECIFICATIONS, AND SHALL BE FABRICATED BY A MANUFACTURER WHO IS A MEMBER OF OR MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE. G3 FOR PAINTING REQUIREMENTS, SEE SPECIFICATIONS. G4 ROOF JOISTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND ANCHORED TO RESIST A MINIMUM NET UPLIFT OF 15 PSF. BRACE BOTTOM CHORD FOR COMPRESSION STRESSES. G5 PROVIDE CROSS BRIDGING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE. G6 PROVIDE SPECIAL JOIST SEATS WHERE REQUIRED ON SHORT SPAN JOISTS. G7 PROVIDE SEAT ANGLE CONNECTION WHERE JOISTS FRAME INTO COLUMNS. G8 SUSPENDED LOADS FROM ANY JOIST SHALL NOT EXCEED THE EQUIVALENT OF UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD OF 10 PSF OF ITS TRIBUTARY AREA. G9 SUSPENDED LOADS SHALL BE APPLIED ONLY AT PANEL POINTS OF JOISTS. ALL NECESSARY SUPPLEMENTAL FRAMING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SUSPENDED LOAD. GIO DESIGN OF JOISTS SHALL BE BASED ON AN ALLOWABLE FIBER STRESS OF 30,000 PSI. GII EACH JOIST BEARING ON STEEL SHALL BE WELDED OR BOLTED THERETO. ALL JOIST SEATS SHALL BEAR FULLY ON SUPPORTING BEAMS. GI2 FOR ATTACHMENTS TO JOIST, FIELD WELDS SHALL BE MADE PARALLEL TO THE LENGTH OF CHORD, NOT ACROSS THE CHORD. NO HOLES ARE TO BE DRILLED IN THE MEMBERS OF THE JOIST. GI3 JOISTS SHALL RECEIVE ONE SHOP COAT OF SHOP PRIMER STANDARD WITH MANUFACTURER. G14 K- JOISTS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM BEARING OF 2 -1/2' ON STEEL AND MUST PROJECT AT LEAST 1' BEYOND WEB OF BEAM. G15 STEEL DECK AND TOP CHORD OF STEEL JOISTS SHALL EXTEND BEYOND CENTERLINE OF SPANDREL BEAMS, TYPICAL AT ROOF. SEE DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. G16 SPECIAL JOIST SEATS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. G17 JOIST MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE CONNECTIONS FOR CROSS BRACING WHERE REOUIRED. GI9 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT CHECKED SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING THE LOCATION OF ALL JOISTS AND THE REQUIRED DETAILS FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. G20 ALL ATTACHMENTS TO JOISTS (HANGERS FOR PIPES AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT) SHALL BE FROM PANEL POINTS ONLY. l(0 H - MASONRY CONSTRUCTION HI CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (CMU) CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO °BUILDING CODE REOUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES° (ACI 530 -05), AND TO 'SPECIFICATIONS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES° (ACI 530.1 -05). H2 MATERIALS STRENGTH SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: (A) COMMON BRICK SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C -62 GRADE SW WITH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 5000 PSI. (B) CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C -90 OR C -I45 GRADE N -I. (C) MORTAR SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C -270, TYPE M OR S. (0) GROUT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C -476 FINE OR COARSE. H3 MASONRY SHALL HAVE f'm = 1350 PSI. f'm I5 THE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF THE MASONRY AT 28 DAYS AS DETERMINED BY PRISM TESTS. (SEE SPECIFICATIONS.) H4 PRIOR TO GROUTING CELLS, BARS AND CELLS MUST BE INSPECTED BY THE TESTING AGENCY. H5 THE BASE OF EACH CELL IN WHICH A BAR IS PLACED MUST HAVE A CLEANOUT HOLE. H6 BONDING METHODS, TIES, LINTELS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT. H7 MASONRY OPENINGS MORE THAN 16' WIDE REQUIRE APPROVED LINTELS. H8 REINFORCED MASONRY WALLS SHALL HAVE #9 GA. WIRE LADDERS (LADDER OR TRUSS TYPE) AT 16' OC HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT. I - STRUCTURAL DESIGN LOADS II DEAD LOADS (A) WEIGHT OF BUILDING COMPONENTS (B) ROOFING ALLOWANCE (C) HUNG LOAD ALLOWANCE I2 LIVE LOADS (A) GROUND FLOOR 100 PSF (B) ROOF SNOW LOAD 20 PSF PLUS DRIFT I3 WIND LOAD - PER IBC 2006 SECTION 1609 AND ASCE 7 -05, CHAPTER 6. (A) BASIC WIND SPEED = 85 MPH (B) V Ew = 1 I.0K V NS -9.OK; I = 1.0 (C) EXPOSURE B (D) BASIC WALL PRESSURE = 11.5 PSF; BASIC ROOF SUCTION = 9.6 PSF; NEAR EAVES AND END WALLS = 13.8 PSF; OVERHANGS = 15.1 PSF; NEAR ENDS = 19.3 PSF (E) COMPONENTS $ CLADDING: BASIC WALL PRESSURE = 13.5 PSF; WITHIN 10'-0° 0 10 PSF 10 PSF F CORNERS = 16.2 PSF. I4 EARTHQUAKE LOAD - SEISMIC DESIGN PER IBC 2006 SECTION 1613; I - 1.0; SITE CLASS E; SEISMIC USE GROUP I; SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D; Sds = 0.855; R = 3.25; Cs = 0.263; V = 79K. ABBREVIATIONS 'ABBREVIATION' ASD ACI AIA AISC AI5I ASTM AWS AB AESS BM B or BOT BEW BRKT CIP CG CTRD CL COL CONC CMU CRSI CONST CONST JT or CONT CJ DEPR DET DL DIA or 0 DWL S DWG EA EE EF ES EW EL or 4. EQ EXP BOLT EXP JT EXT FF FIN FL FTG FDN GALV GA GEN GR GB GUS Ip HP HS HSS H or HORIZ HEF HIF HOF JT JST K LE LWC LRFD LLV LP LL MECH MEP NF NWC NTS NO or # OC OPNG OH OD Ip PT PSF PSI R REF REINF RD SECT SH SLV SIM SOG SPA SL SS STD STL SDI SJI SF STIFF STR SP SUPT 5YMM THK T T 8 B TOC TOS TOW TYP UNO U. L. V or VERT VEF VIF VOF WPG WWF W/ WP 1 WORD' ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY ANCHOR BOLT ARCHITECTURAL EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM BOTTOM BOTTOM EACH WAY BRACKET CAST -IN -PLACE CENTER OF GRAVITY CENTERED CLEAR COLUMN CONCRETE CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION JOINT CONTINUOUS CONTRACTION JOINTS DEPRESSION DETAIL DEVELOPMENT LENGTH DIAMETER DOWELS DRAWING EACH EACH END EACH FACE EACH SIDE EACH WAY ELEVATION EQUAL EXPANSION BOLT EXPANSION JOINT EXTERIOR FAR FACE FINISH FLOOR FOOTING FOUNDATION GALVANIZED GAUGE or GAGE GENERAL GRADE GRADE BEAM GUSSET PLATES HIGH POINT HIGH STRENGTH HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTIONS HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL EACH FACE HORIZONTAL INSIDE FACE HORIZONTAL OUTSIDE FACE JOINT JOISTS KIP ( 1000 POUNDS) LEFT END LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE LOAD >r RESISTANCE FACTOR DESIGN LONG LEG VERTICAL LOW POINT LOWER LAYER MECHANICAL MECH EQUIPMENT PAD NEAR FACE NORMALWEIGHT CONCRETE NOT TO SCALE NUMBER ON CENTER OPENING OPPOSITE HAND OUTSIDE DIAMETER PLATE POINT POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RADIUS REFERENCE REINFORCE or REINFORCEME "T ROOF DRAIN SECTION SHEET SHORT LEG VERTICAL SIMILAR SLAB ON GRADE SPACES SPLICE LENGTH STAINLESS STEEL STANDARD STEEL STEEL DECK INSTITUTE STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE STEP FOOTING STIFFENER STRUCTURAL SUMP PIT SUPPORT SYMMETRICAL THICK or THICKNESS TOP TOP 8 BOTTOM TOP OF CONCRETE TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE UNDERWRITERS Y LfABORATORIES VERTICAL VERTICAL EACH FACE VERTICAL INSIDE FACE VERTICAL OUTSIDE FACE WATERPROOFING WELDED WIRE FABRIC WITH WORKING POINT This plan woo reviewed for geme'ai sonic as ame tkd by the jurisdiction: Structerat Pnwisiuns of the 1st ❑ tI n- strttrtun.i Pnwisiuns of et ❑ Other. The pro «.K applicant is empanel/4o ter snnl5rne d apprevat, ant p.. m/ wy.irwneh wtrjed to rooming authority..'llas rrriew ours eat railer\ Iit. tespo nihility for it cactus(o destitt hi a aourt jurisdiction and the date of W aalti Jilririddirtion C_ RE/0 hf1DDI. Male Revirr Coisyt.ws -11b 4 IN JUL 2 3 2008 REVIE .amt...` WE1} chtswee t.tiNh the f.ilVrrrtatt. I Scale mitiseri Fidelity INVESTMENTS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler LeMessurier Consultants, Inc. S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBR I DGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 -3309 TELL ( 617)868 - 1200 FAX' (617)661 -7520 WWW. LEMESSUR 1 ER. COM 1 .A Issue Date & Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 HPL PjC BUILDING PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION L 02 07/22/2008 HPL PjC BUILDING PLAN CHECK REVISIONS Seal /Signature Project Number 11.5039.163 CAD File Name GNOTES.DGN I Description ®2008 Gensler 1 1 eoe with nli +ties its misistniesii tos tttsprwalsetts or atr the A,tlit)14 s sa is►firts.r. ef Record err �rrtr whit lice tats of the gcrrtaiu; 1 tf • r D c S01.01 { Project Name �® Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.619.5700 Facsimile 617.619.5701 .11 15 co r7 2 3 5 11 2 S03.01 9 S03.01 503.01 4 S03.0I 1 L 1 3 8 11 - CI „ 3 ' 503.01 t- 35811 ] 1 I 4 +-_ 503.01 4 S03.01 4 S03.0I A L- I 1 I I I CI 1 'GB1 12121 I 0 I 1 -- CI 1- r N ' EQUAL -1 -1- ' =PC2 CI � Z J _J '2 5 3.01 CONC i CURB 3 503.01 I- ( - 7 5- ADDITIONAL 3 " #6Tx15' -0" CI 1 IN 1 S03.01 ;Im 4 503.01 0 10" J - -r CI I 1r, EQUAL 4 .I S03.0I r 18' -2 503.01 9 r ill* S03.01 GB1 L BR-2 3 -9 5' -7 I 10' - 1 1 2" 1 1 14 I 1 2 3 1 1.8 I I 1771 -0 "I 1 i CI PC2 3 ------- - -- -4 4,, ‘- = - -- - - - - .��` - -- -- 1 ' ' . , , GB1 GB1 S03.01 1 S03.02 ' 5 C1 1 , 1 503.01 r - - � w 1 r - - i ' - - -- �_ - a ;PC ----- - - PC21 8" FLAT SLAB ON GRADE TOP 9F SLAB EL 27' -0" 1 EQUAL I L 1 - - PC1 r BR -1 1 1 10 -0" 10' -0" � 1 L _ L - - 1 r I 1� L I PC2, 1 f11 - Im 1 CI GB1 to 9 S03.01 1/ ii 9 503.01 3 5 R° 57 5 1 - PC2A co cc 1_1_1 - - I Y T 10' -0" T 2 2 . 6 9' -11 I TYP SHELF 0 TOC EL 26' -O" L 1 4' -31 3 S03.01 0 N PILE CAP TYPE PO (TYPICAL UNO) SEE DET II /S03.01 CI g i C` GIB1 ;- GB1 ;- GB1 ; - -� GB1 _ T _�.... T , r - �� - - -, r- ---- - 1 N m � 1 11 -14 PC2 L PC2; N' 4 1, ((�� II 503.01 . 'l 4 � I 16 503.01 S03.01 CI r) I 8 it N4 I 503.01 Cad 3 1 503.01 Eo 1 IZ 3511 10" { 3.1 1 -3 2' -61 ?° 7 " 0 N N 0 0 c\I TOI N N O Zo CO co 0 A.3 SLAB REINFORCEMENT: BOTTOM LAYER WITH I" COVER SUPPORTED BY I" THICK PRECAST BLOCKS SITTING DIRECTLY ON STEGO WRAP OVER COMPACTED SUBGRADE. REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT: BOTTOM LAYER - TRANSVERSE: #6©12" OC BOTTOM LAYER - LONG: #61512" OC TOP LAYER - TRANSVERSE: #6 @9" OC TOP LAYER - LONG: #6@9" OC F.2 -p REFER TO CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR BUILDING LOCATION ON SITE SHEET NOTES I. PCI, ETC, INDICATES PILE CAP TYPE FOR DETAILS SEE DWG S03.01 C S03.02. 2. GBI, ETC, INDICATES GRADE BEAM TYPE FOR DETAILS SEE DWG S03.01. REVIE ED FOR - CODE COMPLIANCE. APPRO SEP - 2 B City Of TuOila 130ILDI IG DIVISIO GENERAL NOTES I. FOR GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS SEE DRAWING SOI.OI. 2. FOR TYPICAL DETAILS SEE DRAWINGS 501.02. 3. INDICATES SPAN DIRECTION OF ROOF DECK 4. e INDICATES MOMENT CONNECTION, FOR DETAILS SEE DRAWING S 5. BR -1 , ETC, INDICATES BRACING, FOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS SEE DRAWING S02.10. 6..0, , ETC, INDICATES COLUMN TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE ON DRAWING 502.10. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler IL LeMessurier Consultants, Inc. S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 -3309 TELL (617)868 -1200 FAX' (617)661 -7520 WWW. LEMESSUR I ER. COM Issue Date & Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 HPL PjC BUILDING PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM *1: BID CLARIFICATION Protect Name Fidelity INVESTMENTS EXPIRES 7 JJ J !© Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH Project Number 115039.163 CAD File Name 1.DGN Description FOUNDATION AND FIRST FLOOR FRAMING PLAN 1 Scale 0 2 4 8 16 S02.01 ©2006 Gander One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.6193700 Facsimile 617.6193701 VW ECEIVED Jut_ 302000 PERMIT CENTEF Ref. North co X 0 U 5 S0302 AL HSS6x6x HSS6x6x - 1 - 1- I IlD 1 10 IN IV I N Ak 5 O + S0302 N � HSS6x6x HSS POST UP TO ROOF CANOPY ROOF FRAMING PLAN TOP OF STEEL EL II' -4 S0302 it' I 1 2' -10 "I I HSS6x6x POST ON TO 1 LOW ROOF --- -- - - - - —I- F-- 0 re ) co 0" 12 -2 LOW ROOF FRAMING PLAN TOP OF STEEL EL C 15' -4" 1 1.4 WI8 65 � I wI8 / I \ 2.5K2 JOIST SUBSTITUTE C@3'--0 °± MAX / I \ / I W18x5 1 18' -2 WI8x35 BR -5 I8KCS4 - ---- - - - - --r I8KCS4 WI8x65 I I 1 I I8KCS4 HSS POTS UP TO HIP ROOF FRMG ( YP FOR 214) I I I 1 I I I I I 1 1 18KCS2 I I I RTU=2b00 Ibs 1 I I8KCS4 WI8x40 I8KCS2 1 WI8x40 ▪ BR-1 HSSIOi<6x'2° (- 6' -6 ") 1 WI8x86 WI8x71 I I W18x40 I I / 1\ 1 /1 \WI /I vr co HSS2x2x'8 @5' -0" OC MAX 1.6 1.6 x C0 XI cn co l L 3' -9 1 5 -7 1 10 -1 — - -1--- I 1 I8KCS4 1 I 1.8 \'/ I I 177' -0 "I 1.8 F2 1 0 x co 1 Lo I8KCS4 Sb302 \I/ /I\ i W I 10 EL 17' -0' EL I7' - I 1 *� / 1—EL I7' -0" t I + 11 IC ROOF FRAMING PLAN N_ X c0 R2 2 S0302 I 1 ® ® - I------ -� - - -� I 1 I HS6x6x HSS6x6x HSS6x6x'2 I I' 1 11 9' -11 1 14 -3 1 I I -3 ▪ 1-+ i 1 1 1 WI3x60 \1 /1 \1 / I \1/ \Ii'r -- - - \I/ � C17- 1 - ' 1 - - - - - - - � II 1 / \1 / I\I ( / 1 \ Wpx4OL c I OKCS ' I I I j 1 1 I I / 1 I � 1I8x46 WI4x22 oW14x22/ 1 \ 50302 X co 0 co 2 R2 HSS8x8x 2OKCS3 OKCS3 2 WI8x50 9OKCS3 OKCS3 OKCS3 Wi8x35 W118x50 OKCS3 2 O I,CS 3 CI 2.6 X 0 I I � IW18x40 1 \ / \ / 1 \WI HSS6x6x'2 4_8_ — HSS8x8x 17 F CANOPY ROOF FRAMING PLAN BOTTOM OF STEEL EL IO' -10 X co x CO x V) 1 _N X C0 - -- L6x3x 5 18CONT HSS6x6x ' 1 7 9A L op. 9B S0302 S0302 3.1 CROSS BRIDGING (TYP) j—+ I 50302 co x 0 X 0 in STANDARD BRIDGING (TYP) BOT CHORD BRIDGING (TYP) HS56x6x HSS6x6x 1-- --- - - - - -- HSS2x2x'8 - - ©5 -0" OC MAX 0 O N 0 0 oo co © N D.5 to Q 0 C A S A.3 .7 D.5 F.2 X x tP V) 3.1 6 50302 0 1- 0 J w 0 1— HSS6x6x II 4 r 1 LOOSE LINTEL CONNECTED TO HSS6x6 H5S6x6x M 0 0 co r) x 0 C8 CANOPY ROOF FRAMING PLAN TOP OF STEEL EL 15' -I0" J CC 4. 10x33 O TYI M x 0 OUTLINE IOF ROOFTOP MECHANICAL SCREEN SEE ARCITIT DWGS 4 EQ SPA WI0x33 W10x33 TOS 1.6 (1.8 I TOS I L I 11 I II I II L ROOF B I COLUMNS BELOW SEE ROOF FRIMG -4 - 4 1- 24' --6" L 11 I I I II 1 WI0x3 H W8x10 TOS EL 24 -6" RI W8x10 2 3 EO SPA EL 20' -6 TIYP 10x33 WI0x33 r W10x33 Pr) X 0 r) rr ) 1 I I 1TOS EL 20' --04" TYP I I SCREEN WALL FRAMING PLAN NOTE: SCREEN WALL STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED iQ 2.6 3 0 SPA w1c 33 SHEET NOTES I. RI ROOF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 11 2" DEEP, 20 GA, GALVANIZED TYPE B STEEL ROOF DECK. R2 2. ROOF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 9 16" 22 GAGE GALVANIZED TENSILE FORM - DECK. ON 6 " -18 GAGE CSJ JOISTS AT I' -0" OC. 3. ROOF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE 1 DEEP, 18 GA, GALVANIZED TYPE B STEEL ROOF DECK. 4. TOP OF ROOF STRUCTURAL STEEL AT EL 18' -3" AT HIGH POINT UNLESS NOTED ( + / -) ON PLAN. H = ±20K 5. *- -■ INDICATES THE HORIZONTAL THRU FORCE TO BE USED FOR BEAM/ COLUMN CONNECTION DESIGN. THESE FORCES ARE IN ADDITION TO THE VERTICAL REACTIONS, R, AND THE DIAGONAL BRACE FORCES, P. C8 Pr) I" r) X O rn x 0 6 -6 C8 CO 6 50302 0 -J w 0 1— o re; cD 0 0 re) cr.. 0 w Q 0 V) 0 w U) 0_ 0 w M GENERAL NOTES A3 8 .7 I. FOR GENERAL NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS SEE DRAWING 501.01. 2. FOR TYPICAL DETAILS SEE DRAWINGS 501.02. 3. INDICATES SPAN DIRECTION OF ROOF DECK 4. B~—r INDICATES MOMENT CONNECTION, FOR DETAILS SEE DRAWING 5 5. BR -1 , ETC, INDICATES BRACING, FOR ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS SEE DRAWING 502.10. 6. CI , ETC, INDICATES COLUMN TYPE, SEE SCHEDULE ON DRAWING 502.10. e..\14 -0 c t e vt I c c ' s vw\- -40) _ 3 1pp0 Fidelity I NVESTMENTS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler R.DGN I Description Scale LeMessurier Consultants, Inc. S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBR1DGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 -3309 TEL) ( 617)868 -1200 FAX1 (617)661 -7520 WWW. LEMESSUR I ER. COM A Issue Date & Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 HPL PjC BUILDING PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION a 02 06/16/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION I Seal /SIgnature Protect Name Protect Number 1t5039.163 CAD File Name ©2006 Gensler 1~x�lr+,s ,0e Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH 0 2 4 8 16 S02.02 One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.619.5700 Facsimile 617.619,5701 ROOF - SCREEN WALL - CANOPY ROOF FRAMING PLANS Ref. North RECE!VEf JUL 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTF- I' -3" " I' -9 t PILE CAP 1 '4 1 - • h ■ 4 #4 @6 > ■ TIES M \� �` J // // i \. ` \` 1 // // — 1 -3" P 1 J // PILE CAP FOR TYPE SEE PLAN 11 HSS COL;; SEE PLAN II II LJ 11 11 11 TYP INTERIOR COL ON PILE CAP TOC EL 27' -0" NOTE: FOR PILE CAP SIZE e REINF SEE DET II e 12 THIS DWG -014 "0 50 TON GROUT DRIVEN PILE SCALE: 3 4" = 1' -0 \ 5 } EXTERIOR SLAB COORD W /CIVIL PILE CAP BEYOND / / / / / / / / / / / //i / / / / / / / / / / / / / /// / / / . / /_ / /. / /. /( •a 4 . a 0 •a p •a 0 a O GRADE BEAM I� ENTRY SEE ARCHT / / / / / / / / / / / /// / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / a D • a D •-4 A • a D a . • • • 4 D • a . : • 4 • .c .'o .'o .'4 .'❑ „'[ FROST WALL FROST WALL BEYOND 21 -6 1 8° ° 3 - #4 EF CONT #5 @18° OC DWLS 3 1_ 0 11 i I N TOC EL 27' -0° 0 r� NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" - 1 -0" PILE CAP GRADE BEAM TOP OF PILE CAP 0 0 co 6 - #6 W/ STD HOOK #7 FULL LENGTH @ TENSION PILES DI.I, D -2, A -I.1. AI.8, C -2 e B -2 14 "0 50 TON GROUT DRIVEN PILE 3 CV '4 ) 4" 1— a a • 14"� PILE SEE DET I THIS DWG J 1-- w w w V) U O w w _ � w 0 a cc re)N TOC EL 27' -0" TYP REBAR CAGE REINFORCEMENT IN GROUT DRIVEN PILES a w J d 4O @2 OC SPIRAL TIES COUPLER FOR SPLICED BARS SHALL DEVELOP 125% OF BAR TENSILE CAPACITY co SCALE: 3 = 11_0° 3" CLR PLAN OF PILE 1 1_8" SPIRAL SPLICE LENGTH SCALE: NONE 14 CONC CURB FOR REINF SEE DET II/S01.02 PILE CAP GRADE BEAM #5@18" OC DWLS TYP @ GRADE BM USE #5 #9" @ PILE CAP LOCATION #3 STIRRUPS @6" OC TYP GRADE BM TYPE GB1 REINF #5 @18" OC DWLS TYP @ GRADE BM USE #5 #9" @ PILE CAP LOCATION #3 STIRRUPS ■^ @6" OC I' - 31_0" 31_011 2 - #8 TeB CONT 2 - #4 EF CONT 2 — #8 TeB CONT 2 #8 TOP CONT 2 - #4 EF CONT 2 - #10 BOT I' -0 " 0. 1 CONT GRADE BEAM TYPE GB2 REINF AT LINES 1.1 & GRADE BM REINFORCEMENT SCALE: 3 4° _ 1' 1 GRADE BEAM 11 r PILE CAP PCI 35 w TOC EL 27' -0" 14 "0 PILE SEE DET 1 THIS DWG ALIGN W /CANOPY ABOVE A co NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = 1 -0 co TOC, EL 27' -0" GRADE BEAM NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG a HSS COL SEE SCHED P P'•' P'.' P'• P • O' II II II II II II 11 II II 1t EXTERIOR SLAB COORD W /CIVIL PILE CAP BEYOND I4 "0 PILE SEE DET I THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = 11_011 0 N 6 - #6 TOP BOT EW 2' -6" PILE CAP PILE CAP PLAN N X11 APICAL PILE CAP PC1 REINFORCEMENT 2 6 - #6 SEE DET 13 THIS DWG 1 1_3" 11 -3" it PILE CAP SECTION A —A 6 - #6 6 - #6 J U N #7 SEE DET 13 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = 1' - 0° GRADE BEAM EXTENSION SCALE: 3 4" = I' —O" 15 PILE CAP GRADE BEAM 3 5 8 " 4" TOC EL 27' -0" I4 "5 PILE SEE DET 1 THIS DWG A co NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = 1' -0" CANOPY COL BEYOND PILE CAP BEYOND I4 "( PILE SEE DET I THIS DWG I 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 I 1 1 ==/ 11 ,1 11 11 1 11 11 11 11 11 1' -6" 1' -0" GRADE BM BEYOND TOC EL 27' -0" • GRADE BEAM NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = 1' -0" PILE CAP PCI GRADE BEAM EXTENSION GRADE BEAM SCALE: 3 4" = CLDI EXTERIOR SLAB @ LINE E ONLY COORD W /CIVIL l / / / / / / / / / / / l PILE CAP GRADE BEAM Q 11 TOC EL 27' -0° 14 "O PILE SEE DET I THIS DWG co _ I N NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = I' -0" N T < 0 N w U N 1• w 4 V PILE CAP PLAN X2 PILE CAP PC2 REINFORCEMENT 6 #6 LONG TOP e BOT 21 -6° 3' -2° @ PC2A EO EO 4 F 6 - #6 SEE DET 13 THIS DWG It PILE CAP SECTION A —A #4 @6" TIES 6 - #6 cc J N #7 SEE DET 13 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = I' -0 C THICKENED GRADE BM N 1 NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG SCALE: 3411 = 11_011 \ CO D OV D KE SEP - 3 la EXTERIOR SIDEWALK COORD W /CIVIL 3° SHELF EXTERIOR SLA COORD W /CIVI a NOTE: FOR GRADE BEAM REINF SEE DET 10 THIS DWG SCALE: 3 4" = 1' - 0" Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler IA LeMessurier Consultants, Inc. S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 -3309 TELL (617)868 -1200 FAX' (617)661 -7520 WWW. LEMESSUR I ER. COM Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH Project Number 11.5039.163 CAD File Name S0301_DGN Description Iaaue Date & Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 HPL PjC BUILDING PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM # 1: BID CLARIFICATION 03 07/25/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM # 3: PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS SECTIONS AND DETAILS I Scale °Fidelity INVESTMENTS D 2 4 8 16 S03.01 02006 Gensler One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.6193700 Facsimile 617.6193701 RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEL 24-JUL -2008 10:28 administrator PILE 4" EMBED 4" EMBED LEM 28009 cD3 STEEL JOIST SEE PLAN HS 3 I / v 1 ,/r —BRICK FACADE ■ SEE ARCHT 1 , v 1 / I ' r 3 8" CONN It HSS8x8x 16 GA CLIP HSS8x8x 16 GA CLIP CSJ JOIST L2x2x 1 ROOF DECK WI8 SEE ► PLAN HSSI0x6 �HSS6x6x 1' -6" 1' -6" V HSS2x2x HSS2x2x L3x3x MC6 3 8 "x6 "x12° F� WELDED TO B END OF HSS6x6 L6x3 L SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" CONNECT MC6 TO It W/2 -3 4 "0 BOLTS SCALE: I " =I' —O" SCALE: 1°-=1 HSS6x6 SECTION A -A BRACE L3 x6 LG SEAT ANGLE TYP MC6 TOC EL 27' -0" lD N SECTION B -B SCALE: I " =1' -0" r— F' f : I'," ROOF DECK BR -3 SEE S02.10 �6J • 3 - #7 BOT 18 "x30" GRADE BEAM REINF L5x3x SCALE: I " =I' -0" 18 11 X30" GRADE BEAM Cg) GRID LINE 2 (SEE PLAN) 2 - #5 EA FACE 3 #7 TOP #4 TIES F ®12" OC SCALE: I " =I' -O° !irk al NOTE: FOR ADD'L DETAIL e INFORMATION NOT SHOWN REFER TO DWG S03.01 cJ 0 W 0 PILE CAP PC2R REINFORCEMENT SCALE: 3 4" = I' - 0" SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" 91 -6" PILE CAP PLAN I. NM WI8 SEE PLAN 0 N 21 CLR 6 - #6 SEE DET 13 ON S03.01 WT2.5x9.5 CONT I " ROOF DECK I6KCS JOIST SEE PLAN t PILE CAP SECTION A —A SCALE: I " =1' -0" #4©6" TIES 6 - #6 J #7 SEE DET 13 ON S03.01 SCALE: 34" = I' -0" Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler LeMessurier Consultants, Inc. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 -3309 TEL' (617)868 -1200 FAX (617)661 -7520 www. LEMESSUR I ER. COM A Issue Date & Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 HPL PjC BUILDING PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM #1: BID CLARIFICATION I Seal /Signature Protect Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 CAD File Name I Description SECTIONS AND DETAILS Scale ©2008 Gensler Fidelily INVESTMENTS EXPIRES 4/ 0 2 4 8 16 S03.02 Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.619.5700 Facsimile 617.619.5701 RECEI E F JUL 30 2008 PERMIT CENTEI I' -3 PILE 5 1 0 - 3 " it I - 9 " PILE I - 3 " A #4@6" TIES )) )1 E t \\ 1/ ` \ \ J // m � � cD3 STEEL JOIST SEE PLAN HS 3 I / v 1 ,/r —BRICK FACADE ■ SEE ARCHT 1 , v 1 / I ' r 3 8" CONN It HSS8x8x 16 GA CLIP HSS8x8x 16 GA CLIP CSJ JOIST L2x2x 1 ROOF DECK WI8 SEE ► PLAN HSSI0x6 �HSS6x6x 1' -6" 1' -6" V HSS2x2x HSS2x2x L3x3x MC6 3 8 "x6 "x12° F� WELDED TO B END OF HSS6x6 L6x3 L SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" CONNECT MC6 TO It W/2 -3 4 "0 BOLTS SCALE: I " =I' —O" SCALE: 1°-=1 HSS6x6 SECTION A -A BRACE L3 x6 LG SEAT ANGLE TYP MC6 TOC EL 27' -0" lD N SECTION B -B SCALE: I " =1' -0" r— F' f : I'," ROOF DECK BR -3 SEE S02.10 �6J • 3 - #7 BOT 18 "x30" GRADE BEAM REINF L5x3x SCALE: I " =I' -0" 18 11 X30" GRADE BEAM Cg) GRID LINE 2 (SEE PLAN) 2 - #5 EA FACE 3 #7 TOP #4 TIES F ®12" OC SCALE: I " =I' -O° !irk al NOTE: FOR ADD'L DETAIL e INFORMATION NOT SHOWN REFER TO DWG S03.01 cJ 0 W 0 PILE CAP PC2R REINFORCEMENT SCALE: 3 4" = I' - 0" SCALE: 1 " =1' -0" 91 -6" PILE CAP PLAN I. NM WI8 SEE PLAN 0 N 21 CLR 6 - #6 SEE DET 13 ON S03.01 WT2.5x9.5 CONT I " ROOF DECK I6KCS JOIST SEE PLAN t PILE CAP SECTION A —A SCALE: I " =1' -0" #4©6" TIES 6 - #6 J #7 SEE DET 13 ON S03.01 SCALE: 34" = I' -0" Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler LeMessurier Consultants, Inc. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 -3309 TEL' (617)868 -1200 FAX (617)661 -7520 www. LEMESSUR I ER. COM A Issue Date & Description By Check 01 06/02/2008 HPL PjC BUILDING PERMIT AND CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM #1: BID CLARIFICATION I Seal /Signature Protect Name 1 Project Number 11.5039.163 CAD File Name I Description SECTIONS AND DETAILS Scale ©2008 Gensler Fidelily INVESTMENTS EXPIRES 4/ 0 2 4 8 16 S03.02 Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.619.5700 Facsimile 617.619.5701 RECEI E F JUL 30 2008 PERMIT CENTEI ai a) v) U 0 'Co 0) 0 r 0 IDG 1iJ J 1r W w v.1 0 ST4xII.5 NF sr FF— W/5 BOLTS IN SSL HOLES FOR WI8 BM BLOCK FLANGE OF WI8 (1 SIDE) AS REQ'D HSS6x6 HSS6x6x'2 COL TOP CONN 1 2 °x2' -10 x1' -5 GUSSET Ft HSS8x8 BRACE 3 4 "0 A572 ROD x6' -0" LG, I EF OF GUSSET Ft CONN AT BRACE BR -1 LINE D HSS6x6 BRACE BASE CONN W18x50 HSS6x6 BRACE 1 2 . x1 1 - 3 1 .4" x1 -8 GUSSET F CONN AT BRACE BR -3 LINE 2 ST4xII.5x1' -3" FOR WI8x46 CONN 5 -3/4 "0 4325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES HSS6x6 BASE CONN 3 4 "O A572 ROD x6' -0" LG, 1 EF OF GUSSET It W18x86 Iw HSS6x6 TOP CONN HSS8x8 BRACE BLOCK FLANGE OF WI4 (I SIDE) AS REQ'D ST4xII.5x2' -4" LG SECTION A-A HSS6x6 HSS6x6 BRACE ST4xII.5x1' —O" FOR WI4x22 CONN IN BR -4 ST4x11.5 W/4 -3/4 "0 A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES W14x48 BASE CONN CONN AT BASE OF BRACE BR -2 LINE A HSS6x6 BLOCK FLANGE OF WI4 (I SIDE) AS REO'D 1 - 6 1 4 11 x2' -3 GUSSET It HSS6x6 TOP CONN TOP CONN 3411 A572 ROD x6'—O" LG, I EF OF GUSSET F 3 4 "0 A572 ROD x6' -0" LG, I EF OF GUSSET It HSS6x6 BRACE CONN AT BRACE BR-4 LINE 1.8 BLOCK FLANGE OF WI4 (I SIDE) BLOCK FLANGE OF WI4 (I SIDE) AS REQ'D ST4x11.5x2' —I" LG HSS6x6 BRACE 3 EO SPA @3" =911 1 - 3 EO SPA ©3" = 9" 4 -3/4 "0 A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES TOS EL I5' —'," WI4x22 HSS6x6 BRACE 1 2 11 x2' - 1 "x1' - 5 3 4" GUSSET It BASE CONN CONNECTIONS FOR BEAM TO COLUMN OR BEAM TO BEAM BEAM SIZE # OF BOLTS CONN (SEE NOTE 1) W18x71 4 JL4x3x ALL OTHER 5 ST4xII.5 W18 BEAMS (UNO) WI4x22 4 ST4xII.5 WIO BEAMS 3 ST4xII.5 W8 BEAMS 2 ST4xII.5 BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE HSS6x6 BLOCK FLANGE OF WI8 W18x40 ST4xII.5 W/5 -3/4 "O A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES 1 2 RET TOP LEG TYP 1 STL ROOF DECK WI8x60 WI8x86 JL4x3x FOR CONN OF W2Ix68 NF WI8x35 FF USE 5 -3/4 "0 A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES DOUBLE SHEAR C 6) CONN AT BRACE BR -1 LINE 2 ST4xII.5 W/5 -3/4 "0 — A325F BOLTS IN VERT SSL HOLES 3 EO SPA @3" =9" WI8x35 JL4x3x FOR CONN OF WI8x50 NF WI8x35 FF USE 5 -3/4 °$ A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES NOTES: I. ALL BOLTS ARE 3 4 ° 0 A325F IN SSL HOLES. 1 4" FILLET WELD EACH LEG WITH 1 2" RETURN AT TOP. 2. WELD ST TO COLUMN FACE OR BEAM WEB USING CONTINUOUS 1 4° FILLET WELD. SEE REPRESENTATIVE DETAILS THIS SHEET. WI8x35 CONN AT BRACE BR -3 LINE 2 BLOCK FLANGE OF WI8 WI8x35 WI8x50 WI8x40 W18 TO W18 CONN AT LINE 2 ST4x11.5 W/5 -3/4 "O A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES � 3 EO SPA @3" =9" ST4xII.5 W /5 -3 /4"0 A325F BOLTS IN VERT SSL HALES AUG 2 1 2008 Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 - 3309 TELL (617)868 -1200 FAX' (617)661 -7520 WWW. LEMESSUR 1 ER. COM L Issue Date & Description By Check I SsallSlonatura Description ©2006 dangler 01 08/20/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM 4 4: PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS 0 2 4 8 16 S03.03 tc, 4444 Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH CONNECTION DETAILS SHEET 1 OF 2 I Scale One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.619.5700 Facsimile 617.619.5701 1— J W 0 L.� 0, a a co N 2 IiJ J NOTES: HSS6x6x POST v 1' -0" 1-u I. REFER TO SHEET 1 OF 2, DRAWING S03.03 DETAIL 5 FOR BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE. CONN AT BRACE BR -5 LINE A.3 • -3° ' -3° <TYP EA END 12 °x101316 ± xI' --6" GUSSET It ST4x11.5 W/4 - °O A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES 6 "x12" BASE EQUAL WI8x35 1 dip 1 1 12"x 10 # x1' -5 GUSSET It ST4xII.5 x1' --3" W/5 - A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES EQUAL 1 2 °x10 ± xl' -3" GUSSET It WI8x40 ei e I 1 e I HSS6x6 SCALE: I " =I' -0" HSS6x6 NOTES: 1 1 1 1 I ' - TYP EA END ' -3" 1 2 "x10 ± xl' -3" GUSSET It I. REFER TO SHEET 1 OF 2, DRAWING S03.03 DETAIL 5 FOR BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE. CONN AT BRACE BR-6 LINE 1.1 EQUAL ST4xII.5 xl' OW14x22 W/4 - °0 A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES 1 I -3' 1' -3' 1 2 "x 10 ± x1' -5 GUSSET It ST4xII.5 x1' -3" W/5 - "0 A325F BOLTS IN SSL HOLES EQUAL WI8x35 1 2 "x6 "x12" BASE It 12 " x101316 ± xl' - 3" P4 GUSSET F WI4x22 r HSS6x6x POST WI8x40 v SCALE: I " =1' -0" GRID .� a STEEL COLUMN (STEEL PLAN) L4x4x LG W/ 1 4" STEEL TUBE BEAM (STEEL PLAN) V L4x4x LG W/ 1 4" STIFF BEAM TO HSS COLUMN CONNECTIONS 3 1 1 TYP HSS -BEAM TO HSS -COL CONN <TYP.) SCALE: I " =I' -0" r„� ST TO BEAM CONN (i BEAM SCALE: I" =I' -0" REVIENNED E00,— CODE COMPLIANCE APPROV sip _ 320 ofitogila BUILDING D IES - AuG 2 1 2006 Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler Description I wale 0 F I NVESTMENTS One Beacon Street 3rd Floor Boston MA 02108 Telephone 617.6193700 Facsimile 617.619.5701 LeMessurier Consultants, Inc. S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S 675 MASSACHUSETTS AVENUE CAMBR I DGE, MASSACHUSETTS 02139 -3309 TEL' (617)868 -1200 FAX' (617)661 -7520 WWW. LEMESSUR 1 ER. COM A Issue Date & Description By Check 01 08/20/2008 HPL PjC ADDENDUM *4: PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS Seal /signature 11.5039.163 CAD File Name 1 Project Number 0 . Project Name EXPIRES 7 - � Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH CONNECTION DETAILS SHEET 2 OF 2 0 2 4 8 16 S03.03A ©2006 Gensler ABBREVIATIONS ACT SYMBOL LEGEND SPRINKLERS 0 UPRIGHT, STANDARD —SPRAY PATTERN ® PENDENT, STANDARD —SPRAY PATTERN v SIDEWALL, STANDARD —SPRAY PATTERN - - EXISTING TO REMAIN 0 EXISTING TO BE REMOVED SUBSCRIPTS: (D) =DRY TYPE; (EC)= EXTENDED COVERAGE PIPING LINETYPES CONT UNDERGROUND SPRINKLER /STANDPIPE PIPING —...-- DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY ABOVEGROUND SPRINKLER /STANDPIPE PIPING DIAMETER - EXISTING SPRINKLER /STANDPIPE PIPING DWG EXISTING SPRINKLER /STANDPIPE PIPING TO BE REMOVED t>,tt, I EQUIPMENT & VALVES EL /ELEV ZONE CONTROL ASSEMBLY ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN ETBR SUPERVISED CONTROL VALVE N CHECK VALVE ! ►rn;► BACKFLOW PREVENTER p� PRESSURE REDUCING /REGULATING VALVE V FIRE DEPARTMENT INLET CONNECTION C81 FIRE HOSE VALVE ® FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET FLR CROSS —MAIN FLUSHING CONNECTION ] FIRE PROTECTION WET SYSTEM MAIN RISER Mr DRY SYSTEM MAIN RISER 0 GC PREACTION SYSTEM MAIN RISER O POST INDICATOR VALVE I VALVE AND ROADWAY BOX A FLOW SWITCH PS PRESSURE SWITCH T PRESSURE GAUGE >Th WATER MOTOR GONG 2 ELECTRIC ALARM BELL ANNOTATION A Ay CONNECT TO EXISTING PRESSURE REDUCING /REGULATING VALVE FLOW IN DIRECTION OF ARROW PRESSURE SWITCH DIRECTION OF SLOPE ) Q HYDRAULIC CALCULATION NODE POINT SPD SPRINKLER DRAIN SPR SPRINKLER -- DETAIL DESIGNATION NUMBER STANDPIPE TS TAMPER SWITCH DETAIL DESIGNATION DRAWING TYPICAL VIV STANDPIPE DESIGNATION SERVICE ZCA /RISER & NUMBER STANDPIPE DESIGNATION DRAWING FPO.00 /RISER "0.0. SECTION DESIGNATION -- /ELEVATION NUMBER SECTION /ELEVATION DESIGNATION DRAWING ABBREVIATIONS ACT ACOUSTICAL TILE AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AP ACCESS PANEL BLDG BUILDING CLG CEILING CLDI CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON CTE CONNECT TO EXISTING CONT CONTINUATION DCVA DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY DIA DIAMETER DN DOWN DWG DRAWING EC EXTENDED COVERAGE EL /ELEV ELEVATION ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN ETBR EXISTING TO BE REMOVED EX EXISTING FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT (INLET) CONNECTION F FIRE SUPPLY MAIN FFE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION FHV FIRE HOSE VALVE FHVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET FLR FLOOR FP FIRE PROTECTION FS FLOW SWITCH GALV GALVANIZED GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE INV INVERT MECH MECHANICAL NC NORMALLY CLOSED NO NORMALLY OPEN NTS NOT TO SCALE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING /REGULATING VALVE P5 PRESSURE SWITCH PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH RPBP REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SPD SPRINKLER DRAIN SPR SPRINKLER STD STANDPIPE TS TAMPER SWITCH TYP TYPICAL VIV VALVE IN VERTICAL ZCA ZONE CONTROL ASSEMBLY FROM SITE UTILITIES UNDERGROUND FIRE SERVICE FROM WATER SERVICE DISTANCE VARIES I COORDINATE W/ SITE UTILITIES t BACKFLOW PREVENTER 2" MAIN DRAIN FINISH GRADE FROM BACKFLOW PREVENTER OR SUPPLY MANIFOLD SUPERVISORY (LOW) PRESSURE SWITCH PRESSURE GAGE " BLEEDER" 3 —WAY TEST VALVE OS &Y GATE VALVE W/ TAMPER SWITCH FOUNDATION WALL FOOTING TO WET SYSTEM TO BACKFLOW PREVENTER 11 WATERFLOW SWITCH • ,1 1 1 ▪ — 7Th AS APPLICABLE: TO �f - 1 — NEXT SYSTEM RISER . I I I _ _I ON MANIFOLD RISER CHECK VALVE W/ STANDARD GAGE & DRAIN VALVE TRIM SUPERVISED INDICATING CONTROL VALVE STANCHION BOLTED TO EQUIPMENT FITTINGS AND ANCHORED TO FLOOR ENTRANCE FLANGE WATERTIGHT PIPE SLEEVE PENETRATION ASSEMBLY FLOOR SLAB THRUST BLOCK MECHANICAL JOINT FITTINGS WITH RESTRAINED JOINTS DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY OS &Y GATE VALVE W/ TAMPER SWITCH PRESSURE GAGE TO SYSTEM RISER OR SUPPLY MANIFOLD STANCHIONS BOLTED TO EQUIPMENT FLANGES AND ANCHORED TO FLOOR MAIN WET SYSTEM RISER M: \2008 \20080076 — Fidelity Seattle Bose Building \Fire Proter.tion \20080076 FP01.01 FP LEGEND, DETAILS, SCHEDULES & SPEC :dwg [30x42] July 24, 2008 — 4:04pm jmacdonald NTS 1. SCOPE A. PROJECT SCOPE INCLUDES THE SHELL & CORE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW SINGLE — STORY, NON— COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION BUILDING WITH PRINCIPAL USE GROUP AS A "BUSINESS ", USE GROUP B, OFFICE BUILDING. B. THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, FEES AND ACTIVITIES NECESSARY TO INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION A FULLY FUNCTIONAL AND CODE COMPLIANT AUTOMATIC WET —PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 2. PURPOSE OF ENGINEERING DRAWINGS GENERAL NOTES C. THE WORK SHALL BE AS DESCRIBED DIRECTLY BY THESE DRAWINGS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS UNDER THIS SECTION AND AS AFFECTED BY RELATED DOCUMENTS NOT EXCLUSIVE TO THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. A. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE AND ARE INTENDED FOR PURPOSES OF OBTAINING A BUILDING PERMIT AND AS THE BASIS OF DESIGN FOR PREPARATION OF DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS (WORKING PLANS). THE DRAWINGS ARE NOT INTENDED TO SHOW EXACT LOCATIONS, BUT TO DEMONSTRATE THE CONFIGURATION OF MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND APPROXIMATE SPRINKLER LOCATIONS. FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF ALL SPRINKLERS AND SYSTEM PIPING. B. ALL COMPONENTS SHOWN ARE NEW UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS EXISTING. 3. RELATED DOCUMENTS UNDER THIS SECTION A. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS 4. RELATED DOCUMENTS NOT EXCLUSIVE TO THIS SECTION A. ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL & ENGINEERING DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS B. OWNER AND /OR TENANT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS OF PRACTICE 5. CODES & STANDARDS A. BUILDING CODE: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (2006) AS AMMENDED BY WASHINGTON STATE PER WAC CHAPTER 51 -50. B. FIRE CODE: INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE (2006) AS AMMENDED BY WASHINGTON STATE PER WAC CHAPTER 51 -54. C. SPRINKLER STANDARD: NFPA 13 (2002) D. FIRE ALARM CODE: NFPA 72 (1999) 6. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. PRODUCTS: DOMESTICALLY MANUFACTURED, UL LISTED & FM APPROVED FOR USE WITH FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. B. INSTALLERS: LICENSED IN GOOD STANDING AS SPRINKLER PIPE FITTERS IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. C. DESIGNERS: MINIMUM NICET LEVEL IV CERTIFIED OR PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER LICENSED IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. 7. INSPECTION OF SITE CONDITIONS A. AT THE TIME OF BID, ALL EXCEPTIONS TAKEN TO THESE DRAWINGS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS, VARIANCES FROM SAME AND ALL SUBSTITUTIONS OF EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED SHALL BE LISTED IN WRITING AND INCLUDED IN THE BID FOR REVIEW. ANY SUCH EXCEPTIONS, VARIANCES, OR SUBSTITUTIONS, WHICH WERE NOT LISTED AT THE TIME OF BID SHALL NOT BE APPROVED OR CONSIDERED. UPRIGHT SPRINKLER UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE UPRIGHT SPRINKLER SPRINKLER BRANCH PIPING DEFLECTOR POSITION W/ RESPECT TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS PER NFPA 13 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION TYPE CONCENTRIC ONE —PIECE REDUCER 1" SPRIG NTS Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 0 ENGINEERS I � I Seal /Signature I Project Name Fidelity Investor Center -- SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 20080076 1 CAD File Name 20080075JP01.01 Description FIRE PROTECTION LEGEND, DETAILS, SCHEDULES AND SPECIFICATIONS I Scale NTS Issue 1 FP01.01 02006 Gensler 0 Fidelity I NVESTMENTS 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617- 345 -9885 F 617- 345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com Date & Issue Description By 06/02/08 ANS ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Check DT RECEIVED JUL 302000 PERMIT CENTER SPRINKLER CROSS MAIN M: \2008 \20080076 — Fidelity Seattle Base Building \Fire Protection \20080076 FP02.01 FP PLAN 1ST FLOOR.dwg [30x42] July 24, 2008 — 4:04pm jmocdonald L)Q • 0 0 0 0 0 0 6" UNDERGROUND FIRE SERVICE 4" BACKFLOW PREVENTER 4" MAIN SYSTEM RISER FIRE DEPARTMENT INLET CONNECTION —I 1 1... .1 J.. 0 I J I I II I _ o� 1"DROP TO LOWER CANOPY :1 I: ..._... ...... • 1 0 I 1 I I 11 IJ 11 0 0 I !1 IJ 11 I 1 11 11 11 1 I 1 1 o 0 1 1 I I I 1 it 0 0 0 1j i 0 0 0 TYPICAL SPRINKLER BRANCH PIPING l (� KEY NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING FP0.00 FOR SYMBOLS, DETAILS, PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, AND PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL AND CIVIL SERIES DRAWINGS FOR WATER SERVICE CONNECTIONS, STRUCTURAL FRAMING, REFLECTED CEILING PLANS, ELEVATIONS, AND SECTIONS. 3. MAINTAIN SPRINKLER CLEARANCE FROM STRUCTUAL MEMBERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ENGINEERS Seal /Signature 1 Project Name 1 Project Number 20080076 CAD File Name 20080075JP02.01 I Description FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FIRST FLOOR I Scale ©2006 Gensler Fidelity INVESTMENTS Issue Date & Issue Description By Check 1 06/02/08 ANS DT ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 02 06/16/08 ANS DT ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1/8"= 1' -0" 0 2' 4' 8' 16' FPO2.O1 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292-4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617- 345 -9885 F 617- 345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF TAG NO. RD -1 OD--1 TYPE ROOF DRAIN ROOF DRAI N — 120° - - -- - ---120°---- s S RL RL IW IW OD M: \2008 \20080076 - Fidelity Seattle Base Building \Plumbing \20080076 P01.01 PLUMBING LEGEND, NOTES & SCHEDULES.dwg [30x42] July 24, 2008 - 4 :03pm jmacdonald CW CW HW HWR S or W S or W V V RL RL IW IW OD PIPING LEGEND COLD WATER COLD WATER BELOW SLAB HOT WATER HOT WATER RETURN SOIL OR WASTE ABOVE GROUND SOIL OR WASTE BELOW SLAB VENT ABOVE GROUND VENT BELOW SLAB RAIN LEADER ABOVE GROUND RAIN LEADER BELOW SLAB INDIRECT WASTE INDIRECT WASTE BELOW SLAB OVERFLOW DRAIN GENERAL NOTES 1. PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE STATE PLUMBING AND GAS CODE INCLUDING ALL LOCAL AMENDMENTS, 2. OBTAIN ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS WORK PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT. 3. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT IS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY. THE ACTUAL ROUTING OF PIPING AND EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN THE FIELD. 4. IN ADDITION TO REVIEWING AND COORDINATING WITH THE OTHER TRADES (CIVIL, STRUCTURAL, ARCHITECTURAL, FIRE PROTECTION, HVAC, AND ELELCTRICAL) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. 5. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL NECESSARY PIPING, EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND ANY EQUIPMENT NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS OR CALLED FOR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS BUT NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE SYSTEM. 6. PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE SHUTOFF VALVES ON ALL BRANCH PIPING AND ON ALL SUPPLY PIPING TO INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. 7. PROVIDE ACCESS TO ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING PERIODIC SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE. 8. FURNISH ACCESS PANELS TO THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION UNDER THE RELATED TRADES. 9. PITCH ALL WATER LINES TO DRAIN. 10. INSTALL HORIZONTAL RUNS OF WATER PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE AND PROVIDE DRAIN —OFFS AT ALL LOW POINTS. 11. HOT WATER TAKEOFFS SHALL HAVE NOT LESS THAN THREE ELBOW SWINGS. 12. PROVIDE DRAIN VALVE ON HOUSE SIDE OF WATER METER. 13. PIPING SHALL RUN CONCEALED IN ALL AREAS WITH THE EXCEPTION OF MECHANICAL ROOMS, AREAS WHERE NO CEILING EXISTS OR WHERE NOTED ON THE PLANS. 14. INSTALL DIELECTRIC COUPLINGS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 15. PROVIDE DANDY CLEANOUTS AT THE BASE OF ALL SANITARY AND RAINWATER STACKS. 16. PROVIDE DRIP LEGS FOR ALL GAS RISERS. 17. AN AIR GAP OF AT LEAST TWICE THE EFFECTIVE DIAMETER OF THE DRAIN SERVED SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL EQUIPMENT DRAINS PIPED TO FLOOR DRAINS. 18. REQUIRED FIRE RESISTANCE RATING OF FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED WHEN PIPE PENETRATIONS ARE MADE. 19. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAMS AND DETAILS FOR PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SIZES NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. 20. ALL WORK SHOWN ON RISER DIAGRAMS BUT NOT ON PLANS OR VICE VERSA SHALL BE INCLUDED AS IF SHOWN ON BOTH. 21. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURER J.R. SMITH J.R. SMITH MODEL NO. 1010 —ERCY 1080Y —ERC —CID DRAIN SCHEDULE OUTLET REFER TO DRAWINGS REFER TO DRAWINGS STRAINER D.I. GRATE D.I. GRATE REMARKS SECURED CAST IRON DOME EXTENSION, SUMP RECEIVOR, UNDER DECK CLAMP & NO HUB ADAPTOR SECURED CAST IRON DOME EXTENSION, SUMP RECEIVER, UNDER DECK CLAMP & NO HUB ADAPTER. PROVIDE POLISHED BRONZE DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE J.R. SMITH 1770 WITH BIRD SCREEN. FD -1 FLOOR DRAI N J.R. SMITH 2005Y- 02 —P050 2" NICKEL BRONZE PROVIDE DRAIN WITH TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER "PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS INC" MODEL #P2 -500. LOCATE TRAP PRIMER IN JANITOR'S CLOSET. FD -2 SCUPPER DRAIN J.R. SMITH 1530T 3" ANGLE GRATE EFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING DETAILS. NC ❑❑ ■JN -J BFP BACK FLOW PREVENTER N4 CHECK VALVE BALANCING VALVE ANGLE VALVE ---0 0 a 0 Do HB WH • Ak / / / / / / / / / / / /// FM DESIGNATION INDICATOR O VALVE LEGEND BALL VALVE GATE VALVE GATE VALVE (NORMALLY CLOSED) OS &Y OUTSIDE SCREW AND YOKE VALVE BALANCING VALVE, MEMORY STOP AND CHECK VALVE T &P TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE VACUUM RELIEF VALVE AQUASTAT THERMOMETER PRV PRESSURE REDUCING /REGULATING VALVE PG PRESSURE GAUGE FD RD TD OD CO FCO GCO HB WH VIV WHA /SH CTE ETR ETBR HC DETAIL DESIGNATION NUMBER DETAIL DESIGNATION DRAWING RISER SERVICE DESIGNATION RISER NUMBER DESIGNATION RISER DESIGNATION DRAWING SECTION DESIGNATION LETTER SECTION DESIGNATION DRAWING GENERAL FLOOR DRAIN ROOF DRAIN TRENCH DRAIN OVERFLOW DRAIN CLEANOUT FLOOR CLEANOUT GRADE CLEANOUT P —TRAP ELBOW UP OR RISE ELBOW DOWN OR DROP CAP OR END OF PIPE HOSE BIBB WALL HYDRANT TEE LOOKING DOWN TEE LOOKING UP UNION VALVE IN VERTICAL STRAINER WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR /SHOCK ABSORBER CONNECT TO EXISTING EXISTING TO REMAIN EXISTING TO BE REMOVED FLOW IN DIRECTION OF ARROW DIRECTION OF SLOPE PIPE GUIDE HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE KEY NOTE DESIGNATION IN — LINE FILTER FLOW METER LIMIT OF WORK ACT AFF AFG AP ARCH BT BLDG CI CLG CLDI CP CO CONC CW CTE CONTR CONT DCVA DIA DWG DF DN EC EWC EL /ELEV. EX FFE P —# FLR FCO FP FS FT GC HC HW HWR ID INV IW LPC MECH MSB NC NO NTS NIC OED PC PLBG RPBP SA SH SK SS SPEC ST.ST. TIP U V VB VS VTR W WC ABBREVIATIONS ACOUSTICAL TILE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ABOVE FINISH GRADE ACCESS PANEL ARCHITECT BATH TUB BUILDING CAST IRON CEILING CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON CHROME PLATED CLEANOUT CONCRETE COLD WATER CONNECT TO EXISTING CONTRACTOR CONTINUATION DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY DIAMETER DRAWING DRINKING FOUNTAIN — FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION DOWN ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ELECTRIC WATER COOLER — FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION ELEVATION EXISTING FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION FIXTURE NUMBER FLOOR FLOOR CLEANOUT FIRE PROTECTION FLOW SWITCH FOOT GENERAL CONTRACTOR HANDICAPPED HOT WATER HOT WATER RETURN INSIDE DIAMETER INVERT INDIRECT WASTE LIMIT OF PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MECHANICAL MOP SERVICE BASIN — FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION NORMALLY CLOSED NORMALLY OPEN NOT TO SCALE NOT IN CONTRACT OPEN END DRAIN PLUMBING CONTRACTOR PLUMBING REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SHOCK ABSORBER SHOWER— FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION SINK— FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION SOIL STACK SPECIFICATION STAINLESS STEEL TYPICAL URINAL — FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION VENT VACUUM BREAKER VENT STACK VENT THRU ROOF WASTE WATER CLOSET—FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ENGINEERS A Issue Date & Issue Description By Check -- 1 06/02/08 RAE TJG ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION A 02 06/16/08 RAE TJG ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICA110N ® 03 07/01 /08 RAE TJG ADDENDUM 2 I Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH Project Number 20080076 CAD File Name 20080076201.01 I Description PLUMBING LEGEND, NOTES AND SCHEDULES Scale NTS P01.01 ©2006 Gensler 0 Fidelity INVESTMENTS 1. /Z - 6i -- ?op I 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617- 345 -9885 F 617- 345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTEF M: \2008 \20080076 — Fidelity Seattle Base Building \Plumbing \20080076 P02.00 PLUMB PLAN UNDERGROUNO.dwg [30x42] July 74, 2008 - 4.03pm jmacdonold I�J TERMINATE FIRE SERVICE WITH 6" BLIND FLANGE CONNECTION. T. . 4" S UP 3" W &T 2" V UP FCO @I• ," cw uP ," cw uP 5 6" FIRE SERVICE. FOR CONTINUATION REFER TO SITE UTILITY PLAN 1 1. 2" DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE. FOR CONTINUATION REFER TO SITE UTILITY PLAN • 2" W UP 5" FCO 4" RL FOR CONTINUATION REFER TO SITE UTILITY DRAWING 5' —O" 5" RAIN LEADER. FOR CONTINUATION REFER TO SITE UTILITY PLAN. 4" SANITARY. FOR CONTINUATION REFER TO SITE UTILITY PLAN. KEY NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING P01.01 FOR PLUMBING LEGEND AND 0 . — 0 A' I C 7L I 0' 'LL rl N I.N OF PLUMBING PENETRATION THROUGH SLAB. A Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ENGINEERS Issue Date & Issue Description By Check -- 1 06/02/08 RAE TJG ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION AS, 02 06/16/08 RAE TJG ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION a & 03 07/01/08 RAE TJG ADDENDUM 2 Seal /Signature Project Name 1 Project Number 20080076 CAD File Name 20080076202.00 Description PLUMBING PLAN UNDERGROUND Scale 1/E 1' -0" 7 0 2' 4' S' 16' P02.00 02006 Gensler 0 Fidelity 1 NVESTMEA/TS is Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617- 345 -9885 F 617 -345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEI- CW DROP TO WALL HYDRANT )" CW DROP M: \2008 \20080076 — Fidelity Seattle Base Bu Iding \ Plumbing \20080076 P02.D1 PLUMB PLAN 1ST FLOOR.dwg [30x42] July 24, 2008 — 4;03pm jmacdonald I i 41H 41-3—E- 2" 3 E 2" CW CAPPED CONNECTION Y2" CW DN WH Co 4" RL DN 04" S DN 0 FCO FD -1 0 2" WATER METER PROVIDED BY WATER COMPANY PROVIDE 1 3 WATER CONNECTION FOR IRRIGATION. co 4 " RLUP 1" CW CAPPED CONNECTION 4" •OD UP 2" W DN 1 . u w 1_ _ X 17 FC0 0 ..... 6" OVER FLOW DRAIN TO TERMINATE 18" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE ," CW DN 4" CW DROP TO WALL HYDRANT 6" OVER FLOW DRAIN TO TERMINATE 18" ABOVE FINISHED GRADE KEY NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING P01.01 FOR PLUMBING LEGEND, NOTES AND SCHEDULES. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ENGINEERS Q Issue -- 1 Q� 02 03 Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Project Number 20080076 1 CAD File Name 20080076 302.01 I Description PLUMBING PLAN FIRST FLOOR ©2006 Gensler Fidelity INVESTMENTS Date & Issue Description By 06102/08 RAE ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 06/16/08 RAE ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION 07/01/08 RAE ADDENDUM 2 Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH I Scale v 8"= 1' -0" 0 2' 4' 8' 16' P02.01 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617 - 345 -9886 F 617 - 345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com - - i Check TJG TJG TJG RECEIVED JUL. 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER M: \ 2008 \ 20080076 — Fidelity Seattle Bose Building \Plumbing \ 20080076 P02,R PLUMB ROOF PLAN.dwg [30x42] July 24, 2008 4:03pm jmacdonald re tJ 0 1' RODE i3I (1+,' 1101 (3935 S.F.) RD-1 (3935 S.F.) fi ,,,„ (3935 S.F.) L IL I_ 1,N IN 4 /-- 1,/\1 — — 11 , 10 0 I OD-1 \ OD-1 \ (3935 S.F.) t."'" jr OF BUILD1NC; 114 I LOPE D OLII- BrLaW SLOPE Jr ROOF 8E 7)W (YINING IN ,• A.N1 C ( s..; C KEY NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO DRAWING P01.01 FOR PLUMBING LEGEND, NOTES AND SCHEDULES. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ELI I Seal/Signature !Project Name 1 Project Number D 20080076 CAD File Name 20080076302.R Description PLUMBING ROOF PLAN 02006 Gensler 0 Fidelity INVESTMENTS K ENGINEERS I Scale 1 /8= 1'4' • 1 0 2' 4 8' 16' P02.R 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210-1964 T 617-345-9885 F 617-345-4226 W www.rdkengineers.com I A Issue Date & Issue Description By Check / I 01 06 02 08 RAE TJG ! ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION LS, 02 06/16/08 RAE TJG ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIF1CATI R RAE TJG it 03 ADDENDUM O7 / O 1/08 2 Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH RECEIVED Jut 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF 7 PACKAGED DX ROOFTOP AIR HANDLING UNIT SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE LOCATION MIN. O.A. CONDITIONS BUILDING R. CONDITIONS SUPPLY FAN UNIT COOLING COIL CONDENSING UNIT ELECTRIC HEATING COIL ELECTRIC SERVICE FILTER MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER (A5 STANDARD) REMARKS CFM ESP (IN'WG) DRIVE MOTOR CAPACITY (MBH) *UNIT LAT (F) DB TEMP. ( °F) CAPACITY O ( W ) T AIR DATA NO. OF CSTEPSL HZ V PH MCA MOCP EER CFM DB (° WB co CFM DB co TOTAL MIN. (-.) 0.5 33.4 27.8 72 ROOFTOP 60 396 EAT EAT LAT ('F) RTU -1 COOLING ROOFTOP 750 81.2 63.7 4250 75 5000 750 1.8 VFD 1367 4.96 4.96 5.0 5.0 147 147 124 124 53.0 53.0 51.0 51.0 95 95 24.0 24.0 55.0 55.0 70.2 70.2 I N ; N •' 60 60 480 480 I 55.2 60 10.7 2" TA YORK DH 15OE24Q4TAA3 SEE NOTES RTU -2 COOLING ROOFTOP 750 81.2 63.7 4250 75 5000 750 1.8 VFD 1367 55.2 60 10.7 2" TA YORK DH150E2404TAA3 SEE NOTES NOTES: 1. UNIT MOUNTED DISCONNECT (BY ELECTRICAL). 2. PROVIDE GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER. 3. PROVIDE INLET BIRD SCREEN. 4. PROVIDE FACTORY BUILT ROOF CURB. 5. PROVIDE UNIT MOUNTED SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROL. 6. PROVIDE REVERSE ACTING WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT. NOTES: 1. UNIT MOUNTED STARTER AND DISCONNECT ON ALL UNITS (BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR). 3. PROVIDE FACTORY BUILT ROOF CURB. 3. MAX TEMP. OF AIR LEAVING UNIT, NOT COIL, MUST INCLUDE FAN HEAT. 4. PROVIDE FULL COMPARATIVE ENTHALPY ECONOMIZER CONTROL FOR ALL UNITS. 5. PROVIDE TWO STAGE COOLING & TWO STAGE HEATING ON ALL UNITS. 6. PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR. 7. PROVIDE MOTORIZED DAMPERS ON OUTSIDE AIR AND RETURN OPENINGS. 8. PROVIDE ECONOMIZER AND RAIN HOOD FOR ALL UNITS. / (I P 9. PROVIDE START UP BY RTU REPRESENTATIVE. 10. PROVIDE VFD, VFD COMPATIBLE MOTOR, AND VAV DISCHARGE AIR CONTROLLER. 11. PROVIDE POWERED EXHAUST. 12. PROVIDE CONVENIENCE OUTLET. 13. PROVIDE HOT GAS BY -PASS ON LEAD REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT. COMPUTER ROOM AIR - CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE TAG SERVICE LOCATION CFM STATIC PRESS. (IN.WG) MOTOR CAPACITY (MBH) ELECTRICAL DATA EAT (°F) FACE VELOCITY (FPM) ROWS ELECTRICAL DATA MANUFACTURER AND MODEL (AS STANDARD) NUMBER REMARKS EXTERNAL QTY. EA TOTAL SENS. DB TYPE WB HZ V PH FLA WSA OPD CRAC -1 LAN RM CEILING PLENUM 1250 0.3 1 0.5 33.4 27.8 72 ROOFTOP 60 396 3 60 480 3 1.4 1.8 15 LIEBERT MM036E 1550 SEE NOTES SEE NOTES 1-5 EF -2 BREAK RM ROOFTOP 280 CENT 0.35 BI DIRECT 362 60 120 1 1 /8 1550 COOK 90R15DH SEE NOTES 1-5 EF -3 ELEC RM ROOFTOP 430 NOTES: 1. PROVIDE PLENUM RATED CONDENSATE PUMP 2. UNIT MOUNTED DISCONNECT (BY ELECTRICAL) 3. PROVIDE "LIQUI -TEC 410" POINT LEAK DETECTION SENSOR 4. PROVIDE PRECHARGED REFRIGERANT LINES 5. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION AS PER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 6. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLS 7. PROVIDE FILTER BOX 8. PROVIDE DIRECT DRIVE 0.35 BI FAN SCHEDULE D.B. CONDENSER FAN(S) ESP WHEEL OUTLET ELECTRICAL DATA MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER TAG SERVICE LOCATION CFM FAN TYPE (IN.WG) TAG VELOCITY (FPM) LOCATION (A5 STANDARD) REMARKS TYPE DRIVE HZ V PH HP RPM REMARKS NO. CFM EF -1 TOILETS ROOFTOP 375 CENT 0.5 BI DIRECT 488 60 120 1 1/8 1550 COOK 90R15DH SEE NOTES 1-5 EF -2 BREAK RM ROOFTOP 280 CENT 0.35 BI DIRECT 362 60 120 1 1 /8 1550 COOK 90R15DH SEE NOTES 1-5 EF -3 ELEC RM ROOFTOP 430 CENT 0.35 BI DIRECT 55/ 60 120 1 1/8 1550 COOK 90R15DH SEE NOTES 1-4,6 NOTES: 1. UNIT MOUNTED DISCONNECT (BY ELECTRICAL). 2. PROVIDE GRAVITY BACKDRAFT DAMPER. 3. PROVIDE INLET BIRD SCREEN. 4. PROVIDE FACTORY BUILT ROOF CURB. 5. PROVIDE UNIT MOUNTED SOLID STATE SPEED CONTROL. 6. PROVIDE REVERSE ACTING WALL MOUNTED THERMOSTAT. AIR - COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE D.B. CONDENSER FAN(S) ELECTRIC SERVICE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER TAG SERVICE LOCATION TEMP. REMARKS NO. CFM HP EA, HZ V PH FLA WSA OPD (AS STANDARD) ACCU -1 CRAC -1 ROOFTOP 105 1 3000 0.2 60 480 3 7.4 8.8 15 LIEBERT PFH37A -AH3 SEE NOTES NOTES: 1. UNIT MOUNTED DISCONNECT (BY ELECTRICAL). 2. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY SAFETIES. 3. PROVIDE ALL OPTIONS AS INDICATED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 4. PROVIDE VIBRATION ISOLATION AS PER IHESE SPECIFICATIONS. 5. PROVIDE ROOF CURB, AS PER DETAIL ON DWG H07.01. 6. PROVIDE LOW AMBIENT CONTROL. 7. PROVIDE HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE. 8. PROVIDE HOT GAS BYPASS. 1. GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO ALL DRAWINGS. 2. THIS PROJECT INVOLVES CONSTRUCTION INSIDE AN EXISTING STRUCTURE. CONTRACTORS, BY SUBMITTING A BID, ARE DEEMED TO BE COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITION OF THE BUILDING AS IT INFLUENCES THE WORK DESCRIBED. ABSOLUTELY NO CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR EXISTING CONDITIONS VISIBLE OR REASONABLY INFERABLE FROM A CAREFUL EXAMINATION OF THE EXISTING BUILDING. 3 4. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN DURING THE INSTALLATION TO NOT DAMAGE OR INTERRUPT BUILDING SYSTEMS AND SERVICES THAT ARE ALREADY INSTALLED. DAMAGE TO SUCH SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT CAUSED BY THIS CONTRACTOR DURING INSTALLATION SHALL BE REPAIRED AND /OR REPLACED AT THIS CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE TO THE COMPLETE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING OWNER. 5° HVAC GENERAL NOTES THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS AT THE SITE AND THE "AS- BUILT' BASE BUILDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK TO DETERMINE WHAT EFFECT THE EXISTING CONDITIONS WILL HAVE ON HIS WORK. POTENTIAL PROBLEM AREAS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND /OR ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY. SHUTDOWN OF EXISTING SYSTEMS FOR CONNECTION TO EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND BUILDING OWNER. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT REQUESTS, WHERE THEY AFFECT THE OPERATION OF THE BUILDING SYSTEMS, AT LEAST ONE WEEK IN ADVANCE OF ANY REQUIRED SHUTDOWN. THE ACTUAL SHUTDOWN PERIOD SHALL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE AND AT A TIME MUTUALLY AGREEABLE TO THE BUILDING OWNER AND THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER /GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 6. DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, THEREFORE DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS OF SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS IN FIELD. 7. ALL WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADES INVOLVED. OFFSETS IN PIPING AND DUCTS (INCLUDING DIVIDED DUCTS) AND TRANSITIONS AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. 8. VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS WITH MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFIED DRAWINGS. VERIFY AND PROVIDE DUCT AND /OR PIPE TRANSITIONS TO FURNISHED EQUIPMENT. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS BEFORE FABRICATION. 9. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED AS REUSED, SHALL BE NEW. 10. DUCTWORK SHALL NOT RUN ALONG FULL HEIGHT PARTITIONS. 11. INSTALL NEW THERMOSTATS 4 FEET AFF OR AS DIRECTED OTHERWISE BY ARCHITECT. 12. WHEN SECTION OF DUCTWORK IS NOT LABELED FOR SIZE, THE LARGER SIZE INDICATED ON THE CONNECTED DUCT SHALL PREVAIL. SIZE OF DUCT RUN -OUTS TO DIFFUSER SHALL EQUAL DIFFUSER NECK SIZE. 13. THE FIRE PROOFING OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE I5 NOT TO BE REMOVED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HANGERS, SUPPORTS, DUCTWORK, ETC, IF FIRE PROOFING IS DAMAGED, IT SHALL BE REPAIRED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE TRADE. M: \2008 \20080076 - Fidelity Seattle Bose Building \Hvac \20080076 H01.01 HVAC I EGEND, NOTES & ABBREVtATIONS.dwg [30x42] July 24, 2008 - 4.03pm jmacdonald ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AMP AMPERE BHP BREAK HORSE POWER BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT BTUH BTU PER HOUR CENT CF CFM CLG CONN D DB DDC DIA DN EA EAT ESP KW KILOWATT PH QTY R RET RLA RM RPM SEN SF SP SPECS DUCT ACD OED RA SA TA WMS PIPING CD CO RL RS CENTRIFUGAL CUBIC FEET CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CEILING OR COOLING CONNECTION DRAIN OR DEPTH DRY BULB TEMPERATURE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL DIAMETER DOWN EACH OR EXHAUST AIR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE F FAHRENHEIT FLA FULL LOAD AMPS FLEX FLEXIBLE FPM FEET PER MINUTE FT FEET GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE HP HORSEPOWER OR HIGH POINT HZ HERTZ (FREQUENCY, CYCLES PER SECOND) IN INCHES L LENGTH LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE LB POUND LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS MAX MAXIMUM MBH THOUSAND BTUH MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM NO NORMALLY OPEN NTS NOT TO SCALE OA OUTSIDE AIR OPD OVER CURRENT PROTECTION DEVICE PHASE QUANTITY RADIUS RETURN RUNNING LOAD AMPS ROOM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE SENSIBLE SQUARE FEET STATIC PRESSURE SPECIFICATIONS TON 12,000 BTUH COOLING CAPACITY TYP TYPICAL V VOLTS (ELECTRICAL) W WIDTH OR WATT W/ WITH WB WET BULB WG WATER GAUGE W/O WITHOUT WSA WIRE SIZE AMP AUTOMATIC CONTROL DAMPER OPEN END DUCT RETURN AIR SUPPLY AIR THROW AWAY OR TRANSFER AIR WIRE MESH SCREEN EQUIPMENT ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT CRAC COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT DX DIRECT EXPANSION EF EXHAUST FAN RTU ROOF TOP UNIT VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CONDENSATE DRAIN CLEAN OUT REFRIGERANT LIQUID REFRIGERANT SUCTION SINGLE LINE r 5 WxD DIA "0 r RECTANGULAR SUPPLY DUCT W= WIDTH, D- DEPTH (INCHES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) AS VIEWED ROUND SUPPLY DUCT (DIA =INSIDE DIAMETER) SUPPLY DUCT DOWN SUPPLY DUCT UP OPEN END DUCT W/ 1/2" x1 /2" WMS D DUCTWORK DOUBLE LINE SD PIPE - UP SINGLE LINE DIA "O r PIPE - DOWN WxD s-- AWh -s r ROUND RETURN /EXHAUST DUCT (DIA= INSIDE DIAMETER) DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR FLOW SUPPLY AIR FLOW RECTANGU RETURN /EXHAUST DUCT W= WIDTH, D =DEPTH (INCHES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) AS VIEWED RETURN /EXHAUST DUCT DOWN RETURN /EXHAUST DUCT UP -r FLEXIBLE DUCT DOUBLE LINE EMIR N DIAGRAM EQUIPMENT SYMBOLS ROOFTOP UNIT COMPUTER ROOM AIR CONDITIONING UNIT ROOF MOUNTED AIR COOLED CONDENSER UNIT ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN PIPE BREAK (SINGLE LINE) CALLOUT SYMBOLS REVISION NUMBER EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRICAL SERVICE, SEE SCHEDULE FOR PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: SCHEDULED EQUIPMENT UNIT NUMBER TAG UNIT CAPACITY INFORMATION_ DATA - ` CFM, TONS, GPM ETC, SEE SCHEDULE FOR PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS PIPING LEGEND CLEANOUT FOR CONDENSATE DRAIN Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler 1 A Issue -- 01 Seal /Signature 1 Project Name Project Number 20080076 CAD File Name I Scale 20080076_H01.01 I Description NTS HO1.O1 02006 Gensler Fidelily 1 /V VESTMENTS ENGINEERS Fidelity Investor Center - SEATTLE BRANCH HVAC LEGEND, NOTES AND ABBREVIATIONS 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617 - 345 -9885 F 617 -345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com Date & Issue Description By 06/02/08 KJL ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Check VB RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTER M: \2008 \20080076 — Fidelity Seattle Bose Building \Hvoc \20080076 H02.01 HVAC PLAN 1ST FLOOR,dwg [30x42] July 24, 7008 • 4:03pm jmacdonald 14x14 EA DUCT UP TO ..... EF -1 .. 14x14 EA DUCT UP TO EF -2 24x21 SA UP TO RTU 28x18 RA UP TO RTU 28x18 RA UP TO RTU 14x14 EA DUCT UP TO SD 24x21 SA Hi UP TO RTU SD 1 17: 7 77 . ...7=17777IIIIII.7I7I RS &L UP THROUGH ROOF TO ACCU -1 1 0 KEY NOTES O SIZE REFRIGERANT LINES AS PER MANUFACTURERS GUIDELINES. SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO H01.01 FOR LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO BOOK SPEC. FOR SPECIFICATIONS. 3. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK TO BE LINED. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ENGINEERS LA Issue Date & Issue Description By Check -- 01 06/02/08 KJL VB ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 SealiSignature 1 Project Name Fidelity INVESTMENTS its Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH I Project Number 20080076 CAD File Name 20080076J-102.01 I Description HVAC PLAN FIRST FLOOR 1Scale 1/8' 1' -0" 0 2' 4' 8' 16' H02.O1 ©2006 Gensler 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617- 345 -9885 F 617 - 345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com RECEIVED UL 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER M: \2D08 \20080076 – Fidelity Seattle Base Build ng \Hvoc \20080076 H02.02 HVAC roof plon.dwg [30x42] July 24, 2008 – 4 :04pm jmacdoncld L. 'I L ,, S1 ON BELOW N - .• (1 l f3. r ,1 R OOFTOP CLEARANCE 24x21 SA DN TO 1ST FLOOR 26x18 RA DIJ TO 1ST FLO011 ROOFTOP CO CLEARANCE i DRAIN RS &L DOWN THROUGH ROOF TO CRAC -1 28x18 RA DN TO 1ST FLOOR \ ' 1 1 /4 CD J \ TO ROOF RAII......T . N OF L BELOW - MIN SI , o : Cr ROOF BELOW 24x21 SA DN TO 1ST FLOOR 1 ; 4 1 , ` -1 MIN MLew I, 0 0 KEY NOTES SHEET NOTES 1. REFER TO H01.01 FOR LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS. 2. REFER TO BOOK SPEC. FOR SPECIFICATIONS. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ENGINEERS Issue Date & Issue Description By -- 01 06/02/08 KJL ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Lis, 02 06/16/08 KJL 1 Seal/Signature I Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH 1 Project Number 20080076 1 CAD File Name 20080076.,.102.02 Description ©2006 Gensler 0 F INVESTMENTS HVAC ROOF PLAN ADDENDUM 1: BID CLARIFICATION I Scale 1 /8 "= 1' -0" 1 0 2' 4' 8' 16' H02.02 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617- 345 -9885 F 617- 345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com Check VB VB RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2000 PERMIT CENTEI- M: \2008 \20080076 — Fidelity Seattle Base Building \Hvac \20080076 H07.01 HVAC DETAILS.dwg [30x42] July 24. 2008 - 4:04pm jmocdonald D © D © DISCHARGE SCREEN FOAM— RUBBER GASKET APPLIED TO UNDERSIDE OF FAN CURB CAP FLASHING EXISTING ROOF DUCTWORK WITH FLEX CONNECTION // / BUILT —UP ROOF I/ ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN FLASHING SLEEVE SIMILAR TO JOSAM #26450 COUNTER FLASHING POS SEAL ALL AROUND PIPING SEE PLANS FOR SIZE 16 OUNCE COPPER FLASHING POS DETAIL OF PIPE THRU ROOF COUNTER FLASHING ROOF CURB (MIN. 12" HIGH) FINISHED ROOF ISOLATION DAMPER (REFER TO SCHEDULE AND SPECS FOR TYPE) ROOF CONSTRUCTION SEE ARCHITECT'S DRAWINGS HFA001 HPE004 ROOF TOP UNIT CONTROLS: GENERAL FAN CONTROL D ® 0 D © ROOF INSULATION J 13 EXHAUST AIR RUBBER VIBRATION ISOLATORS 3. ALL TEMPERATURES LISTED ARE FAHRENHEIT. CORRUGATED ROOF ACCU -1 ROOF MOUNTING DETAIL 0 0 0 0 BDD (ADJUSTABLE) EXHAUST FAN OUTDOOR AIR ROOF MOUNTED CONDENSING UNIT LIQUID LINE INSULATED SUCTION LINE BALL SHUT —OFF VALVES 0 2. WHEN STARTED IN OCCUPIED MODE, THE RTU FAN SHALL START IN RECIRCULATION MODE (100% RETURN AIR) AT MINIMUM SPEED. / / /, // o ■ • r / r • ■ 1. ROOFTOP UNIT SHALL BE STARTED AND STOPPED VIA DEDICATED MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLER, WALL MOUNTED IN SPACE. COORDINATE OCCUPIED/ UNOCCUPIED SCHEDULES WITH OWNER. ALL SETPOINTS SHALL BE ADJUSTABLE. 2. LOCAL HAND — OFF -- AUTOMATIC SWITCH (H —O —A) FOR FANS SHALL OVERRIDE CONTROLLER START /STOP (S /S) COMMANDS. ALL HARDWIRED SAFETIES SHALL BE ACTIVE IN BOTH "H" AND "A" POSITIONS. 4. PROVIDE APPROPRIATE ANTI— RECYCLE TIME DELAYS ON COMPRESSOR. y 5. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER BY ROOFTOP UNIT MANUFACTURER CAPABLE OF INTERLOCKING VAV FAN BOXES AND ELECTRIC BASEBOARD WITH RTU. CONTROLLER SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PROGRAMMING RTU, FAN BOXES, AND ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEAT FOR OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED MODE FOR 7 —DAYS. LOCAL THERMOSTATS SHALL BE CAPABLE OF 2 —HR OVERRIDE. 6. MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR SHALL BE 750 CFM FOR RTU -1 AND 750 CFM FOR RTU -2. 1. WHILE IN THE OFF MODE (OR ON SAFETY OR MANUAL DISCONNECT) RTU SUPPLY FAN SHALL BE OFF WITH THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER (OAD) AND POWERED EXHAUST DAMPER CLOSED, THE CONDENSING UNIT AND ELECTRIC HEATER OFF, AND THE RETURN AIR DAMPER (RAD) OPEN. 3. THE FAN VFD SHALL SLOWLY INCREASE IN SPEED TO MAINTAIN SETPOINT OF REMOTE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR (DPS). INITIAL SETPOINT SHALL BE 1.25" W.G. WITH FINAL SETPOINT DETERMINED BY THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR TO BE AS LOW AS NEEDED TO PROVIDE FULL AIRFLOW TO THE MOST REMOTE TERMINAL BOXES WITH THEIR PRIMARY AIR DAMPERS AT LEAST 95% OPEN. 4. AFTER STARTUP, ONCE FAN OPERATION IS STABLE, THE OAD AND THE RAD SHALL SLOWLY OPEN TO MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR POSITION. BOLT SPRING BASE PLATE TO SLEEPERS (TYP.) ROOF MEMBRANE 6"X6" PRESSURE TREATED SLEEPER (TYP.) 0 SOLENOID VALVE O SIGHT GLASS O THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE WITH EQUALIZER LINE O FILTER DRYER 0 COOLING COIL 10 DRAIN PAN 0 , DRAIN LINE—TRAP & ROUTE TO NEAREST DRAIN 12 HOT GAS BYPASS LINE 13 TRAP SPLIT SYSTEM REFRIGERANT PIPING COMPONENT DIAGRAM OCCUPIED HEATING CONTROL OCCUPIED COOLING CONTROL NOTE: 1. PIPE SIZES BYPASS CIRCUIT & CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND TRAPS AS REQUIRED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER (SUBMIT IN SHOP DRAWING). HR004 RETURN AIR RTU -1 ,2 D © NOTES: 1. SEE SPECIFICATION FOR HANGER SIZES. 2 x 4" NAILER STRIP COUNTER — FLASHING 18 GAUGE GALVANIZED CURB D 1. THE DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (DAT) SHALL ACTIVATE THE ELECTRIC HEATER IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SUPPLY TEMPERATURE OF 54'F (ADJUSTABLE). 1. UPON A RISE IN DAT ABOVE THE COOLING SETPOINT THE COOLING CYCLE SHALL BE ACTIVATED. COOLING SETPOINT SHALL BE RESET AS WARM AS POSSIBLE (BETWEEN 55F MINIMUM AND 60'F MAXIMUM) WITH THE FOLLOWING LIMITS: b) THE DISCHARGE AIR DEW POINT IS NO MORE THAN 57F. a) NO ROOM TEMPERATURE (FOR ALL ASSOCIATED FAN BOXES) I5 MORE THAN 1'F ABOVE THE COOLING SETPOINT. 2. THE FIRST MEANS OF MAINTAINING DISCHARGE AIR TEMPERATURE SHALL BE ACTIVATION OF THE ECONOMIZER. IF THE OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY, AS MEASURED BY THE OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY SENSOR IS BELOW THE RETURN AIR ENTHALPY, THE EXHAUST, OUTDOOR, AND RETURN AIR DAMPERS SHALL BE PROPORTION MODULATED TO 100% OUTDOOR AIR TO MAINTAIN SETPOINT. IF ADDITIONAL COOLING IS REQUIRED THE CONDENSING UNIT'S COMPRESSORS SHALL BE STAGED ON AS REQUIRED. DAT SHALL SHALL LIMIT SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE TO 55'F MINIMUM. 3. IF THE OUTSIDE AIR ENTHALPY RISES ABOVE THE SETPOINT THE ECONOMIZER SHALL BE POSITIONED TO PROVIDE MINIMUM VENTILATION AIR AND THE CONDENSING UNIT STAGED TO MAINTAIN ROOM COOLING SETPOINT TEMPERATURE. DAT SHALL LIMIT SUPPLY AIR TO 55 MINIMUM. HEAVY DUTY CLEVIS HANGER (FOR 1/2" UP TO & INCLUDING 3" PIPE) SUPPORT NUT GALVANIZED INSULATION SHIELD 12" LONG MIN. 9 LB /CFT DENSITY RIGID INSULATION AT SHIELD PIPE HANGER SUPPORT SAFETIES ALARMS ®Dm ELECTRIC ROOFTOP UNIT CONTROL SEQUENCES (VAV) ROOFTOP UNIT (SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION) FLEX CONNECTION ACOUSTICAL LINING (SEE PLANS FOR LENGTH AND THICKNESS OF LINING) SUPPLY & RETURN DUCT (SEE PLANS) RIGID ' I INSULATION ACOUSTICAL BOARD OR NON DRYING CAULK AROUND DUCT. © ROOFTOP UNIT MOUNTING W/ CURB UNOCCUPIED CONTROL 1. REFER TO FAN BOX CONTROL SEQUENCE. ROOF HASOO1 RUBBER & SHEAR ISOLATORS ROOFING FELT CANT STRIP ROOFING MATERIAL TIGHT SEAL W/ ACOUSTIC MATERIAL (ALL AROUND) NOTE: 1. LINE ROOF UNDER CURB AND SIDES OF CURB W/ 4" THICK (TWO 2" LAYERS) ACOUSTICAL BOARD. HPE007 2. PROVIDE 2 HOUR UNOCCUPIED OVERRIDE TO START UNIT IN OCCUPIED MODE BASED ON SIGNAL FROM FAN BOX THERMOSTAT OVERRIDE BUTTON. IN THIS MODE THE CONTROLS SHALL ENSURE THAT ENOUGH "UNOCCUPIED" ZONES ARE ALSO OVERRIDDEN SO THAT THE UNIT OPERATES WITH AT LEAST 20% OF DESIGN AIR FLOW. RESET THE MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIRFLOW TO 20% OF SCHEDULED MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIRFLOW. 1. THE FOLLOWING SAFETIES EACH WITH ITS OWN MANUAL RESET BUTTON, SHALL SHUT DOWN THE RTU VIA HARDWARE BEFORE H —O —A. a) WHEN ANY SMOKE DETECTOR (SDET) I5 ACTIVATED THE UNIT SHALL SHUT DOWN. THE CONTROLLER SHALL COMMAND ALL FAN BOXES OFF. 1. IF THE SUPPLY OR RETURN FAN FAILS OR IF ANY UNIT SAFETY IS TRIPPED, THE CONTROLLER SHALL GIVE A DETAILED ALARM SIGNAL TO THE FONT END. 2. IF FILTER PRESSURE DROP EXCEEDS SETPOINT (INITIALLY 0.6 ") FOR TEN MINUTES, THE CONTROLLER SHALL GIVE A DETAILED ALARM SIGNAL TO THE FRONT END. Seattle Branch 304 Strander Blvd. Seattle, WA 98188 Gensler ENGINEERS A Issue -- 01 Seal /Signature Project Name Fidelity Investor Center — SEATTLE BRANCH Project Number 20080076 1 CAD File Name 20080076J-107.01 I Description HVAC DETAILS I Scale NTS H07.01 02006 Gensler 0 Fidelily INVESTMENTS 133 Federal Street 5th Floor Boston MA 02110 Telephone 617.292.4400 Facsimile 617.292.4401 Richard D. Kimball Company, Inc Seaport Center 70 Fargo Street Suite 801 Boston, MA 02210 -1964 T 617- 345 -9885 F 617 -345 -4226 W www.rdkengineers.com Date & Issue Description By 06/02/08 KJL ISSUE FOR CONSTRUCTION Check VB RECEIVED JUL 3 0 2008 PERMIT CENTEF doss N00 °19'35 ° E 131.93' FIDELITY gl INVESTOR ° CENTER 7,200 SF FE = 27.0 4', MIN. 25 "E 99.35' SAWC T, JOI E. VE T iihr. AggiP r �tlt :.. PR� AGE ►. -DGE 0 PAVEME IGHT TU' `a tr GX NOTES 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CITY /COUNTY REGULATIONS AND CODES AND O.S.H.A. STANDARDS. 2. THE DESIGN SHOWN IS BASED UPON THE ENGINEER'S UNDERSTANDING OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS PLAN DOES NOT REPRESENT A DETAILED FIELD SURVEY. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHEET ARE BASED UPON SURVEY PREPARED BY APEX ENGINEERING, RECEIVED 6 -16 -2004. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING THE PROPOSED SITEWORK IMPROVEMENTS. IF CONFLICTS ARE DISCOVERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF THE SITEWORK WHICH WOULD BE AFFECTED. IF CONTRACTOR DOES NOT ACCEPT EXISTING SURVEY, INCLUDING TOPOGRAPHY AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, HE SHALL HAVE MADE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AND SUBMIT IT TO THE OWNER FOR REVIEW. 3. CAUTION — NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR THE CONTRACTOR IS SPECIFICALLY CAUTIONED THAT THE LOCATION AND /OR ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS BASED ON RECORDS OF THE VARIOUS UTILITIES, AND WHERE POSSIBLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE FIELD. THE INFORMATION IS NOT TO BE RELIED ON AS BEING EXACT OR COMPLETE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION TO REQUEST EXACT FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS WHICH CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS ON THE PLANS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF VESTIBULE, SLOPED PAVING, EXIT PORCHES, SIDEWALKS, RAMPS & TRUCK DOCKS, PRECISE BUILDING DIMENSIONS AND EXACT BUILDING UTILITY ENTRANCE LOCATIONS. 5. DIMENSIONS SHOWN REFER TO FACE OF CURB, FACE OF BUILDING OR TO THE CENTERLINE OF PAVEMENT STRIPING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 6. ALL PAVED PARKING LOT AREAS WITHIN THE LIMITS OF IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE STANDARD DUTY PAVEMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN FOR THE CITY ENGINEER'S APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY WORK WITHIN THE CITY RIGHT —OF —WAY. 8, FIRE LANE STRIPING AROUND BUILDING PERIMETER AND ALONG FIRE TRUCK ACCESS WAYS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL CODE AND FIRE MARSHALL REQUIREMENTS. 9. REFER TO BOUNDARY SURVEY FOR LEGAL DESCRIPTION, DIMENSIONS OF PROPERTY LINES, BASIS OF BEARINGS & BENCHMARK INFORMATION. (SEE SHEET CS -1) 11. ALL ON —SITE PAINTED STRIPING SHALL BE DOUBLE COATED. SEPARATE COATS SHALL BE APPLIED NO SOONER THAN 4 HOURS APART. (CONTRACTOR TO REFER TO PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL PAVING MARKING REQUIREMENTS.) 12. PARKING LOT STRIPING SHALL BE WHITE, 4" WIDTH, & DOUBLE COATED, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. LIGHT POLE BASES TO BE PAINTED PER ARCHITECT'S DIRECTION. 13. ALL DISTURBED AREAS ARE TO RECEIVE FOUR INCHES OF TOPSOIL, SEED, MULCH AND WATER UNTIL A HEALTHY STAND OF GRASS IS ESTABLISHED. 14. ALL ISLANDS WITH CURB AND GUTTER SHALL BE LANDSCAPED. THOSE ISLANDS ARE TO HAVE 18" CURB AND GUTTER. ALL REMAINING ISLANDS ARE TO BE STRIPED AS SHOWN. 15. EXISTING STRUCTURES WITHIN CONSTRUCTION LIMITS ARE TO BE ABANDONED, REMOVED OR RELOCATED AS NECESSARY. ALL COST SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID, 16. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL RELOCATIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL UTILITIES, STORM DRAINAGE, SIGNS, TRAFFIC SIGNALS & POLES, ETC. AS REQUIRED. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING AUTHORITIES SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY SUCH. ALL COST SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID. 17. PYLON SIGNS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED BY OTHERS. ALL SITE SIGNAGE SHALL BE UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT. 01 IRR • 0 6' SIDEWALK PAVER PAD FO BENCH. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR DETAILS Y 1 1 • Ar /✓ ✓d CONCRETE CURB CURB RAMP DETAIL CONCRETE SIDEWALK MAT E SHEET C-1.2 d ° 4 ��.0 A ",'�� ^I h� ago . _�., �. nip , . _ . Y . � * y: �e�M in rgS SITE KEY OB PEDESTRIAN CROSSWALK. SEE ARCH PLANS FOR PATTERN O CONCRETE TRANSFORMER / UTILITY PAD. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH LOCAL POWER COMPANY FOR DETAILS. ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE TYPICAL SEE DETAIL SHEET FOR ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE SIZE, SIGN AND SYMBOL ( "VAN " — INDICATES VAN ACCESSIBLE SPACE) RESTRIPE PARKING STALLS EX. FIRE HYDRANT WHERE PAVEMENT HAS BEEN TO REMAIN .. _ .,a.___ ._. „ REPLACED, TYP. -8' S meseneseame _. _ .._ . - -- - - -- - - -� ... - . ..,.Y _ ....,_... ..._..- ..... -w.�u_ ... y.. �..��._ .) L t l J [ /VIZ. %'—? . 4 .' is . t✓ ' : .,. / HP 12 GAS 0 0 III L LANDSCAPE ISLAND, TYP. M PAINTED DIRECTIONAL ARROW, TYPICAL @I:: "STOP" SIGN 12" STOP BAR (TYP) OJ 18" CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER TYPICAL. OK LANDSCAPE PLANTER, SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS BOULE PAINTED "STOP" AND 12" STOP BAR (TYP) CONCRETE WHEEL STOP, SEE ARCH. PLANS SINGLE YELLOW SOLID LINE 4" PAINTED STRIPING o EMI 142111 rE r i n 40 1. 1 0u LEGEND D C EH 0-0—D 0 20 C -1.5 KEY MAP '41/ " 1 •/// 7l %/ 111, • , -.V`,' i1// i1.'% Y,/.!%/ L0/ 1/ /////// / I L' ii/1114: l,! //.I / /,- 7,0i�%/:-r/t -% /.L, LIT/, 11, Y. r 'r; = CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG -800-424-5555 ZO EXISTING LIGHT POLE TO REMAIN AA SINGLE WHITE SOLID LINE 4" PAINTED STRIPING O BIKE RACKS GRAPHIC SCALE .0 (nv FEET ) finch= 40 ft. HEAVY DUTY PAVEMENT STANDARD DUTY PAVEMENT 2" GRIND AND 2" ASPHALT OVERLAY CONCRETE SIDEWALK CONCRETE CURB CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER SAWCUT COMPACT STALL NEW LIGHT POLE AND FIXTURE EXISTING LIGHT POLE AND FIXTURE TO REMAIN 80 180 J WESTFIELD DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION TION C 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, 11th Floor Los Angeles, California 90025 -1748 Telephone 310 478 4456 Facsimile 310 478 4468 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S PERMISSION AND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTION CARRIES THE ARCHITECT'S NAME ALL DESIGN AND OTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THE SPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY AND SHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISE WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT Registration N Consultants 1505 Westlake Ave. N. Suite 305 Seattle, WA 98109 Sheet Title Sheet Title 633 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA., 98188 -2888 206-248-0423 No. Revision Date CrJ T (206) 522 -9510 F (206) 522 -8344 www.PACLAND.COM Approvals /Phase: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER PERMIT & CONS TR UCTION PROGRESS: 7/28/2008 it PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 7-28-2008 SITE PLAN RECEVEr PERMIT CENTS= Job No Date Scale 10o-10 -45 C -1.5 co co 0 0 ro 0 0 0 D 0 0 a co U1 0 PIPE SCHEDULE PIPE # DIAMETER L FG) AO/Ph.) r130 12 77 0.005 1131 12" 27 0.005 CLEANOUT SCHEDULE CMG # F1 8" 43 0.019 F2 8" 36 0.019 F3 8" 29 0.068 F4 8" 90 0.004 F5 8" 54 0.004 F6 8" 7 0.020 F7 8" 7 0.020 STRUCTURE SCHEDULE CB # TYPE RIM IE (OUT) TYPE I 25.6 22.44 it TYPE I 25.1 22.05 CLEANOUT SCHEDULE CMG # IE CI 23.80 (� 23.00 22.33 0 20.43 6 20.65 C 20.79 20.62 SDCB 384 1• EX SDCB 384 EX RIM =24.9 P EX 12 N) p = 21 EX IE (12" W) I = 21.92 EX SDCB 385 EX RIM = 25.39 EXIE(12 "L ) =21.98 NOT WITHIN 100 AR FLOOD PLAID. EX RIM = 26.42 CB 381 EXIE(18 "W) =18. EXIE(24 "E) - 18.0 X P IE 2614 P --- SAWCUT, MATCH & JOIN EX. PAVEMENT CONNECT TO EX SDCB 409 RIM = 24.27 EX IE (8 "S) = 22.47 EXIE(12 "S) = 29„.o7 � NEW IE (8" W}`' 20.07 A 1 SAWCUT, M TCHD 407-" JOIN EX. P�AVEME T p T ow , 14 r--- l - - w-- �r -- I ii a f.rrrs MEW t arn-a 1 w j- i.1 I iI I IIIENEW7.70 itli nl .�y {�i fir "rfll�, M1ti"A.�•'nl , - . ' awl q ".' .. Ilwr ^ -..- tal . I � ti iwwrw.r UR ,;1,1 ,a�.�... t'w K , -� x . . r." .... _- .4.∎ .'��..�'�' -r , ..r w � 'l.Y - -- - -- -_ -___ _.- _ , M 1 1111 1 �I �1l >17" ." , �itlra.m 1. 1 I I l 1 1 1 1 ':. GRADING NOTES MATCH EXISTING LOPE IN - / PAVER .......... _.. -AREA I E.:.LEES_TIRAN 1% OR - MORE THAN 2% HP 12' GAS w THE DESIGN SHOWN IS BASED UPON THE ENGINEER'S UNDERSTANDING OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE PLAN DOES NOT REPRESENT A DETAILED FIELD SURVEY. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHEET ARE BASED UPON THE SURVEY PREPARED BY APEX ENGINEERING, RECEIVED 6-16-2004. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING THE PROPOSED SITEWORK IMPROVEMENTS. IF CONFLICTS ARE DISCOVERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF THE SITEWORK WHICH WOULD BE AFFECTED. IF CONTRACTOR DOES NOT ACCEPT EXISTING SURVEY, INCLUDING TOPOGRAPHY AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, HE SHALL HAVE MADE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AND SUBMIT IT TO THE OWNER FOR REVIEW. 2. CAUTION - NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR THE CONTRACTOR IS SPECIFICALLY CAUTIONED AT THE LOCATION AND /OR ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS BASED ON RECORDS OF THE VARIOUS UTILITY COMPANIES AND, WHERE POSSIBLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE FIELD. THE INFORMATION IS NOT BE RELIED ON AS BEING EXACT OR COMPLETE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION TO REQUEST EXACT FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHICH CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS. 3. THE SPOT ELEVATIONS INDICATED ON THIS PLAN REPRESENT THE DESIGN TOP OF PAVEMENT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES INCLUDING REMOVAL OF ANY EXISTING UTILITIES SERVING THE STRUCTURE. UTILITIES ARE TO BE REMOVED TO THE RIGHT -OF -WAY. ALL UNSURFACED AREAS DISTURBED BY GRADING OPERATION SHALL RECEIVE 4 INCHES OF TOPSOIL. CONTRACTOR SHALL APPLY STABILIZATION FABRIC TO ALL SLOPES 3H :1 V OR STEEPER. CONTRACTOR SHALL STABILIZE DISTURBED AREAS WITH GRASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL SPECIFICATION UNTIL A HEALTHY STAND OF GRASS IS OBTAINED. ALL CUT AND FILL SLOPES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER THE UBC CODE AND APPLICABLE LOCAL REGULATION. ALL CUT AND FILL SLOPES SHALL BE 3:1 OR FLATTER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SDCB 5 1879 11. S:S SS SS SS SDCB 420 2850 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE POSITIVE DRAINAGE AWAY FROM BUILDINGS FOR ALL NATURAL AND PAVED AREAS AND SHALL GRADE ALL AREAS TO PRECLUDE PONDING OF WATER. 8. ALL POLLUTANTS OTHER THAN SEDIMENT ON -SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE HANDLED AND DISPOSED OF IN A MANNER THAT DOES NOT CAUSE CONTAMINATION OF STORMWATER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO ALL TERMS AND CONDITIONS AS OUTLINED IN THE GENERAL N.P.D.E.S. PERMIT FOR STORMWATER DISCHARGE ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 9. PROPERTIES AND WATERWAYS DOWNSTREAM OF THE SITE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM EROSION DUE TO INCREASES IN THE VOLUME, VELOCITY AND PEAK FLOW RATE OF STORMWATER RUNOFF FROM PROJECT SITE. 10. CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNING CODES AND BE CONSTRUCTED TO SAME. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE UNSUITABLE SOILS LOCATED WITHIN THE BUILDINGS SPLAY LINE OF THE FOOTINGS. 12. FOR BOUNDARY AND TOPOGRAPHIC INFORMATION REFER TO PROJECT SURVEY. 13. FOR LAYOUT INFORMATION REFER TO THE SITE PLAN AND HORIZONTAL CONTROL PLAN. 14. STORMWATER QUALITY VAULTS WILL REQUIRE A SEPARATE BUILDING PERMIT AND STRUCTURAL REVIEW. GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION WILL ALSO BE REQUIRED. CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD NOTES STORM DRAINAGE NOTES 1. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SHALL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, AND THE CURRENT KING COUNTY SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. 2. MARK ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS WITH "DUMP NO WASTE" AND EITHER "DRAINS TO STREAMS ", "DRAINS TO WETLANDS ", OR "DRAINS TO GROUNDWATER ", AS APPLICABLE. 3. DRIVEWAY CULVERTS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM 3:1 SLOPE FROM THE EDGE OF THE DRIVEWAY TO THE BOTTOM OF THE DITCH. CULVERTS SHALL HAVE BEVELED END SECTIONS THAT MATCH THE SIDE SLOPE. SDCF5D 5851 0 STORM DRAINAGE NOTES 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT ROOF DRAIN LEADERS TO PROPOSED STORM DRAINS AS SHOWN. 1. EXISTING DRAINAGE STRUCTURES TO BE INSPECTED AND REPAIRED AS NEEDED, AND EXISTING PIPES TO BE CLEANED OUT TO REMOVE ALL SILT AND DEBRIS. 2. IF ANY EXISTING STRUCTURES TO REMAIN ARE DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR AND /OR REPLACE THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AS NECESSARY TO RETURN IT TO EXISTING CONDITIONS OR BETTER. 3. STORM DRAINAGE PIPE WITH LESS THAN 2' -0" COVER SHALL BE CLASS IV REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE, OR APPROVED EQUAL TO SUSTAIN H -20 LOADING. 4. ALL ONSITE STORM DRAINAGE PIPE SHALL BE SMOOTH WALLED INTERIOR, MANUFACTURER'S VERIFICATION OF MANNING'S ROUGHNESS COEFFICIENT N =0.012 OR LESS. 5. PRECAST STRUCTURES MAY BE USED AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION. 6. ALL CATCH BASINS AND AREA DRAINS ARE TO BE SITUATED SUCH THAT THE OUTSIDE EDGE OF GRATE FRAME IS AT TOE OF CURB OR FLOWLINE OF GUTTER (WHERE APPLICABLE). 7. CATCH BASIN INLET PROTECTION / EROSION CONTROL TO BE USED FOR ALL NEW INLETS. 8. ALL STORM PIPE ENTERING STRUCTURES SHALL BE GROUTED TO ASSURE CONNECTION AT STRUCTURE IS WATERTIGHT. 9. ALL STORM SEWER MANHOLES IN PAVED AREAS SHALL BE FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT, AND SHALL HAVE TRAFFIC BEARING RING AND COVERS. MANHOLES IN UNPAVED AREAS SHALL BE 6" ABOVE FINISH GRADE. LIDS SHALL BE LABELED "STORM SEWER ". 10. ALL STORM STRUCTURES SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH UNIFORM POURED MORTAR INVERT FROM INVERT IN TO INVERT OUT, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN IN THE CATCH BASIN DETAIL. Q Y 4 LEGEND EX. CONTOUR PREVIOUSLY GRADED CONTOUR PROPOSED CONTOUR SPOT ELEVATION TYPE I CATCH BASIN TYPE II CATCH BASIN CLEANOUT TO GRADE (C.0.T.G.) DRAINAGE PIPE FLOW ARROW PROPOSED STORM DRAIN PIPE EXISTING STORM DRAIN PIPE EXISTING STORM DRAIN TO BE REMOVED FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION TOP OF CURB TOP OF PAVEMENT 40 0 C -2.5 KEY MAP 20 b 40 0 SD SAWCUT (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) - - FFE TC TP i 1 '''///lliZ '/+%fill % //%/i/,i/,' / /,/lJ,• iiih71 i ///i// / 1711//i %ll/r %iii 11 /U,Wii/i k CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG -800-424-5555 GRAPHIC SCALE 80 ( 11 FEET ) 1 inch = 40 ft. EARTHWORK QUANTITIES 180 THESE QUANTITIES FOR GENERAL PURPOSES ONLY. DOES NOT ACCOUNT FOR OVEREXCAVATION DUE TO UNSUITABLE SOILS OR PAVING SECTIONS CUT /FILL: ±500 CY S0L.th can ter Registration No. Consultants 1505 Westlake Ave. N. Suite 305 Seattle, WA 98109 Sheet Title 633 Southaenter Parkway Tukwila, WA., 98188 -2888 206-246-0423 WESTFIELD DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, 11th Floor Los Angeles, California 90025-1748 Telephone 310 478 4456 Facsimile 310 478 4468 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S PERMISSION AND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTION CARRIES THE ARCHITECTS NAME. ALL DESIGN AND OTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THE SPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY AND SHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISE WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT No. Revision Date C - 2.5 rim T (206) 522-9510 F (206) 522 -8344 WWW.PACLAND.COM Approvals /Phase: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER PERMIT & CONSTR YCTION PROGRESS: 7/28/2008 A PERMIT RESUBMITTAL 7 -28 -2008 Sheet Title RECEIVED GRADING AND JUL 3 0 2006 DRAINAGE PLANRMIIcENrE' Job No. Date Scale 10-6-05 CROSSING TABLE CROSSING U11L 1 UTIL 1 EL. UTIL 2 UTIL 2 EL. OD 6" SS 22.48 8" SD 20.61 6" SS 22.34 6" W 20.34 8" SD 20.40 6" W 22.70 8" SD 23.55 6" W 21.50 Ux 4 iriirrrriiriirrr�irr C r ii r i r iii f i r r r r ri ii - C ICO RER . TO X5.5' " r, ` 3 ' 4 FIR' 3 - " DQM. TELEP ECN IC FIDELI - INVESTOR CENTER 5,.5' ' 7,200 SF FFE = 27.0 / 387" 38 CONC. h.iP ACTOR TO TE GAS LI INTAIN MIN LE1,-1NCE BUI ( DING 6" 90' BEND - THRUST BLOCKING , 6 14 x 4" REDUCER 1 Tf 7 ANSFORMER r _. - LOCATION 1 -- 6" 90° BEND 1 THRUST BLOCKING CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN 18 VERTICAL CLEARANCE BETWEEN WATER *ND SEWER LINES. WATERLINE SHALL BE SLEEVED \IN C * k CRETE TO 10' EITHER ' DE c SS CROSSING'.1 -_6,f - SSMH ; 2B RIM = 26.0 IE(4 "W) =22.09 IE (8" E) = 22.01 112LF 8" PVC SS © 0.4% SSMH ; 2A SEE BHEET,C -32 e,Fi�".E; Mal! 6 ' ,.s.L :..a"'1�A ;7- S003 21 3122 °V '72 `7' elt�� .. 12 LO NEW TELEPHONE PEDESTAL ON 7 TEEEPI I�TE LINE. :1/1 \: - " . iL _M _._ Id1A CHUNe SEE SHEET' 0-3.4 2. .I-- .. . 2" "D0M METER _2.1/2" D, ©M. _ WATER CONNECT TO EX. WATERLINE -- .__. GENERAL UTILITY NOTES ALL IMPROVEMENTS SHALL MEET LOCAL, WSDOT AND A.P.W.A. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. THE DESIGN SHOWN IS BASED UPON THE ENGINEER'S UNDERSTANDING OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THIS PLAN DOES NOT REPRESENT A DETAILED FIELD SURVEY. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN SHEET ARE BASED UPON SURVEY PREPARED BY APEX ENGINEERING, RECEIVED 6 -16 -2004. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING THE PROPOSED SITEWORK IMPROVEMENTS. IF CONFLICTS ARE DISCOVERED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF THE SITEWORK WHICH WOULD BE AFFECTED. IF CONTRACTOR DOES NOT ACCEPT EXISTING SURVEY, INCLUDING TOPOGRAPHY, AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, WITHOUT EXCEPTION, HE SHALL HAVE MADE, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, A TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEY BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR AND SUBMIT IT TO THE OWNER FOR REVIEW. CAUTION - NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR THE CONTRACTOR IS SPECIFICALLY CAUTIONED THAT THE LOCATION AND /OR ELEVATION OF EXISTING UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS BASED ON RECORDS OF THE VARIOUS UTILITIES, AND WHERE POSSIBLE, MEASUREMENTS TAKEN IN THE FIELD. THE INFORMATION IS NOT TO BE RELIED ON AS BEING EXACT OR COMPLETE. THE CONTRACTOR MUST CALL THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY COMPANY AT LEAST 48 HOURS BEFORE ANY EXCAVATION TO REQUEST EXACT FIELD LOCATION OF UTILITIES. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO RELOCATE ALL EXISTING UTILITIES AND EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS WHICH CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS ON THE PLANS. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF VESTIBULE, SLOPED PAVING, EXIT PORCHES, SIDEWALKS, RAMPS AND TRUCK DOCKS, PRECISE BUILDING DIMENSIONS AND EXACT BUILDING UTILITY ENTRANCE LOCATIONS. REFER TO INTERIOR PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR 11E-IN OF ALL UTILITIES. ALL FILL MATERIAL SHALL BE IN PLACE, AND COMPACTED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PROPOSED UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE UTILITY AUTHORITIES INSPECTORS 72 HOURS BEFORE CONNECTING TO ANY EXISTING LINE. DC DDCVA' IN -- VAUL -T 6" FIRE LINE_cn CONNECT TO 11. / /// /// ,t CONTRACTOR To` M;MNTAIN , .;.-1ig ",• `VER -TIGAL .4LEARANCE. -:r f BOWEEN/ WATER AND . S C A I ! 90 _BEN.Q'_ ES`FBL9CKING - ` EX. R HYDRANT 16" BENDIJ`` THRUST BLOCKING -- WATERLINE 1879 12° GAS INSTALL OVER EX. SS LINE RIM = ±25.3 (MATCH EX. GRADE) EX. IE (8" N, S) = 21.48 NEW lE (8" E) = 21.56 . SNIKs' EX IE (8" N) 21E073 10/ 4' ( ,EX IE (8" 5) 2�f9'9' o, , a 13. ALL NECESSARY INSPECTIONS AND /OR CERTIFICATIONS REQUIRED BY CODES AND /OR UTILITY SERVICE COMPANIES SHALL BE PERFORMED PRIOR TO ANNOUNCED BUILDING POSSESSION AND THE FINAL CONNECTION OF SERVICE. 14. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ALL UTILITY COMPANIES FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 15. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TRENCHING, BACKFILL, 2 - 2 " PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUITS, AND PULLING WIRES FOR UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE SERVICE FROM EXISTING FACILITIES AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND POINT OF CONNECTION WITH UTILITY PROVIDER. 16. CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE TRENCHING, 2 -- 6" CONDUIT, AND BACKFILL FOR ALL UNDERGROUND POWER LINE AND VAULTS AS REQUIRED BY UTILITY PROVIDER. POWER LINES AND POLES TO BE INSTALLED BY UTILITY PROVIDER. SEE SITE ELECTRICAL PLAN FOR SITE LIGHTING AND FOR PRIMARY ELECTRIC SERVICE LOCATIONS. X c.; Cr ,DER Bd ULEVAAD ' i: 2F9i 8. MINIMUM WATER AND SANITARY SEWER TRENCH WIDTH SHALL BE 2 FEET. 17. 9. ALL UTILITIES SHOULD BE KEPT TEN (10') APART (PARALLEL) OR WHEN CROSSING 18" VERTICAL CLEARANCE (OUTSIDE EDGE OF PIPE TO OUTSIDE EDGE OF PIPE). 10. IN THE EVENT OF A VERTICAL CONFLICT BETWEEN WATERLINES, SANITARY LINES, STORM LINES AND GAS LINE (EXISTING AND PROPOSED), THE SANITARY LINE SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PIPE WITH MECHANICAL JOINTS AT LEAST 10 FEET ON BOTH SIDES OF CROSSING, THE WATERLINE SHALL BE MECHANICAL JOINTS WITH APPROPRIATE THRUST BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 18" CLEARANCE, MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI A21.10 AND ANSI 21.11 (AWWA C-151) (CLASS 50). LINES UNDERGROUND SHALL BE INSTALLED, INSPECTED AND APPROVED BEFORE BACKFILLING. 12. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES WITH REGARD TO MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF THE WATER AND SEWER LINES. \ GAS PIPING SHOWN FOR COORDINATION ONLY. INSTALLATION OF THE GAS MAIN AND METER TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY UTILITY PROVIDER. CITY OF TUKWILA UTILITY NOTES 1, ALL TRENCH EXCAVATION OPERATIONS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL APPLICABLE SHORING LAWS FOR TRENCHES OVER 4 -FEET DEEP. ALL TRENCH SAFETY SYSTEMS SHALL MEET WISHA REQUIREMENTS. 2. POWER, CABLE, FIBER OPTICS, AND TELEPHONE LINES SHALL BE IN A A TRENCH WITH A 5' MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION FROM OTHER UNDERGROUND UTILITIES. 3. ADJUST ALL MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, AND VALVES IN PUBLIC RIGHTS -OF -WAY OR EASEMENTS AFTER ASPHALT PAVING, B EN ,RY FFE =1 :26.50 mineramma 1(.0 NV, -in ` D C -3.5 KEY PLAN LEGEND WATERMAIN FIRE HYDRANT FDC THRUST BLOCK GATE VALVE REDUCER DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTOR (DDCVA) RPPA WATER METER PIV SANITARY SEWER MAIN RELOCATED SANITARY SEWER MAIN SS MANHOLE SS CLEANOUT TO GRADE POWER TELEPHONE TELEPHONE PEDESTAL GAS FRANCHISE UTILITY CORRIDOR (GAS, TELEPHONE, ELECTRIC IN EASEMENT) UTILITIES TO BE REMOVED SAWCUT CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG -800-424-5555 GRAPHIC SCALE ( IN FEET ) 1 inch = 40 ft. 8 W EE A JJ /Ifni////// /iir> Sou th ce n t er WESTFIELD DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, 11th Floor Los Angeles, California 90025-1748 Telephone 310 478 4456 Facsimile 310 478 4468 THIS DRAWING IS AN INSTRUMENT OF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OF THE ARCHITECT AND MAY NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THE ARCHITECT'S PERMISSION AND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTION CARRIES THE ARCHITECT'S NAME, ALL DESIGN AND OTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THE SPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY AND SHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISE WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT Registration No. Consultants 1505 Westlake Ave. N. Suite 305 Seattle, WA 98109 Key Plan: No. Revision Date Sheet Title 033 Southosater 9 C -3.5 T (206) 522-9510 F (206) 522 -8344 WWW. PACLAND.COM Approvals /Phase: FIDELITY INVESTOR CENTER PERMIT & CONSTR UCTION PROGRESS. 7/28/2008 RECEIVED WATER AND AL 3 0 zoos SEWER PLAN PERMIT CENTEF Job No. Date Scale K P o qfr Sheet Title to co CO 0 0 crf i 0 a X 0Z a